Digitized by the Internet Archive in 2010 with funding from University of Toronto http://www.archive.org/details/bulletinofmuseum9harv BULLETIN OF THE ALAA MUSEUM OF COMPARATIVE ZOOLOGY HARVARD COLLEGE, IN CAMBRIDGE. VOL. IX. CAMBRIDGE, MASS., U.S. A. 1881-1882. University PREss: Joun Witson anp Son, CAMBRIDGE. Meas.) jin 613°75'7 “Le tae CON TEN Ts: No. 1.— Reports on the Results of Dredging by the United States Coast Sur- vey Steamer “ Blake.” XIV. Description sommaire des espéces nou- velles d’ Astéries. Par E. PERRIER No 2.— Reports on the Results of Dredging by the United States Coast Sur- vey Steamer ‘‘ Blake.” XV _ Preliminary Report on the Mollusca. By W. H. Datu No. 3.— Letter No. 5 to C. P. Patterson, Superintendent United States Coast Survey, on the Explorations in the Vicinity of the Tortugas during March and April, 1881. By A. Acassiz . No. 4. — Report on the Results of Dredging by the United States Coast Sur- vey Steamer “ Blake.” XVI. Preliminary Report on the Comatule. By P. H. Carpenter. (1 Plate). No. 5. — Observations on the Species of the Genus Partula Fér., with a Biblio- graphical Catalogue of all the Species. By W. D. Hartman. (2 Plates) Bibliographical Catalogue . No. 6. — Bibliography to accompany “ Selections from Embryological Mono- graphs” compiled by A. Acasstz, W. Faxon, and E. L. Marx. I. Crus- tacea. By W. Faxon No. 7. — Explorations of the Surface Fauna of the Gulf Stream. under the Auspices of the United States Coast Survey. By A. Acassiz. I. Notes on Acalephs from the Tortugas, with a Description of new Genera and Species. By J. W. Fewxes. q Plate)S. No. 8. —On the Acalephe of the East Coast of New England. By J. W. Frewxes. (1 Plate) PAGE 33 145 197 251 291 UP) f ft i ,: : ; 4 l une i ate Mi 5 ’ i J fai / fap i | oe f y re) ] ‘ Pad ' i] \, i MO a!) bie i ae in A a a D «et , ¢ ry) > ' ) i | aS | ] ¢ | a a j / No. 1.—Reports on the Results of Dredging under the Supervision of ALEXANDER AGassiZ, in the Gulf of Mexico, 1877-78, by the United States Coast Survey Steamer “ Blake,’ Lizut.-COMMANDER C. D. SicsBeE, U. S. N., Commanding, and in the Caribbean Sea, 1878-79, by the U. S. C. 8S. S. “ Blake,” COMMANDER J. R. Barr- Lert, U. S. N., Commanding. (Published by permission of CarLiLe P. Patrerson, Supt. U. S. Coast and Geodetic Survey). XIV. Description sommaire des Espéces nouvelles d’Astéries, par EDMOND PerriER, Professeur au Jardin des Plantes de Paris. Nora.— Dans toutes les descriptions, R désigne la distance du centre de la bouche a l’extrémité @un bras ; 7, Ja distance du centre de la bouche au sommet de l'angle ou de l’are interbranchial ; d, la distance entre les pointes des deux bras consécutifs. GENRE ASTERIAS (Livyye). Asterias contorta (Ep. Perrier). Espéce voisine d’aspect de l’Asterias glacialis des cétes de France. Elle pos- sede comme elle cing bras de longueur moyenne, présentant chacun une rangée dorsale médiane de piquants assez longs et pointus, deux rangées latérales, l’une a droite, autre & gauche de piquants semblables limitant la face dorsale des bras et sur la face ventrale, &@ peu de distance des piquants qui bordent la gouttiére ambulacraire, une double rangée moins réguliére de piquants un peu plus petits ; comme chez l’Asterias glacialis tous les piquants sont entourés d’un bourrelet portant un nombre considérable de pédicellaires croisés tandis ‘que de grands pédicellaires droits, isolés, sont disséminés entre eux. Mais les piquants qui bordent la gouttiére ambulacraire sont sur deux rangées, au lieu d’étre sur une seule, comme chez |’ Asterias glacialis. De plus-entre les piquants ambulacraires et la double rangée de piquants ventraux, on voit chez l’Asterias contorta une série longitudinale de gros tentacules isolés, tandis que dans |’ Aséerias glacialis, on trouve a la place une série de bouquets de tentacules comme sur la face dorsale. Asterias fascicularis (nov. sp.). Cinq bras, assez allongés, légtrement renflés A la base. R= 57 mn., r= 9mm., R>6~,. Sillon ambulacraire assez large bordé par une double rangée VOL. Ix.—No. 1. 1 2 BULLETIN OF THE de piquants assez allongés, obtus, contigus les uns aux autres; piquant, de la seconde rangée exactement superposés a ceux de la premiére et se renversant assez souvent sur la face ventrale des bras, tandis que les piquants internes se rabattent sur la goutti¢re ambulacraire. Du sommet de chacun des angles buccaux partent des piquants semblables qui se rabattent sur la bouche. A trés peu de distance des sillons ambulacraires viennent successivement deux rangées de piquants isolés un peu plus gros que les piquants de la seconde rangée; entre deux piquants consécutifs de la seconde rangée, on trouve en géné- ral intercalé un assez gros pédicellaire croisé. Ces deux rangées de piquants peuvent étre considérées comme appartenaut a la face ventrale. La charpente dorsale des bras est formée par environ sept rangées d’ossicules alternes, lais- sant entre eux des espaces membraneux dont le diametre est moins grand que le leur et dans lesquels on apergoit généralement deux tentacules ; sur les bords de chacun de ces espaces membraneux se trouvent deux ou trois pédicellaires croisés isolés. Les ossicules qui occupent la ligne médiane des bras portent en général de trois ou quatre piquants courts, mousses, disposés en are transversal ; les autres ossicules portent un ou deux piquants semblables sur leur partie médiane et quelquefois aussi pres de leur extrémité, de sorte qu’on trouve des piquants non seulement dans l’intervalle des huit rangées d’aires membraneuses, mais aussi sur les trabécules transverses qui séparent les uns des autres les aires d’une méme rangée. Ces piquants courts et obtus tous semblables entre eux for- ment ainsi un grand nombre de rangées irréguliéres. Les piquants du disque qui est petit et auquel les bras s’attachent en se retré- cissant sont semblables a ceux des bras, on apergoit entre eux un petit nombre de grands pédicellaires droits a branches courbes et ne se touchent que par leur extrémité. Ces pédicellaires de forme ovalaire sont trés caractéristiques; leur piece basilaire est moins larges que les deux branches de la pince. La plaque madréporique est petite, arrondie, marquée de larges sillons rayon- nants, elle est placée a l’angle des deux bras. Asterias linearis (nov. sp.). Cinq bras, étroits, anguleux. Un seul rang de piquants ambulacraires droits, aussi large au sommet qu’a la base, serrés.—Face ventrale trés-étroite armée de piqiants obtus, formant trois rangées irrégulitres @ la base des bras— piquants de la rangée externe formant la caréne latérale. Face dorsale des bras formée par trois rangées de plaques, dont chacune porte un long piquant. Ces piquants forment donc trois rangées dont une médiane et deux latérales, formant le bord méme du bras. Chaque piquant est entouré a sa base de plusieurs cercles de pédicellaires croisés. Entre la rangée latérale et la rangée ventrale de piquants les tubes tentacu- laires sont gros et isolés: ils sont petits et disposés par groupes entre la rangée latérale et la rangée médiane de piquants. Il existe sur le disque quelques pédicellaires droits, épars, de forme allongée. R = 50 mm., r= 5 mm., R= 107, d= 8 mm. ‘ en) ee | | ee a — ———— ee — MUSEUM OF COMPARATIVE ZOOLOGY. 3 Asterias angulosa (nov. sp.). Cinq bras, allongés, relativement gréles et pointus, sur un échantillon désseché R= 43 mm., 7 —=6 mm., R=7~,. Largeur des bras a la base (non compris les épines) =7 mil. Sillon ambulacraire large ; face ventrale trés étroite ; faces laté- rales presque verticales; aréte médiane dorsale trés marquée; de ces dispositions résulte pour les bras une section pentagonale trés-nettement accusée. Plaques interambulacraires portant chacune deux piquants gréles, allongés pres- que cylindriques dont l’ensemble forme une double rangée parfaitement réguliére ; dans chaque rangée les piquants a cause de leur minceur paraissent cependant peu serrés ; les piquants portent, en général, un pédicellaire droit de forme allon- eée; ceux qui correspondent aux piquants internes s’insérent dans le sillon ambulacraire. Les plaques ventrales sont plus longues que larges ; elles portent chacune deux longs piquants pointus, insérés sur une ligne tres oblique par rap- port 4 axe des bras; les piquants forment encore une double rangée réguliére séparée de la rangée de piquants interambulacraires par une bande trés étroite dans laquelle, avec quelques piquants isolés et plus courts que leurs voisins, se trouve une rangée de pédicellaires droits de méme forme que ceux du sillon ambulacraire. II existe, en général, un de ces pédicellaires 4 la base de chaque couple de piquants. Le piquant externe est entouré du cdté externe d’une demi couronne de pédicellaires croisés; on trouve aussi quelquefois dans son voisinage un ou deux pédicellaires droits. Les plaques latérales presque verticales sont trés élargies de la base au sommet ; elles s'imbriquent par leur partie élargie de la base au sommet du bras. Cette partie élargie porte toujours un piquant isolé, long, gréle et pointu, entouré a sa base d’une couronne de pédicellaires croisés. L’espace libre entre les bases rétrécies de ces plaques est occupé par une aire porifére ne contenant qu’un petit nombre (un a trois) de tubes tentaculaires. Le squelette dorsal est formé par des bandes presque paralléles de deux ou trois plaques calcaires aplaties et imbriquées unissant chaque plaque latérale 4 une plaque cor- respondante de l’aréte dorsale: d’ow il suit que les plaques de l’aréte dorsale, les bandes costiformes qui en partent les plaques latérales et méme les plaques ven- trales sont en méme nombre. Ces bandes costiformes sont séparées par des espaces vides de méme largeur quelles allongés transversalement et oti ne parait avoir existé qu’un trés petit nombre de tubes tentaculaires (probablement un a chaque extrémité). Les bandes costiformes sont inermes, sauf quelques unes de la région moyenne des bras qui portent chacune en leur milieu un petit piquant pointu, entouré a sa base d’un cercle de pédicellaires croisés. Dans ce cas la région moyenne de la bande s’élargit de maniére 4 venir au contact des bandes voisines et & couper en deux laire porifére. Toutes les plaques formant l’aréte médiane dorsale portent un piquant long et pointu entouré a sa base de pédicel- laires croisés. Chaque bras présente done en tout trois rangées de piquants ; une dorsale et médiane et deux latérales; plus quelquefois le rudiment d'une rangée intercaleaire 4 la base des bras, les bandes costiformes s’élargissent de maniere a former autour du disque un cercle caleaire relié par cing rayons correspondant au 4 BULLETIN OF THE milieu des bras aux plaques entourant l’anus. La plaque madréporique petite et peu sillonnée est avee ce cercle osseux sur le disque, on ne voit qu’un petit nombre de piquants extrémités de pédicellaires droits. Asterias gracilis (nov. sp.). Six bras, assez allongés, gréles, pointus, inégaux ; trois d’entre eux situés d’un méme cété, plus grands que les trois autres (sur les quatre échantillons que j’ai pu examiner). Sur ]’échantillon dans V’alcool R= 15 mm., 7 = 3 mm., R= 57. R étant mesuré sur le plus grand bras le rapport = est un peu plus grand chez Vindividu désseché. Piquants ambulacraires disposés sur deux rangs, égaux entre eux. Au devant de cette double rangée on apergoit une rangée de petits pédi- cellaires droits, émergeant du fond de la goutti¢re ambulacraire. En dehors des piquants interambulacraires, sur les faces latérales, on apergoit une double rangée de piquants aplatis, a bords paralléles ou légérement élargis au sommet, brusque- ment tronqués, finement striés, divergents, plus longs et plus larges que les piquants interambulacraires auxquels ils font immédiatement suite. Ces piquants sont entourés en dehors d’un demi cercle de pédicellaires croisés. Un assez grand nombre de ces pédicellaires se voient dans l’espace qui séparent ces piquants des premiers piquants dorsaux. Ceux-ci sont beaucoup plus courts presque cylin- driques, finement striés et légerement épineux au sommet. Ils sont nombreux et disposés sans ordre sur les ossicules qui limitent les aires poriféres ; mais celles-ci sont disposées au contraire fort régulitrement; elles constituent six rangées lon- gitudinales alternes, dans chacune desquelles les aires sont séparées par des ossi- cules transversaux couverts de piquants et de pédicellaires, leurs tétes élargies constituent les bandes solides de séparation entre les rangées d’aires poriftres. Celles-ci ont un diamétre plus grand que la largeur des ossicules qui les séparent, entre les piquants qui naissent des parties solides des bras on voit un assez grand nombre de pédicellaires croisés qui ne se disposent pas nettement en cercle autour de leur base, sur la base des bras et sur le disque, ov les aires poriferes cessent de présenter un ordre déterminé et ot les piquants sont plus nombreux; & ces pédicel- laires croisés s’ajoutent des pédicellaires droits, relativement grands, une fois et demie plus longs que larges, et dont les deux branches laissent entre elles, & leur insertion sur la pitce basilaire, un écartement trés sensible. Sur aucun des quatre échantillons que j’ai cependant examinés avec soin, je n’ai pu distinguer de plaque madréporique ; trois des échantillons de Sand Key (Floride), & 120 et 129 brasses de profondeur, l’autre de Tennessee Reef (Floride), & 174 brasses. MUSEUM OF COMPARATIVE ZOOLOGY. 5 GENRE ZOROASTER (Wrvitte Tuomsoy). Zoroaster Sigsbeei (nov. sp.). Cinq bras; ambulacres quadrisériés a la hase des bras, bisériés dans le dernier tiers de leur longueur, 4 ventouse trés-petite, beaucoup moins large que le tube ambulacraire quand celui-ci est contracté. Tubes ambulacraires trés serrés les uns contre les autres; gouttiére ambulacraire étroite 4 bords échancrés au devant de chaque tube ambulacraire. Chacun des tubes se trouve ainsi placé dans une sorte de loge semi-circulaire dont les bords saillants le séparent de ses voisins ; ces parties saillantes sont armées chacune d’un piquant comprimé, courbe, assez sem- blable aux piquants qui occupent la méme position chez les Astropecten. Sur le dos de ce piquant se trouve, en général, un pédicellaire droit; sur le bord de la gouttiére les pédicellaires semblent done alterner avec les tubes ambulacraires. Toute la face ventrale est uniformément recouverte de petits piquants trés serrés couchés sur la surface du corps et dirigés vers l’intérieur des bras. Parmi eux se trouve quelques piquants isolés, plus grands, assez réguliérement espacés, cor- respondant a peu prés aux piquants de la gouttitre ambulacraire. De chaque - angle interbrachial 3 ou 4 piquants aigus se projettent au-dessus de orifice buc- eal. La face dorsale des bras et le disque sont dépourvus de piquants. La partie supérieure des bras est formée de cing rangées réguliéres de plaques calcaires légerement bombées, trés serrées laissant entre elles des sillons longitu- dinaux un peu enfoncés, occupés par les apophyses latérales des plaques, qui circonscrivent des orifices par ot faisaient probablement saillie chez l’animal vivant des tubes tentaculaires. Le disque est formé d’une plaque centrale autour de laquelle se disposent: 1° un cercle de cing plaques interbrachiales. 2° un second cercle de cing plaques correspondant aux bras et séparées les unes des autres par les pre- miéres qui font saillie entre elles. 3° un cercle de dix plaques situées deux par deux dans Vintervalle des bras, plus petits que les précédents. 4° un cercle de quinze plaques disposées trois par trois 4 la base des bras et dont la médiane, plus grande, sépare les unes des autres les cinq couples de plaques du cercle pré- cédent auxquelles sont contigus les deux autres plaques. Le disque se trouve done formé de 36 plaques toutes convexes, bien nettement séparées les unes des autres et circonscrivant des pores isolés par chacun desquels fait saillie un tube tentaculaire. Quelques petits pédicellaires droits sont disséminés en ces plaques. La plaque madréporique convexe, arrondie est située entre le premier cercle de cing plaques et le cercle des dix plaques interbrachiales. Il existe un anus bien visible entre la plaque centrale et les plaques du premier cercle, vis-a-vis de l'un des angles interbrachiaux, contigu & celui ot se trouve la plaque madréporique. Bras étroits, gréles, allongés. R= 49 mm., r= 7 mm., R=77, d=6 mm. Nora: pas de pédicelluires croisés. 6 BULLETIN OF THE Zoroaster Ackleyi (nov. sp.). Cette espéce est bien nettement distinete du Zoroaster Sigsbeei, comme aussi du Zoroaster fulgens. Son aspect rappelle beaucoup plus laspect d’un Ophidi- aster ou méme celui d’un Chetaster, surtout lorsqu’on examine la face inférieure des bras. Les bras sont beaucoup plus allongés et le disque proportionnellement plus petit que celui du Zoroaster Sigsbeet. R=110 mm., 7 = 9mm., R= 12.2 7, d= 9 mm. a la base. Les bras ne diminuent pas graduellement d’épaisseur de la base au sommet comme chez le Zoroaster Sigsbeei. ls conservent a peu pres sensiblement le méme diamétre jusque vers le premier tiers de leur longueur, ou méme se ren- flent légérement dans cette région, puis diminuent peu a peu sans cependant devenir aussi effilés que ceux du Z. Sigshbeet. Leur squelette est aussi beaucoup moins compact, il est formé d’un beaucoup plus grand nombre d’ossicules plus petits; on compte jusqu’a 17 rangées longi- tudinales de ces ossicules tandis qu’il n’en existe que neuf dans autre espéce. Il en résulte que les bras sont beaucoup plus faciles 4 déformer et sont courbés en sens divers chez les individus conservés dans l’alcool, au lieu de présenter la rigidité et la netteté de forme si frappantes chez les Zoroaster Sigsheei et fulgens. Les ossicules du disque ne se renflent pas comme chez la premiere de ces espéces de maniere a faire une forte saillie au-dessus des bras et a en séparer nettement le disque. Les plaques des bras et du disque sont uniformément couvertes de piquants articulés trés-petits et dans leurs intervalles se trouvent des pédicellaires droits. Sur la face ventrale les piquants deviennent beaucoup plus allongés, plus pointus et chaque plaque en porte 4 son centre un certain nombre qui sont plus grands et plus forts que ceux qui sont situés sur ses bords; l’ensemble devces piquants forme a la face ventrale un revétement assez semblable a celui qu’on ob- serve chez les Luidia. La ressemblance est encore augmentée parce que chacune des plaques adambulacraires, au lieu de porter un seul piquant marginal droit, comme chez les Asterias, porte une rangée de piquants dont la direction est per- pendiculaire a celle de la gouttitre ambulacraire qui s’avance jusqu’a cette gout- titre et sont comprimés et recourbés en lame de sabre, exactement comme chez les Luidia, Parmi ces piquants se trouvent en assez grand nombre des pédicel- laires droits. Les tubes ambulacraires sont disposés sur quatre rangées a la base des bras; mais il finissent par n’étre plus que sur deux rangées a l’extrémité ; ils sont remarquables, comme chez les Zoroaster Sigsheei, par la petitesse de leur ventouse terminale; c’est encore un caractére qui rapproche ces singuliers animaux des Astropectinida et notamment de Luidia. La plaque madréporique est petite et largement sillonnée. La bouche est petite; les angles buccaux presque contigus et armés de piquants assez forts. ee Se. SCO MUSEUM OF COMPARATIVE ZOOLOGY. 7 GENRE PEDICELLASTER (Sars). Pedicellaster Pourtalesi (Edm. Per.). Cinq bras, gréles, allongés, presque cylindriques, obtus au sommet. Ry 2 imme 4 mm 9 Le diamétre des bras prés de leur base est d’environ 3 mm. Les tubes ambulacraires sont disposés sur deux rangs seulement et terminés par une ventouse bien conformée. La gouttiére ambulacraire occupe presque toute la face ventrale des bras. Les plaques adambulacraires sont assez larges et portent chacune deux ou trois piquants coniques, gréles, assez longs, placés en rangée transversale. La face dorsale est constituée par un réseau'd’ossicules qui forment seulement trois rangées réguli¢res, une qui occupent la ligne médiane dorsale, et deux latérales. Ces trois rangées sont reliées entre elles par des ossicules irréguli¢rement disposés, tous ces ossicules portent un petit piquant; dans les intervalles des piquants se ' trouvent des pédicellaires croisés isolés et parfaitement caractérisés. L’anus, tres visible, est subcentral; la plaque madréporique, petite, difficile a distinguer, marquée de larges sillons rayonnants est située tout au bord du disque dans Vintervalle de deux bras. Les bras sont & leur base d’une fragilité extréme. Les piéces dentaires sont formées par les plaques ambulacraires et portent chacune deux piquants dirigés vers la bouche. GENRE ECHINASTER (Mi tter & Troscner). Echinaster modestus (Ed. P.). Cing bras: R = 36 mm., r= 6 mm., R= 67. Ses bras deviennent proportionnellement plus gros et plus courts chez les petits échantillons. Plaques adambulacraires portant chacune dans la gouttiére ambu- lacraire, un piquant gros, court, cylindrique, obtus, renforceé intérieurement d’un piquant aussi gros mais un peu plus court et quelquefois d’un certain nombre de piquants plus petits, placés transversalement sur la plaque les uns derritre les autres. Vient ensuite une rangée assez réguliére de piquants qui s’arrétent géné- ralement vers le milieu de la longueur des bras; puis d’un bord a l’autre des bras, neuf rangées assez régulitres de petits piquants entre lesquelles se trouvent par- fois dissé¢minés d’autres piquants irrégulitrement disposés — ossicules du squelette formant un réseau irrégulier, 4 larges mailles sur les neuds duquel sont placés les piquants. Dans les mailles du réseau se trouvent trois ou quatre tubes tentacu- laires. Les téguments sont épais; la plaque madréporique est petite, saillante, arrondie, marquée de sillons rayonnants assez fins. L’anus est bien visible pres du centre du disque et entouré de petits piquants. 8 BULLETIN OF THE GENRE CRIBRELLA. Cribrella antillarum (Ed. P.). Cinq bras, allongés, pointus, flexibles dans tous les sens a l’état vivant et se contournant de toute fagons dans l’animal desseché ou conservé dans l’alcool. R= 42 mm.,r =7 mm., R= 6r. Plaques adambulacraires petites, mais bien distinctes, rectangulaires et allon- gées perpendiculairement au sillon ambulacraire, couvertes de petits piquants assez pointus mais peu saillants et serrés de maniére 4 former une sorte de granu lation, ces piquants deviennent brusquement plus grands au voisinage du sillon ambulacraire et forment deux ou trois rangées irrégulitres de piquants serrés & chacune desquelles chaque plaque fournit deux ou trois piquants, deux ou trois de ces piquants occupent le bord libre de la plaque et forment l’armature ambula- craire proprement dite. La face ventrale est formée par des rangées de petites plaques rectangulaires qui deviennent de moins en moins réguliéres & mesure que Yon s’éloigne de la gouttitre ambulacraire. Les plaques de la premiére rangée correspondent exactement aux plaques ambulacraires et les plaques des rangées suivantes correspondent aussi a peu pres a celles des rangées adjacentes, et par conséquent a celles des rangées adambulacraires. On peu compter cing de ces ran- gées a la base des bras, mais elles se réduisent rapidement a trois. Toutes les plaques qui les cornposent sont couvertes d’une granulation serrée et formée de piquants un peu plus petits et moins pointus que ceux des plaques adambula- eraires. Les piéces dentaires ne sont pas saillantes; elles sont petites et bordées chacunes a l’angle buccal de trois ou quatre piquants un peu plus gros que leurs voisins, cylindriques et arrondis au sommet; leur surface porte quelques piquants de forme ordinaire. La surface dorsale est formée d’un réseau serré d’ossicules finement granuleux, réseau semblable & celui qui forme la face dorsale des autres Cribrelles. Les mailles de ce réseau ont un diamétre un peu plus petit que celui des ossicules et offrent chacune un pore. L’anus est subcentral, entouré de piquants un peu plus grands que leur voisins. La plaque madréporique est grande, située au milieu de la distance qui sépare le centre du disque du sommet de l’angle inter- brachial correspondant, elle est couverte de granules semblables 4 ceux des ossi- cules dorsaux et distinete seulement, en conséquence, par la disposition un peu spéciale de ses granules et par la saillie quelle fait sur le disque. Cribrella sex-radiata (Ed. P.). Cette espece, voisine de la précédente par les caractéres de sa face ventrale, en différe trés nettement par les proportions de ses bras plus courts et plus obtus et surtout par leur nombre de six, tout-d-fait exceptionnel chez les Cribrelles. Elle jouit aussi de la faculté de reproduction par division en deux moitiés que la pré- sentent plusieurs Asterias i bras nombreux, diverses Linckia et quelques Asterina. EEL ee MUSEUM OF COMPARATIVE ZOOLOGY. 9 Des trois échantillons que j’ai sous les yeux, un seul, en effet, posséde six bras égaux. Chez les autres, trois bras sont a peu prés de méme taille et trois consi- dérablement plus petits, sont évidemment de nouvelle formation et destinés a rem- placer ceux qu’ont di précédemment se détacher. La répétition de ce méme phénoméne, dans les mémes conditions, chez deux exemplaires sur trois indique bien qu’il ne doit pas étre accidentel. Voici la description de Vindividu le plus complet qui est aussi le plus grand. Six bras, relativement courts et obtus: R = 18 mm., 7 =4mm., R = 4.57. Plaques adambulacraires rectangulaires, allongées perpendiculairement au sillon ambulacraire, couvertes de granules serrées obtus, qui grandissent brusquement sur le bord libre de la plaque de maniére 4 former deux rangées de petits piquants obtus; 4 la plus externe de ces deux rangées chaque plaque fournit trois piquants, et deux seulement 4 la plus interne qui est tout-a-fait sur le bord de la gouttiére ambulacraire. La face ventrale est formée de rangées réguliéres de plaques rec- tangulaires au nombre de trois 4 la base des bras, de deux a partir du milieu de la longueur, la._rangée intermédiaire disparait graduellement. Ces plaques se correspondent dans chaque série, et correspondent aux plaques ’ adambulacraires ; elle sont couvertes d’une granulation serrée et réguliére. La face dorsale est composée du réseau d’ossicules ordinaire chez les Cribrelles, les ossicules de ce réseau sont couverts de granules plus fins encore que ceux de la face ventrales. Les mailles du réseau sont de plus petite dimension que les ossicules eux-mémes, et ne présentent qu’un seul pore tentaculaire. Comme chez la plupart des espéces ot existe la reproduction par division; on observe sur la face dorsale deux plaques madréporiques. Ces plaques, assez petites, arrondies, couvertes de granules, sont situées a droite et & gauche d’un méme bras et pres du sommet des angles interbrachiaux correspondants. GENRE OPHIDIASTER (Miter & Troscuet). Ophidiaster Floride (nov. sp.). Cinq bras courts, coniques et obtus au sommet. R = 33 mm., 7 = 9 mm., R=3.7 r. Largeur des brasa leur base = 10mm. 45 mm. du sommet = 415 mm. Face ventrale légerement aplatie et formée comme chez les Linckia, par un petit nombre de rangées de plaques entre lesquelles on n’observe pas de pores tentaculaires et qui sont plus petites que les plaques marginales dorsales. La granulation générale, formée de grains arrondis, contigus, parfaitement réguliers « et assez gros, empéche de distinguer le nombre de ces rangées et les limites des plaques qui les composent. Les piquants interambulacraires sont sensiblement disposés comme chez les autres esptces du genre Ophidiaster; c’est-d-dire qu’en dehors des piquants qui sont implantés au bord méme du sillon et qui sont ici tous égaux entre eux, on observe une rangée de piquants obtus, ovoides, beau- coup plus gros que les précédents; on trouve deux de ces piquants pour quatre de la rangée précédente, deux piquants consécutifs de la rangée externe sont sépa- 10 BULLETIN OF THE rées par deux petits piquants aplatis semblables 4 ceux de la rangée interne et im- plantés obliquement. Ces deux rangées de piquants sont presque contigués et beaucoup plus rapprochées par conséquent que dans la plupart des autres especes dW’ Ophidiaster. Vers la base des bras 4 14 mm. en dehors de la rangée externe on observe une rangée de piquants exactement semblables 4 ceux qui la composent, mais qui ne dépasse guére le niveau de l’angle interbrachial et ne comprend que huit piquants au plus; encore en dehors de cette rangée, également a une dis- tance de 14 mm. environ, on observe les indices d’une nouvelle rangée formée de semblables piquants, mais beaucoup plus courte. Cette multiplicité des rangées de piquants ventraux est encore un caractére exceptionnel, probablement en rap- port avec le développement relativement grand de la face ventrale (dont la largeur ne dépasse pas toutefois 44mm. a la naissance des bras). La rangée moyenne (celle qui se compose de huit piquants environ) semble étre prolongée par une rangée moins réguliére et un peu plus interne de pédicellaires en saliére construits sur le méme type que ceux des autres Ophidiaster. Les cupules de ces pédicellaires qui sont a peine retrécies a leur base, peu saillantes, 4 bords lisses. Il en est de méme des petites valves verticales qui se rabattent dans leur intérieur. Plusieurs de ces pédicellaires ont trois branches au lieu de deux. Les faces dorsales et latérales sont formées par sept rangées parfaitement régu- lieres d’ossicules allongés, ovalaires et non plus en forme de trefle, comme chez la plupart des Ophidiaster ; ces ossicules recouverts d’une granulation semblable & celle de la face ventrale sont assez fortement saillants et bien distincts les uns des autres. Entre la premitre rangée latérale (plaques marginales ventrales des Goniasteride) et les plaques ventrales proprement dites, il n’existe pas d’aires poriferes. Sur le reste des faces latérales et dorsales on trouve six rangées régu- heres d’aires poriféres placées dans autant de sillons enfoncés séparant les sept rangées d’ossicules. Ces aires poriféres ne contiennent que de deux a quatre pores, assez espacés. Sur le disque, les ossicules affectent une disposition assez réguliere. Autour d’un ossicule central se trouvent d’abord des ossicules peu visibles formant la surface d’un pentagone limité par dix ossicules plus gros, con- vexes, bien distincts, contigus, corrrespondant les uns a la ligne médiane des bras, les autres aux angles interbrachiaux. C’est en dehors de ces pentagones entre Pun de ses cétés et le sommet de l’un des angles interbrachiaux, que se trouve la plaque madréporique, en forme de triangle équilatéral et couverte de fins sillons rayonnants. Sur le disque les aires poriféres sont peu distinctes. Ophidiaster Agassizii (nov. sp.). Cinq bras, presque cylindriques, s’amincissant seulement vers l’extrémité pour se terminer en pointe obtuse. R=70 mm., r= 10 mm., R=7r, d=137 mm. Epaisseur des bras pres de leur base = 12 mm., 4 1 mm. de l’extrémité — 8 mm. Piquants du sillon ambulacraire disposés, suivant la rgle générale, en rangées distantes l'une de l’autre ; leur intervalle étant rempli par la granulation générale. Les piquants de la rangée interne sont cylindriques, égaux entre eux, et séparés EE MUSEUM OF COMPARATIVE ZOOLOGY. 11 par une rangée verticale de petits granules qui remplacent le petit piquant que Yon observe chez d’autres espéces et qui rappellent la disposition caractéristique chez certaines espéces de Linckia telles que la L. multifora, Lamarck et le L. mili- aris, Lam. Les piquants de la seconde rangée sont courts, coniques, plus gros que ceux de la rangée interne, et plus espacés, de sorte que trois piquants de cette dernitre correspondent @ deux piquants seulement de la premiére: La gra- nulation qui remplit lintervalle de ces deux rangées de piquants est la méme que la granulation générale ou du moins que la partie de cette granulation qui recouvre les séries de plaques constituant le squelette de l’animal. Le nombre de ces séries est de sept, dont une occupe la ligne médiane des bras; elles sont parfaitement réguliéres sauf dans quelques régions fort limitées ot l’animal parait avoir été blessé. Ces plaques sont comme d’habitude en forme de tréfle dont le pédoncule serait coupé et le foliole médian tourné vers la base du bras et un peu plus grand que les folioles latérales. Les plaques de toutes ces séries se correspondent exactement et se touchent dans deux rangées consécutives par leur folioles latéraux, de sorte que le squelette peut tout aussi bien étre décomposé en rangées transversales qu’en rangées longitudinales. Un léger sillon passant par la base des plaques d’une méme rangée transversale s’observe sur tout le pourtour de bras auxquels ils dounent, au moins chez les individus desséchés, un aspect nettement annelé. Le nombre de ces rangées transversales de plaques est de 43 environ, a partir des sommets d’une sorte de pentagone que l’on observe sur le disque. A J’intérieur de ce pentagone les plaques, peu nombreuses, sont disposées irréguli¢rement autour de anus. La plaque madréporique circulaire, petite, criblée plutdt que sillonnée est en dehors de ce pentagone et tout-a-fait marginale. Les rangées de plaques longitudinales sont séparées par des rangées d’aires poriferes au nombre de huit et dont les plus inférieures arrivent au contact des plaques interambulacraires. Chacune de ces rangées est composée d’aires ellipti- ques, distinctes les unes des autres, allongées tranversalement sur le dos et sur le cété, presque circulaires au voisinage des ambulacres et contenant chacune de 14 4 18 pores tentaculaires. La granulation qui recouvre ces aires est un peu plus fine que celle qui recouvre les plaques et qui est d’ailleurs parfaitement uniforme. C’est dans les aires poriferes, légerement enfoncées par rapport aux rangées de plaques que l’on distingue les pédicellaires ; ceux-ci sont construits sur le type des pédicellaires salicres ; mais ici les deux alvéoles sont larges 4 leur base, pointues a leur sommet, de sorte que leur ensemble a une forme exactement naviculaire. Une barrette transversale sépare comme d’habitude les deux alvéoles lune de Pautre, et divise, par conséquent, la navette en deux moitiés symétriques. Chez PO. pyramidatus, Gray, les pédicellaires présentent une forme & peu pres sem- blable ; mais les bords de V’alvéole sont légérement renflés aux deux extrémités de la barrette transversale ; les alvéoles se rétrécissent méme un peu au voisinage de cette barrette ; ils sont aussi moins pointus de sorte que la forme naviculaire est beaucoup moins nette ; enfin ceux qui avoisinent le bord de la gouttidre ambula- craire sont beaucoup plus gros que les autres, et leurs alvéoles beaucoup plus ronds, différence que l’on retrouve chez l’O. Agassizii. 12 BULLETIN OF THE Chez cette derniére espéce une seule aire porifere peut contenir cing ou six pédicellaires; ceux-ci échapperaient facilement a l’attention si on n’était prévenn, parce quwils ne font pas saillie au-dessus de la granulation générale, qu’ils sont fort petits et que la moitié de leur alvéole peut étre facilement confondue avee un des pores tentaculaires avoisinants. La couleur parait avoir été rougedtre pendant la vie. GENRE KORETHRASTER (Wrv. Tuoms.). Korethraster palmatus (nov. sp.). Cing bras courts, convexes en dessus, légérement aplatis en dessous. R= 47 mm., r=14mm., R= 3. Angles interbrachiaux non arrondis. Tubes ambulacraires sur deux rangs, ter- minés par une ventouse de forme ordinaire, plaques adambulacraires petites, por- tant chacune un piquant dans le sillon ambulacraire. Face ventrale formée de 13 rangées longitudinales de petites plaques en rectangle allongé dans le sens trans- versal du bras, imbriquées d’une rangée a l’autre de telle fagon que les plaques de la rangée la plus interne recouvrent le cdté des plaques de la rangée a laquelle elles sont contigues. Chacune de ces plaques porte sur son bord libre paralléle au sillon ambulacraire un pinceau de piquants gréles, aplatis, qui semblent soudés entre eux et forment une lame mobile qui se rabat généralement vers le bord libre du bras. Une quatriéme rangée porte des pinceaux a peu prés semblables qui forment aux bras une large bordure frangée. La face dorsale est formée d’ossicules quadran- gulaires, échancrés sur leurs quatre cdtés et se touchant par leurs sommets tron- qués de maniere a limiter entre eux un petit espace circulaire occupé par un tube tentaculaire. Chacun des ossicules porte 4 son centre un tubercule saillant, ter- miné par une téte arrondie et qui porte un large pinceau de dix a douze piquants gréles, pouvant avoir plus d’un millimetre de long, disposés en cercle sur la téte des tubercules et réunis entre eux par une membrane continue formant une sorte de corolle monopétale dont ils seraient les nervures. Ces piquants peuvent s’écarter ou se rapprocher de telle fagon que le corolle peut, a la volonté de Panimal, s’ouvrir ou se fermer. Il existe entre les bras aussi bien sur le dos que sur le ventre, des sillons par- tant soit de la bouche soit du centre du disque et aboutissant aux angles interbra- chiaux de fagon que chaque bras est nettement séparé de ses voisins. La plaque madréporique petite, arrondie, marquée de vermiculations courtes et assez larges est tres voisine de l’anus, comme chez les Péeraster; elle est & cheval sur l'un de ces sillons. Korethraster radians (Ed. Per.). Petite espéce A cing bras, courts et obtus, aplatis en dessous, assez fortement convexes en dessus: R = 10 mm., r= 4 mm., R= 2.5 r. Plaques ambulacraires portant chacune sur le bord méme du sillon trois ——— 77 a ee eee ee eee eee MUSEUM OF COMPARATIVE ZOOLOGY. 13 piquants assez courts et divergents ; plus, en dehors, sur la face ventrale, une rangée transversale de trois piquants également divergents, rangée qu’une étroite bande nue sépare du bord des bras qui est comme tranchant et frangé par les bouquets de piquants obtus que portent les plaques dorsales; ossicules dorsaux supportent chacun un bouquet d’une douzaine de piquants assez courts, obtus au sommet, ou méme légérement capités, divergents, plus longs sur le bord des bras, irrégulitrement disposés 4 la surface des ossicules, mais de manitre a en couvrir toute la surface. Des pores tentaculaires isolés entre les ossicules dont on peut compter onze rangées peu régulitres d’un bord a l’autre des bras. Plaque madréporique arrondie convexe, assez petite, a demi cachée entre les piquants de la surface dorsale, située a la moitié de la distance entre le ventre du. disque et le sommet de l’angle interbrachial. GENRE PTERASTER (Mt ter & Troscuer). Pteraster caribbzeus (nov. sp.). Cing bras: R = 30 mm., r = 15 mm.,* R= 27. Les tubes ambulacraires sont nettement sur deux rangs sur les grands exem- plaires; sur les petits ils sont plus serrés et un examen superficiel pourrait faire croire qwils sont disposés sur quatre rangs; mais on reconnait avec un peu d’attention que la disposition est toujours la méme, ces tubes terminés par une large ventouse sont bisériés. ‘Les piéces ambulacraires sont d’ailleurs élargies a leurs deux extrémités. Les piéces adambulacraires qu’elles supportent sont irrégulitrement arrondies, larges, mais imbriquées de fagon que leur tranche seule apparait sur la face ven- trale, ou elle se montre comme un arc de cercle incliné de dedans en dehors et du sommet a la base du bras. Elle porte sept piquants divergents; les six premiers croissent réguli¢rement de dedans en dehors; le septitme est beaucoup plus grand et dépasse la largeur des bras. Tous les piquants d’une méme plaque sont unis entre eux par une membrane tendue comme celle de Vaile d’une chauve-souris. En outre une autre membrane unit entre eux l’ensemble des grands piquants qui occupent sur chaque plaque le septitme rang; les membranes unissant les autres piquants viennent s’attacher a celle-ci le long du grand ‘piquant; mais demeurent libres sur le reste de leur étendue. Les piéces dentaires sont constituées aux dépens des pitces adambulacraires, elles s’unissent en faisant sur la face ventrale une légére saillie conique. Chacune d’elles porte six piquants qui grandissent en se rapprochant du sommet de l’angle buccal. Celui qui occupe le sommet de cet angle est large, aplati. Immédiatement en dehors des plaques adambulacraires et s’appuyant sur elles, viennent les ossicules qui forment tout le reste du squelette et qui sont trés * r est compté depuis le centre de la bouche jusqu’d l’angle de la membrane ventrale. 14 BULLETIN OF THE remarquables. Ce sont, en effet, des espéces d’étoiles & quatre branches obliques, légerement élargies 4 leur extrémité libre et dont deux sont plus longues et deux plus courtes. Au point d’entre-croisement de ces branches, s’éléve une tige cal- caire, oblique également par rapport au plan de Yétoile, plus longue que les plus longues branches et terminée par une téte arrondie. De cette téte divergent des piquants longs et gréles au nombre de six ou sept pour chaque ossicule, formant une sorte de balai dont toutes les parties sont unies entre elles par une fine mem- brane; a leur extrémité libre ces petits balais arrivent a se toucher; et tous sont unis entre eux par une membrane continue, distante de la surface dorsale, formée par les ossicules. C’est cette membrane qui donne a l’animal sa forme presque pentagonale; en réalité les bras tels qu’ils sont limités par les ossicules sont dis- tincts les uns des autres jusque pres de la bouche, comme on peut s’en assurer sur des sujets déteriorés. On ne peut apercevoir la plaque madréporique que sur des individus dont la membrane dorsale a été déchirée. Elle est arrondie, grande, bombée, trés voisine de l’anus, sa surface est formée de sillons sinueux, fréquemment interrompus, de maniere a isoler de petits ilots calcaires, irréguliers et saillants. GENRE FROMIA (Gray). Fromia Japonica (nov. sp.). Cinq bras aplatis, ainsi que le disque, et terminés en pointe tres obtuse. R= 32.mn., r=7 mm. — 47 5, 2d = 65 mm, Piquants des sillons ambulacraires disposés sur deux rangés, la rangée ex- terne étant assez irrégulitre. Plaques interambulacraires portant deux tres rarement trois piquants divergents et inégaux terminés en pointe trés obtuse ; assez distants les uns des autres. Ces piquants, qui forment la rangée interne, sont suivis des piquants formant la rangée externe. Ceux-ci sont également au nombre de deux par plaque, mais |’un d’entre eux demeure ordinairement rudimentaire et ne forme qu’une courte pointe, tandis que l’autre devient plus gros que les piquants internes et constitue un piquant conique dont la longueur ne dépasse pas celle de ces derniers. Les plaques interambulacraires sont suivies d'une rangée de plaques un peu plus longues que larges de forme sensiblement rectangulaire et qui correspondent chacune en général 4 deux plaques interambulacraires. La largeur de ces plaques devient de moins en moins grande & mesure que ]’on se rapproche de l’extrémité des bras, et la rangée elle-méme devient tout-i-fait indis- tincte 4 partir du dernier quart des bras. Dans la région interbrachiale, cette rangée est suivie d’une autre formée de plaques 4 peu pres semblables au sept précédentes, mais diminuant plus rapidement de longueur. Cette rangée s’arréte a lextrémité du premier tiers des bras et ne contient guére pour chacun deux que six 4 sept plaques-de plus en plus petites 4 mesure que l’on s’approche de la fin de la rangée. Chacune d’elles, sauf la premitre, correspond d l’une des plaques de la rangée précédente ; il n’y a pas de pores tentaculaires entre elles. Le sys- teme de ces deux rangées coustitue le squelette ventral. Viennent ensuite les ’ uy . : alae ar ae MUSEUM OF COMPARATIVE ZOOLOGY. 15 deux rangées de plaques latérales. Ia rangée inférieure est composée de dix-sept plaques pour chaque bras. Ces plaques sont plutot elliptiques que rectangulaires & peu pres deux fois aussi longues que larges et chacune d’elles correspond a deux des plaques de la rangée précédente. Entre ces plaques et celle de la rangée ventrale, au bord inférieur des premiéres on trouve un pore tentaculaire isolé de telle sorte que deux pores consécutifs sont séparés par deux plaques ventrales et une latérale. On ne compte que six ou sept de ces pores a partir de la base des bras et quelques pores sporadiques isolés au nombre de deux ou trois tout au plus, se trouvent encore entre les deux rangées de plaques ventrales. Les plaques latérales de la rangée supérieure sont au nom- bre de quinze pour chaque bras. Leurs dimensions sont inégales, et une plaque plus petite sépare souvent deux plaques plus grandes, de sorte que le bord des bras prend un aspect légérement moniliforme. Toute la surface du disque et la surface dorsale des bras sont constitués par des plaques aplaties de grandeur variable, sensiblement circulaires et autour desquelles sont distribués des pores tentaculaires isolés, équidistants au nombre de huit autour des plus grandes plaques. Sur les bras ces plaques peuvent étre considérées comme formant trois rangées principales, d’ailleurs peu réguliéres ; quelques plaques intercaleaires plus petites se trouvent entre les deux rangées externes et les plaques latérales. L’anus est subcentral, peu visible. La plaque madréporique petite, circulaire, ne dépassant pas le niveau général du disque, est située au milieu du petit rayon de celui-ci; elle est marquée de sillons trés-courts, non rayonnants et légerement rebordée. Tout le corps est uniformément couvert de fines granulations. Cette espéce se distingue nettement de la F. milleporella et la F. pistoria par son armature ambu- lacraire, la plus grande disproportion entre ses plaques marginales et dorsales, le petit nombre de rangées de celles-ci qui constituent la face dorsale des bras. Localité, Japon. GENRE ASTERINA (Narpo). Asterina Lymani (nov. sp.). Cinq bras reliés entre eux par un arc interbrachial. = 10 inm., ¢ 5 mn., R= 9 ¢, Plaques adambulacraires portant chacune quatre piquants serrés l'un contre Yautre. Face ventrale formée de plaques petites, bien distinctes les unes des autres et couvertes chacune d’un bouquet de longs piquants gréles et soyeux. Sur le bord du disque ces bouquets isolés les uns des autres forment une bordure frangée. La face dorsale est également formée de petites plaques portant de petits bou- quets de piquants longs et minces. Chaque bras porte, & droite et & gauche de la ligne médiane dorsale, trois rangées longitudinales de pores tentaculaires isolés. La plaque madréporique est cachée par les bouquets de piquants. 16 BULLETIN OF THE Asterina pilosa (nov. sp.). Espice 4 six bras, nettement séparés les uns des autres par des angles inter- brachiaux arrondis au sommet. Sommet des bras obtus. R= 10 mm., r=6 mm., R< 9. Plaques adambulacraires portant chacune quatre piquants, gréles, presque égaux. Plaques ventrales assez régulitrement disposées en rangées sensiblement normales au bord libre des bras, couverts de piquants, moins allongés, formant la face ventrale un revétement trés serré. Les plaques ventrales diminuent peu 4 peu quoique dans de faibles proportions en se rapprochant du bord libre des bras. Chacune des plaques qui forment ce bord porte un bouquet serré de piquants allongés, tres minces et comme soyeux. Les piéces dentairés ne sont pas saillantes, et portent chacune un peigne de cing piquants, ce qui fait dix piquants pour chaque angle buccal. Les plaques de la face dorsale, qui est légérement convexe, sont plus petites que celles de la face ventrale, imbriquées, et portent chacune un bouquet hérissé de petits piquants gréles, divergents, inégaux et pointus ; entre ces plaques, dans le voisinage de la ligne médiane des bras, on distingue plusieurs rangées réguliéres de pores tentaculaires isolés. Ces rangées sont au nombre de six environ pour chaque bras. Immédiatement en dessous du point ou se rejoignent les rangées externes de deux bras voisins, se trouve un orifice plus grand (orifice génital?) que ceux par lequel sortent les tentacules dorsaux. La plaque madréporique est petite, convexe, presque entitrement cachée par les piquants dorsaux et située au premier tiers de la distance qui sépare le centre du disque du sommet de langle interbrachial voisin. L’anus est bien visible. GENRE MARGINASTER (nov. gen.). Marginaster pectinatus (Ed. P.). Singuliére petite astérie, exactement pentagonale, mais 4 sommets du pentagone émoussés. R=5mn,, r= 4mm. Cétés du corps 4 peu pres rectilignes; face ventrale plane, face dorsale con- vexe, mais s’unissant a la face ventrale de maniére A former un bord tranchant. Tentacules ambulacraires sur deux rangs, gouttitre ambulacraire, bordée par une rangée de piquants aplatis, tronqués au sommet, isolés, sur chacune des plaques adambulacraires. Une seconde rangée de piquants plus petits et irrégu- liers se trouve en arriére de la rangée adambulacraire. Les plaques sont petites, peu distinctes, ainsi que les plaques ambulacraires ventrales, en raison de l’épaisseur de la peau qui les recouvre uniformément sur la surface de chacun des triangles ventraux, compris entre le bord des bras et les goutti¢res ambulacraires, on observe trois ou quatre piquants courts, mousses, ee a ———— LL lh Um: p- + ae ee ee ee ee or MUSEUM OF COMPARATIVE ZOOLOGY. 17 enveloppés par les téguments et irréguli¢rement placés. Le bord libre du disque est formé sur la face ventrale par de grandes plaques rectangulaires, dont le grand coté est perpendiculaire au bord du bras, et qui sont séparées les unes des autres par des sillons bien distincts prolongés souvent par d’autres sillons qui obliquent brusquement et se dirigent perpendiculairement a la gouttitre ambulacraire la plus voisine. Il existe huit de ces plaques pour chaque cété du corps, et chacune d’elles porte sur son bord libre un peigne de cinq ou six petits piquants aplatis. Sur la face dorsale le squelette est encore moins apparent que sur la face ven- trale. De petits piquants, mousses, isolés, mais assez saillants, sont épars sur cette face. Le corps est également bordé par une rangée de grandes plaques correspondant & celles de la face ventrale et portant comme elle un peigne de piquants, plus courts cependant que ceux de la face ventrale. La plaque madréporique est petite et située a la moitié de la distance qui sépare le centre du disque du bord libre des bras. L’anus est visible. Marginaster echinulatus (Ed. P.). Petite astérie distincte par ses cdtés échancrés de maniére 4 découper cing bras courts et larges ; le sommet des angles interbrachiaux n’est pas arrondi. R= mm., r= 3 mm., R= 1.6 +r. Plaques adambulacraires s’avangant au-dessus de la gouttiére ambulacraire et terminées en demi cercle de maniére a en festonner les bords, portant sur leur bord libre un demi cercle de quatre ou cinq petits piquants et sur leur surface libre une rangée transversale de deux ou trois piquants divergents. Plaques ven- trales distinctes surtout latéralement et formant des rangées séparées par des sillons qui vont obliquement de la goutti¢re ambulacraire au bord des bras. Cha- cune d’elles porte deux petits piquants divergents. Pieces dentaires saillantes et séparées par une fente trés visible. Plaques marginales ventrales au nombre de huit pour chaque cété du corps portant chacune sur leur bord libre un peigne de cing piquants divergents. Squelette dorsal caché par la peau; plaques distinctes seulement par les petits piquants qu’elles portent et qui sont irrégulitrement disposés. Plaques marginales peu visibles, bordées par des piquants trés courts. Une rangée de pores tenta- culaires de chaque cdté de la ligne médiane des bras. Plaque terminale des bras, ovale et tres grande. Je n’ai pas pu voir la plaque madréporique. GENRE RADIASTER (nov. gen.). Radiaster elegans (nov. sp.). Grande astérie 4 cinq bras. R = 92 mm., r = 26 mm., R-= 3.5 +. Disque assez aplati, bras ayant 4 leur base 22 mm. de diamétre environ, reliés entre eux par un are interbrachial & assez grande courbure, contour nettement VOL. IX. — NO, 1. 2 18 BULLETIN .OF THE limité par une rangée de plaques marginales cachées par les téguments, mais por- tant chacune a son bord extréme et a son bord interne un bouquet de piquants beaucoup plus gros que les bouquets analogues qui recouvrent toute la surface dorsale et ressemblent un peu aux bouquets analogues des Solaster. Ces bouquets marginaux forment ainsi sur tout le contour de l’animal une double rangée assez réguliére. Ces bouquets sont un peu comprimés, de sorte que ceux d’une méme plaque sont plus rapprochés l’un de l’autre qu’ils ne sont des bouquets des plaques voisines. Les plaques marginales sont au nombre de 39 ou 40 pour chaque bras. Les bouquets de piquants des plaques dorsales, qui sont également recouverts par des téguments sont formés de piquants gréles, allongés, mobiles, qui peuvent s’écarter les uns des autres ou se rapprocher en fuseaux. La plaque madréporique assez petite est voisine du bord du disque. Les plaques adambulacraires portent chacune un faisceau de piquants cylin- driques qui sont d’autant plus longs qu’ils sont plus rapprochés du bord de la gouttiére ambulacraire ; on observe généralement trois de ces piquants sur le bord méme de la plaque. A chacune de ces plaques adambulacraires correspond une rangée de plaques ventrales qui se dirigent presque transversalement de la gout- tiere ambulacraire au bord externe des bras. Bien que ces plaques soient cachées dans le tégument, on les distingue nettement, grice au bouquet de piquants que porte chacune d’elles. Ces bouquets bien isolés les uns des autres forment sur la face ventrale autant de rangées bien réguli¢res qu’il y a de plaques adambula- eraires le nombre de ces rangées est notablement supérieur celui des piéces marginales ; il s’éléve & prés de 70, de sorte qu’il n’y a aucune correspondance entre le nombre des plaques marginales et celui des plaques adambulacraires. Les piquants qui forment les bouquets ventraux sont plus courts que ceux qui forment les bouquets dorsaux. Les piéces dentaires sont saillantes, couvertes de piquants ; leur longueur est de 8mm. et leur largeur est de 3mm. Ces piéces arrivent presque au contact et ne laissent pas apercevoir les membranes buccales. ' Il n’y a point de pédicellaires, Les tubes ambulacraires sont bisériés et terminés par une ventouse bien déve- loppée. GENRE CTENASTER (nov. gen.). Ctenaster spectabilis (nov. sp.). Six bras gréles mais assez courts se rattachant par des ares interbrachiaux assez arrondis & un disque large et assez épais. Tubes tentaculaires bisériés pourvus chacun d’une ventouse plane, bien distincte plus large. Toutes les plaques du squelette tant dorsales que ventrales recouvertes par la peau qui n’en laisse pas moins apparaitre de nombreux piquants bien acérés. Bouche située au centre d’un grand disque membraneux qui l’éloigne des pitces dentaires. Celles-ci portent comme les autres plaques adambulacraires un peigne de cing piquants divergents A pointe obtuse. Les autres plaques adambulacraires portent encore sur la face ventrale, une rangée perpendiculaire & la direction de la a ee MUSEUM OF COMPARATIVE ZOOLOGY. 19 gouttiére ambulacraire, de quatre ou cinq piquants divergents dorsaux externes plus gréles que les autres et un peu plus longs. Chaque plaque est séparée de ses voisines par un sillon de la peau qui se prolonge d’une fagon légerement sinueuse, parfois méme en se bifurquant jusqu’au bord du disque ou des bras. Sur chacune des bandes qui limitent ces sillons on apergoit un certain nombre de petits piquants épars, assez épais, isolés ou géminés. Le bord dorso-ventral est formé par des plaques dissimulées sous la peau et qui portent chacune une rangée perpendicu- laire au plan du disque de cing ou six piquants, assez gros, obtus et divergents. Il n’y a aucun rapport entre le nombre de ces plaques marginales et le nombre des plaques adambulacraires. Face dorsale couverte de papilles entremélées de groupes de petits piquants divergents — une bande lisse vis-a-vis de chaque espace interbrachial.— Plaque madréporique ovale a la moitié du rayon du disque, contigue 4 un espace interbra- chial lisse un peu plus grand que les autres. R132 mm... 48) 2.079: GENRE PENTAGONASTER (Lincr). Pentagonaster (Tosia) parvus (Ed. P.). Corps pentagonal, a cotés légeérement concaves. Dans le plus grand échantillon R= 20 mm., r = 14 mm., R = $7. Plaques adambulacraires, portant une rangée de piquants suivie de deux rangées de granules; cinq @ six piquants sur chacune d’elles. Face ventrale formée de plaques arrondies, assez grandes, enti¢rement granuleuses, au voisinage des plaques marginales, se dénudant graduellement au centre 4 mesure qu’on se rapproche de la bouche, et finissant par étre bordées d’une simple rangée de granules. Plaques marginales ventrales au nombre de dix pour chaque cété du corps, bordées d’une simple rangée de granules carrées sauf 4 l’extrémité des bras ow les derniéres sont trapézoides ou triangulaires. Plaques marginales dorsales au nombre de huit, bordées par une rangée de gra- nules ; plaques dorsales arrondies serrées, bordées d’une rangée de granules et portant @ leur centre deux ou trois trés petits tubercules isolés. Plaque madréporique, grande, arrondie, située plus prés du centre du disque que des plaques marginales. Le nombre des plaques marginales diminue avec la taille. I est réduit six chez un petit échantillon ou R = 8 mm. Pentagonaster grenadensis (Ed. P.). Belle espéce pentagonale, & cdtés légtrement concaves et & sommet des bras plus obtus que dans les espéces préeédentes. R = 26 mm., r= 17 mm., R= 1.4 r. Piquants adambulacraires arrivant au méme niveau que les granules de la surface ventrale avec lesquels ils se confondent. Il en existe cing ou six sur chaque 20 BULLETIN OF THE plaque adambulacraire. Plaques ventrales polygonales uniformément granuleuses et couvertes d’assez gros granules. Plaques marginales ventrales toutes granu- leuses. Plaques marginales dorsales au nombre de quatorze, finement granuleuses comme les yentrales ou légerement dénudées au centre; plaques dorsales polygo- nales uniformément granuleuses et portant parfois un trés petit pédicellaire. Plaque madréporique au premier quart de la distance du centre au bord du disque. Pentagonaster ternalis (Ed. P.). Cinq bras pointus reliés entre eux par un arc interbrachial a long rayon de courbure, pointus. R— 30mm. 7 — 10mm hi — 3.07. Nombre des plaques marginales ventrales d’environ 50. Ces plaques sont d’abord rectangulaires et allongées dans le sens des rayons du disque, puis elles deviennent presque carrées; elles arrivent au contact des plaques adambu- lacraires vers le deuxiéme tiers des bras en comptant a partir de la bouche. Ces plaques sont grossitrement granuleuses ainsi que les plaques ventrales qui sont irréguli¢rement polygonales. Plaques adambulacraires presque carrées, couvertes de la méme granulation que les plaques ventrales et portant sur le bord de la gouttiére ambulacraire une rangée de neuf a dix piquants serrés, prismatiques et comme tronqués au sommet. En outre la plupart de ces plaques portent pres de celui de leurs angles avoisinant la goutti¢re ambulacraire qui est le plus rappro- chée de la bouche, un pédicellaire tres remarquable puisqu’il est formé de trois ou plus souvent méme quatre valves 4 peu prés de méme aspect que les granulations qui les avoisinent, mais dont elles se distinguent bien nettement par leur mobilité et la fagon dont elles sont rapprochées. On trouve des pédicellaires semblables, quoiqu’un peu plus petits sur un certain nombre des plaques ventrales qui suivent les plaques adambulacraires. Plaques marginales dorsales en méme nombre que les plaques contigues a celles du cété opposé sur toute la longueur des bras, couvertes d’une grossitre granula- tion. Plaques dorsales, saillantes, espacées les unes des autres, polygonales cou- vertes de granules dont les plus externes légérement saillantes leur forment une sorte de couronne et portent pour la plupart un ou deux pédicellaires en pinces, & deux valves seulement. Pores tentaculaires isolés a l’angle des plaques, au fond des sillons qui les séparent. Plaque madréporique polygonale, a sillons rayonnants assez longs, de la gran- deur des plaques dorsales voisines, située au premier quart de la distance qui sépare le centre du disque du sommet de l’axe interbraehial. Anus subcentral bien distinct, entouré de petits piquants. R= 78 mm., 7= 32 mm. Ri 3.6.9. Le nombre des plaques marginales parait le méme que dans l’individu précedent. MUSEUM OF COMPARATIVE ZOOLOGY. 21 Pentagonaster subspinosus (nov. sp.). Disque pentagonal a angles prolongés par cinq bras gréles et pointus, ares inter- brachiaux 4 grande courbure, arrondis. R = 65 mm., r= 16 mm., R= 47. Plaques marginales ventrales plus larges que longues dans V’are interbrachial, puis devenant plus longues que larges et presque linéaires, au nombre de soixante environ, d’une extrémité 4 l’autre des deux bras consécutifs, uniformément granu- leux, et portant ordinairement un piquant sur leur bord libre dans l’are inter- brachial. A partir de chaque sommet du disque pentagonal, ces plaques sont contigues avec les plaques adambulacraires qui sont elles aussi plus longues que larges et portent méme un peigne de sept a dix piquants trés fins et sont couverts, dans le reste de leur étendue, de granules coniques assez gros, semblables a ceux qui recouvrent les plaques de la partie ventrale du disque et les plaques margi- nales. Pieces dentaires petites, a peine distinctes; tubes ambulacraires terminés par une ventouse bien développée. Plaques marginales dorsales au nombre de 54, plus larges que longues dans are interbrachial, puis devenant graduellement plus longues que larges, finement granuleuses et portant fréquemment au milieu de leur bord libre dans lare inter- brachial un piquant mousse d’environ 1 mm. de long. Sur les bras proprement dits les plaques de l'un des bords sont contigues a celles du bord opposé. Plaques du disque granuleuses, sensiblement hexagonales, bien distinctes les unes des autres — un pore tentaculaire vis-a-vis de chaque sommet de ’hexagone. Plaque madréporique 4 peine plus grande que les autres, mais bien distincte au premier tiers du petit rayon @ partir du centre. Pentagonaster arenatus (nov. sp.). Cinq bras allongés et pointus ; arcs interbrachiaux a assez grande courbure. R = 57 mm., r=15 mm., R=47r. E100 mm. Cinquante-deux plaques marginales ventrales, d’abord plus larges que longues puis devenant graduellement plus longues que larges, uniformément granuleuses, totalement inermes, contigiies dans la plus grande longeur des bras aux plaques adambulacraires. Une aire triangulaire formée de nombreuses plaques granuleuses, irrégulitrement polygonales et peu distinctes entre l’are brachial et le sommet de Pangle buccal. Piéces dentaires petites, peu distinctes des plaques voisines. Plaques adambulacraires portant chacune six ou sept petits piquants gréles et assez courts. (La gouttitre ambulacraire trés serrée ne permet pas de voir les tubes ambulacraires). Cinquante plaques marginales dorsales semblables aux ventrales, contigues dans toute la longueur des bras. Surface dorsale formée de plaques granuleuses peu distinctes les unes des autres. Plaque madréporique petite, située au premier quart de axe du petit rayon & partir du centre. 22 BULLETIN OF THE Pentagonaster Alexandri (nov. sp.). Bras au nombre de cinq, assez courts, mais bien distincts et émergents des som- mets d’un pentagone régulier dont les cétés légerement concaves réunissent les bras l'un a l’autre. R= 9 mm., r= 4.5 mm., R = 9 +. Largeur des bras a leur base =3 mm. Sur la face ventrale, les plaques inter- ambulacraires portent deux rangées de piquants. Les piquants de la rangée interne au nombre de trois et plus souvent quatre sur chaque plaque sont gréles, allongés, divergents et inclinés sur le sillon ambulacraire; ceux de la rangée externe inclinés au contraire en dehors sont plus gros, plus courts, un peu obtus au sommet et au nombre de trois seulement sur chaque plaque. Les plaques den- taires sont séparées l’une de Vautre par un sillon bien visible. Les gouttiéres ambulacraires, et les deux plaques marginales interbrachiales limitent sur la face ventrale une aire triangulaire dans laquelle on ne compte pas plus de six ou sept plaques ventrales portant chacune un groupe de trois a sept granules assez espacées, saillantes, quoiqu’obtus au sommet et figurant presque de petits piquants. Le nombre de plaques marginales ventrales est de douze pour chaque cOté du corps, quinze pour chaque bras. Ces plaques vont rapidement en diminuant du sommet de chaque are interbrachial 4 l’extrémité des bras; les deux premitres de chaque coté du sommet de cet are sont seules séparées des plaques interambulacraires, les autres sont en contact avec elles. Toutes ces plaques por- tent des granules espacés qui deviennent plus grands et plus forts en se rappro- chant du bord libre de la plaque et simulent alors des piquants. Les plaques marginales dorsales sont au nombre de dix pour chaque cété (cing pour chaque bras et une impaire, au sommet du bras) triangulaires et assez grandes. Ces plaques de forme sensiblement carrée vont en diminuant du sommet de l’are interbrachial & l’extrémité des bras ; elles portent de gros granules espacés, disposés comme ceux des plaques correspondantes du bord ventral. Sauf les deux plaques placées de chaque cété du sommet de l’are interbrachial et une partie de celles qui suivent et qui limitent avec elles l’aire pentagonale du disque, les plaques marginales dorsales d’un cété des bras sont exactement contigiies avee celles du cdté opposé, de sorte que laire paxillaire du disque ne pénétre pas entre elles. Cette dernitre se trouve formée de plaques portant des piquants relativement gros et obtus, mais assez longs, de maniére 4 constituer de véritables paxilles. Cing de ces plaques plus grandes que les autres forment au cercle du disque un pentagone dans l’intérieur duquel se trouve des paxilles plus petites. La plaque madréporique, petite, et ne présentant que peu de sillons, est située immédiatement en dehors de ce pentagone, 4 égale distance du centre du disque et du bord interne des plaques marginales. Plaques marginales dorsales, au nombre de 24 de chaque cété du corps, sont entourées d’un cercle de granules a leur partie supérieure, granuleuses & leur bord inférieur. Plaques de disque uniformément granuleuses, mais ayant une tendance a se dénuder vers le centre, de sorte que le plus grand nombre présentent simple- ee MUSEUM OF COMPARATIVE ZOOLOGY. aa ment une bordure plus ou moins complete de granules. Toutes ces plaques doivent évidemment étre uniformément granuleuses sur certains exemplaires. - GENRE GONIODISCUS (Métrer & Troscuer). Goniodiscus pedicellaris (nov. sp.). == 5 9imiprei7 sl Grmm hears Cinq bras réunis entre eux par un arc interbrachial d’assez grande courbure. Plaques marginales ventrales au nombre de 58 d’un sommet a l’autre de deux bras consécutifs, plus larges que longues dans l’are interbrachial, devenant presque carrées trés rapidement, couvertes de petits piquants assez espacés et portant assez fréquemment un pédicellaire valvulaire irréguli¢rement placé. Les plaques caleaires qui forment le disque ventral sont entourées d’une couronne de petits piquants semblables a ceux des plaques marginales, au centre des plaques les plus voisines des plaques adambulacraires se trouve enchassé un pédicellaire 4 valves plus hautes que larges en forme de cuilleron. Ce pédicellaire est remplacé par un piquant dans la région moyenne de chacun des secteurs de la face ventrale. Les plaques adambulacraires et marginales sont contigues a partir de la 14° plaque marginale comptée du sommet de l’are inter- brachial. Chaque plaque adambulacraire porte dans le sillon ambulacraire cing piquants a peu pres de méme grandeur; un peu en arriére trois ou quatre piquants beaucoup plus gros et souvent irréguliérement placées, enfin, sur son bord tourné vers le sommet du bras, un pédicellaire conique 4 peu prés de la grosseur des gros piquants. Sur la surface dorsale, les plaques marginales sont en méme nombre que sur la face ventrale et recouvertes comme elles de petits piquants plus gros sur le bord externe des plaques ; elles sont séparées de celles du cdté opposé sur plus des deux tiers des bras. Les plaques dorsales sont légérement saillantes, arrondies, séparées les unes des autres et laissant voir, dans leur intervalle, les trabécules caleaires rayonnants qui les unissent et limitent les pores tentaculaires. Chacune d’elles est entourée d’une couronne de piquants et porte 4 son centre de un A trois piquants que remplace parfois un pédicellaire semblable 4 ceux de la face ventrale. Les plaques inter- brachiales ne forment pas de bande distincte. La plaque madréporique est 4 peu prés au premier tiers de la distance qui sépare le centre du disque du sommet de Pangle interbrachial. GENRE ANTHENOIDES (nov. gen.). Anthenoides Peircei (Ed. P.). Cinq bras pointus insensiblement reliés entre eux par un are interbrachial d grand rayon. R = 80 mm., r= 32 mm., R= 2.5 r, d= 152 mm. 24 BULLETIN OF THE Plaques marginales ventrales au nombre de 54, allongées dans l’are interbra_ chial dans le sens du rayon du disque, puis presque carrées; fortement granu- leuses, 4 granulation plus forte sur leur bord externe, dont l’angle porte souvent un granule plus gros que ies autres, figurant une sorte de piquant court et mous, au contact des plaques adambulacraires un peu au-dela de la moitié de la longueur du sillon ambulacraire a partir du centre de la bouche. Plaques ventrales granuleuses, légerement bombées ; celles qui touchent les plaques adambulacraires les plus voisines de la bouche dans la rangée suivante, portent, en générale, un pédicellaire valvulaire peu saillant et dont l’orientation n’a rien de déterminé. Plaques adambulacraires portant un peigne de sept piquants bien séparés les uns des autres, légerement divergents et plus grands vers le milieu de la plaque; en arriére de ces piquants une seconde rangée de piquants plus gros et plus courts au nombre de trois par plaque, en arriére des- quels se voient les premiers pédicellaires valvulaires séparés les uns des autres par les sillons situés entre les plaques. Piéces dentaires non saillantes. Plaques marginales dorsales au nombre de 50 de chaque cété, presque carrées, recou- vertes comme toute la surface du dos d’une peau assez épaisse, finement gra- nuleuses laissant apercevoir les ossicules du squelette qui sont polygoneux comme chez les Pentagonaster et bordés de petits pores tentaculaires espacés les uns des autres. Face dorsale légerement convexe et se laissant déformer par la pression. Auus visible. GENRE GONIOPECTEN (nov. gen.). Goniopecten demonstrans (nov. sp.). Les bras au nombre de cinq diminuent graduellement de largeur de la base au sommet et sont reliés entre eux par un arc interbrachial d’assez forte courbure. Les plaques marginales ventrales sont de 92 environ pour chaque cdté du corps ce qui fait 46 pour chaque bras. Ces plaques sont rectangulaires, et leur plus grande longueur est perpendicu- laire 4 l’axe des bras. Les sillons qui les séparent se continuent jusqu’au bord de la gouttiére ambulacraire et séparent en méme temps les unes des autres les plaques adambulacraires, de sorte que le nombre de ces plaques est précisément le méme que celui des plaques marginales ventrales, toutefois elles ne sont pas exactement dans le prolongement de celles-ci; les sillons communs qui les séparent forment a l’extrémité des plaques marginales un angle dont l’ouverture variable est tant6t dirigée vers le sommet des bras, tantét vers leur base. Les sillons con- sécutifs peuvent méme n’étre pas exactement paralléles, et la bande qu’ils limitent s’élargit parfois de la plaque marginale a la plaque adambulacraire qui le termine. Dans la région du disque cette bande est formée par une double rangée de plaques polygonales alternes, généralement allongées dans le sens de la largeur des bras. Ces doubles rangées se raccourcissent beaucoup sur les bras proprement dits, elles ne sont bientét plus formées que de deux plaques qui semblent méme con- MUSEUM OF COMPARATIVE ZOOLOGY. 25 fondues dés le premier tiers des bras. Tout au moins le tégument membraneux qui recouvre tout le squelette et revét méme les piquants empéche-t-il de distin- guer les lignes de sutures qui les séparent des plaques avoisinantes. Entre les plaques marginales et les plaques adambulacraires on remarque quel- ques piquants courts, épars, enfouis dans les téguments, peu distincts; des piquants plus petits, réguliers forment sur le bord de chaque série des plaques dans les sillons transversaux qui vont de la gouttiére ambulacraire ; au bord du bras une fine crénelure régulitre, semblable a celle que présentent les Astropecten entre leurs plaques ventrales. Parfois le tégument est marqué d’impressions polygo- nales qui le font paraitre comme cailleux. Chaque plaque ambulacraire s’avance dans le sillon ambulacraire en une forte caréne qui s’introduit entre deux tubes ambulacraires consécutifs, de telle sorte que chacun d’eux est comme enchassé entre deux carénes. Sur le bord de chaque plaque on voit un peigne de huit ou neuf piquants aplatis, assez courts, contigus, et dont les médians sont un peu plus allongés que les autres. Les tubes ambula- craires sont assez gros, coniques, terminés par une ventouse extrémement petite. Les piéces dentaires forment une saillie ellipsoidale de 7 mm. de long sur 4 de large, avec une suture trés apparente le long de son grand axe. Cette saillie est recouverte de fortes épines et dans l’angle buccal une épine beaucoup plus forte et saillante termine chaque plaque. Les plaques marginales dorsales sont en méme nombre que les plaques margi- nales ventrales et de forme a peu prés semblable ; chacune d’elles occupe environ le tiers de la largeur des bras, et est entourée d’une bordure de fins granules ; mais ne porte aucune trace de piquants. La région moyenne des bras et le disque sont formés de trés petites plaques polygonales bien distinctes les unes des autres et couvertes de granules qui simulent les paxilles des Astropecten. La plaque madréporique distante de 3 mm. du bord interne de la plaque margi- nale Ja plus voisine a environ 6 mm. de diamétre, elle est couverte de fins sillons sinueux et rayonnants. II] existe une apparence d’anus subcentral. Goniopecten intermedius (nov. sp.). Cinq bras médiocrement allongés, interbrachiaux arrondis. R = 34 mm., 7 = 12 mm., R = 8 ¢ environ. Corps plat, plaques marginales au nombre de 44 4 54, plus larges que longues granuleuses, portant chacune un piquant isolé, obtus, sur le milieu'de leur bord libre, contigus sur les bras proprement dits avec les plaques adambulacraires. Espace compris entre le sommet de l’angle buccal et le bord des plaques marginales occupé par des plaques nombreuses irrégulitrement polygonales, granuleuses. Piéces dentaires, grandes, saillantes sur le disque, bien distinctes l'une de Yautre. Plaques adambulacraires portant chacune sept piquants environ. Tubes ambulacraires terminés par une ventouse trés petite presque punctiforme. Plaques marginales dorsales au nombre de 44, granuleuses, plus larges que longues, portant des piquants au moins dans l’are interbrachial. Ces piquants 26 BULLETIN OF THE sont eux-mémes semblables @ ceux des plaques ventrales correspondantes, mais un peu plus petits. Plaques dorsales de l'un des bords des bras séparées de celles de Vautre bord par une aire paxillaire moins large que les plaques elles-mémes. Dos couvert de paxilles tres analogues a celles des Astropecten. Anus bien net. Plaque madréporique a la moitié de un des petits rayons a demi cachée par des paxilles plus grandes que celles du reste de la face dorsale, sur le plus grand exemplaire E = 110 mm.; sur le plus petit E = 62 mm. Goniopecten subtilis (nov. sp.). Disque pentagonal terminé par cing bras gréles linéaires. R = 60 mm., r = 12 mm., R= 57. iGaiecte: dix plaques marginales ventrales, Pahoa plus larges que longues, puis plus longues que larges, granuleuses avec quelques granulures convexes, allongées, presque spiniformes ; contigués sur presque toute la largeur des bras avec les plaques adambulacraires. Celles-ci portent chacune un peigne de cing ou six piquants plats, obtus, divergents, les médians plus longs que les autres, de sorte que l’ensemble figure un demi cercle. Chaque groupe de piquants tres nettement isolé de ses voisins, de sorte que le bord de la gouttiére ambulacraire parait fes- tonné. Le reste de la plaque couvert de piquants— plaques ventrales granu- leuses. Piéces dentaires grandes, bien distinctes des autres plaques, un peu saillantes. Tubes ambulacraires a ventouse petite. Soixante-six plaques marginales dorsales, plus larges que longues d’abord, puis presque carrées, granuleuses; elles sont séparées dans toute l’étendue du bras par une rangée unique de plaques granuleuses plus longues que larges. Toute la surface dorsale formée de plaques hexagonales granuleuses, bien distinctes les unes des autres, dissimulant la plaque madréporique. Anus bien apparent. GENRE ARCHASTER (Métter & Troscner). Archaster pulcher (nov. sp.). Cing bras: R = 12 mm., r= 4 mm., R= 3r. Bras se rejoignant 4 angles émoussés, Vingt-six plaques marginales ventrales couvertes de granules un peu espacés, en forme de petits piquants, et portant un piquant plus volumineux, mais peu saillant sur leur angle supéro-externe. Aire triangulaire comprise entre les goutti¢res ambulacraires et les plaques marginales, bien distincte ; plaques qui la constituent portant de petits piquants dont le nombre ne dépasse pas six. Des piquants semblables se retrouvent sur les plaques adambulacraires qui portent dans le sillon ambulacraire quatre ou cing piquants presque égaux, légerement divergents et formant une rangée réguliére. Pieces dentaires assez saillantes terminées chacune vers la bouche par un gros piquant. Ventouse des tubes ambulacraires trés petite, vingt-deux plaques marginales dor- i . APM MUSEUM OF COMPARATIVE ZOOLOGY. ref sales de chaque cété, revétues de petits piquants espacés ; plaque terminale assez volumineuse portant deux piquants comme cela arrive d’ordinaire chez les jeunes Goniaster. Plaques dorsales petites surtout vers le centre du disque ne portant guére que six piquants arrondis en forme de granules. Plaque madréporique touchant presque les plaques marginales, distincte seulement par saillie plus grande que celle des plaques voisines et couvertes de piquants semblables 4 ceux de ces derniers. Pas d’anus apparent. Archaster mirabilis (Ed. P.). Cing bras gréles, allongés, pointus, se réunissant a angle vif avec leurs voisins. 87min. 32 min. es 2, Plus de 80 plaques marginales par chaque cété (40 et plus pour chaque bras) chez les grands échantillons. Plaques marginales ventrales contigiies avec les bras, & partir de la troisitme en comptant du sommet de langle interbrachial, a peu pres carrées, hérissées de petits piquants parmi lesquels se trouvent deux ou trois piquants beaucoup plus allongés, trés pointus et sur le milieu du bord de la plaque un autre piquant trés allongé, pointu, pouvant atteindre vers le milieu des bras jusqu’a 8 mm. de longueur. Les plaques adambulacraires font légérement saillie dans le sillon ambulacraire, de maniére a séparer les tubes ambulacraires les uns des autres ; chacune d’elles porte sur son bord interne un peigne de dix piquants, gréles, cylindriques, gran- dissant rapidement du bord de la plaque en son milieu et divergents. Les piéces dentaires sont longues de 4mm. et leur ensemble large de 2 mm. ; les deux piquants qu’elles portent sur leur angle buccal sont notablement plus grands que leurs voisins. Les tubes ambulacraires sont terminés par une ventouse d’assez petite taille mais bien distincte. Les plaques marginales dorsales sont assez petites, presque carrées, granuleuses, et ne portent chacune qu’un long piquant conique semblable 4 celui des plaques marginales ventrales. Sur le disque un cercle de piquants semblables entoure Yanus. Les paxilles sont petites, espacées, granuleuses. La plaque madréporique beaucoup plus grande qu’elles est trés prés du sommet de l’angle interbrachial et marquée de sillons rayonnauts assez larges. Dans un assez grand nombre d’exem- plaires on observe un orifice 4 la bas des bras, tout prés de la ligne médiane de ces parties. Les individus de grande taille prennent les caractéres suivants: Une aire trian- gulaire formée de plusieurs rangées de plaques entre les plaques marginales ven- trales et les plaques dentaires qui sont saillantes sur la face ventrale entre elles une surface ovalaire bien nette. Sur l’aire triangulaire on voit parmi de fins piquants épars une dizaine d’assez gros pédicellaires 4 deux, trois ou méme quatre branches. Pisces dentaires portant chacune onze piquants plus gros a langle buccal. Plaques adambulacraires portant huit piquants gréles, contigus dont les médians 28 BULLETIN OF THE sont plus longs. Trente-une plaques marginales ventrales portant chacune de long piquants pointus, outre un revétement de fines épines. Ventouse des tubes ambulacraires petites. Plaques marginales dorsales petites au nombre de trente, portant chacune un piquant. Plaques dorsales du disque invisibles. Tout le dos couvert de petits bouquets de trois ou quatre petits piquants qui dissimulent la plaque madréporique. E = 90 mm., R= 45 mm., r= 12 Mm., R=3.5 7. Angles interbrachiaux arrondis. Archaster simplex (nov. sp.). Point de plaques ventrales entre les plaques marginales ventrales et les pitces dentaires. Une plaque marginale impaire dans l’angle des bras supportant les pieces dentaires qui sont arrondies au sommet. Quatorze plaques marginales plus longues que larges, légerement convexes sur le bord externe, de manitére a faire paraitre le bord du bras un peu festonné. Ces plaques supportent directement les plaques adambulacraires qui sont plus petites, polygonales, saillantes dans le sillon ambulacraire. Quelques petites épines et une beaucoup plus grande, fine, pointue, se trouvent tout-a-fait sur le bord de chacune des plaques marginales ventrales. Plaques adambulacraires portant sur leur bord quatre ou cing piquants divergents et un a leur centre. Tubes ambulacraires terminés par une ventouse bien dis- tincte. Quatorze plaques marginales dorsales plus longues que larges, de forme presque ovale, plus une impaire triangulaire, portant chacune un long piquant pointu au sommet de l’angle interbrachial. Piquant de la plaque impaire double au moins des autres ; une autre épine prés de l’anus. Plaques du disque petites, trés peu apparentes. Dos présentant de nombreuses petites épines, espacées, sans plaques calcaires apparentes. Plaque madréporique petite, arrondie, a surface irréguliére, vermiculée, presque au contact de la plaque impaire. E= 35 mn., R = 18 mm., r = 3 mm., R= 37, d= 4 mm. GENRE BLAKIASTER (nov. gen.). Blakiaster conicus (Ed. P.). Cinq bras se rejoignant a angle aigu, épais, un peu obtus au sommet, légére- ment arrondis en-dessus, plats en-dessous. R = 27 mm., r = 10 mm., R < 3 vr, d= 46 mm. La physionomie caractéristique de cette espéce tient a |’épaisseur et & la dispo- sition des plaques marginales ainsi qu'un revétement de piquants des plaques ventrales. Les plaques marginales ventrales sont au nombre de 15 pour chaque bras, obliques de dehors en dedans et du sommet a la base des bras; elles ne sont sépa- rées des plaques adambulacraires que par une petite plaque carrée, sauf dans langle interbrachial oi un petit triangle, formé d’une dizaine de plaques dont MUSEUM OF COMPARATIVE ZOOLOGY. 29 Pune occupe le centre du triangle, les sépare de ces autres plaques. Les plaques adambulacraires sont également obliques par rapport au sillon ambulacraire: elles portent dans ce sillon quatre ou cing piquants allongés et divergents; mais toute la surface est couverte, comme celles des autres plaques ventrales, y compris les marginales d’un revétement serré de piquants gréles assez allongés, au milieu desquels on distingue sur le bord des plaques marginales quelques piquants plus forts, plus allongés et pointus. Les pieces dentaires sont a peine plus grandes que les plaques adambulacraires voisines, mais saillantes et bien distinctes. Les tubes ambulacraires sont coniques et terminés en pointe. Les plaques marginales dorsales sont a peu pres verticales dans l’angle inter- brachial de sorte qu’on les apergoit 4 peine; mais elles deviennent de plus en plus apparentes & mesure qu’on se rapproche du sommet; elles sont couvertes de gros- siéres granulations: La face dorsale est formée de plaques arrondies dont les granules sont plus allongés de maniére a figurer une sorte de paxille de 1 mm. environ de diamétre. La plaque madréporique est petite a peine, plus grosse que les paxilles qui l’entourent et les sillons qui la marquent la traversent dans toutes sa longueur, comme chez les Astropecten, au lieu d’étre rayonnants comme dans la plupart des autres types. L’anus west pas distinct. GENRE LUIDIA (Forsses). Luidia barbadensis (nov. sp.). Six bras, trés longs et extrémement fragiles, toujours trés contournés dans les individus conservés dans l’alcool. Rie a emma Ormim. he a ete A leur plus grande largeur, les bras ont environ 11 mm. de diamétre. Ils sont aplatis en dessus et conservent dans l’alcool une légére couleur rouge brique. Les plaques adambulacraires portent dans le sillon ambulacraire un piquant comprimé et légerement recourbé; puis, immédiatement en dehors, deux autres piquants également comprimés, mais presque droits et disposés un peu oblique- ment l'un derriére autre ; derriére eux, deux ou trois petits piquants plus gréles complétent l’armature de la plaque, qui porte en outre un pédicellaire a trois branches. Piéces buccales assez saillantes avec un peigne de cing ou six piquants dirigés vers la bouche. Les plaques ventrales sont barbelées de tout petits piquants et portent une rangée médiane de piquants plus gros, coniques, dont les deux derniers gran- dissent considérablement et forment aux bras la bordure habituelle de piquants. Sur chaque bras les trois rangées latérales de paxilles de chaque cdté sont formées de paxilles plus grandes que celle de la région moyenne ; viennent ensuite deux rangées assez régulitres de paxilles plus petites, les paxilles médianes sont plus petites encore et irrégulitrement disposées. La plaque madréporique est cachée par les piquants. ‘ 30 BULLETIN OF THE Luidia convexiuscula (Ed. P.). Six bras— petits pédicellaires 4 trois branches dans le voisinage de l’angle des Plaques interambulacraires portant dans le sillon un long piquant com- primé et recourbé et derriére lui un bouquet de piquants plus petits. Plaques ventrales, courtes, couvertes de petits piquants et portant un seul long piquant marginal. Dos des bras légérement convexe, 4 paxilles presque égales, un peu plus petites cependant sur le milieu des bras et sur le disque, portant de petits piquants diver- gents presque égaux dont les médians, un peu plus gros que les autres, ne se pro- longent pas en aiguillon — environ 15 rangées de paxilles. Plaque madréporique invisible sans préparation. B= 54 mm., R = 28 mm., r= 5 mm., R = 5.5 ¢. GENRE ASTROPECTEN (Linck). Astropecten alligator (nov. sp.). Cinq bras, aplatis, terminés en pointe ; angles interbrachiaux non arrondis. R= 40 mm., r=9 mm., R= 4.5 7. Largeur des bras 4 leur base =9 mm. Les plaques interambulacraires sont bordées de piquants dont trois divergents occupent le bord du sillon ambulacraire, un ou deux, plus petits sont placés sur les bords latéraux de la plaque et trois sur son bord externe. Quelquefois un piquant s’éléve en outre de la partie centrale de la plaque; les piquants du bord ambulacraire sont d’ailleurs les seuls dont le nombre soit constant. Les plaques ventrales présentent certain nombre d’écailles pointues qui s’amincissent et deviennent plus serrées sur les bords et dans linter- valle des plaques. Un petit nombre de piquants obtus et aplatis se trouvent parmi les écailles qui deviennent plus longues vers le bord externe de la plaque, formant ainsi une rangée marginale de petits piquants ordinairement au nombre de trois, au-dessus desquels s’inserent deux piquants plus longs, aplatis et poin- tus. Les plaques veutrales débordent trés sensiblement les plaques marginales dorsales ; celles-ci, au nombre de 80 a chaque bras, peu élevées, presque carrées, sauf dans le voisinage du sommet de l’are interbrachial ot elles sont un peu plus larges que longues. Les granules qui les recouvrent sont assez gros, saillants et non contigus. Les trois ou quatre premieres plaques interbrachiales portent au milieu de leur bord interne un piquant conique, vertical, assez court, celui que supporte la plaque triangulaire qui forme le sommet de l’angle étant un peu plus grand que les autres. Ensuite ce piquant se déplace graduellement en se rapprochant du bord libre des bras sans cependant l’atteindre. A la base des bras, V’aire paxillaire est 4 peu pres égale & quatre fois la largeur des plaques marginales; les paxilles sont petites et formées de quelques granules centraux entourés d’une couronne de six & huit petits piquants, légerement renflés au sommet; elles affectent dans le voisinage MUSEUM OF COMPARATIVE ZOULOGY. 31 du bord des bras une disposition en rangées transversales assez nette. On compte a la base des bras une quinzaine de paxilles d’un bord a autre. La plaque madréporique peu apparente, a sillons peu nombreux et non radiés, n’est séparée des plaques marginales que par une ou deux paxilles, tandis qu’on en compte une vingtaine entre elle et le centre légerement en relief du disque. Récu & Cambridge en Mars 1881; publié le 25 Juin 1881. Nore. — The list of the stations at which the different species occur will be given in the final report. — A. Ac. yt ee No. 2. — Reports on the Results of Dredging, wnder the Supervision of ALEXANDER AGASSIZ, in the Gulf of Mexico, and in the Carib- bean Sea, 1877-79, by the United States Coast Survey Steamer “ Blake,” LIEUTENANT-COMMANDER C. D. SIGSsBEE, U.S. N., and CoMMANDER J. R. Barrert, U. 8. N., Commanding. (Published by permission of CARLILE P. PaTTERsoN, Supt. U. 8. Coast and Geodetic Survey.) XV. Preliminary Report on the Mollusca, by W. H. Datu. Ir has seemed desirable to those directing the publications on these materials, in order to secure proper recognition to those engaged in the sounding and dredging work, that the description of the many new forms contained in their collections be not longer delayed. Later laborers in the same field have already, to some extent, duplicated the materials, and this may be expected to go on in increasing ratio. I have, there- fore, endeavored to give recognizable descriptions of those forms which seemed to be new, reserving for further treatment the species on which some doubt existed, or which from their habitat and appearance seemed likely to belong more properly to the fauna of moderate depths. These descriptions are only preliminary to the work in which they shall be properly figured, without which, indeed, species of mollusks can hardly be said to have been wholly published, especially in these days of refine- ment in specific differentiation. The materials here described do not include collections obtained by Professor Agassiz and Commander J. R. Bartlett, U.S. N., on the “Blake,” in the season of 1878-79, but with very few exceptions form part of the mollusca gathered by the party on the “ Blake,” in 1877-78, under Professor Agassiz’s supervision, while the vessel was commanded by Lieut.-Com. C. D. Sigsbee. The later collections, containing many forms of great beauty, have not yet been administered upon, owing to the limited leisure of the writer, and his absence on oficial duties. VOL. IX.— NO. 2. 3 34 BULLETIN OF THE It can hardly be expected that all the species here described will ulti- mately prove to be new, but the probability is that most of them are so. In preparing the descriptions, I have been much indebted to the kindness of Mr. R. J. Boog-Watson, in charge of the ‘‘ Challenger” mol- lusks, for early copies of his preliminary descriptions, etc., which has enabled me to avoid re-describing species obtained by that expedition, but of which knowledge in many cases has reached but a limited circle of the scientific world. To Dr. J. Gwyn Jeffreys Iam also under obli- gations of a similar nature, and for the most obliging loan of rare and even unique specimens for comparison. I may add that, so far, the more detailed study of the specimens has done nothing to vitiate the deductions reached in the “ General Conclu- sions” (Bull. M. C. Z., VI. No. 3), but, on the contrary, the views there put forward have received further confirmation. The difference in richness between the collections of the “ Blake” and those of the “Challenger” is truly remarkable, at least so far as the mollusks are concerned ; the former containing perhaps three times as many species as the whole three years’ voyage of the “ Challenger” brought to light. Cadulus equalis n. s. Shell opaque white, polished, without sculpture except a rare line due to growth or some irregularity ; very slightly curved with hardly any gibbosity perceptible, such as there is being in the anterior fifth of the shell; anal opening circular, simple, thin-edged, not oblique ; anterior opening somewhat oblique, slightly contracted, nearly circular ; the shell on the whole tapering regularly toward the posterior end, which is stouter than usual in the genus, Lon. 15.0, Anal diam. 1.0. Oral diam. 2.0, Max. diam. 2.5 mm. Station 43, 339 fathoms, three specimens. This species is unlike any of those described from the “Challenger” col- lections and the others figured by Sars. Its even taper is particularly no- ticeable. Cadulus Watsoni pn. s. Shell translucent white, polished, showing faintly the annular lines of growth ; slightly curved, with the greater portion of the curve in the anal third ; tapering rapidly from the oral third to the posterior end; the oral third flattened on the convex side toward the mouth ; this portion also tapered laterally in the same direction ; oral aperture not perceptibly oblique in the most perfect specimen, slightly so in another; the transverse diameter of the mouth very slightly longer than the vertical diameter. Lon. 13.0; anal diam. 0.6; oral diam. 1.5; max. diam, 2.25 ; these measurements, when not MUSEUM OF COMPARATIVE ZOOLOGY. 35 otherwise stated, being taken from back to front, or from the concave to the convex surface. Max. transverse diam. 2.9 mm. i Off C. San Antonio, 413 fms. Yucatan Strait, 640 fms, This species is most like C. colubridens of Watson (New Zealand, 700 fms.), but has no gibbosity on the concave or (dorsal) side, a less oblique mouth, is more tapered, and more curved up posteriorly. i Cadulus Agassizii n. s. Shell translucent white with more opaque annulations ; shining, destitute of sculpture excepting nearly imperceptible lines of growth, very slightly curved, the dorsum being nearly straight except at the posterior fourth, oral end very slightly tapered, not flattened; posterior part gently tapering from the anterior third ; anal end rather stout, opening simple, circular; oral end thin, mouth forming an angle of 45° with the axis, simple, quite circular ; the tube with no pronounced gibbosity. Lon. 9.0. Max. lat.2.0. Oral diam. 1.5. Anal diam. 0.75. Max. diam. 2.0 mm. Station 5, 229 fms. This species resembles C. sauridens Watson, but is three times the size, wants the gibbosity, and has a straighter back. It differs from C. gracilis Jeffreys in size and in wanting the compression, so far as can be decided in the absence of a specimen or figure of Jeffreys’s species. The proportions are different from those of V. Pandionis V. and S8., of which the mouth is described as elliptical. Cadulus lunulus n. s. Shell translucent white, smooth, destitute of sculpture; dorsum nearly straight, slightly inflated near the middle ; oral end contracted, not flattened, and more slender at the mouth than the posterior end ; the shell largest in the middle, and tapering nearly equally to both ends, apertures simple, circular, the oral one oblique and quite contracted in proportion to the rather stout form of the shell, which, but for the curve of the convex side and extreme ends, would be nearly evenly fusiform ; there is no gibbosity, and, though the anal aperture is the larger, it seems unbroken. Lon. 6.0. Oral diam. 0.75. Anal diam. 0.87. Max. diam. 1.5 mm. Station 2, 805 fms. Most like C. simillimus Watson, from which it differs in its more even half- moon shape, and proportions. Cadulus cucurbitus n. s. This little shell is perhaps best described by saying that in form it is about midway between C. obesus Watson and C. twmidosus Jeffreys, being larger than the former and more evenly tapered from the middle than either. It wants, the ledge within the aperture at both ends, is polished, translucent, and with- 36 BULLETIN OF THE out perceptible sculpture ; neither of the apertures appears to be oblique ; both are circular. Lon. 4.0. Max. diam. 1.25. Oral diam. 0.62. Anal diam. 0.37 mm. Station 19, 310 fms. It is really somewhat difficult to decide which is the anterior opening in this species, unless the size be considered a criterion. 9 C. sauridens Watson. St. Thomas, Challenger Exp., 390 fms. Blake Exp., Station 19, 310 fms. ; off Cape San Antonio, 1,002 fms. Barbados, Hassler Exp., 100 fms. C. obesus Warson. St. Thomas, Challenger Exp., 390 fms. Blake Exp., Station 20, 220 fms. Siphonodentalium quadridentatum n. s. This species is best described by comparing it with S. tetraschistum Watson, to Which it is nearly allied. The present form, which may prove eventually to be a large race of Watson’s species, seems to differ from it in its proportionately greater stoutness and actually larger size, in the want of any sculpture on its polished surface, and in the proportionally smaller and narrower slits at the anal end of the tube. The dimensions of quadridentatum are :— Lon. 10.0. Max. diam. 1.3. Oral diam. 0.80. Anal diam. 0.4 mm. The same in Mr. Watson’s species are 7.7, 0.81, 0.75, and 0.4 mm. respectively. His specimen came from Fernando Noronha, 7-25 fms. ; ours is from Pourtalés’s dredgings on the west coast of Florida, in 30 fms. In other respects than those mentioned, Watson’s description and figure agree almost exactly with our specimen. DENTALIUM. A. — Species with cylindrical tube. D. perlongum Datt. Bull. Mus. Comp. Zoil., V. No. 6, p. 61 (mame only). 1878. Shell solid, opaque white, shining, without sculpture except delicate irregu- larities due to incremental lines; oral aperture simple, nearly circular, its plane quite or nearly at right angles to the axis ; anal aperture with a shallow noteh (in adult specimens) on the convex side; tube very slightly curved. Lon. 50.0 to 80.0. Anal diam, 0.5 to 0.7. Oral diam. 3.5 mm. » Station 41, 860 fms, Station 46, 888 fms. Yucatan Strait, 640 fms. Sta- tion 33, Lat, 24° 1’, Lon. 88° 58’ W., 1,568 fms. MUSEUM OF COMPARATIVE ZOOLOGY. We This superb species may be compared with D. acutissimwm Watson, but is proportionally more slender, wants the faint longitudinal strie, and is without an anal notch on the concave side. . D. agile M. Sars. Antalis agilis G. O. Sars, Moll. Reg. Arct. Norv., p. 102, tab. 20, fig. 9. 1878. Station 32, 804 fms. Station 33, 1,568 fms. I can find no characters to separate these specimens from Sars’s species, except the absence of the (inconstant) notch at the anal extremity, although they appear to be perfect. D. antillarum D’Ors. Sacra, Moll. Cub., Pl. XXYV. figs. 10-13. Station 20, 220 fms.; Barbados, 100 fms. ; Yucatan Strait, 640 fms.; Sta- tion 44, 539 fms.; Station 19, 310 fms.; Station 43, 339 fms.; Station 33, 1,568 fms. ; off C. San Antonio, 1,002 fms. D. disparile D’Orr. Loc. cit., figs. 14-17. Station 41, 860 fms.; Yucatan Strait, 640 fms.; Barbados, 100 fms. D. ceras Warson. Station 33, 1,568 fms. This specimen measures 50.0 mm. in length. Watson’s came from the mid- Pacific, east of Japan, in 2,050 fms., and from the Atlantic, west of Valparaiso, in 2,160 fms. D. sericatum n. s. Shell small, very thin, acute, slightly curved, rather rapidly enlarging ; cov- ered with fine, sharp, close set longitudinal grooves with narrower threadlike interspaces separating them to the number of thirty-six on the middle and about fifty at the oral end of the shell; plane of the oral aperture at right angles to the axis, both apertures circular, simple ; color translucent white, with opaque white wavy lines (like those on the silk goods known as moire antique) encircling the shell with zigzags whose successive irregular bands (0.8 mm. apart in the middle of the shell) are sub-parallel with one another, and gradually become more slender and further apart toward the ends. In a specimen 13.0 mm. long there are about fifteen of these bands, each band with about 10 or 12 angles. Lon. 13.0. Anal diam. 0.37. Oral diam. 1.2 mm. Yucatan Strait, 640 fms. 38 BULLETIN OF THE The sculpture of this species recalls that of D. capillosum Jeffreys, which is a much larger species, less suddenly attenuated, and, so far as described, want- ing in the remarkable color-pattern of D. sericatum. D. ceratum n. s. Shell of waxen hue becoming whiter toward the mouth, aculeate, slightly curved, rather stout, and of glassy texture; at the anal end septangular, the angles passing into riblets at the beginning of the middle third, then becoming. gradually much more numerous, finer, fainter, and lastly absent or evanescent on the oral third. Surface shining, apertures simple, circular. Lon. 30.0. Anal diam. 0.5. Oral diam. 2.0 mm. West Florida, Pourtalés, 50 fms. Station 2, 805 fms. This species has about the curve and proportions of D. circwmcinctum Watson, but is much smaller, has a wholly different sculpture and no anal notch. B. — Species with tube laterally compressed. D. Sigsbeanum n. s. This may be best described by comparing it with its nearest ally, D. didy- mum Watson (St. Thomas, W. I.), than which it is more slender, more attenu- ated, more arched, and the compression results in an evenly elliptical section, instead of a subtriangular one, as in his species. It is translucent whitish, less brilliant than the last-described species, and apparently, from the look of the eroded tips, is notched at the anal end, but this is not certain. Lon. 20.0. Anal diam. 0.3. Major oral diam. 2.0. Minor do. 1.1 mm. Yucatan Strait, 640 fms. C. — Species with tube transversely compressed. D. compressum Warson. Station 43, 339 fms. ; off C. San Antonio, 413 fms. (Culebra, St. Thomas, 390 fms. — Challenger.) This turns out not to be a Siphonodentalium, after all. D. ophiodon n. s. About the same length as the last species, more slender, more acute, more translucent, more curved, and without the evanescent indications of longitu- dinal striation ; the compression results in less tendency to angulation, and there is an evident tendency, in adult specimens, for the diameter at the mouth to be somewhat less than at a short distance behind it, —a very marked dis- tinction as between the two. The shell is quite translucent, and very thin ; there is very little variation between the specimens. Lon. 12.5, Anal diam, 0.27. Major oral diam, 1.3. Minor do, 1.1 mm. MUSEUM OF COMPARATIVE ZOOLOGY. 39 Station 19, 310 fms. ; Station 20, 220 fms. ; Station 21, 287 fms. The flattening is most prominent a little way behind the mouth in the adult, and is best seen in an adolescent specimen. Siliquaria modesta n. s. Shell white, small, delicate, irregularly coiled, unattached, surface without sculpture except that formed by the rounded incremental lines, which have somewhat the appearance of floss silk when wound on a spool. Apical part a simple cone, which bears marks of the slit as far as can be seen almost from the first ; the apical and terminal portions usually more loosely coiled than the middle part ; the slit near the mouth is open continuously, with an undu- lated margin ; further back the prominent parts of the undulations approach each other, finally joining, forming ovate holes, which, lastly, are entirely filled up in the older third of the shell. The coils rarely exceed 25.0 mm. in length, and gradually enlarge ; the diameter of the mouth is 3.0 mm. or less ; of the widest part of the slit, about 0.5 mm. Found at all depths from 80 to 800 fathoms, but not in less than 80 fathoms. The specimen from which the de- scription was taken lived in 220 fathoms (Station 20). The shell is so very fragile that only living ones came up in even tolerable condition ; the dead ones can hardly bear touching. It is evidently suited only to a soft and quiet bottom. Bivonia exserta n. s. Shell white, uncoiled or only curved ; short, stout, thick, attached by its tip only, and rising upward and forward from this support. Interior of tube circular in section, smooth ; exterior having five longitudinal ribs, or keels, and otherwise deeply and strongly annulated, looking like a pile of round- edged coins or biscuit, one upon another. Lon. 11.0 mm. Diam. 2 mm. Internal diam. 1.0mm. Length of attached portion, 3 mm. This has a remarkable sculpture, and is only provisionally referred to Bivo- nia, as the operculum is unknown. Found with the last. Pedicularia albida n. s. Shell in the embryonic state (as seen imbedded in young specimens) appar- ently having somewhat the shape of an immature Marginella, of a deep pink or salmon colog, the visible surface of the nuclear whorl polished, smooth, the second with a sharp keel, the succeeding ones granulated or reticulated, but generally so immersed in the adult shell as to be indistinguishable. The whorls of the adolescent shell white, marked with numerous even, fine re- volving threads, separated by equivalent grooves, both becoming coarser with growth and terminating in denticulations on the margin and the distinct colu- mella ; these threads are prettily reticulated by the lines of growth. In the adult, the outer lip and the outer margin of the columellar callus (which is 40 BULLETIN OF THE then irregularly striated) are produced in a more or less irregular manner, become confluent, and assume the shape of the coral upon which the animal lives. Diam. of embryonic shell, 0.37 mm; of adolescent, 2.5 ; of adult, 5.0 mm. Lon. of adult, from 3.0 to 9.0 mm. Barbados, Hassler Exp., 100 fms. Off Havana, Sigsbee, 450 fms. Yucatan Strait, 640 fms. This seems sufficiently different from any species noticed by me. Margarita zgleis Warson. Linn. Soc. Journ., XIV., 1879, p. 704 ; St. Thomas, W. I., 390 fms. M. lameliosa Verrill and Smith, Am. Journ. Sci., Noy. 1880, p. 397. This beautiful species, like most of the genus, is exceedingly variable, the um- bilicus varying from very wide to comparatively narrow, the shell depressed or conical ; the number of nodulated ribs or simple carinz, the thickening or absence of it on the pillar, and the number of whorls, differing according to age and individual. I am not at all sure that others of Watson’s species should not be combined with this ; but, in the absence of specimens for com- parison, I hesitate to do more than suggest a careful inspection. The number examined shows every transition. Station 2,805 fms. ; Yucatan Strait, 640 fms.; Station 21,-287 fms. ; Sta- tion 46, 888 fms.; off Cape San Antonio, 640 fms. ; Station 41, 860_fms.; Sta- tion 19, 310 fins. Margarita asperrima n. s. Shell conical, yellowish white, turreted, higher than wide ; whorls five to seven, the last forming half the height of the shell; base rounded, umbilicus small, partly covered by the reflexed lip, transversely striate, with one longi- tudinal thread close to the bounding nodulated strong carinal rib; upper whorls with two strong longitudinal ribs, the lower of which forms the carina of the last whorl ; near the beginning of the latter a single less conspicuous thread is intercalated between these two ; the carina is above the middle of the last whorl, and between it and the bounding rib of the umbilicus are four strong, simple revolving threads, not nodulated, between which, near the mouth, intercalary, weaker threads begin to appear. Suture distinct, compact, not channelled, except by projection of the ribs above and below it which give the shell a turreted appearance. Lip thin or slightly thickened, denticu- lated on the edge by the rib-ends ; pillar little thickened, its base apparently toothed by the ends of the umbilical threads (these denticulations are probably missing in the perfect adult); mouth slightly oblique, not produced below ; transverse sculpture consisting of threads following the lines of growth, rising into lamelle between the ribs, and in passing over them (except the basal ones) forming squarish projections, cutting the ribs obliquely. Nucleus smooth, polished, the remainder dull white, with no visible nacre. Alt. 7.5. Lat. of base, 6.0. Height of aperture, 3.0 mm, ¥, MUSEUM OF COMPARATIVE ZOOLOGY. 41 Station 12, 177 fms.; Barbados, 100 fms. ; Station 20, 220 fms. This little shell has much the form of Trochus transenna W. The regular- ity of its asperities has a very pleasing effect, and it seems quite different from any described species. Margarita scabriuscula n. s. Shell white, conical, compact, very thin, with a silky lustre ; whorls, five to six, suture not channelled ; nucleus bulbous, polished, smooth ; next whorl and a half having asculpture of slightly raised ribs like a minute Scalaria ; on the following whorls the upper surface decorated with two carine, sculp- tured with closely set, angular, buttressed projections, like those figured by Watson on the carine of Trochus clavatus (Pl. V. fig. 8), but the buttresses are not continuous over the whorl, so as to form transverse ribs, and the second carina is within the periphery of the last whorl, which is bordered by a sharp, angular carina, without nodules or projections ; two similar, but lightly nodu- lated, intervene on the somewhat rounded base between the last and the nodu- lated boundary of the umbilical chink, which is nearly filled by the reflected pillar ; the lines of growth radiate ina wavy.manner from the umbilicus over the whorl, and constitute the remaining sculpture ; there are no longitudinal strie of any kind, or any ribs except those described ; the aperture is nearly rectangular, a little wider than high ; the sides of the spire are rather a little inflated than simply conical. Alt. 4.75. Lat. of base, 4.0. Lat. of aperture, 62); alt. 1.12 mm. Station 44, 539 fms. This has the characteristic aspect of an abyssal shell. ‘Margarita lissocona n. s. This species belongs to the same group as the last three mentioned species, but is nearest to the last. The shell is more simply conical, consisting of six and a half whorls, which glisten with that peculiar spun-glass or flossy lustre noticeable in so many abyssal species ; the nuclear whorls as in the last; then the sculpture consists of two lines closely appressed to the sutures, less promi- nent and less conspicuously provided with the angular projections than in the last species. Between the upper and lower lines the surface of the whorl is smooth, except for lines of growth, shining as above described, and seems even a little concave. The nodules on the upper carina of one whorl fit into the spaces between the nodules on the lower carina of the preceding whorl, and thus alternate along the line of the suture and give it a wavy character. The carina on the last whorl is seen to be formed by two threads, which constitute the periphery, with fainter angularities than the others. The base is somewhat inflated, with two sharp, smooth threads between the periphery and the nodu- late boundary of the small funnel-shaped umbilicus. The lines of growth are much as in the last species, the umbilicus is not infringed upon by any reflee- 42 BULLETIN OF THE tion of the pillar lip, and the aperture is about as wide as high, and less dis- tinctly rectangular. Alt. 5.5. Lat. of base, 4.5. Lat. of aperture, 2.0 mm. Station 47, 331 fms. This little species recalls the last in many features, but the differences in sculpture and umbilicus are so great that it seems inadvisable to unite them without a connecting series. Margarita filogyra n. s. Shell white, or brownish white, but little nacreous, except when decorti- cated ; suture appressed, not conspicuous ; whorls six, the first two and a half smooth and glassy, the others, on the upper surface, supplied with four carine, extending from the periphery half-way in toward the suture ; the space be- tween the inner carina and the suture sculptured with fine even radiating ridges, striated by the lineg of growth, underneath which are a few inconspicu- ous longitudinal threads ; on passing over the inner carina these ridges be- come about three times as numerous, and so continue over the whorl, the base being supplied with about eighteen smooth, fine, even, close set revolving lines ; the radiating lines or fine ridges are almost obscured until they pass into the umbilicus, where they appear as striations on its walls. The umbili- cal rib is not nodulated ; the sides of the umbilicus are so straight that they look concave above the rib, and the perforation is visible to the apex, though not wide or funnel-shaped. The base of the shell is full and rounded, the pillar lip emarginated, and the aperture almost round ; there is no reflection or callus, except that in adult shells the outer lip is a little thickened, while in young ones it is slightly emarginated by the ends of the carine. Alt. 6.75. Lat. of base, 8.0; of aperture, 4.0 ; of umbilicus, 1.5 mm. Off Cuba, Pourtalés, 200 fms. Station 20, 220 fms. Yucatan Strait, 640 fms. This recalls the M. groenlandica in some respects. Margarita (Turcicula) imperialis n. 8. Shell with five (?) whorls, globosely conical, white, extremely thin ; umbil- icus reduced to a mere chink under the thin callus of the upper part of the pillar lip. Mouth rounded rectangular, pillar somewhat concave, margins all thin ; base flattened convex, with seven revolving ribs, the outermost of which is just within the periphery, crossed by radiating lines of growth, regular and very fine, but raised into low, very sharp lamella, which pass over the pe- riphery on to the upper surface of the whorl; the last is provided with two strong revolving ribs, one of which forms the periphery, while the other lies a little less than half-way from the first toward the suture ; two indistinct threads run in the vicinity of the suture; on the revolving ribs above men- tioned there are regularly disposed sharp rough tubercles (seventeen on the last whorl), most prominent on the middle carina; the above-mentioned MUSEUM OF COMPARATIVE ZOOLOGY. 43 lamelle are arranged with a regular irregularity (which gives a shagreened appearance to the surface) between the caring, and are still coarser and more elevated over the threads near the suture, forming there a double row of scales partly obscuring the suture, which is nevertheless rather deep. Alt. of last whorl, 10.0. Lat. 13.0. Alt. of aperture, 5.5. Lat. of same, 6.25 mm. Off Cuba, Pourtalés, in 200 fms. The single specimen taken, though destitute of the apical whorls, seemed too remarkable to leave undescribed. It has a general resemblance to some of A. Adams’ species of Turcica from Eastern seas, but has a peculiar and re- markable sculpture, and wants the teeth on the pillar. Margarita iris n. s. Shell thin, brilliantly nacreous, inflated, depressed-conical, five-whorled ; spire obtuse; nucleus polished, smooth, very minute ; remainder of shell sculptured with fine revolving lines, subequal, about as wide as the inter- spaces, about eighteen at the beginning of the last whorl ; these are crossed by slight plications, beginning near the suture, becoming nodulous on a single prominent thread a little way from the suture (which is thus made to appear somewhat channelled), becoming faint about the middle of the upper side of the whorl, and entirely disappearing before reaching the periphery ; the re- volving lines are fainter on the rounded base ; the umbilicus is wide and funnel-shaped, bordered by a strong keel with about twenty-five rounded nodules, the inner walls of the umbilicus with strong revolving lines deli- cately reticulated by the lines of growth. The: whorls are rounded, with no carina at the periphery ; the pillar thin, arched, not reflected ; the aperture nearly round, but angulated above by the sutural thread, and below by the umbilical keel; edges simple, not thickened ; operculum thin, corneous, multispiral ; shell nacreous, with delicate suffused splashes of brown. Alt. 5.0. Maj. diam. 5.5. Diam. of aperture, 2.0 ; of umbilicus, 2.75 mm. Sand Key, 119 fms. Margarita maculata n. s. Shell in general form and sculpture much resembling the last, but without the nacreous coloring, stouter and coarser in every respect. Whorls five, the revolving threads on the upper side of the whorls only seven in number (on the last whorl), of which the inner two are crenulated by the radiating plica- tions which otherwise are visible only as radiating threads in the interspaces, the base rounded with nine flattened revolving ribs separated only by incised lines and crossed by delicate lines of growth. The umbilicus much smaller than in the last, bordered by two nodulous ribs with a remarkably deep groove between them ; aperture as in the last, but not so distinctly angulated ; shell variously painted with brown on a yellowish white ground ; one specimen has five distinct brown patches on the upper side of the last whorl, another has more numerous radiating brown streaks ; the base is whitish, and in adults 44 BULLETIN OF THE there is a thickening of the inside of the aperture all round, but least on the pillar. Alt. 4.5. Maj. diam. 5.0. Diam. of aperture, 2.25; of umbilicus, 1.0 mm. Station 2, 805 fms. Margarita lubrica n. s. Shell small, conical, white, shining, with a slight nacreous hue ; whorls five full and rounded ; suture distinct; from about the beginning of the third whorl a row of round nodules extends along the upper line of the whorls just below the suture, about twenty-five on the last whorl and more faintly de- fined near the aperture ; base perforated by a small umbilicus bounded by a thickened raised line, within which are about twelve plications extending up into the umbilicus ; outside of this line a few radiating impressed lines extend toward the outer part of the whorl; faint lines of growth are here and there visible on the polished surface ; aperture nearly circular, thin-edged, simple ; the pillar slightly extended on the umbilical side, not thickened. Alt. 4.0. Major diam. 3.25. Diam. of aperture, 1.5; of umbilicus, 0.5 mm. Station 2, 805 fms. This shell may possibly not be a Margarita, but there seems no other place available for it. The minute nucleus and regular form preclude the idea of its being the fry of something larger. Margarita (?) euspira n. s. 2 Shell conical, shining, pearly white, elevated, with a rather obtuse apex ; five- whorled, the nucleus translucent, white, and with a sculpture of strong revoly- ing threads, of which that nearest to the suture is most pronounced, and con- tinues, at first sharp, then with slight waves, then with oblique waves like the “lay” of a stranded rope, and on the last whorl as a succession of well-elevated, pinched-up points forming a band next the suture ; the others disappear on the third whorl, and for the rest the shell is only marked by faint lines of growth here and there a little more pronounced in the vicinity of the umbilical callus ; periphery with a tendency to carination, base rounded; aperture oblique, rounded, margin sharp, simple, pillar stout, thick, inseparable from a thick white callus which forms a lump over the umbilical pit; end of pillar (broken in specimens seen so far) apparently forming a sort of lump or thickened angle. Suture distinct throughout. Alt. 5.75. Major diam. 6.0. Diam. of aperture, 3.0mm. Defl. somewhat less than 90°. Station 2, 805 fms. Perhaps not a Margarita, but with no sufficient characters to justify its being separated in the absence of soft parts. Calliostoma circumcinctum n. s. Shell solid, strong, white, elevated, conical, seven-whorled ; nucleus polished, small, delicately reticulate ; other whorls with two sharp, much produced, thin MUSEUM OF COMPARATIVE ZOOLOGY. 45 keels a little recurved at their edges, and crossed only by most delicate lines of growth ; base flattened, ornamented with nine angular ribs, the outermost pro- duced somewhat ; umbilicus none, aperture subrectangular, notched by the keels ; pillar simple, somewhat projecting at its anterior end, not callous ; suture appressed, distinct, not channelled. Alt. 8.0. Basal diam. 6.0. Diam. of aperture, 3.0 mm. Yucatan Strait, 640 fms. ; Station 2, 805 fms. This somewhat resembles a Calliostoma annulatum in miniature, with the characters exaggerated and minus the coloration. Calliostoma tiara Warsow sp. Trochus (Ziziphinus) tiara Watson, loc. cit., p. 696 (390-1,075 fms.). Off Havana, Sigsbee, 450 fms. ; Station 44, 539 fms. ; Station 20, 220 fms. (St. Thomas and Bermuda, Watson, Challenger Exp.) The number of these which I have to compare is smaller than of Margarita cegleis, but the variations are as numerous as the individuals, and there are specimens with an impervious base, while others indicate a chink in the um- bilical region. The sculpture is tolerably constant, and the elevated shape much more so than in the Margaritas. Calliostoma Bairdii Verritt anp Smiru. C. Bairdii Verrill and Smith, Am. Journ. Sci., Joc. cit., p. 396, Nov. 1880. C. Psyche Dall (not described), Bull. M. C. Zodl., V., p. 61, July, 1878. This lovely species was first found by Pourtalés in 100 to 200 fms. along the Florida reefs ; it seems to vary from 80 to 350 fms. in its habitat. The orig- inal specimens were burned at Chicago ; others were subsequently collected, and more lately it has been found by the United States Fish Commission in deep water off Newport, R. I. It strongly recalls some of the European forms. Calliostoma roseolum pn. s. Shell acute conical, eight-whorled ; the first five whorls flattened, the last three somewhat rounded ; periphery of last whorl gently rounded to meet the rather flattened base ; umbilicus none; pillar short, straight, ending in a slight knob inside the margin of the aperture, which is thin, crenulated by the sculpture, nacreous, obliquely set and subrectangular in form; sutures ap- pressed, hardly visible except in the last three whorls ; color delicate rosy, nucleus smooth and white ; the base with about twelve equal revolving ribs consisting of successive rounded nodules, of even size, somewhat like strings of beads ; the first, third, and fifth ribs, counting from the pillar, show every third bead crimson, the others white ; the other basal ribs have the rosy color of the shell, but in the seventh, ninth, and eleventh, each alternate or each third bead has a deeper crimson tint, though this is hardly visible without a 46 BULLETIN OF THE glass. On the upper surface of the whorls are (eight in the last whorl) sim- ilar beaded ribs, several of which have rosy beads alternating with crimson ones ; the general rosy hue is clouded darker and lighter alternately, but in an indefinite way. The scuipture of the whole shell is very uniform. Alt. 9.5. Basal diam. 7.0. Diam. of aperture, 3.5 mm. Station 11, 37 fms. Lat. 23° 43’ N., Long. 83° 25’ W., near Havana. This is one of the early finds of Pourtalés, lost at Chicago, afterward re- found, and has been known to me for a good many years. It recalls C. mac- andre from Panama in general form, and is one of a group of small species, apparently hitherto undescribed, which have a considerable general resem- blance to one another, and to some West American forms. : Calliostoma apicinum n. s. Shell conical, of six whorls, elevated, thin, rather solid; whorls and base flattened, the sutures hardly visible, the last whorl subangulated, but not carinated, on the periphery. Nucleus prominent, bubble-shaped, shining, opaque white ; second whorl deep rose-pink, with three longitudinal beaded ribs ; rest of shell yellowish white, with indistinct clouds of brown trans- versely disposed on the upper whorls ; the lower rib on the second, third, and part of the fourth whorls with somewhat larger beads than the rest, crowning the suture ; the upper side of the last whorl with about nine revolving beaded ribs with a slight tendency to run in pairs, beginning at the periphery ; base with eleven somewhat flattened ribs, only the two next the pillar beaded, the others crossed by evident lines of growth, radiating in a wavy manner ; umbilicus a hardly visible puncture ; pillar grooved, hardly thickened, aperture not very oblique, crenulated (especially below) by the ends of the ribs, subrectangular. Alt. 7.5. Basal diam. 7.0; of aperture, 2.0 ; width of do, 4.0 mm. Barbados, 100 fms. Off Havana, Sigsbee, 175 fms. - Calliostoma sapidum n. s. This species bears a strong superficial resemblance to the last, and is best described by a differential diagnosis ; it is entirely white, not colored; it has seven whorls in a shell of the same size as an apicinum with six ; the sutures are slightly channelled, and therefore distinctly visible ; there are four instead of nine beaded ribs on the upper side of the last whorl, and the beads are coarser, the interspaces wide enough to show the lines of growth crossing them ; the nodules on the peripheral rib in this whorl are undulations rather than beads, and sufficiently large to give a crenulated appearance to the border of the shell when viewed from below ; there are eight revolving ribs on the base crossed by fine ridges following the lines of growth ; there is no umbilicus or callus ; the pillar is not grooved or thickened ; the aperture is more oblique and proportionately less wide. Alt. 5.0. Basal diam. 4.12, Alt. of aperture, 1.5. Width of do. 2.0 mm. Station 2, 805 fms. i MUSEUM OF COMPARATIVE ZOOLOGY, - A7 Calliostoma Yucatecanum n. s. Shell belonging to the group of C. Palmert Dall, C. ezimiwm Rve., and C. lima of the western coast of America. Shell depressed conic with a rather acute apex and six whorls ; nucleus white, delicately sculptured ; remainder of shell whitish with faint streaks of brown transverse to the whorls, arranged so as to present the appearance of seven brownish streaks radiating from the apex ; other dots and streaks of brown irregularly distributed ; upper side of whorls with one smooth revolving keel nearly midway between the sutures, but a little nearer the periphery ; this gives the whorls a somewhat tabulated aspect ; above this on the last whorl are four smaller more or less beaded or crenulated keels, below it are two without nodosities, reaching the gently rounded periph- ery ; between these are intercalary threads or grooves ; base supplied with nine rounded revolving ribs, those nearer the umbilicus with a tendency to bead- ing ; interspaces about as wide as the ribs, which are crossed by slight eleva- tions due to lines of growth ; umbilicus perforate, bordered by a strong white rib, inner walls smooth or transversely striate ; pillar emarginate, twisted, not thickened, ending in a rounded lump above the basal margin of the aperture ; the latter oblique, subrectangular, nacreous, sharp-edged, crenulated by the ribs. Operculum as usual in the genus. Alt. 7.0, Basal diam. 7.0. Diam. of aperture, 4.0 ; of umbilicus, 1.0 mm. Yucatan Strait, 640 fms. Calliostoma echinatum n. s. Shell small, white, acute-conical, in general resembling C. sapidum, but less stout and solid and with wholly different sculpture ; whorls six, somewhat ap- pressed toward the apex ; nucleus smooth, semi-transparent, inflated, shining, remainder of shell opaque white with the following sculpture; on the upper whorls, four revolving ribs with smaller inconspicuous ones between them, crossed by faint plications (more evident on the smaller whorls), producing nodosities which, on the four principal ribs, and especially on the third one, counting from the suture toward the base, rise to acutely pointed projections separated by an incurved scallop of about twice the width of the projections ; toward the aperture the ribs and nodosities become more equal in size ; base flattened, impervious, sculptured with some fifteen close set flattened revolving ribs crossed by impressed radiating lines of growth ; aperture nearly rectangu- lar; pillar straight, stout, not projecting, without a callus ; margin thin, a little erenulated by the sculpture. Alt. 5.25. Basal diam. 4.75. Diam. of aper- ture, 2.0. Alt. of same, 1.75 mm. Sigsbee, off Havana, 80 fms. Seguenzia formosa Jrerrreys. Rep. on Valorous Cruise, Proc. Roy. Soc., 1876, p. 200. Station 16, 292 fms. Station 20, 220 fms. 48 BULLETIN OF THE Seguenzia ionica Watson. Warson, loc. cit., p. 589. Station 33, 1,568 fms. Station 41, 860 fms. Seguenzia delicatula n. s. Shell somewhat resembling S. carinuta Jeffreys, but with the sides of the cone rather concave than convex, an acute apex, and quite differently sculp- tured. Whorls seven, the nucleus prominent, rounded, transparent ; the next two whorls irregularly reticulately sculptured with the transverse sculpture following the lines of growth ; the remainder having fine revolving lire en- tirely covering the whorl above and below; a raised band just above the suture or basal margin, across which pass squarish bands half the width of their interspaces, composed each of several threads following the lines of growth, lost on the middle upper surface of the whorls and reappearing as flexuous plications below the sutures. Base plano-convex, crossed by lines of growth which appear as slight plications near the umbilicus and as nodules (18-20) on the strong umbilical rib. Otherwise much as in 8. carinata. Alt. 5.0. Basal diam. 6.0. Umbilical diam. 1.0°mm. Station 2, 805 fms. Basilissa alta Warson (loc. cit., p. 597). Station 43, 339 fms. Basilissa costulata Warson (loc. cit., p. 600). Yucatan Strait, 640 fms. Sigsbee, Station 50, 119 fms; Sand Key, 15 fms. I apply this name provisionally to a shell which may prove to be the adult of Watson’s species, but which requires further investigation. If so, the mouth is well provided with thick internal denticulations when grown, and the pillar is stout and involved. It seems to have no operculum ! Leptothyra (induta var.?) albida n. s. Shell stout, solid, heavy, very nacreous, variable in form and sculpture, rather elevated for the genus, dead white or brownish externally, with the usual solid shelly opereulum. Whorls five, rounded, apex obtuse, suture dis- tinct ; sculpture of stout revolving ribs, varying from three to six on the upper side of the whorl crossed by slight plications, most noticeable just below the sutures, but distinguishable also on the base ; the ribs may be few and widely separated, or numerous and close set ; they may near the sutures be nodulated Juny 12, 1881. MUSEUM OF COMPARATIVE ZOOLOGY. 49 by the plications, or not ; the base is usually more finely sculptured and some- times quite smooth except for lines of growth. Aperture quite oblique ; pil- lar with a blunt tooth as in other species of the genus ; lip somewhat reflected, thickened inside, basal callus not very thick. Alt. 7.0+. Maj. diam. 6.754. Sand Key, 125 fms.; Station 2, 805 fms.; Sigsbee, off Havana, 450 fms. ; off Cape San Antonio, 1,002 fms. ; Yucatan Strait, 640 fms. This shell is so variable that I should be disposed to think Watson’s Turbo (Collonia) indutus a mere abnormally smooth specimen, were it not that he does not figure the tooth on the pillar. It is very probable, however, that they will turn out to be varieties of the same species. CALLOGAZA n. g. Shell resembling Gaza Watson, but with the umbilical pad reflected only partly over the umbilicus ; the pillar straight, passing without notch or mucro- nation into the reflected basal margin of the aperture ; nacreous layer in this shell covered with a thin non-nacreous layer, which, in its turn, appears to be covered by a delicate epidermis. A marked feature in Gaza is the mucronate pillar, which gives it much the aspect of an Alcadia, while the umbilicus is wholly covered and the shell wholly nacreous. Were it not that I have sev- eral forms agreeing in character, and in these differences, I should have hesi- tated to separate them from Gaza. Such differences, however, are held to have considerable value in littoral forms, and, until we know to the contrary, cannot in abyssal species be held to be valueless. It is probably allied to Gaza, and has a similar operculum. Callogaza superba n. s. Shell in general features recalling Gaza dedala Watson, much of whose de- scription would apply with little change to this species. Whorls eight, in the adult roundly shouldered below the suture, rounded at the periphery, some- what flattened on the base, deeply and widely umbilicated, the umbilicus a little more than half covered by a nacreous callus ; first two and a half whorls transparent, not nacreous, very obtuse, the nucleus not prominent ; the next three and a half whorls smooth, except for faintest lines of growth, glassy with the nacre shining through ; the remainder of the shell covered with delicate and distinct lines of growth, sometimes a little more pronounced near the su- ture, and by revolving lines almost too shallow to be called grooves, most promi- nent on the periphery, evanescent on the flattened part of the base and above near the suture; on the last whorl these are about 0.5 mm. apart; the region near the suture is almost smooth. Suture very distinct, but not channelled ; umbilicus bordered by an edge from which the flattened base falls away, and with straight walls forming an almost perfect cone ; last whorl contracted just before the reflected lip, which, above, rounds out in advance of its junction with the suture, the last quarter of an inch of which descends on the whorl, VOL. IX. — NO. 2. 4 50 BULLETIN OF THE giving the aperture a downward look ; aperture oblique above, arching more nearly to a perpendicular below ; smoothly, evenly reflected and thickened from the pillar to the suture, with an internal channel behind the thickening ; pillar callous above, thinly and unevenly reflected half-way across the umbilicus, gently and very obliquely descending and smoothly passing into the basal part of the lip. The interior of the aperture, the lip, the umbilical callus, and a slight wash near the sutural junction, brilliantly nacreous ; base and body whorl within the mouth not so ; upper surface of shell distinctly tinted with fawn color, base waxen white, the nacre perceptible through the thinner por- tions. Alt. 24.0; Maj. diam. 35.5 ; of umbilicus, 8.0 ; of aperture, 13.0 mm. Defl. about 100°. Station 153, off Montserrat, 303 fms., and from various other localities at about the same depth. This shell, except for the nacre, at once recalls a big Helix of the albolabris type. Callogaza Watsoni n. s. Shell much smaller than the last and but slightly nacreous; whorls six and a quarter, having the same general form as in the last species, but with a more prominent nucleus ; nucleus small, bulbous, dark brown ; first two and a half whorls glassy, brown spotted, smooth ; subsequently the exterior two thirds of the upper surface of the whorls sculptured with four or five strong revolving threads ; the space between them and the suture above, with strong, even, flex- uously radiating, shining, rounded plications (about eight to a millimeter) which pass obliquely over the revolving threads and appear again on the base as strong regular plications in the umbilical region, extending from the umbil- ical carina one third of the way toward the periphery. The base is covered with numerous revolving threads flattened until their interspaces appear like grooves ; the umbilicus similarly formed to the last species, but somewhat more turreted internally. Last whorl less contracted behind the lip, which is not produced forward above, as in superba; the umbilical callus not nacreons, with a granular surface, white and covering less than half the umbilicus; lip and aperture otherwise much the same as in superba, but only slightly nacre- ous. Base waxy white, top the same, with cloudy radiating brown blotches near the suture and on the periphery ; some of the revolving threads are also continuously brown. Alt. 7.75. Maj. diam. 12.5 ; of umbilicus, 2.5 ; of aper- ture, 5.5mm. Defl. about 120°. Sigsbee, Station 12, 177 fms., off Havana. This modest little species looks very like some of Lowe’s Madeiran helices. MICROGAZA n. subg. Shell flattened, rotelliform, resembling a Gaza without reflected lip or um- bilical callus, brilliantly nacreous when fresh, and having a distinctly scalari- form umbilicus. MUSEUM OF COMPARATIVE ZOOLOGY. 51 This little shell I at first supposed to be the young of the preceding species, but a careful examination of many specimens has shown that this is not the case, and there is no evidence to indicate immaturity. The close resemblance in the other characters leads to the supposition that it is related to Callogaza, of which until more is known it will form a subdivision. Microgaza rotella n. s. Shell depressed, with five whorls, somewhat flattened above and below ; nu- cleus small, translucent white, and with the two first whorls polished, smooth or marked only by faint growth-lines ; remainder of the whorls with a nar- row puckered band revolving immediately below the suture, on which the shell matter is as it were pinched up into slight elevations at regular intervals, about half a millimeter apart. In sonie specimens, outside of this band an im- pressed line revolves with the shell ; remainder smooth, shining or with eva- nescent traces of revolving lines impressed from within and strongest about the rounded periphery ; base rounded toward the umbilical carina over which it seems to be drawn into flexuously radiating well-marked plications (about thirty-two on the last turn) which disappear a third of the way toward the periphery ; walls of the umbilicus concave, overhung by the carina, turns of the shell so coiled that the part of each whorl uncovered by its successor forms a narrow spiral plane ascending to the apex like a spiral staircase or screw thread. Pillar straight, thin, with no callus ; aperture rounded except at the angle of the umbilical carina; margin thin, sharp, not reflected or thickened ; no callus on the body whorl in the aperture ; shell whitish or greenish ; nacre less brilliant in dead or deep-water specimens; with zigzag brown lines vari- ously transversely disposed and disappearing on the base. Alt. 4.0. Maj. diam. 6.75 ; of umbilicus, 1.75 ; of aperture, 2.5 mm. Station 2, 805 fms. Barbados, 100 fms., ete. The coloration recalls that of some species of Cyclotus. FLUXINA n. g. Shell porcellanous, depressed conical, umbilicate, strongly carinate, with a stout umbilical rib, above which the pillar is thin and emarginate; from the umbilical rib to the carina the basal margin of the aperture is deeply flexu- ously emarginate ; above the carina it is again but less deeply emarginate, then sweeps forward roundly and then slightly recedes before joining the pre- ceding whorl. This curious form belongs in all probability to the Solariide ; representing among them Basilissa among the Trochide, and recalling Platyschisma, but with a different aperture. When perfect the margin at the carina must project forward like a claw, or nail, as in Schizostoma. When adult, the nuclear whorls are filled up with a solid deposit of shelly matter, and it is probable that there is a slight notch at the end of the umbilical rib. 52 BULLETIN OF THE Fluxina brunnea n. s. Shell large, solid, depressed, with five to seven whorls ; light brown with a few touches of white transverse to the whorls on the carina; umbilical rib white ; nucleus and interior walls of the umbilicus dark brown. Several of the spiral grooves above and below are marked by a darker brown than the rest, and appear as brown lines. Sculpture above, on the nuclear whorls, of close-set sharp longitudinal grooves with the ridges between them rounded and more or less beaded or nodulous, crossed by more or less evident lines of growth, which, however, are not necessarily coincident with the beading where present ; the grooves continue, but do not seem to increase in number, while all sculpture disappears from between them, the interspaces being smooth and flat and only marked by very light lines of growth. The carina is separated from the rest of the whorl by a squarish shallow gutter, sonewhat too broad to be termed a groove, while the base rounds up over the periphery so that the most angular edge of the carina is at the top; base between flat and rounded, marked by evanescent (partly brown) grooves and transversely by delicate flexuous slightly raised aggregations of the lines of growth at somewhat regular intervals ; these slightly crenate the umbilical rib on its inner edge and per- haps form the pronounced, slightly backwardly flexed, strie and ridges which mark the umbilical walls. There is hardly any callus on the body wall at the aperture, which is broken in the specimens at hand ; its form has been made out from the lines of growth ; the suture in the later whorls is closely appressed, the carinal gutter would at first sight be taken for it ; the first two and a half whorls are solidly filled with translucent shelly matter. Alt. of base, 6.0; of spire, 4.75. Diam. of base, 15.5; of umbilicus, 3.12. Width of aperture, 7.0 mm. Station 2, 805 fms., and in other localities which will hereafter be enumer- ated. Ethalia anomala D’Orsieny. Yucatan Strait, 640 fms. Turbo (Liotia?) Briareus n. s. Shell small, elevated, with an obtuse apex and five rounded whorls. Nu- cleus flattened, lemon-yellow, looking like a little Delphinula ; the remainder whitish with the backs of the spines streaked with rose color, or the whole shell (except the nucleus) of a darker shade of rose ; nucleus with transverse ridges ; next whorl and a half with spiny rugosities, spirally arranged ; remain- der, above, with four or five revolving ridges close set with hollow spines resembling little curved tubes slit down on the anterior side, a millimeter long (or less) but sometimes dwarfed, thickened and stunted ; a thread with smaller spines just below the periphery (or appearing just at the suture in earlier whorls) inside of which are three strong ribs closely nodulated, then a MUSEUM OF COMPARATIVE ZOOLOGY. 53 ‘very pronounced umbilical rib coarsely nodulated, then three rows of small spines which twist into the umbilicus, above which its walls are smooth, but twisted so that the proper perforation is very small. The whole shell more- over is covered with the lines of growth which rise into elegantly imbricated scales, regular on the base, irregular on top, where they produce by their irreg- ularity a shagreened effect. Aperture circular, thickened in the adult; pearly substance of the shell thick and solid. Alt. 7.5. Maj. diam. 9.0. Diam. of aperture, 3.5 mm. Station 2, 805 fms. Station 60, off Havana, 480 fms. This may belong to the subgenus Arene H. & A. Adams. Contrary to the ordinary experience, those from the deeper water are the darker and smaller specimens. This shell is a perfect little gem. Words can give but little idea of its beauty under a magnifier. roe Hanleyia tropicalis n. s. DALL, Sci. Results Expl. Alaska, Art. IV. p. 101, Dec. 1878 (name only). Chiton about 10.0 mm. in length and 5.0 mm. in width, with the usual characters of the genus, i. e. anterior valve with an unslit insertion plate, other valves without even the plates ; back with an angle of about 90° Girdle in the dried specimens thin, narrow, covered with close-set, white, glassy, slender spines (1.0-1.5 mm. in length) above, and below with similar but much shorter ones. Anterior valve with a well-marked mucro from which proceed concen- tric strize of growth, and in front of which the valve is a little concave ; sculp- ture of little tessellated flattened nodules radiating from the mucro, above which are irregularly distributed small opaque white pustular bubbles of shelly mat- ter looking like attached grains of coral sand ; posterior valve smaller, flatter, with similar sculpture, but the pustules take on a decidedly cylindrical shape and are elongated, looking like the stalks of decapitated mushrooms ; this ar- rangement is still more marked on the posterior lateral areas of the interme- diate valves, the anterior lateral areas also exhibit it (less prominently), but with an obliquely antero-posterior radiation, while the former have it more entirely lateral from the mucrones ; dorsal areas with the tessellated sculpture alone, arranged longitudinally. Color entirely white. Pourtalés, Sand Key, 128 fms. This is the first known species of the group from the waters of the tropics, and is entirely distinct in sculpture and appearance from the others. GENUS PLEUROTOMA Lam. ANCISTROSYRINX n. subg. Shell with the posterior surface of the whorls concave, with a broad deep sinus, bordered externally by a pectinated elevated frill, directed backwards. 54 BULLETIN OF THE Understanding that the name Candelabrum, used (but not described) for this form (Bull. M. C. Z., Vol. V., 1878), has been used by Blainville for an echino- derm, I propose to adopt the above designation for the group typified by the following species. Ancistrosyrinx elegans n. s. Candelabrum cathedralis aut, 1. c. (named, but not described). Shell with the canal about the same length as the spire, acutely tapering before and behind ; white ; whorls nine, of which two are embryonic ; aper- ture very long and narrow ; anterior surface of the whorls everywhere sculp- tured with even uniform spiral rows of rounded nodules beautifully reticulated by the lines of growth ; one row about the middle of the whorl slightly ele- vated above the others; carina fringed with delicate triangular points; pos- terior surface of the whorls, except for lines of growth, smooth, with one row of nodules just inside the carina; canal straight, columella not thickened, but somewhat twisted anteriorly, outer lip sharply angulated by the carina. Length 27 mm., of which 12 mm. are behind the carinal notch. Max. width, 12 mm. Width of aperture,4 mm. Defl. 45°. Florida Reefs, Pourtalés, 1870. Station 2, 805 fathoms, four miles from Havana, Agassiz, 1877-78. This is a most exquisite gem of the sea, and will not fit into any of the sec- tions of Pleurotomide yet eliminated from the Lamarckian genus. SUBGENUS BELA Leacu. The subdivisions of the Plewrotomide are at present so indistinctly limited and so poorly defined by diagnosis; the differences of authors in regard to which groups should be taken as of full generic value are so great, and the diffi- culty of decision in the absence of the soft parts so perplexing; that for the present purpose I shall regard the groups as merely subdivisions of the La- marckian genus, recognizing of course that some of them, when properly elim- inated, are entitled to generic separation. P. (Bela) Blakeana n. s. Shell very variable in proportions and somewhat variable in sculpture ; thin, white, with a dark nucleus, rather acute spire, short pillar and rather wide aperture; sculpture of revolving threads, two stronger ones immediately in front of the suture, which are nodulated at their intersection with the ribs; with sixteen to eighteen transverse ribs which are strongest near the suture and fade away toward the canal ; notch subobsolete ; shell with the waxy pol- ish characteristic of so many abyssal forms. Var. normalis. Shell short and very stout, seven-whorled, the last whorl abont eight elev- enths of the whole length ; extreme nucleus smooth ; remainder of the three and MUSEUM OF COMPARATIVE ZOOLOGY. 55 a half nuclear whorls yellow-brown, beautifully reticulated with wavy transverse lines, then changing suddenly into waxy white ; remainder of shell with spiral threads, set in pairs which frequently blend to make one flattened spiral thread, with wider interspaces between the threads. Two or three threads next the su- ture are stronger and wider apart than the others, the outer one strongest, giving the whorl a turreted appearance, and rising into little knobs on the transverse ridges ; these ridges rather sharp, sixteen to eighteen in number, fading away toward the canal in most but not all specimens, flexuous with the lines of growth ; pillar straight, the edge obliquely cut off, shorter than the aperture anteriorly ; a light deposit of callus on the body ; aperture proportionally wide, thin-lipped, about half as long as the shell. Lon. 8.25. Lat. 5.25 mm. Defl. very variable. Off Cape San Antonio, 640 fms. Yucatan Strait, 640 fms. Var. extensa. Shell in most features like the last, but more elongated, with nine whorls, the revolving threads (except the sutural ones) obsolete except near the anterior end of the last whorl ; with a tendency of the thread next the suture to be stronger and more strongly knobbed than (as in the normal form) the outer one ; the transverse threads twenty to twenty-five, more numerous and in large specimens hardly noticeable except near the suture ; spire nearly equal to the last whorl and aperture about one third of the shell. Lon. 12.5. Lat. 5.0 mm. Off Cape San Antonio, 640 fms., 413 fms. Station 35, Lat. 23° 52’, Lon. 88° 58’ W., 804 fms. The sutural knobbing characterizes so many abyssal shells that it would seem to have some significance, but what it is we are not yet able to determine. P. (Bela) limacina n. s. Shell waxy white, smooth, glistening, elongated, rather acute at both extrem- ities ; whorls eight or nine, the nucleus and nuclear ones as in the last except that they are less strongly sculptured ; next the suture, which is by them dis- tinctly marked, a succession of (on the last whorl sixteen) little squarish knobs, not continued anteriorly in any way, but looking as if they had been pinched up from the interspaces between them ; on the back of the canal are two or three spiral threads, remainder of shell without trace of spiral sculpture ; lines of growth very flexuous, indicating a deep broad emargination near the suture ; but the shell is so excessively thin and brittle that I can find, among many specimens, none with a perfect aperture, but suppose from the growth lines that the outer lip was rounded out broadly, while the canal is very narrow, the pillar extremely thin, sharp and straight, making the aperture narrowly lunate. There are variations in slenderness and in the prominence of the sutural knobs, otherwise this is one of the most characteristic abyssal species and wholly un- like any of the shallow-water Belas. Last whorl twenty-seven forty-fourths of 56 , BULLETIN OF THE the shell. Lon. 11.0. Lat. 4.0 mm. Aperture equal to the spire above the last whorl. Station 2, 805 fms. Yucatan Strait, 640 fms. Gulf Stream, 447 fms., Pour- tales, P. (Bela) filifera n. s. Shell thin, delicate, elongated, fusiform, waxy white ; nuclear whorls three, generally decorticated, but when perfect probably as in the preceding species ; whorls in all ten, near the suture smooth except for the distinct lines of growth indicating the deep wide notch ; suture appressed, indistinct ; elsewhere sculp- tured with numerous nearly uniform flattened revolving threads with about equal interspaces ; otherwise with obliquely transverse elevations, hardly lim- ited sharply enough to call ribs ; these appear just below the sutural smooth band (sixteen on last whorl), cross the whorls of the spire with a slight angu- lation above the middle of those whorls, but on the last whorl disappear at about the periphery ; tolerably evident lines of growth appear here and there, crossing the spiral sculpture ; spire less than one third of the shell ; aper- ture a little less than half the length of the shell; pillar straight, simple, pol- ished. Lon. 17.5. Lat. 6.25 mm. Station 47, 331 fms. A remarkably elegant species, which resembles none of the Northern forms. P. (Genota) mitrella n. s. Shell white, strong, acutely fusiform, nine-whorled ; nucleus and two nu- clear whorls rounded, smooth, shining, white ; spiral sculpture consisting of two small threads next before the suture separated, by a smoother excavated space representing the notch, from two or three or even four strong flattened threads (the second of which forms the periphery) which distinctly overlie the transverse sculpture, are continued on the last whorl to the canal, and number about twenty-two ; beside these the entire surface is overscored with very mi- nute microscopic spiral strize ; the transverse sculpture is of twelve to fourteen sharp straight ridges, continuous from the earlier whorls to the last one, except on the final half of the latter and on its anterior two thirds where they become obsolete ; suture appressed, indistinct; column straight, simple ; outer lip slightly excavated (for the notch) just in advance of the suture, then broadly projecting with its edge somewhat thickened, then falling away toward the canal with a thinner edge ; aperture long, narrow, somewhat less than half as long as the shell, internally smooth. Lon, 12.5. Lon. of last whorl, 7.25. Lat. 4.25. Lat. of aperture, 1.4 mm. Yucatan Strait, 640 fms. This little species has much the aspect of a small acute rough-sculptured Mitra. or ~] MUSEUM OF COMPARATIVE ZOOLOGY. P. (Pleurotomella) Verrillii n. s. Shell eleven-whorled, thin, large, bluish white, with an acute spire and wide twisted canal ; nucleus thin, smooth ; next three or four whorls smooth, shin- ing, with a spiral row of little polished knobs just behind the suture ; thence the entire shell covered with hardly raised spiral flattened threads about equal to the very shallow interspaces, and averaging about four to a millimeter; the knobs continue in front of the ante-sutural excavation, but in the later whorls have a more pinched appearance ; there are twenty-one on the last whorl; su- ture appressed, obscure ; notch broad, shallow, rounded, the ante-sutural band on the last whorl somewhat concave and about four millimeters wide ; lip much produced forward, rounded, falling away toward the canal, which at its anterior end is broad and flaring; pillar stout, simple with a sharp thin twisted edge and no callus ; aperture equal to half the shell in length and width. Lon. 36.0; of last whorl, 25.0. Max. lat. 12.0 mm. Station 41, 860 fms, This is supposed from the shell characters to belong to Prof. Verrill’s sub- genus Plewrotomella, and, so far as his descriptions go, seems not to be identical with any of those described by him alone or jointly with Mr. Sanderson Smith. Whether the subgenus itself can stand will only be determined when the soft parts of the numerous other named divisions of Pleurotoma have been critically examined and compared. Meanwhile it is a convenient receptacle for a few forms which seem to differ in several particulars from those diagnosed in the text-books, or by writers on the subject. P. (Pleurotomella?) Sigsbei n. s. Shell in general closely resembling the last, with the following differences : it has the same number of whorls in 25.5 mm. length; it is proportionally more slender; the knobs are oblique instead of perpendicular, in the spire are set in the middle of the whorls instead of near the suture, are less promi- nent, and become obsolete toward the end of the last whorl; there are about eighteen on the last whorl that has them, and they are proportionally more produced than in the last ; the pillar is less twisted and the sharp flaring edge near the anterior end is not so prominent; the nucleus is smooth and light brown ; the remainder of the shell has a brownish tinge compared with the preceding. Lon. 25.5 ; of last whorl, 15.0; of aperture, 11.75. Max. lat. 9.5 mm. Station 33, 1,568 fms. Yucatan Strait, 640 fms. (young). The spiral threads in this and the last species cover the ante-sutural band as strongly as any part of the shell. P. (Mangilia?) ipara n. s. Shell with nine whorls ; nucleus minute, dark brown, polished, smooth ; sec- ond and third nuclear whorls beautifully reticulated by oblique transverse lines 58 BULLETIN OF THE in two directions ; remainder waxy white, with the peculiar waxy lustre of abyssal shells ; form rather short-fusiform, spire subturreted by the concave ante-sutural band ; spiral sculpture of about twenty-four flattened threads, with wider interspaces, before the band on the last whorl ; only two or three of these threads visible on the upper whorls ; they pass over all the trausverse ridges and are a little stronger over them. Next the suture are small, short, appressed plications, with a tendency to pair, and even to unite above, thus becoming staple-shaped ; the ante-sutural band is excavated, smooth except for the termi- nations of the plice, which cease near its posterior border ; near the anterior border the spiral threads begin, crossing sharply-projecting short oblique pli- cations (thirteen on the last whorl) which disappear half-way from the pe- riphery to the anterior end of the canal, and are somewhat angulated just in advance of the ante-sutural band ; notch broad and deep ; outer lip thin, pro- jecting ; pillar short, thin, twisted ; canal short, broad. Lon. 8.5 ; of last whorl, 5.75 ; of aperture, 4.5. Max. lat. 4.5 mm. Yucatan Strait, 640 fms. There is some variation in form and sculpture of this species; the above is from a perfect specimen of average characters. I suspect it to be a Bela ; the form of the notch, however, more nearly resembles what is usually understood by Mangilia. It has no resemblance to any of the Northern forms, P. (Mangilia) comatotropis n. s. Shell white, porcellanous, eight-whorled; first three whorls with ten to eighteen distinct deeply flexuous transverse riblets and a narrow longitudinal belt near the suture ; succeeding rather abruptly to this the sculpture of the remaining whorls consists of (on the earlier ones) two or three, or (on the last whorl) up to eleven sharp revolving ridges, the one next before the suture being the most prominent ; these are crossed by delicate distinct raised lines following the lines of growth (on the last whorl about twelve to one milli- meter) which are most evident in the interspaces ; suture appressed from above and below, forming a grooved, slightly projecting riblet; notch not deep, less than semicircular ; aperture rather narrow and short ; pillar smooth, entirely free from callus ; margins simple, not thickened. Lon. of shell, 6.0 ; of last whorl, 3.75 ; of aperture, 2.5. Lat. of last whorl, 2.5 ; of aperture, 1.0 mm. Defl. about 27°. Jape San Antonio, 640 fms, This somewhat recalls the comparatively gigantic Pleurotoma oxytropis Sby. and Drillia Kennicottii Dall, but is clearly not the young of any described species. P. (Mangilia) lissotropis n. s. Shell small, slender, somewhat bluntly tipped, with six whorls, shining with the lustre ‘of paraffine; nucleus rather large, bullate, smooth, translucent, shining; remaining whorls with transverse, stout, shouldered ribs (on the last , MUSEUM OF COMPARATIVE ZOOLOGY. 59 whorl eleven) becoming obsolete anteriorly, and succeeded by a few (four or five) revolving riblets at the anterior extreme of the canal; suture appressed ; lines of growth not evident ; whorls rather inflated in appearance ; notch very slight ; aperture small and unusually short ; pillar very short, straight, and pointed. Lon. of shell 4.5 ; of last whorl 2.25 ; of aperture, 1.25. Lat. of last whorl, 1.75 mm. Defl. about 27°. Station 20, 220 fms. This very likely grows to larger size, and is notable for its peculiar translu- cent waxy lustre. P. (Mangilia) bandella n. s. Shell thin, white, polished, fusiform, eight-whorled ; nucleus smooth ; suc- ceeding whorl or two scalariform, by reason of sharp scale-like transverse lamelle ; remaining whorls with sharp transverse ridges prominent on the spire and on the posterior half of the last whorl (where there are eighteen of them) and obsolete on the anterior half; these ridges rise into points where they cross the carina in front of the notch-band and the ante-sutural rib ; of other transverse sculpture there are only the lines of growth which are promi- nent only where they cross the band marking the track of the notch ; the re- volving sculpture consists of a rather stout rib closely appressed to the suture forming one margin of the band, the other edge of which forms a carina, in advance of which are (on the last whorl 20-28) flattened riblets with about equal interspaces which ‘extend with regularity to the anterior end of the canal. Aperture equal to half the total length, margins and column thin ; notch broad, shallow, leaving a very distinct band ; spire moderately pointed. Lon. of shell, 9.37 ; of last whorl, 6.12; lat. of do., 3.75 mm. Defl. about 39°. Station 47, 321 fms. This has a superficial resemblance to the Bela turricula group, which is less evident on a closer inspection. It has the deep-water facies and (as will be observed) the sutural band with raised sculpture common to so many other abyssal species of totally different genera or even orders. P. (Mangilia) antonia n. s. This species at first sight appears like a variety of the last, and is best described by a differential diagnosis. It is six-whorled, with a length of 5.75 mm. ; the nucleus is clear brown instead of white, with three whorls, on most of which there are scalar ridges which are much more closely and regularly set than in the last, and do not resemble lamelle ; there is only a trace of an ante- sutural revolving rib in the earlier whorls which vanishes entirely in the later ones, and with it, of course, the tendency to raised points of sculpture ; though its place is marked by a white opacity in the otherwise rather translucent shell ; there are thirteen longitudinal ribs on the last whorl, which extend on to the anterior fourth of the whorl instead of vanishing, and are more evident and sharper where they cross the band; while the revolving ribs are less reg- 60 BULLETIN OF THE ular and extend partially over the notch-band, which is thus rendered much less conspicuous than in the last species ; the notch is also less marked and the spire has a stouter aspect. Lon. of shell, 5.75; of last whorl, 4.25; of. aperture, 3.0. Lat. of last whorl, 2.6 mm. Defi. about 41°. Cape San Antonio, 640 fms. P. (Mangilia) Pourtalesii n. s. Shell slender, dull, light brown, eight-whorled; nucleus large, bubble- shaped, smooth, forming a blunt apex ; other whorls furnished with numerous (on the whorl next to the last 20, and on the last 27) narrow, little-raised, rounded riblets with somewhat wider interspaces, becoming less distinct and more crowded in the adult near the aperture ; the posterior terminations of these riblets are waved, forming an obscure notch-band, each being slightly enlarged close by the suture and also on the anterior side of the band, thus forming two rows of indistinct nodulations, of which the sutural row is more clearly defined than the other ; the riblets extend from suture to suture, and near its anterior third become obsolete on the last whorl; here eight or ten rather indistinct revolving threads exist, becoming more distinct toward the end of the canal, separated from each other by shallow grooves ; these pass round the column into the aperture; canal short, wide ; aperture simple, with thin margins ; notch rather indistinct in the adult. Lon. of shell, 17.0; of last whorl, 9.5 ; of aperture, 7.0. Lat. of last whorl, 6.0 ; of aperture, 2.0 mm. Defl. about 25°. Bed of the Gulf Stream, Pourtales, in 447 fms. An inconspicuous but well-marked species. P. (Mangilia) columbella n. s. Shell whitish, inclining to dove-color, slightly translucent, thin, delicate, with eight and a half sub-turreted whorls ; nucleus minute, shining, glassy, transparent ; succeeding whorls regularly sculptured by transverse slightly oblique riblets, about twenty on the last whorl but one, extending from suture to suture on the spire, somewhat shouldered before the suture giving the spire a sub-turreted appearance, becoming less numerous, regular and prominent on the last whorl, and vanishing at or before reaching its periphery ; revolving sculpture of close microscopic strie often elegantly waved, covering the whole surface except the apical whorls ; column short, straight, simple, with a groove behind it, forming a distinct siphonal fasciole ; notch very shallow and incon- spicuous ; outer margin thin, simple; canal very short and wide; aperture almost lunate. Lon. of shell, 10.0; of last whorl, 6.5 ; of aperture, 4.5. Lat. of shell, 4.5 ; of aperture, 1.8mm. Defl. about 36°. Station 20, 220 fms. This is one of the species which, in the absence of the soft parts, is difficult to locate. It is possible it should be referred to Bela, It is not unlike one or two Arctic species. MUSEUM OF COMPARATIVE ZOOLOGY. 61 P. (Mangilia) pelagia n. s. Shell slender, thin, white, smooth but not polished, with eight whorls ; nucleus small, three apical whorls inflated, white, perfectly smooth ; remain- der indistinctly keeled midway between the sutures by a ridge, over which, the lines of growth passing obliquely, the shell is as it were pinched up at regular intervals into oblique projections, ten to fourteen on each whorl, fewer propor- tionally on the larger whorls ; shell otherwise not sculptured ; suture Plewrotomaric Swainson, Mal., pp. 213, 223, 363 ; as subfamily of Trochide ; 1840. >< Pleurotomariide Chenu, Man., I. p. 236, 1862. In suborder Proboscidifera near Scalartide. > Plewrotomariide Bronn, Keferstein Thierreichs, Mal., III. 1037, 1866. > Pleurotomariide Stoliczka, Pal. Indica, Gasterop., p. 380, 1868. ? Pleurotomariide Gill, Fam. of Moll., p. 11, No. 132, 1871. (Limits not stated.) Shell trochoid in form, internally pearly, the last whorl perforated or fis- sured, for the escape of eggs or fecal matters, in the direction of the coil of the whorl. Operculum horny, subspiral or multispiral. Branchie two, nearly symmetrical, one on each side of the slit in the mantle corresponding to the fissure or perforations of the shell. Animal with papillose edge to the mantle and lateral fringes; without elon- gated cirri as in the Trochids; with no frontal veil, or fissuring of the foot. Muzzle simple, without a proboscis, eyes on pedicels exterior to the bases of the simple tentacles. Jaws small, weak. Dentition. Rachidian tooth small, lanceolate or broad bayonet-shaped, lat- erals rather simple, numerous, similar, diminishing in size outwardly, followed by a large number of long slender uncini, many of which are denticulate near their tips and also furnished with a little tuft of bristles or a brushlike bunch of fibres attached to the side of each uncinus behind the denticulations, the tips of the fibres projecting beyond the end of the uncinus.* Distribution. Fossil in Lower and Upper Bala groups, Upper Cambrian of Sedgewick, and thence to recent times; two species living in the Antilles, one of unknown habitat, probably Japanese. * More minute details will follow hereafter in an account of the two species obtained. 78 BULLETIN OF THE GENUS PLEUROTOMARIA Sowersy. Pleurotomeria Sowerby, Min. Conch., III. p. 139, text to pl. 278, Dec., 1821. Type Trochus Gibbsii Sby., tab. 278, fig. 1, 2 (= Tr. ornatus Sby. fide D’Orbigny). Ed. Agassiz, p. 316, 1842. Characterized, but no mention is made of Defrance or any one else. “‘ Pleurotomaria ? Defrance,” Férussac, Tabl. Syst. XXXIV., Juin, 1821. Not char- acterized; no species cited; placed in Trochide. Pleurotomaire Defrance, Tabl. des corps. org. foss., 114, 1824. No Latinization, char- acterization, or species mentioned; placed in Scalariens. Pleurotomarium Blainville, Man. Mal., I. p. 429, 1825. Type P. tuberculosum Defr. MS., Tom. II. Pl. LXI. fig. 3, 1827 (Fossil). Described as of Defrance, and type figured. Fischer de Waldheim, Bibl. Paleont., p. 266, 1834. Pleurotomaria Defrance, Dict. Sci. Nat., XLI. p. 381, 1826, Art. Fossiles; P. tuber- culosa Defr., first of three species, tab. 86, fig. 3. Characterized here by Defrance for the first time. Also, Dict. Sci. Nat., LV. p. 481, 1828, > Pleurotomaria Rang, Manual, p. 204, 1829; in Trochoidea Cuvier. Pleurotomaria Swainson, Mal., pp. 213, 223, 363, 1840. Pleurotomaria Gray, Syn. Brit. Mus., p. 89, 1842; in Haliotide. Pleurotomaria Philippi, Handb., p. 214, 1853; in Trochacea. Pleurotomaria Woodward, Man. p. 147, P. anglica, t. x. f. 24, 1851; in Haliotide. Pleurotomaria H. & A. Adams, Gen. Rec. Moll., II., App., p. 630, 1858; in Stoma- telline, subfamily of Trochide. Pleurotomaria Chenu, Man. de Conchyl., I. p. 236, 1862; in Pectinibranchiata be- tween Toxifera and Scalariide of the Proboscidifera. > Pleurotomaria Ryckholt, Journ. de Conchyl., VIII. p. 183, 1860; in Haliotide. Stoliczka, Pal. Indica, Gast., p. 380, Oct., 1868. Deslongschamps, Bull. Soc. Lin. de Normandie, IX. p. 422, 1865. This genus was figured by Ulysses Aldrovandus (Mus. Metall., pl. 16) in 1648, and by Lister (An. Angl., p. 214) in 1678, both being, of course, fossil forms. It seems to have been overlooked until now that we are indebted to Sowerby for its characterization, and that he is entitled to be cited as authority for the genus. Pleurotomaria Quoyana Fiscuer & BEeRNHARDI. _ P. Quoyana F. & B., Journ. de Conchyl., V. p. 165, Pl. V. figs. 1-8, Nov., 1856. Station 240, 73 fms. ; Station 296, 84 fms. ; off Barbados. Fischer’s speci- men was from the island of Marie Galante. Pleurotomaria Adansoniana Crosse & FIscHer. P. Adansoniana C. & F., Journ. de Conchyl., IX. p. 163, Pl. V. figs. 1, 2, 1861. Station 278, 69 fms. (dead) ; Station 276, 94 fms. ; Station 291, 200 fms, ; all near Barbados. MUSEUM OF COMPARATIVE ZOOLOGY. 79 A description of the soft parts of these species, with figures of the animal taken from life, is in preparation. It is to be regretted that the account will be rendered rather. imperfect on account of the poor state in which the soft parts have come to hand. The more delicate portions were entirely destroyed. Those parts of importance in classification, being of a tougher nature, for the most part can be tolerably well made out. Sufficient is already known to show that the group possesses characters of family value, and stands nearest the Trochide, with features recalling Haliotide; and that it has nothing whatever in common with the Plewrotomide. The other living species is Plewrotomaria Beyrichii Hilgendorf (Sitz. Ges. Naturf. Fr., Berlin, Mar. 20, 1877), which is supposed to come from Japan seas, though its habitat is not yet certainly known. Eight specimens altogether of the three species are all at present recorded, only one being known of P. Beyrichii, four of P. Adansoniana, and three of P. Quoyana. GENUS HALIOTIS Linz. Haliotis (Padollus) Pourtalesii n. s. Shell about an inch and a half in diameter, above smoothish except for two strong spiral ribs, the outermost of which was perforated with four or five branchial holes; general form subcircular; color above, rich reddish orange, within brilliantly pearly; whorls about two and a half; spire flattened, not prominent. Bed of the Gulf Stream in 200 fathoms, near the Florida Reefs, Pourtalés, March 31, 1869. This species was obtained by the lamented Pourtalés, and carefully examined by me in 1870. It was represented by the only specimen ever obtained from the region, and which was afterward destroyed in the Chicago fire. Its characters are such as to be immediately recognizable if it were again obtained, and it seems proper to associate the name of the discoverer with it, not only as being one of his most notable finds among mollusks, but also as representing a remarkable fact in geographical distribution which might otherwise be lost sight of. GENUS CREPIDULA Lamarck. < Patella Linné, Syst. Nat., ed. X. p. 781, 1758 ; ed. XII. p. 1257, 1767. < Crypta Humphrey, Mus. Cal., p. 4, Gen. V., May 1, 1797. No description. = Crepidula Lam., Prodr., p. 78, 1799 ; type Patella fornicata Lin. (not of Lam., Syst., p. 70, 1801,—= Navicella Lam.). Roissy, Moll., V. p. 284, 1805. Fischer, Tabl. Synopt. Zodgn., p. 26, 1808. Auctorum. = Crepidulus Montfort, Conch. Syst., II. p. 87, 1810. = Proscenula Perry, Conch., pl. 58, 1811; type indeterminable. = Sandalium B Schumacher, Essai d’un Nouy. Syst., p. 184, 1817. = Proxenula Ferussac, Journ. de Phys., t. 90, p. 285, 1820, as of Perry. 80 BULLETIN OF THE > Crepipatella Lesson, Voy. de la Coquille, t. II. p. 389 et seg., Atlas, Pl. II. fig. 4a, 1830. Ill. Zodl., pl. 42, 1831. (C. Adolphei Less.). Broderip, Trans. Zool. Soc., I. p. 202, 1835, H. & A. Adams, Gen., I. p. 369, 1854. < Calyptrea Broderip, Trans. Zool. Soc., I. p. 195, 1835. > Crepidipatella Agassiz, Nom. Zo6l., 1847 ; corr. v. Crepipatella. > Crepidopatella Herrmannsen, Ind. Gen. Mal., II. Suppl., p. 38. = Crepidipatella Agass. emend. 1852. > Lephyrolobus Schliiter, Syst. Verz., p. 26, 1838 (fide H. & A. Adams). ? Lepyrolobus Schliiter, loc. cit. Both genus and type undescribed, mere catalogue names. Marschall, Nom. Zool., p. 124, 1873. > Ianachus Moerch, Cat. Yoldi, p. 146, 1852 (I. plana Say). No description. H. & A. Adams, Gen. Rec. Moll., I. p. 369, 1854. = Crypta H. & A. Adams, Gan. Rec. Moll., I. p. 368, 1854. ’-+ Ergea H. & A. Adams, loc. cit., p. 370, 1854 (£. plana Ad. & Rve. Voy. Sam.). __ | Crepidula Gray, Guide, p. 115, 1857 + ~ { Garnotia Gray, loc cit., p. 117, 1857. (Crepidula adunca Sby.) = Crepidula Troschel, Gebiss der Schn., I. p. 159, 1863. > Spirocrypta Gabb, Pal. California, I. p. 136, 1864. (C. pileum G., loc cit., pl. 29, fig. 233 a, 6. Cret. Cala.) Subgenus of Crypta (Humphr.) Gabb. This well-marked group has passed through the fluctuations of most well- known genera by being divided into a number of sections which further research has shown to be hardly more than specific modifications, and it would seem as if the time had arrived to concentrate within nearly its original limits the mass of species which have been set apart from one another on merely transitional characters incapable of exact limitation. Crypta Humphrey was never characterized and has no just claims to recogni- tion under the rules governing zodlogical nomenclature. It moreover appears to have contained representatives of several genera, but no descriptions are given, and his species cannot be positively recognized. Crepidula protea D’Orsreny. C. protea D’Orbigny, Sagra, Moll. Cuba, II. 192, Pl. XXIV. figs. 30 - 33. Specimens which are doubtless the species named as above by D’Orbigny were found attached to dead shells, and even to pieces of coral, from several sta- tions varying in depth from 80 to 450 fms. Also a few small specimens re- sembling C. (Ianachus) plana Say, but not determinable. GENUS TRIFORIS Desnares. Triforis (Ino) longissimus pn. s. Shell much elongated, sinistral, subcylindrical, yellowish white, polished with more than twenty-two axially flattened, rather obliquely twisted whorls, bearing three spiral rows of small pointed tubercles, fourteen (on the smaller) Aveust 25, 1881. a ee | ~~ MUSEUM OF COMPARATIVE ZOOLOGY. 81 to twenty-four (on the terminal) on each whorl ; apex wanting, width of shell at fracture 1.75 mm.; transverse sculpture consisting solely of the lines of growth, which, on the last whorl, occasionally rise to the dignity of faint plica- tions ; spiral sculpture consisting of the three rows of tubercles above men- ‘tioned, of which the anterior is slightly the most prominent and the middle row slightly the most pointed ; these tubercles are connected by a slightly raised band, often obsolete and never very distinct, somewhat narrower than the tubercles, and strongest on the last whorl ; in addition to these the base of the whorl at its periphery is ornamented by a plain, raised, narrow band, be- hind which is a rather deep narrow groove, and immediately in front of which is the suture, which would otherwise be hardly visible ; about three raised lines separated by shallow grooves are found on the base of the shell toward its outer part, the inner line faintest, and the vicinity of the canal without spiral sculpture; basal surface in the adult flattened before the aperture, rounded behind it, on the whole more rounded than in most species ; canal short, slightly recurved, possibly entire in old shells, but in the specimens at hand open in front ; sutural aperture large, rounded, with reflected edges, probably finally closed in front ; outer lip chipped, but evidently produced and bent in toward the pillar; a slight callus on the body whorl and pillar; aperture roundly obliquely rhomboidal. Lon. of shell (decapitated), 26.0; of first whorl at fracture, 0.75 ; of last whorl, 4.0; all measured along the axis. Lon. of aperture, 3.0; lat of do., 1.75 ; of last whorl, 3.25 mm. Defl. about 10°. This is probably the largest and most elongated species of the group. All the specimens were decapitated, but fresh. The characters do not agree with any of those species described by Hinds, D’Orbigny, or Watson, and are sufti- ciently well marked when full grown to distinguish it at a glance from any of the other species. In the absence of the tip the flattened whorls give it a tubular aspect. Triforis turris-thome D’Orsreny. Cerithium turris-thome D’Orbigny, Sagra, Moll. Cub., II. p: 155; Atlas, Pl, XXIII. figs. 10-12, 1853. Station 2, 805 fms., one dead specimen, probably drifted from shoaler water. Reported by D’Orbigny in shell sand from Cuba and Guadaloupe Island. Triforis bigemma Warson. Cerithium (Triforis) bigemma Watson, Journ. Linn. Soc., XV. p. 101, 1880. (Near St. Thomas, W. I., 390 fms.) Yucatan Strait, 640 fms. Triforis inflatum Warson. Cerithium (Triforis) inflatum Watson, loc. cit., p. 103. Same localities as the preceding. VOL. IX.—NO, 2. 6 82 BULLETIN OF THE. Triforis torticulus n. s. Shell having much the habit of 7. bigemma Watson, but attaining a much larger size, and devoid of the brown tinge; specimens in hand decapitated, waxen yellowish white, about six whorls in length, and if perfect, according to the proportions of 7. bigemma, would probably attain over an inch in length and perhaps eighteen whorls ; it is possible that the apex may be blunt, in which case the length and number of whorls might be less ; shell very gradu- ally tapering, subcylindrical, sinistral, with rather inflated whorls bevelled to- wards the suture ; longitudinal sculpture consisting, on the posterior surface of the whorls, of four principal spiral ridges continuous, on the later whorls, over the transverse furrows though considerably indented by them, but, on the earlier whorls, entirely cut through by the furrows, and therefore appearing as nodules on the transverse ridges ; the anterior spiral ridge forms an exception to this, it is everywhere continuous as a simple thread behind the suture, which is appressed against it ; beginning with this, which is the least conspicuous of the four, it is separated from the next posterior spiral by a well-defined gutter ; the next spiral is quite close to it, and the third is nearly in the middle of the whorl ; the second and third are conspicuously larger than the others and nearly equal in size, the space between them is about equal to their breadth singly ; the fourth ridge is smaller and less conspicuous, and the space between it and the third spiral is twice the width of the latter, sloping rather rapidly toward the suture, which is immediately behind the fourth ridge, appressed against the first ridge of the whorl behind ; the second and third ridges are sharp on the edge, falling abruptly on the posterior side and rounded toward the basal side, but the fourth is an evenly rounded thread ; between this and the third on the later whorls is a very delicate thread, while spiral strie are visible here and there under a powerful glass ; the first ridge forms the pe- riphery of the (in the adult) somewhat flattened base, on which appear, toward the periphery, one or two faint spiral threads or grooves, which in the young are quite pronounced ; transverse sculpture consisting of about twenty-seven distinct riblets, separated by about equal furrows, slightly flexuous over the inflated whorls, but in general parallel with the axis of the shell; these are marked by rather prominent parallel lines of growth, which pass over the periphery, and are distinct on the base ; columella twisted, slender, slightly thickened ; anterior canal slender, small, somewhat produced and bent to the right ; aperture rounded, not completely developed in the specimens at hand. Length of four whorls in a nearly adult specimen, 10.5 ; in a younger one, 6.0, Breadth of the former shell behind, 4.0; in front, 4.2; of the latter shell behind, 2.5 ; in front, 2.5. Length of last whorl in the first mentioned, 5.0; of aperture, 2.25 ; width of the same, 1.87 mm. Yucatan Strait, 640 fms. This form seems nearest to T. bigemma of any described species, but, so far as the specimens in hand go, seems quite sufficiently distinguished from it. When perfect and adult, it must be a very fine example of the genus, and one of the largest known. MUSEUM OF COMPARATIVE ZOOLOGY. 83 Triforis hircus n. s. Shell elongated, acutely tapered, with fourteen or more rather inflated whorls of translucent whitish color ; transverse sculpture of some twenty-one slightly oblique rounded riblets with somewhat narrower interspaces, which are prominent on the periphery of the whorls, and evanescent toward the sutures ; these riblets are nearly parallel with the axis in the younger shells, and become more oblique in the adults ; each bears two nodules caused by the intersection of the spiral sculpture ; beside these there are faint lines of growth, most distinct on the polished and flattened base ; spiral sculpture consisting of a thread behind the suture, undulated by the ends of the transverse riblets in the young, simple and regular in the more mature whorls, and forming on the last whorl the margin of the base, and two flattened threads, separated by a wider groove, which rise to nodules where they intersect the transverse sculp- ture ; the distance from the suture forward to the posterior spiral thread is greater than from the anterior thread forward to the next suture, and this wider space has a somewhat excavated appearance, the posterior edge of the whorl being appressed to the suture, and slightly thickened where it meets the post-sutural spiral rib ; base flattened, yellowish, polished, with a single faint thread near the periphery ; aperture squarish, not completely developed in the specimens accessible ; canal very short ; pillar twisted, short, stout, of a darker yellow than the rest ; apex decollated, probably rather pointed. Lon. of shell, 12.5. Max. lat. 3.0. Lon. of last whorl, 3.0 ; of aperture, 1.9. Lat. of aperture, 1.75; lat. of first remaining whorl, 0.87 mm. Yucatan Strait, 640 fms. This is closest to T. bigemma, from which it differs in the less pronounced sculpture, the absence of the first ante-sutural nodulated spiral rib, and the more acute taper of the shell. A large series might show them to be vari- eties of one species, but in the absence of connecting links they can hardly be properly united. Triforis cylindrellus n. s. Shell small, slender, sinistral, whitish, of twelve or fourteen whorls, tapered in the adult both ways, the spire rather acutely (the nucleus is missing), and the last whorl being a little more slender than the two immediately preceding it ; transverse sculpture of twenty or more close, faint plications, extending from suture to suture, a little less strong anteriorly, and in the last whorl evanes- cent in advance of the periphery ; the spiral sculpture consisting of L-shaped grooves, one side of which is nearly vertical to the axis of the shell and the other slopes spireward ; of these there are three, nearly equidistant, the ante- rior one, being separated from the suture in front of it by a smooth space, gives to that space the effect of a post-sutural rib ; base prominent, inflated, with one faint groove near the periphery, the whole shell showing more or less evi- dent lines of growth, and occasionally faint revolving strie ; whorls inflated, distinct ; suture appressed, conspicuous ; column twisted, moderately long, 84 BULLETIN OF THE stout ; anterior and posterior canals developed; outer lip expanded, slightly thickened, aperture rounded. Lon. of shell, 6.5 ; of last whorl, 1.85 ; of aper- ture, 0.75. Max. lat. of shell, 1.5; of last whorl, 1.4 mm. Cape San Antonio, 640 fms. Owing to the anterior taper, this species has the aspect of a diminutive Cylindrella or Clausilia. It belongs to the section Mastonia of Hinds. Triforis (bigemma Watson var.?) abruptus n. s. Shell short, stout, yellowish white to dark red brown in color, with nine to eleven whorls ; sculpture precisely resembling that of T. bigemma Watson, from which the shell differs in its shorter, stouter, and more abruptly tapered form ; in having about half the number of whorls; in the rounded and sculptured base, upon which are several spiral threads and numerous strong and elevated radiating lines of growth ; the anterior canal is very short and not closed in the specimens examined, the posterior canal indicated by a deep wide notch ; the outer lip patulous and flaring. Lon. of shell, 7.5; of last whorl, 2.5 ; of aperture, 1.5. Max. lat. of shell, 2.25; of aperture, 1.25 mm. Cape San Antonio, 640 fms. Yucatan Straits, 640 fms. It would seem hardly probable that such an extreme disparity of form and number of whorls, as well as size, should exist in one species; however, since the variability of many of these deep-sea forms in many cases surpasses almost anything recorded from shallow water, I have hesitated to separate this little shell absolutely from Watson’s species. Triforis triserialis n. s. Shell slender, acute, whitish or yellowish, of about fifteen whorls; nucleus flattened, sharply keeled, white, polished ; first nuclear whorl with two keels, on the third an intercalary thread appears, all of which quickly become sub- equal and uniformly nodulated ; sculpture of three spiral rows of tubercles with their anterior (basal) slopes moderate, but the posterior (spireward) slope nearly perpendicular to the axis, so that the tubercles point more or less spire- ward ; the posterior row, just in front of the suture, is a little more prominent than the other two, and so marks the whorls, which are somewhat obliquely coiled ; the tubercles are arranged on the whorls obliquely from right to left, and connected by the representative of the nuclear keels, with the spaces be- tween the spirals deep and narrow, that space in which the suture is contained being only distinguishable from the others by the above-mentioned more prominent spiral ; the suture itself, even with a good glass, is hardly to be made out ; base flattened or in the perfectly mature shell rounded, in the first case with one, in the latter case with three well-marked spiral threads and evi- dent radiating lines of growth ; pillar stout, straight, with a thick solid but small lump of callus on it ; aperture small and narrow ; both canals probably MUSEUM OF COMPARATIVE ZOOLOGY. 85 closed, reflected and rather short. Lon. of shell, 8.25; of last whorl, 2.0; of aperture, 1.0. Max lat. of shell, 1.75 ; of nucleus, 0.5 mm. Yucatan Strait, 640 fms. Off Cape San Antonio, 640 fms. Station 2, 805 fms. Without careful study the differences between the forms of this group are hardly noticeable. When examined under a high power it is soon found that species which to the naked eye appear very similar or hardly distinguishable are really characterized by quite a different method in their sculpture, though the general result may be not very dissimilar in its salient features. The tu- bercles of one are due to grooves cutting transverse riblets; of another, to spiral ridges rising to nodules on the riblets ; of a third, to rows of nodules side by side without spiral or transverse sculpture of any kind. This and the following forms have been separated after several days’ close study from an assembly . which the first examination had almost decided to place in the category under one specific name. However, there are distinct definable differences between them, and the fact that the microscope is required to perceive these differences should have no effect on our estimate of their systematic value. Triforis intermedius n. s. Shell, elongated, slender, acute, yellowish white, of about twenty-three whorls ; nucleus missing in the specimens at hand ; spiral sculpture consist- ing of two principal rows of rounded tubercles, with spirally confluent bases, which are conspicuous from the beginning to the end of the spire ; if there is any difference in size, the anterior row is slightly the larger ; there are about eighteen of these tubercles on the last turn; the posterior row lies close to and somewhat appressed upon the suture ; midway between these is a smaller spiral riblet, which rises into narrow elongated waves, or tuberculations, in harmony with the others ; at the base of the whorl is a simple riblet very slightly or not at all waved, and nowhere rising into tubercles ; these spiral series are about equidistant, but the space between the anterior row of tubercles and the basal riblet is more deeply excavated than the others ; base somewhat flattened, conical, with an outer strong spiral ridge and two or three inner fainter ones ; the transverse sculpture consists solely of the lines of growth, which are conspicuous only on the base ; the tubercles, however, are arranged so as to appear as if placed obliquely from right to left across the whorls, so that on the length of the spire the transverse row makes nearly one revolu- tion around the shell; suture inconspicuous ; pillar short, stout, strongly re- curved, with a thick and projecting callus ; anterior and posterior canals open in the specimens examined ; outer lip produced anteriorly, very oblique, form- ing a narrow aperture; adult shell with the outline of the spire slightly convex, Lon. of shell, 11.0; of last whorl, 2.25; of aperture, 1.5. Max. lat. of shell, 1.75 mm. Station 2, 805 fms. 86 BULLETIN OF THE This shell somewhat resembles T. concors Hinds, from the Straits of Malacca, but the aperture in our species is much narrower, and the shell is of a different color. The base is also of a somewhat different shape. The specimen meas- ured is the most perfect, but not the largest. Triforis colon n.s. Shell very slender, elongated, acute, pure white, with a glassy polish when fresh, with twenty-eight or thirty whorls when perfect and complete ; nucleus and first nuclear whorl white, polished, smooth, flattened on top; surface passing gradually into the second nuclear whorl, with two strong narrow projecting smooth keels, which are then continued into the normal sculpture which they assume very promptly; the keels project so much that the diameter of the keeled whorl is slightly larger than that of the tubercled third whorl; spiral sculpture consisting of two rows of round, pointed tubercles and a narrow, flat- tened-band on each edge of the whorl ; the latter occasionally a little waved, but usually smooth, one before and one behind the suture joining so closely that the suture is practically invisible, or appears only under a strong magnifier like a faint groove on the joined surfaces of the (really double, but appar- ently single) narrow band; there are sixteen tubercles on the last turn, and those on the anterior row are opposite the interspaces of the posterior row, thus falling into oblique series from right to left across the whorls; the bases of the tubercles are connected spirally and transversely by small ridges, and the tubercular rows are much more elevated above the general surface than the sutural bands ; there is on the flattened base a single faint thread just within the periphery ; a very young’specimen, however, shows several additional inner strie ; none of the specimens have the mouth in its adult form, consequently, as in immature specimens of this genus generally, the base is flattened, and the canal short and straight, the pillar without callus, and the outer lip simple, thin, and not projecting ; the transverse sculpture additional to the above is solely composed of the lines of growth, which are hardly evident, except on the base ; outline of the spire a very elongated cone, which in old and decol- lated specimens assumes a subcylindrical form. Lon. of shell, 12.0; of last whorl, 1.5 ; of aperture (immature), 0.6. Max. lat. of shell, 1.87 mm. Sigsbee, off Havana, in 450 fms. Off Cape San Antonio, in 640 and 1002 fathoms. This species has a sculpture somewhat like Triforis ruber Hinds, from New Ireland ; but the tubercles are alternate instead of opposite, and the form and coloration are quite distinct. Indeed, they would fall into different sections according to Hind’s classification. Triforis ibex n. s. Shell elongated, conical, but less slender than 7. colon, yellowish white, blunt-tipped, with eighteen or nineteen rather rounded whorls ; nucleus about ee MUSEUM OF COMPARATIVE ZOOLOGY. 87 twice as large as that of 7. colon, smooth, inflated, rounded on top, larger than the succeeding nuclear whorl, which has two inconspicuous narrow keels which are wavy and almost tuberculate from the first, and pass imperceptibly into the usual sculpture of the shell ; spiral sculpture of two rows of somewhat elongated tubercles (about eighteen to the last turn), sometimes degenerating into a wavy riblet; these tubercles are arranged much as in 7’. colon, but are narrower in a direction transverse to the whorl, with their transverse connections less evident, the spiral ridge proportionately stronger, and the tubercles individu- ally less conspicuous ; the two spiral rows of tubercles, especially in the an- terior part of the shell, occupy the peripheral third of the visible part of the whorl; * the anterior and posterior thirds are somewhat excavated toward the suture, the shell being appressed and slightly raised on each side of the latter, but without forming a regular band or riblet, unless in the very last whorl where the raised edges are a little waved in sympathy with the tuberculation of the periphery ; suture very distinct ; the excavation above referred to gives a particularly rounded appearance to the whorls, resulting in a wholly different aspect from that given by the subcylindrical 7. colon, which has twenty-three whorls in the same space as sixteen of 7. ibex; base rounded with three strong raised threads between the anterior tubercular spiral and the canal; canal short, a little recurved at the tip ; pillar with a strong callus ; posterior canal and outer lip not completed in any of the specimens at hand, but the more adult ones indicate a rather wide roundish mouth ; outlines of the spire a little concave from the button-like nucleus. Lon. of shell, 11.0; of last whorl, 3.0; of (immature) aperture, 1.5. Max. lat. of shell, 1.87; of nucleus, 0.5 mm. Off Cape San Antonio, 640 fms. Yucatan Straits, 640 fms. Sigsbee, off Havana, 450 fms. This shell tapers more rapidly than 7. colon, as will be seen by the measure- ments, and differs in the other particulars mentioned from that species, which appears to be its nearest ally. Cerithiopsis (?) Sigsbeana n. s. Shell long, slender, excepting the inflated apex acutely conical, sides recti- linear, with about twenty-three whorls ; color, nucleus translucent, first three or four whorls with a deep reddish brown tinge which gradually fades to waxen white, tinged irregularly with faint brown or yellowish suffusion, in dead shells pure white, polished and partly translucent ; nucleus inflated, vitriniform, set on a little obliquely, projecting outward more than the two subsequent apical whorls, smooth, but latterly faintly sculptured in transition toward the regular sculpture of the shell by faint posteriorly concave transverse undulations ; sub- sequent spiral sculpture of three and afterward four spiral flattened squarish ridges, the most prominent of which is the posterior, which is in front of and covers the invisible suture ; before this are two equal and slightly but distinctly smaller ones, and lastly at the anterior margin of the shell (except in the very * Of course, proportionately much more in the earlier whorls. 88 BULLETIN OF THE young specimens) a still smaller rather rounded thread, which forms the pe- riphery of the base, and which a slight expansion of the last half-whorl in the adult covers up, so that there are only three spirals visible on this last small portion ; base nearly flat, with one rather marked spiral within the periphery, defined by a groove on either side, and between this and the canal numerous fine submicroscopic spiral striz; in the earlier whorls the spirals are waved or even tuberculated by the transverse undulations, the large spiral most so and the anterior one least so, varying in amount in different specimens ; in a strongly sculptured specimen which was selected for description as living and perfect, the transverse sculpture (of about twenty faint undulations) is stronger than the spirals during the three or four apical whorls, gradually becoming fainter until on the eighteenth and succeeding whorls it is only visible be- tween the spirals under a strong magnification ; for the greater part of the shell the spirals are not tubercled, but waved or slightly swollen at the inter- section of the transversals, which last become fainter and more numerous from whorl to whorl, and on the base are not indicated, or only by moderately dis- tinct lines of growth. On another larger specimen the tuberculations or un- dulations are perceptible only on the earlier third of the shell, and on the remainder are represented only by the lines of growth; in this specimen the spirals also are less distinctly marked in the latter part of the shell, the two intermediate ones suffering most diminution ; on the surface spiral strie exist, which are hardly to be detected on the first-mentioned strongly sculptured specimen ; the base is about the same in both. The sharp outer lip does not appear to be ever thickened, but at certain periods it is slightly reflected and this excessively thin edge is visible like a varix here and there on the whorls, although it hardly rises above their surface ; the aperture is squarish, short, and wide ; the inner lip glazed, but not thickened; the outer lip concavely waved laterally and with the basal edge slightly produced ; the pillar solid, very short, strongly spirally twisted and forming a short but very distinct canal abruptly bent to the left ; operculum so far retracted as to be inac- cessible ; soft parts indicated by a blackish tinge perceptible through the shell. Lon. of shell, 10.5; of last whorl, 2.0; of aperture and canal, 1.5. Lat. of shell, 1.75; of aperture, 0.9. Lon. of longest specimen when perfect, 13.25 mm. Station 5, 229 fms. Station 20, 220 fms. The genus Cerithiopsis appears to be at present ill defined, the character of the operculum used by Forbes being illusory, if Sars’s figure is correct ; the dif- ferences of dentition between this form and Bittiwm appear quite sufficient to distinguish it, however, if other species agree. Nevertheless, it seems at pres- ent impossible to fully define either genus or to distinguish by the shell (ex- cept approximately) between species of Bittiwm and Cerithiopsis as these names have heretofore been applied. The differences in the soft parts which have been mentioned may exist, but like the asserted differences in the opereula prove on more thorough inspection to be partly transitional or specific charae- ters. It will be understood, therefore, that the above and succeeding species - MUSEUM OF COMPARATIVE ZOOLOGY. 89 are only provisionally referred to Cerithiopsis, and may hereafter be proved to belong to Bittiwm or to some allied group. Were the describers of new genera and subgenera to carefully describe the distinctions between the groups they name and their near allies, much labor would be saved those who come after, and who have to do the drudgery properly belonging to the original describer, if indeed he went so far as to give the data necessary for the search. Many genera really separated from one another by good characters are defined by most worthless ones in the text-books, and in no department is there more work to be done than in what may be termed that of giving a proper perspec- tive to the innumerable named groups of mollusks. This particular species is clearly different from any of those described by Watson, and I have been unable to find any described species with which it agrees. Cerithiopsis (?) crystahlina n. s. Shell translucent white, elongate-conical, extremely acute, with granulated surface and about twenty-four somewhat rounded whorls ; nucleus extremely minute and partly submerged, smooth, shining, translucent, passing impercep- tibly into the very attenuated shining apical whorls, which in the adult are most frequently, though not always, lost; spiral sculpture in the earlier whorls of two rather strong subequal rounded revolving riblets, to which, about the seventh whorl, another smaller thread just before the suture is added, which soon becomes nearly as prominent as the posterior riblet of the original pair; the space between the original pair gradually grows propor- tionately wider, and about the tenth whorl a fine intercalary thread appears which always remains smaller than the others; beside this in the nearly adult shell the space between the original anterior riblet and the suture (to which this part of the whorl rapidly descends) is supplied with two very fine elevated threads ; a similar one may also (but does not always) appear intercalated be- tween each pair of the four principal spirals above described ; on the base in the fully adult eight or more subequal simple spirals appear between the pe- riphery and the canal, while the more anterior original spirals diminish in prominence and gradually approximate in size to the basal ones; in the younger shells the difference is quite strongly marked. The transverse sculp- ture in the apical whorls consists of a few (six or eight) rather strong trans- verse riblets, which appear as stout rounded tubercles on the spirals, and run down the spire almost straight, until the order is broken up by the continual appearance of new intercalary series (seventeen on the thirteenth whorl and about twenty-two on the last whorl); on the later whorls these are somewhat concavely flexed, and no regular succession up and down the spire can be made out ; fine lines of growth appear on the anterior whorls, which by the constric- tion of the basal periphery put on a rather rounded outline, so that the num- ber of whorls can be easily counted, though the suture is almost invisible ; on the base the only transverse sculpture is due to the delicate lines of growth ; the last whorl or two may have one or two faint varices ; the base is flattish 90 BULLETIN OF THE in the young, rounded in the adult; the outer lip expanded and thickened concave behind, basally produced and curving into a distinct but not produced canal, which opens to the left ; on the other side the outer lip is continuous with a thin but distinct callus, which is twisted over the very short and incon- spicuous pillar ; the reflected edge of this callus is not adherent to the pillar, and there is a perceptible chink under it, or more properly above it ; the aper- ture is subovate, pointed before and behind. Lon. of shell, 16.0; of last whorl, 3.62; of aperture (from point to point), 2.5, Max. lat of shell, 3.0; of ap- erture, 1.75 mm. Station 2, 805 fms. ; Barbados, 100 fms. ; and numerous other localities. A very pretty, and apparently a very common species, which, except in its attenuated apex has quite a general resemblance to Lovenella metula Sars of Northern European shores. From Cerithiwm (Bittiwm) cylindricwm Watson (Australia) it differs in its color and in its non-convex outlines, and in having four instead of three prominent spirals and many more whorls ; it has a larger number of series of tubercles than C. (Bittiwm) gemmatum Watson from Setu- bal, and two more spirals ; it is much larger than C. (Bittiwm) pigrum Watson, and of all Watson’s species is perhaps most like C. (Bittiwm) mamillanum from Pernambuco ; but the details of sculpture, size, and number of whorls differ quite sufficiently. Bittium (?) Yucatecanum n. s. Shell stout, solid, conical, waxen white or grayish, with about eight rather rounded whorls; spiral sculpture of four (afterward five) revolving, flattened threads, with about equal interspaces ; the first is about its own width, or a little more, in advance of the suture ; the second, about the same distance in advance of the first, is equal to it in size ; both are smaller than the third, which is the largest and most prominent of all, and gives a subcarinate appear- ance to the whorl, or than the fourth, which is about midway in size between the second and third ; on the later whorls a fine thread appears just behind the suture which it crowns, and on the last turn forms the periphery of the base, within which appear two or three others, growing fainter toward the canal ; the shell is also covered with microscopic revolving striz ; the transverse sculpture consists of fourteen to eighteen faint plications or riblets, which appear to pass under and in so doing to undulate the spirals, especially the third and fourth ; in some specimens these undulations may appear tubercu- lar, but they do not in the one under consideration ; the sutural thread is not undulated, and the reticulation is confined to the sides of the whorls, the base being crossed only by rather strong lines of growth. Base rounded ; pillar straight, rather slender, short, without any marked callus; aperture rounded ; outer lip thin, notched by the spirals, with a faint emargination near the pillar, but no well-marked canal ; the nucleus is mostly broken away, but seems to have been helici‘orm, turned half over, and partly immersed. Lon. of shell 8.0; of last whorl, 3.5 ; of aperture, 2.0. Max. lat. of shell, 3.0 ; of aperture, 1.5 mm. MUSEUM OF COMPARATIVE ZOOLOGY. 91 Yucatan Strait, 640 fms. A solid, rather uninteresting-looking shell, with few attractions, but differing from any of the species described by Watson. Columbella (Astyris) Duclosiana D’Orzieny. C. Duclosiana D’Orbigny, Sagra Moll. Cub., II. p. 186, Tab. XXI. figs. 81-33. 1853. Station 20, 220 fms. Sigsbee, off Havana, in 450 fms. These specimens, being dead, may have been washed off shore. The species might well be a variety of C. dichroa Sowerby, and faded specimens recall C. lunata Say. Columbella (Astyris ?) amphissella n. s. Shell small, stout, blunt-tipped, yellowish white, of four and a half whorls ; nucleus large, white, shining, smooth, and naticoid, of one and a half whorls ; transverse sculpture of numerous (on the last whorl twenty-one) straight sub- equal plications with about equal interspaces, beginning at the suture, passing clear over the whorl, and fading out only when near the canal ; also faint lines of growth ; spiral sculpture of numerous equal fine rounded threads (twenty- one on the last turn) with slightly wider interspaces, covering the whole shell except the nucleus; pillar short, stout, a little concave, with a slight callus ; outer lip somewhat thickened, smooth ; canal wide, short, but distinct ; sutures distinct. Lon. of shell, 4.0 ; of last whorl, 3.0 ; of aperture, 2.0. Max. lat. of shell, 2.0; of aperture, 1.0 mm. Yucatan Strait, 640 fms. This stout and prettily reticulated little shell has almost the form of am- phissa versicolor Dall, from California, though of course on a very diminutive scale ; the character of the sculpture is also not dissimilar. The nearest West Indian species to it is Colwmbella Hotessieriana D’Orbigny, which has a toothed aperture, one more whorl, an acute spire, and different color. It is not unlike C. costulata Cantraine as figured by Sars, but has a proportionately shorter spire, fewer whorls, more numerous plications, and is of about one ninth the size. By some authors this species would be referred to Anachis. Columbella (Astyris) Verrilli n. s. Shell slender, conical, yellowish white, with about seven: whorls ; surface polished, but when in a perfectly fresh condition covered by a rather shaggy brown epidermis, whose surface projects in irregular lamella, as in Astyris californica. Nucleus naticoid, shining translucent white ; spiral sculpture appearing only on the pillar and basal surface where there are ten or twelve well-marked close-set revolving threads, which grow fainter toward the pe- riphery ; microscopie revolving lines may occasionally, though rarely, be 92 BULLETIN OF THE seen on other parts of the shell ; transverse scylpture varying with different individuals ; in those where it is strongly developed it consists of from nine (on the third whorl) to fourteen (on the last whorl) sharp-edged plications running clear across the whorls, rounder and wider near the middle of the whorls, and on the last disappearing half-way from the periphery to the canal; these plications run straight up and down the spire, and are strongest (though rather narrower) at their posterior ends, at which the plication often rises into a little tubercle, which is not only appressed against but even extends over the suture, which, in consequence, has a wavy outline; the spaces between the plications are wide and evenly excavated ; in other specimens the plications will be much fainter, not raised into a tubercle at their posterior ends and evanescent on the larger whorls at a short distance in advance of the suture ; the suture in such specimens is more even and distinct than in those previously described, and the lines of growth are usually more evident. The pillar is stout, twisted a little to the left, and, with the canal, distinctly recurved, its inner side covered with a thin smooth white callus ; the outer lip gently arched, slightly thickened, and reflected, contracted a little at its anterior end to form the short wide canal, and having internally, about midway between its junction with the body whorl and the canal, a single small rounded pustule- shaped callus ; there are no denticles or other armature to the mouth with the above exception, which is invariably present in perfectly mature specimens. A moderately plicate shell measured as follows :— Lon. of shell, 9.0; of last whorl, 5.0; of aperture, 3.5. Max. lat. of shell, 3.0; of aperture, 1.5 mm. Another strongly sculptured specimen measures 9.25 mm. Jong and 3.12 mm. broad. Sculptured variety, Station 2, 805 fms.; Station 19, 310 fms. ; Station 47, 331 fms. Normal form, Station 43, 339 fms. ; Station 47, 331 fms. This species is most nearly allied to Astyris rosacea Gould, from which the faintly sculptured specimens differ by the smaller mouth in proportion to the spire, and the characters of the epidermis and aperture; the character of the plications also differs from that of A. rosacea. The strongly sculptured specimens do not at all resemble rosacea, except in size and number of whorls. The latter would usually be referred to Anachis and the former with A. rosacea to Astyris, but there can be no doubt that they are forms of one species. This without prejudice to the proper separation, maybe, of certain species under the name of Anachis. This species was obtained in some numbers, so that I was prepared to find it described ; but a pretty thorough search has not revealed any reference to it in the various publications I have consulted. Professor Verrill, to whom I have great pleasure in dedicating it, may perhaps secure it with other South- ern forms off the coast of New England during the researches he is now con- ducting. The solitary pustular denticle is a very peculiar, and, as far as I am aware, unique feature. ia MUSEUM OF COMPARATIVE ZOOLOGY. 93 Natica leptalea Watson. NV. leptalea Watson, Journ. Linn. Soc. (Zodl.), XV. p. 261. Dec. 1880. | A small specimen, perhaps the young of the above species, was dredged in 640 fathoms in Yucatan Strait. Watson’s specimens were from near Sombrero Island, W. I., in 450 fathoms, Natica fringilla n. s. Shell small, elevated, slightly turreted, blunt-tipped, wavy white, 5f three or four whorls ; nucieus translucent, polished, rather disproportionately large, depressed nearly to the level of the next whorl, and so giving the spire a blunted aspect; transverse sculpture of strong plications like the “gathers” of a skirt, about thirty-two on the last whorl, not perfectly uniform in elevation or extent, passing forward from immediately in front of the suture a distance of about 1.25 mm., and then becoming obsolete or replaced by ordinary lines of growth ; these plications are sharp-edged near the suture with about equal interspaces, and gradually grow wider, flatter, and less elevated anteriorly until they disappear ; surface polished, lines of growth not prominent ; spiral sculpture none, though the surface is marked with those faint revolving mark- ings, visible only by reflected light, which are common to nearly all spiral pol- ished shells, and, as far as I have observed, to all species of this genus ; suture well marked, slightly appressed ; whorls rounded behind and laterally in female, and slightly laterally flattened in male specimens ; base prettily rounded ; umbilicus small, funiculate at its mouth, twisted, with a rounded not very distinctly defined riblet coiled on its inner surface, beginning from the anterior end of the pillar lip; no umbilical pad ; outer lip simple, sharp- edged, a little oblique, and, at maturity, slightly bent downward and forward at its junction with the body whorl ; pillar-lip and body moderately thick- ened, an emargination in front of and corresponding to the umbilical arch; aperture rounded in front, pointed behind. Lon. of shell, $7.0, 95.75; of aperture, $4.0, 94.0. Max. lat. of shell, $5.0, 95.0; of aperture, $ 2.5, 92.5 mm., the ? being a somewhat younger shell. Yucatan Strait, 640 fms. Off Cape San Antonio, 640 fms. Among all the descriptions of forms from deep water, I have found none which apply to this rather simple little species, which is about the size of N. pusilla Say, but quite distinct from it. In his report on the French expedi- tion of the Travailleur in the Bay of Biscay, Dr. Jeffreys mentions as new, but does not describe, a N. subplicata, which, from the name, might be allied to this. Turritella Yucatecanum pn. s. Shell small, thin, acute, opaque white mottled with rusty brown, of about twelve whorls; nucleus and second turn minute, white, smooth, with deep 94. BULLETIN OF THE a suture, rounded and vermicular ; next whorls with spiral sculpture, whereof three riblets about equidistant are markedly larger and more prominent than the rest; sculpture of mature whorls consisting of fine spiral threads with nearly equal interspaces crossed by fine lines of growth and divided into five bands by four larger polished spirals, which are white and marked by rather distant dots of brown; of these bands of fine spirals that behind the anterior suture and the two immediately behind it are of about equal width and equal to the two posterior bands and their included large spiral taken together ; the general surface, barring the large spirals, is marked by light nebulous transverse pencillings of brown, which in general accord in direction with the lines of growth ; the whorls are hardly at all rounded laterally, are slightly carinated by the three major spirals, and the last whorl is flattened on the base, but without any marked carina at the periphery of the base ; spiral sculpture of the base similar to that of the spaces between the major spirals on the side of the whorls, with here and there a slightly larger thread ; the transverse sculp- ture consists of the lines of growth above mentioned, which are most distinct on and between the minor spirals and irregular narrow undulations following the lines of growth (about twenty-five to the last whorl), which cross the lar- ger whorls in some specimens so prominently as to render the major spirals almost tuberculate at their intersection, in most specimens produce a series of + moderate undulations, and in others are almost obsolete ; outer lip thin, sharp, very little rounded, and hardly emarginated by the slight flexuosity of the lines of growth ; pillar rather thin, prettily arched, passing into the flattened basal edge ; body polished, not callous; suture rather indistinct, not chan- nelled ; base in several specimens dotted with convex, ovate, coriaceous, light yellow ovicapsules, whose surface, wrinkled in drying, seemed to have origi- nally been smooth, and to have had a length of 0.75 and a breadth of 0.5 mm. Lon. of shell, 16.5; of last whorl, 5.5; of aperture, 3.25. Max. lat. of base, 5.0; of aperture, 2.75 mm. Yucatan Strait, 640 fms. : This species perhaps most resembles a miniature edition of T. leucostoma Valenciennes, but does not agree with any of Watson’s species or with the few species ordinarily assigned to the West Indian province. Quite a number of fresh specimens were obtained, which are very uniform in size, disposing of the suspicion that the shell might be drifted from shallow water. Actzon fasciatus Lamarck. A species which may be the Tornatella fasciata of Lamarck, judging by fig- ures only, was obtained from Station 19, 310 fms. ; by Sigsbee, Station 50 (Lat. 26° 31’ and Lon. 85° 53’ W.), in 119 fms. ; Station 9, 111 fms. (young) ; and from 450 fms. off Havana, also a young specimen. | MUSEUM OF COMPARATIVE ZOOLOGY. 95 Actzon incisus n. s. Shell short, thin, inflated, waxen white, polished, with five or six whorls and a rather acute spire ; nucleus minute, more or less immersed, eroded to some extent in every specimen ; apical whorls smooth, polished, rounded ; suture very distinct, in the majority of cases not channelled ; the apical whorls with two or three distant narrow grooves across which, in some cases, pass elevated lines of growth which appear nowhere else, or, if at all, only in the suture near the apex ; last whorl forming the largest part of the shell, inflated, provided with ten or eleven spiral grooves, which are nearer together ante- riorly ; these grooves are somewhat zigzag by exigencies of growth, but are not punctate, as in so many species ; other spiral sculpture consisting of micro- ' scopically fine slightly zigzag strie, about seventy in the width of a millime- ter ; transverse sculpture only of most delicate flexuous lines of growth most evident near the sutures ; aperture rounded in front, pointed behind ; outer lip thin, simple, arcuated toward the periphery, passing imperceptibly into the pillar ; body with a slight callus joining the rather slender pillar which carries one inconspicuous fold. Lon. of shell, 9.0 ; of last whorl, 7.0; of aperture, 5.75. Max. lat. of shell, 5.75 ; of aperture, 3.0 mm. Yucatan Strait, 640 fms. ; off Cape San Antonio, 640 fms. A peculiarly thin delicate polished and inflated species. Actzon melampoides n. s. Shell short, stout, with a depressed spire and shouldered last whorl; white, with five whorls, sculptured with punctate spiral lines; nucleus small, eroded ; other whorls with two, three, or (on the last) twenty to twenty-five spiral lines, which are distinctly punctate, with about ten punctations in the length of a millimeter ; the spirals are crowded just in advance of the suture and near the pillar, and especially distant on the shoulder of the last whorl ; suture distinct, with the anterior margin finely crenulate in the last whorl ; other sculpture of fine lines of growth and microscopic revolving striz as in the last species ; outer lip hardly oblique, joining the body at a wider angle than usual, owing to the shouldering of the last whorl, thin, simple, passing imperceptibly into the short, twisted pillar, which bears a single distinet fold ; body whorl with only a glaze, pillar hardly or not at all thickened ; aperture approximately lunate. Lon. of shell, 6.0; of last whorl, 5.25 ; of aperture, 4,25. Max. lat. of shell, 4.0; of aperture, 1.62 mm. Station 19, 310 fms. This species has a good deal the outline of the common Melampus corneus of the east coast of America. 96 BULLETIN OF THE Actzon Danaida n.s. Shell elongated, moderately pointed, polished, white, and having about six whorls ; spiral sculpture of (on the spire) six, or (on the last whorl) over twenty-five punctate grooves, more crowded anteriorly, but with two or three coarser than the rest, just in advance of the suture ; between these original _ grooves in the latter half of the last whorl intercalary single or double grooves appear, which are seldom quite as deep as the originals, and at first are not punctate, but at last, and especially near the anterior extreme of the shell, become nearly as well marked as the original series ; transverse sculpture con- sisting only of lines of growth, by a peculiar thickening of certain of which when they cross the grooves the punctate appearance is produced; nucleus eroded, minute ; suture appressed, distinct, but the thin appressed anterior margin seems peculiarly liable to erosion, which in some cases takes place so as to produce the appearance of a channelled suture ; whorls slightly rounded ; outer lip thin, simple, somewhat produced in the middle, passing impercep- tibly into the thin twisted pillar, which is slightly reflected, and bears one inconspicuous, very oblique fold ; body with a thin layer of callus; aperture rounded in front, rather narrow, pointed behind; no umbilical chink in this or any of the preceding species. Lon. of shell, 11.0 ; of last whorl, 7.75; of aperture, 6.25. Max. lat. of shell, 5.25 ; of aperture, 3.0 mm. Station 43, 339 fms. An elegant and excessively punctate species, which looks as if it might have been pelted by a shower of little coins. Actzon perforatus n. s. Shell small, pointed, waxen white, with a narrow opaque yellowish band in advance of the suture, composed of about six whorls, and with a distinct um- bilical perforation; nucleus eroded, small; spire with about six, or (on the last whorl) eighteen strong and very regularly and distinctly punctate grooves, the punctations at the rate (near the aperture) of about six to a millimeter, the grooves a little more crowded anteriorly and distant posteriorly, the interspaces everywhere wider than the grooves and with no intercalary grooves or strie whatever ; transverse sculpture of faint lines of growth ; aperture rounded in front, pointed behind; outer lip thin, simple, arched, and continuous with the reflected thin pillar lip, wpon which a fold can hardly be made out ; body with a slight glaze; umbilical perforation straight, with smooth walls, apparently very deep, and about 0.25 mm. in diameter. Lon. of shell, 7.75; of last whorl, 6.0; of aperture, 4.0. Max. lat. of shell, 4.62 ; of aperture, 2.0 mm. Station 2, 805 fms. The anterior part of the last whorl being a little larger than any part pos- terior to it, this shell has a somewhat pyriform appearance. Sept. 26, 1881. * 4. MUSEUM OF COMPARATIVE ZOOLOGY. 97 Ringicula nitida VerRRttt. Ringicula nitida Verrill, Am. Journ. Sci., V., 3d series, pp. 6, 16, 1873. H. Morlet, Journal de Conchyl., Vol. XXVI. p. 127, 1878. Pourtalés, bed of the Gulf Stream, 447 fms. Station 43, 339 fms. Yuca- tan Strait, 640 fms. This is very different from Ringicula semistriata D’Orbigny (Sagra, Moll. Cub., II. 103, Tab. XXI. figs. 17-19), and considerably larger. It has six whorls ; the anterior fold on the column is distinctly the largest ; the outer lip in mature specimens is thicker in the middle and anteriorly than elsewhere; the parietal tooth is obsolete ; and there is in perfect specimens a well-defined area on the base, anterior to the junction of the outer lip and body, which is distinctly grooved, the remainder being smooth. It reaches a length of 7.5 and a breadth of 5.00 mm. Bulla abyssicola n. s. Shell of moderate size, and nearly the shape of B. ampulla, but proportion- ately wider behind, white with an ill-defined band of pale yellow brown en- circling the periphery ; aperture as long as the shell ; outer lip simple, nearly straight, rounded before and behind, not extending beyond the summit of the left side of the shell ; apex depressed, immersed, forming a slight pit with none of the whorls visible ; surface ornamented with fine, minutely punctate spiral grooves, more crowded before and behind, more distant about the periphery, from four to twelve in the width of a millimeter and from eight to ten punc- tations in the length of a millimeter, according to the part of the shell exam- ined ; besides these there are numerous still finer strie, also punctate, but more finely, which, when very faint, appear like rows of very faint puncticu- lations ; otherwise the surface is smooth, or even polished, the lines of growth hardly perceptible ; aperture narrow behind, wide in front, the pillar reflected, and a thin layer of callus evenly spread over the body within the aperture ; proportions of younger specimens much the same, but a little more pointed at the extremities. Lon. of shell and aperture, 12.75. Max. lat. of shell, 9.0 ; of aperture, 5.25 ; min. lat. of aperture, 1.5 mm. Yucatan Strait, 640 fms. Station 43, 339 fms. (young). The genera of these opisthobranchiates must always be uncertain in the absence of the soft parts. To the species here described from the shells alone the generic names applied must necessarily be provisional. The present one shows no characters in the shell by which it might be separated from the typi- cal species of the genus, unless it be the absence of distinct coloration which we should naturally expect in a species from great depths. VOL. IX. — NO. 2. 7 98 BULLETIN OF THE Bulla (?) eburnea n. s. Shell small, ivory-white, polished, ovate, the aperture extended posteriorly a little beyond the left hand summit of the whorl ; sculpture a few spiral grooves near either extremity, more numerous and crowded anteriorly ; these grooves somewhat zigzag from irregularities of growth, but not puncticulate ; remainder of the shell without sculpture, except most minute microscopic faint indications of spiral strie and faint lines of growth; apex minutely pitted, but the pit nearly covered by a small reflexion of the lip where it joins the posterior face of the body ; outer lip thin, sharp, curved round and reflected at the anterior end of the axis; a thin deposit over the body within the aperture. Lon. of shell and aperture, 7.25. Max. lat. of shell, 4.25; of ap- erture, 2.0 ; min. lat. of aperture, 0.75 mm. Station 43, 339 fms. The description of Diaphana gemma Verrill is the only thing I can find which bears any resemblance to this species; but the size and proportions of that species are different, it is umbilicated, and B. ? ebwrnea does not seem likely to prove a Diaphana.* Atys(?) bathymophila n. s. Shell large, stout, white, polished, sculptured with numerous puncticulate striee, crowded toward the ends and few and distant in the middle ; outer lip extending backward a short distance from the spire, then sweeping downward, forward, outward, and then upward, curving downward and backward again to join the subtruncate columella, above and behind which there is almost a canal ; columella reflected, with a tolerably thick callus, but no umbilicus or umbilical chink ; body with a thin deposit of callus (in one instance much thickened and roughened, apparently by disease); aperture very narrow behind, very wide and somewhat oblique in front; lines of growth on the surface hardly visible. Lon. of shell and aperture, 16.5; from summit to oblique truncation of columella, 13.75. Max. lat of shell, 11.25; of aperture, 7.0; min. lat. of aperture, 1.0 mm. Station 33, 1,568 fms. In young specimens 3.5 mm. long there are three and a half whorls; the nucleus is visible turned on its side and half immersed ; it is heliciform, trans- lucent white, and minute ; the striation is more uniformly distributed over the shell, and is exceedingly fine ; the nucleus (but not the whorls outside of it) remains partly visible until the shell has attained a length of 8.25 mm. Like most young shells of this group, the young are more pointed before and be- hind, and Jess expanded than the adult. Yucatan Strait, 640 fms. * A comparison of specimens shows that they are perfectly distinct. | . | MUSEUM OF COMPARATIVE ZOOLOGY. 99 This may not be an Atys, but the subtruncate axis and general form of the shell are more like that group than any other, and it is so referred until we know the soft parts. Atys (?) Sandersoni n. s. Shell small, thin, fragile, polished, translucent white, with the aperture longer than the axis of the shell, slender, elongated oval with the posterior fourth bevelled off slightly ; transverse sculpture solely of delicate evanescent lines of growth, sometimes lost in the general polish of the surface ; spiral sculp- ture of about a dozen incised lines near either extremity, more crowded toward the tips and obsolete toward the middle of the shell, reticulating the lines of growth when the latter are present, but delicate, extremely fine, and not punc- ticulate ; posterior apex a rather deep funiculate pit, out of the centre of which rises the margin of the aperture, which is here slightly reflected, extends be- hind the summit of the body and suddenly curves forward, leaving a very narrow aperture, which is produced into a rounded point in front, then sharply recurved and reflected to a point where the reflected part loses itself in the thin callus on the body within the aperture ; the anterior reflection is sometimes closely appressed and sometimes loose with a chink behind it, but there is no anterior pit ; the shell is more slender forward than bebind, the bevelling is more marked in some specimens than in others; a fragment from off Havana, if conspecific as seems likely, indicates that it reaches a much larger size than the described specimens. Lon. of shell and aperture, 6.5. Max. lat. of shell, 3.4 ; of aperture, 1.75; min. lat. of aperture, 0.5 mm. Station 2, 805 fms. Off Havana (?), Sigsbee, in 450 fms., a fragment which, if perfect, would be about 5.5 mm. broad and 11.0 mm. long. I have much pleasure in dedicating this species (which is provisionally re- ferred to the genus Atys) to Mr. Sanderson Smith of the U.S. Fish Commis- sion, well known by his researches among the marine mollusks of N. E. America. Its nearest ally seems to be the Bulla caribbea D’Orbigny, which is much smaller, more globose, and entirely covered with striz. Philine sp. A fragment of a species resembling P. quadrata Wood, as figured by G. O. Sars (Tab. 18, fig. 9 a), was obtained in Yucatan Strait at a depth of 640 fms. It is of a yellow brown, with strong lines of growth crossed by very numer- ous puncticulate grooves all over the surface. Scaphander (?) Watsoni n. s. Shell slender, delicate, white or yellowish, polished, posteriorly attenuated, with the outer lip and aperture produced behind the apex ; transverse sculp- \s 100 BULLETIN OF THE ture, none beside the delicate lines of growth, which are perceptible chiefly at or near the tips; spiral sculpture consisting of some twenty-five sharp, strong, channelled, clear-cut grooves, not punctate or in any way irregular, except that they are more crowded near the summit than elsewhere, about half being within the posterior third of the shell ; between these, near the extremities, and near the margin of the outer lip, are a few more delicate intercalary grooves ; posterior apex a minute pit, punctured in the centre, from which the free margin rises, extends backward somewhat more than half a millime- ter, then downward, forward almost in a straight line, then with a wide sweep up and around to join the slightly thickened margin of the body, into which it passes imperceptibly; body with a light wash of callus ; axis coiled so as to be pervious to the summit when viewed from in front. Lon. of shell and aper- ture, 8.75. Max lat. of body, 2.5; of entire shell, 4.25; of aperture, 3.25 ; min. lat. of aperture, 0.75 mm. Off Sombrero Island in 72 fathoms. It is possible that this will prove to be a Philine when the animal is known, but the form and aspect are those of a Scaphander. In general outline it recalls S. lignarius L., though more slender, more attenuated and pointed behind and with the free margin more produced posteriorly. In the former characters it resembles Philine Lovenit Malm, as figured by G. O. Sars, but is still more pointed behind, and the free margin is of quite a different shape. This is a remarkably elegant and characteristic species, and is named in honor of my friend, Mr. R. Boog-Watson, who is working up the Mollusca of the Challenger Expedition. Utriculus (?) vortex n. s. Shell stout, rather solid, opaque white, short, the posterior fourth bevelled off toward the bluntly rounded summit ; transverse sculpture consisting of occasional faint lines of growth, nowhere very prominent ; spiral sculpture consisting of very numerous fine grooves, so crowded near the ends of the shell as to be but little narrower than the interspaces ; these grooves are only visible under a lens, are occasionally reticulated by the lines of growth and gradually become more distant toward the middle of the shell; just in advance of the shoulder of the bevel are a small number of equally fine raised lines, which are so minute that only by the most careful inspection and under strong magnifi- cation can they be distinguished from the grooves which cover the rest of the shell ; the folds of the outer whorl are appressed toward the apex, with a somewhat thickened and irregular margin, which leaves a minute pit at the summit and about two volutions visible ; this appressed margin is often eroded, and then some four or five turns can be made out ; in advance of the bevel the shell is nearly cylindrical, rather suddenly rounded in front ; outer lip straight, slightly produced in the middle, but not bent inward toward the body, passing imperceptibly into the column, over which, as well as over the body, is a thin layer of callus ; aperture rounded and rather wide in front, narrowing to an e MUSEUM OF COMPARATIVE ZOOLOGY. 101 acute point behind, shorter than the shell ; pillar with no twist or fold, contin- uous with the margin. Lon. of shell, 7.5 ; of aperture, 6.0. Max. lat. of shell, 4.25 ; of aperture, 2.5 mm. Station 43, 339 fms ; Station 44, 539 fms. After comparing this with the figures of all the Northern species given by Sars and those from the West Indies by D’Orbigny, it seems quite distinct from any of them. It is possible that it may prove to be a Cylichna when the animal is known ; but it does not agree with any of the figured Cylichne. Utriculus (?) Frielei n. s. Shell rather large, solid, polished opaque white, broader behind than before its middle ; apex perforate, around which the.margin of about two turns is usually visible ; this margin, formed by the rather broad [>- shaped posterior sinus of the aperture, resembles the notch-band of some Plewrotomide in that the surface is flattened, with a well-marked boundary on each side, and on this surface the successive marginal edges are often raised into scales, one fitting into another, composed of an extension of the body callus on one side and a reflection of the free margin on the other; the surface of the band varies in different specimens from nearly smooth to distinctly and regularly undulated or imbricately sealed as above mentioned ; other transverse sculpture of lines of growth which are hardly visible while of spiral sculpture there is none, though, with a strong reflected light, under the microscope numerous spiral markings may be observed which are neither grooved nor raised, but are vis- ible in most smooth spiral shells, and are probably due to growth, somewhat as are the lines commonly recognized as “lines of growth.” Aperture nearly or quite as long as the shell, narrow, rounded in front, and terminating in the > -shaped sinus behind ; outer lip straight, sharp, thin, not incurved, rounded to join the stout columella into which it passes imperceptibly ; pillar broad, short, with a thin callus which also extends along the body; shell widest about the posterior third; distinctly narrowed anteriorly. Lon. of shell and aper- ture (the latter occasionally a trifle less), 8.2. Max. lat. of shell (at posterior third), 4.0; at anterior third, 3.5; of aperture, 1.75; min. lat. of aperture, 0.5 mm. Off Cape San Antonio, 640 fms.; Yucatan Strait, 640 fms. None of the Northern species present the characters of U.(?) Frielei. U. trun- catulus Brug., as figured by Sars (Tab. 18), should have a somewhat similar summit, though the lines are not > - shaped, but obliquely transverse in the figure ; the other characters of that shell are quite different, and it does not reach half the size of U. (?) Frielet. None of those figured by D’Orbigny are at all like the present species, which it gives me pleasure to dedicate to Mr. Hermann Friele of Bergen, naturalist (in charge of the Mollusca) of the Nor- wegian Deep-sea Expedition on the Véringen, and well known for his work on the collections of that expedition and for his valuable researches on the development of Waldheimia. 102 BULLETIN OF THE NOTES. Before passing to the Acephala and Brachiopoda it may be well to note that in the preceding descriptions the apex or nucleus is considered the posterior end of the shell, and in dextral shells the free margin as the right-hand side of the shell ; such lines or sculpture as pass along the whorls are spiral or longitudinal ; such as pass across the whorls are transverse. Dr. J. Gwyn Jeffreys has kindly pointed out to me that the name maculata is preoccupied in the genus Margarita for a fossil species by Wood. The species described by that name on page 43 will therefore take the name of Margarita lacunella. Dr. Jeffreys has also forwarded to me some specimens of the shell described under the name of Margarita (?) euspira (page 44), but which are destitute of the sutural band, forming a variety which may take the name of nitens (Jef- freys). The genus of this peculiar little shell remains in doubt. It presents some characters in common with Margarita and some with Photinula. In nearly adult specimens the pillar is broad, flattened, and granulated minutely with a polished small tubercle at its end, which later becomes enlarged, and forms a blunt tooth, or prominent rounded tubercle, which also is rough or granulated on the surface (which at first, with only a few specimens for com- parison, led me to the supposition that it was due to fracture), and is shown by the additional material of Dr. Jeffreys to be a normal feature unlike any- thing I find described. If it be considered desirable to separate it on this ground (and it certainly cannot remain with typical Margarita or be referred to Photinula or Ozxystele as strictly defined), it might take the name of Bathy- mophila, and for the present be considered as a subgenus of Margarita, which genus it resembles entirely when immature, being then widely umbilicate and with no callus. Professor Verrill has called my attention to the fact that the species described as Pleurotoma (Bela) limacina (page 55), also obtained by the U. S. Fish Com- mission in deep water off Newport, R. I., has no operculum, and hence is prob- ably not a Bela. None of my specimens retained the animal. An examination of a specimen in spirits kindly lent by him confirms this view, and for the present the species were perhaps better referred to Daphnella. The family divisions of Gray, Adams, and others, based on the characters of the operculum, in the light of later researches cannot be maintained. I have elsewhere shown that in Buccinum cyaneum about five per cent have no traces of an operculum, while Friele has described a Neptunea or Chrysodomus with a subspiral opercu- lum (Mohnia alba). In the Tozifera it is highly probable that the operculum has at most a generic value. MUSEUM OF COMPARATIVE ZOOLOGY. 103 BRACHIOPODA. Terebratulina Cailleti Crosser. T. Cailleti Crosse, Journal de Conchyliologie, XIII. p. 27, Pl. I. figs. 1-8, 1865; Dall, Bull. Mus. Comp. Zool., III. No. 1, p. 10, 1871. Barbados, 100 fms., abundant ; Sigsbee, off Havana, in 80, 119, 127, 240, and 450 fms. ; Yucatan Strait, 640 fms., living; Station 2, 805 fms., living ; West Florida, 30 fms. ; Station 16, 292 fms. ; Station 20, 220 fms. ; Station 44, 539 fms. ; Station 45,101 fms.; Off Morro Light, Station 16, 292 fms. ; Santa Lucia, Station 218, 164 fms.; St. Vincent, Station 232, 88 fms. Terebratula cubensis Pourrtatés. T. cubensis Pourtalés, Bull. Mus. Comp. Zool., I. No. 7, p. 109, 1867 ; Dall, Bull., loc. cit., p. 3, Pl. I. figs. 2, 8-16, 1871. Station 45, 101 fms. ; Station 16, 292 fms. ; Sigshee, off Havana, 175 fms. ; Lat. 26° 31’, Lon. 85° 3’, 119 fms. ; Barbados, 100 fms.; Station 232, St. Vincent, 88 fms. ; Station 202, Martinique, 210 fms. Eudesia floridana Pourratis. Waldheimia floridana Pourtales, Bull., oc. cit., p. 127 ; Dall, Joc. cit., p: 12, PEE fig. 3, Pl. II. figs. 1-3, 1871. Off Sand Key, 125 fms. ; Sigsbee, off Havana, 175 fms. ; Lat. 26° 31’, Lon. 85° 3’, 119 fms. Very young specimens from Station 45, 101 fms. ; Station 5, 229 fms. ; and Station 19, 310 fms. Waldheimia being preoccupied in insects, as heretofore pointed out, Eudesia is the next in order of priority. Cistella lutea Dat. C. (? Barrettiana var.) lutea Dall, Bull., loc. cit., p. 20, Pl. I. fig. 5, Pl. II. figs. 4-8, 1871. Sigsbee, off Havana, 80 to 127 fms.; Barbados, 100 fms; Station 21, 287 fms. ; Tortugas, 30 fms. Cistella Barrettiana Davinson. Argiope Barrettiana Davidson, P. Z. S., Feb. 1866, p. 108, Pl. XII. fig. 3. Argiope antillarum Crosse and Fischer, Journ. de Conchyl., XIV., July, 1866, p. 270, Pl. VIII. fig. 7. Argiope Schrammi Crosse and Fischer, Joc. cit., p. 269, Pl. VIII. fig. 6, 1866. C. (? Schrammi var.) rubrotincta Dall, Bull., Joc. cit., p- 19, Pl. I. fig. 6, 1871. 104 _ BULLETIN OF THE C. Barrettiana var. rubrotincta. Sand Key, 80 fms. ; Station 2, 805 fms., dead valves ; Yucatan Straits, 640 fms., valves; Station 45, 101 fms., living ; Station 20, 220 fms.; Barbados, 100 fms. ; Sigsbee, off Havana, 450 fms. valves; Station 276, 94 fms. ; Station 231, St. Vincent, 95 fms.; Tortugas, 43 fms. C. Barrettiana ¢?) var. Schrammi. Station 45, 101 fms. ; Barbados, 100 fms. Platidia anomioides Scaccut. P. anomioides Costa, Fauna del Reg. Nap., p. 47, 1852; Dall, Bull., Zoc. cit., p. 18, 1871. Terebratula anomioides Scacchi, Phil. Moll. Sic., II. p. 69, Pl. XVIII. fig. 9, 1844. Near Morro Light, Cuba, Station 16, 292 fms. ; Station 253, 92 fms.: Bar- bados, Station 280, 221 fms.; Granada, Station 260, 291 fms.; St. Vincent, Station 232, 88 fms. Thecidium Barretti Woopwarp. T. Barretti Woodward, Davidson, Geol. Mag., I., Pl. Il. fig. 1-3, 1864; P. Z.S., 1866, p. 104. Barbados, 100 fms. ; Station 232, St. Vincent, 88 fms. ; Station 155, Mont- serrat, 88 fms. These specimens I take to be Barretti, though very small, since they do not show the complicated internal arrangement of the next species. Thecidium mediterraneum Sowersy. T. mediterranewm Sowerby, Thes. Conch., VII. p. 371, Pl. 73, figs. 30-32 ; Dall, Am. Journ. Conch., VI. p. 151, fig. 27, 1870. Station 241, 163 fms. Crania Pourtalesii Dat. Crania (? anomala var.) Pourtalesii Dall, Bull., Joc. cit., p. 35, Pl. I. fig. 7, 1871. A single valve was found among coral from St. Vincent, W. I. obtained at a depth of 88 fathoms at Station 232. Those previously described were from Sand Key, Florida, in 105 fathoms, and from off the Sambos, in 116 fathoms. Other species of Brachiopods appear in some numbers in the Agassiz-Bartlett collection, among which ?Megerlia incerta Davidson was recognized ; but these will form the subject of a supplementary report. MUSEUM OF COMPARATIVE ZOOLOGY. 105 ACEPHALA. VERTICORDIA (Woop) Sowersy. Verticordia ornata D’Orsieny. Trigonulina ornata D’Orbigny, Sagra, Moll. Cub., II. p. 292, Pl. XXVII. figs. 30- 33, (1846) 1853. Hippagus novemcostatus Adams and Reeve, Voy. Samarang, Zodl., p. 76, Pl. XXIV. fig. 1, 1850. Trigonituna ornata Chenu, Man., II. pp. 169, 322, fig. 843, 1862. Verticordia ornata Fischer, Journ. de Conchyl., X. p. 380, 1862. Barbados, 100 fms. ; Station 19, 310 fms. [Catalina Island, California, 16 fms., Dall ; shell sand, Jamaica, W.I., D’Orbigny ; China Seas, Adains.] This species has no epidermis, as erroneously stated in the Zodlogy of the Samarang, and copied by various authors. That specimen may have been covered with some extraneous substance, which in drying gave the impression of an epidermis. A careful examination of fresh specimens from California, and of fresh specimens of other species, reveals no sign of any epidermis, nor of any ossicle, as repurted by Adams. The latter, seen only in one instance, may have been a concretion accidental to the individual, as often happens in bivalves. Nevertheless, I am of the opinion that the reference of the genus to the Anatinide will probably be sustained, as it seems much more probable than any relationship to the porcellanous Jsocardia or Cardita. The number of ribs varies from eight to eleven, but is usually ten. Verticordia acuticostata Puriprtr. Hippagus acuticostatus Philippi, Moll. Sic., II. p. 42, Tab. XIV. fig. 19, 1844. (Fossil in Miocene of Calabria.) Iphigenia acuticostata Costa, Pal. del Regno Nap., p. 160, Tav. XIII. fig. 9, 1850. (Fossil. ) Verticordia acuticostata Seguenza, Journ. de Conchyl., VIII. p. 291, Pl. X. fig. la-e, 1860. (Fossil.) ? Verticordia Deshayesiana Fischer, Journ., Joc. cit., X. p. 35, Pl. V. figs. 10, 11, 1862. Verticordia japonica A. Adams, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., Mar. 1862, p. 224. (In- sufficiently described. ) Station 31, 84 fms.; Station 5, 229 fms.; Barbados, 100 fms. [ China, Fischer ; Gotto Id., Japan, A. Adams, 71 fms. ] The form which I refer to Philippi’s species (and all of whose synonyms I suspect may perhaps some time be referred with it to the original type V. verti- cordia S. Wood) is a little more like Fischer's figure of V7. Deshayesiana than Seguenza’s figure of V. acuticostata. However, specimens enough are at hand to show that the shell has a larger amount of variation than the few specimens in 106 BULLETIN OF THE cabinets have led authors to suspect. V. cardiiformis (= V. verticordia) has sixteen ribs ; V. acuticostata, thirteen to fifteen ; V. Deshayesiana, seventeen ; my specimens have from fourteen to seventeen ribs, which may be stronger or weaker, finely or more sharply granulated, more or less markedly denticulate on the margin. The descriptions of Mr. Adams are quite insufficient to identify any species by. No measurements are given, the number of ribs is not even stated, and the only differences of any value between his diagnoses of the two forms he names are, that one is “convexa” with “costis multis subdistantibus,” while the other is “subcompressa” with “ costis numerosis confertis.” Such de- scriptions are rubbish, and a detriment to the progress of science. Yet the fact that they are in Latin gives them for some “conservative” writers a great charm, though they are perfectly useless for any practical pnrpose. Verticordia Fischeriana n. s. Shell of the same general form as V. verticordia Wood, or V. Deshayesiana Fischer, from which it differs in the number of ribs, which range from 27 to 35, being subequal with equal interspaces, and which merely crenulate the margin instead of extending beyond it in sharp denticulate points ; the lunule is less impressed than in either of the preceding species ; from V. granulata it differs by the larger number of ribs and by its striated and granulose lunule ; also by its more quadrate or subcircular rather than triangular form ; the granulation, however, is regular and even, as in that species, which is only known from a single valve found in the Sicilian tertiaries. Lon., 10.0 ; alt., 10.5; diam., 10.6 mm. Most of the specimens smaller. Barbados, 100 fms.; Sigsbee, off Cuba, 119 fms.; Station 36, 84 fms. The granulated, non-pearly surface, the nacreous under-layer, the peculiar disposition and character of the teeth and ligament (first correctly described by Seguenza), the transverse cost, the simple pallial Jine and peculiar muscular scars (of which there are four in each valve), are generic characters. Hippagus of Lea, long confounded with this genus, may prove to be a Crenella like C. decussata. I am pleased to be able to dedicate this species to the author who first brought order out of confusion in the complex synonymy of this genus ; who is, moreover, one of the first living malacologists. Verticordia elegantissima n. s. Euciroa elegantissima Dall, Bull. M. C. Zo6l., V. pp. 61, 62, July, 1878 (named but not described.) Shell large, solid, frosty white externally, internally very pearly, inequilat- eral, slightly inequivalve, Cytherea-shaped, furnished with many scabrous, granulated, slightly elevated radiating coste, of which one, forming the ante- rior boundary of the posterior fourth of the shell, is more prominent, and is , O_o EEE MUSEUM OF COMPARATIVE ZOOLOGY. 107 indicated by a groove on the interior surface ; the sculpture in young shells consists of rounded granules between and irregularly over the coste and small conical rough-surfaced spines arranged on the summits of the costz, but these are usually rubbed down in adult specimens, after which the coste (about fifty in number) and the secondary granulations become more evident ; lunule small, slightly impressed, with a comparatively smooth surface, the portion pertain- ing to the right valve (as usual in the genus) being about half the size of that forming part of the left valve, which latter (also as usual) is produced beyond the general plane of the margin, simulating a tooth ; beaks not very promi- nent, not coiled as in the typical species ; inner margin irregularly grooved, not denticulate; in the left valve the wedge-shaped groove for the (wholly in- ternal) ligament is separated by a projecting septum from the fossette for the right cardinal tooth ; except this septum be so considered, there are no teeth in the left valve ; right valve with a strong, stout, slightly anteriorly projecting tooth fitting into the fossette in the left valve and immediately under the beak ; the base of this tooth is supported by two buttresses, one with a con- cave surface extending forward under the lunule, the other opposite, shorter, and terminating under the cardinal margin, between which and its upper sur- face the ligament is inserted ; a little way within the posterior cardinal margin, and in general parallel with it, is a long slender tooth or lamina, which be- comes obsolete in aged shells ; beside the ordinary marks of the adductor mus- cles as usually described, there are two smaller but very evident muscular scars, the pedal below the lunular buttress and the cardinal in the cavity of the beak. Lon. 13.25; alt. 10.1; max. diam. 8.0 mm., in an adolescent speci- men; one old valve measuring in lon. 30.0, alt. 23.0, and diam. 13.0 mm. approximately. Station 16, 292 fms. ; Lat. 23° 7’ and Lon, 82° 43’ 30” W., in 756 fathoms. This elegant shell has quite a different aspect from the other Verticordia, and, misled by the the erroneous diagnosis in all the text-books, I referred it to a new group in my preliminary report, reserving a description until this conjecture could be verified by comparison and study. Now it seems to me that the characters are insufficient to justify its separation. The above de- scription of the teeth is appropriate to all the recent species I have seen, or which have been well figured, except that in most of the species the cardinal tooth points upward or backward, and the posterior lamina is obsolete in some individuals of each species. It is by far the largest of the group, and only detached valves have been noted as yet. Lyonsia bulla n. s. Lyonsia bulla Dall, Bull., loc. cit., 1878. (Not described.) Shell delicate, iridescent, very thin, rounded, inflated; sub-equivalve, but slightly produced and gaping behind ; surface covered with a delicate evanes- cent epidermis, which is raised into very fine short beards in radiating lines from the umbones ; these on the posterior third of the shell form rather dis- 108 BULLETIN OF THE tant, slightly elevated threadlike lines; shell smooth, except that a faint impression of radiating lines is left by the epidermis; beaks inflated ; basal margin arcuated ; anterior margin rounded; posterior margin slightly pro- duced, pinched, and truncated ; ossicle extremely minute (or none?). Lon. 16.0; alt. 16.0 ; max. diam. 12.0 mm. Lat. 24° 33’ N., Lon. 84° 23’ W., 1920 fms. This has a curious superficial ssexablona to the next species, except that it wants the granules. POROMYA Forses. Poromya Forbes, Rep. Aigean Sea, p. 143, 1844. (P. anatinoides.) This genus is clearly distinct from Thetis Sowerby (T. minor), which has an internal laminar buttress in the hollow of the beaks, although the two have been very generally united by authors, following the lead of H. and A. Adams. I do not feel sure that Eucharis Barling is an exact synonym, though the name is several times preoccupied and must be given up. Embla Lovén appears to be an exact synonym of Poromya. The pallial line is slightly sinu- ated in the latter, and there is a cardinal tooth only in the right valve, the ligament is almost entirely internal, and in the specimens I have seen there has been no ossicle. The group is closely related to Newra and Verticordia by the shell characters. Poromya granulata Nysr and West. Thetis granulata Nyst and Westendorp, H. and A. Adams, Gen. Rec. Moll., II. 367, Pl. XCVII. figs. 2 a, 2b. Sand Key, 15 fms. ; Station 36, 84 fms. ; Station 32, 95 fms. (valve 19.5 high . by 21.0 mm. in length) ; Station 45, 101 fms. (valve 16.0 high by 22.0 mm. long); Station 9, 111 fms.; Station 5, 229 fms. Barbados, 100 fms. ; off Sombrero, in 45 fms. ; these two specimens belonging to the var. triangularis. Having no specimens of the genuine P. granulata to compare, the deter- mination is not absolute, especially as the figures of that species given by Adams and Jeffreys differ considerably among themselves, but the variation in form is considerable, as the above measurements show, and I feel little doubt that this is the true P. granulata. A form belonging to this genus has been insufficiently described by Jeffreys (under the name of rotundata) from one broken valve obtained in Lat. 56°11’ N. and Lon. 37° 41’ W., in 1450 fathoms, on the Valorous cruise. Professor Verrill has amplified this description a little; but in consideration of the great variation in the form of the shell, number and distribution of the granules and their coarseness, visible in the specimens before me, I see no reason for considering the characters mentioned by Jeffreys as of importance enough to deserve a separate name. I note a very triangular variety from two localities, probably only an extreme variation of the type, MUSEUM OF COMPARATIVE ZOOLOGY. 109 which is covered with densely crowded very coarse subtubular granulations. These peculiar granulations, if they can be so termed, are apparently a feature common to a number of genera which are found in deep water. Jeffreys fig- ures it in what he calls an Awinus (but which was referred to Verticordia by Seguenza); it exists in all the Verticordias, in species of Newra, Poromya, and perhaps Corbula. Poromya(?) granatina n. s. This shell differs from Corbula quadrata Hinds * (P. Z. S., 1843, p. 57; Reeve, Conch. Icon., Pl. V. fig. 40, 1844) in form and proportions, but in many respects resembles that shell as figured. It is, however, of corbuloid form, having the ventral margin straight, the beaks. more nearly central ; it is not inflated and rounded like Hinds’ species, but the posterior margin forms a sharp angle with the base at the intersection of the carina, which is very pro- nounced throughout its whole length, bounded by a shallow groove posteriorly, beyond which the whole shell is flattened as in Hemicardium ; in the middle of this flattened area is a faint riblet bounding a small impressed lunule just behind the beak, which last is not prominent ; cardinal tooth large and strong, directed laterally; shell anteriorly attenuated, perfectly white, proportionally more elongated than C. quadrata and covered with the fine sub-tubular granu- lations referred to previously. Lon. 10.0; alt. 7.0; diam. of right valve, 3.26 mm. Yucatan Strait, 640 fms. (one valve). “Tf Recluz is correct in stating that C. quadrata has a cardinal tooth in each valve it will of course be distinct from Poromya ; but a new name will have to be used,f since Huchuris is preoccupied in several departments. This, how- ever, may well be left until the fact is determined. Reeve says nothing about the granulations on the surface of C. quadrata, but C. B. Adams states that all except the posterior third is granulated ; in the present form the posterior part is granulated like the rest. As a single valve in good preservation is all that was obtained in this collection, the generic question cannot be yet deter- mined, though the present form is probably quite nearly related to P. quadrata. (?) Pandora oblonga Sowersy. Pandora oblonga Sby., Hanley, Recent Shells, p. 49, Pl. X. fig. 46. Charlotte Harbor, Florida, 13 fms. ; Yucatan Strait, 640 fms. Left valves of a species of Pandora, exactly resembling Hanley’s figure of P. oblonga, were obtained at the above localities. Until the other valve is known it will not be practicable to refer them to their proper section of the genus. According to Carpenter, the type specimens of P. oblonga Sby. are lost, and no more are known. The present specimens may belong to another * The type of Zucharis Recluz. t There are several paleontological synonyms. 110 BULLETIN OF THE species ; but they resemble the figure so closely, and do not so well agree with any of the Northern forms, that for the time it seems more desirable to allow them to remain provisionally under the name of oblonga. In Poulsen’s cata- logue of West Indian shells an undetermined species of Pandora is mentioned, which is doubtless the same as those obtained by the Blake. It is possible, however, that both may be referable to a form of the Mediterranean P. rostrata, (?) Thracia phaseolina Krener. T. phaseolina Philippi, Moll. Sic., I., t. 1, fig. 7, 1836. T. papyracea Jeffreys, Brit. Conch., V., Pl. XLVIII. fig. 4. A single right valve about half an inch long, which seems referable to this species, was obtained in Yucatan Strait, at 640 fms. Nezra ornatissima D’Orsieny. Sphena ornatissima D’Orbigny, Sagra, Moll. Cuba, II. p. 286, t. XXVII. figs. 13-16 (1846). Station 43, 339 fms. Several specimens obtained as above appear to differ from the species figured by D’Orbigny only jn size and in the greater proportional length and slender- ness of the rostrum. As his specimens seem to have been young, it is prob- able that their proportions were not fully developed. The Blake specimens have about 25 to 28 radiating riblets, and an altitude of 4.0 mm., and a total length of 8.0 mm., of which the rostrum has 3.25 mm. To distinguish it, if necessary, it may take the varietal name of perrostrata. There are quite a number of fine radiating lines which are intercalated between the riblets and stray over part of the rostrum. These are not figured by D’Orbigny, but may have existed in his specimens nevertheless. Neera alternata D’Orzieny. Sphena alternata D’Orbigny, loc. cit., t. XXVII. figs. 17-20. Station 36, 84 fms. Station 5, 152 fms. Single valves, probably of this species, but with the anterior strie or riblets finer and closer set, were obtained as above. Neera costellata (DesHayres) Puiviprt. Corbula costellata Deshayes, Philippi, Moll. Sic., II. p. 13, Tab. XIII. fig. 9. Station 5, 229 fms. A left valve, measuring in lon. 14.0, in alt. 10.0, and 4.36 mm. in diameter, was collected at the above-mentioned locality. It has a strong resemblance to Philippi’s figure above cited, but does not at all resemble the costellata figured : | } { , | MUSEUM OF COMPARATIVE ZOOLOGY. 191 in Jeffreys’ Brit. Conch. (V., Pl. XLIX. fig. 3). It differs from Philippi’s fig- ure in having the radiating ridges continued over the acute rostrum and over the anterior third; it is also larger and more inflated, while the margin in front of the umbones is more produced and rounded. As I cannot at present untangle the synonymy, I propose to refer it, with the varietal name of corpu- lenta, to Philippi’s species, which he rightly or wrongly called costellata. Nezra granulata n. s. Shell in form somewhat like G. O. Sars’ figure of NV. glacialis Sars, but more elongated. Sculpture of an indefinite, hardly perceptible, rounded ridge ex- tending from the beak toward the lower angle of the rostrum, with a more definite one extending toward the anterior margin, which it slightly angulates, forming the boundary of a sort of lunule or impressed space in front of the beaks ; beside these there are fainter or stronger concentric striz or slight ridges extending toward the margin ; lastly, the entire surface is more or less densely covered with minute opaque white granules, much as in Poromya ; the gran- ulations are obscurely radiately and concentrically arranged. Color dead white, beaks little prominent. Teeth small, subobsolete ; ventral margin rounded, anterior about the same ; general appearance of the shell superficially much like Leda minuta Fabr. Interior very polished. Lon. 11.0 ; alt. 8.0 ; lat. 4.0 ; lon. of rostrum, which is not smooth, 3.3 mm. Off Sombrero, 54 and 72 fms.; Barbados, 100 fms. This is a very remarkable species, and not like any of those figured or de- scribed in the books. Neera rostrata SPENGLER. N. rostrata Spengler, G. O. Sars, doc. cit., p. 89, t. 6, fig. 7, a, b. Barbados, 100 fms.; Station 36, 84 fms.; Sand Key, 80 fms. Several large specimens were obtained which agree very fairly with Sars’ figures. Nezra Jeffreysi n. s. Shell silky white, differing from N. arctica M. Sars, as figured (Moll. Reg. Arct. Norv., tab. 6, fig. 5) by the younger Sars, in being smaller, proportion- ately more elongated, the rostrum shorter and more pointed than in N. glaci- alis G.O. Sars, more turned up and more nearly midway between the ventral and the cardinal borders than N. arctica ; shell inflated, with moderate beaks, on either side of which the dorsal margin lies very slightly incurved, instead of straight as in Sars’ figures of glacialis ; shell smooth, except for the distinct and very regular lines of growth ; ventral margin a little produced in the mid- dle, but on the anterior side rounded and sloping without any indentation at the intersection of the rostrum ; there is no sculpture, — even the rostrum has 112 BULLETIN OF THE no radiating lines. Interior smooth and polished ; the process for the ligament is small, rounded, triangular, and projects downward directly from the tip of the beak, instead of being obliquely continued along the hinge margin, as in the above and most other species ; a ridge runs along just below the anterior cardinal margin, as if the said margin had been pressed upward and outward from within ; the space between the ridge and the margin is a little excavated. Lon. 15.0; alt. 9.5; maj. diam. 8.0; rostrum, (about) 5.0 mm. From the beak to the anterior margin is seven fifteenths, and from the tip of the rostrum to the line of the beak is eight fifteenths of the whole length. Barbados, 100 fms. (young) ; Station 44, 539 fms.; Yucatan Strait, 640 fms. I am glad to be able to dedicate this species to my friend Dr. Jeffreys, who has added a number of new species to this genus in his account of the mollusks of the Valorous expedition. Neeera claviculata n. s. Shell white, thin, translucent, polished, shining, covered with (about fourteen to the millimeter) numerous fine, regular, rounded, concentric undulations or narrow waves, fainter and more distant on the umbones ; shape not unlike that of Portlandia arctica as figured by G. O. Sars (op. cit., tab. 4, fig. 7 a), but shorter, more inflated, with the beaks more prominent and more directed forward, the posterior cardinal margin excavated instead of produced, and the rostrum itself more pointed and without the strong rib which characterizes this part in the Nuculid. Interior marginated more or less distinctly all round ; spoon for the ligament small, posteriorly directed ; from behind it, two thirds of the way toward the tip of the rostrum and broadening as it pro- ceeds backward, extends a laminar buttress or “ clavicle,” lying within the marginal ridge and margin ; beaks almost exactly midway between the two extremities of the shell ; radiating sculpture none. Lon. 12.0; alt. 8.5; diam. (approx.) 6.5 mm. Station 44, 539 fms. (one right valve). A fragment of which the sculpture resembled that of this species was obtained by Sigsbee off Havana, in 450 fms. This species is remarkable for its abbreviated form, total absence of radiating sculpture, and singular clavicle. I have seen nothing of the latter kind in any species I have examined except this one. Nera sp. indet. A fragment from off Cape San Antonio in 1,002 fms., somewhat resembling the last species in shape, but not in sculpture, indicates a rather large-sized form. Nezra limatula n. s. Shell of moderate size, thin, white, elongated, with the rostrum hardly dif- ferentiated from the rest of the valve ; sculpture consisting of sharp-edged con- Oct, 31, 1881. a ‘ MUSEUM OF COMPARATIVE ZOOLOGY. 113 centric ridges, hardly rising to lamelle except posteriorly, covering the entire shell, averaging six to a millimeter but more crowded toward the basal mar- gin and especially on the rostrum where they are also most elevated ; a single faint ridge extending from the umbo to the lower corner of the rather square- ended rostrum, which ridge is formed by a slight elevation of the lamellz where they change from longitudinal to transverse following the lines of growth; there is also a faint inward flexuosity in the lamelle and basal margin in advance of this where the rostral indentation occurs in most species ; ante- rior cardinal margin gently rounded, anterior end rounded to the rather straight base which is hardly interrupted by the flexuosity above mentioned ; posterior cardinal margin rather concave ; rostrum rather squarely truncated, nearly straight ; within polished ; cardinal border thin ; ligamentary fossette extremely small, narrow, oblique, and not projecting within the margin. Lon. 11.5 mm., of which 5.0 is forward from the line of the umbo ; alt. 5.0; diam. (approx.) 5.0 mm. Station 44, 539 fms., one right valve. This, from the descriptions, is clearly not one of the species obtained by Jef- freys, and is not like any of those figured by Sars or in the monographs. Neera arcuata n.s. Shell very thin, white, polished, the basal margin evenly arcuated from the anterior end to the lower angle of the extremity of the rostrum ; anterior car- dinal margin parallel with or hidden by the oblique anterior slope from the umbo ; posterior cardinal margin concavely arched ; rostrum short, somewhat recurved, roundly truncated at the tip, not differentiated by any riblet and with a very small triangular space of transverse wrinklings ; sculpture of rather distant (four to the millimeter) concentric flattened threads slightly sharper and more closely set toward the ends and quite faint on the umbo and in the middle of the shell ; intercalary lines of growth so faint as not to be per- ceptible ; there are some radiating opaque white color lines on the general translucent ground, but no radiating sculpture ; interior brilliantly polished ; margins very thin, not reflected ; ligamentary fossette oblique, small, narrow, projecting within the margin ; posterior extremity of the rostrum slightly in- flated or twisted to the left. Lon. 12.5 (the umbo exactly in the middle of the shell) ; alt. 7.3; diam. (approx.) 5.5 mm. Yucatan Strait, 640 fms., one left valve. By its evenly arcuated base, want of differentiated rostrum, and peculiar sculpture, this species seems to be sufliciently distinguished. Nezra lamellifera n. s. Shell thin, inflated, not polished, white, short, and ornamented with about thirty-three thin sharp elevated and slightly reflected concentric lamelle ; the VOL, IX.—NOo. 2. 8 114 BULLETIN OF THE lamelle are separated by pretty uniform spaces marked with extremely fine and rather irregular lines of growth ; there are no radiating ribs, but on the transversely sculptured rostral area the lamelle fail and are replaced by densely crowded, rather irregular and extremely fine wrinkles ; anterior cardi- nal margin arched ; posterior cardinal margin oblique, nearly straight ; anterior and basal margin rounded, with a strong sharp flexuosity differentiating the rostral part, which is also correspondingly compressed as compared with the inflated anterior part ; rostrum short, rounded at the end, not recurved ; umbo prominent ; interior smooth, with grooves corresponding to the lamelle ; mar- gins thin, sharp; ligamentary fossette long, extremely narrow, reduced to a mere line parallel with the margin from which a barely perceptible corner projects inward. Lon. 12.5, of which 6.75 is posterior to the line of the umbo ; alt. 8.0 ; approximate diam. 6.25 mm. Station 36, 84 fms., one right valve. This also agrees with none of the described species so far as I have been able to discover, and is a particularly well marked form if the limited mate- rial be a fair representative of the usual characters of the species. Corbula cubaniana D’Orszieny. C. cubaniana D’Orbigny, Sagra, Moll. Cub., II. p. 282, Tab. XXVI. figs. 51-54 (1846). Sigsbee, off Havana, in 100 fms. ; one valve probably of this species. Corbula Barrattiana C. B. Apams. C. Barrattiana C. B. Adams, Contr. to Conch., p. 237, 1852. Off the west coast of Florida, in 30 fms.; Station 21, 287 fms. Two specimens probably of the above unfigured species. Corbula Swiftiana C. B. Apams. C. Swiftiana, C. B. Adams, Contr. to Conch., p. 286, 1852. Sigsbee, off Havana, in 182 and 450 fms. ; off Sombrero, in 72 fms. Specimens agreeing with Adams’ diagnosis of his hitherto unfigured species were obtained in some numbers, especially at the first locality. Corbula Dietziana C. B. Apams. C. Dietziana C. B. Adams, Contr. to Conch., p. 235, 1852. Off the west coast of Florida, 30 fms. ; off Sombrero, 72 fms. ; Barbados, 100 fms, ; Gordon Key, 68 fms. MUSEUM OF COMPARATIVE ZOOLOGY. 115 Corbula disparilis D’Orsiery. C. disparilis D’Orbigny, S:gra, Moll. Cub., II. p. 283, Tab. XXVII. figs. 1-4, 1853. Off the west coast of Florida, in 30 and 50 fms. (fine large specimens) ; Station 12, 36 fms. ; off Sombrero, 72 fms.; Station 36, 84 fms. ; Barbados, 100 fms. ; Sigsbee, off Havana, in 127 and 450 fms.; Station 2, 805 fms. A well-marked species, with a wide range in depth, as the above record indicates. Corbula cymella n. s. Shell of somewhat the general character of C. fragilis and C. scaphoides (from the Pacific coast of Mexico and the Philippines respectively), but differ- ing in proportions from either. Color whitish with a brownish tinge at the margins, internally with a glassy polish, externally dull; shell inequilateral, one third being anterior to the umbones ; inequivalve, but not markedly so ; anterior margin evenly rounded ; ventral margin waved, slightly concave nearly opposite the beaks, then swelling, then again a little concave just before the posterior angulation ; posterior hemal margin straight, declining from the beaks to the first angulation, then obliquely straightly truncated toward the extremely acute posterior angle formed by the principal carina ; beaks moder- ately prominent, flattened on top, not involute; from them a strong rounded carina extends to the tips of the shell, growing sharper posteriorly ; another fine but very sharp carina extends from above the ligament close to and nearly parallel with the hinge margin, which its posterior termination slightly angu- lates ; these form an extremely narrow concave lunule, while the space be- tween these carine and the more prominent second pair of carine is distinctly excavated, and is crossed by the wave-like sculpture only near the posterior portion, the rest being nearly smooth, except for the extremely fine radiating lines, which are better defined here than elsewhere on the shell ; these last cover the entire shell, and have not the appearance of grooves, they are vis- ible only with a glass, and are best defined on the posterior face, as above men- tioned, and in the furrows; other sculpture of about ten regular concentric waves, with wider and very uniform interspaces, which, however, in adults (as in all Corbule) begin to be crowded at the extreme margin; there is no ante- rior lunule or carina, the tooth is very slender and small, and the whole shell is very thin. Lon. 13.5; alt. at beaks, 7.5; max. diameter, 5.0 mm. Gordon Key, in 68 fms. This species is remarkable for its acuminated posterior end, and as very thin, nearly equivalve, ventrally slightly concave, and for its slender and elongated form, 116 BULLETIN OF THE Saxicava azaria n.s. Shell having much the aspect of Potamomya; thick, of earthy texture, ex- tremely inequivalve, marked with coarse irregular concentric ridges and growth lines, covered with a strong brown wrinkled epidermis, irregularly inequilat- eral ; left valve the smaller, with the posterior side shortest, right valve with the posterior side longest and strongly twisted to the left; umbones very prominent, Corbula formed, anteriorly directed and greatly involute ; upper sur- face in front of them obscurely flattened; from behind them two indistinct, irregular coarse ridges extend to the posterior end, which is obscurely rostrated and twisted to the left ; ligament coarse, stout, external ; cardinal margin per- fectly edentulous, irregularly twisted ; other internal margins thin, smooth ; interior livid white ; muscular impressions irregularly broken and blotchy, as in Saxicava and certain species of so-called Panopea; posterior end somewhat gaping. Lon. 25.0 ; alt. of larger valve, 22.0 ; diam. 16.5 mm. » This extraordinary shell, which has all the appearance externally of a gi- gantic irregularly twisted Corbula, was obtained by the U. S. Coast Survey Steamer Bache, twenty miles off Charlotte Harbor, Florida, in thirteen fathoms, April 19, 1872. Many of its peculiarities are doubtless merely individual ; but, allowing all that may be claimed on this score, it does not appear to even approximately resemble any other species of Saxicava known to science, al- though it pretty certainly belongs to that genus. It was alive when taken, but the soft parts were not preserved. Modiola polita Verritt and Suita. M. polita V. and S., Am. Journ. Sci., XX. p. 400, Oct. 25, 1880. ? Mytilus luteus Jeffreys’ Rep. on French Expl. in the Bay of Biscay, pp. 5, 6; in Rep. Brit. Assoc. Adv. Sci., 1880. Station 43, 339 fms., etc. A species of Modiola, or perhaps of Modiolaria ; agreeing with the very brief diagnosis of Messrs. Verrill and Smith, as far as that goes, and with the habit of Dr. Jeffreys’ undescribed Mytilus in forming a large nest, or mat, of byssus-threads, like most Modiolariz ; was obtained at various depths and localities, reaching to very deep water, the largest specimens from the deepest water being over two inches in length. The depths are not given in Dr. Jef- freys’ paper. Prof. Verrill’s specimens were from 238 fathoms. Crenella decussata Montacug. C. decussata Sars, op. cit., p. 31, Tab. 3, fig. 4, 1878. Nuculocardia divaricata D’Orbigny, Sagra, Moll. Cub., Il. p. 811, Tab, XXVII. figs. 56-59 (1846). Barbados, 100 fms. [Alaska, California, New England, British Seas, Nor- way, etc. | MUSEUM OF COMPARATIVE ZOOLOGY. 117 This little shell has a wide distribution ; the farther north it is found, the larger it grows. Some Arctic specimens measure 12.5 mm. in height ; these, about one tenth as much, or 7,55 of the size of the former. There is no doubt as to its identity with D’Orbigny’s Nuculocardia. Modiolaria sp. indet. Yucatan Strait, 640 fms., one dead valve. Mytilus exustus Liyne. Mytilus exustus Linne, D’Orbigny, + VW. Lavalleanus D’Orbigny + M. Dominguensis D’Orbigny, loc. cit., Tab, XXVIII. Sigsbee, off Havana, 158 fms. ; Barbados, 100 fms., etc.; thence to shallow water. Avicula sp. indet. Station 26, 116 fms., dead, perhaps washed from shoaler water. Amussium lucidum Jerrrers. Pleuronectia lucida Jeffreys, Depths of the Sea, p. 464, fig. 78. Station 2, 805 fms.; Station 21, 287 fms.; Yucatan Strait, 640 fms.; Station 5, 229 fms.; Station 35, 804 fms.; Station 3, 243 fms.; Station 19, 310 fms.; Station 47, 331 fms.; Sigsbee, off Havana, in 119, 127, 243, 450, and 480 fms.; off Morro Light, 292 fms.; Station 7, off Cape San Antonio, 424 fms.; Station 44, 539 fms.; Gulf of Mexico, west of Florida, 30 fms.; Charlotte Harbor, Florida, 13 fms. This is one of the most common and pretty of the abyssal species in the Antillean and Gulf region. Variety marmoratum, from all depths, is beau- tifully mottled with scarlet, opaque white, and orange; many specimens are dotted all over with opaque white dots. I have reason for suspecting that this, or a nearly allied species, attains a much greater size, perhaps two or three inches in length. It will be observed that the ordinary form ranges from a few fathoms on the coast of Florida to the greatest depths of the region; and there is no difference whatever between the specimens from shallow and those from deep water. The same may be said of Gouldia cubaniana. Pecten sp. indet. A fresh valve of a small, aculeately sculptured, scarlet Pecten was obtained from 804 fms. Spondylus sp. indet. Young specimens and’one adult valve of a pink striated Spondylus were ob- tained from 640 fms. in the Yucatan Strait. 118 BULLETIN OF THE Lima caribbea (?) D’Orzieny. In Yucatan Strait, at a depth of 640 fathoms, a valve was obtained, which may perhaps belong to this species. Lima sp. indet. A very young valve, nearly smooth, and equilateral, was obtained from 805 fathoms at Station 2. Limatula ovata JErrrers. Lima ovata (Wood) Jeffreys, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., Nov. 1876, p. 426. A single valve with rather prickly imbricated sculpture on the ribs, a plain hinge-line and no furrow, was obtained by Sigsbee in 450 fms. off Havana. This unfortunately crumbled under handling, but may very probably be re- ferred to the species quoted by Jeffreys under the above name. Pectunculus variegatus (?) D’Orzieny. ? P. variegatus D’Orbigny, Sagra, Moll. Cub., II. p. 314. Station 56, 888 fms. A single pair from the above locality may belong to the species above men- tioned, which is the P. castaneus of Lamarck. It is hoped that in the final report this and other doubtful species will be definitely recognized, — a labor often taking a disproportionate amount of time compared with the result obtained and which could not be at present spared. Limopsis aurita Broccar. Arca aurita Brocchi, Conchyl. foss. subapp. II. p. 485, Tab. XI. fig. 9. Limopsis aurita Jeffreys, P. Z. S., 1879, p. 585. Gulf of Mexico, west of Florida, 30 fms.; Station 36, 84 fms.; Station 20, 220 fms.; Gulf Stream, 447 fms., Pourtalés. Limopsis tenella Jerrreys. L. tenella Jeffreys, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., Nov. 1876, p. 433. Station 44, 539 fms,; Station 41, 860 fms.; Station 56, 888 fms.; Station 33, 1568 fms. MUSEUM OF COMPARATIVE ZOOLOGY. 119 Limopsis minuta Pururprr. Pectunculus minutus Philippi, En. Moll. Sic., I. p. 63, Tab. V. fig. 3; II. p. 45. Limopsis borealis Woodward, Sars, etc., teste Jeffreys. Gulf of Mexico, west of Florida, in 30 fms.; Station 36, 84 fms.; Barba- dos, 100 fms.; Bache, Apr. 22, 1872, Lat. 21° 14’ N., 100 fms.; Sigsbee, off Cuba, 119 fms.; Station 20, 220 fms.; off Morro Light, 292 fms.; Station 19, 310 fms.; Sigsbee, off Havana, 450 fms.; Yucatan Strait, 640 fms.; Station 2, 805 fms. The teeth in this species vary from six to eleven ; the proportional width of the hinge-line, obliquity of the shell, etc., are most variable. Limopsis cristata Jerrreys. L. cristata Jeffreys, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., Nov. 1876, p. 434. Yucatan Strait, 640 fms. Several detached valves, probably of this species, which seems to be a well- founded one. Limopsis antillensis n. s. Shell small, moderately thick, rather inflated, inequilateral, shovel-shaped, short, elevated ; hinge-line straight, with a narrow quadrangular area, in the middle of which is a narrow space scooped out triangularly in each valve for a ligament ; anterior margin nearly perpendicular to the hinge-line, gently round- ing into the evenly rounded base; posterior margin obliquely truncate, the truncation extending nearly to the base and being bounded by a straight or slightly concave line ; at the point where the truncation rounds into the base the interior shows three or four particularly strong ridges rising to small tuber- cles just within the margin; hinge teeth six in each valve ; from just in front of the cartilage pit three teeth extend forward enlarging progressively, the an- terior tooth considerably the largest, all perpendicularly placed with regard to the cardinal margin, long and rather slender in the young, stouter and more obtuse in the older shells ; behind the cartilage-furrow or pit the hinge is eden- tulous for a little space, then bears three teeth, one below the other, nearly parallel to the hinge margin, the largest uppermost, the smallest being the last in the series ; inner margin lightly crenulate, crenulations most evident toward the basal angles, where also traces of internal radiating riblets are visible, of which the tubercles form the terminations; sculpture of close-set, rounded, con- centric ridges with a greater or lesser number of fine radiating distant raised threads intersecting them, most evident in the furrows but not greatly breaking the continuity of the concentric sculpture ; color white; several specimens show a pink color-ray in the posterior portion, one is wholly a bright lemon-yellow, 120 BULLETIN OF THE but most are waxen white ; shell inflated, beaks not very prominent ; epidermis short except on the radiating lines, light brown, altogether rather sparse. Lon. 3.5 ; lat. 4.25; diam. 2.5 mm. Length of = line, 2.25 mm. Sigsbee, off Havana, 80 fms. The peculiarities of the hinge appear to be only specific characteristics, and from Limatula through various forms of Limopsis to Glomus, Silicula, and Arca the hinge offers a series of easy transitions. The peculiar hinge, the “ key- stone” shape, the character of the tuberculation, and the small size, are the chief characteristics of this little shell, which is perhaps alone in the group in show- ing traces of bright coloration. Macrodon asperula n. s. Shell small, white, slightly inequivalve, excessively inequilateral, byssiferous ; with a thin brownish epidermis radiatingly streaked with thicker lines which fray out into hairs, the whole being very fugacious ; hinge-line straight, the area long and narrow, the beaks situated just within the anterior third of the line ; ligamentary area extremely narrow, beginning under the beak, extending close under the posterior areal carina obliquely to the posterior third of the hinge-line, where it first reaches the margin, flat, black, with several white longitudinal strie ; beaks well marked, not very prominent, with a faint de- pression extending from them to the basal margin, marking the position of the byssal gape ; outline like that of Philippi’s Arca aspera (Philippi, op. cit., II. Tab. XV. fig. 1 c), but much more inequilateral, the anterior end being pa the posterior larger and more extended, and the line of the base much more oblique, as would naturally follow from the above circumstances ; sculpture of about a dozen (excluding those on the beaks) concentric sharp-edged subimbri- cate ridges, being old margins of the shell as it were forming varices, fainter and more close set on the beaks; with strong rounded radiating riblets (near the base about four to a millimeter) continuous only from one varix to another ; posterior part of the cardinal border somewhat auriculated or compressed, ante- rior extreme rounded or moderately inflated, the anterior margin forming a little less than a right angle with the hinge-line, the posterior a little more than a right angle, the former slightly rounded to the base, where it is a little concavely excavated for the byssal gape, the latter first a little concave from the auricula- tion, then very broadly rounded out and passing without any angle into the base ; right valve a little the smaller ; interior white, both muscular scars double (by the splitting of the ends of the adductors) ; margin smooth, sharp ; byssus slen- der, tufted at the distal end, light brown ; hinge with six vertical teeth extending from the position of the beaks anteriorly, the first four small, vertical, gradu- ally enlarging forward, the fifth largest, and with the sixth somewhat oblique ; hinge between the beak and the ligamentary furrow edentulous, beyond that there are three horizontal teeth, the middle one largest extending posteriorly nearly parallel to the hinge-line and to each other. Lon. 8.5; alt. 5.0; max. diam. 3.25 ; lon. of hinge-line, 6.25 mm. MUSEUM OF COMPARATIVE ZOOLOGY. 121: Station 33, 1568 fms., living; Station 19, 310 fms; Cape San Antonio, 1002 fms. This is one of the most interesting of the Arcide obtained by the expedition. The type of the genus (Lycett, 1845) is a fossil of the lower Odlite, but there seems no reason for separating the recent shell from it generically or sectionally. Arca pectunculoides Scaccui, var. orbiculata. A. pectunculoides Scaccut, Notizie, etc., p. 25, Tab. I. fig. 12, 1833. Sigsbee, off Havana, 480 fms ; station 33, 1568 fms. The specimen from deeper water was nearly round, except for the slightly auriculated cardinal margin ; the teeth were also proportionally more distant and less strong, the exterior nearly smooth. I suspect it to be different, but until further material be available, refer it to this species as a variety orhiculata. I can‘only account for Prof. Verrill’s suggestion that this species and Arca glacialis are the same, and that Sars’ figure of the variety septentrionalis repre- sents a deformed specimen,* by the supposition that the Professor had no speci- mens of the genuine A. glacialis for reference. It appears to me not only that they are very distinct, but that many authors would be tempted to put them in different sections of the genus. Apropos of this, the reference of these small species to Cucullea by Dr. Jeffreys will hardly be accepted in view of the char- acters of the type of Lamarck’s genus, which materially differ from those of the forms now under consideration. In this species sometimes the radiating sculp- ture almost fails, at other times is very strong ; the margin is sometimes lightly notched on the edge, but is smooth within the edge ; in the middle of the hinge margin is an edentulous space, and all the teeth are more or less oblique. Arca glomerula n. s. Shell similar in general shape, size, and sculpture to A. pectunculoides, but shorter and higher, with a perfectly different hinge, and bearing much the same relation to that species that Limopsis minuta does to L. aurita. The ex- ternal concentric sculpture is the most enduring, and is always preserved, while the radiating sculpture, sometimes strong, is often evanescent ; the radiating sculpture always appears inside the shell within the margin (which is smooth and polished) in a series of small ridges, generally with the same level as the rest of the interior, but sometimes rising into little tubercles, and separated by rather deep, short, narrow depressions, which do not extend far inward nor over the smooth margin ; hinge straight, with from fifteen to seventeen stout nearly vertical teeth, usually in a continuous series ; an occasional specimen shows a gap in the middle through the atrophy of one of the small central teeth ; those at the ends of the series are oblique, as usual, but the series itself forms a straight line. In A. pectwnculoides, on the contrary, all the teeth are * Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., 1881, p. 401. 122 BULLETIN OF THE oblique and very much more slender ; there are usually only five or six at each extremity of the hinge-line, and the middle part is either quite edentulous or only lightly irregularly granulous. A. glomeru/a measures as follows: lon. 5.75 ; alt. 5.0; diam. 5.0; lon. of hinge-line, 4.25 mm. A specimen of A. pec- tunculoides measures: lon. 7.75; alt. 7.5; diam. 5.5; lon. of hinge-line, 6.25 mm. Barbados, 100 fms.; Bache, April 22, 1872, lat. 21° 14’, 100 fms.; Station 20, 220 fms.; Station 19, 310 fms.; Sigsbee, off Havana, 450-480 fms. Considering the great variability of abyssal shells it is possible this may eventually rank only as a variety of A. pectunculoides, but with the material at hand I cannot see the way clear to unite them at present. Arca polycyma n.s. Shell small, rounded quadrangular, slightly inequilateral, nearly equivalve, moderately evenly inflated, whitish, with little or very fugacious epidermis ; sculpture very remarkable, consisting, first, of very even, broad, rounded, regu- lar, concentric waves (twelve or thirteen in number), separated by sharp, deep grooves. In dead or worn shells these waves are smooth, or nearly so, but in perfectly fresh (and especially young) shells on the surface of the broad slightly flattened waves may be seen what look like two rows of subcylindrical, slightly irregular grains of sand, arranged side by side, with their longer axes radiating from the beak ; these granules, if so they may be termed, are really hollow, and are the thinnest possible bubbles of shelly matter which leave, when rubbed off by any slight friction, a couple of zigzag slightly elevated lines where their bases were fixed to the shell; a very slight friction will obliterate this, and then the shell will be nearly smooth. The hinge area in each valve is elon- gated and narrow ; the narrow furrow for the ligament goes straight across to the margin from the beak (which is nearly opposite the middle of the hinge- line) instead of obliquely, as in the last-mentioned species. The anterior, pos- terior, and basal margins are all evenly rounded, and the surface evenly convex ; the beaks not at all prominent; the margin is perfectly smooth ; the interior is undulated to correspond with the exterior, though the shell is pretty solid and thick in proportion to its size ; muscular impressions distinct ; hinge with seven to nine smooth teeth in advance of the ligamentary furrow and ten or eleven behind it ; middle teeth vertical, small ; those at the angles of the shell somewhat oblique and larger ; there is no marked gap in the middle of the series, and the teeth are strong broad and not striated. Lon. 9.75 ; alt. 6.0 ; max. diam. 5.0; lon. of hinge-line, 6.0 mm. Barbados, 100 fms. This shell has a sculpture unlike any other in the genus of which I can find any description. It may be of a similar nature to the “ granules” of Poromya, but the “ bubbles” project much more from the surface and have a very differ- ent aspect from the tubular or honeycomb-like surface of Poromya. c] ii MUSEUM OF COMPARATIVE ZOOLOGY. 123 Nucula tenuis Monracug. Nucula tenwis Forbes and Hanley, Brit. Moll., II. 223, Pl. 47, f. 6. Sigsbee, off Havana, 175 and 450 fms.; off Morro Light, 292 fms.; Station 20, 220 tms.; Station 3, 450 fms. These specimens agree very well with British and some Arctic specimens of N. tenwis, although the waters in which they live are many degrees warmer and perceptibly salter than those of the North. Nucula crenulata A. Apams. Nucula crenulata A. Adams, P. Z. S., 1860, p. 52. Hanley, Mon. Nuculide, Pl. LV. figs. 134, 135 (Guadaloupe). Twenty miles west of the Florida coast in 30 fms.; Station 36, 84 fms.; Bar- bados, 100 fms.; Sigsbee, off Havana, in 158, 182, and 450 fms.; Station 20, 220 fms.; Station 19, 310 fms.; Yucatan Strait, 640 fms. Variety obliterata : Station 44, 539 fms.; Yucatan Strait, 640 fms.; Station 2, 805 fms. There seems to be little doubt that this is Adams’ species, though uniformly more trigonal than Hanley’s figure of the same from the unique type. Most of them have very strong sculpture, which is irregular. The teeth are 9 ante- rior, 15 posterior, with a well-marked cartilage pit. In the variety obliterata the shell is higher and still more triangular ; teeth, 8 anterior, 12 posterior ; and the sculpture almost entirely obsolete, the radiating striz least so. Nucula cytherea n. s. Shell with nearly the outline of Tapes virgineus, as figured by Jeffreys (Brit. Conch., Pl. XX XIX. fig. 5), but with the beaks higher and more central and the anterior end more broadly rounded ; color pale straw-color or white, beauti- fully polished, with no radiating sculpture ; concentric sculpture of regular rounded waves, as in Liocyma, of which there are about forty, finer and closer on the beaks, with a tendency to become obsolete at the anterior basal portion of the shell; shell evenly convex ; beaks well marked, but not prominent ; inner margin not crenulate ; anterior teeth 12-14 ; posterior teeth 25-27, all slender, long, comblike, and not }-shaped; ligamentary fossette or pit ex- tremely minute, so that the series of teeth is practically continuous. Neither lunule nor escutcheon is visible, nor can they be said to exist in this species ; interior polished, white, not perceptibly pearly, but having a sort of opaline lustre when viewed in a strong light. Lon. 8.6; alt. 6.75; diam. 5.0 mm. Off Cape San Antonio, 413-424 fms.; Yucatan Strait, 640 fms. This species is beautiful and remarkable both in form and sculpture. I have not found any Nucula of this shape figured anywhere or described in modern publications on the recent or fossil species of the group. It would perhaps be referred to the section Tindaria. 124 BULLETIN OF THE Leda jamaicensis D’Orsieny. Leda jamaicensis D’Orbigny, Sagra, Moll. Cub., II. p. 263, Pl. XXIV. figs. 30-32 (1846). Leda unca Gould, Proc. B. S. Nat. Hist., VIII. p. 282, 1862; Verrill, Proc. U- S. Nat. Mus., Jan. 1881, p. 401. ? Leda (Lembulus) lamellicostata Seguenza, Studi form. plioc. 1877; Nuculidi terz., p- 1173, Tav. IL. figs. 10 a-c. Sand Key, 80 fms. ; off Sombrero, 54 and 72 fms. ; Yucatan Strait, 640 fms. ; Jamaica, Santo Domingo (D’Orbigny); North Carolina (Gould); off Southern New England, 85-155 fms. (Verrill). Specimens obtained as above appear to be referable to D’Orbigny’s species. As between Northern and West Indian specimens of this shell the only differ- ences are those of texture, as usual in shells having such a distribution. There is little doubt that of the minute shells described by Seguenza and Jeffreys a certain proportion are merely the young of larger forms, and the slight differ- ences of contour and number of teeth do not necessarily indicate equal differ- ences in the adult state. The amount of sectional, subgeneric, generic, and subfamily divisions instituted by some authors in this group seems to me largely in excess of the needs of science and of valid characters in the creatures themselves. Leda messanensis SEcGUENZzA. Leda acuminata Jeffreys, An. Mag. Nat. Hist., p. 69, July, 1870. Leda (Junonia) acuminata Seguenza, Nuc. terz., p. 1175, Tav. III. figs. 15 a-e. (Not L. acuminata Von Buch, nor of Eichwald. ) Leda messanensis Seguenza, MSS. (not Neilo messanensis S.), loc. cit., supra. Jeffreys, P. Z. S., June 17, 1879, p. 576, 1880. Station 19, 310 fms. ; Station 20, 220 fms. ; off Cape San Antonio, 1002 fins. ; Barbados, 100 fms. ; Sigsbee, off Havana, 450 fms. Chiefly distinguished by the strength of its sculpture and its greater inflation from the young of the preceding, but is placed by Seguenza in a different sub- genus or section. Leda Jeffreysi Hipateo. Leda lata Jeffreys, An. Mag. Nat. Hist., Nov. 1876, p. 431; not of Hinds, Voy. Sulph., 1845. Leda Jeffreysi Hidalgo, Moll. Hisp. ete. Jeffreys, P. Z. S., 1879, p. 579, Pl. XLVI. fig. 2. Station 33, 1568 fms. The shell which I refer to the above species is more quadrangular than Jef- freys’ figure, the Jonger end descending more obliquely from the beak and therefore more pointed; a much larger proportion of the shell is behind the MUSEUM OF COMPARATIVE ZOOLOGY. 125 beaks, the anterior end is more pointed, and the basal margin, instead of being rather evenly arcuated, is particularly produced in the middle just behind the vertical line of the beaks. It has six teeth before and eight behind the beaks, and is about five millimeters in length. It does not exactly agree with any of the figured species, recent or fossil, and is most like Philippi’s figure of Nucula glabra, if the relations of the parts were exactly reversed, anterior for posterior, ete. It may take the varietal name of quadrangularis until more material comes to hand, and may eventually prove to belong where I provisionally place it, among the varieties of L. Jeffreyst. Leda dilatata Purtiert. Nucula dilatata Phil., En. Moll. Sic., II. p. 47, Tab. XV. fig. 7, 1844. Neilo dilatata Seguenza, Nuc. terz., p. 1184, 1877. Off Morro Light in 292 fms. This shell agrees exactly with Philippi’s figure and description, but it is not a Neilo, the ligament being as usual in Leda and Yoldia. Leda Carpenteri n. s. Shell resembling in outline and size Leda hamata Carpenter, as figured by Reeve in the Iconica (Pl. IX. fig. 56), but with the rostrum less recurved. It differs from that species in being thinner, anteriorly more pointed, in wanting the strong epidermis, concentric ridges, and sharp rostral carine. It is nearly smooth, except for lines of growth, with a thin greenish polished epidermis; a ridge bounding the escutcheon proceeds from the inconspicuous beaks to the dorsal angle of the rostrum ; the umbones hardly rise above the dorsal margin, which pouts before and behind them, but hardly gapes; an internal ridge passes from the tip of the rostrum well into the umbonal cavity in most speci- mens. Teeth, anterior 8-16, posterior 20-25. Lon. 10.5; alt. 5.0; diam. 2.5. mm. Barbados, 100 fms. ; Station 21, 287 fms.; Station 5, 229 fms.; Station 9, 111 fms. I have not been able to compare a figure of L. clavata Caleara, which is an Italian fossil, apparently of somewhat this shape. A long search has not re- vealed a figure or description of any recent species applicable to the form before me, whose smoothness is remarkable. Leda (Neilonella) corpulenta n. s. Shell nearest to L. celata Hinds, which is more deeply concentrically sul- cated, with the rostral area smooth, or with a smooth bounding ridge, while in L. corpulenta the stris and intervening finer ridges are carried clear over the shell to the dorsal margin. The present species is more inflated, with a more convex basal margin, with the beaks a little more anterior, both ends more 126 BULLETIN OF THE rounded, especially the posterior end ; in celata the lunular areas are defined by deep grooves or ridges and dissimilar sculpture, in corpulenta they are so faintly defined as to be nearly invisible; corpulenta has about fifteen teeth on each side of the beak, which is not inclined ; in cw/ata there are about fifteen posterior and twenty anterior teeth, and the beak is posteriorly inclined ; the ligament in the latter is wholly internal, in corpulenta it extends equally on each side of the beak external to the dorsal margin, is about 2.0 mm. long, black, and when weathered away in detached valves exhibits a flattened area beneath each beak with a little pit in the centre, which last usually retains a particle of ligament, simulating an internal ligament. Shell with a light olive polished epidermis, porcellanous, extremely inflated, the young proportionately longer and less rounded. Lon. 9.5; alt: 6.0; diam. 5.0 mm. Station 23, 190 fms. ; Station 21, 287 fms. ; Station 47, 331 fms.; Sigsbee, off Havana, 450 fms. Some things seem to indicate that the young have the cartilage wholly in- ternal, but this is not certain, as the apparent young may belong to a different species. Except the difference of the ligament, however, there seem to be no differential characters between them. This species does not gape at all. The epidermis is polished. The ligament is central, not at one side of the beaks as in Solenella and the typical Neilo. The latter, as hitherto defined, will not admit it, nor will typical Leda. I re- gard it as one of the links which knit together the assemblage of the Nuculide in a network of ramifying relationships. Should it be thought worthy of a name it may be called Neilonella, and it is certainly far more distinguishable than many groups which have been named and segregated by Bellardi and others. Leda vitrea (?) D’Orzienry, var. cerata. L. vitrea D’Orbigny, Sagra, Moll. Cuba, II. p. 262, Pl. XXVI. figs. 27-29 (1846). Barbados, 100 fms.; Sigsbee, off Havana, 450 fms. I am not sure that these shells should be referred to D’Orbigny’s species. They are more obtuse at the posterior end ; the sculpture is strong only over the basal middle part, elsewhere it and the carine about the lunule and es- cutcheon are obsolete. It may take the varietal name of cerata (from its pecu- liar whitish lustre) for the present, or until more material can be examined, or a comparison made with typical specimens of D’Orbigny’s species. The gen- eral features, except those above noted, are very similar to those of the shell he figures, and these specimens reach a length of 6.5 mm. Leda solida n. s. Shell almost equilateral, with the beaks inclined a little backward, stout, solid, smooth, except for rather well-marked lines of growth ; anterior end broadly rounded ; posterior end more pointed, but not carinated, sulcated, nor MUSEUM OF COMPARATIVE ZOOLOGY. 127 produced ; base roundly arcuated ; anterior dorsal slope slightly convexly rounded ; posterior slope a little excavated or concave ; ]unule and escutcheon indistinct or none ; teeth, anterior 17, posterior 11, ligamentary fossette unusu- ally large, triangular. Lon. 12.5 ; alt. 6.6; diam. 4.5 mm. Station 21, 287 fms. The general form of this species is not unlike that of L. chuva Gray, but the rostrum is not so curved or differentiated from the remainder of the shell, and it is not sculptured. I have sought in vain for any figure sufficiently similar in outline to form the basis of a critical comparison. Leda intermedia Sars. Portlandia intermedia M. Sars; G. O. Sars, Moll. Reg. Arct. Norv., p. 38, Tab. 4, fig. 9, 1878. Station 2, 805 fms. This is identified from Sars’ figure, above cited. The North Pacific species, mentioned by Jeffreys (P. Z. S., 1879, p. 578), seems to me to differ from it but slightly, if at all. Yoldia solenoides n. s. Shell thin, elongate-oval, gaping at both ends ; smooth, or marked by a few shallow concentric grooves or flattened ridges about the middle toward the basal part, elsewhere obsolete or absent ; shell whitish, rather pearly ; epider- mis iridescent, thin, dehiscent ; basal and dorsal margins nearly parallel ; beaks very inconspicuous ; lunule and escutcheon extremely narrow, marked by a narrow elevated thread and a groove on each side of the slightly pouting mar- gin; anterior and posterior ends nearly equal, similar, bluntly rounded ; ante- rior teeth about 18, posterior 22; ligamentary fossette large ; lon. 12.5 ; alt. 6.0 ; diam. 3.5. Beaks situated 6.5 mm. from the anterior end. Station 49, 118 fms. This shell looks like a Solenella ; but the ligament is distinct, and it is per- fectly internal. Yoldia liorhina n. s. Shell thin, moderately large for the genus, light greenish waxen, clouded with a smoky tinge in some specimens on the convexity of the valves ; inside shining, not pearly; outside polished, brilliant, moderately inflated; beaks nearest the anterior end of the shell, little prominent ; sculpture consisting of rather numerous (about five to a millimeter) concentric grooves, with much wider interspaces, more crowded and fainter toward the beaks, extending from the anterior dorsal margin parallel with the lines of growth to the (rather faint) vostral flexure at the posterior part of the shell, where they rather abruptly cease, and the remainder is extremely smooth and polished ; lunule and escutcheon very narrow, bounded externally by grooves, inside of which is 128° BULLETIN OF THE a raised thread, the space between groove, thread, and margin being somewhat excavated; shell gaping at both ends; anterior end rounded, base broadly arcuated, posterior end very obtusely pointed ; angle between the anterior and posterior dorsal margins very obtuse ; beaks hardly rising above the margin ; anterior teeth thirteen, posterior seventeen, distinctly marked, with some four or five obscure ones on each side near the beak ; ligament large, inserted un- der the beak, instead of on a little shelf as usual, Lon. 13.1; alt. 7.5 ; diam. 4.75 mm. Beak behind the front, 5.0 mm. Sigsbee, off Havana, 182 fms.; Station 23, 190 fms.; Station 33, 1568 fms. This species belongs to the group of Yoldia lanceolata Sowerby, Y. seminuda Dall, etc.; but I have not found any description or figure which would seem to apply to it. It is perhaps most like Yoldia nicobarica Spengler, as figured by Hanley (Mon. Nuc., Pl. I. fig. 7), but is less equilateral and less recurved behind, beside being sculptured. GENUS GOULDIA C.B. Avams. < Gouldia C. B. Adams, Cat. Coll., p. 29, 1847. Dall, P. Z. S., Feb. 1879, p. 181. < Thetis C. B. Adams, Proc. Bost. Soc. Nat. Hist., p. 9, 1845, non Sowerby. < Lioconcha Morch, Cat. Yoldi, pt. i. p. 26, 1853. Circe E. A. Smith, P. Z. S., 1881, p. 489, non Schumacher. The genus Gouldia was instituted by Prof. Adams in 1847, as pointed out lately by the writer in the Proceedings of the Zodlogical Society. More lately Mr. E. A. Smith, of the British Museum, has shown that the genus, as consti- tuted and as generally used, contains two very different types of shell, one belonging to that group of Veneride of which Circe Schumacher is the leading type, and the other to the Crassatellide. While desirous of bearing testimony to the general accuracy of Mr. Smith’s comments on the subject, and to the obligation under which he has placed us in setting forth the facts clearly, I must beg leave to question two of his conclusions, first, that the genus is untenable, and, secondly, that Prof. Adams’ specific names are to be supplanted by those of D’Orbigny. The genus contained two species, both new ; the first, G. cerina, essentially similar to the Venus minima Montague, of Britain ; the second, G. parva, a minute Crassatellid belonging to the sub-genus or section Eriphyla Gabb. The specific names of Prof. Adams date from 1845, those of D’Orbigny from 1846, according to his own claims, which were never any too modest in matters of priority, while the Mollusques de Cuba in which they are figured (and which in itself bears no evidence of their having been elsewhere described, except the date 1846 after the specific name) was published in 1853, instead of 1841, as Mr. Smith has it. The genus Circe was described by Schumacher in 1817 with Venus scripta L. as the type. From this the shells of the type of Gouldia cerina are very different. We do not know the animal of Circe, but on conchological grounds alone there Nov. 26, 1881. MUSEUM OF COMPARATIVE ZOOLOGY. 129 are abundant reasons for separation if the practice of Mr. Smith and other modern naturalists with regard to genera in general be taken as a criterion. Under the Linnean or Lamarckian system they would of course be united ; but with that we have nothing todo. The G. minima was figured by the brothers H. and A. Adams as an example of the genus, and was taken as the type by Sto- liczka, who notes its resemblance to an Astarte (Cret. Pelyc. India). Prof. Adams mentioned no type, but G. cerina was his first species. Other natural- ists have judged the genus by the specimens they happened to possess, or were puzzled if they had representatives of both. However, Carpenter, in 1857, as noted by Smith, pointed out that the Crassatelloid types must be eliminated from Gouldia. In 1853 Mérch proposed, without a diagnosis, the genus Lio- concha for shells formerly included under Circe, but inflated and smooth, or concentrically ribbed, and practically identical with Gouldia, as restricted here. The type L. castrensis belonged to the smooth series; as Stoliczka points out, Lioconcha may be conveniently separated into two sections, in- which case Gouldia might be restricted to the concentrically sculptured forms, and Liocon- cha preserved for the smooth ones. If this be thought too refined a distinction, Gouldia, having eight years’ priority and a Latin diagnosis, will take prece- dence, and Lioconcha (which has been generally adopted) must be suppressed. The little Crassatella, included with G. cerina by Professor Adams, represents a group, which has been discussed by several writers, Meek among the num- ber, and to which several names have been applied. It is rather numerous in species, and they are very uniform in facies, proportions, and general character. They differ from the typical Crassatella chiefly in form, in the elongation and more distant location of the lateral teeth, their usually unequal valves, and in their uniformly small size. These are not important characters, and the group ean at best form but a subordinate section of Crassatella ; yet the preservation of Gabb’s name of Hriphyla for the group would not be without a certain convenience. A word in regard to the error of combining forms belonging to such different groups may serve to throw a little light on the subject. Prof. Adams’ original types of G. parva were detached valves which had lost their ligament, as also had his (two) specimens of G. cerina. In this condition the cartilage pit pre- serves little trace of its office, and it is really not very easy to point out any marked difference in the two hinges which, by itself, would separate them more than specifically. The error, with the specimens before one, is really not 80 surprising as it might seem. Gouldia dilecta, as surmised by Mr. Smith, belongs to the typical group; G. australis I do not know, but there are many more species of various sizes included in collections usually under the name of Lioconcha. VOL. IX. — NO. 2. 9 130 BULLETIN OF THE Gouldia cerina C. B. Apams. Thetis cerina C. B. Adams, Proc. Boston Soc. Nat. Hist., Jan. 1845, p. 9. Gouldia cerina C. B. Adams, Cat. of Coll., p. 29, 1847. (Jamaica.) Charlotte Harbor, Florida, 13 fms. ; Barbados, 100 fms. ; Station 5, 229 fms. Shell with nebulous fluctuating color markings, developed into distinct lines on the lunule and escutcheon, purplish inside in some specimens. The liga- ment is as much external as in any of the Veneride, and cannot be said to be semi-internal any more than in Saxidomus, for instance. The hinge is com- posed of three diverging cardinal teeth, the middle one largest, that nearest the lunule slender, and sometimes almost obsolete. A tolerably well-defined lat- eral tooth on the lunular (or anterior) side of the shell exists in the left valve, and is received between two laminz in the opposite valve. On the opposite or posterior side is a faint elongated ridge or lamina. Both tooth and laminze are distinct from the cardinal margin in this species. There is no internal liga- ment. The pallial line is slightly but distinctly sinuated. The margin of the shell is not crenate, and bears traces of an’ exceedingly thin polished and fu- gacious epidermis. The outside of the valves is concentrically ridged, with fine transverse strie radiating from the umbo and obsolete toward the margin. The beaks are not compressed; the lunule is smooth. The mantle has a smooth edge. There are no tubes, but the edges of the mantle are caught together, forming two openings like those in Gouldia minima Montague, as figured by H. and A. Adams. Otherwise the two halves of the mantle are wholly disunited, except on the cardinal border. Prof Adams’ type specimen, most kindly lent by the custodian of the Am- herst collection * for my examination, is of a pale yellowish brown, and much resembles in form a small Astarte of the borealis type. It is very similar to G. minima, and if occurring in the same region would doubtless be taken to be a variety of it. Florida specimens are often prettily variegated and brightly colored. Gouldia cubaniana D’Orsieny. Venus cubaniana D’Orbigny, Sagra, Moll. Cub., II. p. 278, Pl. XXVI. figs. 44-46 (1846). (Cuba, Martinique, and Florida, D’Orb., doc. cit.) Off Sombrero, 54 fms.; Station 36, 84 fms. ; Sigsbee, off Havana, in 100, 119, 158, 175, and 450 fms.; Barbados, 100 fms.; Station 5, 229 fms. ; Station 44, 539 fms. This little shell has a similar hinge structure to Gouldia cerina C. B. Adams, except that the lateral tooth is much elongated and somewhat obsolete; the sinus in the pallial line is almost invisible; the ligament is quite the same as in Adams’ species; the color is pale yellow or light brown, the edge is mi- * Prof. John D. Tyler. r | | ‘ . . MUSEUM OF COMPARATIVE ZOOLOGY. 131 nutely crenate in perfectly adult specimens, though smooth in the young. It has, as will be observed, a very considerable range in depth. Crassatella antillarum (?) REEve. Reeve, Conch. Icon., I. Mon. Crassatella, Pl. III., 1845. Gulf of Mexico, west of the Florida coast, in 30 fms. Shell thin, compressed, light brown, with about six strong concentric undu- lations, a rosy streak extending from the beaks outside and coloring the inte- rior, having much the shape of C. Robinaldina, and a length of 11.0 mm., with a height of 6.75 and a width of 2.5mm. It may take the varietal name of Floridana until more nearly adult specimens are accessible, but I strongly sus- pect it will eventually prove distinct from the above species, to which it is pro- visionally referred. Crassatella (Eriphyla) parva C. B. Apams. Thetis parva C. B. Adams, Proc. Bost. Soc. Nat. Hist., IL, Jan. 1845, p. 9. Gouldia parva C. B. Adams, Cat. loc cit., p. 29, 1847. Gouldia fastigiata Gould, Proc. Bost. Soc. Nat. Hist., VIII. p. 282, 1862. (North Carolina.) Astarte Pfeifferi Phil., Zeitschr. fiir Mal., V. 133, 1848. Crassatella martinicensis D’Orbigny, Sagra, Moll. Cuba, II. 288, Pl. XXVII. figs. 24-26, 1853 ; “1846.” Crassatella guadaloupensis D’Orbigny, loc. cit., p. 289. Pl. XX VII. figs. 24-26, 1853 ; 1846.” Martinique, Jamaica, St. Domingo, Cuba, St. Thomas (D’Orbigny); Cuba (Pfeiffer); Jamaica (Adams); Station 21, 287 fms. ; Station 44, 539 fms. ; Station 33, 1,568 fms. (Blake Exp.). This seems perfectly distinct from C. (Z.) mactracea Linsley, which is iden- tical with Astarte lunulata Conrad (Journ. Acad. Nat. Sci.. VII. p. 133, 1834), from the postpliocene of Virginia and North Carolina. That the two forms figured by D’Orbigny are mere individual variations, is well shown by the series I have examined. Gould’s species seems rather to belong here than with C. mactracea. In any case, Conrad’s name is long prior to any of the others. A form almost identical with C. parva is Prof Adams’ C. pacifica from Pan- ama, of which C. varians Carpenter seems to be only a Northern race. Cardium serratum Livve. Cardiwm serratum Reeve, Conch. Icon. Cardium, PI. I. fig. 1, 1844. West of Florida, in 30 fms., Bache ; Barbados, 100 fms.; Sigsbee, off Ha- vana, 127 fms. This is the Cardium citrinwm of Wood; the specimens obtained were all rather young. 132 ‘BULLETIN OF THE Cardium medium Liyne. Several valves of a very young Cardiwm, which may perhaps belong to this species, were obtained by Sigsbee off Havana in 80 fathoms. Cardium sp. indet. Sigsbee, off Havana, in 182 fms., dredged several young valves remarkably elegant in their nodulation and reticulation, having about twenty ribs, of which five, witb their interspaces, cover nearly half of the shell in its middle part. I cannot identify them with any species figured in the Iconica, but they are too young to be positive about. Cardium (Fulvia) peramabilis n. s. Shell having a general resemblance to Fulvia modesta Adams and Reeve,* but smaller, less transverse and much more elegant. Shell generally white, but occasionally exquisitely stained with lemon-yellow, orange, and carmine, inflated, nearly equilateral, valves nearly as long as high, beautifully retieu- lated ; outer surface of the valves divided into two areas with different sculp- ture, the posterior occupying a little more than one third of the surface and separated by a single radiating rib; anterior region sculptured by about forty- five radiating ribs (three in the space of a millimeter) about equal to their inter- spaces, and reticulated by concentric ridges, strong only in the interspaces, which increase in regular ratio, so that the reticulations form nearly exact squares ; the concentric ridges are occasionally a little irregular or dichotomous, but it does not affect the general very remarkable regularity of the reticulation ; in the region immediately in front of the beaks the radiating riblets fail or be- come obsolete and the concentric ones become crowded, wrinkled, and irregular. Over the posterior region the sculpture differs. The bounding rib, which is really composed of two amalgamated riblets, in perfect specimens should bear a delicate crest bent forward and buttressed behind with spurs extending from the interspaces; this, however, is invariably removed by friction, only small portions of it remaining in occasional specimens; behind this rib the radiating ribs are more slender than in the anterior area, with proportionally wider inter- spaces barred across with thin lamelle at regular intervals, which lamelle are not continuous with the concentric riblets of the anterior area ; from the inter- spaces project short conical (sometimes grooved and decurved) spurs or spines above the general surface, which are generally mostly removed by friction even in the most perfect specimens ; anterior edge and basal margin rounded ; pos- terior extreme of the hinge-line slightly angulating the curve of the posterior * China Seas and Japan, appearing on the northwest coast of America as Cardium centifilosum Cpr. and C. Richardsonii Whiteaves. MUSEUM OF COMPARATIVE ZOOLOGY. 133 margin ; within polished ; edges of the shell delicately denticulate ; sculpture varying slightly in fineness in different specimens. Variety tinctwm, with indistinct rays and concentric waves of darker or lighter carmine and orange, interior suffused with lemon-yellow, sculpture finer than in the common form. The shell does not gape. Lon. 12.5; alt. 12.0; diam. 9.5 mm. Sigsbee, Station 50, 119 fms.; U.S. S. Bache, April 22, 1872, 100 fms. ; Barbados, 100 fms. ; Station 9, 111 fms. ; Station 26, 110 fms. ; Station 36, 84 fms. ; Lat. 23° 18’, Lon. 89° 10’, 84 fms. ; off Sombrero, 54~72 fms.; west of Florida, 50 fms. This very lovely shell is so abundant in the collection, that it seemed almost impossible that it should be undescribed ; but I have not been able to find any description or figure that agrees with it. Syndosmya longicallis Scaccur. Tellina longicallis Scacchi, Not., p. 16, Tab. I. fig. 7. Erycina longicallis Phil., En. Moll. Sic., II. p. 8, Tab. XIII. fig. 7, 1844, (Fossil in Apulia.) Abra longicallis Sars, op. cit., p. 74, Tab. 6, fig. 3; Tab. 20, fig. 4, 1878. Ligula profundissima Forbes, Rep. Aigean Invy., p. 191, 1843. Station 41, 860 fms., living. I cannot distinguish any characters by which this beautifully brilliant little shell can be distinguished from that figured and described by Philippi. 1 have not seen Scacchi’s original paper. Forbes’ description is too brief for identification, but it seems likely that his name refers to this spevies as claimed by Monterosato. Syndosmya lioica n. s. Shell allied to S. tenuis Miiller and S. similis Philippi, thin, polished, short, much inflated, white, with a yellowish or translucent epidermis, which some- times gives it an opaline effect ; sculpture solely of concentric lines of growth, which are accompanied by a different degree of translucency in the shell, so that many specimens show successive waves of more or less opacity and white- ness contrasted with others more translucent, but there is no uniformity in the number or extent of these waves ; beaks inequilateral, nearest the posterior end, which is slightly twisted to the right ; posterior slope short, steep ; poste- rior end hardly angulated ; anterior slope long, less steep, the angle at the beaks being about 100°; anterior end rounded ; base produced and rounded, especially before the beaks ; beaks and ligament not prominent ; cartilage nar- row, elongated, teeth strong, distinct ; pallial sinus reaching nearly to the anterior muscular scar, rounded in front ; margin smooth. Lon. 8.1 ; alt. 6.75 ; diameter, 4.75 mm. Twenty miles west of Florida in 30 fms.; off Sombrero in 54 and 72 fms.; 134 BULLETIN OF THE off Sand Key, 30 fms.; Station 36, 84 fms.; Station 9, 111 fms.; Station 5, 229 fms.; Station 2, 805 fms. It is more produced anteriorly, more inequilateral, and more inflated than S. tenuis, and has no radiating strie ; it is shorter, more oblique, more in- flated, and has a much larger and deeper pallial sinus than Philippi’s “Zry- cina” similis, which is a Calabrian fossil. It is very similar in form to Hanley’s figure of Tellina Gouldii in the Thesaurus. It has, as will be noted, a remarkable range in depth. Tellina Antoni Puivierr. Tellina Antoni Philippi, Hanley, Thes. Conch., p. 224, Pl. LVIII. fig. 74, 1846. Obtained by the Bache, west of Florida, in 19 fms. Tellina plectrum (?) Haney. Tellina plectrum Hanley, P. Z. S., 1845 ; Thes. Conch., p. 265, Pl. LXI. fig. 177. A single valve, resembling Hanley’s figure in most features, but with an ontline a little more like that of Tellina perpleca Hanley (Manila) was obtained in the Yucatan Strait at a depth of 640 fathoms. To determine positively to what species it belongs would require more material. It may have been washed from shallower water, or disgorged by a fish, and not properly belong in the deeps at all. Itis, however, quite fresh, though a little broken. Tellina Gouldii Hantey. Tellina Gouldii Hanley, Thes. Conch., p. 272, Pl. LVI. fig. 26, 1846. Tellina cuneata D’Orbigny, Sagra, Moll. Cub., II. p. 256, Tab. XXVI. fig. 23, 1853. Yucatan Strait, 640 fms. Two valves only were obtained. Tellina sybaritica n. s. Shell small. solid, shining with a silky lustre, deep rose-pink, darkest at the beaks, somewhat disposed in lighter and darker concentric waves ; elongated, donaciform, rather inflated, slightly posteriorly twisted to the right; beaks nearest the posterior end, not prominent ; cardinal tooth in left valve strong, bifid ; lateral teeth short, strong, rather close to the cardinal ; pallial sinus profound, reaching below and nearly as far forward as the anterior muscular scar ; sculpture of concentric deep crowded grooves separated by narrow uni- form rounded ridges, the fineness and uniformity of which give rise to the silky lustre; a strong not very sharp carina extends backward from the beaks, forming a short square-pointed rostrum, behind which, in the left ~ MUSEUM OF COMPARATIVE ZOOLOGY. 135 valve, is a faint flexuosity ; right valve the smaller ; basal and anterior cardi- nal borders nearly parallel, posterior cardinal border rather steeply sloping to the end of the rostrum ; anterior end rounded, basal margin nearly straight. Lon. from anterior end to beak, 7.0; to tip of rostrum, 10.5; alt. 5.6 mm.; diam. 3.75 mm. approximately. Yucatan Strait, 640 fms. This lovely little species is one of the instances of remarkably fine color in a deep-water shell. It somewhat resembles a miniature Tellina Tayloriana Sow- erby (Conch. Icon. Tellina, Pl. XXX. fig. 168, 1867), but the sculpture is greatly finer, the color purer, and the form not so broad ; Tellina tenuilirata Sowerby, from New South Wales (loc, cit., Pl. XX XIX. fig. 219), is still more like it, but is shorter and broader proportionally. Loripes compressa n. s. Shell thin, elongated, with squarish bluntly rounded ends, the base and hinge-line nearly parallel, much compressed, dull white, nearly smooth but not polished; hinge with a single small but distinct cardinal tooth in the right valve, entering a triangular depression in the opposite valve, otherwise edentulous ; beaks inconspicuous nearest the anterior end ; anterior hinge-mar- gin straight, a little sloping ; posterior ditto short, excavated ; ends equally bluntly rounded ; base evenly arcuated; interior polished, white, margin smooth ; exterior with some malleated irregularities, generally only sculp- tured by the more or less accentuated lines of growth, which are produced at the hinge-margin into small triangular denticulations and in some specimens rise to extremely thin distant delicate lamelle on the body of the valves ; sur- face without radiating striae, and covered with a pale yellowish epidermis. Lon. 11.0; alt. 8.3; diam. 2.75 mm.; another broken specimen exceeds 15 mm. in length. Off Cape San Antonio, in 413 and 424 fms. This shell is nearest Loripes anatinelloides Reeve, which is larger, much more orbicular, more waved before and behind, and has a different sculpture with radiating strie. It also recalls Lucina (Myrtea) spinifera, but has no lateral teeth, is more quadrangular, much more compressed, and less prominently sculptured. Loripes icterica Rrrve. Lucina icterica Reeve, Conch. Icon. Lucina, Pl. X. figs. 60 a, b, Aug. 1850. Station 21, 287 fms.; Yucatan Strait, 640 fms. This shell is quite closely related to L. lactea or leucoma. 136 BULLETIN OF THE Lucina antillarum Reeve. Lucina antillarum Reeve, Conch. Icon. Lucina, Pl. X. fig. 37, 1850. LIncina pecten Reeve, loc. cit., Pl. VII. figs. 34, 35; not of Lamarck teste Reeve. Lucina occidentalis Reeve, loc. cit., in errata. Charlotte Harbor, Florida, 13 fms.; Sigsbee, off Havana, in 182 and 450 fms., | Yucatan Strait, 640 fs. Lucina funiculata Reeve. Lucina funiculata Reeve, loc. cit., Pl. VII. fig. 40, June, 1850. Station 2, 805 fms. | A single young valve was obtained, probably of this species. | Diplodonta venezuelensis Dun«er. Diplodonta venezuelensis Dunker, Zeitschr. fiir Mal., 1848, p. 184; Nov. Conch., p- 3, Tab. IV. figs. 7, 8, 9, 1858. Yucatan Strait, 640 fms. One valve and part of another were obtained. Diplodonta pilula n. s. Shell small, round, inflated, polished, with concentric sculpture of slightly raised sharpish ridges ; umbos smooth, polished, prominent, inflated ; margins not angulated, forming nearly a perfect circle, teeth indistinct ; margin smooth ; epidermis if any thin and translucent. Lon. 2.6; alt. 2.6; diam. 2.6 mm. Station 43, 339 fms., living. This little shell resembles a homceopathic pill as much as anything, and, curiously enough, seems to be mature. The teeth are so indistinct that I feel a slight doubt as to whether it is a Diplodonta or not. Cryptodon obesus (?) Verritv. Fragments of a Cryptodon were obtained in 640 fms., Yucatan Strait, which bear some resemblance to C. obesus Verrill, though they do not agree with more northern specimens in all respects. These Cryptodons, however, vary considerably, and when fully compared it is probable that the number of nomi- nal species will be reduced. MUSEUM OF COMPARATIVE ZOOLOGY. 137 NOTE. To the species previously enumerated in this paper, the following (kindly identified for me by Mr. S. R. Roberts, of Philadelphia, who has paid special attention to the group) may be added : — Trivia globosa Gray. T. globosa Gray, Descr. Cat., p. 14, 1832. Station 2, 805 fms. Most of the specimens of Trivia from great depths being dead and having lost their freshness, a reasonable doubt exists as to their having lived at those depths. Trivia oryza Lamarck. T. pediculus Rumphius, Roberts Cat. No. 24. ;. Station 2, 805 fms. | Trivia quadripunctata Gray. ) T. quadripunctata Gray, Zool. Journ., II]. 368, 1827. Yucatan Strait, 640 fms (fresh) ; Station 2, 805 fms.; Station 12, 177 fms.; Barbados, 100 fms.; Sigsbee, off Havana, 80 fms. Trivia subrostrata Gray. T. subrostrata Gray, Zool. Journ., III. p. 363, 1827. Sigsbee, off Havana, in 80 and 175 fms.; Station 12, 177 fms. Trivia candidula Gasxorn. T. candidula Gaskoin, P. Z. 8., 1835, p. 200. Yucatan Strait, 640 fms.; Station 21,287 fms.; Barbados, 100 fms.; Sigsbee, off Havana, 119. Marginella hematita Kiener. Stations 10 and 11, in 37 fms. A fourth species of Pleurotomaria (P. Rumphii Schepman, Tijdschrift Nederl. Dierkundige Vereeniging, IV. p. 162, Rotterdam, 1879) from the Moluceas has been recently described, but I have not had access to the description, and I be- lieve it has not yet been figured. Its height is 170.0, diam. 190.0, and breadth of sinus 2.25 mm. It is an umbilicated species like P. Adansoniana. 138 BULLETIN OF THE In closing this preliminary report the attention of the reader is called to the fact that nearly as many forms remain to be enumerated as have here been mentioned; but so far as the Agassiz-Sigsbee collection is concerned, they are mostly from comparatively shallow water. The Agassiz-Bartlett collection still remains to be administered upon, and will certainly afford a number of novelties. It may be noted that the West Indian marine fauna is in a par- ticularly muddled state. Many species have been described from, but not attributed to the West Indies; many others have been so attrib- uted wrongly. There are few catalogues ; of which that of Guadaloupe is most praiseworthy, but all are more or less imperfect and disere- pant in nomenclature. There is, perhaps, no other part of the seas commonly traversed by commerce of which so little is actually known and accessible in convenient form for reference. This renders the task of describing species from this fauna both irksome and tedious, since one can never tell what unfigured species, described with a wrong habi- tat, or without habitat, may not demand investigation, and after all be left in doubt. I can hardly hope to have entirely escaped the error of redescribing some species under the circumstances. I beg that any one, who may possibly be able to offer some corrections or emendations, will communi- cate the same to me in order that the final report shall be as complete and perfect as possible. Since the species could not be taken up in zodlogical or any other definite order an Index has been prepared in which the newly described forms appear in Italic letters ; those not new, or mentioned for purposes of illustration, in Roman. For the benefit of purists I will add that the names applied to new species and groups in this report make no pretence to any more Latinity than that of form, and are intended merely as euphonic combinations of vowels and consonants in the majority of cases. WASHINGTON, Dec. 5, 1881. MUSEUM OF COMPARATIVE ZOOLOGY. 139 Abra longicallis, 133. Acton Danaida, 96. Actzon fasciatus ? 94. Acteon incisus, 95. Actaon melampoides, 95. Acton perforatus, 96. Aleadia, 49. Amphissa versicolor, 91. Amussium lucidum, 117. Amussium var. marmoratum, 117. Anachis, 91, 92. Ancistrosyrinz, 53. Ancistrosyrinz elegans, 54. Antalis agilis, 57. Arca, 120. Arca aspera, 120. Area asperula, 120. Arca aurita, 118. Arca glacialis, 121. Arca glomerula, 121. Arca var. orbiculata, 121. Arca pectunculoides, 121, 122. Arca polycyma, 122. Arca var. septentrionalis, 121. Arene, 53. Argiope antillarum, 103. Argiope Barrettiana, 108. Argiope Schrammi, 103. Astarte, 129. Astarte borealis, 130. Astarte lunulata, 131. Astarte Pfeifferi, 131. Astyris ? amphissella, 91. Astyris californica, 91. Astyris Duclosiana, 91. Astyris rosacea, 92. Astyris Verrilli, 91. Atys ? bathymophila, 98. Atys ? Sandersoni, 99. INDEX. Avicula sp., 117. Axinus, 109. Basilissa, 48, 51. Basilissa alta, 48. Basilissa costulata, 48. Bathymophila, 44, 102. Bela, 54, 58, 60, 61, 70. Bela Blakeana, 54. Bela var. extensa, 55. Bela filifera, 56. Bela limacina, 55. Bela var. normalis, 54. Bela turricula, 59. Bittium, 88. Bittium cylindricum, 90. Bittium gemmatum, 90. Bittium mamillanum, 90. Bittium pigrum, 90. Bittium yucatecanum, 90. Bivonia exserta, 39. Buccinum cyaneum, 102. Bulla abyssicola, 97. Bulla caribbea, 99. Bulla? eburnea, 98. Cadulus egualis, 34. Cadulus Agassizii, 35. Cadulus colubridens, 35. Cadulus cucurbitus, 35. Cadulus gracilis, 35. Cadulus lunulus, 35. Cadulus obesus, 35, 36. Cadulus Pandionis, 35. Cadulus sauridens, 35, 36. Cadulus simillimus, 35. Cadulus tumidosus, 35. Yadulus Watsoni, 34. Calliostoma annulatum, 45. 140 Calliostoma apicinum, 46. Calliostoma Bairdii, 45. Calliostoma circumeinctum, 44. Calliostoma echinatum, 47. Calliostoma eximium, 47. Calliostoma lima, 47. Calliostoma Macandre, 46. Calliostoma Palmeri, 47. Calliostoma Psyche, 45. Calliostoma roseolum, 45. Calliostoma sapidum, 46, 47. Calliostoma tiara, 45. Calliostoma yucatecanum, 47. Callogaza, 49-51. Callogaza superba, 49. Callogaza Watsoni, 50. Candelabrum, 54. Candelabrum cathedralis, 54. Cardium centifilosum, 132. Cardium citrinum, 151. Cardium medium, 1382. Cardium modestum, 132. Cardium peramabilis, 132. Cardium Richardsonii, 132. Cardium serratum, 131. Cardium sp. ind., 182. Cardium var. tinctum, 133. Cemoria, 74, 75. Cemoria Flemingianus, 75. Cerithiopsis, 63, 87, 88. Cerithiopsis ? crystallina, 89. Cerithiopsis ? Sigsbeana, 87. Cerithium bigemma, 81. Cerithium cylindricum, 90. Cerithium gemmatum, 90. Cerithium inflatum, 81. Cerithium mamillanum, 90. Cerithium pigrum, 90. Cerithium turris-thome, 81. Chiton (Hanleyia) tropicalis, 53. Circe, 128. Cistella Barrettiana, 103. Cistella lutea, 103. Cistella var. rubrotincta, 104. Cistella Schrammi, 104. Collonia induta, 49. Columbella amphissella, 91. Columbella costulata, 91. BULLETIN OF THE Columbella dichroa, 91. Columbella Duclosiana, 91. Columbella Hotessierana, 91. Columbella lunata, 91. Columbella Verrilli, 91. Corbula Barrattiana, 114. Corbula costellata, 110. Corbula cubaniana, 114. Corbula cymella, 115. Corbula Dietziana, 114. Corbula disparilis, 115. Corbula fragilis, 115. Corbula quadrata, 109. Corbula scaphoides, 115. Corbula Swiftiana, 114. Crania Pourtalesii, 104. Crassatella, 129. Crassatella antillarum, 131. Crassatella var. floridana, 181. Crassatella guadaloupensis, 151. Crassatella lunulata, 131. Crassatella mactracea, 131. Crassatella martinicensis, 131. Crassatella parva, 131. Crassatella Robinaldina, 131. Crenella, 106. Crenella decussata, 116. Crepidula, 79. Crepidula plana, 80. Crepidula protea, 80. Crypta, 79, 80. Cryptodon obesus? 136. Cucullza, 121. Cyclotus, 51. Daphnella, 55, 70. Daphnella ? leucophleqma, 70. Daphnella ? limacina, 55, 102. Dentalium acutissimum, 37. Dentalium agile, 37. Dentalium antillarum, 37. Dentalium capillosum, 38. Dentalium ceras, 37. Dentalium ceratum, 38. Dentalium circumcinctum, 38. Dentalium compressum, 38. Dentalium didymum, 38. Dentalium disparile, 37. MUSEUM OF COMPARATIVE ZOOLOGY. Dentalium ophiodon, 38. Dentalium perlongum, 36. Dentalium sericatum, 37. Dentalium Sigsbeanum, 38. Diadora, 74, 75. Diaphana gemma, 98. Diodora, 74, 75. Diplodonta pilula, 136. Diplodonta venezuelensis, 136. Drillia detecta, 65. Drillia elusiva, 69. Drillia exasperata, 63. Drillia gratula, 64. Drillia havanensis, 67. Drillia Kennicottii, 58, 62. Drillia 2 leucomata, 63. Drillia morra, 69. Drillia nucleata, 62. Drillia oleacina, 66. Drillia peripla, 68, 69. Drillia polytorta, 61. Drillia serga, 65. Driliia smirna, 66. Drillia subsida, 62. Drillia Verrillii, 68. Emarginula, 77. Emarginula Rollandi, 77. Embla, 108. Eriphyla, 128. Eriphyla lunulata, 131. Eriphyla mactracea, 131. Eriphyla pacifica, 131. Eriphyla parva, 131. Eriphyla varians, 131. Erycina longicallis, 133. Erycina similis, 134. Ethalia anomala, 52. Eucharis, 108. Kuciroa elegantissima, 106. Eudesia floridana, 103. Fissurella greca, 75. Fissurisepta, 76. Fluxina, 51. Fluxina brunnea, 52. Fulvia modesta, 132. Fulvia peramabilis, 132. Gaza, 49. Gaza dedala, 49. Genota mitrella, 56. Glomus, 120. Gouldia, 128. Gouldia australis, 129. Gouldia cerina, 128, 130. Gouldia cubaniana,117, 130. Gouldia dilecta, 129. Gouldia fastigiata, 131. Gouldia minima, 129, 130. Gouldia pacifica, 131. Gouldia parva, 128, 131. Gouldia varians, 131. Haliotis, 79. Hialiotis Pourtalesti, 79. Hanleyia tropicalis, 58. Hemicardium, 109. Hippagus, 106. Hippagus acuticostatus, 105. Hippagus novemcostatus, 105. Tanachus, 80. Ino, 80. Iphigenia acuticostata, 105. Leda acuminata, 124. Leda Carpenteri, 125. Leda var. cerata, 126. Leda chuva, 127. Leda clavata, 125. Leda ceelata, 125. Leda (Neilonella) corpulenta, 125, 126. Leda dilatata, 125. Leda hamata, 125. Leda intermedia, 127. Leda jamaicensis, 124. Leda Jeffreysi, 124. Leda (Lembulus) lamellicostata, 124. Leda lata, 124. Leda messanensis, 124. Leda minuta, 111. Leda var. quadrangularis, 125. Leda solida, 126. Leda unca, 124. Leda vitrea, 126. Lembulus, 124. 141 142 Leptothyra var. albida, 48. Leptothyra induta, 48. Ligula profundissima, 133. Lima sp., 118. Lima caribbea ? 118. Limatula ovata, 118. Limopsis antillensis, 119. Limopsis aurita, 118, 121. Limopsis borealis, 119. Limopsis cristata, 119. Limopsis minuta, 119, 121. Limopsis tenella, 118. Lioconcha, 128. Liocyma, 123. Liotia Briareus, 52. Loripes anatinelloides, 135. Loripes compressa, 135. Lovenella metula, 90. Lucina antillarum, 135. Lucina funiculata, 136. Lucina icterica, 135. ’ Lucina lactea, 135. Lucina leucoma, 135. Lucina occidentalis, 135. Lucina pecten, 135. Lucina spinifera, 155. Lyonsia bulla, 107. Macrodon asperula, 120. Mangilia antonia, 59. Mangilia bandella, 59. Mangilia columbella, 60. Mangilia comatotropis, 58. Mangilia ? ipara, 57. Mangilia lissotropis, 58. Mangilia pelagia, 61. Mangilia Pourtalesii, 60. Margarita egleis, 40. Margarita asperrima, 40. Margarita? euspira, 44. Margarita filogyra, 42. Margarita groenlandica, 42. Margarita (Turcicula) imperialis, 42. Margarita iris, 45. Margarita lacunella, 44, 102. Margarita lamellosa, 40. BULLETIN OF THE Margarita lissocona, 41. Margarita lubrica, 44. Margarita maculata, 44, 102. Margarita scabriuscula, 41. Marginella avena, 73, 74. Marginella var.? avenella, 73. Marginella festiva, 72. Marginella fusina, 72. Marginella hematita, 137. Marginella nodata, 72. Marginella seminula, 72. Marginella torticula, 73. Marginella triplicata, 74. Marginella vitrea, 71. Marginella Watsoni, 71. Marginella var.? yucatecana, 72. Mastonia, 84. Megerlia incerta, 104. Melampus corneus, 95. Microgaza, 50. Microgaza rotella, 51. Modiola polita, 116. Modiolaria, 116, 117. Neera var. corpulenta, 111. Neera costellata, 110. Newra glacialis, 111. Necra granulata, 111. Neera Jeffreysi, 111. Necera lamellifera, 113. Neera limatula, 112. * This is the same as NV. multicostata V. & S., and may be distinct from alternata. | Mohnia alba, 102. Myrtea spinifera, 135. Mytilus dominguensis, 117. Mytilus exustus, 117. Mytilus Lavalleanus, 117. Mytilus luteus, 116. Natica fringilla, 93. Natica leptalea, 93. Natica pusilla, 93. Natica subplicata, 93. Neera, 108. Neera alternata,* 110. Newra arctica, 111. Neera arcuata, 113. Neera claviculata, 112. MUSEUM OF COMPARATIVE ZOOLOGY. Nera ornatissima, 110. Newra var. perrostrata, 110. Nezra rostrata, 111. Neilo, 125, 126. Neilo dilatata, 125. Neilo messanensis, 124. Neilonella, 125, 126. Nucula crenulata, 123. Nucula cytherea, 123. Nucula dilatata, 125. Nucula glabra, 125. Nucula var. obliterata, 128. Nucula tenuis, 123. Nuculocardia divaricata, 116. Oxystele nitens. See Marg. euspira. Patella fissura, 75. Patella noachina, 74, 75. Pandora oblonga, 109. Pandora rostrata, 110. Panopea, 116. Pecten sp., 117. Pecten lucidum, 117. Pectunculus castaneus, 118. Pectunculus minutus, 119. Pectunculus variegatus, 118. Pedicularia albida, 39. Philine Loveni, 100. Philine quadrata, 99. Philine sp., 99. Photinula. See Bathymophila. Platidia anomioides, 104. Platyschisma, 51. Pleuronectia lucida, 117. Pleurotoma, 53, 57. See also Ancistro- syrinx, Bela, Daphnella, Drillia, Geno- ta, Mangilia. Pleurotoma oxytropis, 58. Pleurotomaria Adansoniana, 78, 137. Pleurotomaria Beyrichii, 79. Pleurotomaria Quoyana, 78. Pleurotomaria Rumphii, 137. Pleurotomariide, 77. Pleurotomella, 57, 64. Pleurotomella? Sigsbei, 57. Pleurotomella Verrillii, 57. Poromya, 108, 122. Poromya anatinoides, 108. Poromya granatina, 109. Poromya granulata, 108. Poromya rotundata, 108. Poromya var. triangularis, 108. Portlandia arctica, 112. Portlandia intermedia, 127. Potamomya, 116. Puncturella, 74, 75, 77. Puncturella circularis, 75. Puncturella Cooperi, 76. Puncturella granulosa, 76. Puncturella profundi, 76. Puncturella trifolium, 76. Ringicula nitida, 97. Ringicula semistriata, 97. Saxicava azaria, 116. Scaphander lignarius, 100. Scaphander ? Watsoni, 99. Schizostoma, 51. Seguenzia carinata, 48. Sequenzia delicatula, 48. Seguenzia formosa, 47. Seguenzia ionica, 48. Silicula, 120. Siliquaria modesta, 39. Sinusigera, 68. Sipho, 74, 75. Siphonodentalium compressum, 38. Siphonodentalium quadridentatum, 36. Siphonodentalium tetraschistum, 36. Solariide, 51. Solenella, 126, 127. Sphena alternata, 110. Sphena ornatissima, 110. Spondylus sp., 117. Syndosmya lioica, 138. Syndosmya longicallis, 133. Syndosmya similis, 133. Syndosmya tenuis, 133. Tapes virgineus, 123. Taranis bella, 71. Taranis Morchii, 70. Tellina Antoni, 134. Tellina cuneata, 134. 143 144 BULLETIN OF THE MUSEUM OF COMPARATIVE ZOOLOGY. Tellina Gouldii, 134. Tellina longicallis, 133. Tellina perplexa, 154. Tellina plectrum ? 154. Tellina sybaritica, 134. Tellina Tayloriana, 135. Tellina tenuilirata, 135. Terebratula anomioides, 104. Terebratula cubensis, 103. Terebratulina Cailleti, 103. Thecidium Barretti, 104. Thecidium mediterraneum, 104. Thetis, 108, 128. Thetis cerina, 130. Thetis granulata, 108. Thetis minor, 108. Thetis parva, 131. Thracia papyracea, 110. Thracia phaseolina, 110. Tindaria, 123. Tornatella fasciata, 94. Trichotropis migrans, 71. Triforis, 80. Triforis abruptus, 84. Triforis bigemma, 81, 82, 83, 84. Triforis colon, 86, 87. Triforis concors, 86. Triforis cylindrellus, 83. Triforis hircus, 83. Triforis iber, 86. Triforis inflatum, 81. Triforis intermedius, 85. Triforis (Ino) longissimus, 80. Triforis ruber, 86. Triforis torticulus, 82. Triforis triserialis, 84. Triforis turris-thome, 81. Trigoniluna ornata, 105. Trivia globosa, 137. Trivia oryza, 137. ® Trivia quadripunctata, 137. Trivia subrostrata, 137. Trochus clavatus, 41. Trochus tiara, 45. Trochus transenna, 41. Turbo indutus, 49. Turbo (Liotia) Briareus, 52. Turcica, 43. ; Turcicula, 42. Turritella leucostoma, 94. Turritella yucatecanum, 93. Utriculus ? Frielei, 101. Utriculus truncatulus, 101. Utriculus? vortex, 100. Venus cubaniana, 130. Venus minima, 128. Venus scripta, 128. Verticordia, 108. Verticordia acuticostata, 105. Verticordia cardiiformis, 105, 106. Verticordia Deshayesiana, 105. Verticordia elegantissima, 106. Verticordia Fischeriana, 106. Verticordia japonica, 105. Verticordia ornata, 105. Verticordia verticordia, 105. Volvarina varia, 74. Waldheimia floridana, 103. Yoldia lanceolata, 128. Yoldia liorhina, 127. Yoldia nicobarica, 128. Yoldia seminuda, 128. Yoldia solenoides, 127. Trigonulina ornata, 105. | Trivia candidula, 137. Zizyphinus tiara, 45. No. 3.— (Letter No. 5.) — Zo CARuiLE P. Patrerson, Superin- tendent United States Coast and Geodetic Survey, from ALEX- ANDER AGASSIZ, on the Explorations in the Vicinity of the Tortugas, during March and April, 1881. I tert Key West for the Tortugas in the middle of March on the “ Laurel,” which Lieut.-Com. Wright had kindly ordered, in accordance with the permission of the Lighthouse Board, to transport myself and assistant, with the necessary coal for the steam launch which you had placed at my disposal during my visit to the Tortugas. The launch I found ready at Key West, fully equipped, manned, and provisioned, thanks to the care of Lieut.-Com. Winn. She arrived at the Tortugas somewhat later in the day than the Laurel. During our stay at the Tortugas we were allowed by the Hon. Secretary of War to occupy such quarters at Fort Jefferson as were not otherwise needed, and selected as a laboratory a large room, with ex- cellent light, on the ground floor of the barracks. We remained at the Tortugas five weeks, and spent the remaining time at my disposal at Key West, where we continued our studies of the pelagic fauna of the Gulf Stream. We returned to Key West in the revenue steamer Dix, Captain Scammon, whom the Secretary of the Treasury had authorized to assist us as far as practicable. The prevalence of strong northerly winds during the greater part of our stay in Florida interfered greatly with the work which was the principal object of my visit, —the study of the surface fauna of the Gulf Stream. We expected to find the usual prevailing southeasterly winds, and to find the pelagic fauna of the Gulf Stream driven against the Tor- tugas. In this respect we were greatly disappointed, and I availed my- self of days, otherwise favorable, in finishing a number of drawings of the most characteristic oceanic Tubularians of the Gulf Stream, the Por- pit and Physaliz. I had accumulated a number of drawings and notes either at Newport,or on the “ Blake,” but under circumstances not spe- cially favorable for a critical examination of the specimens. A number of interesting stages of Porpita, of Velella, and of Physalia were ob- served, as well as many points of interest in their anatomy hitherto VOL. IX.— NO. 3. 146 BULLETIN OF THE not noticed.* These will be published in the Memoirs of the Museum as soon as the necessary illustrations can be prepared. The two species of Porpitidee found in Florida, although they find their way as far North as the southern shores of Massachusetts, are as yet very imper- fectly known. On the days when the weather was not suitable for surface work out- side in the Gulf Stream, I employed the launch in cruising inside the reef, and thus examined carefully the topography of the different groups of corals characteristic of the Florida reefs. As the Tortugas are the most westerly of the reefs, and in an active state of growth, the data I have collected are interesting from the light they throw on the share - the different species of corals have in the formation of the reef. To illustrate the distribution of the corals, I shall reproduce in one of the forthcoming Bulletins of the Museum one of the charts of the Tortugas published by the Coast Survey, marking upon it the position of the different species of corals within the area occupied by the reef-builders of the Tortugas. As far as the pelagic fauna is concerned, the prevalence of northerly winds during our visit to Florida prevented us from accomplishing any satisfactory results. The few days on which it was possible to collect the surface fauna of the Gulf Stream showed us, however, a wealth of pelagic animals which I had hardly anticipated. Both the Tortugas and Key West are excellent stations from which to work up the surface fauna of the Gulf Stream. The Tortugas, though more inaccessible than Key West, are practically within the northern edge of the Gulf Stream during the prevalence of southeasterly winds, while at Key West we must go outside of Sand Key to obtain the same conditions. The Tor- tugas also have the immense advantage of supplying the naturalist, not only with the common species of reef-building corals at his very door, but with the varied invertebrate fauna to be found living in a coral reef. From returns lately made to me by Mr. Cole, the fort keeper at the Tortugas, it is evident that May and June are far more satisfactory months for surface work than March and April. Unfortunately, that is rather late in the season to remain on the Florida Reefs, —an objection which applies equally to all localities which are not sufficiently far within the tropics to be available for pelagic work during the winter months. The Bermudas, from their position and their marine fauna, naturally suggest themselves as a substitute for the Florida reefs in the study of * Dr. Chun has, in a preliminary notice in a recent number of the Zoolog. Anzei- ger, called attention to several of the points here referred to. MUSEUM OF COMPARATIVE ZOOLOGY. 147 the surface fauna of the Gulf Stream. From the existence there of cer- tain species of corals, these islands may prove, on trial, the hest fitted for a prolonged study, not only of corals, but also of the Atlantic sur- face fauna. In spite of the unfavorable weather, enough was accomplished to show conclusively that by far the greater number of the pelagic animals known from the Atlantic coast of the United States are inhabitants of the sur- face of the Gulf Stream, and are driven on the northern shores by the prevailing southwesterly winds during the summer and autumn months. An enumeration of the pelagic species observed during our stay at Key West and at the Tortugas would carry me too far. I will only mention in a general way the presence of a couple of species of Firoloidea, of Phyllirhoe, of several Appendiculariz, of a small Pyrosoma, of a Dolio- lium, two species of Salpa, one of which is our common Northern form, and of half a dozen species of Pteropods. Three or four of these, as well as a large proportion of the other pelagic animals, find their way north as far as Newport. In fact, much of our surface work during March and April reminded me of similar work done at Newport from the end of July until late in September, but of course the number of specimens was far greater at the Tortugas. The surface fauna of the Gulf Stream can undoubtedly be best studied at the Tortugas, though important ad- ditions to our knowledge of it have been made at Charleston, and at Beaufort, N. C., and along the coast of New Jersey, of Rhode Island, and of Southern Massachusetts. It is remarkable that Janthina, which is so common at the Tortugas, should not find its way farther north than off Cape Hatteras, in common with other surface things, where I have frequently seen it while on the “Blake,” and on other occasions. There are also found at the Tortugas a large number of pelagic Crus- tacea in their embryonic stages, among them Phyllosoma and the Nan- plius stage of a Peneus similar to that observed by Fritz Miiller; also multitudes of young Annelids, Mollusks, Actinie, the planule of several of the Corals, Echinoderm embryos, and a host of young pelagic Fishes, among which I may mention the young of the Flying-fish and Leptoceph- ali. For the study of the young stages of Fishes and of Acalephs the Florida reefs present an unrivalled field of observation. We were greatly disappointed in the number of the pelagic Foraminifera. We did not meet once a species of Globigerina, which was found quite commonly off the Tortugas in my former cruises in the “ Blake,” and which Mr. Pour- 148 BULLETIN OF THE talés had also observed off Havana. We found a few species of Acan- thometra, Thalassicola, and of Sphzerozoum. A thorough study of the surface fauna of the Gulf Stream, with refer- ence to its effect in supplying material for the building of the plateaus upon which the Florida reefs have grown, would require an investiga- tion of at least a couple of months at the Tortugas during the most promising part of the season (May and June), as well as a summer’s cruise along the track of the Gulf Stream north of the Bahamas, when the principal work should be the collecting of the surface animals found in the course of the Stream. A good idea of the richness of the Acalephian Fauna of the Gulf Stream can be formed from the accompanying list of Jelly-fishes observed at the Tortugas and Key West. ‘This list has been prepared by Mr. Fewkes, who during our visit to Florida devoted his time specially to the study of that group. I may specially mention among the Ctenophore a new Ctenophore re- markable as possessing structural characters of the Lobatz, Saccate, and Eurystome ; also a magnificent species of Eucharis. A pretty, small Discophore allied to Linerges is found in large numbers all along the Florida reefs and has been observed by the “ Blake ” off the Windward Islands and in the Caribbean Sea. ween a Pelagia cyanella Prr. et Luss. Dactylethra formosa Frwkus gen. et sp. MS. SIPHONOPHORA, Stephanomia atlantica Fewxes MS. Agalma papillosum Fewkrs MS. Agalma elegans FEWKES. Agalmopsis fragilis Fewkes MS. Rhizophysa gracilis Frewkes MS. Physalia Arethusa TI. Athorybia formosa Frwxes MS. Praya sp. Diphyes Lessonii Huxtey. ? Epibulia aurantiaca Voar. HYDROID&. Lafcea sp. Zygodactyla cyanea Aaass. Modeeria multitentacula Frewxss, Eucope sp. Oceania folleata Aaass. Halopsis sp. nov. Halicalyx gen. nov. Aglaura sp. nov. Cunina discoides Fewkes. Trachynema digitale A. AGass. Glossocodon sp. nov. Pennaria gibbosa Aaass. Millepora alcicornis Linn. VELELLIDA. Velella mutica Bosc. Porpita Linnzana Less. CAMBRIDGE, Mass., July, 1881. MUSEUM OF COMPARATIVE ZOOLOGY. 149 No. 4. — Reports on the Results of Dredging, under the Supervision of ALEXANDER AGASSIZ, in the Gulf of Mexico, and in the Carib- bean Sea, 1877-79, and along the Atlantic Coast of the United States during the Summer of 1880, by the United States Coast Survey Steamer “ Blake,’ LIEUTENANT—COMMANDER C. D. Sias- BEE, U.S. N., and COMMANDER J. R. Bartuett, U. S. N., Com- manding. XVI. Preliminary Report on the Comatule,* by P. HErBertT CARPENTER. Tue Comatula collection of the Museum of Comparative Zodlogy, which has been intrusted to me for examination and description, con- tains a very large number of specimens from widely different localities. The majority of these were dredged in the Florida Straits and in the Caribbean Sea, under the auspices of the U. 8. Coast Survey. There is also a foreign collection, which mainly consists of specimens obtained by the U. S. and N. P. Exploring Expeditions. Many of them. are from localities that I had not previously known as the homes of Comatule, while others are merely additions to Comatula faunas already known to me at particular localities. Except in these respects the foreign collec- tion presents no features of special interest. The case is very different, however, with the collection obtained by the “Blake” in the Caribbean Sea. In one respect, indeed, — the number of duplicates, — it is superior to that made by the “ Challenger.” A few species occur not only in great numbers, but also at several localities ; so that I have been able to study their range of variation in a more satisfactory manner than it has hitherto been possible for me to do in the case of any Comatule but the common Antedon rosacea and Ant. Eschrichti. This opportunity has proved of immense value to me in every way; and I am convinced that continued investigation will reveal the existence of so many intermediate forms, that many types which now appear quite distinct will prove to be specifically identical. This has, in fact, been the case with two of the species described by the late * -A few species obtained by the U. S. Coast Survey steamers ‘‘ Corwin,” ‘* Bibb,” and ‘ Hassler” are also considered in this Report. VOL, IxX.— NO. 4. 152 BULLETIN OF THE ’ Mr. Pourtalés, which I have been compelled to unite under one name, together with three other forms that seemed at first sight quite distinct both from one another and from the two species of Mr. Pourtalés. - The importance of the collection made by the “ Blake” in the season 1878-79 may be gathered from the fact that it contains nearly three times the number of species previously known as inhabiting the Carib- bean Sea. Under the general name of Antedon Mr. Pourtalés had described five species of Antedon and four of Actinometra, which were obtained by the U.S. Coast Survey steamers “Corwin,” “ Bibb,” and “ Hassler,” in 1867-72, and by the “ Blake” in 1877-78. During a visit to the principal European museums, in the autumn of last year, I examined nine West Indian Comatule, including six species of Actino- metra and three of Antedon. I believe a few of them to be identical with some of the species of Mr. Pourtales. Hence, before I commenced work on the “ Blake ” collection from the Caribbean Sea, I was acquainted with less than twenty species of Coma- tule from that area. Pending the completion of my memoir on the Comatule of the “Challenger” Expedition, ] am unable to give the “Blake” collection the critical attention which is more than ever necessary on account of the numberof duplicates which it contains. But so far as I can judge at present, it includes nearly forty new species, besides most of those from the same region which were already known to me. Altogether, therefore, I should estimate that the number of Comatula species now known to inhabit the Caribbean Sea is about fifty-five, nearly three quarters of which were first obtained by the “Blake” Expedition of 1878-79. Comatule were dredged at fifty-seven out of the two hundred stations occupied during this season’s work. Nearly all of them were in com- paratively shallow water, i.e. in depths less than 200 fathoms. On three occasions only did the depth exceed 300 fathoms ; yiz. Nos. 150, 151, and 222, the depths being 3734, 356, and 422 fathoms respectively ; and the Comatule obtained at these stations represent new and very singular types. The remarkable form Atelecrinus (nov. gen., Figs. 1-7) was met with at each station; and at No, 222 the unique specimen of Antedon columnaris (n. sp.), which is represented in Fig. 8, was also obtained. These facts agree very well with the results of the “Challenger” dredgings,* which only yielded Comatule at twenty stations where the * Preliminary Report upon the Comatule of the “Challenger” Expedition, Proceedings of the Royal Society, No. 194, 1879, pp. 383-386. MUSEUM OF COMPARATIVE ZOOLOGY. 153 depth exceeded 200 fathoms. One may fairly conclude, therefore, that these animals are essentially inhabitants of shallow water. There is, however, in one respect a considerable difference between the results of the “Blake” and “Challenger” Expeditions. The “Challenger” species of Actinometra were nearly all obtained at depths of less than 20 fathoms, the genus occurring at only one station where the depth exceeded 100 fathoms. In 1878-79, however, the “Blake” dredged Actinometra 3 times at 7 to 50 fathoms, 10 times at 50 to 100 fathoms, 25 times at 100 to 200 fathoms, and 4 times at 200 to 300 fathoms, making in all 42 stations; while Axtedon was only met with at 34 stations, at all but four of which the depth was less than 200 fathoms. As might be expected from the above facts, Actinometra is not only represented by a larger number of species than Antedon, but it is also individually more abundant. Comatule were especially plentiful at four stations, viz. Nos. 155, 203, 262, and 269; and at all but the last Actinometree were the most numerous, both specifically and individually. In fact at Station 203 no Antedon was obtained at all, though at least six species of Actinometra were met with. There are several points of difference between the general facies of the “Blake” and of the “Challenger” collections respectively, which sup- plement one another in a very interesting manner. The great peculiarity of the Caribbean fauna is the abundance of ten-armed Comatule repre- senting both the principal genera. About two thirds of the Antedon species and three fourths of the Actinometre belong to this simple type ; while in the remaining species the rays rarely divide more than twice, and in two species only is there a fourth division. In this respect the contrast with the Comatula fauna of the Eastern seas is very marked. Ten-armed forms of both genera are there decidedly in the minority, especially of Actinometra, in which genus the rays may divide as often as seven times, so that the number of arms falls very little short of two hundred. The “ Blake” collection from the Caribbean Sea may be fairly com- pared with that made by the ‘Challenger ” in cruising from Cape York through the Banda and Arafura Seas to the Philippine Islands, and thence southwards to the Admiralty Islands. About seventy species were collected from this area, nearly all from depths less than 150 fathoms. The numbers of Antedon and Actinometra species are about equal, but while half of the former are ten-armed, only three Actinometree are equally simple. These three species all agree in having the second 154 BULLETIN OF THE and third radials united by syzygy, and also a syzygy in each of the first two brachials, as in Act. solaris. This area averages about 10° farther south than that of the “ Blake” dredgings, and it is possible that the greater vegetative development of its Comatule may be due to the higher temperature of the shallower water from which they were obtained. Although three fourths of the Actinometra species from the Caribbean Sea are ten-armed, there is not one among them that recalls the Act. solaris of the Eastern seas, in which the second and third radials are united by syzygy, and each of the first two brachials is a syzygial or double joint. All the ten-armed Actinometre of the West Indies belong to a type which is but slightly represented in the Eastern hemisphere, viz. that of Act. meridionalis. In this type, as in every Antedon that I have yet examined, the second and third radials are articulated together by a vertical ridge on each of their apposed faces, at the sides of which are large masses of ligament, but no muscular bundles. The first syzygy in the arms is on the third brachial, while the first and second brachials are articulated together in the same manner as the second and third radials, instead of forming a syzygial or double joint, as in Act. solaris. Nearly all the ten-armed 160 - BULLETIN OF THE Actinometra pulchella Pourratés sp. Cirrhi 15-20, of 15-18 joints; the fourth or fifth is the longest, and the fol- lowing ones gradually develop a blunt spine on the dorsal side. Two radials only visible ; the axillary short, wide, and almost triangular. 10-20 arms, most of the rays usually dividing twice, the first division (distichals) consisting of two joints which are not united by syzygy. When the arms spring directly from the radial axillary, the two lowest brachials are united by ligament, as in most Comatule, and the third is a syzygial or double joint. But in all the arms which spring from a distichal axillary, the two lowest brachials are united by syzygy to form a double joint ; and the true third brachial, which is also a syzygial joint, as in all Comatule, thus becomes the second arm-joint, as in Act. solaris.* The position of the next syzygy may be anywhere between the 12th and 20th joints, after which there are usually intervals of three or four joints | between the successive syzygia. The lower arm joints are sharply wedge- shaped, alternating from side to side, the later ones gradually becoming blunter. | In some specimens the dorsal surface of the arms is unusually smooth, the joints not overlapping in the slightest degree; but in others the lower parts of the arms, about as far as the 25th joint, are exceedingly rough. The distal edge of each joint is raised on the side next the pinnule into a high, somewhat recurved plate, with more or less serrated edges. This is largest about the 15th joint and gradually decreases in prominence, the joints after the middle of the arm being quite smooth.t The arms of most individuals, whether rough or smooth, are bordered throughout their whole length by a lateral expansion of the ventral perisome, which embraces the lowest joints of the pinnules.t The first pinnules of the arms are rather long, with well-marked terminal combs. The length gradually decreases till about the 10th brachial, and then begins to increase, but there is no specially small pinnule. The terminal comb may continue as far as the 10th brachial, or cease four or five joints sooner. The pinnule joints may be almost smooth, or they may have strong projections to- wards the dorsal side, even to far out on the arms. * This peculiarity is a very marked one. In no case have I found a syzygy in the first joint of any arm springing from a radial axillary. The ten-armed forms thus belong to the type of Act. meridionalis. But individuals with 12, 13, 15, ete. arms are by no means rare, and furnish a complete transition to the large examples with 20 arms to which the specific designation (pulchella) by Pourtales is strikingly applicable. + This character is especially distinct in the Ant. alata of Pourtalés from Bar- bados, and in several specimens, both ten- and twenty-armed, from Station 269 (St. Vincent). In other individuals from this station, as in those named Ant. pulchella (Pourtalés), the arms are perfectly smooth throughout their whole length. - ¢ This is the character which led Pourtalés to give the specific name alata to cer- tain individuals dredged by the ‘‘ Hassler” at Barbados, in which it is especially marked. It oceurs also, though less distinctly, in the original specimens of dnt. pulchella. 1 find it to be a very variable one, even among the different arms of the same individual, some of which are webbed and others not. MUSEUM OF COMPARATIVE ZOOLOWY. 161 The mouth is radial, and the disk either bare or more or less covered with irregular calcareous concretions. Its diameter, in large specimens, is 12 or 15 millimeters, and the spread of the arms is about 25 centimeters. The color (in alcohol) varies greatly, — white, straw-color, and brown, either alone or more or less mixed with a dirty lilac. The results of my examination of the “Challenger” and “Blake ” collections, and of the numerous Comatule to which I had access in the various European museums last autumn, entirely confirm and extend the conclusions to which I had been previously led respecting the separa- tion of Antedon and Actinometra as distinct generic types.* A glance at the skeleton is sufficient to enable me to distinguish the genus; and it is even possible to determine the genus of a mere arm fragment, or in fact of a single pinnule. For the problematical red spots (sacculi) at the sides of the ambulacra which have puzzled all the workers on Antedon are entirely absent in Actinometra. They are much more abun- dant in some Antedon species than in others, but they are always to be found by careful examination. They are also present in Ophiocrinus, Promachocrinus, Pentacrinus, Rhizocrinus, Bathycrinus, and Atelecrinus, all of which are types with a subcentral mouth. But I have never yet met with them in Actinometra, though some specimens of Act. pulchella seemed at first sight to be exceptions to this rule. Microscopic exam- ination showed, however, that the appearances are due to irregular aggregations of brown pigment at the sides of the ambulacra, which are altogether different from the vesicular sacculi that are so puzzling in Antedon and in the other genera mentioned above. On the other hand, there are certain structures which are peculiar to Actinometra, though far from being as universal in their occurrence as the sacculi are in Antedon. I allude to the brown cellular bodies which I have supposed to be sense-organs. I found them first in some specimens of Act. polymorpha from the Philippines,f and have since detected them in two of the ‘‘ Challenger” species, also from the Eastern seas. They are confined almost exclusively to the middle and later pinnules of the ungrooved hinder arms, each one occupying the dorsal half of a pinnule segment just beneath its calcareous axis. There are several individuals in a very large collection of Act. meridionalis obtained at French Reef in 1869, which exhibit this peculiarity in a very marked degree. It also occurs in a few individuals of the Cape Frio variety of this species, and * Actinometra, Trans. Linn. Soc., Sec. Ser., Zodl., Vol. II. pp. 17-20, 81, 82. — Quart. Journ. Geol. Soc., Vol. XXXVI. pp. 41-43. — Proc. R. S., 1879, p. 394. t Actinometra, Trans. Linn. Soc., Sec. Ser., Zodl., Vol. II. p. 40, Pl. Il. Fig. 6. 162 BULLETIN OF THE is therefore of some importance as tending to indicate the specific identity of the examples from these two localities. In most specimens the spots are confined to the pinnules of the hinder arms, sometimes to one or two arms only; but in one case I found them on all the arms except the two immediately adjoining the mouth. Asa general rule, the arms distinguished by their presence are of the ungrooved type, to which I have already called attention.* In some specimens the dimorphism of the arms is exceedingly marked, just as in Act. polymorpha. The anterior arms are long, slender, and composed of many joints bearing similar long and slender pinnules ; while the hinder arms are shorter, fewer-jointed, and much more fleshy, with stouter pinnules, in which the genital glands are better developed than in the pinnules of the anterior arms. These are grooved and tentaculiferous, while the hinder arms have no ambulacral groove nor tentacles, and the pinnules are usually spotted with the “‘sense-organs.” These may occur in Act. meridionalis as early as the 10th pinnule of the arm, while in Act. polymorpha I have rarely found them lower than the 25th pinnule. In Act. meridionalis, as in all species of which I have been able to examine any considerable number of individuals, the presence of un- grooved arms and of “ sense-organs” is altogether inconstant and irreg- ular. But though itis in this way merely a potential character, it is one which is peculiar to Actinometra, and is therefore of some systematic value. On the other hand, there is a similar potential character, which so far as I have yet seen is peculiar to Antedon, though it appears to be constant in Pentacrinus. This is the existence of a complete calcareous plating at the sides of the ambulacra on the arms and pinnules. Many of the Antedon species dredged by the ‘‘ Challenger” in the Pacific re- semble Pentacrinus in having a very complete anambulacral plating on the disk ;— while there is a double row of plates along each side of the ambulacra of the arms and pinnules, especially of the latter. The side plates rest on the pinnule joints and support the covering plates, which can be made to overlap one another from opposite sides so as to close in the groove completely.t Several of the ‘“ Blake” Antedons, including Ant. spinifera, exhibit these peculiarities better than some Pentacrinus species do. But I have never yet found them in any Actinometra. There are many species, such as Act. pulchella and Act. granulifera Pourt. sp., * Actinometra, Trans. Linn. Soc., Sec. Ser., Ziol., Vol. I. pp. 31-41, Pl. IL Figs. 3-6. — Popular Science Review, N.S., Vol. IV. pp. 195, 199, Pl. VI. Figs. 1, 2. t Proc. R. S., 1879, pp. 388, 389. { Popular Science Review, N. 8., Vol. IV. pp. 195, 196, Pl. VI. Figs. 10, 12. MUSEUM OF COMPARATIVE ZOOLOGY. 163 in which there is a considerable amount of anambulacral plating in the anal area; but it is usually rather of the nature of an aggregation of tubercles than of a regular pavement of plates, and I have never met with it so completely covering the disk and extending out on to the arm bases and lower pinnules as it does in Antedon. The species in which I have found it to reach its greatest development is a large one which is common at Cape York, and is probably identical with Act. robusta Liitken, MS. The plating supports the sides of the ambulacra on the disk and occupies the intervals between them, the plates immediately adjacent to the grooves being extensively pierced by the water-pores. The plating ceases, however, just within the circumference of the disk, so that the perisome of the arms and pinnules is perfectly bare, just as in the common Antedon species which inhabit the North Atlantic. This entire absence of side plates and covering plates on the arms and pinnules of Actenometra, even in species which have a strongly plated disk, is a very singular peculiarity, and one which I am quite unable to explain. The principal differences between Antedon and Actinometra are con- veniently summarized in the subjoined table. Antedon. Disk with central or subcentral mouth and five equal ambulacra. Oral pinnules not specially distin- guished. All the arms equal in length, grooved, and tentaculiferous. Red spots (sacculi) always present at sides of the ambulacra, ** Sense organs ” wanting. te} ‘ Pinnule ambulacra may be protected by side plates and covering plates. Cirrhi many, sometimes very numerous, and more or less covering the under sur- face of the hemispherical, conical, or co- lumnar centrodorsal. Outer faces of radials relatively high, with large muscle plates, and much in- clined to the vertical axis of the calyx. Actinometra. Disk with eccentric mouth and a vari- able number of unequal ambulacra, at least two of which enclose the anal area in a horseshoe-shaped curve. Oral pinnules have terminal combs. Some of the hinder arms may be much shorter than the rest, ungrooved, and non-tentaculiferous. Sacculi wanting. Brown spots (sense organs?) may be present on the dorsal side of the pinnule segments, mostly in the ungrooved hinder arms. Pinnule ambulacra (when present) un- protected by plates. Cirrhi few in number, and almost en- tirely limited to the margin of the dis- coidal centrodorsal. Outer faces of radials relatively wide, with small muscle plates, and nearly or quite parallel to the vertical axis of the calyx. 164 BULLETIN OF THE I have mentioned above that two Pentacrinoids were entangled in the cirrhi of the type specimen of Act. meridionalis from Charleston. They presumably belong to that species, and are therefore interesting as being the first Actinometra Pentacrinoids that I have seen. The smaller one is at about the stage represented at Fig. 1. B on Plate XXXIX. of Dr. Carpenter’s memoir on Ant. rosacea ; * while Fig. 1. C on the same plate, and Fig. V. on Tab. V. of Sars’s “ Crinoides Vivants,” f correspond to the condition of the larger specimen, which has seven arm-joints beyond the radial axillaries. The oral plates of the former are plainly visible, but in the latter it is difficult to make out the condition of the disk. The radials, however, are broader and more closely united than in the cor- responding stage of Ant. rosacea, and their superolateral angles are much less truncated. The basals form a closed ring, and the centrodorsal is scarcely larger than the stem-joints immediately below it. Five of these are short and discoidal, and the next joint much elongated. In both these respects the Charleston Pentacrinoids resemble Ané. Sarsit rather than Ant. rosacea. As in both these species the lower arm-joints. do not bear pinnules at first, but, with the exception of the second brachial, do not acquire them until a much later developmental stage. Both in Ant. Sarsiit and in Ant. rosacea the first pinnule appears on or about the twelfth joint of the growing arm; and it is not until some time later, after several pinnules have been formed towards the end of the arm, that any appear, even on the second brachial. In fact, the basal por- tions of the arms of Ant. rosacea remain without pinnules until after the development of ten cirrhi on the centrodorsal and its separation from the stem. But in Ant. Sarsii, which retains its stem until twenty or thirty cirrhi have appeared, all the lower arm-joints acquire pinnules before the close of the Pentacrinoid stage. So far as can be judged at present, this appears to be a somewhat exceptional condition ; for I have found five other species besides Ant. rosacea in which the third and the follow- ing arm-joints do not develop their pinnules until some time after the loss of the stem. Thus a very young Act. meridionalis has a relatively large well-combed pinnule on the second brachial, and another fairly large one on the eighth brachial. The intervening joints have small or poorly developed pinnules, that of the fifth brachial being either a mere stump or absent altogether. In a young Antedon from Station 231 the 7th to the 9th arm-joints have no pinnules. A young example of another species of the same genus (locality unknown) has a large pinnule on the * Philosophical Transactions, CLVI., 1866. t Mémoires pour servir 4 la Connaissance des Crinoides Vivants. Christiania, 1868. ——————————e S.C MUSEUM OF COMPARATIVE ZOOLOGY. 165 second brachial, and a small stump on the third. Neither the 4th nor the 5th joint has a pinnule at all, but there are small ones on the 6th and 7th joints, and a larger one on the 8th, which was probably the first pinuule to appear at all. I have sometimes found that the different arms of the same young individual have reached different stages of development. Thus, in a young Antedon from station 232, one arm has large pinnules on the 2d and 16th joints, smaller ones on the 3d to the 6th, and mere stumps on the rest of the intervening joints. On other arms, however, there are no pinnules at all between the 4th and the 15th joints. Again, in a young Ant. phalangium from the Mediterranean, some arms have no pinnules at all between the 2d and 10th joints; while in one arm there are pinnules on 2, 4, 6, and 10, but none on 3, 5, 7, 8, or 9. This would seem to show that, when the basal pinnules of this species do begin to appear, the first-comers are those borne by the even-numbered joints on the outer side of the arm. Hence, whatever be the order of succession of these basal pinnules inter se, there is good reason to believe that their late appearance as a whole is a marked developmental character among the Comatule. This is a point of some importance, as will be seen immediately. During the Gulf Stream Expedition of 1869, Mr. Pourtalés dredged two small ten-armed Comatule in 450 fathoms, off Cojima, on the coast of Cuba. They were described by him under the name of Antedon cubensis ;* but the description given by him only applies to the larger and more perfect specimen, which differs considerxbly from the smaller and much mutilated one. Mr. Pourtalés seems to have recognized that the two were different, for in his description f of the Crinoids obtained by the “ Blake ” Expedition of 1877-78, he wrote as follows : — ‘ To this species (i. e. Ant. cubensis) I refer provisionally two specimens very much mutilated, having lost the cirrhi and the arms, differing somewhat from my type specimen, but possibly the differences may be due to age.” He then described a specimen dredged at Station 43, in 339 fathoms (to which I shall refer directly), and added that a smaller, equally mutilated one had been previously dredged by himself in 450 fathoms, near Havana (Fig. 7). These two specimens are quite different from the type of Ant. cubensis. Not only are the first radials visible and the second but little shorter than broad, as was mentioned by Mr. Pourtalés, but the first radials are * Bull. Mus. Comp. Zo6l., Vol. I. No. 11, p. 356. + Ibid., Vol. V. No. 9, pp. 214, 215. 166 BULLETIN OF THE separated from the centrodorsal by a complete circlet of basals, and there are no pinnules upon any of the first six arm-joints, which are the only ones preserved. An equally mutilated specimen was dredged by the “Challenger” in 350 fathoms, near Pernambuco, and more perfect ones were obtained off Nevis, St. Lucia, and Grenada during the cruise of the “ Blake” in 1878-79 (Stations 150, 151, 222, and 260, depths 291-375 fathoms). In most individuals the first pinnule is borne by the 12th arm-joint (Figs. 1, 2), but in one arm of one individual it occurs as early as the 10th joint. In no case, however, is there any pinnule on the second brachial. This type is one of singular interest. With the exception of the doubtful genus Comaster,* no recent Comatula yet known retains its embryonic basals on the exterior of the calyx after the latter part of its existence as a “ Pentacrinoid” ; while there is no known Comatuda, either recent or fossil, in which the basal circlet is complete, as it is in some Pentacrini,t and in the earlier stages of the Pentacrinoid larva. As regards the characters of its calyx, therefore, this new Comatula may be considered as a permanent larval form. The absence of pinnules from the lower portions of the arms points to the same conclusion ; and it is not a little singular to find these two larval characters (viz. a closed basal circlet and pinnule-less arm-bases) persisting in recent Comatule. The combination seems to me sufficiently remarkable to justify the establishment of a new genus, which I propose to call Atelecrinus.} The original specimen from Cuba (Fig. 7) is so different from those obtained later (Figs.-1, 3), that it should, I think, be regarded as a dis- tinct species, and may retain the name cubensis, originally conferred upon it by Mr. Pourtalés. The other species I propose to name bala- noides, in allusion to the peculiar form of its centrodorsal (Figs. 1, 3), which was well described as acorn-shaped by Mr. Pourtalés. It may be as much as 5 mm. long by 34 mm. in diameter, and bears five double rows of cirrhus-sockets, which are separated near its upper end by slight interradial ridges and do not quite reach the dorsal pole. Each socket has a horseshoe-shaped rim which is much more strongly marked in some specimens than in others. The arch of the horseshoe is directed up- wards, and the two ends are frequently turned somewhat upwards and outwards, so that the surface of the centrodorsal has a very rough ap- pearance. This is more marked, however, in Atelecrinus cubensis (Fig. 7). * Journ. Linn. Soc. Zo6l., Vol. XIII. pp. 454-456. + Ibid., Vol. XV. pp. 210, 213-215. t dreds, incomplete, MUSEUM OF COMPARATIVE ZOOLOGY. ~ 167 In none of the specimens are the cirrhi preserved entire. They are long and slender, consisting of 30+ joints, the lowest of which are quite short; but from the fifth or sixth onwards they are very long (24 mm.) and tolerably equal (Fig. 1). The extent of development of the basals varies with the size of the individual, apparently diminishing with age as in ordinary Comatule. In the smallest specimen they are wide but low pentagons, which fall away very rapidly from their interradial apices to the points where they meet one another beneath the radials. The middle of each basal rests on the top of one of the interradial ridges at the upper end of the centro- dorsal (Figs. 4, 5), just as the basals of Pentacrinus rest on the upper ends of the interradial ridges of the stem. The pentagonal shape of the basals is still traceable in the slightly older specimens which are the origi- nals of Figs. 1 and 3; but in still older ones, just as in the Pentacri- noid of Antedon rosacea, the amount of the first radials which is visible on the exterior of the calyx, becomes relatively less and less, and the same is the case with the basals. These are best described as triangular, with their lower angles extended so as just to meet those of their fellows and separate the radials from the centrodorsal by what is practically little more than a line, only visible at all under specially favorable conditions of light. In fact, I believe that even this is absent in parts of some of the specimens, the radials coming into partial contact with the centro- dorsal just as in Pent. asteria. The acorn-shaped centrodorsal of Atelecrinus balanoides is nearly as deep as it is high. The opening of its cavity has a narrow pentagonal rim, from the interradial angles of which strong ridges descend the sloping walls, diminishing in size as they approach the apex, where they die away without meeting one another (Fig. 5). The large openings of the cirrhus sockets are visible between them. Owing to the manner in which they project inwards, the centrodorsal cavity has a five-lobed shape, the re-entering angles between the broad but short lobes corre- sponding to the interradial ridges. The large upper ends of these ridges are somewhat hollowed, as are the lower surfaces of the basal plates which rest upon them (Fig. 4). When seen edgeways each of these plates has the form of a short triangular prism, with a flattened plate- like extension on each side (Figs. 6 a, 65). They are in complete con- tact laterally, so as to form an unbroken ring around the central opening of the calyx, which is not quite so large as is shown in Fig. 4; for it is encroached upon by excessively delicate processes that project inwards from near the lateral margin of each basal. Owing to their extreme 168 BULLETIN OF THE fragility, — the “rosette” of a small Antedon being massive in com- parison, —I found it impossible to preserve them intact; but their position is indicated in Fig. 6 0. There is nothing specially remarkable about the radials and the lowest arm-joints of Afelecrinus, but the arm-joints generally are somewhat peculiar in their characters. They are rather longer than in most Comatule, and have shallower bodies, while the muscle plates which rise from about the middle of each joint are unusually thin. There is, in consequence, a series of large gaps between the muscle plates of succes- sive joints, which are occupied by correspondingly large muscular bun- dles (Figs. 1, 2, 7). These are not concealed from view by superficial perisome as they are in ordinary Comatule ; but the food-groove lies close down upon and between the muscles, all the structures connected with it being very much reduced and contracted together, as I have sometimes found to be the case in Ant. rosacea. At the sides of the groove are a few scattered “ sacculi” (Fig. 2). The pinnules which are borne by the twelfth and following joints are comparatively short and styliform, and are composed of ten or twelve elongated joints. Their ambulacra are more spotted with “sacculi” than those of the arms, and are fringed with tentacles, of which I have as yet found no traces on the arms. The following are the chief points of difference between Atelecrinus cubensis and A. balanoides. In the former species (Fig. 7) the base of the centrodorsal is much wider relatively to its height than in the latter (Figs. 1, 3) ; the cirrhus sockets are more closely packed, and the points of their horseshoe-shaped rims more prominent ; while the five processes at the ventral rim which support the basals are more strongly marked than in any specimen, large or small, of Atelecrinus balanoides. In cor- respondence with this feature, the shape of the basals is very different in the two species. In the little A. cubensis they form a kind of belt of tolerably uniform height with its interradial angles somewhat produced, which everywhere separates the first radials from the centrodorsal. The second radials are squarer, and the axillaries project rather more into them than is the case in A. balanoides ; while the first brachials are relatively shorter, the second longer and projecting more into the first, and the three following joints also relatively longer than in the larger — species. Taking all these facts into consideration, I think it very probable that we are dealing with two distinct species. Although Pourtalés’s original specimen (A. cubensis) is very considerably smaller than those obtained MUSEUM OF COMPARATIVE ZOOLOGY. 169 more recently, its centrodorsal bears quite as many cirrhus sockets as theirs do, or even more. This rather indicates that it is not merely a premature form, as one might be inclined to regard it, owing to the relatively greater length of its arm-joints. The peculiarities of Antedon columnaris are almost sufficiently obvious in Fig. 8. I can find no traces on its columnar centrodorsal of any sutures which would indicate its composition out of two or more anchy- losed joints. In fact the alternating arrangement of its cirrhus sockets indicates the improbability of such an anchylosis. They are disposed in five double rows separated by interradial ridges, at the tops of which minute basals are visible, just as in Pentacrinus asteria. The lower end of the column is somewhat concave, but appears to be completely closed and devoid of any central perforation. The loose arms obtained with the calyx are rather large and massive, and resemble those of Atelecrinus in having the ambulacrum close down upon the top of the large muscu- lar bundles. In conclusion I may mention that many of the Comatule I have ex- amined were the hosts of Myzostomide. The Gulf Stream dredgings of 1867-69 yielded these curious parasites at five stations. They were also obtained on the Yucatan Bank, and at two other localities during the “Blake” expedition of 1877-78, and at fourteen stations between Mont- serrat and Grenada in 1878-79. Twenty specimens were dredged at No. 269 (off St. Vincent), where Comatule were very abundant. Captain Cole’s haul off St. Lucia also yielded one specimen, and I found another on the Actinometra sent to the Copenhagen Museum as Antedon Hagenii. The Actinometra brought from Yeddo by Prof. E. 8. Morse also furnished an example. All the Myzostomide have been sent, together with those from the “Challenger” dredgings, to my friend, Prof. L. Graff, of Aschaf- fenburg, who has added so much to our knowledge of the European species. Published October 1, 1881. EXPLANATION OF THE PLATE. Figs. 1-6. Atelecrinus balanoides nov. gen. & sp. Fig. 1. The best specimen obtained (No. 151, off Nevis). The first pinnule visible is on the 13th brachial, that borne by the 12th brachial being on the opposite side of the arm, and therefore out of sight. X 4. Portion of an arm between the 10th and 18th joints, showing the absence of pinnules as far as the 11th joint (inclusive). X 4. Side view of the calyx of another specimen. X 8. Radials and basals from beneath. The minute processes at the central ends of the basals are omitted. X 10. The centrodorsal from above. X 10. A single basal (without its central processes). a. From the outer side. b. From above. X 14. Atelecrinus cubensis. Pourt.sp. A single specimen dredged by Mr. Pour- talés, in 1869, off Cojima, near Havana, in 450 fathoms. X 8. Antedon columnaris n. sp. No. 222, off St. Lucia. X 4, MMLETH TOs Wap PH Carpenter. Blake’ Comatulae. Berjeau & Highley del et hth NEW CARIBBEAN COMATULAE Qe ee Eee a —— No. 5.— Observations on the Species of the Genus PaRTuLa Feér., with a Bibliographical Catalogue of all the Species. By WIL- LIAM DELL Hartman, M. D. Tue genus Partula, proposed by Baron Férussac, in 1819, at the present time embraces numerous species, encumbered by synonyms and manuscript names. This catalogue has been prepared with a view to ~ indicate the former, as well as to eliminate and define the status of the latter, hoping in the future to be enabled to indicate a full and correct synonymical catalogue of the genus, together with a new arrangement of the species. Prior to his decease, the late William Harper Pease was engaged in the preparation of a monograph of the genus Partula, in which he designed describing and figuring all his new species. In an- ticipation of this work, he freely distributed his manuscript and pub- lished species amongst institutions and private collections. Since that time the names of many of the former have been incorporated into printed catalogues, thereby creating confusion in synonymy, and hence it was deemed proper to notice all such in these pages. The large col- lection of Mr. Pease having, by purchase, passed into the possession of the Museum of Comparative Zodlogy, Cambridge, through the favor of Professor Agassiz of that institution I have been enabled to trace his published and manuscript species with a considerable degree of accuracy. I have also been favored by Andrew Garrett, Esq., of Huaheine, (who collected for Mr. Pease, and was familiar with all his species,) with all the species and varieties of Mr. Pease from the islands the maps of which accompany this paper. In the year 1864, the Rev. P. P. Car- penter published in the proceedings of the Zovlogical Society a catalogue of Partule with synonyms, chiefly those of Mr. Pease, which contains numerous incorrect determinations. Mr. Gloyne has also published a partial list of Partule in the Quarterly Journal of Conchology, which contains several synonymical inaccuracies. In the proceedings of the Zovlogical Society for 1871, the late William H. Pease published a cata- logue of the Polynesian Partule, numbering over sixty species. In this list he has omitted twenty-seven species, which embraced all his manu- script, together with a few of his published species. These omissions, it VOL. IX.— No. 5. 172 BULLETIN OF THE is to be supposed, he regarded at that time as obsolete, or synonyms of known species. Dr. Pfeiffer, in Vol. VIII. of his Monographia Heliceorum Viventium, has enumerated one hundred and four species, but marks thirteen species of Mr. Pease as unknown to him. ‘This is surprising, as the species of Mr. Pease, both manuscript and published, were freely distributed over Germany long before this publication, through the Museum Godeffroy and private channels. The institution named has published a partial list of Partule, embracing some of the manuscript species of Mr. Pease. Dr. Piitel in his catalogue has also enumerated about thirty-six species of Partula. Mr. Pease designated about eighty species and varieties of Partula by descriptions, figures, and manuscript names, many of which, however, are synonyms of known species. The stations of Partula, as published by Mr. Pease and Dr. Pfeiffer, in many instances are incorrect or entirely omitted. These omissions and inaccuracies are often very embarrassing, but in some instances they are attributable to the shells having been collected by missionaries, mariners, and others, who carried them from one island to another until their identity of station was lost or forgotten ; and in this manner species belonging to Tahiti or the Marquesas have been erroneously accredited to the Sandwich or other islands. In the present catalogue, Mr. Garrett vouches for the correctness of all the stations to which his name is attached. So far as known, the genus is confined to the Pacific Islands. They have never been found at the Sandwich group, or New Caledonia; its western limit is New Guinea, and they are not found in New Zealand or Australia. North of the equator, they are found at the Pelew Islands, and as far north as Guam in the Ladrone Islands. The New Hebrides and Solomon’s Island have afforded a few species almost un- known to collections in this country. The metropolis of the genus is situated in the Polynesian Islands, but few species being found in the islands of other groups. Of these the island of Raiatea, having a length of fourteen miles and a breadth of three to four miles, is principal: about thirty species and varieties are accredited to this island alone. “The different species are confined to small areas, or restricted to single valleys, each of which has its specific centre, and the range of many « species is quite circumscribed. When a species has migrated to an ad- joining valley, it has retained all the specific characters belonging to its ancestors at the centre of distribution. Certain species and varieties are confined to separate valleys. P. Hebe Pse. will be found in one ‘ 5 , ‘ MUSEUM OF COMPARATIVE ZOOLOGY. 173 valley, while P. globosa Pse. Mss. = Hebe var. will be found in a remote valley. P. hyalina Brod. and P. faba Mart. range through all parts of the islands where they occur. The island of Bora-bora, eighteen or twenty miles northwest from Raiatea, should, from its size as compared with other islands, produce five or six species. On the contrary, it pro- duces but a solitary species, P. lutea Less., which is remarkably uniform in its specific character, and widely distributed over the island. P. hya- lina Brod. has the widest range of any other species inhabiting the Poly- nesian Islands ; it has spread over Tahiti, and is abundant at the Austral group, over three hundred miles south of the former island. It is also found at Mangaia, one of Cook’s Islands, five hundred miles southwest of Tahiti. The Polynesian group, in which the greatest number of species occurs, comprises eight islands, six of which are inhabited by more than half of the known species of the genus. The distance of these islands from each other is from ten to ninety miles. The former distance is between Tahiti and Moorea, and the latter separates Moorea from Hua- heine. Tahaa and Huaheine are only three or four miles apart, but are enclosed in the same encircling reef, and may be regarded as one island separated into two by more or less shallow water. Tahaa is in- habited by two or three species comprising two or three distinct types, which are also represented on Raiatea, but not elsewhere. Bora-bora is ten miles from Tahaa, and, as before mentioned, possesses but a single species. Notwithstanding the short distance between the several islands, and the constant intercourse of the inhabitants for hundreds of years, not a single instance has come to my knowledge of a species having been introduced from one island to another.” * Hybrids are common amongst some species, and rare with others. They even occur between arboreal and ground species. As to the amount of fertility existing amongst hybrids, we possess no certain data, but to these intermediate forms is to be ascribed the embarrass- ment which so often besets the conchologist in the determination of species. As was to be expected, the hybrids in my collection are chiefly the result of the union of proximate species. I possess three which partake of the mingled characters of P. crassilabris Pse. and P. bella Pse. Mss. = Hebe var.; one between P. affinis Pse. and P. rubes- cens Rve. = Otaheitana var. ; two between P. radiata Pse. Mss. and P. faba Mart.; several between P. virginea Pse. Mss. and P. amanda Garr. Mss. = faba var.; three between P. virginea Pse. and P. dubia Garr. Mss. ; two between P. virginea Pse. Mss. and P. dentifera Pse., * Garrett in litt. 174 BULLETIN OF THE several between P. Garrettii Pse. and P. Thalia Garr. Mss. ; two between P. faba Mart. and some unknown species; besides a few others which I cannot locate. Like many other Terrestrial Mollusks, Partulz are known as Vivipa- rous Hermaphrodites, and on this account they may differ from bisexual animals, in producing hybrids more or less fertile; and we may hazard the conjecture that some varieties of Partula originally may have re- sulted from fertile hybrids, being the first step in the formation of a race, afterwards intensified and rendered permanent by confinement to the food and climatic influences of one station, and to having been bred in and in, in such positions, for a long period. With respect to the mutation of species of Mollusca caused by food and station alone, we have a striking instance in the Achatinellas of the Sandwich Islands, a, genus in many respects analogous to Partula. It often happens that “the gravid females are washed by heavy rains from a favored position to drier levels, where after a few generations the progeny become depau- perated, and so stunted in size as to be mistaken for distinct species.” The distribution of the different species of Partula throughout the Pa- cific islands in some instances is not correctly ascertained ; and before we can pronounce with certainty on the stations occupied by some species, we must await a more thorough exploration of these islands, the conchology of which has not been accurately observed. Andrew Garrett, Esq., of Huaheine, who has resided and collected for many years in the Polynesian Islands, contends “that, as the different varieties of Partula are found in limited areas, all those exhibiting slight but constant differences should in most cases be acknowledged as dis- tinct species.” To this end he has kindly prepared the accompanying maps to illustrate their distribution. The names underlined on the maps indicate their metropolis or specific centre. A double line marks the locality of a ground species. Partule, like Trochomorpha, Nanina, Helicina, Succinea, and some other Terrestrial Mollusks in tropical coun- tries, are divided into Arboreal and Terrestrial species. The former being found during the dry season gummed to the leaves and bark of trees, while the latter are found at all times under decayed wood and leaves. “The character of the animals affords but little aid in the de- termination of species. In those of P. arguta Pse., P. turgida Pse., P. annectens Pse., and P. gracilis Pse., the exudation of mucus is much more viscid and tenacious than in other species. The ocular tentacles in these are longer and more slender, and the colors of the soft parts as seen through the pellucid shells are more variegated, than in the solid MUSEUM OF COMPARATIVE ZOOLOGY. 175 species. .... The animals of the arboreal species are lighter-colored than the terrestrial. The color of the animals in all the solid species varies from a pale cinereous, through all the intermediate shades of black, to dusky slate, while the thin-shelled species before mentioned are more or less of a luteous color.” * The shells of many species of Partula vary in size, weight, and coloration. When numbers of these apparent vari- eties are compared, aided by a microscopic examination of the surface of the shell, their specific identity is obvious. Some Partule may readily be mistaken for small Bulimi, especially that division of the genus in which the pillar tooth is absent, and the lip not broadly reflected, and concaye, as in P. rosea Brod. In other species the lip is widely re- flected, thick, and flat, often with a large pillar tooth within, which gives the aperture an auricular appearance, as seen in P. auriculata Brod., constituting two natural divisions of the genus, the Auriform and Buliminoid, which are divisible into sub-groups. Partulze differ from Bulimi in having the columella broadly reflected and compressed at base, leaving an umbilicus of variable size, whilst a few are imperforate, or narrowly umbilicate, and many species constantly exhibit a small tubercle on the columella. The spiral strie of the sur- face together with the embryonic fovea of the apex of the shell are found in all the species. Some species are constant in form and color, and also in the presence or absence in the adult of a denticle on the columella and a pillar tooth, whilst other species are more variable, especially as regards the latter feature. In P. spadicea Rve., only one specimen in fifty has a pillar .tooth, while in others the tooth is not absent in several hundred specimens. The same variation is observable in sinistral Par- tule. P. Mooreana nobis is both sinistral and dentate in fifteen hundred examples. P. Otaheitana Brug. and varieties exhibit a majority of re- versed examples, while P. vexillum Pse. has one in fifty and P. affinis Pse. only shows one in several hundred.f In sinistral examples, the whorls are either excessively drawn out, as in P. bulimoides Less., P. rubescens Rve., and P. perversa Pse. Mss. = Otaheitana Brug.; or they are closely rolled together, as in P. crassa Pse. Mss. and P. brevicula Pse. Mss. = P. Otaheitana vars. In the auriform division of the genus the lip of the immature shell is at first concave, the outer margin in the early stages partaking of the color of the epidermis. This concavity and coloration disappears as the * Garrett in litt. t I possess a sinistral example of Patula Cooperi W. G. Binn., from Colorado, se- lected from bushels of dextral specimens. 176 BULLETIN OF THE nacreous deposit increases with age, the thick flat labium and elevated pillar tooth always indicating maturity. The mature reflected lip of Partula always exhibits numerous inter- rupted microscopic lines, running in the direction of the peritreme. In all thin-shelled species the surface is more thickly crowded by the waved spiral striz, common to all the species, than in the heavy and thick-shelled varieties : in the latter, they are not so conspicuous, partly owing to the decussation of the more coarse oblique lines of growth. The shells of the same species of Partula often vary in color. Al- binism is often present ; but the species vary through all the shades of dark bay to pale or reddish chestnut, greenish yellow, rufous, hyaline, and white. The colors, which are deposited by glands on the margin of the man- tle, are not found in the embryo, but after extrusion and exposure to light and heat the colors appear; and owing to the latter influences, the arboreal species are more beautifully marked than the terrestrial. The colors of the shell are arranged in streaks, rays, or bands, the latter varying in number and width, while the former follow the direc- tion of the whorls, becoming wider as the shell increases. Like Acha- tinella, some species possess a white sutural line beneath the whorls of the spire, and the uniform dark purple or rose tint of the apical whorl is a marked feature in the coloration of many species. In the embryonic shell the fine spiral strie of the epidermis at the apex (when viewed by a glass) are seen to consist of spiral rows of fovez, or separate depressions in the epidermis, which occupy the first one and a half or two whorls (the usual number they possess when extruded from the oviduct). After birth the fovez are discontinued ; but we see in their stead the fine spiral waved striz common to all the species, the em- bryonic fovez always remaining at the apex of the shell, constituting a generic feature common to all Partule with which I am acquainted. In Partula, as in some species of Helix, Bulimus, Achatinella, and many vivip- arous fresh-water genera, as Paludina and Lanistes, we meet with what are termed sinistral or reversed individuals. We can only conjecture as to the cause of this departure from the more usual conformation; but it may be owing to a reversal of the vital forces acting during the segmentation of the yolk of the egg in the early stages of the formation of the embryo. The eggs of the common garden slug (which are almost transparent, and afford good material for observation) a short time after deposition exhibit the germinal vesicle (which lies in the midst of the yolk) rising to the upper part, where a distinct rotation may be seen ; after which it under- MUSEUM OF COMPARATIVE ZOOLOGY. 177 goes segmentation, and the germ appears. The rotary motion, which is probably due to ciliary or vital action, consists of two or three turns in one direction and the same number in a reversed one; and in this reversed vital action during segmentation of the yolk of the egg may lie the secret of sinistral or reversed shells. Several years ago I received from Mr. Garrett a number of species of Partula in alco- hol. These I presented to William G. Binney, Esq., of Burlington, New Jersey, well known to scientists for his work on the anatomy and lingual dentition of Terrestrial Mollusks; and his observations on Partula are reported in the Proceedings of the Academy of Natu- ral Sciences, Philadelphia, for April, 1873, which may be epitomized in this place as follows: “In the examination of the animals of twenty- three species of Partula he not only found the external characters to agree generically, but the peculiarity of the lingual dentition was constantly exhibited. Nothing remarkable was observed in the ner- yous, respiratory, or alimentary systems.” “The jaw differs in the different species in the more or less attenuation of the ends, and also in the number of plates of which it is composed. The lingual membrane is broad, and the denticles vary in size and number in the different spe- cies, as in other Terrestrial Geophila. Excepting that some of the mem- branes had narrower teeth than others, he found no difference in them. The Genitalia differed somewhat in the different species, illustrations of which accompany the paper. Férussac’s observations concerning their viviparous character were confirmed, but he had overlooked the fact that the animal possessed the two inferior tentacles.” Through the kindness of Professor Dall I have received some Partulze in alcohol from the Smithsonian Institution, some of which I have sub- mitted to a microscopical examination of the jaw and lingual dentition. I find the number of plates in the jaw on each side of the median line varies in the same species, as well as in the different species, agree- ing in this respect with other terrestrial Geophila. For example, in P. subangulata Pse. Mss. = P. faba Mart. var., the formula was 33, $3, #2, #9, #9, #9. Im P. obesa Pse. Mss. = P. auriculata Brod. var., the formula was 3%, 33, 38, 3§, $8, 34, 34. Of P. vexillum Pse., P. Ganymedes Pse., and P. inflata Rve., I possess but one specimen each. In P. vexillum the formula was 39; in P. Ganymedes, 32; and in P. inflata, 34. The form of the teeth and dental formula in P. Gany- medes and P. inflata are similar, the only difference being in the number of rows on each membrane. The shape of all the jaws agreed with the figure of Mr. Binney. Whether the number of plates in the jaw or the VOL. IX. — No. 5. 12’ 178 BULLETIN OF THE number of denticles on the lingual membrane depends on the age of the individual, I am not prepared to affirm. The shells, however, from which my examples were taken were all mature, which is always indicated by the thick, flat, and fully expanded lip. In the examination of the lin- gual membranes, not only of Partula, but of all other Gasteropods, it is noticeable that the denticles of the anterior extremity of the lingual membrane are always more stout and prominent, gradually diminishing in size towards the posterior part, where for several rows the denticles become almost obsolete, presenting at last a mere rudimentary appear- ance. In preparing a lingual membrane for a slide it may be observed that the denticles at the anterior extremity always separate more read- ily from the membrane. This, taken in connection with their gradual diminution in size, has suggested the query in my mind whether the wear and loss of the anterior denticles were supplied by a constant renewal of those from behind. From the continued presence of rudi- mentary denticles in varying stages of growth on the posterior part of the lingual membrane of all Gasteropodous Mollusks, whether terrestrial, fluviatile, or marine, which I have examined, it would seem probable that the mode of growth is such as I have indicated. To Andrew Garrett, Esq., of Huaheine, who for many years has col- lected in the various islands of the Pacific, 1 am under many obliga- tions for specimens and information in reference to the stations and distribution of Partule, together with other facts of his personal ob- servation embodied in this paper. To the Conchological Department of the Museum of Comparative Zodlogy, so ably represented by Prof. Charles E. Hamlin, I am indebted for the opportunity of examining the collection of Partule belonging to the late William Harper Pease, and also for his kindness in selecting a suite from the duplicates in the Museum. To the personal friendship of Professor Baird, seconded by his efficient assistant, Professor Dall, I owe many thanks for the opportu- nity afforded me of examining the collection of Partule contained in the Smithsonian Institution. To Edgar A. Smith, F. Z. 8., Assistant Con- chologist in the British Museum, I am under obligations for his kindness in comparing my specimens with types in the Museum, and for valuable information pertaining to the same. For specimens I am indebted to many friends, among whom I may ~ mention A. D. Brown, Esq., of Princeton, New Jersey ; Robert Damon, Esq., of Weymouth, England; Mr. Robert F. Geale, formerly with Hugh Cuming; G. B. Sowerby, Jr., Esq., of London; and Dr. Schmeltz, of the Museum Godeffroy, Hamburg. OO EE — MUSEUM OF COMPARATIVE ZOOLOGY. 179 To Mr. Geo. W. Tryon, Jr., Curator of the Conchological Department of the Academy of Natural Sciences, Philadelphia, I am especially obliged for his uniform courtesy insaiding me in the examination of books and specimens belonging to the Academy. GENUS PARTULA FERUSSAC. 1819. Helix Mill. — Otis Humph. — Auris Chem. — Bulimus Brug. — Volute Dill. — Partulus Beck. — Partula Pfr., W. H. Pease, O. Semper, W. G. Binney. {All species marked with a dagger are embraced in my collection — Species are printed in SMALL CaPITALs ; synonyms, in Jtalics.] P. aBpBreviaTa Mouss., J. C., xvii. p. 339, pl. 15, f. 7, 1869. Island Tutuila, Graffe. + P. abbreviata Pse. Mss. (non Mouss.), Mus. Godeff. Cat., v. p. 91, 1874. Island Raiatea, Garr. = P. Thalia. + P. actor Albers, (Partulus) Helicien, p. 87, 1850. Belcher Island. P. adusta Garr. Mss. in litt. Tahiti, Garr. + P. afinis Pse., A.J. C., iii. p. 224, 1867, Tahiti, Garr. —=lignaria. This shell is variable in size and color; it is often confounded with small dextral examples of P. Otaheitana; some are more elongate than others, while a few are almost globose. In the Pease collection, a few of the latter were labelled by him P. bacca, Pse. Mss. The pillar tooth is often absent, and the shell is usually smaller in size than depauperated examples of P. Otaheitana, of a dark bay or rufous color, often with darker oblique striz, and occasionally with a dark-brown band at the periphery. The surface is always smooth, looking as though it had been oiled. All specimens of P. rufa from correspondents = P. affinis ; the former is said to occur in the Caroline Islands. + P. anazasrrina Pfr. (Bulimus), P. Z. 8., p. 39, 1856. Fiji Islands, Geale. Solomon’s Island, Cox. T P. alternata Pse. Mss., Moorea, Garr. = P. suturalis Pfr. + P. amadilis Pfr. (Bulimus), P. Z. 8., p. 38, 1850. Tutuilaand Anaa Islands, Tahiti, Garr. = P. Otaheitana var. P. amanda Garr. Mss., Tahaa, Garr. = P. faba var. + P. annectens Pse. (Bul.), P. Z. 8., p. 671, 1864. Huaheine, Garr. + P. approximata Pse., Mus. Godeff. Cat., v. p. 207, 1874. Raiatea, Garr. + P. arcuta Pse. (Bul.), P. Z. S., p. 670, 1864. Huaheine, Garr. + P. assruruis Pse., A. J. C., p. 230, pl. 15, f. 28, 29, 1867. Raratonga, Garr. This shell may prove to be a local variety of P. varia. + P. arrenvata Pse, P. Z. S., p. 672, 1864. Raiatea, Tahiti, Garr. P. Australis Brug. (Bul.), Encye. Meth., i. No. 83, 1792. =P. faba. 180 BULLETIN OF THE + P. auricutata Brod., P. Z. S., p. 33, 1832; also Conch. Icon. Mon. Part., pl. 2, f. 11", 11°, 1849. Tahiti, Garr. P. bella Pse. Mss., Patel Cat., p. 104, 1873. Raiatea, Garr =P. Hebe var. This shell has been widely distributed as P. bella Pse. Mss. The true P. bella Pse. is claimed for the next species. + P. delia Pse. Mss. In Coll. A. N.S. Phila. ex auctore=P. Amanda Garr. Mss. = P. faba var., Raiatea. This shell was deposited in the A. N. 8. by Mr. Pease, long anterior to the date of Patel’s Catalogue. + P. diangulata Pse. Mss., Coll. Pse. =P. faba var. + P. bicolor Garr. Mss. in litt. Huaheine, Garr. = P. varia var. + P. Bicotor Pse., P. Z. S., p. 473, 1871; also A. J. C., vii. p. 26, pl. 9, £. 4, 1872. Guam. + P. Bureata Pse., A. J. C., ii. p. 201; id, iii. p. 81, pl. 1, f. 10, 1866-1867. Tahaa, Garr. + P. Brazieri Pse., A. J. C., vii. p. 27, pl. 9, f. 5, 1872. Island Tutuila, Bra- zier ; specimens in A. N. S. Phila. ex auctore = P. Turneri. + P. drumalis Rve., Conch. Icon. Mon. Part., species 2, pl. 1, f. 2, 1849. Ponape ; = P. Guamensis. + P. brevicula Pse. Mss., Coll. Pse. =a short sinistral P. Otaheitana, Tahiti. + P. drunnea Pse. Mss., Coll. Pse. =a dark elongated variety of P. faba. + P. Butmomes Less., Voy. Coq., p. 326, 1829. I have no hesitation in pro- nouncing upolensis, canalis, semi-lineata, and conica varieties of this species. + P. Cateponica Pfr. (Bul.), P. Z. S., p. 387, 1861. New Hebrides. = Pfeif- feri = P. Macgillivrayi. So far as I have been able to secure specimens of these species, it would seem that the two former are slender or depauperated varieties of the latter. + P. calistoma Smeltz, Mus. Godeff. Cat., v. p. 507, 1874 = callifera. + P. Catypso O. Semper, J. C., xiii. p. 417, pl. 12, f. 5, 1863. Pelelilu. This shell, together with P. Thetis and P. Leucothoe, are all from one island; the figures are all of one type, differing only in size and coloration. + P. canalis Mouss., J. C., xiii. p. 182, 1869. Tulare, Upolu, Garr. = Buli- moides, yellow sinistral variety. + P. catiirera Pfr., P. Z. S., p. 333, 1856. Raiatea, Garr. P. Cepolensis Mouss. Mss., Patel, Cat., p. 83 = Upolensis. + P. CarTEeRENsIs Quoy et Gaim, (Helix), Voy. Astro., ii. p. 117, pl. 9, f. 10, 11, 1830. Specimens of P. spadicea are sometimes confounded with this species, P. Carterensis is more solid and slender, the spiral striw are almost obsolete, and more widely separated than P. spadicea and varieties. In the former, the denticle on the columella is absent, while in the latter it is always present. + P. castanea Garr. Mss. in litt. Faaloa valley, N. E. coast of Raiatea, Garr. = P. terrestris. + P. citrina Pse., A. J. C., ii. p. 195, 1866. Raiatea, Garr.= P. faba var. + P. crverza Albers, Moll. Blat., p. 98, 1857. Solomon’s Island, Dr. Cox. The spiral strie in this shell are more regular, less waved and crowded than in P. spadicea and varieties, some examples of which it resembles. MUSEUM OF COMPARATIVE ZOOLOGY. 181 + P. ciara Pse., P. Z. S., p. 671, 1864. Tahiti, Garr. In the Smithsonian collection this species is regarded as = P. hyalina ; it is doubtless a good species. Mr. Garrett informs me that it seems to be rapidly disappearing from the island of Tahiti. + P. cognata Pse. Mss., Mus. Godeff. Cat., v. p. 92, 1874. Huaheine, Garr. = P. rosea var. + P. compacta Pse., A. J. C., ii. p. 200; Id. iii. p. 81, pl. 1, f. 9, 1866-67. Raiatea, Garr. This shell possesses the keyhole aperture of P. auriculata; it is a good species. + P. compressa Pfr. Mss. (Bul.), Mus. Cuming, Conch. Icon. Mon. Part., spe- cies 20, pl. 4, f. 20, 1850, Fiji Islands, coll. Taylor. This shell is very rare in collections. + P. concrnna Pse., A. J. C., vii. p. 196, 1872. Tanna, New Hebrides. Mr. Pease remarks, ‘‘ This shell is the type of P. repanda”; it resembles it in con- tour, but is less than half the size of P. repanda. + P. conica Gould, Proceedings Boston Soc. Nat. Hist., p. 196, 1848. Rarkaa and Samoa Islands, Gould. Upolu, Garr. Tulare, Navigator’s Islands, Cox= P. bulimoides. P. Cookiana Mouss. Mss., p. 28, f. 28,29. Raratonga (Garr. in litt.) = P. assimlis P + P. Cori Angas, Cox, Cat. Land Shells of Solomon’s Island, p. 46, 1868. Ysabel and Solomon’s Island, Dr. Cox. I have been unable to find any notice of this shell except in the catalogue of Dr. Cox. Specimens labelled P. Coxi from several correspondents = P. grisea; those from Dr. Cox = P. micans. + P. crassttasris Pse., A. J. C., ii, p. 199; Id. iii. p. 81, pl. 1, f. 6, 1866, 1867. Raiatea, Garr. + P. crassa Pse. Mss., Mus. Godeff. Cat., v. p. 92, 1874—a sinistral short heavy specimen of P. Otaheitana. Tahiti. P. crassiuscula Garr. Mss. in litt. in Mus. Godeff. Pacific Isls., Garr. + P. decorticata Pse. Mss., Coll. Pse. Raiatea =P. dentifera denuded of epi- dermis. + P. pscussatota Pfr, P. Z. S., p. 131, 1850. Con. Icon. Mon. Part., species 24, pl. 4, f. 23, 1849. Dominique, Marquesas, Garr. Samoa, Pse. Navigator’s Isls., Dr. Cox. + P. pentirera Pfr., P. Z. S., p. 85,1852. Raiatea, Garr. Solomon’s Island, Dr. Cox. P. diminuta C. B. Adams, Ann. Lye. Nat. Hist., v. p. 81, 1850. Society Islands. IT have been unable to identify this shell. It would seem that the types in the Adams collection are lost. From the description I am inclined to believe it a variety of that protean species P. Otaheitana. + P. pusia Garr. Mss. in litt. Tahaa, Garr. = faba dentate var.* + P. elongata Pse., A. J. C., ii. p. 196; Id. iii. p. 81, pl. 1, f. 2, 1866-67. Moorea, Garr. = P. spadicea var. * Andrew Garrett, of Huaheine, will describe the Mss. species of Mr, Pease and himself which are marked as good species in this catalogue. 182 BULLETIN OF THE P. Erhelii Morelet, J. C., iv. p. 371, pl. 12, f. 7, 8, 1853. Moorea = simulans ? + P. expansa Pse., A. J.C., vii. p. 26, pl. 9, f.3, 1871. Tutuila, Brazier, type in A. N.S. ex auctore. An examination of the animal and embryo of this species is necessary to establish its claim to a place in the genus Partula. P. extensa Pse., P. Z. S., p. 473, 1871. This is an error in name for P. ex- pansa. See Pfr. Mon. Helic., viii. p. 204. + P. papa Martyn (Limax), Universal Conch., il. p. 67, central figs., 1784. Raiatea, Garr. + P. fasciata Pse., A. J. C., il. p. 202, 1866. Marquesas, Garr. =P. Gany- medes small var. + P. ritosa Pfr., P. Z.S., p. 262, 1851. Tahiti, Garr. Navigator’s Isls., Cox. + P.rormosa Pse. Mss., Coll. Pse. Raiatea, Garr. This shell is common in col- lections, and by Cuming was considered to = P. dentifera. It is a much larger and finer colored shell than P. dentifera, from which it is doubtless distinct. The latter is always much smaller, of a greenish-yellow color, with a yellow apex, while P. formosa is always pale reddish, or orange red, with a dark red apex. +7 P. Fusca Pse., A. J. C., ii. p. 193, 1866. Raiatea, Garr. The types of P. fusca in the Museum of Comparative Zodlogy are young, immature shells, and = P. ovalis and P. lugubris, as generally found in collections. When large quan- tities of the above species are compared with P. protea Pse., they may be arranged in the following order, from the junior to the adult shell: P. lugubris = P. ovalis = P. protea = P. fusca. Some well-grown P. fusca are as large as examples of P. faba, which they somewhat resemble. In the Smithsonian collection, P. fusca is marked as equalling P. faba. This, however, is an error, as P. faba is arboreal, while P. fusca is terrestrial. These varieties of P. fusca are all terrestrial, and all inhabit the island of Raiatea. + P. Ganymepes Pfr. (Bul.), P. Z. S., p. 39, 1850; also Conch. Icon. Mon. Part., species 16, pl. 3, f. 16, 1846. Dominique, Marquesas, Garr. + P. Garrerru Pse., P. Z. S., p. 672, 1864. Raiatea, Garr. + P. cmpa Fér., Prod., p. 66, No. 3, 1822; also Conch. Icon. Mon. Part., species 15, f. 15", 15%. Island Guam. + P. globosa Pse. Mss., Coll. Pse., Mus. Godeff. Cat., v. p. 207. Raiatea, Garr. = P. Hebe var. + P. ctutryosa Pfr., P. Z. S., p. 85, 1852. Navigator’s Islands, Solomon’s Island, Cox. + P. gonocheila Pfr. (Bul.), Zeit. far Malacol., p. 82, 1847; also Conch. Icon. Mon. Part., species 19, pl. 4, f. 19, 1850—=P. Ganymedes. I possess a shell said to be from J)ominique, the exact counterpart of Reeve’s figure, color included. This shell does not agree with specimens of P. gonocheila in the British Museum, or with the figure of P. gonocheila in Chemnitz. I am at a loss to account for the discrepancy, unless it is to be found in a habit of Cuming, substituting what he considered better specimens for those already in the British Museum collection. My shells are certainly P. Ganymedes. + P. gracilis Pse., A. J. C., ii. p. 197, iii. p. 81, pl. 1, f. 3, 1866-67 = P. attenuata. MUSEUM OF COMPARATIVE ZOOLOGY. 183 + P. gracilior Pse. Mss., specimens in A. N. 8. Isabel Island = P. gracilis. + P grisea Lesson (Bul.), Voy. Coquill., xiii. p. 325, pl. 13, f. 11, 1829. New Guinea. I often receive this shell from correspondents and others as P. Coxi. My shells all agree with the figure and description of P. grisea. + P. Guamensis Pfr. (Bul.), Phil. Abbild. und Beschreib. Conch., ii. p. 113, pl. 4, f. 9, 1821. Guam, Ladrone Islands. The spiral rows of fovew at the apex of the shells of all Partule, both embryo and adult, are not visible on the embryos of this species sent to me from the Museum of Comparative Zoology, which, in the absence of an examination of the animal, leads me to doubt its being a true Partula. + P. Hess Pfr. (Bul.), P. Z. S., p. 39, 1846. Reeve, Mon. Part., species 25, pl. 4, f. 25, 1850. Raiatea, Garr. + P. nyazina Brod., P. Z. S., p. 32, 1832. Tahiti Mauguaia, Garr. Ru- rutu, Le Cage. Tumaco, Cuming. + P. Huahinensis Gary. Mss., Mus. Godeff. Cat., v. p. 92, 1874. Huaheine, Garr. = P. varia var. + P. mwperrorata Pse. Mss., Mus. Godeff. Cat., v. pp. 92, 207, 1874. Raia- tea, Garr. + P. miata Rve., P. Z. S., p. 197, 1842; also Rve., Mon. Part., species 3, f. 3°, 3°, 1849. Dominique, Marquesas, Garr. + P. Isabellina Pir. (Bul.), P. Z. 8., p. 39, 1846. Rve., Mon. Part., species 10, f. 8°, 1849 = P. Otaheitana var. Tahiti. + P. labiata Pse. Mss., Mus. Godeff. Cat., v. p. 207, 1874—=P. dentifera Raiatea. 7 P. pavieata Pfr., P. Z. S., p. 334, 1856. P. Leucothoé O. Semp., J. C., xiii. p. 419, pl. 12, f. 5, 1865. Peleliu; see P. Calypso. + P. uenarta Pse., P. Z. S., p. 671, 1864. Tahiti, Garr. This shell very nearly approximates, if it is not identical with, P. affinis. I have arrived at this conclusion after the examination of a quart of each variety. P. uiveata Lesson (Bul.), Voy. Coquill., p. 324, pl. 7, f. 8,9, 1826. Oualan, Friendly Islands. This species has been erroneously referred to P. vexillum. I regard it as differing from all others with which I am acquainted. + P. lilacina Pfr. (Bul.), P. Z. S., p. 334, 1856. Bora-bora Isl. =P. lutea. Through the kindness of Edgar A. Smith, F. Z. S., of the British Museum, I have been enabled to establish the true position of this species. P. lilacina Pfr. is a highly colored specimen of P. lutea Less.; while P. solidula Rve., as figured in his Monograph of Partula, is a large and fully developed specimen of P. lutea without color. + P. lineolata Pse., A. Z. C., iii. p. 224, 1867. Tahiti, Garr. =P. filosa. The type of P. filosa in the Brit. Mus. confirms the identity of P. lineolata with P. filosa. t P. trata Mouss., J. C., xviii. p. 126, 1870 Tavinu, Viti Isles, Garr. P. lugubris Pse., P. Z. S., p. 672, 1864. Raiatea, Garr.—=P. fusca Jr; see P. fusca. 184 BULLETIN OF THE + P. torea Less., Voy. Coquill., p. 325, 1856. Bora-bora Isl., Garr. + P. Macertirvrayi Pfr., P. Z. S., p. 97, 1855. Annietium Isl., New Hebri- des, Cox. This shell is described and figured from a large ventricose and weather- beaten example. + P. marginata Garr. in litt. Tahaa, Garr. = P. faba var. + P. Mastersii Pfr., P. Z. 8., p.110, 1857. Guam, Ladrone Islands, Dr. Mas- ters = P. gibba var. P. maura Grateloup, Actes Soc. Linn. Bordeaux, xi. pl. 12, f. 4, 1837= P. Otaheitana original var. +7 P. micans Pfr., P. Z. S., p. 188, 1852. Solomon’s Isl., Dr. Cox. This is the smallest Partula known, being much less than P. minuta Pfr. T P. megastoma Pse. Mss., Mus. Godeff. Cat., v. p. 92, 1874. Raiatea, Garr. = P. callifera. + P. microstoma Pse. Mss., Coll. Pse. type =P. vittata Pse. without a pillar tooth. + P. Moornzana W. D. Hart., P. A. N.S., p. 229, 1880. Moorea, Garr. Coll. A. N. S. and Mus. Comp. Zoél. + P. mucida Pfr., P. Z. S., p. 98, 1855. The type of this shell in the British Museum = a large dark specimen of P. varia. P. minuta Pfr., P. Z.S., p. 384, 1856. Admiralty Island. This species is more globose than any other described Partula. P. navicatoria Pfr. Mss., Rve., Mon. Part., species 21, pl. 4, f. 21, 1849. Raiatea, Garr. + P. nitens Pfr., P. Z. S., p. 293, 1854. New Hebrides, Taylor coll. This shell only differs from specimens of P. affinis in possessing a broad, light band, beginning at the base, and becoming narrower towards the apex; it has the form, button-like pillar tooth, and polished surface of P. affinis. A similar specimen occurred amongst the Pease duplicates of P. affinis from Tahiti. + P. noposa Pfr., P. Z. S., p. 262, 1851. Tahiti, Samoa, Garr. Specimens of this shell in A. N.S. Phila. ex auctore from Tahiti=dark specimens of P. tri- lineata Pse. Some have a broad white band beneath the suture, which is ex- tended to the base of the shell; others are dark fuscous, with a narrow white line beneath the suture ; the latter agree with the figure of P. nodosa in Chemnitz. + P. nucleola Pse. Mss., Mus. Godeff. Cat., v. p. 92, 1874. Coll. Pse. Moorea, Garr. This shell equals short depauperated specimens of P. spadicea. P. opesa Pse., A. J. C., iii. p. 223, pl. 15, f. 12, 1867. Islands Fortuna and Vavao, Graff. The figure of Mr. Pease resembles a Bulimus; the type specimen in the Pease collection is lost. + P. Oranertana Brug., Ency. Method., i. p. 347, No. 84,1792. Tahiti. The original description of this shell calls for ‘a heavy brown sinistral shell, oblong, ovate, perforate, aperture semiovate, unidentate.” Mr. Garrett informs me that this variety occurs near the old anchorage, and is probably the original type. Large quantities of this shell exhibit all the varieties merging into each other. Small dextral specimens are often confounded with P. affinis. On the other hand, large, well-developed sinistral specimens, with or without a dentile, as P. Reeve- MUSEUM OF COMPARATIVE ZOOLOGY. 185 ana, P. Isabellina, and P. Pacifica, have been regarded as separate species. The sinistral forms have not been less fortunate in adding to the confusion in synon- ymy ; they vary in size and color in an equal degree with the dextral. The syno- nyms of P. Otaheitana Brug. may be enumerated in the order of seniority as follows: P. Otaheitana, P. Vanikorensis, P. maura, P. Tahulana, P. Isabellina, P. amabilis, P. rubescens, P. Reeveana, P. Pacifica, P. Tahitana; manuscript spe- cies, P. sinistrorsa, P. crassa, P. sinistralis, P. brevicula, P. perversa, P. turri- cula, Pse. Mss. (non Pse. in A. J. C.). T P. ovalis Pse., A. J.C., ii. p. 194, 1866. Raiatea =P. protea. See P. fusca. + P. Pacifica Pfr., P. Z. 8., p. 125, 1854. This species probably =a large dextral P. Otaheitana without a pillar tooth. + P. pallida Pse., Mss. Coll. Pse. = a pale elongate variety of P. faba. P. Past Cox, P. Z. S., p. 644, pl. 52, f. 2,1871. Solomon’s Island, Dr. Cox. t P. perafinis Pse., Mss. Mon. Helicien, viii. p. 197 = P. elongata (Pfr.). + P. perversa Pse., Mss. Coll. Pse., Coll. Brit. Mus. =P. Otaheitana sinis- tral. + P. perplexa Pse., Mss. Coll. Pse., Huaheine = P. varia var. This is one of the most beautiful varieties of P. varia. I only detected five specimens in several quarts of P. varia from Huaheine. P. petiucipa Pse., P. Z. §., p. 457 = 1871. Guadeleamar, Solomon’s Island. “A small shell with a distinctly granular surface ” (Pse.), possibly a Bulimus. + P. Pfeiferi Cross, J. C., xix. p. 184, 1871. Vanna-Levu, Banks Island, New Hebrides = P. Caledonica. + P. pinguis Garr., Mss. in litt. The form of aperture resembles P. rustica, but in size it approximates P. Thalia. It is a terrestrial species, and probably = P. rustica. + P. puaniuaBrum Pse., P. Z. S., p. 672, 1864. Coll. Pse. Tahaa, Garr. + P. propucta Pse., P. Z. S., p. 671, 1864. Tahiti, Garr. This is a terres- trial species, and may be confounded with dextral banded P. Otaheitana without a pillar tooth. + P. propingua Pse., Mss. Coll. Pse., Tahaa. Mr. Pease, in a label attached to this species, remarks ; “I regard this and P. subangulata as only local varie- ties of P. faba from Tahaa,” — an observation applicable to many other so-called species of Partula. t P. protea Pse., Mss. Mus. Godeff. Cat., v. p. 92, 1874. Raiatea, Garr. = P. fusea var. See P. fusca. + P. pulchra Pse., Mss. Mus. Godeff. Cat., v. p. 92, 1874. Huaheine, Garr. = P. varia, minor form. T P. purpurascens Pfr. P. Z. S., p. 335, 1856 = P. rosea, purple variety. + P. napiata Pse., Mss. Coll. Pse., Coll. A. N. S., ex auctore. Raiatea, Garr. This is a good species; it has been widely distributed by Mr. Pease and others as P. compressa Pfr. The former possesses very coarse oblique striw, widely re- flected lip, with a keyhole aperture, a pillar tooth, and a slight carination at the periphery ; while the latter is a smooth shell, with a slightly reflected lip, and the pillar tooth is absent. 186 BULLETIN OF THE + P. raproxata Pfr. (Bul.), P. Z. S., p. 39, 1849; also Rve. Mon. Part., species 6, pl. ii. f. 6%, 6°, 1850. Guam, Cuming. New Ireland, Dr. Cox. + P. Raiatensis Garr. Mss. in litt. Raiatea, Garr. This shell=P. dentifera, with a rose apex. In two quarts of P. dentifera belonging to the duplicates of the Pease collection about one sixth of the number possessed the rose apex; they did not differ in other respects from P. dentifera. + P. Reeveana Pfr., P. Z. S., p. 187, 1852. Solomon’s Island, Dr. Cox. Large dextral specimens of P. Otaheitana from Tahiti, of a yellow color, red apex, and a pillar tooth, agree with types of P. Reeveana in the British Museum, and also with the figure of P. Reeveana in Chemnitz. + P. recta Pse., A. J. C., iv. p. 155, pl. 12, f. 8, 1868. Mountains Mauui and Nukahiva, Marquesas=P. repanda. I possess a number of specimens of this species from the collection of the late William H. Pease. It is very variable in shape, color, and texture. Some specimens are yellowish-white, solid, and covered with a greenish epidermis, easily rubbed off, with a perpendicular aper- ture, and the inner margin of the aperture waved or roughened. This variety represents P. recta Pse.; others are pale yellow, white, or yellowish-white, often thin and inflated, with the aperture oblique or perpendicular, and slightly rough- ened ; others, again, are pale red, with the basal half several shades deeper in color. These two latter varieties represent P. repanda. In one and a half pints of duplicates in the collection of William H. Pease, the specimens exhibited a perfect inosculation of these apparently dissimilar species. + P. recta Pse. Mss., Raiatea, Garr. Coll. Pse. (non P. recta Pse. in A. J. C.). This shell is also synonymous with P. Peaseana, Garr. Mss. (non Peasii, Cox). = P. labiata Pse. Mss. in A. N. S., ex auctore, which latter = P. dentifera var. P. Recluziana Petit, J. C., v. p. 170, pl. 7, f. 5, 1850 =P. actor. + P. repanpa Pfr., P. Z.C., p. 98, 1855. New Hebrides? Dr. Cox. Water- color drawings from types in the British Museum agree with specimens from Marquesas. See P. recta Pse. in A. J. C. + P. rosea Brod., P. Z. 8., p. 125, 1832. Huaheine, Garr. + P. rubescens Rve., Mon. Part., No. 12, pl. 3, f. 12, 1850= P. Otaheitana var. + P. robusta Pse. Mss., Coll. Pse., Coll. Smithsonian, Raiatea, Garr. = P. au- riculata var. , P. rufa Lesson (Bul.), Voy. Coquill., p. 324, 1830. Oualan, Caroline Islands. Since the publication of my Catalogue of the Genus Partula Fér. in May of this year, and while the present Bibliographic Catalogue was in press, Prof. von Mar- tens has published in Conchologia Mittheilung for 1881 the description and figure of a Partula from the island of Ponape, which he has no doubt is P. rufa Less., and which he makes synonymous with P. Guamensis Pfr. The figures of his shell materially differ in size and form from P. Guamensis Pfr., and, in my opinion, approximate dextral examples of P. Upolensis Mouss. Mss., which = depauperated examples of P. bulimoides Less. ; the smaller size, conic form, wide umbilicus, and violet color within, together with other characters enumerated, MUSEUM OF COMPARATIVE ZOOLOGY. 187 seem more applicable to the latter than the former species. Unfortunately Les- son never published a figure of P. rufa. + P. rustica Pse., A. J. C., ii. p: 199; id. p. 81, pl. 1, f. 5, 1866-67. Raiatea, Garr. = P. crassilabris. After examining large quantities of these two so-called species, I have arrived at the conclusion that they are one. Typical P. crassila- bris is more rounded in form, while P. rustica is more elongate, and the colu- mella is indented from without, giving the aperture an angular appearance. The colors agree, and large numbers of each exhibit the inosculation of the two varie- ties. They are both terrestrial, from the same island, and doubtless identical. T P. semilineata Mouss., J. C., xvii. p. 337, 1869, Coll. Mus. Godeff. = P. con- ica, sinistral yellow var. + P. sinistrorsa Pse. Mss., Mus. Godeff. Cat., v. p. 92,1874. Tahiti, Garr. Coll. Pse. I have considered this shell to= P. Otaheitana, banded var. It cer- tainly inosculates with the original brown P. Otaheitana, as we see examples of the latter with one or two dark bands. T P. sinistralis Pse. Mss., Patel Cat., p. 104, 1873. Tahiti. Olim P. sinis- trorsa ? + P. simplaria Morelet, J. C., iv. p. 370, pl. 11, f. 13, 14, 1853. Huaheine = P. rosea var. T P. simulans Pse., A.J.C., vii. p. 202; id., iii. p. 81, pl. 1, f. 1, 1866-67. Moorea, Garr. = P. spadicea var. + P. solidula Rve. Mon. Part., species 2, pl. 4, f. 22, 1850. Bora-bora, Garr. = P. lutea var. + P. solidula Pse. Mss., Coll. Pse. (mon Rve.). Raiatea= P. approximata banded var. : + P. spadicea Rve., Mon. Part., species 24, pl. 4, f. 24, 1850. Moorea, Garr. Marquesas, Rve. The synonyms of this species I arrange as follows: P. teniata, P. spadicea, P. elongata, P. simulans, P. striolata, P. nucleola. A microscopic examination of the surface of these varieties exhibits it thickly crowded with waved spiral strie, exceeding in this respect all other species. A small tubercle is present on the columella of all the varieties, and the junction of the lip with the body whorl presents the appearance of having been cut off obliquely outwards, leaving a sharp elevation, which is seldom surrounded by callus. Large quantities from Moorea exhibit all these varieties, merging into each other. All the varieties ex- hibit translucent or horn-colored specimens with dark bands of greater or less width, which equal P. teniata. + P. strigata Pse., A. J.C., iv. p. 155, pl. 12, f. 7, 1863; also Rve. Mon. Part., pl. 3, f. 17. Marquesas? Rve. Huaheine, Garr. Coll. Pse., Coll. A. N. S., ex auctore = P. varia var. t P. strigosa Pfr., P. Z. 8., p. 384, 1856. Admiralty Island, Pfr., Moorea = P. suturalis Pfr. + P. striolata Pse., A. J. C., ii. p. 197; id., p. 81, pl 1, f. 4, 1866-67 = P. spadicea var. Moorea. + P. stenostoma Pfr., P. Z. 8., 97, 1855. Moorea. t P. stouipa Pse., A. J. C., ii. p. 198, 1868. Raiatea, Garr. This shell is 188 BULLETIN OF THE sometimes confounded with P. affinis. It is larger than the latter, of a light bay color, and is terrestrial. + P. suturalis Pse. Mss. (non Pfr.) = P. planilabrum, dark var. Tahaa, Garr. + P. sururauis Pfr., P. Z. S., p. 98, 1855. Moorea. + P. subangulata Pse., J. C., 3d series, p. 458, 1871. Tahaa, Garr. = P. faba var., Coll. Pse., Coll. Smithsonian. + P. sus-conocHerta Mouss., J. C., xix. p. 14, pl. 3, f. 4, 1871. Fortuna and Vavao, Graff. P. Tahitana Brug. (Gould), Conch. U. 8. Explor. Exped., i. p. 84, 1849-50 = P. Otaheitana. P. Tahulana Anton, Ant. Verz., p. 40, No. 1470, 1839 = P. Otaheitana. + P. re#nrata, Mérch (Bul.), Cat. Con. Kierulf, p. 29, pl. 1, f. 5, 1840. Fiji Islands, Mérch, Moorea Coll., Pse. Specimens of this shell from Mr. Geale are translucent, with dark bands. I possess numerous similar shells from Moo- rea. Morch says: “My shell, together with P. faba, was purchased of a whale- fisher, who gave the locality as Fiji Islands.” + P. ¢errestris Pse. Mss., Coll. Pse., Patel Cat., p.104, 1873. Raiatea, Garr. = P. approximata. P. Thetis O. Semp., J. C., xiii. p. 419, pl. 12, f. 6, 1865. Peleliu. See P. Calypso. P. Thersites Pfr. (Bul.), Symbola, ii. p. 52, 1846. Dominique, Tiawata, Mar- quesas, Garr. = P. inflata. + P. Twaxta Garr., Mss. in litt., Raiatea, Garr. = P. Peasii Garr. Mss. (non P. Peasii Cox) =P. abbreviata Pse., Mss. (non Mousson). This shell has been distributed as P. abbreviata Pse., Mss. It is a good species. P. ¢orosus Beck (Partulus), Beck’s Index, p. 87, No. 6, 1837 = P. lineata ? + P. trilineata Pse., A. J. C., ii. p. 195; id. iii. p. 81, pl. 1, f. 1, 1866, 1867. Tahiti, Garr. = P. nodosa. + P. rurricuta Pse., A. J.C., p. 196, 1872. New Hebrides. Mr. Pease observes that “ this shell is smooth, without any trace of transverse strie.” Un- der a low power the spiral rows of embryonic fovee at the apex of the shells of all Partule (and which, after extrusion, are continued as spiral strie) in this species, are continued as spiral rows of fovew over the whole surface, differing in this respect from all other Partule with which I am acquainted. + P. turricula Pse., Mss. Coll. Pse.= P. Otaheitana var. rubescens. Tahiti. P. turewa Pse. (Bul.), P. Z. S., p. 670, 1864. Raiatea, Garr. Mr. Pease remarks: ‘This shell resembles P. arguta and P. annectens.” It is a rare species, + P. Turneri Pfr., P. Z. S., p. 140, 1860. Erromango Island, New Hebrides, Turner =P. Macgillivrayi. The former has been described from a fresh speci- men, while the latter was described and figured from an old and weather-beaten specimen, unusually inflated. See P. Brazieri. + P. umpricata Pse., A. J. C., ii. p. 200; id, iii. p. 81, pl. 1, f. 7, 1866, 1867. Tahaa, Garr. + P. Upolensis Mouss. Mss., Patel. Cat., p. 104, 1873. Upolu Coll., A. N. 8. ON MUSEUM OF COMPARATIVE ZOOLOGY. 189 =P. bulimoides. I possess this shell from the Museum Godeffroy. It=a small, dark P. bulimoides. In Europe the typical P. bulimoides is called P. canals, the small dark variety P. Upolensis, the sinistral greenish-yellow variety P. con- ica. These, however, are only varieties of one species, and are all embraced in Dr. Gould’s description of P. conica “ interdum sinistrorsa flavida vel castanea.” Like P. repanda, they are found only on mountains. + P. varia Brod., P. Z.S., p. 125, 1832. Huaheine, Garr. The following synonyms of this species are enumerated in the order of seniority: P. mucida, P. assimilis, P. strigata; manuscript species, P. pulchra, P. Cookiana, P. perplexa, P. Huaheinensis, P. bicolor, Garr. (non Pse.). P. Vanicorensis Quoy et Gaim (Helix), Voy. Astrolabe, ii. p. 115, pl. 9, f. 12 -17, 1830. The original description and figure of this shell agree with dextral specimens of P. Otaheitana, without a denticle. In collections it is sometimes represented by P. affinis, and in others by P. Otaheitana. Dr. Gould says, ‘ It only differs from P. Otaheitana in the lighter color of the animal.” + P. variabilis Pse., A. J. C., ii. p. 203; id., p. 81, pl. 1, f. 18-15, 1866-67. Raiatea, Garr. =P. Navigatoria. This shell is the true P. Navigatoria Pfr., agreeing with Reeve’s figure and description, as well as with the types of, P. Navi- gatoria in the British Museum. Dr. Pfeiffer says, ‘‘ My Navigatoria in the British Museum was by Cuming confounded with another shell.” From a number of specimens in the Pease collection, labelled “ P. Navigatoria Pfr., from the British Museum,” I infer that P. protea is the shell alluded to by Pfeiffer. The possession of these doubtless led Mr. Pease to redescribe this shell. + P. ventrosa Garr., Mss. in Litt. Raiatea, Garr. = P. Hebe var. + P. ventricosa Pse., Mss. Coll. Pse., Tahaa = P. faba var. (Anthony). + P. vexilium Pse., A. J. C., ii. p. 198; id., iii. p. 81, pl. 1, f. 8, 1866-67. Moorea, Garr. Reeve figures this shell for P. lineata Lesson ; others confound it with P. elongata Pse. It PP. stenostoma Pfr. See Pfeiffer’s Novitates Conchologice. 7 P. virtata Pse., A. J. C., ii. p. 194, 1866. Raiatea, Garr. + P. Virerera Pse. Mss., Coll. Pse. Tahaa, Garr. + P. vireutata Pse., J. C., 3d series, x. p. 401, 1870. Raratonga, Garr. + P. zebrina Gould, Proc. Bost. Soc. Nat. Hist., vii. p. 196, 1842. Tutuila, Gould, Upolu, Garr., Belcher Island, Coll. Taylor =P. actor. Dr. Gould’s type of this shell is preserved in the collection of the New York State Museum of Nat- ural History and also in the Smithsonian collection. The figures of this shell in * Expeditionary Mollusks” are dissimilar ; figure 80 is probably an error ; figure 81, containing the animal, is the true P, zebrina. 190 BULLETIN OF THE The following species and varieties, so far as known, are Terrestrial ; all others are Arboreal. WHEW RRR . approximata Pse. . castanea Garr. Mss. . crassilabris Pse. . fusca Pse. . lugubris Pse. Mss. microstoma Pse. Mss. Navigatoria Pfr. ovalis Pse. Mss. pinguis Garr. Mss. . planilabrum Pse. Io Ed bd Po bd bd A A bd . protea Pse. Mss. . producta Pse. radiata Pse. Mss. . robusta Pse. Mss. rustica Pse. solidula Pse. Mss., non Reeve. stolida Pse. terrestris Pse. Mss, . variabilis Pse. . vittata Pse. SPURIOUS SPECIES OF PARTULA. Solomonis WHR HHH Pfr. = (Bul.). . unidenta Sowb. = (Bul.). . virgulata Mighls. = (Achatinella). . arcuatus Mighls. = Achatinella auriculata Fér. . auriculata Pfr. = Tornatella. . Batavia Grat. (Bul.) = Amphidromus. . decussata Pfr. = (Bul.). . densilineata Rve. = Achatinella radiata Gould. . Dumartroy Soul. = Achatinella auriculata Fér. fragilis Ferr. = Bul. rubens Muhlf. . flavescens King. = Bul. . labrella Grat. = Bul. virgatus Jay. . major Desh. = Bul. fulvicans Pfr. Maximilliana Pot et Michd. = Bul. pusilla Gould = (Auriculella). pudica Fér. = Bul. MUSEUM OF COMPARATIVE ZOOLOGY. 191 Observations on the Duplicates of the Genus PARTULA Feér., con- tained in the Museum of Comparative Zoology, Cambridge, Mass., formerly belonging to the Collection of the late William H. Pease. By Witu1am Dewi Harrmay, M. D. Since the completion of my Bibliographic Catalogue of the Genus Partula, through the kindness of Prof. Alexander Agassiz of the Mu- seum of Comparative Zodlogy, I have been favored with all the dupli- cates of Partula belonging to the institution, amounting to two bushels. An inspection of this vast amount of material has afforded me a rare opportunity of observing the relative abundance and variation of a number of species, and the notes taken at the time I offer as a sup- plement confirmative of the conclusions arrived at in the paper above mentioned, The original labels belonging to the different parcels were often misplaced or absent. These omissions were of no moment, as a previous study of all the species enabled me to determine the specific status of each parcel. P. varia and P. rosea Brod., together with P. faba Mart., were in the greatest abundance, and for relative numbers were present in the order mentioned. P. varia Brod., represented by six quarts, exhibited all the varieties mentioned by authors, all of which, however, are included by Mr. Brode- rip under the expressive name of P. varia. P. rosea Brod. was next in abundance, in which the elongated white variety = P. cognata Pse. Mss. largely predominated over the rose, pur- ple, and party-colored varieties. From the great number of examples of these two species they would seem to be very abundant. In four quarts of P. faba Mart. the white and oblique striated vari- -eties predominated over the banded variety, which latter = Martyn’s type. P. dubia Garr. Mss. was represented by two quarts. The specimens are all somewhat smaller than typical P. faba, always dentate, and occa- sionally one exhibits the brown bands of P. faba var. Amanda Garr. Mss. P. formosa Pse. Mss., P. lugubris Pse., P. Garrettii Pse., and P. Thalia Garr. Mss. were next in abundance and in the order men- tioned. P. Thalia and P. formosa are doubtless good species, although Mr. Cuming regarded the latter as a variety of P. dentifera Pfr. 192 BULLETIN OF THE P. Thalia Garr. Mss., in two quarts, was very uniform in size and color. P. compacta Pse., in two quarts, was also uniform as to size and color. It is a much larger and heavier shell than P. auriculata Brod., with a heavy flat lip, and, like P. Thadza, it is a well-marked species. P. auriculata Brod., in one quart, exhibited the light, unicolored, and banded varieties in about equal numbers. P. compacta Pse., P. Thalia Garr. Mss., and P. auriculata Brod., all possess, in a greater or less degree, the ‘‘ keyhole aperture,” which Mr. Broderip regarded as especially characterizing P. awriculata. They form a group of very nearly allied species. In P. Garretts Pse., about one third of the examples-exhibited the shell with a brown-colored base. A number of depauperated examples were also present in the parcel, beside several hybrids between P. Garrettii Pse. and P. Thalia Garr. Mss. These possessed the brown base of P. Garretti, with the form and aperture of P. Thalia, but were only half the size. I received a number of the same from Mr. Garrett. P. crassilabris Pse. and P. rustica Pse. were each represented by about one quart of specimens. For the most part the former were smaller and more globose than the latter. Both parcels presented numerous de- pauperated examples. When compared in quantity, they are seen to merge into each other by easy grades; only the extremes in form repre- sent the two species of Mr. Pease. They are both terrestrial, and inhabit the same island, their variation being due to station and food plants. Two examples of P. pinguis Garr. Mss. were found in the lot of P. rustica. The former is doubtless only a well-fed specimen of the latter. P. lignaria Pse. and P. afinis Pse. were each represented by a quart of examples ; a few of each were banded. The variety P. lignarta as a rule is a trifle larger and darker in color, and presents more banded examples, than P. afinis. All the adult shells of both varieties (with few exceptions) are dentate, and both exhibit, to a greater or less extent, dark oblique strize on the body whorl. The parcel P. afinis Pse. was labelled “Faarumaia Valley, Tahiti ” ; about fifty examples to the quart were banded. Several albinos were present, two of which showed traces of dark bands, and a few pale exam- ples occurred with a bright brown band continued beneath the suture to the apex. One example was found the counterpart of my specimens of P. nitens Pfr. from the Taylor collection, said to be from New Hebrides ; and three similar banded examples were found in the lot of P. lignaria. MUSEUM OF COMPARATIVE ZOOLOGY. 193 I regard these as varieties of one species ; they all possess a small eleva- tion on the columella, with a round button-shaped pillar tooth. They vary in size somewhat, but the dark oblique striz exist, to a greater or less degree, in nearly all examples. The surface in fresh shells is always polished, looking as though oiled. From all the examples of P. rufa Less., P. nitens Pfr., P. lignaria Pse., and P. afinis Pse., which I have seen, I am inclined to consider them varieties of one species. P. glutinosa Pfr., in one quart, was uniform in size and color; and so was P. virgulata Pse. in the same amount from Raratonga. P. elongata, P. simulans, P. striolata, and P. nucleola Pse., from the island of Moorea, were present in several pints, and doubtless belong to one species, only varying in size and color, the two last being only depauperated ex- amples of the first. Under the microscope all exhibit the thickly crowded waved spiral strie, and all the varieties show the translucent and banded examples which = P. teniata Morch. P. elongata Pse., in half a pint, shows the most numerous banded examples. There were present numerous pale yellow elongated specimens, which dealers send out as P. spadicea Rve. In the parcel of P. simulans Pse., the banded examples equalled ten per cent. P. nucleola Pse. Mss. exhibited several very dark opaque examples. All the above varieties from Moorea possess to a greater or less degree the dark oblique strize, the elevation on the columella, the sharp oblique juncture of the labium with the body whorl, and the thickly crowded spiral strize of the surface of the shell. The latter feature is seen in no other species except P. Mooreana nobis, from the same island. P. Hebe Pfr., in half a pint, exhibited nearly all the examples entirely denuded of epidermis, and without a rose apex, the specimens being entirely white and solid. These represent the typical P. Hebe. P. bella Pse. Mss. = P. rosea var. (according to Mr. Garrett). In almost a pint, the shells possessed a rose apex and were thinner than typical P. Hebe. The epidermis of some of the heavier examples was thin and readily separated from the shell. Many of the more mature specimens were without epidermis. They only differ from P. Hebe in ‘possessing the rose apex, and the lot exhibited the easy grade by which the latter merges into the former. A few specimens of P. globosa Garr. Mss. and P. ventrosa Pse. Mss. were found in the parcel. These vari- eties are more stout and heavy than ordinary examples of P. bella. They possess a heavy and more adherent epidermis, with little or no color at the apex. All the varieties from P. Hebe to P. ventrosa present VOL. IX. — NO. 5. 13 194 BULLETIN OF THE an elongated pillar tooth similar in shape, and all have a slight denti- form process on the columella. I possess a typical P. Hebe from Mr. Garrett, in which the color of the apex is centred in the pillar tooth, and another in which the whole shell is a pale rose color. These are all varieties of one species resulting from station and food plants. Since the above was written Mr. G. W. Tryon has called my attention to four specimens of Partula in the collection of the Academy of Natural Sciences received a long time ago from Mr. Pease, and labelled by him P. bella Pse. The examples = P. Amanda Garr. Mss. = P. faba var. This it would seem is the true P. bella Pse. Mss., so named long anterior to the date of P. bella Pse. = P. Hebe var. in Piitel’s catalogue. P. hyalina Brod., in half a pint, was uniform in size, some being thin- ner and more hyaline than others, probably the result of food and age. P. lugubris Pse. In a three-pint lot, many examples exhibited the usual white peripheral band ; a few almost white examples with a black band were also present. In the adult shell it is noticeable that these bands are often concealed by the overlapping of the fifth whorl. I possess a series of examples of this species which seems to point to the fact that it and P. fusca, as usually found in collections, are young and immature shells, the synonymy being such as I have indicated in my Bibliographical Catalogue of the genus. P. Guamensis Pfr. In two quarts several light-colored examples oc- curred possessing a narrow brown line at the periphery. Judging from the figure of P. obesa Pse. (no locality being given), I suggest the proba- bility that the latter = a depauperated specimen of the former. Some examples of P. Guamensts are quite large, while others are much smaller than Reeve’s figures. I have not been able to find the type specimen of P. obesa Pse. in the Pease collection, and suppose it to have been lost, as some of his types were broken in transit between Honolulu and Boston. I think, when the animals of P. Guamensis, P. bulimoides, P. obesa, and P. expansa are examined, they will be eliminated from the genus Partula. P. dentifera Pfr., in two quarts, was very uniform in size, color, and contour. It isa much smaller shell than P. formosa Pse. Mss., with a greenish yellow epidermis and yellow apex. About one sixth of the specimens exhibited a rose apex = P. Raiatensis Garr. Mss. The variety styled P. decorticata Pse. Mss. consists of individuals of P. dentifera, in which the epidermis has been denuded by the animals licking the shells of each other after hybernation has ended. a MUSEUM OF COMPARATIVE ZOOLOGY. 195 P. trilineata Pse. = P. nodosa Pfr., in a half-pint, were all banded and possessed a pillar tooth, except three, which were entirely dark fuscous with a narrow white sutural line; the latter =P. nodosa Pfr. type. P. veallium Pse., in a small parcel, exhibited the dark and striated exam- ples with or without bands (= P. alternata Pse.), exceeding in numbers the horn-colored shell with narrow brown bands= JP. stenostoma Pfr. type. These two species of Mr. Pease seem to inosculate. I have re- ceived from Mr. Garrett a few very dark examples of P. alternata Pse., and he informs me that one in fifty examples of P. vexillum Pse. is sinistral. P. citrina Pse. was present in a small lot. Mr. Pease was of the opinion that this species would eventually prove to be a variety of P. faba. Ina recent letter from Mr. Garrett, he reiterates his opinion, previously expressed, that P. cetrzna is a good species. In the collection of Mr. Pease, kindly loaned for my inspection by the Museum of Com- parative Zodlogy, a few examples were marked P. pallida Pse. Mss, These = elongated examples of P. faba, which latter is disposed to be somewhat protean, of which P. citrina is probably another variety, or, us Mr. Pease suggests, it may be a hybrid. P. approximata Pse., in a small lot, exhibited one banded to twenty- five unicolored examples. My opinion in regard to this species is the same as expressed in my Bibliographic Catalogue of the genus. P. imperforata Pse. Mss., in a pint lot, was very uniform in size and color; about half a dozen were banded. It is a larger, heavier, and more inflated shell than P. virginea Pse. Mss., and the surface is more roughened by oblique striz. This shell has been supposed to = P. solidula Pse. Mss. (non Reeve). The type examples of P. solidula Pse. Mss. in the Pease collection = banded specimens of P. approwimata Pse. Mss. In one quart of P. protea Pse. the light and striated examples pre- dominated in numbers over the dark and banded varieties. Well fed and fully developed examples approximate P. faba in size and form. The colors are often rusty red with a darker base, or uniformly rusty red with a broad light zone at the periphery. This last variety repre- sents type examples from Mr. Garrett and the Museum Godeffroy. In the Smithsonian collection this shell is labelled (probably by Carpenter) P. faba Martyn var. The latter, however, is arboreal, while the former is terrestrial. See P. fusca Pse. in my Bibliographic Catalogue. Of P. Otaheitana Brug. there were about two quarts; nearly all the examples were sinistral. The type or original unicolored variety was 196 BULLETIN OF THE MUSEUM OF COMPARATIVE ZOOLOGY. exceeded in number by the banded variety = P. sinistrorsa Pse. Mss. All the latter were sinistral, and very few of the former were dextral. From the small number of dextral, as compared with the large number of sinistral examples in the lot, it would seem that the sinistral form in this species is the rule and not the exception, as obtains in some other species of Partula. P. bilineata Pse., in a half-pint of examples, was shown to be a dis- tinct and beautiful species. P. radiata Pse. Mss. In one quart of this species about twenty banded specimens occurred which = Mr. Pease’s type. The light-col- ored and striated examples, which Mr. Pease distributed as P. compressa Pfr., predominated. This shell and P. approximata Pse. possess the keyhole aperture, with a slight carina at the periphery. The latter feature varies in different examples. I can see no difference in these two varieties of terrestrial shells from Raiatea, except that in P. radiata the oblique lines of growth are more coarse than in P. approximata, and the latter is somewhat darker in color, which in some of the varying species of Partula (more especially in the terrestrial varieties) is often referable to station and food plants. P. lineata Pse.= FP. jfilosa Pfr. In one pint of this species from Tahiti, the specimens were all dentate and uniform in size; some were lighter in color than others, but all in a greater or less degree exhibited the ash-colored filiform lines characteristic of the species. P. repanda Pfr. was represented by one and a half pints. This parcel was labelled by Mr. Pease “P. recta Pse. Mountains Nukahiva, Mar- quesas.” The variety P. repanda Pfr. predominated in numbers over the variety P. recta. Dr. Pfeiffer, in his description of P. repanda, quotes New Hebrides as the station for the species, but his localities for Partula are so often incorrect or entirely omitted, that I have very grave doubts of the correctness of this one. My examples agree with the types of P. repanda Pfr. in the British Museum. For a farther exposition of the two varieties, see P. recta Pse. in my Bibliographic Catalogue of the Genus Partula. sayrw asl LO'S. ONWIS] VVHV{, Bice /, i/ Vike ktiike eV ; sV/ a, —<_—\__+— ROSY = ° \f mR RY NY AY) ( \ v \ N ‘= —— Buo] $27 .wWaOl-8 ANVTS] VAMOOFA wnRIPIXIA / ppv Ruoje SUD NUS mmr 124 7™ Mmoppwy vItDA | feyrw eye a)P>g ‘ONVIST VELVIVY pqDy x Dpo pda myn DLOIPDA yy vienna puns Sou = oe DLILTT AD = \ s Alas \ Ik ss UGA Wy \ BIOSIS eo || 7H | | DSOULOL aie’ nqny / mqvy vyourxoedd of psn01n A on \ ib vi ae NVIS] LLY], \ / { vurnhy \ a a \\ \ ) \ (of 2 Sener SUUILLD \PRTOTTTTIAG | Sh ee \ pivnuayn} ass { Ia.0, 2D | vorvsa purpohy ns pur) Mo7 DIVNUAZQID oe a J No. 6.— Bibliography to accompany “ Selections from Embryological Monographs” compiled by ALEXANDER AGASSIZ, WALTER Faxon, and EK. L. Mark. E CRUSTACEA. By WALTER FAxon. [Ir is proposed to issue in the Memoirs of the Museum a ‘‘ Selection from Embryo- logical Monographs,” which will give to the student, in an easily accessible form, a more or less complete iconography of the embryology of each important group of the animal kingdom. This selection is not intended to be a handbook, but rather an atlas to accompany any general work on the subject. The plates will be issued in parts, as fast as practicable, each part covering a some- what limited field. The parts devoted to Echinoderms, Acalephs, and Polyps are well advanced, and a beginning has been made for the Crustacea. Occasional appen- dices may be published, to prevent the plates from becoming antiquated. The quarto illustrations will be accompanied by a carefully prepared explanation, and by a bibliography, in octavo, to be made as complete as possible. Although a large part of this bibliographical literature may be found in the general works of Kél- liker, Balbiani, and Balfour, and in some of the more recent special monographs, a fuller list on special subjects, comprising the scattered references now accessible only with much cost of time and labor, will be convenient for students. The present Bulletin contains the first instalment of this bibliography. It will be followed at an early date by similar lists for the Echinoderms, the Acalephs, the eee ed the Fishes. ALEXANDER AGASSIZ. THE embryological literature of the Arthropod groups incerte sedis, viz. Xiphosura, Trilobita, and Pycnogonida, will be found at the end of this list. An asterisk (*) before a title denotes that the work cited has not been seen by me. December 8, 1881. Wat] Agassiz, Alexander. t [On the Development of the Porcellanide.| Proc. Boston Soc. Nat. Hist., X. p. 222. Oct. 18, 1865. (Zoéa of Porcellana (Polyonyx) macrocheles recorded from Newport, R. I.) Tnstinct ? in Hermit Crabs. Amer. Journ. Sci. § Arts [8], X. pp. 290, 291. Oct. 1875. (Habits of young.) ; Agassiz, Louis. i, Twelve Lectures on Comparative Embryology, delivered before the Lowell Insti- tute, in Boston, December and January, 1848-49. Boston, 1849. 104 pp. (Eggs of Pinnotheres, p. 67, Pl. XXII. Development of Palemon, pp. 67, 68, Pl. III. Cume the young of Palemon, Hippolyte, and Mysis, p. 68.) VOL. IxX.— No. 6. 198 BULLETIN OF THE Zodlogical Notes from the Correspondence of Prof. Agassiz. Amer. Journ. Sci. § Arts [2], XII. pp. 425, 426, 1852; XXIL. pp. 285, 286, 1856. (Cume the young of Crangon, Palemon, and Hippolyte.) Allman |George James]. - On the Development of Notodelphys, Allm., a new Genus of Entomostraca. Rep. Brit. Assoc. Adv. Sci. for 1847, p. 74. 1848. Anderson, John. On the Anatomy of Sacculina, with a Description of the Species. daz. Mag. Nat. Hist. (3), TX. pp. 12-19, Pl. I. 1862. (Larva, pp. 13, 14, fig. 1.) Aurivillius, P. O. Christopher. On a new Genus and Species of Harpacticida. Bihang till K. Svenska Vetensk.- Akad. Handl., V. No. 18. 1879. 14 pp., 4 pl. (Balenophilus unisetus. Development, pp. 10-15, Pl. III., IV.) *Balaenophilus unisetus nov. Gen. et Sp. Ett Bidrag till Kannedomen om Harpacticidernas Utvecklingshistoria och Systematik. Stockholm, 1879. 26 pp., 4 pl. (Akadem. Afhandl.) Baird, W. . The Natural History of the British Zztomostraca. London, 1850. 364 pp., 36 pl. Previously in Mag. Zosl. Bot., I. pp. 35-41, 309-333, 514-526, PI. VIIL-X., XVI., 1837; IL. pp. 182-144, 400-412, Pl. V., 1838. Ann. Nat. Hist., 1. pp. 245-256, Pl. IX., 1838. dan. Mag. Nat. Hist., X1. pp. 81-95, Pl. IL., III., 1843. (Young stages, passim.) Balbiani [G.]. Observations relatives & une Note récente de M. Gerbe, sur la Constitution et le Développement de |’uf ovarien des Sacculines. Comptes Rendus de l Acad. des Sci., Paris, UXVIU1. pp. 615-618. 1869. Sur la Constitution et le Mode de Formation de l’uf des Sacculines. Comptes Rendus de V Acad. des Sci., Paris, UX1X. pp. 13820-1324. 1869. Ana. Mag. Nat. Hist. [4], V- pp. 303-306. 1870, Sur la Constitution et le Mode de Formation de uf des Sacculines. Re- marques concernant une Note récente de M. Ed. Van Beneden. Comptes Rendus de l Acad. des Sci., Paris, LX 1X. pp. 1376-1379. . 1869. Balfour, Francis M. A Treatise on Comparative Embryology. Vol. I. Chapter XVIII. Crustacea. Pp. 380-443. London, 1880. (General work.) MUSEUM OF COMPARATIVE ZOOLOGY. 199 Bate, C. Spence. Notes on Crustacea. Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist.(2)}, VI. pp. 109-111, Pl. Vit. 1850. (On the mode of escape of Pagurus larva from the egg, p. 111.) On the Development of the Cirripedia. Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. (2), VII. pp. 324-332, Pl. VI-VIII. 1851. On the British Hdriophthalmia. Part I. The Amphipoda. Rep. Brit. Assoc. Adv. Sci. for 1855. 1856. (On the development of the young, pp. 55, 56.) On the British Diastylide. Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. (2), XVII. pp. 449-465, PY XITI-XV. 1856. (On the development, p. 463. Zoéa of Hippolyte varians, pp. 461, 462, Pl. XV. fig. 8.) On the Development of Carcinus Menas. Proc. Roy. Soc. London, VIII. pp. 544-546. 1857. (Abstract of paper given in full in Phil. Trans. Roy. Soc. London, CXLVIIL.) On the Genus Cuma. Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. {2}, XIX. pp. 106, 107. 1857. | (On the affinity of Cume with young Macroura.) On Praniza and Anceus, and their Affinity to each other. Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. [3], II. pp. 165-172, Pl. VI., VII. 1858. On the Development of Decapod Crustacea. Phil. Trans. Roy. Soc. London, CXLVIII. pp. 589-605, Pl. XL.-XLVI. 1859. (Received May 1, read June 18, 1857.) (Development of Carcinus Menas.) On the Morphology of some Amphipoda of the Division Hyperina. Ann. Mag. y | Wat. Hist. (3), VUL pp: 1-16, Pl. L, IL. 1862. (Young described.) {Review of Fritz Miller’s Fur Darwin.] Rec. Zoblog. Lit. (1864), I. pp. 261- 270. 1865. [Review of Z. Gerbe’s Métamorphoses des Crustacés marins.| Rec. Zoolog. Lit. (1865), IT. pp. 321, 322. 1866. Report of the Committee appointed to explore the Marine Fauna and Flora of the South Coast of Devon and Cornwall. No.1. Rep. Brit. Assoe. Adv. Sci. for 1865. 1866. (Glaucothoé the young of Pagurus, p. 53.) Also published with title, Carcinological Gleanings, No. IL. in Ana. Mag. Nat. Hist. (3), XVII. p. 26. 1866. Carcinological Gleanings. No. III. Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. [4], I. pp. 442- 448, Pl. XXT. 1868. (Believes Alima to be the second stage of Sguilla. Young of Uca, see Cun- NINGHAM, Ropert O.) 200 BULLETIN OF THE Report of the Committee appointed to explore the Marine Fauna and Flora of the South Coast of Devon and Cornwall. No.2. Rep. Brit. Assoc. Adv. Sci. Sor 1867. 1868. (Larve of Porcellana, Pagurus, Palinurus, pp. 279-282, Pl. I., IT.) Also published with title, Carcmological Gleanings, No. IV., in Ana. Mag. Nat. Hist. (4), U1. pp. 118-117, Pl. IX., X. 1868. Fourth Report on the Fauna of South Devon. Rep. Brit. Assoc. Adv. Sci. Jor 1872. 1873. (Observation on the development of Homarus, &c., p. 52.) Report on the Present State of our Knowledge of the Crustacea. Parts I. and II. On the Homologies of the Dermal Skeleton. Rep. Brit. Assoc. Adv. Sei. for 1875, pp. 41-53, PI.L., 11. 1876. Do. for 1876, pp. 75-94, PLE. SIT. | 1877, (Remarks on development, passim.) On the Nauplius Stage of Prawns. dun. Mag. Nat. Hist. [5], Il. pp. 79-85. 1878. (Thinks Fritz Miiller’s ‘‘ Penews-nauplius’’? may be a larval Schizopod or para- sitic Suctorian. Larva of Galatea noticed, p. 82.) Report on the Present State of our Knowledge of the Crustacea. Part IV. On Development. Rep. Brit. Assoc. Adv. Sci. for 1878, pp. 193-209, PI. V-VIL = 1879. (Gelasimus, Trapezia, Dromia, Porcellana, Galatea, Astacus, Crangon, Pale- mon, &c.) Report on the Present State of our Knowledge of the Crustacea. Part V. On Fecundation, Respiration, and the Green Gland. Rep. Brit. Assoc. Adv. Sci. Jor 1880, pp. 230-241. 1880. (Account of recent observations of CHANTRAN, GERBE, WILLEMOES-SuuM, &c.) On the Peneidea. Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. [5], VIII. pp. 169-196, Pl. XL, XII. 1881. (Genus Euphema M. Edw. a young form of Peneus? p. 192.) Bate (C. Spence) and Miiller (Fritz). The Nauplius Stage of Prawns. dan. Mag. Nat. Hist. (5), U1. pp. 426, 427. 1878. Bate, C. Spence [and Power, Wilmot Henry]. On the Development of the Crustacean Embryo, and the Variations of Form exhibited in the Larve of. thirty-eight Genera of Podophthalmia. Proc. Roy. Soc. London, XXIV. pp. 375-379. 1876. Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. {4}, XVIII. pp. 174-177. 1876. Bate (C. Spence) and Westwood (J. O.). A History of the British Sessile-eyed Crustacea. 2vols. London, 1861-1868. lvi, + 507 + 536 pp. (Observations on development, pp. xliii.-xlvi., 7868 (C. S. Bate), et passim.) el i “eit © ee = ms MUSEUM OF COMPARATIVE ZOOLOGY. 201 Bell, Thomas. A History of the British Stalk-eyed Crustacea. London, 1853. Ixv. + 386 pp. (Metamorphosis, pp. xxxviii—Lxi., et passim.) Beneden. See Van Beneden. Bessels, Emil. Einige Worte iiber die Entwickelungsgeschichte und den morphologischen Werth des kugelférmigen Organes der Amphipoden. Jenaische Zeitschr., V. pp. 91-101. 1870. See also Van Beneden, Edouard. Birge, Edward A. Notes on Cladocera. Trans. Wisconsin Acad. Sci., Arts, § Letters, 1V. pp. 77- to PL I. BE 238768. (Some notes on young, passim.) Boas, J. E. V. Amphion wnd Polycheles (Willemoesia). Zoolog. Anzeig., Ul. pp. 256-259. May, 1879. (Amphion the larva of Polycheles ?) Studier over Decapodernes Slegtskabsforhold. Avec un Résumé en frangais. K. Danske Vidensk. Selsk. Skr. (6), naturvidensk. og mathemat. Afd. I. pp. 25-210, 7 pl. 1880. Abstr. in Journ. Roy. Microscop. Soc. {2}, 1. pp. 450-452. 1881. (Development, passim.) Bobretzky, N. K Enmbriologii Tshlenistonogikh [On the Embryology of Arthropods). Zapiski Kiefskavo Obshtchestva Yestestvoispitatalyei, I11., 1873. [Mem. Kieff Naturalists’ Soc., U1. pp. 129-268, Pl. 1-VI. 1873.] Abstr. in German by Hoyer in Hofmann u. Schwalbe’s Jahresberichte, II. pp. 31-2318. 1875. (Astacus and Palemon.) Zur Embryologie des Oniscus murarius. Zeitschr. f. wissensch. Zool., XXIV. pp. 179-203, Taf. XXI., XXII. 1874. Boeck, Axel. *Om det norske Hummerfiski og dets Historie. Tidsskrift for Fiskeri, Kjo- benhavn, 34ie Aargangs, pp. 28-48, 1868 ; pp. 145-189, 1869. Translated in United States Commission of Fish and Fisheries, Part II. Report of the Commissioner for 1873-74 and 1874-75, pp. 223-258. 1876. (Observations on development of Homarus, pp. 226, 227.) Bosc, L. A. G. Histoire Naturelle des Crustacés. Paris, 1802. (Genus Zoéa founded for reception of the Brachyuran larva described by SLABBER under the name of Monoculus taurus.) 202 BULLETIN OF THE Bovallius, Carl. Embryologiska Studier. I. Om Balanidernas Utveckling. Stockholm, 1876. 44 pp., 5 pl. Brandt, Eduard. Ueber die Jungen der gemeinen Klappenassel (Idothea entomon). Bull. Acad. Impér. des Sci. de St.-Pétershourg, XV. pp. 403-409 (Mélanges Biologiques, VII. pp. 649-657), 1 pl. 1870. Brauer, Friedrich. Beitrage zur Kenntniss der Phyllopoden. Sitzungsber. d. hais. Akad. d. Wissensch. Wien. Math.-naturw. Cl., UXV. pp. 279-291. 1872. Abstr. Anzeiger d. Akad. d. Wissensch. Wien, May 31, 1872, p. 100. Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. [4], X. p. 152, 1872. *Zeitschr. gesammt. Natur- wissen. [2], VI. pp. 314, 315, 1872. (Parthenogenesis of Apus, &c.) Vorlaufige Mittheilungen tiber die Entwicklung und Lebensweise des Lepi- durus productus Bose. Sitzungsber. d. kais. Akad. d. Wissensch. Wien. Math.-naturw. Cl., UX1X., I. Abt. pp. 180-140, Taf. L., IL. 1874. Bree, W.. 1. Ecdysis, or the Casting of the Skin or Shell, in Crustaceous Animals. Mag. Nat. Hist. (Loudon’s), VIII. pp. 468, 469. August, 1835. (Astacus hatched in the adult form.) Brightwell, T. Description of the Young of the Common Lobster, with Observations relative to the Questions of the Occurrence and Non-occurrence of Transfor- mations in Crustaceous Animals. Mag. Nat. Hist. (Loudon’s), VIII. pp. 482-486. September, 1835. (Homarus, Astacus.) Brooks, W. K. The Larval Stages of Sguilla Empusa Say. Chesapeake Zodlogical Laboratory. Scientific Results of the Session of 1878, pp. 143-170, Pl. IX.-XIII. Feb- ruary, 1879. Also published as Studies from the Biological Laboratory of Johns Hop- kins University, I. Part 3. The Rhythmical Character of the Process of Segmentation. Amer. Journ. Sci. § Arts [3], XX. p. 293. October, 1880. (Observed in eggs of Lucifer.) The Young of the Crustacean Lucifer, a Nauplius. Amer. Naturalist, XIV. pp. 806-808. November, 1880. (Also records obs. of E. B. Witson that zoéa of Libinia has full number of thoracic appendages when it leaves egg. Wrtson has also raised zoé~ from eggs of Porcellana, Pinnixa, Sesarma, Pinnotheres, and Callinectes.) The Embryology and Metamorphosis of the Sergestide. Zoolog. Anzeig., UI. pp. 563-567, 15 Nov., 1880. ’ « MUSEUM OF COMPARATIVE ZOOLOGY. 203 Also brief notice in Fifth Annual Report of the Johns Hopkins University, Baltimore, Maryland, 1880, Appendix F, ‘‘ Report of Chesapeake Zoologi- cal Laboratory for the Third Year, Summer of 1880, Beaufort, N. C.,” p. 57. 1880. (Lucifer, Acetes ?) Lucifer : a Study in Morphology. (Abstract.) Proc. Roy. Soc. London, No. 212, 1881. 3 pp. (Development of Lucifer, Acetes ?) Brooks (W. K.) and Wilson (E. B.). The First Zoéa of Porcellana. Studies from the Biological Laboratory of Johns Hopkins University, 11. No. 1, pp. 58-64, Pl. VI., VII. 1881. Buchholz, Reinhold. Ueber Hemioniscus, eine neue Gattung parasitischer Isopoden. Zeitschr. J. wissensch. Zool., XVI. pp. 803-327, Taf. XVI., XVIL. 1866. Beitriige zur Kenntniss der innerhalb der Ascidien lebenden parasitischen Crustaceen des Mittelmeeres. Zettschr. f. wissensch. Zool., XIX. pp. 99- 155, Taf. V.-XI. 1869. (Figures nauplii of several Notodelphyide.) See also Miinter, Jul. Bullar, J. F. On the Development of the Parasitic Isopoda. Phil. Trans. Roy. Soc. London, CLXIX. pp. 505-521, Pl. XLV.-XLVII. 1878. Abstr. in Proc. Roy. Soc. London, XXVII. pp. 284-286. April 4, 1878. ( Cymothoé.) Burmeister, Hermann. Beitrige zur Naturgeschichte der Rankenfiisser (Cirripedia). Berlin, 1834. vili. + 60 pp., 2 pl. (Development, pp. 12-27, PI. I.) Cane. See DuCane. Carbonnier, Pierre. L’Ecrevisse.. Mceurs — Reproduction — Education. Paris, 1869. 197 pp. (Notes on hatching and young, Ch. VI. pp. 49-56.) Cavolini, Filippo. *Memoria sulla Generazione dei Pesci e dei Granchi. Napoli. 1787. Germ. transl. by E. A. W. Zimmermann. Abhandlung iiber die Erzeu- gung der Fische und der Krebse. Berlin, 1792. 192 pp., 3 pl. (Zoéa of Brachyura [Grapsus varius ?], young of Entoniscus, Rhizocephala, &c.) Chantran, Samuel. Observations sur l’Histoire Naturelle des Ecrevisses. Comptes Rendus de V Acad. des Sci., Paris, LXXI. pp. 43-45. 1870 Trans. in Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. [4], V1. pp. 265-267. 1870. Journ. de ? Anat. et de la Physiol. (Robin's), VII. pp. 236-238. 1872. Rev, Mag. Zool. (2), XXIII. pp. 75-78. 1871-72. 204 BULLETIN OF THE Nouvelles Observations sur le Développement des Ecrevisses. Comptes Rendus de I’ Acad. des Sci., Paris, LX XIII. pp. 220, 221. 1871. Trans. in Ana. Mag. Nat. Hist.(4), VILL. pp. 219, 220. 1871. Journ. de l Anat. et de la Physiol. (Robin's), VILL. p. 238. 1872. Rev. Mag. Zool. [2], XXIII. pp. 78, 79. 1871-72. Claparéde, A. René Edouard. Beobachtungen iiber Anatomie und Entwicklungsgeschichte wirbelloser Thiere an der Kiiste von Normandie angestellt. Leipzig, 1863. viii. + 120 pp., 18 pl. (Development of Mysis, pp. 92-94, Pl. XVII. figs. 1-6; Lepas anatifera, pp. 98-101, Pl. XVIL. figs. 15-26; Phoxichilidium, pp. 104, 105, Pl. XVIII. figs. 13, 14.) Claus, Carl. Ueber den Bau und die Entwickelung parasitischer Crustaceen. Cassel, 1858. -34 pp., 2 pl. (Chondracanthus, Lernanthropus, Kroyeria.) Zur Anatomie und Entwickelungsgeschichte der Copepoden. Arch. f: Natur- gesch., XXIV. 1, pp. 1-76, Taf. 1-III. 1858. *Zur Kenntniss der Malacostracenlarven. Wirzhurg. naturwiss. Zeitschr., II. pp. 23-46. 1861. Ueber die morphologischen Beziehungen der Copepoden zu den verwandten Crustaceengruppen der Malacostraken, Phyllopoden, Cirripedien und Ostracoden. Wiirzhurg. naturwiss. Zeitschr., I. pp. 159-167. 1862. Ueber den Bau und die Entwicklung von i ee Oe MUSEUM OF COMPARATIVE ZOOLOGY. 205 Ueber Lernacocera esocina v.Nordm. (Vorlaufige Mittheilung.) Sitzwngsber. d. Gesell. zur Beforderung d. gesammt. Naturwissen. zu Marburg, 1867, pp. 5-12. (Development, pp. 11, 12.) Ueber den Entwicklungsmodus der Porcellana-Larven im Vergleiche zu den Larven von Pagurus. Sitzungsber. der Gesell. zur Beforderung d. gesammt. Naturwissen. zu Marburg, 1867, pp. 12-16. Ueber die Metamorphose und systematische Stellung der Lernaeen. Sitzungs- ber. d. Gesell. zur Befirderung d. gesammt. Naturwissen. zu Marburg, 1868, pp. 5-13. Beitrage zur Kenntniss der Ostracoden. I. Entwicklungsgeschichte von Cy- pris. Schriften d. Gesell, zur Beforderung d. gesammt. Naturwissen. zu Marburg, 1X. pp. 151-166, 2 pl. 1868. Abstr. in Ana. Mag. Nat. Hist. [4], IV. pp. 291, 292. 1869. *Arch. Sci. Phys., XXXV. pp. 312-314. 1869. Beobachtungen tiber Lernaeocera, Peniculus und Lernaca. Hin Beitrag zur Naturgeschichte der Lernaeen. Schriften d. Gesell. zur Beforderung d. gesammt. Naturwissen. zu Marburg, 1X. Suppl. 2. 32 pp., 4 pl. 1868. (Young of Lerneocera esocina. Metamorphosis of Lernea branchialis, pp. 16- 97, Taf. IV.) Die Cypris-alnliche Larve (Puppe) der Cirripedien und ihre Verwandlung in das festsitzende Thier. Ein Beitrag zur Morphologie der Rankenfiissler. Schriften d. Gesell. zur Beforderung d. gesammt. Naturwissen. zu Marburg, IX. Suppl. 5. 17 pp.,2 pl. 1869. Die Metamorphose der Squilliden. Nachrichten Kon. Gesell. Wissensch. Gottin- gen, 1871, pp. 169-180. (Abstract.) Abs. Kon. Gesell. Wissensch. Got- tingen, XVI. pp. 111-163, Taf. I.-VIII. 1871. (Full memoir.) Zur Kenntniss des Bau’s und der Entwicklung von Apus und Branchipus. * Nachrichten Kon. Gesell. Wissensch. Gottingen, 1872, pp. 209-225. *Zeit- sehr. gesammt. Naturwissen., VI. pp. 200, 201. 1872. Zur Kenntniss des Baues und der Entwicklung von Branchipus stagnalis und Apus cancriformis. Abh. Kon. Gesell. Wissensch. Gottingen, XVII. pp. 93-140, Taf. 1-VIII. 1873. Veber die Entwickelung, Organisation und systematische Stellung der Arguli- den. Zeitschr. f. wissensch. Zool., XXV., pp. 217-284, Taf. XIV.—XVIII. 1875. *Das System der Crustaceen im Lichte der Descendenzlehre. I. Die Metamor- phose der Malakostraken. Wien, 1875. Zur Kenntniss der Organisation und des feinern Baues der Daphniden und verwandter Cladoceren. Zeitschr_f. wissensch. Zool., XX VII. pp. 362-402, Taf. XXV.-XXVIII. in tea eee MUSEUM OF COMPARATIVE ZOOLOGY. 233 Sars, Michael. Beskrivelse over Lophogaster typicus, en merkverdig Form af de lavere tiffddede Krebsdyr. Kongl. Norske Universitetsprogram for andet Halvaar 1862. Christiania, 1862. iv. + 37 pp., 3 pl. Abstr. in Bibliotheque Univ., Arch. Sci. Phys. Nat., XX. pp. 87, 88. 1864. Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. [3], XIV. pp. 461, 462. 1864. (Development, pp. iv, 21-25, Tab. III. figs. 57-65.) Bidrag til Kundskab om Christianiafjordens Fauna. Christiania, [{I.] 1868 ; II. 1870. 218 pp., 13 pl. (Young of Munnopsis typica [I.], Pl. VII. figs. 137, 138; nauplius of Melinna- cheres ergasiloides, II. p. 14, Pl. VIII. fig. 7; embryo and nauplius of Anteacheres Duebenii, pp. 26-28, Pl. X. figs. 35-37.) Say, Thomas. An Account of the Crustacea of the United States. Journ. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., I. pp. 155-169. 1817. (The megalopa of Ocypoda described as a Macrouran genus under the name of Monolepis, pp. 155-160.) Schaffer, Jacob Christian. Die griinen Armpolypen, die geschwanzten und ungeschwanzten zackigen Wasserflohe, und eine besondere Art kleiner Wasseraale. Regensburg, 1755. 94 pp. 3 pl. Trans. in Jurine’s Histoire des Monocles, pp. 196, 197. Geneve, 1820. (Development of Daphnia, pp. 56 et seq., Pl. I. figs. 2, 3.) *Der Krebsartige Kiefenfuss mit der kurzen und langen Schwanzklappe. Regensburg, 1756. (Parthenogenesis in Apus cancriformis and A. productus.) SchiGdte (Jorgen C.) [and Meinert (Fr.) ]. Sur la Propagation et les Métamorphoses des Crustacés suceurs de la Famille des Cymothoadiens. Comptes Rendus del Acad. des Sci., Paris, LXXXVIL. pp. 52-55. 1878. Trans. in dan. Mag. Nat. Hist. [5], U1. pp. 195-197. 1878. Schmankewitsch, Wladimir. *(On some Crustacea from Salt Lakes and Fresh Waters, and their Relation to the surrounding Element.] Zapiski Novoross. Obshtch. Yestestvoisp. (Mem. New-Russian Soc. of Naturalists], 111.2. 1875. (In Russian.) Ueber das Verhaltniss der Artemia salina Miln. Edw. zur Artemia Miihihau- senit Miln. Edw. und dem Genus Branchipus Schaeff. Zeitschr. f. wis- sensch. Zool., Supplem. XXV. pp. 1038-116, Taf. VI. 1875. Trans. in Ana. Mag. Nat. Hist. [4], XVII. pp. 256-258. 1876. Zur Kenntniss des Einflusses der ausseren Lebensbedingungen auf die Organi- sation der Thiere. Zeitschr. f. wissensch. Zool., XXIX. pp. 429-494. 1877. (On the influence of salt and fresh waters on the development of Crustacea.) 234 BULLETIN OF THE Schmidt, Oscar. Zoologische Mittheilungen. Zeitschr. gesammt. Naturwissen., 11. p.101, 1853. *Hand-Atlas d. vergl. Anat., Taf. X. fig. 7. 1853. *Das Weltall, No. 3, p- 19. 1854. (Peltogaster shown to be a parasitic Crustacean from its development.) Schobl, Jos. Ueber die Fortpflanzung isopoder Crustaceen. Arch. f. Mikroskop. Anat., XVII. pp. 125-140, Taf. IX., X. 1879. *Sitzungsber. bohm. Gesell. Wissensch. 1879, pp. 339-350. Schulze, Max. Zoologische Skizzen. Zeitschr. f. wissensch. Zool., lV. pp. 178-195. 1852. (Development of Balanide, pp. 190-192.) Semper, Carl. Reisebericht von Herrn Dr. Carl Semper. Briefliche Mittheilung an A. Kolli- ker. Zeitschr. f. wissensch. Zool., XIII. pp. 558-570, Taf. XXXVIIL, XXXIX. 1863. (Larva of Sacculina, p. 560, Taf. XX XVIIL. figs. 3°, 3°.) On the Embryogeny of the Rhizocephala. Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. [4], XV. pp. 83, 84. 1875. Arch. Zool. Expér., IV. pp. viii., ix. 1875. (Reply to Grarp.) *Die natiirlichen Existenzbedingungen der Thiere. Leipzig, 1880 [Ausge- geben, 1879]. 2 vols., 299 + 296 pp. (Internat. wissensch. Biblio- thek.) English trans.: Animal Life as affected by the Natural Conditions of Existence. London and New York, 1881. 472 pp., 106 cuts. (Interna- tional Scientific Series.) (Zoéa of Pinnotheres holothuria, p. 81, fig. 22. Influence of temperature and desiccation on development of eggs of Apus, Branchipus, Cypris, pp. 129, 175, 176.) Shaw, George. Description of the Cancer stagnalis of Linneus. Trans. Linn. Soc. London, I. pp. 103-110, Pl. TX. 1791. (Branchipus. Describes eggs and young.) Siebold, C. Th. E. v. Beitrage zur Parthenogenesis der Arthropoden. Leipzig, 1871. 238 pp., 2 pl. VI. Ueber die parthenogenetische Fortpflanzung bei d4pus und verwandten Crustaceen. Pp. 160-222, Taf. II. (Apus cancriformis, Apus productus, Artemia salina, Limnadia Hermanni.) Ueber Parthenogenesis der Artemia salina. Sitzungsber, d. Konigl. Akad. d. * Wissensch. zu Minchen, IL. pp. 168-196. 1873. Slabber, Mart. *Natuurkundige Verlustigingen, behelzende microscopische Waarnemingen van in- en uit- landische Water- en Land-Dieren. Haarlem, 1769-78. tive ay, m eon lg MUSEUM OF COMPARATIVE ZOOLOGY. 235 *German trans. by P. L. St. Mitten: Physikalische Belustigungen, oder microscopische Wahrnehmungen in- und auslandischer Wasser- und Land- Thieren. Nurnberg, 1775-81. (Cirriped larva, zoéa of Brachyura, &c. See BEuu’s Hist. Brit. Stalk-eyed Crus- tacea, Introd., pp. xxxix. et seqg.; J. V. Tuompson’s Zodlog. Res., Mem. L., and copy of figs. in Encyc. Mcth., Pl. CCLX VIL, CCCXXXIII.; Larreiuie’s Hist. Nat. gen. et partic. des Crustaccs et des Insectes, 1V., Pl. XXXXV., &c.) ” Smith, Sidney I. The Early Stages of the American Lobster (Homarus Americanus Edwards). Amer. Journ. Sci. § Arts, (3), 11. pp. 401-406, Pl. IX. 1872. (Abstract of later paper in Trans. Conn. Acad.) The Early Stages of the American Lobster (Homarus Americanus Vidwards). Trans. Conn. Acad., Il. pp. 351-381, Pl. XIV-XVUI. 1873. (Includes description of larva of Palemonetes vulgaris, p. 377, foot-note.) The Metamorphoses of the Lobster and other Crustacea. Invert. Animals of Vineyard Sound, etc. (VERRILL and Smite), pp. 228-243, Pl. VIIT., IX. Rep. U. S. Fish Comm. 1871-72, pp. 522-537. Washington, 1873. (Homarus, Crangon, Palemonetes, Virbius, Gebia, Callianassa, Eupagurus, Hippa, Cancer, Platyonychus, Cyllene, Ocypoda, Gelasimus?, Squilla, &c., noticed.) The Megalops Stage of Ocypoda. Amer. Journ. Sci. §& Arts [3], VI. pp. 67, 68. 1873. (Monolepis inermis Say is the megalopa of Ocypoda arenaria.) The Early Stages of Hippa talpoida, witha Note on the Structure of the Man- dibles and Maxille in Hippa and Remipes. Trans. Conn. Acad., III. pp. 311-342, Pl. XLV.-XLVIII. 1877. The Stalk-eyed Crustaceans of the Atlantic Coast of North America north of Cape Cod. Trans. Conn. Acad., V. pp. 27-136, Pl. VIIL-XII. 1879. (Observations on larval stages of Thysanopoda, pp. 90, 91.) On the Species of Pianixa inhabiting the New England Coast, with Remarks on their Karly Stages. rans. Conn. Acad., IV. pp. 247-253. July, 1880. Occasional Occurrence of Tropical and Sub-tropical Species of Decapod Crus- tacea on the Coast of New England. Trans. Conn. Acad., IV. pp. 254- 267. July, 1880. (Describes megalopa stage of Calappa marmorata, &c.) Soubeiran, Léon. Sur [Histoire Naturelle et "Education des Ecrevisses. Comptes Rendus de ? Acad. des Sci., Paris, LX. pp. 1249, 1250. 1865, Spangenberg, Friedrich. Zur Kenntniss von Branchipus stagnalis. Zeitschr. f. wissensch. Zool., Sup- plem. XXV. pp. 1-64, Taf. I.-IIT. 1875. (Contains observations on development.) 236 BULLETIN OF THE Steenstrup [Joh. Japetus Smith]. Bemerkninger om Slegterne Pachybdella Dies. og Peltogaster Rathk. Overs. K. Danske Vidensk. Selsk. Forhandl. 1854, pp. 145-158, 214. Trans. by Creputn in Arch. f. Naturgesch. 1855, 1, pp. 15-29, 62. English trans. in daz. Mag. Nat. Hist. (2), XVI. pp. 153-162. 1855. [On Liriope and Peltogaster.| Forhandl. Skand. Naturforsk., VII1. (1860), pp- 684, 685. Kidbenhavn, 1861. Steffenberg, Adalrik. E *Bidrag til Kannedomen om Flodkraftans Naturalhistoria. Falun, 1872. 72 pp. (Akadem. Afhandl.) Noticed by Epuarp von Martens in Zodlog. Rec. (1872), IX. p. 193. 1874. (Young of Astacus fluviatilis.) St.George. See La Valette St. George. Straus-Durckheim, Hercule Eug. Mémoire sur les Daphnia, de la Classe des Crustacés. Mém. du Mus. d Hist. Nat., V. pp. 380-425, Pl. XXIX., 1819 ; VI. pp. 149-162, 1820. (Contains observations on development.) Mémoire sur les Cypris, de la Classe des Crustacés. Mém. du Mus. d Hist. Nat., VII. pp. 33-61, Pl. I. 1821. (Young, p. 54.) Stuxberg, Anton. Karcinologiska Takttagelser. O/vers. K. Svenska Vetensk.-dkad. Forhandl., XXX. (1873), No. 9, pp. 3-23, Taf. XIV. 1874. (Stenorrhynchus rostratus, Carcinus Menas, Portunus depurator, Galatea inter- media, Hippolyte varians, Palemon squilla, Pachybdella carcini.) Suhm. See Willemoes-Suhm. Targioni Tozzetti, Ad. Di una Specie nuova in un nuovo Genere di Cirripedi Lepadidei ospitante sulle Penne abdominali del Priofinus cinereus dell’ Atlantico Australe e dell’ Oceano Indiano raccolta nel Viaggio intorno al Mondo della Fregata Italiana La Magenta dai Professori F. De Filippi ed E. Giglioli. Bull. Soe. Ento- molog. Italiana, LV. pp. 84-96, Tav. 1. figs. 2-13. 1872. ( Ornitholepas australis, young stage according to A. GERSTAECKER, Sitzungs-Ber. Gesell. naturforsch. Freunde Berlin, 1875, pp. 113-115.) Thompson, John V. Zoological Researches and Jlustrations; or Natural History of nondescript or imperfectly known Animals, in a Series of Memoirs. Illustrated by Numerous Figures. Cork, 1828-34. 110 pp., 20 pl. Memoir I. On the Metamorphoses of the Crustacea, and on Zoéa, ex- posing their singular Structure and demonstrating that they are not, as has - ee eeEeeEOEeEeEeEeEeEeEeEeEeEeEeeeeeeeeeee————SESE eee eee ee ee ee | ee ee MUSEUM OF COMPARATIVE ZOOLOGY. Zor been supposed, a peculiar Genus, but the Larva of Crustacea. Pp, 1-11, Pl. L., IJ. Addenda, pp. 638-65, Pl. VIII. fig. 1. Analyt. notice in Zodlog. Journ., IV. pp. 248-250. 1828. (Cancer pagurus, &c.) Memoir II. On the Genus Mysis or Opossum Shrimp. Pp. 13-31, Pl. IIL, 1V. Addendum, p. 66. (Contains observations on development. ) Memoir IV. On the Cirripedes or Barnacles; demonstrating their de- ceptive Character ; the extraordinary Metamorphosis they undergo, and the Class of Animals to which they indisputably belong. Pp. 69-82, Pl. IX., X. (Balanus.) Memoir VI. Development of Artemis salinus or Brine Shrimp; de- monstrative of its Relationship to Braachipus and the other Crustaceous Phyllopoda, and to those enigmatical Fossils, the apparently eyeless Trilo- bites... with a new Species of Artemis and of dpus. Pp. 103-110, Pl. I-VI. [Letter to the Editor of the Zodlogical Journal, dated “Cork, Dec. 16, 1830.’’] Zoblog. Journ., V. pp. 383, 384, Pl. XV. fig. 18. 1831. (Metamorphosis of Homarus.) Discovery of the Metamorphosis in the Second Type of the Cirripedes, viz., the Lepades, completing the Natural History of these singular Animals, and confirming their Affinity with the Crustacea. Phil. Trans. Roy. Soc. London, 1835, pp. 355-358, Pl. VI. On the Double Metamorphosis in the Decapodous Crustacea, exemplified in Cancer Menas Linn. Phil. Trans. Roy. Soc. London, 1835, pp. 359-362, Pl. V.. Memoir on the Metamorphosis and Natural History of the Pixnotheres or Pea- Crabs. Entomolog. Mag., III. pp. 85-90, figs. 1-3. April, 1835. Memoir on the Metamorphosis in Porcel/ana and Portunus. Entomolog. Mag., ILL. pp. 275-280, figs. 1-3. October, 1835. Of the Double Metamorphosis in Macropodia phalangium or Spider-Crab, with Proofs of the Larve being Zoéa in Gecarcinus hydrodomus, Telphusa erythropus, Eriphia Caribbea, and Grapsus pelagicus. Entomolog. Mag., U1. pp. 370-375, figs. 1-6. January, 1836. Natural History and Metamorphosis of an anomalous Crustaceous Parasite of Carcinus Menas, the Sacculina carcini. Entomolog. Mag., U1. pp. 452- 456, figs. 1-6. April, 1836. Notice of, in Arch. f. Naturgesch., 1837, 2, p. 248. Memoir on the Metamorphosis in the Macroura or Long-tailed Crustacea, exemplified in the Prawn (Palemon serratus). Edinburgh New Philosoph. Journ., XXI. pp. 221-223, Pl. I. 1836. Abstract in Proc. Roy. Soc., III. p. 871. 1886. 238 - BULLETIN OF THE Thompson, William. Description of a Young Lobster measuring only Nine Lines. The Zodlogist, XI. p. 3765. 1853. Thorell, T. Bidrag tili Kannedomen om Krustaceer, som lefva i Arter af Slagtet Ascidia L. 84 pp., 14 pl. K. Svenska Vetensk.-Akad. Handl., U1. No. 8. 1859-60. *Zeitschr. gesammt. Naturwissen., XV. pp. 114-143. 1860. ( Copepoda. Young, passim.) Till Kannedomen om Vissa parasitiskt lefvande Entomostraceer. Ofvers. K. Svenska Vetensk.-Akad. Forhandl., XVI. (1859), pp. 335-362. 1860. (Includes account of development.) Tozzetti. See Targioni Tozzetti. Travis. [Letter to Pennant, dated “‘ Scarborough, 25th Oct. 1768.”] Pennant’s Brit- ish Zoology, IV. pp. 11-15. London, 1777. (Describes the eggs of Homarus. Young have ‘the appearance of tadpoles.’’) Tscherniawsky, Ww. *Materialia ad Zoographiam Ponticam comparatam, Basis Genealogie Crusta- ceorum. Oct. 1868. 120 pp., 8 pl. (In Russian.) Noticed by GerstaEcKER in Arch. f. Naturgesch., 1869, 2, p. 168. (Larva of Balanus, and three zoéz.) *(The Megalopa Larve of Brachyura.] Trudy Russkoye Entomolog. Obshtchest. [Trans. Russian Entomolog. Soc.], XI. No. 2, pp. 51-96, 2 pl. 1878. (in Russian.) See Zoolog. Anzeig., II. p. 219. 1879. Zodlog. Rec. (1878), XV., Crust., pp. 15, 16. 1880. Notice of, by Paut Mayer, in Zoolog. Jahresber. 1880, Il. Abth., pp. 41,42. 1881. Ueber die Genealogie der Mysiden. Zoolog. Anzeig., ILI. pp. 213, 214. 1880. (Verhandl. d. zool. Sect. d. VI. Versamml. russisch. Naturf. u. Aerzte.) Eng. abstr. in Journ. Roy. Microscop. Soc., 111. pp. 944, 945. 1880. Turner (Wm.) and Wilson (H. S.). On the Structure of the Chondracanthus lophii, with Observations on its Larval Form. Trans. Roy. Soc. Edinburgh, XXI11. pp. 67-76, Pl. Il. 1861. Abstr. in Proc. Roy. Soc. Edinburgh, TV. pp. 525-527. 1862. (Larva, pp. 74, 75, Pl. ILL. figs. 15, 16.) On the Structure of Lerneopoda Dalmanni, with Observations on its Larval Form. Trans. Roy. Soc. Edinburgh, XXIII. pp. 77-87, Pl. IV. 1861. Abstr. in Proc. Roy. Soc. Edinburgh, TV. pp. 569, 570. 1862. (Larva, pp. 84, 85, figs. 13-16.) MUSEUM OF COMPARATIVE ZOOLOGY. 239 Uljanin, B. Untersuchungen iiber Blastoderm- und Keimblitterbildung bei Orchestia Montagui und mediterranea. Zoolog. Anzeig., III. pp. 163-165. 1880. (Verhandl. d. zoolog. Sect. d. VI. Versamml. russisch. Naturf. u. Aerzte.) Notice of, by P. Maygr, in Zoolog. Jahresber. (1880), Il. Abt., pp. 53, 54. 1880. Zur Entwicklungsgeschichte der Amphipoden., Zeitschr. f. wissensch, Zool., XXXV. pp. 440-460, Taf. XXIV. 1881. Abstr. in Journ. Roy. Microscop. Soc. (2), I. pp. 599, 600. Aug. 1881. Valenciennes, A. Note sur la Reproduction des Homards. Comptes Rendus de ? Acad. des Sci., Paris, XLVI. pp. 608-606. 1858. Valette St. George. See La Valette St. George. Van Beneden, Edouard. Sur le Mode de Formation de l’Guf et le Développement embryonnaire des Sacculines. Comptes Rendus de 0 Acad. des Sci., Paris, UX1X. pp. 1146- 1151. 29 Nov. 1869. Trans. in Aun. Mag. Nat. Hist. [4], V. pp. 140-144. 1870. Recherches sur l’Embryogénie des Crustacés. I. Observations sur le Dé- veloppement de Il’ Asel/us aquaticus. Bull. Acad. Roy. de Belgique (2), XXVIII. pp. 54-87, 2 pl. 1869. Recherches sur ’Embryogénie des Crustacés. II. Développement des Mysis. Bull. Acad. Roy. de Belgique {2), XXVIII. pp. 232-249, 1 pl. 1869. Recherches sur |’Embryogénie des Crustacés. III. Développement de Y’@uf et de ?Embryon des Sacculines (Sacculina carcini, Thomps.). Bull. Acad. Roy. de Belgique (2), XX1X. pp. 99-112, 1 pl. 1870. Recherches sur |’Embryogénie des Crustacés. IV. Développement des Genres Anchorella, Lerneopoda, Brachiella et Hessia. Bull. Acad. Roy. de Belgique [2], XXIX. pp. 2238-254, 1 pl. 1870. Réponse A quelques-unes des Observations de M. Balbiani sur |’@uf des - Sacculines. Comptes Rendus de l Acad. des Sci., Paris, UXX. pp. 197- 200. 1870. Recherches sur la Composition et la Signification de l’uf, basées sur l’Etude de son Mode de Formation et des premi¢res Phénoménes embryonnaires (Mammiferes, Oiseaux, Crustacés, Vers). Mém. Cour. Acad. Roy. de Belgique, XXXIV. 1870 [1869?]. 283 pp., 12 pl. (Crustacea, pp. 107-143, Pl. VII.-X.) Van Beneden (Edouard) et Bessels (Emile). Mémoire sur la Formation du Blastoderme chez les Amphipodes, les Lernéens et les Copépodes. Mém. Cour. Acad. Roy. de Belgique, XXXIV. 1870 [1868 ?]. 59 pp., 5 pl. 240 BULLETIN OF THE Résumé in Bull. Acad. Roy. de Belgique (2), XXV. pp. 434-448. 1868. Monthly Microscop. Journ., 1. pp. 41-45. Jan. 1869. See also Report by Scowann, Gtuce, and Portman, Bull. Acad. Roy. de Belgique [(2|, XXVI. pp. 252-259. 1868. Van Beneden, P.-J. Résumé d’un Mémoire sur le Développement et l’Organisation des Nicothoés. Bull. Acad. Roy. de Belgique, XV. 2™° Partie, pp. 386-390. 1848. Schleiden u. Froriep’s Notizen (3), 1X. col. 165-167. 1849. Mémoire sur le Développement et I’Organisation des Nicothoés. Mén. Acad. Roy. de Belgique, XXIV. 1850. 28 pp., 1 pl. Aan. Sci. Nat. [8], Zool., XIII. pp. 354-377, Pl. I. figs. 13-29. 1850. Recherches sur quelques Crustacés inférieurs. Aza. Sci. Nat. [3], Zool., XVI. pp. 71-131, Pl. I-VI. 1851. (Parasitic Copepoda, Lerneans.) Note sur un nouveau Genre de Crustacé parasite, Eudactylina. Bull. Acad. Roy. de Belgique, XX. Pt. I. pp. 235-238, 1 pl. 1853. (Larve, figs. 5, 6.) Histoire naturelle d’un Animal nouveau, désigné sous le Nom d’ Histriobdella. Bull. Acad. Roy. de Belgique, 1858, pp. 263-296. (Development of Homarus, pp. 263, 264.) Un nouveau Genre de Crustacé Lernéen. Bull. Acad. Roy. de Belgique, 1860, pp. 137-146, 1 pl. (Enterocola fulgens P. J. Van Ben. Larva, figs. 6, 7.) Recherches sur les Crustacés du Littoral de Belgique. Mém. Acad. Roy. de Belgique, XXXII. 1861 (1860?}. 174 pp., 21 pl. Also printed separately with the following title: Recherches sur la Faune littorale de Belgique. Crustacés. Bruxelles, 1861. 174 pp., 21 pl. See Rev. by Fritz Mituer, Ueber Cumaceen. Arch. f. Naturgesch., 1865, 1, pp. 311-323. (Development of Mysis, pp. 52-69, Pl. VI. figs. 9-12, VIIT.-XI.; Homarus, p. 53; Cuma, pp. 75, 87; Cyamus, p. 95; Anceus, p. 102, Pl. XVI.; Peltogaster, p. 118, Pl. XXI. figs. 5-7; Sacculina, Pl. XX. figs. 8, 9, Pl. XXI. figs. 8, 9; Lernea, p. 131, Pl. XIX. figs. 9-13.) Vejdovsky, Franz. Untersuchungen iiber die Anatomie und Metamorphose von Tracheliastes polycolpus Nordm. Zeitschr. f. wissensch. Zool., XX1X. pp. 15-46, Taf. IL-IV. 1877. (Development, pp. 34-43, Taf. III., IV.) Vogt, Carl. Recherches Cotidres. Geneve, 1877. 104 pp. 6 pl. Mém. Inst. Geneve, XII. MUSEUM OF COMPARATIVE ZOOLOGY. 241 le* Mém. De la Famille des Philichthydes et en particulier du Lépo- sphile des Labres (Leposphilus labret Hesse). Pp. 1-41, Pl. L., II. (Nauplius, p. 26, Pl. I. fig. 10.) 94 Mém. Sur quelques Copépodes Parasites 4 Males Pygmées habitant les Poissons. Pp. 438-104, Pl. IIL-VI. (Nauplius of Brachiella, p. 56, Pl. III. fig. 8; Chondracanthus, pp. 86-88, Pl. V.) Also in Arch. Zool. Expér., V1. 385-456. 1877. Recherches Cotiéres faites a Roskoff. Crustacés Parasites des Poissons. Genéve, 1879. 104 pp., 6 pl. 1 Mém. Leposphile des Labres, Famille des Philichthydes. 94 Mém. Familles des Lernzopodides et des Chondracanthides. (Nauplius of Leposphilus, Brachiella, Chondracanthus. ) Same as the preceding. L’ Adaptation des Crustacés Copépodes au Parasitisme. Actes de la Soc. Helvétique des Sci. Nat., 60° Sess., pp. 121-139. 1878. (Contains remarks on larve.) Wagner, Nicolas. Observations sur l’Organisation et le Développement des Ancées. Bull. Acad. Impér. des Sci., de St.-Pétershourg, X. pp. 498-502 (Mélanges Biologiques, VI. pp. 27-34). 1866. *In Arbeit. d. ersten Sitzung Russischer Naturforscher in St. Petersburg, 1868, pp. 218-237, Taf. I.-LV. (Development of Hyalosoma [Leptodora], according to Gerstaecker, Arch. /f. Naturgesch., 1871, 1, p. 351.) Wagner, Rudolphus. Prodromus Historie Generationis Hominis atque Animalium. Lipsie, 1836. 15 pp., 2 pl. (Eggs of Porcellio, Cypris, Balanus, Gammarus, Astacus, Carcinus, p. 8, Pl. I. figs. 12-17.) Weismann, August. Ueber Bau und Lebenserscheinungen von Lepfodora hyalina Lilljeborg. Zeitschr. f. wissensch. Zool., XXIV. pp. 349-418, Taf. XXXIIT- XXXVIII. 1874. Zur Naturgeschichte der Daphniden. I. Ueber die Bildung von Wintereiern bei Leptodora hyalina. Zeitschr. f. wissensch. Zool., XXVIL. pp. 51-112, Taf. V-VII. May, 1876. Beitrage zur Naturgeschichte der Daphnoiden. Theil II., III, u. IV. Zeitschr. f. wissensch. Zool., XXVIII. pp. 938-254, Taf. VIL-XI. Jan. 1877. IL. Die Eibildung bei den Daphnoiden. Pp. 95-175. VOL. Ix. — No. 6. 16 242 BULLETIN OF THE III. Die Abhangigkeit der Embryonal-Entwicklung vom Fruchtwasser der Mutter. Pp. 176-211. IV. Ueber den Einfluss der Begattung auf die Erzeugung yon Winter- eiern. Pp. 212-240. Beitrage zur Naturgeschichte der Daphnoiden. VII. Die Entstehung der eyclischen Fortpflanzung bei den Daphnoiden. Zeitschr.f. wissensch. Zool., XXXIII. pp. 111-264. Oct. 1879. Parthenogenese bei den Ostracoden. Zoolog. Anzeig., IIL. pp. 82-84. 23 Feb. 1880. Journ. Roy. Microscop. Soc., U1. Pt. IL. pp. 431, 432. 1880. Wendt. Ueber das Ansetzen der Cirripedien an eisernen Schiffen. Verhandl. d. Vereins J. naturwissensch. Unterhalt. zu Hamburg, U1. (1876), pp. 31, 32. 1878. Westwood, J. O. Extrait des Recherches sur les Crustacés du Genre Pranize de Leach. Aza. Sci. Nat., XXVIL. pp. 316-332, Pl. VI. 1832. On the Transformations of the Crustacea. Rep. Brit. Assoc. Adv. Sct. for 1834, pp. 608, 609. 1835. (Abstract of the following paper.) On the supposed Existence of Metamorphoses in the Crustacea. Phil. Trans. Roy. Soc. London, 1835, pp. 811-828, Pl. IV. Abstract in Proc. Roy. Soc. London, III. pp. 341, 342. 1835. London and Edinburgh Philosoph. Mag. [3], VIL. pp. 210, 211. 1835. Froriep’s Notizen, XLVI. pp. 230, 231. 1835. (Gecarcinus, with direct development.) See also Bate (C. Spence) and Hailstone (S.). Willemoes-Suhm, Rudolf von. On a new Genus of Amphipod Crustaceans. Proc. Roy. Soc. London, XXI. pp. 206-208. 1873. Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. [4], XI. pp. 389-891. 1873. ( Thaumops pellucida W.-S. [ Cystisoma Neptuni Guér.-Mén.] undergoes no meta- morphosis after leaving the egg, pp. 207, 208.) Von der Challenger-Expedition. Briefe an C. Th. E. v. Siebold von R. v. Willemoes-Suhm. I. Zeitschr. f. wissensch. Zool., XXIII. pp. i—vii. May, 1873. (Embryo of Thaumops pellucida W.-S. [Cystisoma Neptuni Guér.-Mén., Am- phipod] undergoes no metamorphosis, p. vi.) Von der Challenger-Expedition. Briefe an C. Th. E. v. Siebold von R. v. Willemoes-Suhm. II. Zeitschr.f. wissensch. Zool., XXIV. pp. ix.-xxiii, Oct. 1874. (Young /sopoda and Amphipoda of Antarctic Islands developed in sacs of parent. Larval stages of the higher Crustacea not found on the surface at Kerguelen’s Isl. excepting one small zoéa.) MUSEUM OF COMPARATIVE ZOOLOGY. 243 Von der Challenger-Expedition. Briefe von R. v. Willemoes-Suhm an C. Th. E. v. Siebold. V. Zeitschr. f. wissensch. Zool., XX VI. pp. lix—lxxv. Dec. 1875. (According to a very intelligent fisherman, Menancio Perez, the young Birgus on hatching is like the parent in form, p. xxiii.) On some Atlantic Crustacea from the “ Challenger ” Expedition. V. On the Development of a Land Crab. Trans. Linn. Soc. London (2), Zool., L. pp. 46-48, Pl. XI. figs. 1-3. 1875. (Zoéa of Cardisoma from Cape-Verd Isl. Direct development of Telphusa flu- viatilis from Italy. ) On the Development of Lepas fascicularis and the “ Archizoéa” of Cirripe- dia. Phil. Trans. Roy. Soc. London, CLXVI. pp. 181-154, Pl. X.-XV. 1876. Abstract in Proc. Roy. Soc. London, XXIV. pp. 129-132. Dec. 1875. Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist.{4), XVII. pp. 158-161. 1876. Preliminary Remarks on the Development of some Pelagic Decapods. Proc. Roy. Soc. London, XXIV. pp. 132-184. 1875. Also in Aun. Mag. Nat. Hist. (4), XVII. pp. 162, 163. 1876. (Amphion, Sergestes, Lucifer.) Preliminary Report to Professor Wyville Thomson, F. R.S., Director of the Civilian Scientific Staff, on Observations made during the earlier Part of the Voyage of H.M.S. “Challenger.” Proc. Roy. Soc. London, XXIV. pp. 569-585. 1876. (Blind megalopa from 1675 fms., p. 577; Cardisoma zoéa, p. 582.) Von der Challenger-Expedition. Briefe von R. v. Willemoes-Suhm an C. Th. E. v. Siebold. VII. Zeitschr. f. wissensch. Zool., XXVIIL. pp. xevii.—eviii. May, 1876. (Sergestes, Lucifer, Lepas, pp. evi.-cviii. Same observations as those recorded in Preliminary Remarks, g-c., and On the Development of Lepas fascicularis, ¢c.) Wilson, E. B. Sce Brooks, W. K. Wilson, H.S. See Turner, Wm. Woodward, Henry. Art. Crustacea in Encyclopedia Britannica (9th ed.), VI. pp. 632-666. 1877. (General account of development, pp. 643-652. Australian Dromiu, with direct development, p. 644.) Zaddach, Ernestus Gustavus. De Apodis cancriformis Schaeff. Anatome et Historia Evolutionis. Bonne, 1841. 72 pp., 4 pl. (Development, pp. 55-64, Pl. IV.) 244 BULLETIN OF THE Zenker, Jonathan Carolus. De Gammari pulicis Fabr. Historia Naturali atque Sanguinis Circuitu Com- mentatio. Jenx, 1832. viii. + 28 pp., 1 pl. (Remarks on development, p. 17.) Zenker [Wilhelm]. Monographie der Ostracoden. Arch. f. Naturgesch. 1854, 1, pp. 1-87, Taf. L.- VL. figs. 1, 2. (Development, pp. 57-60.) Also published as *Anatomisch-systematische Studien tiber die Krebs- thiere (Crustacea). Berlin, 1854. 115 pp., 6 pl. —3 [Notice of Phyllosoma hatched from Eggs of Palinurus vulgaris at Brighton Aquarium.] Nature, VIII. p. 231. 1873. Amer. Journ. Sci. & Arts (3), VL. p. 229. 1878. ADDENDA. Claus, Carl. Untersuchungen iiber die Organisation und Verwandtshaft der Copepoden. (In Auszuge zusammengestellt.) Wirzhurg. naturwiss. Zeitschr., U1. pp. 51-103. 1862. ‘ (Development, pp. 78-82.) Dohrn, Anton. *Studien zur Embryologie der Arthropoden. 1868. (Habilitationsschrift.) Hartog, Marcus. On the Anal Respiration of the Copepoda. Quart. Journ. Microscop. Sei. [2], XX. pp. 244, 245. April, 1880. Journ. Roy. Microscop. Soc., U1. Pt. 2, pp. 632, 632. 1880. (Anal respiration in nauplius of Cyclops and Diaptomus, p. 245. On the Respiration of the Crustacea. Quart. Journ. Microscop. Sci. (2), XX. p. 485. Oct. 1880. Journ. Roy. Microscop. Soc., 111. Pt. 2, p. 944. 1880. (Anal respiration in zoée.) Kossmann, Robby. Die Entonisciden. Mittheil. aus der zoolog. Station zu Neapel, U1. pp. 149- 169, Taf. VIII., IX. Dee. 9, 1881 (Development, pp. 166-168, Taf. VIIL., fig. 6.) Studien iiber Bopyriden. III. Jone thoracica und Cepon portuni. Mittheil. aus der zoolog. Station zu Neapel, 111. pp. 170-183, Taf. X., XI. Dee. 9, 1881. (Young stages described and figured.) a MUSEUM OF COMPARATIVE ZOOLOGY. 245 XIPHOSURA (Limulus). Agassiz, Alexander. Note on the Habits of young Limulus. Amer. Journ. Sci. & Arts [3], XV. pp. 75, 76. 1878. Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. (5), 1. pp. 183, 184. 1878. (Swim, feed, and rest on their backs.) Beneden. Sce Van Beneden. Dohrn, Anton. Untersuchungen iiber Bau und Entwickelung der Arthropoden. 12. Zur Em- bryologie und Morphologie des Limulus Polyphemus. Jenuische Zeitschr., VI. pp. 580-640, Taf. XIV., XV. 1871. Edwards. See Milne Edwards. Gegenbaur, C. Anatomische Untersuchung eine Limulus, mit besonderer Beriicksichtigung der Gewebe. Abhandl. Naturforsch. Gesell. Halle, IV. pp. 229-250, lpl. 1858. (Structure of egg, pp. 247-249, fig. 9.) Lockwood, S. The Horse-Foot Crab. Amer. Naturalist, IV. pp. 257-274, Pl. IIL. July, 1870. (Development of Limulus Polyphemus.) Milne Edwards, Henri. Recherches relatives au Développement des Limules. *Soc. Philomath. Paris, Evtr. des Procés-Verbaux des Séances, 1838, pp. 125, 126. *L’ Institut, VI. No. 258, p. 397. 1838. Disciples’ Ed. Cuvier’s Regne Animal, Crus- tacés, Pl. LXXVI. fig. 24,27¢. Hist. Nat. des Crustacés, I11. p. 546. 1840. (Young Limulus at time of hatching.) Notice of, in Van DER Horven’s: Recherches sur 0 Histoire Naturelle et P Anatomie des Limules, p. 44. Leyde, 1838. Packard, A. S., Jr. On the Embryology of Limulus Polyphemus. Amer. Naturalist, TV. pp. 498- 502, figs. 95-100. Oct.1870. Proc. Boston Soc. Nat. Hist., XIV. p. 60. Nov. 16, 1870. Proc. Amer. Assoc, Adv. Sci., 19th Meeting (1870), pp. 247-255, 9 figs. 1871. Quart. Journ. Microscop. Sct. [2), X1. pp. 263- 267. 1871. (Notice of observations given in full in Mem. Boston Soc. Nat. Hist., U1. pp. 155- 202. 1872.) Morphology and Ancestry of the King Crabs. Amer. Naturalist, IV. pp. 754- 756. Feb. 1871. (Abstract of some of the conclusions stated in Mem. Boston Soc. Nat. Hist., I. pp. 155-202. 1872.) 246 _ BULLETIN OF THE The Development of Limulus Polyphemus. Mem. Boston Soc. Nat. Hist., I. pp. 155-202, Pl. I1—V. March, 1872. : Abstract by the author in Life Histories of the Crustacea and Insects, Amer. Nat., 1X. pp. 589-592, figs. 239-246, Nov. 1875 ; Life Histories of Animals including Man, or Outlines of Comparative Embryology, New York, 1876 ; and in Zoblogy for Students and General Readers, pp. 320-323, New York, 1879. See also Henry Woopwarp’s Monograph of the British Fossil Crus- tacea of the Order Merostomata, pp. 214-221. London, 1878. Farther Observations on the Embryology of Limulus, with Notes on its Affini- ties. mer. Naturalist, VU. pp. 675-678. Nov. 1873. Proc. Amer Assoc. Adv. Sci., 22d Meeting (1873), Pt. Ll. pp. 30-32. 1874. On the Development of the Nervous System in Limulus, Amer. Naturalist, IX. pp. 422-424. July, 1875. The Anatomy, Histology, and Embryology of Limulus Polyphemus. Annivers. Mem. Boston Soc. Nat. Hist. 1880. 45 pp., 7 pl. (Embryology, pp. 36-40, Pl. L., Ifl., IV.) Suhm. See Willemoes-Suhm. Van Beneden, Edouard. De la Place que les Limules doivent occuper dans la Classification des Ar- thropodes d’aprés leur Développement embryonnaire. Azz. Soc. Entomol. Belgique, XV. Comptes Rendus, pp. X., xi. 14 Oct. 1871. Gervais’s Journ. de Zoologie, 1. pp. 41-44. 1872. Ana. Mag. Nat. Hist. [4], UX. pp- 98, 994 Jan. 1872. *(Observations on the first Stages of embryonic Development in Limalus.] Tageblatt d. 46° Versamml. deutsch, Naturforsch. u. Aertze in Wiesbaden, 1878, p. 58. Willemoes-Suhm, Rudolf von. Von der Challenger-Expedition. Nachtrage zu den Briefen an C. Th. E. v. Siebold von R. v. Willemoes-Suhm. VIII. Zeitschr. f. wissensch. Zool., XXIX. pp. cix.-exxxvi. June, 1877. (Limulus from the Philippine Islands has a free-swimming nauplius larva, p- cxxxii.) Challenger-Briefe von Rudolf v. Willemoes-Suhm Dr. Phil. 1872-1875. _. Nach dem Tode des Verfassers herausgegeben von seiner Mutter. Leip- zig, 1877. 180 pp. (Limulus rotundicaudatus does not have a direct development like L. Polyphemus but has a nauplius larva, pp. 157, 158. [Letter to Professor Kupfler.]) eee ee? MUSEUM OF COMPARATIVE ZOOLOGY. 247 TRILOBITA. Barrande, Joachim. Systéme Silurien du Centre de la Bohéme. Prague et Paris. Métamorphoses des Trilobites, I. pp. 257-278, Pl. VIL, XLIX., &. 1852. I. Suppl., pp. 182-189, Pl. passim. 1872. Of. A. GurstagckerR in Brony’s Klassen und Ordnungen des Thier- Reichs, V. (Arthropoda), I. Abt., I. Halfte, pp. 1200-1208, Taf. XLIIL., XLVI. Leipzig und Heidelberg, 1879. Ford, S. W. On some Embryonic Forms of Trilobites from the Primordial Rocks at Troy, N.Y. Amer. Journ. Sci. & Arts (3), XII. pp. 265-273, 1 pl. 1877. On additional Embryonic Forms of Trilobites from the Primordial Rocks of Troy, N. Y., with Observations on the Genera Olenellus, Paradoxides, and Hydrocephalus. Amer. Journ. Sci., XXIL. pp. 250-259, 13 cuts. 1881. Walcott, C. D. Note upon the Eggs of the Trilobite. 31st Ann. Rep. N. ¥. State Mus. Nat. Hist., pp. 66, 67. Albany, 1879. (Published and distributed in advance of Report, Sept. 20, 1877.) Bull. Mus. Comp. Zool., at Harvard Coll., in Cambridge, VIII. p. 216, PL IV. figs. 8, 8a. 1882. Fossils of the Utica Slate. Trans. Albany Inst., X. (Printed in advance, June, 1879.) Metamorphoses of 7riarthrus Becki, pp. 24-33, Pl. IL. figs. 1-15. PY CNOGONIDA. Allman [George James]. On a Remarkable Form of Parasitism among the Pycnogonide. Rep. Brit. Assoc. Adv. Sci. for 1859, Trans. of Sect., p. 143. 1860. (Young Ammothea? parasitic in Coryne.) Bohm, R. Zwei neue, von Herrn Dr. Hilgendorf in Japan gesammelte Pycenogoniden. Sitzungs-Ber. Gesell. naturforsch. Freunde zu Berlin, 1879, pp. 53-60, 140-142. (On some structural characters of the young, pp. 55, 140, 141.) y Claparéde, A. René Edouard. Beobachtungen iiber Anatomie und Entwicklungsgeschichte wirbelloser Thiere an der Kiiste von Normandie angestellt. Leipzig, 1863. vilit-120 pp., 18 pl. (Development of Phowichilidium, pp. 104, 105, Pl. XVIII. figs. 13, 14.) 248 BULLETIN OF THE Couch, R. Q. On the Metamorphosis of the Crustaceans, including the Decapoda, Ento- mostraca, and Pycnogonide. Twelfth Ann. Rep. Roy. Cornwall Polytechnic Soc., pp. 17-46, Pl. I. Falmouth, 1844. (Young of Orithyia coccinea and Nymphon gracile, pp. 36, 37. First stage of Orithyia coccinea, fig. 13.) Dohrn, Anton. Untersuchungen itber Bau und Entwickelung der Arthropoden. 2. Ueber Entwickelung und Bau der Pycnogoniden. Jenaische Zeitschr., V. pp. 138-157, Taf. V., VI. 1870. (According to Dohrn, the Pycnogonida are neither Arachnida nor Crustacea.) Neue Untersuchungen iiber Pyenogoniden. Mittheil. aus der Zoolog. Station zu Neapel, 1. pp. 28-39. 1878. Die Pantopoden des Golfes von Neapel und der angrenzenden Meeres- Abschnitte. Eine Monographie. Herausgegeben von der Zoologischen Station zu Neapel. Leipzig, 1881. 252 pp., 17 pl. (Fauna und Flora des Golfes von Neapel, III. Monographie.) (Development, pp. 69 et segg. Phowxichilidiwm, Pallene.) Gegenbaur, Carl. Zur Lehre vom Generationswechsel und der Fortpflanzung bei Medusen uné Polypen. Wiurzburg, 1854. 68 pp., 2 pl. (Pycnogonum developing as a parasite in Ludendrium, p. 38, foot-note.) Gerbe, Z. Appareils vasculaire et nerveux des Larves des Crustacés marins. Comptes Rendus de ? Acad. des Sci., Paris, UX11. pp. 932-937. 23 Apr. 1866. (Larva of Nymphon, pp. 932, 933, foot-note.) Trans. by W. S. Dattas in Ana. Mag. Nat. Hist. (3), XVILL pp. 7-12. 1866. Hesse [Eugéne]. Mémoire sur des Crustacés rares ou nouveaux des Cites de France. 24° Art. Description @’un nouveau Crustacé appartenant & Ordre des Pyenogont- diens et formant le Genre Oomére, Nob. Ann. Sei. Nat. (5), Zool., XX. Art.5. 18 pp., Pl VIII. 1874. (Contains observations on the larvae of Phozichilidium femoratum Rathke, and Nymphon grossipes.) Hodge, George. Observations on a Species of Pyenogon (Phowichilidium coccineum Johnston), with an Attempt to explain the Order of its Development. Ana. Mag. Nat. Hist. [3], 1X. pp. 33-43, PLIV., V. 1862. (Development of Phoxichilidium in Coryne.) he eo 7) MUSEUM OF COMPARATIVE ZOOLOGY. 249 Fock, Po P.-C. Ueber Pycnogoniden. Niederlindisches Arch. f. Zool., III. pp. 235-254, Taf. XV., XVI. 1877. (Development of Pallene, pp. 239, 240, Taf. XVI. figs. 21, 22.) Report on the Pycnogonida dredged by H. M. S. “Challenger,” during the Years 1873-76. 167 pp.,21 pl. Appendix II. Contributions to the Anat- omy and Embryology of the Pycnoyonida. Pp. 100-144, Pl. XIX., XX. Rep. Sci. Results of the Voyage of H. M.S. “ Challenger,” during the Years 1873-76, Zool., II. London, Edinburgh, and Dublin, 1881. KOlliker, A. : Beitrage zur Entwicklungsgeschichte wirbelloser Thiere. 1. Ueber die ersten Vorginge im befruchteten Hi. Arch. f. Anat., Physiol. u. wissensch. Med. 1843, pp. 68-141, Taf. VI., VII. (Cleavage of egg of Pycnogonon total, p. 136.) Krohn, A. Notiz iiber die Hierstécke der Pyenogoniden. Schleiden u. Froriep’s Notizen, [3], IX. col. 225, 226. May, 1849. (Structure of ovarian egg, col. 226.) Kroyer, Henrik. Om Pyknogonidernes Forvandlinger. Naturhistorisk Tidsskr., UI. pp. 299- 306, Tab. III. 1840. Isis, 1841, col. 713-717, Taf. III. Ann. Sci. Nat. [2], Zool., XVII. pp. 288-292, Pl. IX. B. 1842. (Trans. by LEREBOULLET.) Tn Gatmarn’s Voyages de Commission Scientifique du Nord en Scandinavie, en Laponie au Spitzberg et aux Ferbe pendant les Anneés 1838, 1839 et 1840, sur la Corvette “ La Recherche.” Paris, 1842-45. Zoologie. Crustacés. (Young Pycnogonida, Pl. XXXIX.) Lewes, George Henry. Sea-Side Studies at Ilfracombe, Tenby, the Scilly Isles, and Jersey. Edin- burgh and London, 1858. 414 pp., 7 pl. (Larva of Nymphon gracile, p. 203, Pl. V. fig. 4.) Semper, Carl. Ueber Pycnogoniden und ihre in Hydroiden schmarotzenden Larvenformen. Arbeit. aus dem zoolog.-zootom. Inst. in Wirzburg, I. pp. 264-286, Taf. XVI., XVII. 1874. Verhandl. d. physikal.-medicin. Gesell. in Wirzburg, (2], VIL. pp. 257-279, Taf. IV., V. 1874. Wilson, Edmund B. Synopsis of the Pycnogonida of New England. Trans. Conn. Acad., V. pp. 1-26, Pl.I-VII. 1878. (Young of Achelia spinosa, p. 8, Pl. II. fig. 1g; of Nymphon hirtum, p. 23, Pl. VI. figs. 23, 27.) 250 BULLETIN OF THE MUSEUM OF COMPARATIVE ZOOLOGY. Report on the Pycnogonida of New England and Adjacent Waters. In Rep. U. S. Commissioner of Fish and Fisheries for 1878, pp. 463-506, 7 pl. Washington, 1880. (Young ot Achelia spinosa, p. 474; of Nymphon hirtum, p. 496, Pl. VII. fig. 41, as before.) Reports on the Results of Dredging, under the Supervision of Alexander Agassiz, along the East Coast of the United States, during the Summer of 1880, by the U. S. Coast Survey Steamer ‘‘ Blake,” Commander J. R. Bart- lett, U.S. N., commanding. XIII. Report on the Pycnogonida. Bull.Mus. Comp. Zool., at Harvard Coll., in Cambridge, VIII. pp. 239-256, 5 pl. 1881. (Development of Pallene shows that Zenker’s account of the innervation of the three anterior pairs of appendages of Pycnogonida is incorrect, p. 241, foot- _ note.) Wright, T. Strethill. Observations on British Zodphytes. 9. On the Development of Pycnogon Larve within the Polyps of Hydractinia echinata. Quart. Journ. Micro- scop. Sci. [2], ILL. pp. 51, 52. 1863. Le We : a koala; ‘A ' id >. ot. | as OS —— a ee - No. 7.— Explorations of the Surface Fauna of the Gulf Stream, under the Auspices of the U. S. Coast Survey, by ALEXANDER AGASSIZ. (Published by permission of CARLILE P. Parrerson and J. E. Hixcarp, Supts. of the U. S. Coast Survey.) I, Notes on Acalephs from the Tortugas, with a Description of New Genera and Species. By J. WALTER FEWKES. Tue following pages contain descriptions of new medusz collected at Key West and the Tortugas Islands, in March and April, 1881.* They contain an account of the anatomy and development of Linerges, Cas- stopea (Polyclonia), Ocyroé, and a stage in the embryology of Hucharis. Six new species of Stphonophora, two new genera and three new species of Hydroida, are also described. New larval stages of growth, illustra- tive of the development of Glossocodon, are also figured and described. CTENOPHORA, Beroé ovata, Escu. Plate IV. Fig. 1. B. ovata is common along the Florida Keys. It has a quicker motion and is larger than B. roseola. The sense area is also more prominent. Eucharis multicornis, Escu. Plate VII. Figs. 11, 12. A larva of Fucharis, closely resembling the young of ZF. multicornis, was found at Key West. It is smaller than the adults of EZ. multicornis,t and is * An account of A. Agassiz’s explorations of the Tortugas, when these medusex were found, is published in Harv. Univ. Bull., XIX. p. 218, and Bull. Mus. Comp. Zoil., IX. 3. I am indebted to A. Agassiz for affording an opportunity to visit Key West and the Tortugas as his assistant. t Chun, Die Ctenophoren der Golfes yon Neapel, &c., p. 297. VOL Ix.— NO. 7. 252 ‘BULLETIN OF THE more transparent. It wants also the brown red color of the well-known Mediterranean species. Ocyroé crystallina, Rane. Plate I. Figs. 1-6. A larval stage of this medusa* was found at the Tortugas. The anatomy of this Ctenophore is very characteristic. It differs from Deiopea kaloktenota, Chun,t in size, in the absence of tentacles, and in the presence of very prominent longitudinal muscles (J m) on the under and inner surface of the oral lappets. It has only a remote likeness to the young of other genera. The motion of the animal is very characteristic, as it is caused, for the most part, not by the movement of the vibratile combs on the outer surface of the body, but by the strokes against the water of the oral lappets or lobes. , When the animal is resting, the oral lappets are widely extended at right angles to the axis of the body (fig. 2). As movement begins, these lobes are quickly raised from that position to one above the actinal pole, so that their outer surfaces approach and almost touch each other over it (fig. 4). Both lobes are then swung simultaneously downward, passing through an angle of 180°, and made to approach each other below the mouth, as in fig. 1. A flapping motion of this kind is continued without interruption several times and then ceases, the lappets returning to the position of rest with which they started. When the inertia acquired by this flapping is lost, the motion is again repeated.{ Practically the “combs” contribute nothing to the motion of the medusa. This larva, like the adult Ocyroé maculata, has neither ten- tacles nor tentacular sacs. The single specimen found was without doubt immature, and we should expect to find a true tentacle hanging from its body walls. In the young Bolina the tentacles are very large, while in the adult they are reduced to simple club-shaped processes. In the Ocyroé larva there is no indication of the tentacle nor of the tentacular sac. The adult also has nothing which can be homologized to these structures.§ The body of the larva has a short axis, and resembles distantly that of a young Bolina. The oral lappets are large, widely extended when at rest, and crossed on their lower, inner surface by longitudinal muscles (fig. 5, 1 m).|f * It may be the young of 0. maculata, O. fusca, or O. crystallina, as described by Rang (Etablissement de la Famille des Beroides, Ocyroé, 1827). t Op. cit., p. 294, Pl. IV. figs. 1-4. t A. Agassiz observed a similar motion of the oral lappets of 0. maculata, Bull. Mus. Comp. Zoél., VIII. 7. § This is true of the adult of 0. maculata. || The study of these muscles in the young 0. crystallina leads me to believe that I was wrong in considering the ‘‘ spots” on the lobes of 0. maculata as muscular in character, an opinion expressed in a previous paper. (Bull. Mus. Comp. Zodl., VIII. 7.) These spots in 0. maculata are probably due to pigment in the walls of the lobes. — So MUSEUM OF COMPARATIVE ZOOLOGY. 253 The same surface is covered by a network of muscular fibres, similar to that found on the inner walls of the oral lappets of Bolina, and other genera. Lips (/) simple, very flexible, and prominent, projecting below the mouth. The auricles (a) are stout and not very prominent. There are two swimming combs on each ambulacrum. The course of the chymiferous tubes does not differ from that of the vessels of Bolina. The lateral or subtentacular tube (lt) arises from the lower end of the funnel (fn), and passes down along the side of the body into one of the lips. At this point it bifurcates (b), sending a branch (b’) on each side to join the tube (st), which arises from a short ambulacrum.* The vessel later formed by the union of these small tubes first skirts the margin of the auricle (a) and is then continued in the tube (¢) around the rim of the oral lappets, joining half-way in its course a similar tube from the opposite side of the body. The branch from the lateral tube joins the auricular vessel just below the auricle. The chymiferous vessels of the eight rows of swimming plates (ambulacra) primarily branch from the lower end of the “funnel” as two small tubes (fig. 6, c) on opposite sides of this medial vessel, in a vertical plane at right angles to that which passes through the longitudinal axis of the mouth (fig. 5). The plane in which they lie cuts at right angles the axis of the mouth and passes through the otocyst (fig. 5, ¢). Each of these primary branches bifur- cates, at a short distance from its origin (c), and each smaller branch again subdivides (cc) into two members. In this way we have formed the eight vessels, which extend to the surface of the outer body walls, and form the meridional tubes, which lie directly under the rows of combs. The tubes (s¢), which correspond to the “longer rows” of combs in the Bolinide, push their way into the oral lappets, and join in pairs, two in each lappet, while the shorter rows, after a more tortuous course, in which they unite with the bi- furcations from the lateral tube (/¢) and skirt the edge of the auricles, also eventually unite in the oral lobes, forming a loop, which encloses the union of the vessels (s¢).t In the union of the “long tubes” adjacent vessels unite ; in the junction of short tubes, vessels separated by a pair of long tubes join. The otocyst resembles that of Bolina. No liver glands or folds of the intestine and stomach were observed. In Dr. Chun’s ¢ figures of Deiopea the tubes corresponding with the vessels (s t) end blindly in the oral lappets without junction. In Ocyro# these tubes join as shown above. Devopea has tentacular filaments extending from the position where the tentacle hangs to that of the auricles, along the lower edge of the body. Tentacular filaments are wanting in O. crystallina. Dr. Chun,f as is well known, divides the Ctenophora into the two groups * The ambulacrum adjacent the tentacle on either side. t These tubes are shorter than the others in the adult. They correspond with the “long tubes” in the young Bolina. t Op. cit., Pl. IV. figs. 2, 8. 254 BULLETIN OF THE Tentaculata and Nuda, accordingly as tentacles exist or are wanting. [If this feature alone be used in classification, Ocyroé would be placed in the group of Nuda side by side with medusz like Beroé, with which it has few other ana- tomical likenesses. If his classification be followed, Ocyroé must be regarded as a connecting form between Ctenophora tentaculata and Ctenophora nuda. Ocyroé renders necessary some modification in the phylogenetic tree which Dr. Chun suggests, for the different genera of comb-bearing meduse. The Beroids may have come from Bolina like jelly-fishes through Ocyroé rather than directly from other tentaculated Ctenophores. A. Agassiz has pointed out that this medusa has “ structural characters of the Lobate, Saccate, and Eurystome.” * It is the intermediate form connecting Beroé with Ctenophores like Mnemiopsis or Bolina. Although most closely related to the Lobate, it resembles genera of the Eurystomate in the absence of tentacles and the course of the lateral tubes. The resemblance to the Saccate is more distant. DISCOPHORA. Cassiopea frondosa, Lamarck. Plate I. Figs. 7-19. Plate Il. Figs. 1,2. Plate III. Figs. 1-3, 9,10. Cassiopea frondosa ¢ is very common in the moat outside Fort Jefferson on Garden Key (Tortugas Islands). Specimens were also found in the still waters and protected shallows in the lee of the Mangrove Keys, near Key West City. Cassiopea frondosa is found lying on the coral mud at the sea bottom, with its bell reversed and the oral region turned uppermost (PI. I. fig. 7.). When transferred to the aquarium it assumes a similar position, exhibiting little power of locomotion, but flapping the disk-shaped bell in a sluggish manner, This motion seems to be confined almost wholly to the margin of the bell. While it cannot be said to be fixed to the bottom in such a way that movement is impossible, it will be found, if its position from time to time be carefully observed, that it does move from place to place, although the amount is very small. It generally lies on its aboral region,$ sluggishly flapping the bell margin in a monotonous manner, in general appearance, when seen from the boat floating above it, resembling a small cluster of nullipores. The habit of * Bull. Mus. Comp. Zodl., IX. 3. t I regard this the same as Polyclonia frondosa, Agass. Polyclonia according -to L. Agassiz has twelve marginal sense bodies and twelve radial markings. The speci- mens of C. frondosa studied by me had generally sixteen such structures. This is true of young as well as of adult Cassiopew, except in abnormal specimens. C. frondosa is closely related to C. Andromeda, Esch. t A similar posture has already been observed in Cassiopea by Mertens ; in Poly- clonia, by L. Agassiz ; and in Medusa a@quorea, Forsk, by McAndrew, (Ann. Nat. Hist., IV., 1869, p. 295.) MUSEUM OF COMPARATIVE ZOOLOGY. 255 clinging to the bottom by the upper (aboral) surface of the bell is also found in a genus widely separated in our classification from Cassiopea. We noticed last summer a young Cyanea (C. arctica), which was kept in the aquarium at Newport, fasten itself in the same way, and adopt the same sluggish movement of the bell-margin which is so characteristic of Cassiopea. It is not impossible, although as yet not supported by observation, that the “aboral papille” (Bull. Mus. Comp. Zool., VIII. 8, p. 669, Pl. VII. fig. 1) of the young Cyanea may serve to anchor the young medusa in this posture.* The bell of OC. frondosa is flat and disk-shaped, in larger specimens with a diameter of a foot or a foot and a half. When seen from the aboral pole (fig. 10), two regions can be distinguished on the surface. Of these the central part has a circular form, and a slightly concave surface. It is bounded by the circumference of a circle, whose diameter is about three fourths that of the whole disk, and whose circumference limits that rigid (fig. 7, ~) portion of the medusa bell by which it is attached to the bottom. The most marked feature in the structure of the central portion of the bell is the possession of sixteen radial stripes (e), which can best be seen from the aboral surface. These stripes are simple thickenings of the bell walls, and are most clearly defined near the periphery of the central region already described. At that point they assume a pyriform shape, while nearer the centre of the disk they become narrower until they disappear. A periphery drawn through the ends of these bodies, most distant from the middle of the bell, bounds the rigid portion of the umbrella and divides the central part from the flexible margin. The outline of the stomach cavity (s) can be easily made out through the aboral bell walls, in which, at this point, there are traces of the radial stripes. If the substance of the bell be cut in such a way as to make a.cross section of a pyriform body, it will be found that it has a milky-white color, while adjoining parts of the bell are brown and green. Its tissue is also more compact than that of the rest of the bell. They seem to impart a greater rigidity to the bell walls, and not to be simply superficial coloration as some- times supposed. The marginal portion of the bell arches upward in the natural position of the medusa, and is very flexible. It is much thinner than the central part, and is almost wholly without radial markings. The bell rim is destitute of tentacles. It has, however, marginal bodies which distantly represent these structures in tentaculated Discophora. These structures are of two kinds (vl, ol). They assume either the form of serrations (vl) placed peripherally (velar lappets), or take a crescentic shape (ocular lap- pets), (02). In the latter case they are arranged in pairs and mark the position on the bell margin of the sense bodies. There are sixteen pairs of these strue- tures (01) having the more rounded shape, and each pair marks the position * In the genus Cephea we find structures homologous to the aboral papille as- suming the form of small excrescences. Haeckel, op. cit., p. 574, Pl. XXXVI. figs. 8, 5, 6. 256 BULLETIN OF THE of an otocyst. They represent approximately those lappets which in the genus Aurelia project far beyond the bell margin. Between each pair of crescent-shaped bodies there are three or four pointed serrations (v/) which represent in position the tentacles. The bell rim has a wavy crenate outline, slightly indented between the marginal serrations, and deeply incised between the crescentic bodies which have been mentioned above. The otocysts are found in the angle of these deeper incisions. The anatomy of the oral region (fig. 11) of Cassiopea is in certain respects peculiar. When the jelly-fish is seen from this side, which is uppermost in the natural position of the medusa, a confused mass of bodies of all sizes covers it and conceals completely the bell itself. These bodies give to the Cassiopea, when seen from a distance, a remote likeness to a marine alga. If, however, the innumerable bodies which cover the oral pole of the medusa be pushed apart (fig. 11) so that their attachment can be seen, it will be found that they arise from branches which primarily originate from eight gelatinous arms (oral arms, @), which are themselves prolongations from a centrally placed projection (* Mundscheibe,” 7) from the oral surface of the bell. In the middle of the lower floor of Cassiopea there rises a cylindrical body, Mundscheibe (i), of gelatinous consistency, which gives origin to the eight oral arms (d) of the stomach. It is an octagonal body, and is without opening on the upper surface. There is no single central mouth in Cassiopea. and no centrally placed orifice * into the cavity of this cylinder. The only external openings which are to be found are four orifices (0) on the sides of the body of the Mundscheibe, 90° apart. These openings lie in the intervals between the four pairs of branching oral tentacles, and are the sexual orifices. They communicate directly between the cavity of the ovaries which lie in that of the oral cylinder (Pl. III. fig. 3, s 0) and the surrounding water. Eight oral arms (d) are found branching in pairs from the sides of the oral cylinder, Mundscheibe (7). These appendages form the most important structures in the oral region of the Cassiopea, and bear organs which, as is probably the case in all Rhizostomate, represent the mouths of other genera of Discophora. Each oral arm extends at right angles to the sides of the oral cylinder, and parallel to the lower surface of the bell. It is irregularly branched (Pl. I. figs. 17, 19), and has solid walls of a gelatinous character. The outer surfaces (fig. 17) turned to the bell and the sides are smooth, while the upper surface (fig. 19) is covered with innumerable flask-shaped structures of different shapes and sizes, A system of vessels (g v) runs along the upper part of the oral tentacle just below the surface, communicating with the flask- shaped bodies and a centrally placed chymiferous cavity. There are two kinds of appendages found on the upper surface of the oral tentacles. Indiscrimi- nately over the whole surface, and at the angle of bifurcation of smaller branches from the oral arms, we find ovoid bodies, “ Kolbenférmige Blasen” (p), * L. Agassiz, op. cit., p. 147, mentions a central mouth opening in a young Poly- clonia, MUSEUM OF COMPARATIVE ZOOLOGY. 257 which, when extended, assume a flask-like form. The structures have walls of a greenish color with darker interiors, and communicate with the chymifer- ous tubes of the oral tentacles. They have no opening at their unattached end, and are simply closed sacs for the reception of fluid. The function of these bodies is unknown. A second* kind of polyp-like bodies (p’) is scattered over the upper surface of the oral tentacles. These are more numerous and smaller than the first. They are the true mouths of the Cassiopea. They resemble frills, between which there are slits surrounded by a circlet or row of minute tentacles. It is in fact as if we had the whole upper surface of the oral tentacle covered with small fresh-water hydra, with mouth-openings very much elongated laterally, and around which the circumoral tentacles are very numerous. The central opening, or mouth, may be a circular orifice or an elongated slit. Whatever its form may be, the circlet of tentacles about it is always arranged in a single series. These sacs or sucking mouths communicate with the same system of vessels (gv) as the flask-shaped bodies (p) mentioned above. They are the mouths of the jelly-fish. Within the Mundscheibe, or oral cylinder, there is a thin disk-shaped cav- ity (Pl. II1. fig. 3), which may be called the stomach. Its floor is formed by the upper surface of the bell, and its roof by the upper wall of the Mund- scheibe. The most prominent structures in the stomach are the four sexual organs, or, more accurately speaking, the four sexual sacs, since the sexual organs themselves (0) are separated from the stomach by a thin gelatinous wall. The ova cannot pass into the stomach, but are dropped in these sacs, and from them into the water through the four openings (so) on the side of the oral disk. It will be noticed then that the ovarian openings do not lead into the chymiferous cavity, but into four sexual sacs which lie in the stomach. Morphologically, as has been suggested, the sexual sacs are invaginations of the outer surface of the Mundscheibe at the point where the sexual open- ings (so) lie, and their cavities are wholly independent of that of the stomach. There are four sexual glands hanging to the walls of the sexual sacs, which are fastened to the oral disk or roof of the stomach on a V-shaped line, each gland filling a quadrant of the circle in which it is found. On the roof of the stomach between the lines of attachment of the sexual sacs, four grooves (q) are left, which cross each other at the centre at right angles. These grooves are simply spaces left between the lines of attachment of the sexual sacs. Near its peripheral end each groove deepens, and at the extremity sinks into an opening (b),f which communicates with the system of chymiferous ves- sels (Pl. I., gv) in the upper walls of the mouth arms. The openings (0) into the stomach alternate in the oral disk with the sexual orifices (s 0). * One or two large white flask-shaped bodies were also observed. Compare Haeckel, op. cit., p. 571. t These openings were discovered by L. Agassiz in Polyclonia, op. cit. Haeckel, op. cit., pp. 566-573, does not mention them. They are also omitted in his figures of C. ornata, op. cit., XXXVII. 6. » VOL. IxX.— No. 7. 17 258 BULLETIN OF THE Through them the food material collected from the mouths on the upper side of the oral arms by a system of chymiferous vessels (Pl. I., g v), is poured into the stomach cavity occupying the centre of the disk. The chymiferous vessels of the bell of Polyclonia have been well described by L. Agassiz. My observations agree with his and those of Haeckel of Cassiopea ornata. I have nothing to add to the account which they give. In regard to the marginal sense bodies, my observations are a little more complete than any yet recorded. The few points which can be added to our knowledge of these organs appertain only to their gross anatomy. In external form the marginal sense bodies (PI. I. figs. 12-16) of Cassiopea resemble those of Aurelia and Cyanea. There are sixteen of these structures, each of which lies at the extremity of a radius passing through one of the pear- shaped radial stripes (ef) which have been described in the bell. They are set in deep incisions in the bell margin, and are flanked on either side by the ocular lappets (01). A “hood” (h) protects the sense organ on its aboral side. This structure resembles that of Cyanea, and is simply stretched from one ocular lappet to another. There is no aboral “ Sinnespolster.” The outer “ Riechgriibschen” is wanting. There are no finger-like lappets, as in Aurelia, and only diminutive oral “sense curtains,” as in Cyanea. The inner “ Riech- griibschen” are very small. The otocyst is mounted on a short peduncle, and is more spherical in shape than the same organ in most other Discophora. It seems to fit into the end of its style as an acorn into its cup, and not to be united to it by an elbow- joint as in Aurelia and Cyanea. The otoliths have a rhomboidal form and a yellow color. An ocellus (oc), or cluster of pigment spots, can easily be seen through the walls of the hood. It is situated on the aboral side of the otocyst, near the enlargement of the style into the cup-shaped end into which the otocyst fits. In normal specimens (fig. 12) there is but a single ocellus to each otocyst, yet in many cases we find a style bearing an otocyst with two ocelli (fig. 16). In several instances, also, a bifurcated style supporting two otocysts (figs. 14, 15) as well as two ocelli was observed. Variations in the number of otocysts about the margin of the bell of Cassiopea are very common.* Little is known of the development of Cassiopea. The youngest specimens taken were about an inch in diameter, and had already assumed the character- istic posture (qa) of the adult. In the youngest, however, the central mouth, spoken of by L. Agassiz in the young Polyclonia, was not observed. The larval Cassiopea (fig. 8) differs but little except in size from the adult as far as the oral region is concerned. The “sucker frills” (Saugkrausen) are less abundant and the large flask-shaped bodies fewer in number in the young medusa than in the adult. The coloration of the aboral side of the bell differs a from that of the adult. The disposition of color is as follows :— * Polyclonia, which has twelve otocysts according to.L. Agassiz, may be an abnor- mal Cassiopea in which the number of sense bodies is normally sixteen. ee a es Sy ae a eee MUSEUM OF COMPARATIVE ZOOLOGY. 259 The young medusa seen from the aboral pole is shown in Plate I. fig. 8. Six- teen radial stripes (e), whose periphery bounds the central region of the bell, have already appeared, and can be seen faintly showing through the transparent walls of the bell. Their general shape is cuneiform. Situated on the bell margin, and alternating with the bodies last mentioned, are sixteen triangular white spots (t’). These triangular spots are the velar lappets (vl), which are now solid and not differentiated into the three serrations which characterize the interocular bell margin of the adult. The ocular lappets (¢#) are also found on the bell rim. They seem from the very first to arise independently of the velar lappets. They are arranged in pairs alternating with the velar lappets, and enclosing the otocysts as in the adult. In many of the young Cassiopee which were examined, one of the oral arms was much more developed than the others. Is this.a remnant of a want of symmetry in growth similar to what exists in the strobila stage of the young Aurelia ? Linerges Mercurius, HarcKet. Plate Il. Figs. 3,4, 5. Plate Ill. Figs. 4-8, 11,13. Plate IV. Figs. 3 - 22. Representatives of the genus Linerges,* probably L. Mercurius, are among the most abundant Discophores found in the Gulf off the Florida Keys. In the tide eddies near the Tortugas Islands, we passed through long windrows of these medusee, reaching as far as the eye could follow. Linerges is locally called the “ mutton-fish thimble,” from its shape and the supposition, without foundation as far as I could learn, that they constitute the food of the mutton- fish. The bell is thimble-shaped, with vertical walls; its height is about half the diameter. The outer surface is covered with small excrescences or tuber- eles. The walls are thin and flexible. The walls of the apex are more rigid than the vertical, and less capable of ‘motion. The bell margin is indented with sixteen deep incisions, from each of which hang alternately tentacles and otocysts. The marginal lobes left by these incisions in the bell rim are com- monly carried folded inward at right angles to the vertical bell walls, resem- bling a discontinuous velum. There are eight short tentacles, which hang from alternate incisions in the bell rim, and project but a short distance beyond the bell margin. They are capable of very little motion, and are probably solid.t+ The lower floor or inner wall of the bell is formed of muscular fibres, and is * Swartz (Neu. Abh. d. Schwed. Akad., 1X.) described in 1789, under the name Medusa unguiculata, a similar jelly-fish. t Haeckel, op. cit., says they are solid in related genera. The specimens of Linerges described by Haeckel were alcoholic, which fact is an explanation of the difference in coloration in his drawings and mine. Linerges loses its brown color in preservative fluids. 260 _ BULLETIN OF THE thickly pigmented. At certain points it hangs down in spherical sacs, which will be described presently. Between this muscular layer and the inner surface of the vertical walls of the bell, below the pouches last mentioned, there is an anastomosing network of vessels, which grows more intricate near the bell margin, and finally ends in irregular dendritic marginal prolongations in the lobes of the bell. This network of tubes is formed by interstitial growth between the lower floor and the inner surface of the bell. All the anastomos- ing vessels unite near the upper part of the bell, and enter the stomach cavity through sixteen radial tubes. Eight of these tubes pass directly from the cavity of an otocyst to the stomach, gathering up as it goes the network of vessels, and eight others take a similar course from the tentacles to the central chymiferous cavity. The common cavity into which these tubes open lies above the stomach properly so called. It is a small circular recess, bounded by the inner wall of the bell above, and the lower floor below. It occupies the central part of the bell above the stomach, with which, however, it communicates by means of a centrally placed opening in the floor. This chymiferous cavity is marked on its periphery by thirty-two pouches, which hang down into the bell cavity from its inner walls. These pouches are formed of baglike expansions of the lower floor of the bell, and are commonly found inflated with fluid. At times, also, they lose their contents, probably discharging it into the chymiferous cavity. They have a deep brown color from the growth of pigment in their walls, and are probably organs for the secretion of a biliary fluid.* The chymiferous cavity is probably homologous with the central cavity in Cambessa Tagi.t It lies above the stomach in normal positions of the medusa, and communicates with it only through the central orifice already mentioned. The stomach proper of Linerges is bounded on the sides by folds hanging down from the inner bell walls and roofed over by the floor of the chymiferous cavity. The lateral walls of the stomach are short, curtain-like structures, which never project beyond the bel# opening. The mouth is rectangular, cross-shaped, resembling closely that of some genera of hydroid meduse. The walls of the lips are crossed by eight rows of pigment spots arranged in four pairs, each of which extends into one of the four divisions of the cruciform mouth. Four clusters of gastral filaments are found suspended from the upper wall or roof of the stomach, in positions corresponding with the four angles of the mouth, and alternating with the extensions of the cruciform oral aperture. Each filament is dotted with crimson pigment-spots. They are in constant motion, and at times their extremities are found projected through the central * This conclusion seems to me more natural than that they are testes, sacs for the reception of undeveloped ova or spermatozoa, organs of respiration, or kidneys. For enumeration of their possible function and discussion of their homology, see Haeckel, op. cit., p. 493. t Grenacher and Noll, Abhandl. Seuk. Gesell, X. Pl. III. fig. 3 (c’ c’). | MUSEUM OF COMPARATIVE ZOOLOGY. 261 opening, which leads from the stomach into the chymiferous cavity above. Their function is unknown.* The marginal sense bodies of Linerges are very characteristic. They are eight in number, and are situated in incisions alternating with the tentacles on the bell rim. Each otocyst is very prominent, and at first glance appears to be destitute of a “hood.” This impression is, however, not a true one, for the hood in Linerges assumes a curious and at first unrecognizable form. When the otocyst is looked at from above it resembles a spherical sac, in the centre of which, through the transparent walls, a single otolith mounted ona short peduncle can be seen. The transparent sac in which this single otolith is contained is the homologue of the “ hood” of other Discophora. If the sac be viewed from below, it will be found to be not a closed capsule, but an open one, or that the wall of the sac is wanting on the under surface. The hood has thus in Linerges assumed a caplike form reaching outward so as to envel- ope the otolith on the upper side, and to leave the lower unprotected. The otolith is a single spherical body, and not a rhomboidal structure as in Cyanea and many others. There is no prominent ocellus.t No representative of a “ Sinnespolster,” or of an onter “ Riechgriibschen,” was seen. Oral sense curtains and lappets are also wanting. The ovaries hang from the inner bell walls and seem to be in free com- munication with the stomach. They are four in number, and have a horse- shoe shape. Each ovary is made up of two halves, united together in such a way that the gland has the peculiar arched form shown in the plate. The ovaries have a dark brown color. The ova (PI. LV. fig. 7) are laid in small black clusters, composed of from fifteen to twenty eggs, which are agglutinated together. A segmentation of the ovum begins shortly after the egg is dropped, when it becomes more transparent and separates from its union with others of the same cluster. The first change in the segmentation is the elongation of the ovum into an ovoid shape, blunt at one pole and more tapering at the opposite. The first plane of segmentation divides the egg into two unequal segment spheres ; one formed from the pointed, and the other from the blunt pole of the ovum. Shortly after this first cleavage of the egg into two unequal spheres, a second plane divides the larger of the two into two other spheres which are also of unequal size, and we have an egg in which three segmentule can be seen. All of these parts now assume a pyriform shape, and new segment-spheres are con- stricted from them in the same way that the two spheres were first formed from the original ovum. At the end of the second day after ovulation the ovum was in the condition shown in fig. 12. The segmentation takes place in the water, * These filaments may be homologous to the ‘sexual filaments" of Cyanea. They resemble closely in position the early condition of these structures in the ephyra of Cyanea. See Bull. Mus. Comp. Zodl., VIII. 8, Pl. VIL. figs. 8, 9, 10. ¥ There are many scattered pigment-cells, which may be an ocellus, in the region of the style where this structure is commonly found. 262 BULLETIN OF THE and not in the sacs banging from the inner walls of the bell.* The planula which follows the morula last described does not differ from the planula of other meduse. It is an oblong spherical body richly ciliated and capable of rapid motion. Intermediate stages of growth between the planula and that which is probably the ephyra of Linerges were not observed, so that I cannot say definitely whether Iinerges has a direct development or not. A medusa which resembles Linerges very closely, and which may be its ephyra, was found in great abundance in the water about Fort Jefferson (Tor- tugas Islands) at the same time that Linerges was so common.f The shape of the youngest ephyra (fig. 4) is very similar to that of the young Cyanea. The bell is flat, disk-shaped, and with its margin continned into eight pairs of prominent lappets, two of which are represented in the figure. The walls of the bell have a yellow-brown color, and the surface (upper) is dotted with small round pigment-spots. In the deep incisions around the bell margin hang, alternating with each other, eight tentacles and as many otocysts. The tentacles are suspended from the deeper and narrower incisions of the bell rim, while the marginal sense bodies are found in the remaining indentations which separate adjoining pairs of marginal lobes. The tentacles are single, hollow (?) bodies, which do not project beyond the tips of the marginal lobes when extended. As compared to the diameter of the bell they are relatively larger than the same bodies in Linerges. The marginal sense bodies resemble closely those of Linerges, and consist of a single otolith of spherical shape enclosed in a capsule-like hood which is open below (figs. 16-18). It differs from Linerges in possessing an ocellus or well- marked black pigmented region at the base of the peduncle which bears the otocyst. The existence of an ocellus in the young, and not in the adult, is a very anomalous fact, and never before mentioned in any Discophore. It even leads me strongly to doubt whether I am right in considering this ephyra the young of Linerges. The ocellus of the ephyra is a complicated structure. It is not a simple mass of black pigment-cells, but resembles the complicated eye- spot of meduse like the genus Tamoya. In the middle of the base there is a lens-shaped, apparently transparent body, which rises above the surface of the otocyst style, and around it, in which it seems to be imbedded, we find the black pigment (fig. 17). In this regard it is different from the ocellus of most Discophora in which the ocellus seems to be a simple pigment-spot on the peduncle of the otocyst. * An observation which disproves the theory that the subumbral pouches are « receptacles for the developing young. t The resemblance between this ephyra and members of the family Ephyride, Haeck. is very close. It approaches very near the genus Nausicaa, Haeck. The figures of this ephyra made use of in my description were drawn from nature by A. Agassiz. ee ee ee {a oe MUSEUM OF COMPARATIVE ZOOLOGY. 263 The mouth of the ephyra is simple, quadrate, and there is a single gastral filament in each quadrant. The lips are simple raised ridges from the lower floor of the stomach, and assume a cruciform outline when seen from beneath. The chymiferous tubes are broad extensions from the stomach to the tentacles and otocysts. No extensions of the central cavity as yet push out towards the marginal lobes. In an ephyra still older than that just described, we have anatomical differ- ences of a most important kind. While the general outline, color, and pigmen- tation is about the same as in the former, important additions have taken place in the internal anatomy. Prominent among these is the formation near the base of each tentacle of a spherical body filled with cells. These bodies are seen in fig. 3. They are the beginnings of the ovaries which in later stages assume a different form, and by coalescence form the horseshoe sexual glands of the adult. Intermediate between the broad prolongations from the stomach cavity, which in the young ephyra extend to otocyst and tentacle, smaller blindly ending tubes push out in the direction of the marginal lobes. They are as yet very short, hardly entering more than the base of the lobe. By far the most interesting anatomical structure in this as well as subsequent stages of the ephyra is the differentiation of the stomach cavity into an upper and lower story, by the growth of a continuation of the lower floor of the bell into a partition in this structure. In an ephyra as young as fig. 3, this differ- entiation has been accomplished, and the only communication between the stomach proper and the chymiferous cavity above is through a centrally placed opening in the lower floor. The number of gastral filaments in each cluster has very much increased, and their ends often project through the central orifice in the wall which divides the stomach from the chymiferous cavity, just as also happens in the adult Linerges. In the oldest ephyra (fig. 15) the approximation in shape and color to the adult Linerges has gone still further. The depth of the incisions which sepa- rate the marginal lobes has diminished, and the bell has become more thimble- shaped, the apex rising and the walls becoming more vertical instead of horizontal. The circular muscles in the lower floor have also clearly differen- tiated themselves from the inner wall of the bell. One of the most important changes which has taken place is in the form of the eight ovaries. As the spherical glands of the ephyra (fig. 3) grow in size with the development of the larva, two bulges form on adjoining sides near the ends, and gradually approach each other. As growth goes on, these pro- jecting portions join, and we have the eight glands fused into four, each assuming a crescentic shape, as in the adult Linerges. The mode of growth of the ovaries has been one of the strongest facts pointing to the relationship of the ephyra to Linerges. ' 264 - BULLETIN OF THE SIPHONOPHORA. Stephanomia* Atlantica, sp. nov. Plate V. Fig. 1. Plate VI. Figs. 18 - 22. A new species of Stephanomia, M. E. was taken by us at Tortugas. The most marked characteristic of the genus Stephanomia (Forskalia) is the multiserial arrangement of the swimming bells. Instead of being placed biserially on the stem, or with one row of bells at each end of diameters passing through the axis in one and the same plane as in Agalma, Esch., Agalmopsis (sensu strictiori) and Halistemma, Huxley, the nectocalyces of Ste- phanomia are arranged in several series, with their openings situated at the extremities of axes or diameters passing through the nectostem in several ver- tical planes, so that they seem to open on all sides, as shown in PI. V. fig. 1, n. The nectocalyces are much more numerous than in any of the genera men- tioned, and the motion which they impart to the animal is of a more varied kind. This genus is the only Physophore which has a multiserial arrangement of nectocalyces on the nectostem.f The polypites are mounted on long peduncles (w) corresponding to the “ Wimperwulst ” { of Agalma and related genera. From the distal end of this peduncle, near the base of the feeding-polyps, hang also clusters of undevel- oped tentacular knobs (j) and covering scales. The base of the polypite when retracted is enlarged into a spherical body, as shown in Pl. VI. figs. 20, 22. This portion of the feeding-polyp is formed by the contraction of the base of the polypite. The walls of the feeding-polyp are thickly pigmented (Pl VI. fig. 22) near the base with dark red pigment, which renders these bodies very prominent. The tentacular knobs (Pl. VI. figs. 18, 19, 21) have a single terminal fila- ment, a long pedicle, and are destitute of an involucrum. They arise from tentacles as those of other Physophores. The tentacles from which they hang * In this account I regard Forskalia, Koll., a synonym of Stephanomia, M. E. (Vide Bull. Mus. Comp. Zool., VI. 7, pp. 182-134). t A single species of Physophora, P. tetrastica, is said by Philippi and Delle Chiaje to have four rows of nectocalyces. This is probably a mistake. (Vide Keferstein u. Ehlers. Zoologische Beitrage, p. 30, note.) t The base of the polypite from which the tentacular knobs bud. Claus, Ueber Halistemma Tergestinum, p. 35. Peron’s Stephanomia may have been an Agalma, Esch. Stephanomia, Huxley, is nearer Agalmopsis, Sars, than it is to Stephanomia, Peron. Agalmopsis, Sars (1846), has the priority of Stephanomia, Huxley (1859). Stephanomia, Milne Edwards, has pedunculated polypites, which are not figured in Stephanomia, Peron. Milne Edwards's description is such that there is no doubt of his genus Stephanomia. If we abandon Peron's generic name Stephanomia, as applied by Milne Edwards, for K6lliker’s later name, Forskalia, why should we retain it as applied by Huxley eleven years later ? . MUSEUM OF COMPARATIVE ZOOLOGY. 265 take origin from the base of the polypite, near its union with the peduncle. The axis is large, muscular, and spirally coiled.* The color of its wall is yellow and orange. The float is in no respects peculiar, and bears around the opening by which the air-sac communicates with the surrounding water a number of regularly arranged pigment-spots. The nectocalyces are arranged in many rows, opening laterally in spirals on all sides of the animal. The most distally placed bells from the float are the oldest, as in other Physophores. Directly under the float there is a small cluster (uw) of undeveloped swimming-bells. Each nectoealyx has a cubical form, the flat faces of which conform to the surfaces of adjoining bells. -The bell has in other particulars a great resem- blance to the nectocalyx of other Physophores, and does not seem to differ, from that of Forskalia contorta. The course of the radial tubes is like that in Agalma, At the union of the radial tube with the ring canal on the bell margin, there is a large yellow spot, which is an ocellus or sense organ of the same kind as similar bodies in certain hydroid meduse. On either side of it, there is a short papilla of unknown function. In the undeveloped nectocalyx we find a single large yellow spot of this kind, which forms a very conspicuous body on the bell margin. Later in the growth of the nectocalyx, its compara- tively large size diminishes. We should expect, if anywhere among the Physo- phores, a development of the sense organs in Stephanomia. Its motion through the water is so rapid that organs of this kind are necessary. Ocelli on the margin of the nectocalyx are, however, not peculiar to Stephanomia. In our common Diphyes similar ocelli are found, three in number, on the margin of the anterior nectocalyx. The attachment of the covering-scales to the base of the polypites and the distal end of the peduncle imparts to the polyx stem of Stephanomia a diameter relatively greater than that of other Physophores, In Agalia the covering-scales spring from the base of the polypite, of which the peduncle is very short. In Stephanomia, however, the pedicle, which bears the feeding- polyp, is so long that the covering-scale seems to hang from a point midway between the axis of the animal and the mouth of the polypite. The tastern do not differ from the tastern of other Physophores, except that they have long peduncles, as is the case also with the polypites. The male and female bells arise from the same tastern at their junction with their-peduncles. The colony is monecious. The sexual bells resemble closely those of Agalmopsis gracile, sp. nov. In its motion through the water it is one of the most active of all the Physophores. The combination of so many series of nectocalyces can propel it in almost any direction with the greatest ease, whereas in Agalma and some others these propelling organs are obviously placed in a disadvantageous position for quick movement. As it passes through the water in the line of its axis, it sometimes combines a rotation of the stem with the direct forward motion. When the colony is quiet in the water the peduncles of the polypites and the organs which they bear are widely extended, so that its diameter is very great as compared with its length. As the colony begins to advance in the line of * In the same way as Forskalia contorta. 266 _ BULLETIN OF THE its axis the peduncles are retracted and the bracts are pressed closely together in order to offer less resistance to the direct advance of the animal. The greatest care must be taken in transferring the colony from its native element into aquaria, otherwise it will drop all its nectocalyces and the bracts will fall off, their attachment to the colony is of such a fragile nature. Stepha- nomia is much more delicate than most other genera of Physophores. Agalma papillosum, sp. nov. Plate V. Figs. 5,6. Plate VI. Fig. 27. The genus Agulma,* Esch., is represented by at least two species in Florida seas. One of these is A. elegans, which is also found in Narragansett Bay. The other is a new species, A. papillosum, of which two immature specimens were found near Key West, Florida. A papilloswm resembles A. elegans in many particulars of structure, and might be mistaken for it. There is, however, this important difference between the two American species of the genus. The most important characteristic of A. papillosum is the presence, on the outer surface of the covering-scales and upon the swimming-bells, of short papille, swollen at their extremities into spherical knobs (PI. V. figs. 5, 6). As far as I have studied other genera of Physophores there are none where similar appendages are found on these parts. The axis of the specimens taken was very short, and seemed to indicate an immature animal. A single feeding polyp (p) is found hanging from the end of the stem, and several tastern (d d’ d’’) could be seen protruded between the covering-scales (c). The float (a) is large, thickly pigmented at its apex with crimson spots. It has a small aperture communicating between its air-sac (a a) and the surrounding medium. The nectocalyces were all immature and few in number. The largest swimming-bell (n) was about half grown, as its relative size seemed to indi- cate, and is shown, as seen from above, on Plate V. fig. 6. In most particulars of internal structure the swimming-bells resemble the young nectocalyces of * Tinclude in the genus Agalma those long-stemmed Physophores with a biserial arrangement of the nectocalyces and tentacular knobs, composed of a coiled sacculus, covered by an involucrum, and terminated by a vesicle and two lateral filaments. (Eschscholtz, Oken’s Isis, 1825, I., and System der Acalephen, p. 150.) For a dis- cussion of the limits of the genera Agalma, Agalmopsis, and Halistemma, see Bull. Mus. Comp. Zoél., VI. 7, p. 132. Sars evidently had two or three genera of Physophores which he called Agalmopsis elegans. One of these may have been my Agalma elegans (Fauna Littoralis Norvegia, 5 pp. 32-44, Taf. 5, 6). The first form described by him had a tentacular knob like Halistemma rubrum, with a well-developed involucrum, which is wanting in Hali- stemma, Huxley. Such a knob is not very unlike that of Agalmopsis Tergestinum and A. gracile. MUSEUM OF COMPARATIVE ZOOLOGY. 267 A. elegans. A characteristic feature in their anatomy is the prolongation of the upper wall of the bell cavity into two symmetrically placed recesses (in), one extending into each of those prolongations of the nectocalyx which embrace the axis. The sides of the swimming-bell, on the external surface, are sparingly covered with papille which are enlarged at their ends into a spherical knob formed of large thread-cells (Pl. VI. fig. 27). The covering-scales are more rectangular in outline than those of A. elegans, and are crossed by several longitudinal ridges (7) bearing lasso-cells closely crowded together. Their exact shape was not determined, as only two speci- mens were taken, and these were evidently larval. The sides and outer convex surface of the bract bear the characteristic papillae which have been spoken of as found on the walls of the nectocalyces. The tastern (d d' d’’y are more slender than those of A. elegans, and have a greater flexibility of motion. Their extremities protrude far outside the limits of the covering-scales, and their very tips are armed with clusters of lasso-cells. From the base of each there hangs a long, flexible, highly contractile filament (¢), which is commonly carried retracted at its base near the axis. There is but one feeding-polyp, which appears to be the metamorphosed yolk mass, and is found at the lower end of the axis. The single tentacle (#) suspended from its base bears tentacular knobs (i) like those of A. elegans. Immature pendants (7) in all stages of growth are found at the base of the polypite, on the wimperwulst. The tentacular knob is composed of a coiled sacculus of dark red color, enclosed in an involucrum and terminated by a vesicle and two lateral filaments. These filaments are short and stunted, and seem to indicate that the specimens studied were immature.* No sexual bells were observed. Agalmopsis fragile, sp. nov. Plate V. Fig 2. Plate VI. Figs. 16,17, 23, 24, 25. In 1878 Claus ¢ described from Trieste a new Physophore, to which he gave the name Halistemma Tergestinum. Metschnikoff refers the same, taken at Villa Franca at about the same time, to Stephanomia picta, sp. noy. Metsch. I have already discussed { the synonomy of this genus. A single specimen of an Agalmopsis closely related to S. picta, Metsch. (ZH. Tergestinum, Claus), was found at Key West. So close is its likeness to the Mediterranean species that it is probably the same. Direct comparison is necessary to prove their identity. * This species is very different from A. eZegans of about the same age. A. elegans with one polypite has ¢wo kinds of tentacular knobs and a prominent network of red pigment on the feeding polyp. It is destitute of the papille found on the necto- ealyces and scales of 4. papillosum. t Ueber Halistemma Tergestinum, n. sp., in Arbeit. d. Zool. Inst. zu Wien, Heft I. } Bull. Mus. Comp. Zodl., VI. 7. 268 BULLETIN OF THE The axis (6) of Ag. fragile is very flexible, while the nectocalyces and scales admit of more motion on each other than is commonly the case among Phy- sophores. These appendages also are very transparent and small in size as compared to the length of the colony. The whole animal is more slender than an Agalma, and the appendages, in respect to their size, less conspicuous. The float (a) does not differ from that of other Physophores. It is relatively large, and bears apical pigment-spots of crimson color. Similar colored spots are likewise found at intervals along the length of the axis, especially on that portion of it which bears the swimming-bells and is known as the nectostem. This peculiar distribution of pigment on the stem is confined to the two species Ag. picta and Ag. fragile. In other genera colored spots are found on the axis, but they are not so prominent as in these two species of Agalmopsis.* One of the main differences between the nectocalyces of Agalmopsis and those of Agalma is the existence of three or four bright orange ocelli (0) on the bell margin near the terminus of the radial tubes. The course of these vessels in the walls of the bell is almost identical in the two genera. The portion of the axis upon which the bracts are borne is very long and highly flexible. The covering-scales (c) are small, inconspicuous, and trans- parent. They have a rectangular shape, and are fastened to the axis by means of a short peduncle. A blindly ending, medially placed tube penetrates their whole length on the inner concave surface. It opens into the stem cavity by an elbow-joint. The polypites (p) are long, slender, flask-shaped bodies, which are very prominent on account of the network of bright crimson pigment on their sides and bases. The tentacles carry tentacular knobs (Pl. VI. fig. 17), which have a bell-shaped involucrum and a single terminal filament without a vesicle. The sacculus is tightly coiled, and has a dark red color. It bears near the attachment of the involucrum a double row of prominent thread-cells. The male and female bells hang in clusters from the base of the tastern (fig. 16, s), and are not separated from each other on different regions of the axis. The male bells (fig. 25) are smaller than the female (fig. 24) and have a crimson color. The female bells are colorless. As is true of most Physophores, the colony is moneecious.t * The tentacular knobs of Agalmopsis utricularia, Claus, are so different from those of other Physophoride that I have considered it a new genus (Bull. Mus, Comp. Zool., VI. 7). It may be known as Calliagalma utricularia. 1 In Nanomia according to Mr. Agassiz the two sexes are not combined in the same colony. (N. Amer. Acal., p. 208 ; Seaside Studies, &c., p. 80.) Agalmopsis, Agalma, Physophora, Athorybia, Halistemma, Stephanomia, and Praya have both ° male and female bells on the same stem. The same is said to be true of Hi ius. Abyla, Apolemia, and Diphyes ave probably dicecious. Sexual organs of but one kind are known in Rhizophysa. They resemble those of Physalia. Nanomia will also be found to bear male as well as female sexual bells on the same axis, as it is probably the young of Agalmopsis. My reason for regarding Nanomia as the young of Agalmopsis and not of Agalma will be found in Bull, Mus. Comp. Zoil., V1.7, p. 141. MUSEUM OF COMPARATIVE ZOOLOGY. 269 Rhizophysa gracilis, sp. nov. Plate VI. Figs. 1 - 6. One of the most interesting Physophores found by us is a new species of Rhizophysa. It differs from R. filiformis, Lam., in the position of the sexual bodies and the form of the tentacular knobs. Its differences from R. Eysenhardtii are still greater. . gracilis has two kinds of tentacular knobs, neither of which are present in 2. Hysenhardti. I am unable to say whether my species is the same as any of those described by Studer.* Rhizophysa has a long, thread- like axis, destitute of swimming-bells, covering-scales, and tastern. At one extremity there is a float which, in all species of the genus, is relatively larger than in other Physophores, with the exception of the single genus Physalia, The axis is very contractile, coiling up when touched at the base of the float, and then leisurely extending itself to its normal length. The stem walls seem to be extremely sensitive to the touch of a foreign body. The float (fig. 2) is similar to an enlargement of the stem at one extremity, and is formed of two parts, an external float and an internal air-sac. The walls of the float are composed of two layers, and have the shape of an elon- gated sphere (prolate spheroid). The outer walls are dotted with small cells, irregularly placed. These cells are characteristic of the species, or at least are not found in R. filiformis, the common Rhizophysa from the Mediterranean. At the apical pole of the float there is an opening through which the cavity of the air-sac communicates with the surrounding medium. The air-sac has the general form of the float, but is much smaller, and hangs inside this structure, being suspended from its upper pole. The cavity of the air-sac is in free communication with the external water through the apical orifice of the float. Around this opening there are large patches of dark brown pigment. The walls of the lower hemisphere of the air-sac (g) are thicker than those of the upper, and have a yellowish green color. From the lower surface of the air-sac, confined to the hemisphere (g) with thickened walls, there hang into the cavity of the float many finger-like pouches, which are sometimes bifurcated at their extremities, In R. gracilis these appendages to the air-sac are open at their distal ends, so that their cavities seem to freely communicate with that of the float. On one side of the base of the float, pro- jecting from its external walls, is an excrescence (¢) filled with small globules whose function is unknown.¢ A similar appendage to the float has not been seen by me in R. filiformis. The polypites (p) of R. gracilis resemble closely in shape those of R. fili- * Zeit. f. Wiss. Zool., XXXI. t A natural homology of this body is that it is an undeveloped polypite. The transparent spheres within are probably bubbles of air which have made their way into the float through its apical opening. 270 BULLETIN OF THE formis, but are stouter and covered with small regularly placed patches of pig- ment, whose color was not noticed (fig. 4). The single specimen which we found had four feeding-polyps. The tentacles (fig. 4) arise from the base of the polypite, and closely resemble the tentacles of R. filiformis. Along their upper side, near their proximal end, they bear many simple buds,* which are undeveloped tentacular knobs (fig. 4). The pendants, therefore, in this genus, seem to bud from the tentacles, and not, as in Agalma, from the base of the polypites. These buds pass by successive changes into well-developed tentacular pendants of two kinds. The adult form of these two kinds of tentacular knobs does not differ as radically in their anatomy as that of the pendants of R. filiformis. The first and more numerous tentacular pendant consists of a simple coiled sacculus (fig. 5), without involucrum, mounted on a long, flexible peduncle. The termination (fig. 5’) of the sacculus is trifid, consisting of a prominent median projection and smaller lateral protuberances. The tip of each bears a black pigment-spot. The whole surface of the knob is abundantly supplied with thread-cells. A second kind of tentacular pendant, similar in some respects to the former, was also observed (fig. 6). It differs from the former in having an undivided tip which bears a small pigment-spot. The second form of tentacular pendant is more slender than the first, and may be found to be simply the immature condition of that described above. The “first form” of tentacular knob in R. gracilis corresponds part for part with the “first form” of knob in R. filiformis. Representatives of what are known as the “second” and “third” kind of pendant in the latter species seem not to exist in the present species, R. gracilis. The whole outer surface of the tentacle is thickly covered with large lasso-cells. The sexual organs (s) differ in shape, size, and position from those of most other Physophores. They resemble most closely homologous structures in the genus Physalia. Instead of arising in clusters from the stem, each placed midway between two polypites as in some genera, or from the base of a taster as in others, they hang from the axis at a point immediately below the base of attachment of the upper polypite.{ In the single specimen studied they are wanting on the other feeding-polyps. The cluster (fig. 3) has a botryoidal shape, and hangs from the axis by a single slight peduncle. The pedicle of the sexual bodies opens directly into a spherical body, as shown in fig. 3. This body varies in size and shape, and contains a simple cavity. It is sometimes so contracted that it is indistinguish- * Huxley, op. cit.,Pl. VIII. fig. 18, represents similar buds near the proximal end of the tentacle. t By the ‘‘second” and ‘‘ third” form of tentacular pendants in R. filiformis, I refer to those structures which Gegenbaur (Beit. z. n. Kennt. d. Schwimp., Taf. XVIII. figs. 8, 9) calls respectively the Handfirmiges Angelorgan and the Vigelkopfahnliches Organ. t They occupy a similar position as regards the polypites as the female bells of Agalma, » MUSEUM OF COMPARATIVE ZOOLOGY. 271 able from the peduncle itself. There are four clusters of sexual bodies arising from this enlargement of the peduncle. Each of these subordinate clusters is attached by its own peduncle, and bears several buds in various stages of growth. Of these buds the more proximal are generally the most developed, and they have not yet taken on the form of a bell. The axis and peduncle of each cluster is very contractile. The sexual cluster is a very prominent body on the stem, swaying backward and forward with passing currents of water. None of the single bells which form this cluster were observed to separate from the axis, nor were their contents seen to be discharged. In none of the buds could an egg be distinguished, and it is impossible to tell whether the animal was male or female, so little is known of the difference between the sexes in the genus Rhizophysa. “Mace-like” sexual organs, such as are found in R. filiformis, probably develop into sexual glands similar to those which we have described in R. gracilis.* Many parasitic Crustacea were found infesting R. yracilis. They clung to the float and polypites with such pertinacity that it was almost impossible to tear them away without rupturing the Rhizophysa. Six of these parasites were found upon a single Siphonophore. The same, or a closely related parasite,t is also one of the greatest enemies of the genus Physophora. Athorybia formosa, sp. nov. Plate V. Figs. 3,4. Plate VI. Figs. 7-14. A new species { of Athorybia was taken at the Tortugas. This remarkable genus has never before been found in American waters, and very little is known of the anatomy of the other species, A. rosacea, although it is very com- mon in some parts of the Mediterranean. § Athorybia differs from other Physophoride in the absence of a long axis and nectocalyces, although possessing a well-developed float, and bracts or covering- * See Proc. Bost. Soc. Nat. Hist., XX., Note on Rhizophysa. The likeness of the sexual organs of R. gracilis to the bundles of ‘‘ medusa buds” in Physalia and Tubularia is very striking. Whether the medusoid buds always remain attached in this Physophore, as in Tubularia, is unknown. The resemblance between the sexual organs of Physalia and R. gracilis is so close that the embryology of the two genera must be very similar. t The genus and species of this Crustacean were not determined. t Three species of Athorybia (sensu strictiori) are described by Eschscholtz, 4. heliantha, A. melo, Q. & G., and A. rosacea. Since his time nothing has been added to his descriptions of the two former. Practically what is known of the anatomy of the genus we owe to the accounts of 4. rosacea by Kélliker (Die Schwimmpolypen oder Siphonophoren von Messina, pp. 24-28, Pl. VII.), Sars (Middelhavets Littoral Fauna, Nyt. Magaz. f. Natur., X. pp. 6, 7), and Huxley (op. cit., pp. 86-89, Pl. IX.). A. formosa differs from their account of the anatomy of A. rosacea in the form of the tentacular knob. § Rare at Naples and Villa Franca, 272 BULLETIN OF THE scales. The form and development of these latter structures impart a peculiar outline to the Athorybia. The float (a) is large, pear-shaped, and sometimes it protrudes above the circlet of covering-scales, as in the figures of A. melo, Q. & G., but generally it is drawn below the upper edges of the bracts so that it can only be seen by looking through the body of the scale. When seen from above, the float has a cherry or claret-red color on the periphery surrounding a dark brown middle. In the centre there appears an opening giving a free communication between the air-bladder (aa) and the surrounding water. The air-bladder (a a), which hangs within the float, is an elongated sac sus- pended from the inner walls of the upper pole of the float. It resembles closely the air-bladder of Agalma, and is destitute of those finger-like processes which characterize the same structure in Rhizophysa. No communication was observed between the cavity of the float and that of the axis. Swimming-bells are wanting in Athorybia. The covering-scales arise from all sides of the short axis below the float, and in their method of attachment to the rudimentary stem are not unlike the petals of a flower. When seen from the side, they give the whole animal a rhomboidal shape. The covering-scales (Pl. VI. fig. 14) are curved and spatu- late, with the convex surface turned outward. At its origin the bract is narrow, but gradually as it recedes from that point it widens, and its bounding edges are indented with a pair of teeth, one on each side about two thirds the distance from the attachment to the distal rim of the scale. The outer, convex surface of the covering-scale is slightly rounded laterally, and is crossed by four rows of lasso-cells (/) arranged in longitudinal lines.* When the scale is seen from one side it appears serrated along these four lines. The scale of the Athorybia stage in the young Agalma has a somewhat similar serrated appearance. Along the medial line of the bract, on its inner concave surface, there runs a longi- tudinal vessel which communicates with the stem cavity and ends blindly at the most distal extremity of the scale. From their position of attachment, as commonly carried, the scales at first extend outward almost at right angles to the axis of the float, and the natural curvature which they have imparts the somewhat spherical outline to the animal. These covering-scales can be made to extend themselves or draw together, receding from or approaching the line passing through their attach~ ment and the apical portion of the float. This expanding and contracting power of these bodies is limited to the extremities, which are moved apparently by muscles in the base of the scale and its peduncle. The motion of the scale may * Huxley (op. cit., p. 86) says the outer surface of the covering-scale in his species of Athorybia is crossed by six rows of small thread-cells. Kolliker deseribes the bract of A. rosacea as crossed by five or siz white ribs, formed of small lasso-cells « which sometimes traverse the whole length of this structure and sometimes do not. The same may be said of the lines of lasso-cells in the bract of A. rosacea, with the exception that in no specimen were there more than four ribs of these bodies. The specimens which were taken may have been immature, and other specimens may be found with six lines of these cells, as in A, rosacea, MUSEUM OF COMPARATIVE ZOOLOGY. 273 in part make up for the loss of swimming-bells and propel the animal in the water. As far as my observations go it is rather sluggish, and but poorly adapted for rapid progression. As the colony floats along, the covering-scales are generally extended to their greatest width, but when alarmed the scales are contracted closely together around the feeding-polyps and those other organs which arise near their base. The polypites, tastern, and sexual bells arise from a slight enlargement of a structure corresponding to the axis of the other Physophores. This enlarge- ment does not differ greatly from a similar sac at the extremity of the stem of the genus Physophora. The polypite (p) resembles the same structures in other Siphonophores. They are long, flask-shaped bodies, projecting beyond the covering-scales (c) when extended, and have a mouth at the free extremity. The walls have a pink color with patches of dark crimson pigment near the base of the feeding-polyp. From each polypite, near its origin, there hangs a single tentacle. This tentacle (¢) is dotted along its whole length by sec- ondary appendages or tentacular knobs (i), of which there are two very differ- ent forms. The existence of more than one kind of tentacular pendant in an adult Physophore * has up to this time been thought peculiar to the genus Rhizophysa. Two forms of these bodies exist in the young of several genera. In the young Agalma we find the permanent knob of the adult coexisting with an embryonic form. The same is true of the young Agalmopsis and Nanomia. Each kind of knob, however, in the larval Physophore, is limited to its own tentacle, and in the case of the embryonic knob the tentacle itself has the same provisional nature as the structure which it carries. The adult Rhizophysa t has three different kinds of tentacular knobs hanging from one tentacle, and as far as we now know none are embryonic. A similar condition exists in A. formosa, with the exception that there are here two forms of tentacular knobs instead of three. The first and more numerous kind of tentacular pendant (Pl. VI. figs. 9, 10) is in many respects like that of the adult Agalma. It has a sacculus (d), an involucrum, and two terminal filaments (b), one on either side of aspherical bladder or vesicle (c). The terminal filaments are, however, shorter than those of Agalma, and are commonly carried stiffly elevated like two horns. The peduncle of the knob is very flexible and of moderate length, admitting a free motion of the pendant in all directions. The involucrum closely sur- rounds the sacculus, and its walls are with the greatest difficulty distinguishable from those of the latter body which it contains. The saccalus has a single coil upon itself, and its walls have a dark crimson color. At its base there are rows, generally two in number, of large lasso-cells, homologous to similar bodies in the knob of other Physopbores. * See reference to Sars’s genus Agalmopsis on preceding pages. t Proc. Bost. Soc. Nat. Hist., XX. These three kinds of knobs in R. filiformis are distinct from their earliest embryonic condition, and do not develop one from another. VOL, IX. —NO. 7. 18 274 BULLETIN OF THE The most peculiar structure in the anatomy of the knob is the prolongation of the margin of the involucrum on its lower side into a conical appendage (a), which extends out from the knob slightly beyond the vesicle. This conical body appears to be solid, and is crossed by lines or annulations, as shown in figs. 9,10. It has a yellow color, and may be called the apex. If now we compare the first kind of knob in A. formosa with that of A. rosacea, Esch., we find this important difference between them. In rosacea, according to Kolliker, there is a “stalked elongated capsule” hanging to the knob at its base, near the origin of the involucrum. That capsule is undoubt- edly homologous to the apex (a) of the knob in formosa. Its closest homology, however, is with the “second kind” of knob in A. formosa, as we shall show presently. Sars * has already compared the knob of A. rosacea with that of Agalma. The resemblance of the first kind of pendant in A. formosa to that of Agalma is even more striking, since it possesses an involucrum of a form which has not been observed in A. rosacea. A second kind of tentacular knob (figs. 7, 8) is sparingly scattered along the tentacle of A. formosa. Besides being less numerous, it is also much larger than the former, with which it is homologous. It may eventually be found to have been developed from the preceding. This knob has one of the most peculiar forms which this organ, highly variable among Siphonophores, assumes. Its general shape is shown in figs. 7, 8. The knob, when seen from the side (fig. 8), has a pear shape, and hangs from a short flexible peduncle. The great mass of the pendant is made up of a very large involucrum or structure of the same homology. The walls of this body are very thick, and seem to be composed of large cells. At one end it is continued into dendritic branches (aa) of a yellow color. The body of the involucrum is transparent, and through its walls there can be seen a crimson and orange-colored sacculus (d). The sacculus is not coiled, as is generally the case with other Physophores, but has a simple curved shape, and in its walls can be traced the rows of large thread-cells, which are a common feature of all these organs. Fastened to the upper side of the involucrum, near its articulation with the peduncle, there spring three bodies very similar to those found on the first kind of knob. One of these structures is the ovoid vesicle (c), and on each side there rises a short lateral filament (b). These organs differ in no respect from the same in the former kind of pendants. The most exceptional feature in the second kind of knob in Athorybia is seen in the structure of the distal extremity of the involucrum or the apex (a), The apex (fig. 8, aa) is bifid at its base, and after a basal bifurcation each part subdivides into many smaller unbranched divisions. Each division has the general appearance of the apex of the first kind of knob, It is capable of great extension and retraction, and when drawn back has a corrugated surface, like similar branches in the “ Handférmiges Angelorgan,” described by Gegenbaur * Op. cit. MUSEUM OF COMPARATIVE ZOOLOGY. 275 in Rhizophysa. 1 have already (Bull. Mus. Comp, Zodl., VI. 7) compared the undeveloped knob of Physophora hydrostatica and that of Athorybia. The tastern * (fig. 13) of A. formosa are very long, highly flexible bodies of pink color, protruding through the spaces left between adjacent covering scales. They are in continued motion, and resemble, with the exception of their color, more the filamentous bodies found between the swimming-bells of Apolemia than true tastern. Their tips bear several large thread-cells. They were not observed to bear tentacles. A. formosa is monecious. The female bells (fig. 12) are borne on short stems,f and have a botryoidal shape. Each bell contains a single ovum. The course of the chymiferous tubes in the bell walls is similar to that in Agalma. The male bells (fig. 11), like the female, take the form of grape-like clusters on short stems. They are smaller than the female. The male and female clusters are colorless, and the bell-walls transparent. Praya, sp. Fragments of a large Praya, too mutilated for specific identification, were taken on two occasions at the Tortugas Islands. Diplophysa, sometimes called the diphyizoid of Praya, has been taken in Narragansett Bay.§ It was not collected in Florida. Galeolaria aurantiaca, Vosgt.|| Plate VI. Fig. 26. Galeolaria (Epibulia) was taken on two occasions. It is unfortunate that only the posterior nectocalyx was found. Although this is sufficient to deter- * Huxley (op. cit.) does not mention these structures in his Athorybia. Kélliker's description of them is much the same as that which is here given. The tastern of the two species seem to have much the same form. t Huxley (op. cit., p. 87) says that in his Athorybia a single stem bears both male and female bells, as well as small tastern. According to Kélliker (op. cit., p. 28), the male bells in A. rosacea are isolated, and a single male bell is found with a grape- like cluster of female bells near the base of a polypite. In A. formosa male and female bells are found in clusters of about equal numbers. { My measurements of the size of 4. formosa are about the same as those given by Kolliker for A. rosacea. They are larger than Forskal’s or Huxley's measure- ments of the Athorybie which they had. A. formosa is half an inch in diameter (distance taken at right angles to the axis, when covering-scales are extended). § Bull. Mus. Comp. Zoél., VI. 7, and VIII. 8. || Surles Siphonophores de la Mer de Nice. Mem. de l'Inst. Genev., I. pp. 72, 73, Pl. IV. figs. 12, 13. Since my return from Florida, the U. S. Fish Commission has sent me a specimen of Gleba hippopus, Forsk., and two new Physophores for identification. G@leba was also collected by Mr. Agassiz in the cruise of the ‘‘ Blake” along our eastern 276 _ BULLETIN OF THE mine the genus, it is hardly enough for the species. The nectocalyx resembles closely that of G. aurantiaca, Vogt.* Although Galeolaria is not recognized by some naturalists as a distinct genus from Diphyes, the form of the nectocalices, the course of the gastrovascular tubes, and especially the flap-like appendages to the inferior (posterior) swim- ming-bell, are so characteristic that it is here looked upon as a distinct genus. HYDROIDA. Halitiara formosa, gen. nov. et sp. Plate IV. Fig. 2. The young of a new Tubularian medusa was taken by us at the Tortugas. Generic characteristics are as follows :— The bell is tall with a small apical projection. Chymiferous tubes, four in number, simple, broad, without lateral glands. There are four long tentacles which correspond with the radial tubes, between each pair of which are three small tentacles. Otocysts wanting. H. formosa, sp. nov. The bell is tall, its height being double the diameter. At its apex it bears a slight apical protuberance. The surface of the bell is smooth, and its wall thin and transparent. The proboscis (manubrium) is unpedunculated, and hangs down about one third the depth of the bell cavity. The basal portion is filled with spherical cells, which are probably ova. The lips are smooth and without appendages. coast in the summer of 1880. Leuckart (Siphon. von Nizza, p. 33, note 1) speaks of the same genus from the coast of Greenland. Abyla, Halistemma, and Apolemia have not yet been taken in our waters. There is in the collection of the U. 8. Fish Commission for 1881 a mutilated fragment of the stem of a Physophore, which may have belonged to an Apolemia, and a new genus, Haliphyta, which is elsewhere described. . * The choice between the two generic names Galeolaria and Suculceolaria to designate this medusa is purely arbitrary. Lesueur gave the former to the anterior, the latter to the posterior nectocalyx of the same Diphyid. Vogt named the first complete form of this medusa Epibulia aurantiaca (later also Galeolaria awrantiaca). Epibulia must give place to either of the two previous names of Lesueur. The specific name, filiformis, Delle Chiaje, adopted by Leuckart (Galeolaria filiformis), although the oldest, is derived from a wrong identification. The specific name guad- rivalvis adopted by Gegenbaur, Sars, Keferstein, and Ehlers, with others, from Lesueur . and Blainville (Actin. Zodl. Atl., VI. 6), has more in its favor, but the fragment to which it is applied by Lesueur cannot be distinguished from those other bells which bear the names biacuta and minuta. The oldest specific name applied to a Galeo- laria the use of which leaves me no doubt of the animal intended, is that of awran- tiaca by Vogt. To choose between it and quadrivalvis is very difficult, MUSEUM OF COMPARATIVE ZOOLOGY. PM | At the extremity of each chymiferous tube on the bell margin springs a long tentacle, which is commonly carried tightly coiled about the tentacular bulb. On the bell margin, between each pair of long tentacles, are three short tentacular appendages, which are generally more or less coiled around their bases, and are carried upright, as shown in the figure. There are no otocysts. The coloration of the genus was not observed. Tiaropsis diademata, Agassiz. Plate VII. Figs. 13 14. A larval stage of this medusa, younger than any Tiaropsis yet figured, was found by us atthe Tortugas. The youngest Tiaropsis described by A. Agassiz * has a deeper bell and more tentacles, but in other respects seems the same, Halicalyx tenuis, gen. et sp. nov. Plate VII. Fig. 15. In January, 1878, A. Agassiz found at Key West a hydroid medusa with the following characteristics. Bell low, hemispherical, with thick walls and smooth surface. Apex of the bell destitute of protuberance. The chymiferous tubes are four in number, and from along their course in the bell hang dendritic ovaries. Through all the windings of the sexual glands there runs a bright crimson stripe, which has the appearance of being jointed. The tentacles are twelve in number, and are carried elevated or stiffly extended at right angles to the axis of the bell. They are thickly ribbed along their whole length with lasso-cells, and enlarged at the extremity into aknob. At the base of each tentacle there is an otocyst containing a single otolith. The proboscis is short, extending barely to the bell opening, and is without peduncle. The mouth is rectangular, and with short lips, which are sometimes turned backwards and reversed over the outer walls of the stomach. Aglaura vitrea, sp. nov. Plate VII. Fig. 10. A new Aglaura was found by us at the Tortugas. The shape of the bell re- sembles that of Trachynema, with which the medusa is easily confounded. * North American Acalephe, pp. 69, 70; Illust. Cat. Mus. Comp. Zodl., II. ; Proc. Bost. Soc, Nat. Hist., IX. p. 98. See also Morch, Beskriv. af Groenland ; and Agassiz, op. cit.; also Mem, Am. Acad., IV. p. 289. 278 BULLETIN OF THE There is this marked difference between Aglaura and Trachynema. In Aglaura the sexual glands hang from the distal end of the peduncle which bears the stomach, while in Trachynema they are suspended from the upper part of the bell cavity. The bell of Aglaura is high, cup-shaped, and without apical projection. The walls are thin, rigid and transparent. There are eight simple, narrow, chymif- erous tubes. The velum is very muscular, and it is mainly by its efforts that the medusa is propelled through the water. The proboscis is pedunculated, and bears the eight sausage-like ovaries near its point of division into peduncle and stomach. The upper part of the stomach is spherical in shape, and through its walls the half-digested food can be easily seen. Its mouth is formed by labial walls, in which are imbedded lasso-cells. Many patches of red pigment are present in the lips and the walls of the stomach. The tentacles are very numerous, long, and flexible, and are generally broken off near their bases, leaving stiff projecting stumps, as in Trachynema digitale A. Ag. Several specimens were captured which carried the flexible tentacles unbroken, but for the most part these bodies presented the appearance shown in the figure. There are eight otocysts, alternating in position with the chymiferous tubes. Each otocyst contains a single otolith. The ovaries are cream-colored. The development of the egg is unknown. A. vitrea resembles very closely the A. hemistoma, Peron et Lesueur, found so commonly in the Atlantic Ocean and Mediterranean Sea. It has, however, no apical projection to the bell, and the umbrella is half-egg-shaped. The form of the bell is so variable that it may eventually be found to be identical with the well-known A. hemistoma. Glossocodon tenuirostris (sp. Acass1z). Plate VII. Figs. 1-9. In 1857 McCrady* gave a description of a new species of Liriope, to which he affixed the name Liriope scutigera. L. Agassizt in 1862 mentions from Key West, Florida, another species, L. tenuirostris, which he says has a more slender proboscis than L. scutigera. A. Agassiz} gives a figure of a Liriope, which he identifies with L. scutigera, and mentions the form JL. tenuirostris, from Florida, without description. The figure of L. scutigera by A. Agassiz has slighter ovaries than those mentioned in McCrady’s description, and has not the interradial tentacles (“four short ” tentacles) spoken of by the last author. The figure, however, was but a sketch, and the medusa from which it was made is probably correctly referred to LZ. scutigera, McCr. Haeckel takes excep- * Gymnophthalmata of Charleston Harbor. Proc. Ell. Soc. Nat. Hist., 1857. t Contributions to the Natural History of the United States, IV. t Op. cit., p. 60. ee MUSEUM OF COMPARATIVE ZOOLOGY. 279 tion to this identification, and makes it a new species of Liriope, to which he assigns the name L. conirostris. From the fact that no mention is made by McCrady of “ blinde Centripetal-canile,” Haeckel refers ZL. scutigera, McCr. to his own genus Liriantha. In my work on the meduse of Narragansett Bay a very poor figure of what I regard the same as L. scutigera is given, as taken at Newport, R. 1.* Fritz Miller t has published an anatomy and development of L. Catharinensis, F. M., which differs from the medusa about to be described only in the want of the blindly ending centripetal canals, which lie between the radial tubes. Tn all details the likeness is very close. It also is placed in the genus Lirian- tha, Haeck., by Haeckel, t on account of the want of these centripetal structures. In the use of the generic designations Glossoconus and Glossocodon in the “ Sys- tem der Medusen” of the latter author, the medusa which is here described would be placed under the latter rather than the former genus ; yet in the figures of the oldest stage found there will be noticed two kinds of tentacles on the bell margin, whereas Glossocodon has but one kind, viz. tentacles of the radial tubes. In Glossoconus there are two kinds of tentacles on the bell margin, as well as blindly ending centripetal canals between each pair of radial tubes. In younger stages, however, according to Haeckel, there is only one such canal between every pair of tentacular vessels. Many specimens § of the genus Glossocodon, which is strictly speaking in the Glossoconus stage described by Haeckel, were found at the Tortugas. It has the ovaries well developed and to every appearance is sexually mature. No speci- men was taken with less than eight tentacles, and consequently if on further study it should be found to drop certain tentacular bodies on the bell rim mid- way between the tentacular vessels (radial tubes), it should be referred to Glossocodon. In its present condition it belongs to the genus Glossoconus, Haeckel. The species differs from Liriope scutigera, McCr. in having but one kind of otocyst, and in possessing the blindly ending centripetal tubes (d, Pl. VII. fig. 1). The figure of L. scutigera, A. Ag., has four long tentacles, and ova- ries of a different form, while there are no centripetal tubes. It resembles L. Catharinensis, F. Miill., in every respect except that the centripetal canals are wanting in Miiller’s figure and description. In L. Agassiz’s short description of L. tenwirostris, there is nothing to eliminate our species. Instead of introducing a new name, his specific designation has been adopted. The adult Glossocodon has a deep, almost spherical bell (Pl. VII. fig. 1). The * Studies of the Jelly-fishes of Narragansett Bay. Bull. Mus. Comp. Zodl., VIE. |8, t Polypen und Quallen von S. Catharina. Arch. f. Naturg., 1859, pp. 310-321, Taf. XI. figs. 1-25. ¢ Das System der Medusen, I. 1, p. 287. § The adult and young of this medusa figured on Pl. VII. figs. 1-9, were drawn from nature by A. Agassiz. 280 _ BULLETIN OF THE bell walls are thick, especially at the apex, although there is no apical pro- tuberance. The surface is smooth; its walls very transparent. The bell cavity, when seen in profile, is rectangular. The floor opposite the bell en- trance is almost flat, and not concave, as in many other medusee. This char- acteristic in the shape of the bell cavity is noticeable even in young stages. It differs in this respect from the figure given by Fritz Miller of Liriope Catha- rinensis. Upon the walls of the bell cavity there are found two kinds of chymiferous tubes. Four of these vessels are radially arranged, and pass from a circular tube about the bell opening to a highly flexible proboscis, along the sides of which they extend, opening eventually into the stomach at the extremity of the proboscis. These tubes are narrow, unbranched, and without lateral append- ages. The sexual glands hang from the radial tubes, extending about two thirds their length, in the inner surface of the bell. They end at the point where the radial vessels bend at right angles to the outer walls of the bell. Midway between each pair of radial tubes, arising from the bell margin and extending in the bell walls about one third the height of the cavity, there is a single blindly ending centripetal canal (d), characteristic of the adult. These tubes (?) are four * in number, and do not bear ovaries. The largest and most important appendage to the bell is the long, slender, and highly flexible manubrium or proboscis. It springs from the centre of the floor of the bell cavity, and, when the jelly-fish is quiet in the water, hangs far outside the vail. At other times it is so contracted that its termination barely projects beyond the bell margin. It consists of two parts, a hyaline base, which resembles in character the bell walls, and a distal pink-colored stomach with a terminal mouth. The only structures which can be recognized in the peduncle of the proboscis are the four chymiferous tubes just below the surface. These are extensions of the radial chymiferous tubes, which have been described above. These tubes open into the stomach near the distal end of the pro- boscis, The distal end of the peduncle of the proboscis is continued inside the stomach into a conical projection or tongue. In fig. 9 we have a view of the distal end of the manubrium with the walls of the stomach reversed to show the projecting tongue. The stomach of Glossocodon is a hag-shaped structure with pinkish walls, situated at the distal extremity of the manubrium. When the mouth is expanded, as in the figure, it assumes a quadrangular shape. The edges of the lips are lined with clusters of lasso-cells (fig. 9) arranged in bundles equidis- tantly arranged around the border of the mouth. Similar cells are described * In the only complete drawing of the adult which we have, there is only a single centripetal canal between each pair of ovaries. There are probably three such strue- tures instead of one in that position. This can be seen in sketches of a portion of the bell margin which I have not copied. The medial of these three canals, which is that figured in fig. 1, is larger than the two lateral, which are little more than slight pro- tuberances. Oe MUSEUM OF COMPARATIVE ZOOLOGY. 281 in L. Catharinensis by Fritz Miller. The stomach walls are capable of great expansion, and the mouth opening is very large. Oftentimes the lips are turned back, leaving the projecting tongue very prominent. When not feed- ing, or when alarmed, the lips are pressed closely together, concealing the tongue and closing the entrance into the stomach. The stomach walls are not transparent, but contain many small pigment-dots and minute lasso-cells, irregularly imbedded in their substance. There are two forms of tentacular appendages found on the bell margin. At the end of each radial tube there is a tentacle which is long, hollow, and very flexible. The surface of each such tentacle is covered with lasso-cells arranged in rings surrounding the appendage. We thus have along its whole length annulations of lasso-cells, alternating with smooth depressions. The correlation between the stomach and tentacles is very well shown in this Glossocodon. The voracity of Liriope is mentioned by McCrady,* and in this animal it is equally great. The abundant lasso-cells upon the tentacles and the lips are but neces- sary to capture living food to satisfy an enormous appetite. In addition to the long tentacles there are four others likewise springing from the bell rim. In the adult Glossocodon these appendages are wanting, and in the oldest form which we found they were reduced to the mere “stump” of a tentacle. We have, however, no drawing of our jelly-fish in which they are not represented. Each of these appendages is situated midway on the bell margin, between two long tentacles. In the adult stage (fig. 1) they are club- shaped bodies, united to the bell by means of a slender peduncle, and are carried stiffly erect. They are solid, inflexible, and on their outer convex surface there are clusters of lasso-cells arranged with regularity. At the position of union of the bell walls and the peduncle of this appendage there is a slight spur or solid extension of the base on the outer surface of the bell, extending upwards a short distance on the bell walls. The adult Glossocodon has eight otocysts, which are arranged on the outer edge of the bell margin near the points from which the tentacles, long and short, arise. Those which are found near the tentacular bulbs of the long tentacles are placed at one side of the tentacle, and not at its very base. The other set of otocysts are placed in the immediate vicinity of the origin of the pedicle which bears the solid tentacle. There is but one kind f of otocyst found on the bell margin, and it is a simple sac containing a single otolith. The sexual organs hang like heart-shaped pouches from the four radial tubes. They are sometimes so inflated that the walls of adjoining glands almost touch. Their size and shape vary greatly, depending solely on the maturity of the ova. Their color is white and sometimes pink. Male and female glands may be found later to be distinguished by a difference in color, but little is known of the difference of the sexes in Glossocodon. * McCrady saw LZ. scutigera with its tentacles and lips seize a small fish ‘‘ thrice as large as itself” (op. cit., p. 209). t According to McCrady there are two kinds in Z. scutigera (op. cit., p. 208). 282 BULLETIN OF THE The youngest larva of Glossocodon which we have found was approximately in the same stage as that figured in fig. 18 of Fritz Miller’s paper. It resem- bles closely the larva which Haeckel * figures, Pl. III. fig. 35, as the young of G. ewrybia. In Haeckel’s representation of this stage, no chymiferous tubes are to be found. The bell in his figure is also more spherical, and the profile of the bell cavity lacks the rectangular shape which our youngest larva had. The bell is low, disk-shaped, transparent, and has a smooth outer surface. The bell cavity has a cylindrical shape, its walls following closely the outer surface of the bell. The bell walls are of about uniform thickness throughout. There are four radial tubes passing from the bell margin to the centre of the upper floor of the bell cavity. They bear no sexual pouches. The proboscis is the least developed of all the appendages to the bell in the youngest larva which was captured. It has the form of a simple, raised wall of rectangular shape, arising from the upper floor of the bell cavity. There is in it no division into stomach and peduncle. The lips are simple, and are destitute of the clusters of lasso-cells found in the adult. There is only one kind of tentacular appendages to the bell margin in this larva, and these are the club-like bodies situated midway between the tentac- ular or radial tubes. The long flexible tentacles at the end of the radial vessels have not yet begun to form. Those tentacular bodies which are present are solid and are carried stiffly elevated at the side of the bell. Their length is about that of the radius of the bell, and their diameter near their distal extremity is very much greater than at the attachment to the bell rim. The inner concave side of the appendage is smooth and without lasso-cells ; the outer, convex surface bears many clusters of cells arranged in bundles in a series. These bodies are especially numerous near the terminal end of the tentacle. On the outer surface of the appendage, near its junction with the bell margin, a small conical tooth is developed. A similar spur is not to be found in the published figures of G. ewrybia or L. Catharinensis. These tentacles are repre- sented in the adult by bodies (c) of reduced size, which are said eventually to disappear in Glossocodon.t While these bodies are the only tentacles found upon the bell margin, they are not the only appendages of a tentacular nature which the youngest Glosso- codon has. A second kind of appendage, also embryonic, is situated on the outer surface of the bell walls. At right angles to the sides of the bell, in the same spheromere in which the radial tubes lie, there spring four solid append- ages, which are true tentacles. At its distal end each of these tentacles is enlarged, and bears many lasso-cells; but of its minute anatomy and the arrangement of cells at that point nothing was observed. Its base of attach- ment is about one third the distance between bell margin and apex, and is connected by a rib (b) with the bell rim. This rib is probably a solid body * Die Familie der Rvisselquallen, 1865, Pl. III. fig. 35, pp. 67, 68. Called by Haeckel the fourth stage (Zurybia-like larva). t Haeckel, op. cit. MUSEUM OF COMPARATIVE ZOOLOGY. 283 and not a tube, and is strictly homologous to a like structure in Cunina dis- coides, Fewkes. It lies on the outer surface of the bell, while the radial tube follows the inner or the bounding wall of the bell cavity. There are four otocysts, each closely resembling the otocyst of the adult in the larval form which has just been described. Each otocyst is placed on the bell margin at the point of attachment of the solid tentacle. The next oldest larva to that already described is one which, together with the following (figs. 3, 4), may be referred to the “ fifth period’’ (Haeckel) of G. eurybia. It corresponds in some respects with fig. 20 in Fritz Miller’s account. In this larval stage (fig. 3) the most marked addition to the former is the growth of tentacular bodies on the bell margin midway between the solid tentacles (c). They lie near the union of the radial vessels with the circular tube, and are the beginnings of the long flexible tentacles. They are in a larva even as young as fig. 3 banded with the lassu-cells characteristic of the adult, which seems to be true in a larva of the same age figured by Haeckel (PL III. fig. 37). Fritz Miller represents two of these appendages as formed prior to the remainder. The stage of such a larva may be a little younger than my fig. 3, in which all these bodies, four in number, were equally developed. The most important difference between the two figures (figs. 3, 4) which are given to represent the fifth period is the result of the growth of the proboscis, which even in this larva is differentiated into a basal peduncle and a terminal stomach. The larva has still only four otocysts. Haeckel’s account of the development of G. eurybia closes with the fifth period. Between that and the adult he has given no figures of intermediate stages. Fritz Miiller’s paper, however, has one more stage intermediate be- tween these two, in which there appear to be ten otocysts on the bell margin intermediate between the radial canals, before the organs corresponding to the tentacles (a) are dropped. In the present species the otocysts of the long tentacles do not develop before the complete loss of the bodies (c). Fig. 5 represents a larva in the sixth period of its development. This larva differs from that last represented (fig. 4) in the growth of the long tentacle on the bell margin and the total loss of the tentacle (a). It is to be noticed, however, that there are still but four otocysts, and that these bodies lie at the bases of the solid marginal tentacles (c). A larva still older than this, but undoubtedly to be placed in the same period (sixth period) is the first in the series having eight otocysts. The four sense bodies additional to those at the base of the marginal solid tentacles appear at the base of the long tentacles for the first time in a larva represented in fig. 6. This larva has assumed the form of the adult in many particulars, one of the most prominent of which is the enormous development of the proboscis. The sexual glands have not yet begun to form, or at least are not represented. In a larval form which ap- proaches very closely the adult, the sexual glands are well developed and crowded with ova. Such a larva is figured in fig. 7, which represents the Glossocodon as seen from the aboral pole. In the adult the only representative ra 284 _ BULLETIN OF THE which can be found of the embryonic structure (}) is a tooth or spur which is represented in fig. 8.* : * It will be seen, if my account of the development of Glossocodon be compared with Fritz Miiller’s (op. cit.), that, while according to my account the peduncle (StieZ) of the stomach appears long before the secondly formed otocysts, he represents them both as developing at about the same time. It will also be seen that the four secon- dary otocysts follow instead of precede the appearance of the long tentacles. Accord- ; ing to him the otocysts, as the long tentacles, appear in pairs situated diametrically opposite on the bell rim. No observations were made by us on this point. WE ose oN S 9a. 9b. 10. al 12. 13. 14, 15. 16. ule 18. 19. MUSEUM OF COMPARATIVE ZOOLOGY. EXPLANATION OF THE PLATES. PLATE I. Ocyroé crystallina (young). The same, with oral lobes expanded. A single oral lobe extended. Position assumed by the oral lobe. View of oral lobe from the aboral pole (expanded). The same contracted. Cassiopea frondosa in natural position. Young of the same (aboral view). Side view of young Cassiopea. Older larva of the same. Cassiopea frondosa (aboral view). The same (oral view). Marginal sense body of the same (aboral side). The same (oral side). Double marginal sense body of C. frondosa (monstrosity). The same (aboral view). Marginal sense body with two ocelli (monstrosity). Extremity of the oral arms of Cassiopea. Mouths and pouches of the same. Oral appendage from upper side. a. Auricles. Bifurcation of the lateral tubes. = c. Primary tubes from the base of the funnel. ec. Secondary tubes, branches of the primary. d. Oral branches. e. Radial stripes. el. Intermediate spaces between the radial stripes. Marginal zone. h. Hood. % Oral disk. 9. Otocyst. k. Stomach. i. Lips. m. Mouth. o. External sexual opening. 285 286 “ce wm go po co BULLETIN OF THE p. Chymiferous reservoirs. p'. Oral tentacles. t. Auricular tubes, v/. Velar lappets. tt. Ocular lappets. Zt. Lateral tubes. oc. Ocellus. os. Otocyst style. ot. Otoliths. st. Lobular tubes. uw. Central zone. PLATE II. Cassiopea frondosa (aboral view). The same (oral view). Linerges Mercurius (side view). The marginal lobes are infolded. The same. The marginal lobes are extended and the crescentic form of the ovaries is shown. L. Mercurius (aboral view). PLATE III. Portion of the oral surface of C. frondosa. Peripheral extremity of a canal lying in the central cavity between two ovaries. Showing also the opening (4) leading from it into the chymiferous system of the oral arms. Oral cylinder cut off from the bell, so as to expose its cavity. 4, 5. Life-size figures of Z. Mercurius in attitudes assumed while swimming. Section cut through the cavity which lies above the stomach of L. Mer- curius. One half this sinus is drawn in longitudinal plane, i. e. section cut in the direction of the axis of the medusa. View of the opening by which this cavity communicates with the stomach. The same opening shown in an ephyra in order to illustrate its relations to the remaining structures of the same. Cassiopea frondosa. The same (position assumed in floating). Ovary (shrunken) of Z. Mercurius. Portion of the inner bell wall of the same medusa. L. Mercurius from oral side. a. Circular orifice, centrally placed, communicating between the stomach and the cavity situated above it. b. Opening leading from the cavity of the oral cylinder into the chymif- erous vessels of the arms. c. Cavity above the stomach. Ot = To eho. = MUSEUM OF COMPARATIVE ZOOLOGY. 287 e. Sac (subumbral). Jf. Margin of the bell. gf. Gastral filaments. h. Patches of pigment. i. Substance of the bell. k. Pouches. ls. Row of pigment-spots on the walls of the stomach. o. Ovary. p. Chymiferous reservoirs. p’. Oral tentacles. ot. Otocyst. so. Sexual openings through which the ova are discharged. 6. 7,8) 13. 14. 15. 16. Wife PLATE IV. ‘¢ Sense area’’ (Beroé ovata). Halitiara formosa. Ephyra (?) of Linerges Mercurius. (Quadrant of disk from below.) Ephyra (Z. Mercurius) younger than fig. 3. Ovaries and subumbral pouches (Z. Mercurius). Subumbral pouch (Z. Merewrius adult). 9,10, 11,12. Eggs and stages of their segmentation (L. Mercurius). Planula (LZ. Aercurius). Ephyra (2), (Z. Mereurius). Ephyra more developed than fig. 3. (Octant.) Marginal sense body of ephyra (L. Mercurius). The same (side view). 18, 19. Marginal sense body (Z. Mercurius adult). 20. 21. 22. AT ee a Gastral filaments (LZ. Mercurius). Tentacle and bell margin (Z. Mercurius). Single marginal tentacle (Z. Mercurius). PLATE V. Stephanomia Atlantica. Agalmopsis fragile. Athorybia formosa. A. formosa. (From above.) Agalma papillosum. A. papillosum. (From above.) a. Float. at. Air-sac, b. Axis, ¢. Covering-scale. d, d’, d@”’. Tastern. é. Filament of the taster. 288 ‘BULLETIN OF THE fs. Female bells. g. Papille. h. Somatocyst. hn. Recesses opening into bell cavity. j. Undeveloped tentacular knobs. k. Adult tentacular knobs. i. — Lasso-cells. ms. Male bells. nm. Nectocalyces. o. Ocellus. p. Polypite. 7. Chymiferous tubes. t. Tentacle. u. Undeveloped nectocalyces. w. Wimperwulst. Peduncle of polypite. x. Structure of unknown homology. In figure 1 the bell margins are too prominent, and the spiral lines in which the openings into the cavities of the nectovalyces lie are imperfectly shown. PLATE VI. Rhizophysa gracilis, sp. nov. Float (2. gracilis). Sexual organs (2. gracilis). Polypite and proximal part of the tentacle (R. gracilis), First kind of tentacular knob (2. gracilis). Second kind of tentacular knob (2. gracilis). First kind of tentacular knob (Athorybia formosa). The same from one side. Second kind of tentacular knob (4. formosa). The same from one side. Male bells (A. formosa). Female bells (4. formosa). Taster (A. formosa). Covering-scale (4. formosa). Tentacular knob of Agalina papillosum. Taster and sexual bells of Agalmopsis fragile. Tentacular knob (4g. fragile}. Tentacular knob of Stephanomia Atlantica. The same, uncoiled. Polypite (S. Atlantica). Pe Tentacular knob (S. Atlantica), Polypite (S. Atlantica). Polypite (Ay. fragile). Male bell (Ag. fragile). Cluster of male bells (4g. fragile). bs ee ee ee CONAAEWHNNH SOON ANP WD ro = = : to b> bo to "ca ane oad sa > ro = MUSEUM OF COMPARATIVE ZOOLOGY. 289 Fig. 26. Nectocalyx (Galeolaria aurantiaca). “* 27. Papilla from the nectocalyx (4. papillosum). Apex. Lateral filaments. Terminal vesicle. Sacculus. Appendage to the float (undeveloped polypite ?). Circular plates. Thickened walls of the air-sac. Polypite. Sexual organs. Sse meas oea PLATE VII. Glossocodon tenwirostris. Larva of the same (fourth period, Haeckel). The same more developed (fifth period, Haeckel). Larva in fifth period. Larva in sixth period. Same, more developed. Fig. 1 from aboral pole. Base of the adult tentacle. Everted stomach walls and protruded gastrostyle. Aglaura vitrea. Eucharis multicornis (one half body of the young). Same at right angles to fig. 11. Tiaropsis diademata (young). Quadrant of the same (oral view). Halicalyx tenuis (only four of the twelve marginal tentacles are drawn). Staurophora laciniata. Tentacular knobs and ‘‘ spur” of the same. _ Se eS Sy ee ” pay — —_ Se eee Pl Embryonic tentacles from bell walls. Ribs connecting the embryonic tentacles with the bell rim. Club-shaped tentacular bodies, Tentacular spur. Auricle. iW Sug CAMBRIDGE, April 1, 1882. 1 a Cha Pk ee | ee es + if efi ae . RA Sea) WK ib . ates , » cae | = a) a . yi ee arr +. H 4 ae ee * - oi ¥ . & - . re i" = ei! its us s es or : y 7 3 = i P's Fane . - ‘* . i] ba o7 q ‘ % ' . ba a - “a wer : .) “ ‘ Main a2") i Pe aoe ri - ; _ ee a : £ 7 a : ve Pet i . ’ “ ’ ‘ = ¢ * b ‘ : x iv : e « 47% ¥ ; r b & = oA -., See ee a te ~ - 7 ’ a) 2 "le i ee - ' ' Bull. M.C.Z.1X.7. A.Age.& DWF. del as X Bale ©. 2. 1X. 7. PL. ds | a a ke fe Rhine WES a BN Mis asiglicgs \ Viet CSS IWF. s =>. = BA = ® alii. 2. 1X. 7. t Bost ee <2, Dea oe 2 ee lg ty Tmt = —_> . 5 : . gE a a ceTT » N x AI s y ¥ Y N tie ransom of Neem” Pye bP VEE. Pp medi G. 21x 7, F< wats pis a4 5 SOP? meee The Heliotype Printing (b.2it Tremont. St Boston - rt) — 4 iad 2: 7 x) 7 ~~ * To . ey ~ eae Ld, ee we ‘ ‘ ~ ¢ h - . “es = cai . 2 4 . - —_ a i= t 2 ve, ' : : a ie ite | ee - a ~ lay No. 8.—On the Acalephe of the East Coast of New England. By J. WALTER FEWKES. Tur observations recorded in the following pages are placed under two titles. The first subject, ‘‘ Medusz from Newport ” relates to jelly-fishes taken at Newport, R. I., in the summer of 1881.* Under the second, “ Acalephe collected by the U. S. Fish Commission, &c.,” will be found descriptions of jelly-fishes taken by them off the New England coast in 1880 and 1881.f I. Medusz from Newport. CTENOPHORA. Development of the Chymiferous Tubes in Mnemiopsis Leidyi, A. Aa. Figs. 1-9. In the development and union of the chymiferous tubes, the larval stages of Mnemiopsis differ radically from those of the closely related genus Bolina, whose embryology is described and figured by Mr. A. Agassiz.t In Bolina, according to the author last mentioned, those ambulacral tubes which are situated nearest the tentacles are the first to unite, “forming thus the first connected loop enclosing in the adult Bolina the complicated winding tubes of the short pair of chymiferous canals of the actinal lobes.’’ The first pair of these tubes to unite in the young Mnemiopsis are not the vessels which lie adjacent to the tentacles, but those placed in the body walls between the tentacular rows of combs. It therefore appears, in other words, that the chymiferous tubes which are the last to join in Bolina, are first to unite in the closely allied Mnemiopsis. * Tam indebted to Mr. Agassiz for facilities to carry on this portion of the work in his private laboratory at Newport, R. I. t These meduse have been placed in my hands for study through the kindness of Prof. Verrill. I take this opportunity to express my indebtedness to him for this and other favors. t North American Acalephe, p. 17; also Mem. Amer. Acad., Vol. X. No. TIT. Mr. Agassiz has pointed out that the sequence in the union of the ambulacral tubes of Bolina is exceptional. VOL, Ix.—No, 8. 292 BULLETIN OF THE The successive stages in the growth of the young Mnemiopsis are as follows. In the youngest larva which was taken we recognize most of the organs of the adult. The lateral tubes (/), which originate as simple blind sacs, end in the neighborhood of the lips without bifurcation. The eight remaining vessels, situated meridionally just below the surface beneath the rows of “ combs,” resemble each other im size and have about the same length, each also ending blindly in the body walls.* Fig. 1 represents this larva, drawn in a plane passing through the tentacles and the otocyst. The two auricular vessels (a ¢) are seen to lie adjacent to the tentacles, one on either side, while the lobular tubes (J ¢) are situated in the segments between them. A clearer conception of the relationship of the chymiferous tubes to each other may be obtained by a consultation of the following figure (1 a), taken from the actinal pole. In no other way can the origin of the chymiferous vessels from the funnel be shown to such advantage as by a drawing made in this way. The eight meridional tubes spring in pairs from a vessel (¢) which arises from the base of the funnel (f). From the point of bifurcation also, there originates a tentacular tube (¢#), which passes to the tentacular sac. This tube exists in the youngest larva studied, as a very broad vessel, and in subsequent growth it becomes more and more slender and tubelike, as shown in following figures. The lateral tubes (/) originate independently of all the others, as short diverticula from the base of the funnel. Fig. 2 represents, in the same plane as the above, a larval Mnemiopsis some- what older than the last. The most marked difference between the vessels of the two is produced by a growth of the lobular vessels, which have lengthened more than the auricular, and now extend about half-way down the length of the body. In other respects they are unchanged. The lateral tubes (/) have remained in about the same condition as in he previous stage, and have not yet bifurcated at their extremities. In Fig. 3 the lobular vessels are represented as having extended still farther in their growth, and are rapidly approaching the oral pole of the medusa, Their extremities have even turned towards each other preparatory to a final union. The auricular tubes have also lengthened and pushed their way about two thirds the whole distance from the apical to the oral pole. Fig. 4 represents a larva somewhat more developed than the last, in which * In my descriptions the lobular vessels correspond with what Mr. Agassiz calls the “long ambulacral tubes (longitudinal ambulacra),” and the auricular vessels with his ‘short ambulacral tubes (lateral ambulacra).”” The adjectives lobular and auricular seem to me preferable to “long” and “‘ short,” to avoid confusion in a com- parative study of these structures in other Ctenophores (contrast the long and short ambulacra of Cestus and Ocyroé). I have abandoned the adjective ‘‘ lateral,” as ap- plied to ambulacra, in order to avoid confusion with other vessels (7) designated by the same name, on each side of the stomach. Between the older term ‘‘ longitudinal” and the new adjective Jobular, I have chosen the latter, as more characteristic. The nomenclature adopted seems to me to call attention. to characteristic features in all genera of Clenophora, as well as of Mnemiopsis. en ae a MUSEUM OF COMPARATIVE ZOOLOGY. 293 the growth preparatory to a fusion of the lobular tubes has gone still further, so that the extremities of the lobular vessels almost touch each other. By far the most important change has taken place in the lateral tubes, which are now bifurcated at their extremities. The fusion of the lobular vessels appears in a larva (Fig. 5) following the last. A junction of these tubes has here been effected, forming one continuous vessel. In the same stage the auricular tubes have also pushed downward through the bell walls, but they still end blindly and without division. They also eventually fuse, and in a following stage (Fig. 6) they bend towards each other and approach in such a way as to enclose the loop of the lobular vessels, which has been already formed. In the next figure (6 a) the junction of the two auricular vessels has oc- curred, so that a connecting loop is formed enclosing that already resulting from a fusion of the lobular vessels. It will also be noticed that the lower ends of the lateral tubes have bifurcated. Its terminal division (//) is shown in the foreground of the figure. At about this stage in the growth of the Ctenophore, the lobes (ol), which later reach such a great size, begin to be differentiated from the body of the medusa. In Fig. 7 they have pushed themselves still more prominently into notice, and the network of lines upon their inner surface is even now well marked. Meanwhile a slight variation in the direct meridional course of the auricular tubes marks the situation of the future auricles (a). The two branches formed by the bifurcations at the extremity of each lateral tube have grown to such an extent that they join the auricular vessels one on each side at a point directly below the position where the lower edge of the auricles ends. The oldest larva of Mnemiopsis, which I have figured, shows nearly the same disposition of vessels as one finds in the adult. Subsequent modifications in the course of these vessels consist in their deviation from the direct meridional lines, and their increase in length ; but no new junction of tubes takes place in intermediate stages between this larva and the adult Mnemiopsis. DISCOPHORA. Dactylometra quinquecirra, A. Ac. Figs. 25-28, 38, 39. A single specimen of this interesting Discophore was taken by me in the last summer, and from it a few new observations were made, which may add something to our imperfect knowledge of its anatomy. The bell margin bears eight otocysts and a variable number of tentacles, which have the following arrangement. If we take the interval of bell rim between two otocysts we find appended to it a variable number of tentacles, A figure is given of such a portion in which there are eight tentacles. Of these the two tentacles adjacent the otocysts are larger than the remainder, and 294 BULLETIN OF THE hang from the incisions between two marginal lappets. The remaining six ten- tacles are of smaller size, and are irregularly placed as regards the incisions between the marginal lobes. The tentacles have a brownish color above, and are white on the under side. The two marginal lobes adjacent the marginal sense bodies are larger and more prominent than the others. In the interval of bell margin between them there are five smaller lobes. Each lobe is leaf- shaped, pointed, and very flexible. In each lobe there ends blindly, without dendritic ramifications, a chymiferous vessel, which is a prolongation from a cavity, or system of vessels in the disk. There are four ovarian openings, each of which lies in a radius drawn from alternate marginal sense bodies. They resemble most closely similar openings in Aurelia. The ovaries themselves have a pink flesh-color. The ovarian filaments are well developed. The mar- ginal sense bodies are highly characteristic. When looked at from the aboral side, in the region of the bell margin in which the otocyst lies, there is in its immediate vicinity a small pit or depression in the bell walls. This pit is identified as a “ Riechgriibschen.” It is commonly regarded in other meduse as an organ of special sensation. The situation of this pit in Dactylometra is such that one cannot help being reminded that it may be simply the thinning out of the bell walls above the sense body in order to increase the sensitiveness of the otocyst below. The oral curtains, which are so prominent on each side of the otocyst of Cyanea, are wanting in Dactylometra. The two lappets found one on each side of the marginal sense body of Aurelia also fail. Two well- marked inner Riechgriibschen are found one on each side of the base of the style. The ocellus is inconspicuous or wanting. The otocysts do not differ from those of other Discophores, and are formed of a simple sac with enclosed otoliths. They have a whitish straw color, and are easily seen from the aboral side, showing through the bell walls at the bottom of the recess or pit called the outer Riechgriibschen. HYDROIDA. Calycidion formosum, FewKes. A further consideration of my former * identifieation of Tuwrritopsis nutricula, McCrady, has convinced me that I was wrong in my determination of this medusa. The jelly-fish which was mistaken for 7. nutricula resembles in some respects Podocoryne, and may perhaps be found to be a new genus and species, for which I suggest the name Calycidion formosum. The medusa which was referred in the same paper to Modeeria and described as M. multi- tentacula, sp. nov., is probably the same as T. nutricula, MeCr. As the generic name Modeeria is older than Turritopsis, and as they seem to have been applied to similar jelly-fishes, McCrady’s medusa may later be known as M. nutricula. * Bull. Mus. Comp. Zodl., VIII. 7. MUSEUM OF COMPARATIVE ZOOLOGY. 295 New studies must be made to find out whether M. multitentacula and M. nu- tricula are the same species. As my identification * of 7’. nutricula was wrong, my criticisms of McCrady’s description of this medusa are unjust to him. The true affinities of the jelly- fish which Mr. Agassiz t and myself} called Turritopsis are somewhat doubt- ful. The “pencil-like clusters of stalked thread-cells” upon the lips allies this medusa to that of Podocoryne carnea, Sars. In a figure ¢ of P. carnea, just escaped from the trophosome, there are eight tentacles, and no rows of lasso- cells extending from the-tentacular bulbs to the apex of the bell. The oldest specimens of C. formoswm have more than eight tentacles, It may, however, be simply a more developed planoblast of P. carnea, Sars. Ectopleura ochracea, A. Ac. Figs. 15, 16, 35, 36. The bell of the medusa of /. ochraceuw is high, and has a pointed apex, where its walls are thicker than on the sides. There is no trace of a former tubular connection between the stomach cavity and the fixed hydroid through the apex. The outer surface of the bell walls is crossed by eight rows of lasso- cells, which arise in pairs from the tentacular bulbs and have a common june- tion at the apex of the bell. Near the bulbs the number of cells in each row is larger than towards the apex, where they become more scattered and smaller (?). The chymiferous tubes are four in number, narrow, and un- branched, A manubrium, hangs down in the bell cavity about two thirds its height. In normal specimens it is never protruded beyond the bell opening. It is divided into three regions, a basal, median, and terminal. The basal division, by which it arises from the bell walls, is more transparent than the others, and is colorless. It contains many large spherical cells. The remainder of the proboscis has a light rosy color, and is divided midway in its length by a slight constriction, which separates it into a median and a terminal region. Both of these portions are more opaque than the hyaline division with large cells already noticed. Near the region where the junction of the median division with the basal takes place there is a zone of ochraceous colored pigment. The constriction forming the division between the median and terminal divisions is marked by a zone of small dark brown pigment-dots. The lips are thickly pigmented with irregular patches of a yellow color. They bear also, according to Mr. Agassiz, small “ bunches of lasso-cells.”’ * Bull. Mus. Comp. Zool., VIII. 7. t Op. cit., p. 167. Mr. Agassiz suspected that his medusa was not the same as Turritopsis, MeCr., since he was unable to trace it to a medusa of the same form and color. ¢ Allman, op. cit., Pl. XVI. figs. 3, 4. 296 BULLETIN OF THE There are four rosy flesh-colored tentacles, which are generally carried closely coiled about the tentacular bulbs. Their length, when extended, is greater than the height of the bell. In older specimens they are sometimes extended at full length when the medusa is in motion. At rest they are car- ried at right angles to the bell walls, or closely coiled about the tentacular bulbs. At intervals along their outer surface the tentacles bear bundles of lasso-cells regularly placed, equally distant from each other. The tentacular bulbs are darkened by orange-colored pigment scattered through their walls, and in many specimens a single black pigment spot (ocellus) is found on the under side. The figures of the fully grown medusa which I have described are from a more advanced stage than those given by Mr. Agassiz.* The above description of this species differs in some respects from the original account which we have of this medusa. The arrangement of lasso- cells on the tentacles is similar to that in Sarsia turricula, McCr.t Although in McCrady’s description of S. turricula the lines of lasso-cells found on the external bell walls of E. ochracea were not observed, in other particulars the two medusz are so much alike that they probably belong to the same genus. The rows of lasso-cells were probably overlooked in S. turricula. The refer- ence of S. turricula, McCr. to Syndictyon, A. Ag., made by Haeckel, has little to recommend it ¢ except the arrangement of lasso-cells on the tentacles. We now know that the same or a very similar regularity exists in EH. ochracea, and one more reason for separating the two species ZL. turricula, A. Ag. and E. ochracea, A. Ag. vanishes. The want of meridional lines of lasso-cells on the outer bell walls of EF. turricula, A. Ag. is the main feature by which E. ochracea and Sarsia turricula are known to differ.§ * North American Acalephe, pp. 191, 192. + Gymnophthalmata of Charleston Harbor. Proc. Eliot Soc. Nat. Hist., 1857. Mr. Agassiz says (Joc. cit.) : ‘‘ This species (ochracea) differs from the S. turricula, McCr., in having the surface of the tentacles covered irregularly with innumerable lasso-cells ; they are not arranged in bundles, as in the Charleston species.” Aceord- ing to my observations they are arranged in regular bundles in Z. ochracea. t For reference of S. turricula, McCr. to Syndictyon, A. Ag., see Haeckel, op. cit. The validity of the genus Syndictyon is denied by Allman. (A Monograph of the Gymnoblastic or Tubularian Hydroids. Ray Soc., 1871, p. 284.) § E. turricula does not seem to be the young of £. ochracea, since in the young of the latter of the same age, as judged by the form of the bell, the lasso-cells of the tentacles are ‘‘irregularly arranged” according to Mr. Agassiz, while in S. twrricula, McCr. they are thrown into bundles. E. ochracea is closely related to Z. Dwmortieri, Van Beneden. Ee MUSEUM OF COMPARATIVE ZOOLOGY. 297 Phialium duodecimale, HarcKet. Figs. 17-21. The youngest larval stage of the medusa of P. duodecimale* found by us has two long tentacles, which are situated opposite each other on the bell rim. Each tentacle is accompanied by two tentacular spurs or filaments, which arise from the bell margin near the tentacular bulb. The rudiments of two inter- mediate tentacles are visible as simple projections on the bell margin. A description of this larva, which resembles closely the planoblast, Lovenella, is given below. The bell is tall, almost spherical, with thin walls. Its outer surface is smooth. At the apex there is a remnant of the tube by which the medusa was attached in an earlier stage to its hydroid. It has four simple narrow chymif- erous tubes, which are destitute of sexual organs.t Proboscis short, small, with closed mouth. There are four otocysts, each containing a single otolith, and alternating on the bell margin with the radial tubes. The two larger tentacles are long, coiled in the distal two-thirds of their length, and accompanied by flexible “spurs” or filaments,f which arise near their bases. A still older medusa of P. duodecimale differs from the former in having four well-developed tentacles, each of which is accompanied by a pair of lateral filaments. The bell of this larva has a more pointed apex, which has thicker walls than that of the preceding. Sexual glands, four in number, have made an appearance upon the radial tubes near their junction with the circular ves- sel. There are four otocysts, each alternating with a tentacle. The height of the bell, when expanded, is about two thirds its diameter. When the bell walls are contracted the height and diameter are about equal. In a medusa more advanced in growth than the last two, additional otocysts * Mr. Agassiz’s suggestion (op. cit.), that his Eucheilota duodecimalis belongs to a different genus from McCrady’s Z. ventricularis, is supported not only by the differ- ence in number of otocysts on the bell margin of the adult, but also by the character of the development of the two. Without adding any new facts to our knowledge of these two forms, Haeckel has already suggested the name Phialiwm for FE. duo- decimalis, A. Ag. The difference in the form of figs.106, 107* (North American Acalephz), upon which Haeckel relies, together with the inflated or shrunken condi- tion of the ovaries, for his two species of Phialiwm, does not seem to me to warrant the separation. I therefore retain the specific name duodecimale for both. Tt The sexual organs are well developed in Prof. Clarke’s figure of the medusa of L. gracilis, Clarke. They are wanting in Hincks's drawing of Z. clausa. (Clarke, Mem. Bost. Soc, Nat. Hist., Vol. III. No. IV. Hincks, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., VIUI., 1871, p. 79, Pl. V. figs. 2-2.) t I have not followed a medusa of this age in its development into the following stage. Both stages are common at the same time, and they appear to be the same, Absolute proof is as yet wanting. 298 BULLETIN OF THE have formed between each pair of tentacles, so that we have a stage in which there are four tentacles and twelve otocysts. Between each pair of tentacles there are three marginal sense bodies, instead of a single otocyst as in the larva last described. The beginnings of other tentacles alternating with the otocysts are visible on the bell rim as simple protuberances from the margin. The adult is derived from the medusa last mentioned by a change in form of the bell and a growth of the protuberances which form in the last-mentioned larva the beginnings of the new tentacles. In the most developed stage which was taken, the medusa has assumed a form like that figured (107*) by Mr. Agassiz. The color of the bell of this medusa is light green, and that of the ovaries is white. The likeness between the youngest Phialiwm which is here described and the planoblast Lovenella* is so great, that there is no doubt that these two genera are identical. The Lovenella stage of Phialiwm is remarkable, accord- ing to Haeckel, in the exceptional number of otocysts, which are generally eight in the young of other Leptomeduse. The existence of otocysts shows that it has no affinities with the Anthomeduse, and it is extremely doubtful whether it has any relationship with the Trachymedusz.t Hpenthesis folleata, McCrapy. Figs. 10-14. Several specimens of E. folleata, McCr. were found at Newport about the end of August. The differences between this medusa and that of Oceania languida, A. Ag. seem to me great enough for a generic separation. The bell of the adult is low, disk-shaped, and about one sixteenth of an inch in diameter. Walls transparent, thin, with smooth outer surface. There are four narrow, unbranched chymiferous tubes. The sexual organs are small spherical bodies, which hang in the bell cavity from a position on the tubes midway between the base of the proboscis and the bell margin, The proboscis is small, and has a light green color. Its lips are four-lobed and hang down a short distance into the bell cavity. There are sixteen tentacles, which alter- nate on the bell rim with the same number of otocysts. Each otocyst regularly contains a single otolith. The tentacular bulbs have a red or crimson color. Two clusters of pigment are found in the tentacular bulb. The smallest occupies the position of the ocellus. * In what I have identified as a young Phialiwm (Lovenella stage) the small tentacles (spurs) do not arise so near the lithocysts as in Hincks’s figures (Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., VIII., 1871, p. 79, Pl. V. figs. 2%, 2%). It however agrees with his draw- ing in being destitute of ovaries, which are found in the figure of Z. gracilis given by Prof. Clarke (op. cit.). Tt Haeckel, op. cit. MUSEUM OF COMPARATIVE ZOOLOGY. 299 E. folleata has a habit of swimming with the bell reversed and the pro- boscis protruded, as shown in Figure 14. This posture is rarely assumed by O. languida. Two larval stages in the growth of Hpenthesis were observed. The youngest of these has a taller bell than the adult, and seven tentacles with as many oto- cysts. The disposition of the tentacles and otocysts is as follows. Of the seven tentacles six are well developed, while a seventh is a simple enlargement in the marginal border. In each of three quadrants there are two otocysts, and in a fourth there is a single body of this kind. It is to be noticed that the quadrant which contains the beginning of a new tentacle is situated dia- metrically opposite that in which no tentacle is found, and in which there is a single otocyst. In the same way the two quadrants which bear the fully developed tentacles are opposite each other. This inequality in the number of tentacles and otocysts leads us at first sight to suppose that this form is a monstrosity. There is, however, a certain regularity in the arrangement of the tentacles and otocysts. We are perhaps hardly justified in supposing that in a stage earlier than the present that quadrant which now bears a rudimentary tentacle separating two otocysts had but a single otocyst, and that in larve still younger we have a medusa with four tentacles and a single otocyst in each quadrant. In this way we may interpret the existence in the present form of a quadrant with a solitary otocyst. An older stage * of the medusa than that with seven tentacles is one with eight tentacles, alternating with as many marginal sense bodies. From this stage the adult is formed by the interposition of a new tentacle between each pair already formed, after the formation of an additional otocyst, either by fission from the last, or by a new growth from the bell margin between each pair of tentacles. Willia ornata, McCrapy. Figs. 22-24. The youngest larva of W. ornata which was found is very different from the adult. It has a deeper bell and only four tentacles. The bell walls are thin, transparent, and have a smooth surface. There are four narrow, unbranched chymiferous tubes, each of which passes directly from the proboscis to the bell margin. Several specimens of about the same age were taken. In all, the remnant of a communication between the stomach cavity and the hydroid is still visible. There are four short, smooth tentacles,t which are sometimes earried tightly coiled about the base as in Ectopleura. They are also sometimes extended. The structures which identify this larva as the young of Willia are four rows * Both of these stages were fished up in the open sea, and not raised one from the other. t According to Mr. Agassiz (op. cit., p. 171), two of these tentacles are longer than the remaining pair. In my specimens their length was about equal. 300 BULLETIN OF THE of lasso-cells, each situated on the outer surface of the bell in a position slightly removed from the bell rim, and midway between the tentacles. Each cluster is connected with the bell margin by a small body which bears some likeness to one of the peroniz of Cunina. i This larva is the youngest /Villia yet figured.* It has been raised into an adult, and there is therefore no doubt of its relationship. In a Willia observed by Dr. Brooks at Beaufort, N. C., there are stolons attached to the outer walls of the manubrium, and upon them are found budding medusz in all stages of growth. The accompanying figure ¢ of Willia shows a stage in which there are only eight tentacles, and each of the four chymiferous tubes has a single bifurcation. If this budding Willa represents a stage in the development of W. ornata, it is intermediate between the youngest medusa described above and that which is figured as the youngest Willia by Mr. Agassiz. At present, I cannot say from the facts which are known whether it is a new species, a stage in the development of WV. ornata, or a dimorphous form of the latter. The difference in the chymiferous tubes in it and in W. ornata of the same age is very great, as will be seen by contrasting Fig. 24 with those of the young Wiillia by Mr. Agassiz. It may be a new species, JV. gemmifera. II. Acalephe collected by the U. S. Fish Commission during the Summer of 1880 and 1881. The collection { of medusve here described was taken by the members of the Commission off the New England coast in the summers of 1880 and 1881. The finds of the latter year were the most valuable, so far as the collection sent to me is concerned. The collection contains two Ctenophores, which should probably be referred to the genus Beroé. The species could not be determined. Among the Siphonophora there is a magnificent new Physophore, Haliphyta, gen. nov., Agalma elegans, Fewkes, Apolemia, sp., Diphyes, sp., and Gleba hippopus, Forsk. * A medusa doubtfully referred to Cytwis by Will (Hore Tergestine, Pl. II. fig. 7) is possibly the same. + The figure of a Wiilia, with attached stolons, was contributed by the courtesy of Dr. Brooks. Consult his notice, “Budding in Free Meduse,’’ Amer. Naturalist, Sept., 1880. See also Huxley, Anatomy of the Invertebrated Animals, p. 182. In the Willia mentioned by Huxley the stolons arise from the bifurcations of four radial tubes. t An assorted collection from which Prof. Verrill had excluded many previously known meduse collected by the commission at the same time. For an aceount of the explorations in the summer of 1881, see Prof. Verrill’s paper, Am. Jour. Arts and Sei., XXII., Oct. 1881. —_—- - -— MUSEUM OF COMPARATIVE ZOOLOGY. 301 The only Discophores sent me are Periphyllia hyacinthina, Steen., and an unknown genus of the Pelagide. Three new hydroids represented by several specimens were found. The whole material upon which my observations were made is as follows.* CTENOPHORA. Station. No. Spec. Beroé, sp. 920 1 DISCOPHORA. Periphyllia hyacinthina, Steen. 936 Surface. 2- “ “ “ 936 3 cc “ “ee 95 4 2 “ “ “cc 952 3 “ “ “ 995 + Fam. Pelagide. Genus could not be identified. 936 3 SIPHONOPHORA. Apolemia. Off Block Island, 1880. Surface, No. 6538. 1 Agalma elegans. Gulf Stream. Gleba (Hippopodius) hippopus. 925 1 Haliphyta magnifica, gen, et sp. nov. 953 1 Diphyes. HyYDROIDA. Trachynema digitale, A. Ag. 985 Trawl wing. 2 iT3 “ “ 1026 “ 3 Calycopsis typa, gen. et sp. nov. 924 3 “ “ “ “ 870 l - " = = 952 Trawl wing. 1 “c “ “ “ 9 4 5 l Chromatonema rubrum, gen. et sp. nov. 936 3 “ “ “ee “ 9 5 4 2 “ “ “ “ 936 1 “ “ “ “ 936 l Halicreas minimum, gen. et sp. nov. 1029 1 “ “ “ “ 9 54 l DISCOPHORA. Periphyllia hyacinthina, Sreen.t Many specimens of the young of this medusa were taken. * For locations and depths corresponding to the stations, see Prof. Verrill’s lists, op. cit., XX. p. 391, and doc. cit., pp. 292, 294. t Peron designated two very different meduse under the name Carybdea peri- phylia, One of these was undoubtedly the above mentioned, while the other was 302 BULLETIN OF THE SIPHONOPHORA. PHYSOPHORIDA. Apolemia, sp. (Provisional.) A fragment of an Apolemia* stem from which covering-scales and necto- calyces have been broken off was taken by the commission. Agalma elegans, FewxeEs. A mutilated specimen of a Physophore which is identified as belonging to this species is found in the collection made in 1880. The locality given is “ Gulf Stream, surface.” Haliphyta magnifica, gen. et sp. nov. Figs. 39, 40. The most interesting, and at the same time tantalizing find, was a magnifi- cent new Physophore, which was destitute of both nectocalyces and tentacular knobs. These structures, so important in generic determinations of Siphono- phores, had evidently been detached from the stem in the capture of the ani- mal, and we must wait for future observations to determine their form. The structures, however, which remain, especially the covering-scales, polypites, and stem, show that the genus to which they belong is different from any which have yet been described. The genera with which Haliphyta is liable to be confounded are Stephanomia M. E., Halistemma, Huxley, Agalma, Esch., and Agalmopsis (restricted sense). Although in the broken specimen before me the nectocalyces and tentacular knobs, the structure of which has generally been relied upon for generic differ- ences, are gone, from what is left there can be no doubt that the animal to be described is a type of a new genus. The polypites of Stephanomia differ from those of Agalma, Agalmopsis, and Halistemma in possessing long peduncles. Haliphyta seems to have the same long peduncles as Stephanomia. Unlike Stephanomia (Forskalia) the margin of the few covering-scales which remain in the bottle with our new genus and attached to its axis is not indented or notched. When placed in alcohol the the same with or very similar to Carybdea marsupialis of later authors. Steen- strup’s name Periphylla is followed to designate the first of these forms, since the generic name Carybdea is commonly given to the latter. (Cf. Haeckel, Joc, cit., 1. 2, pp. 416 and 439.) The Discophore which I have identified as Dodecabostrycha dubia, Brandt, is probably the same. (Cf. Bull. Mus. Comp. Zool., VIII. 7.) * The stem of this specimen is twisted in the same direction as that of alcoholic Apolemia wearia brought from Naples, No identification of species could be made. ; | MUSEUM OF COMPARATIVE ZOOLOGY. 303 stem of Stephanomia is generally contracted into a closely coiled spiral. The alcoholic stem of Haliphyta is uncoiled. A description * of what remains of the single specimen of Haliphyta is as follows. The parts remaining which could be identified were the float, stem (nectostem and polyp-stem), a few covering-scales, polypites, a broken tentacle, and clusters of sexual bells. Although no nectocalyces are found, their former existence is indicated by a well-marked nectostem and a cluster of immature swimming-bells (always the most adherent of these bodies) just below the float. Nectocalyces, with the exception of the cluster just mentioned, are more readily detached from the stem than any other structures, and they were prob- ably broken from their connections with the axis at the time of capture. The float is a small, pear-shaped, colorless body, slightly inclined to one side in its attachment to the stem. The nectostem is larger in diameter than that of any other genus, not excluding gigantic specimens of Apolemia. The con- tracted axis is about a quarter of an inch in diameter. It is not twisted in contraction. The nectostem has a smooth surface with the exception of one side, on which is placed a row of small tubercles, which I have considered former points of attachment of the absent nectocalyces. The polyp-stem is a little more in diameter than the nectostem, and is jointed. Many detached joints from the distal end are found in the bottle, while several of the joints, although partially severed, hang adherent to the remainder of the axis. The appendages to the polyp-stem all arise from one side of the stem, which by its contraction in spirit has thrown them in such confusion that their normal arrangement cannot be satisfactorily determined. The walls of the stem are very thick, and its terminal end opposite the float is not enlarged into a sac, as occurs in Physophora. Several detached covering-scales are found in the bottle, and a few still hang from the stem. ‘They have a spatulate outline, continuous margin, and re- semble the bracts of Agalma. A small orange-colored tube +t (somatocyst) passes through the middle of each covering-scale, and opening into the stem cavity. The polypites are very large, and in alcohol are contracted into an almost globular shape. They have a bright vermilion color, which must have im- parted to this Physophore, when alive, a very beautiful appearance. The polypites seem to have been mounted upon a long peduncle, which is also con- tracted into a spherical shape. Upon the basal part of the polypite we find two kinds of appendages arranged in clusters. * A few sketches of this Physophore made by Mr. Emerton shortly after the speci- men was placed in alcohol have been of assistance in my studies. I have also made use of a few of his notes as regards the color of the tastern and covering-scales. + This tube was colorless when the specimen came into my hands. Mr. Emer- ton, who observed it shortly after the medusa was placed in spirit, has indicated its color as bright orange. The central tube of the bract of known species of Agalma, Agalmopsis, Halistemma, and Stephanomia is colorless. 304 BULLETIN OF THE The first cluster is composed of a bundle of simple filaments. They are probably undeveloped tentacular knobs. The second cluster has a botryoidal shape, and is composed of small spheres closely packed together. They are regarded as the female sexual bells. From the base of a single polypite hangs the stump of a large tentacle, which is destitute of appendages. The tastern are very characteristic in Haliphyta. They are long, flask-shaped structures, and are mounted on a slender peduncle. There is no filament in the tastern of the specimen studied. Their color is bright orange.* HIPPOPODID:. Gleba hippopus, Forsx. Figs. 31-33. This beautiful medusa, somewhat mutilated, was taken off Martha’s Vine- yard, Station 925. The nectocalyces are sufficiently well preserved to show that it is identical with the Mediterranean species which is so well known. f In the cruise of the “ Blake” in the summer of 1880, Mr. Agassiz collected a second specimen of this Siphonophore in the Gulf Stream. DIPHYIDA. Diphyes, sp. A specimen of Diphyes too imperfect for specific determination is found in the collection. HYDROIDA. Calycopsis typa, gen. et sp. nov. Fig. 34. Several specimens of a medusa which closely resembles Turris neglecta, Haeck. were collected. The structure of this jelly-fish is so exceptional that it is given a new generic name. Bell high, without apical protuberance. Bell walls thin, with external surface smooth. The inner surface of the bell is crossed by sixteen radial tubes, each of which passes without bifurcation directly from the proboscis to the bell margin. These vessels are narrow, and in alcoholic specimens resemble white lines on the surface of the bell walls. Four of them arise from the point of union of the ovaries to the proboscis, while three are found intermediate between each pair. The size of all is uniform. * Mr. Emerton’s notes mark what is here identified as a taster as bright orange. Even in the alcoholic specimens which were studied there were traces of this color. t A direct comparison between this and specimens of G. hippopus brought from Villa Franca show that they are the same. "i MUSEUM OF COMPARATIVE ZOOLOGY. 305 From the termination of each radial tube on the bell margin hangs a long flexible tentacle, which is unbranched, and in alcoholic specimensappears to be enlarged at the distal end. There are sixteen tentacles in most specimens. Several had less, but none more than this number. No otocysts were found on the bell rim. The ovaries are four in number, and in all the specimens are very well developed. They cover the outer walls of the proboscis, and seem to fill almost the whole of the upper part of the bell cavity. Each gland consists of many small leaflets arranged in parallel rows side by side, and opening into a tube which is a continuation along the surface of the proboscis of one of four radial vessels. By the method of attachment of the ovaries to the proboscis and the inner walls of the bell, the upper part of the bell cavity is separated into four recesses, which are divided from each other by partitions. These recesses are bounded above by the apex of the bell, on one side by the bell walls, and on the other sides by the partitions mentioned above and the walls of the proboscis. Upon the lower edge of the partitions which separate the recesses pass the chymiferous tubes, from the ovaries to the inner surface of the bell. The lips about the mouth are so poorly preserved that their structure could not be satisfactorily made out. The color of the ovaries in alcohol is dark brown ; the bell walls and tentacles are white, with a tinge of bluish color. The relationship of this medusa to forms like Twrris is very great, so far as the general character and place of attachment of the ovaries is concerned. The existence in Calycopsis of sixteen radial tubes instead of four, is a feature which it shares with none of the Anthomeduse. On the other hand, my failure to find otocysts on the bell rim seems to support the reference of it to Tubularian- like jelly-fishes. The otocysts could not be found after a persistent search, and are probably wanting. If sense bodies of this kind are present in Calycopsis, the place of attachment of its ovaries has such a strong likeness to those of Turris that the medusa would combine extraordinary features and be a most abnormal form, the number of radial tubes is so great. > Chromatonema rubrum, gen. et sp. nov. Fig. 40. Several specimens of a large hydroid medusa in a distorted condition, and apparently allied to Stawrophora in the position of the sexual organs, were found. The form of the bell is shown in the figures. There are four red-colored chymiferous tubes, near the origin of which from the proboscis are situated the ovaries. The sexual glands are confined to the upper part of the bell, hanging from the chymiferous tubes for about one third their course. Their color is bright red. No otocysts were found. The number of tentacles varies from twelve to sixteen. In alcohol their color is red. The affinities of this medusa VOL. IX. —NO, 8. 20 306 BULLETIN OF THE are somewhat difficult to make out, and it is provisionally named C. rubrum until future observations can complete this imperfect sketch. Halicreas minimum, gen. et sp. nov. Two specimens * of a new and highly interesting jelly-fish closely related to the Narcomeduse were found by the members of the Commission. Halicreas, gen. nov. The genus Halicreas differs from other meduse in possessing eight promi- nent rounded projections covered with tubercles on the bell margin at the extremity of eight radially arranged ribs passing from centre to circumference of the bell. No proboscis. No tentacles. It has eight sausage-shaped ovaries hanging into the bell cavity from its upper surface. H. minimum, sp. nov. The bell of the alcoholic specimen is flat, disk-shaped, translucent, white. In its walls are eight radial stripes, which were at first mistaken for radial tubes. They are, however, simple thickenings of the bell walls, and in general character are not unlike the radial stripes of Cassiopea. No opening was traced from them into the stomach, and they seemed to be solid throughout. Each of these radial stripes terminates on the bell margin near a prominence which is very marked in both specimens. This protuberance bears many small rounded papilla. No remnant of tentacles was observed hanging from these tubercles or from the papille. Tentacles are also absent on the bell margin between the prominences. The margin of the ‘bell between two marginal prominences is smooth and destitute of otocysts. A narrow “velum” (?), which probably forms the sides and lower floor of a stomach, hangs down in both specimens from the bell rim.t In the specimen preserved in chromic acid this structure is very much convoluted on account of the contracted condition of the bell walls. No otocysts were observed on its lower rim. Chymiferous tubes are wanting in the bell walls of both specimens. No circumferential vessel. There is no proboscis, and the stomach seems to resemble that of Cunina dis- coides. Its upper wall is the wall of the bell, and its floor the surface of the * velum.” Eight ovaries hang into this gastral cavity. They are sausage-shaped, and arise near the centre of the disk in the intervals between the radial stripes * One of these had the disk expanded, and was preserved in spirit. The other was contracted, globular, and less translucent. It resembles a jelly-fish preserved in chromic acid. The second specimen had eight ovaries hanging down in the bell cavity. These organs were wanting in the former specimens, but the scars where they formerly were attached still existed. t Circumference of the disk connecting the prominences, MUSEUM OF COMPARATIVE ZOOLOGY. 307 mentioned above. In them individual eggs can be easily distinguished in the chromic acid specimen. The diameter of the larger specimen is about three fourths of an inch. The combination of structures which could be made out with any certainty in these two specimens of Halicreas certainly stamp it as a most peculiar jelly- fish. Little stress, however, can be placed on the failure to find certain essen- tial organs, as the tentacles, otocysts, and the like. Tentacles may have existed and have been broken off in the capture of the medusa, leaving the bases as stumps. Such a condition almost invariably results in alcoholic Trachyme- dus. If I am not wrong in my interpretation of the systematic position of Halicreas, the otocysts, if any exist, should be searched for on the inner or lower rim of that body which has been called the velum. In both the speci- mens before me that structure is so contorted that, even if sense organs existed, they could not be found or counted. There are certainly no marginal sense bodies on the interval between each marginal tubercle. The knowledge which we have of the structure of this medusa is so frag- mentary that it is at present impossible to determine its affinities. It seems to me most closely allied to the Narcomeduse, Haeckel, but differs from them all in the eight radial stripes in the bell and the eight marginal tubercles. On the other hand, there are no marginal lappets as in Discophora, and the “velum ” indicates a true hydroid medusa. The prominent marginal tubercles at their extremities are wanting in all other meduse with which I am ac- quainted. The genus is the type of a new family related to the Discophora more intimately than are the Narcomeduse, among which it will probably be placed. 308 BULLETIN OF THE ft 2 AES gs! EXPLANATION OF THE PLATE. LETTERS. a. Auricles. at. Auricular vessels. bo. Bell opening. bw. Central part of the nectocalyx. c. Bifurcation of tubes from the funnel. ca. Cavity. ec. Primary divisions of ¢. cl. Connection between the otocyst and the rows of combs. ct. Wings of bell. ct, Termination of the chymiferous tubes in marginal lappets. d. Tentacular cavity (basal). ee. Clusters of lasso-cells. f. Funnel. g.- Remnant of former tubular connection with hydroid or medusa, gm. Lasso-cells, h. Lasso-cells. hd. Hood. i. Chymiferous tubes. zr. Inner recesses (Riechgriibschen). j. Peduncle. k. Budding stolon. i. Lateral tubes. im. Muscular layer on under floor (color white). 7d. Gelatinous tissue. 77. Bifurcation of lateral tubes. Zt. Lobular vessels, m. Mouth. mf. Muscular fibres. ml. Marginal lappets. mp. Pigment. oc. Ocellus. ol, Oral lappets. ov. Ovaries. oz. Enlargement of a chymiferous tube. ot, Otocyst. otc, Cavity between the marginal lobes into which the marginal sense body projects, MUSEUM OF COMPARATIVE ZOOLOGY. 309 oti. Chymiferous tube passing to the otocyst. P. p. Proboscis. pb. Mass of pigment. ps. Pigment spots. R. r. Outer pit (Riechgriibschen). rt. Tentacular base. S. s. Stomach. sp. ‘‘ Spurs” (small filaments or tentacles). st. Somatocyst. T. ¢ Tentacle. é*, Small intermediate tentacles. | tf. Tentacular appendages. tm. Basal portion of the tentacle into which it is absorbed. te. Distal enlargement of the tentacle. tt. Tentacular tubes. wu. Basal portion of proboscis. um. Gelatinous part of the lower floor (color pink). v. Pigment in median portion. ve. Velum. . w. Constriction which separates median and distal portions. wm. Long cells (?). x. Pigment dots near constriction. y. Scattered pigment. z. Half-absorbed tentacular appendage. Nh ga 4 FIGURES. 1-9. Larval stages illustrative of the development of the chymiferous tubes of Mnemiopsis Leidyi, A. Ag. 1. Youngest larva just escaped from the shell (egg sac). The view is taken in a plane passing through the tentacles and the otocyst. la. A larval Mnemiopsis seen from the actinal pole. 2-4. Stages in growth illustrating the elongation of the chymiferous vessels pre- vious to their union. 5. Young Mnemiopsis in which the lobular tubes (7 ¢) have united. 6. The same, still older than the last. 6 a. View of fig. 6 in a plane at right angles. 7. A stage more advanced than the last, in which the auricles have begun to form. 7 a. View of fig. 7 at right angles to the plane of the last. 8. A larva in which the lateral and auricular tubes have united. 9. Young Mnemiopsis with well-developed auricles and oral lobes. 9 a. Base of the tentacle of young Mnemiopsis. 10-14. Larval stages of Hpenthesis folleata, McCr. 10. Side view of the young, with six tentacles and beginnings of a seventh. 11. The same (oral view). 12. Young £. folleata with eight tentacles (oral view). 310 13. 14, i 15a. 15 0. 16. ibe 18. 19. 20. oN. 22. 22 a. 23. 23 a. 23 b. 23 d. 24, 25. 26. 27. 28. 29. 30. 31. 32. 33. 34. 35. 36. 37. 38. 39. 40. 41, BULLETIN OF THE MUSEUM OF COMPARATIVE ZOOLOGY. E. folleata with bell reversed. Side view of the young Epenthesis with eight tentacles. Adult Ectoplewra ochracea, A. Ag. Magnified proboscis of the same. Magnified basal part of the proboscis when retracted. Youngest larva observed of E. ochracea. Youngest medusa of Phialium duodecimale, Haeck. The same (oral view). An older stage of P. duodecimale (bell expanded). The same (oral view). The same (bell contracted). Youngest larva of Willia ornata, McCr. The same (oral view). Older larva of W. ornata. A row of three clusters of lasso-cells found on the external walls of W. ornata. A single cluster of lasso-cells from the external wall of the youngest Wiilia (fig. 22). Tentacular bulb of W. ornata (optical section). Willia, sp., with budding stola. Marginal sense body of Dactylometra quinguecirra, A. Ag. (The marginal lobes are infolded. ) The same (side view with marginal lobes extended). The relative position of the outer pit and the otocyst of the same. Portion of the bell margin of D. quinguecirra between two marginal sense bodies. Tentacular bulb of Hucope. Tentacular bulb of Gemmaria gemmosa, McCr. Nectocalyx of Gleba hippopus, Forsk. The same (side view). G. hippopus with retracted stem, Calycopsis typa, gen. et sp. Nov. Tentacular bulb of Ectoplewra ochracea. Portion (terminal) of the tentacle of the last. Covering scale of Haliphyta magnifica, gen. et sp. nov. Inner pits, ‘‘ Riechgriibschen,” of the marginal sense body of D. quinquecirra. The inner pits from above. Taster of Haliphyta magnifica. Chromatonema rubrum, gen. et sp. NOV. CAMBRIDGE, April 1, 1882. + - BULLETIN OF THE MUSEUM OF COMPARATIVE ZOOLOGY AT HARVARD COLLEGE, IN CAMBRIDGE. VOL. X. CAMBRIDGE, MASS., U.S. A. 1882-1883. University Press : Joun Witson & Son, CAMBRIDGE. CONTENTS. No. 1.— Reports on the Results of Dredging by the United States Coast Survey Steamer “Blake.” XVII. Report on the Crustacea. Part I. De- capoda. By S.I. Smirx. (16 Plates) No. 2.— Bibliography to accompany “ Selections from Embryological Mono- graphs,’ compiled by A. Agassiz, W. Faxon, and E. L. Mark. IL Echinodermata. By A. Acassiz . No. 3.—On a Revision of the Ethmoid Bone in the Mammalia. By H. ALLEN. (7 Plates) . No. 4.— Reports on the Results of Dredging by the United States Coast Survey Steamer “Blake.” XVIII. The Stalked Crinoids of the Caribbean Sea. By P. H. Carpenter . No. 5.— Reports on the Results of Dredging by the United States Coast Survey Steamer “ Blake.” XIX. Report on the Fishes. By G. B. Goopg and T. H. Bean No. 6.— Reports on the Results of Dredging by the United States Coast Sur- vey Steamer “Blake.” XX. Report on the Ophiuroidea. By T. Lyman. (8 Plates) Pace 109 No. 1.— Reports on the Results of Dredging, under the Supervision of ALEXANDER AGassizZ, on the East Coast of the United States, during the Summer of 1880, by the U. S. Coast Survey Steamer «“ Blake,” COMMANDER J. R. Bartiert, U. S. N., Commanding. (Published by permission of Cartine P. Parrerson and J. E. Hitcarp, Supts. U. S. Coast and Geodetic Survey.) XVII. Report on the Crustacea. Part I. Decapopa. ~ By Srpney I. Sara. Tue part of the following report relating to the Macrura was ready for the printer before Alphonse Milne-Edwards’s Description de quelques Crustacés Macroures provenant des grandes profondeurs de la Mer des Antilles (Annales Sci. Nat., Zool., 6"° série, XI. No. 4, 1881) was received, so that all the references to it have been added subsequently. The new species in this and some other recent papers of Milne-Edwards, and in Bates’s recent paper on the Penzidea, are so imperfectly characterized that in several cases I have found it impossible to determine, with any approximation to certainty, whether or not they are identical with species described in the following pages. I have endeavored, however, to make the descriptions and figures of the species here described so complete, that subsequent investigators will not labor under a similar difficulty in regard to them. BRACHYURA. MAIOIDEA. Amathia Agassizii, sp. nov. Plate II. Figs. 2, 3. Resembles A. Carpenteri Norman (figured by Wyville Thomson, Depths of the Sea, p. 175, 1873), but has shorter rostral horns and more numerous spines upon the carapax. The carapax is sub-triangular, excluding spines and rostral horns, nearly VOL. X.— No, 1. 1 2 BULLETIN OF THE four fifths as broad as long, or with the breadth including spines about equal to the length excluding the rostral horns, which are strongly divergent, nearly straight, and in the adult less than half as long as the rest of the carapax, The supra-orbital spines are large, acute, and much more prominent than the obtuse post-orbital processes. The basal segment of the antenna is armed with two large and nearly equal spines beneath the eye, one near the base, the other near the tip. The hepatic region projects above the lateral margin in a promi- nent spine about a third of the way from the orbit to the great branchial spine, The anterior angles of the buccal area project in angular dentiform processes, back of which the prominent margin of the pleural region is armed with two or three small and unequal spines. There are six spines or spiniform tuber- cles on the gastric region, two median, and each side two slightly smaller lateral, which are nearer together than the median. There are three median spiniform tubercles on the cardiac region, of which the middle one is much the more prominent, and back of these the posterior margin of the cardiac region projects in a prominent median spine, either side of which the postero-lateral margin is ornamented with a regular series of six or seven minute tubercles, The middle of the branchial region projects in a spine directed straight out- ward and a little upward, which is the largest upon the carapax, and about half as long as the rostral horns ; on a line between this and the postero,lateral gastric spine there are two spines near together; and back of these on the posterior part of the region there is a single spine opposite the large cardiac spine. In addition to these dorsal spines of the branchial region there is a lateral closely set series of three or four small spines just below the pleural suture and above the base of the cheliped, and a similar but isolated spine below and back of the great branchial spine. The entire surface of the cara- pax and of the sternum, and of the exposed parts of the appendages, except the terminal portions of the chele and of the dactyli of the ambulatory legs, is covered with soft scabrous papille, and sparsely clothed with short sete. The chelipeds are a little longer than the carapax including the rostral horns, and scarcely stouter than the ambulatory legs; the chela is nearly as long as and no stouter than the merus, the basal portion subcylindrical, nearly naked and smooth except for minute, scattered papille, like those on the surface generally except that they are smaller and much more scattered ; the digits are a little more than half as long as the basal portion, a little curved, slightly com- pressed, smooth, and with the prehensile edges regularly dentate. The ambula- tory legs are all armed with a dentiform spine at the distal end of the merus ; the first pair are nearly twice as long as the chelipeds, and the succeeding pairs are successively a little shorter. The second and third segments of the abdomen of the male are expanded, and the first and second are each armed with a small median tubercle. Station 319, N. Lat. 32° 25’, W. Long. 77° 42’ 30”, 262 fath. ; 1 @. A very much smaller specimen (Plate II. fig. 3) from Station 317 differs so much from the one above described that it might readily be mistaken for a dis- tinct species. It is apparently an immature male, and differs in having a —— MUSEUM OF COMPARATIVE ZOOLOGY. 3 narrower carapax, with much longer rostral horns and fewer and much longer spines. The carapax, excluding the rostral horns and lateral spines, is about two thirds as broad as long; the rostral horns are as long as the breadth of the car- apax excluding the spines, nearly straight, slender, and very acute. There are two spines upon the basal segment of the antenna, but the proximal is much smaller than the distal. The hepatic spine is slender, and about a fourth as long as the rostral horns. There is only one small spine, or one with the rudi- ment of a second, on the margin of the pleural region back of the anterior angle of the buccal area. The two median spines of the gastric region are slender and conspicuous, the posterior much the larger, but there are no lateral spines. The middle spine of the cardiac region is as long as the hepatic, and in front of its base there is a rudiment of a second; the posterior cardiac spine is slender and very little shorter than the hepatic, but there are no spines or tubercles either side its base. The middle spine of the branchial region is slender, and more than half as long as the rostral horns ; there is a single small spine in place of the two anterior branchial ; a small posterior branchial is present ; and in place of the series of small spines there are two very minute tubercles. The chelipeds and ambulatory legs are nearly as in the other specimen, but the chele and the dactyli of the ambulatory legs are a little more hairy. Station 317, N. Lat. 31° 57’, W. Long. 78° 18’ 35”, 333 fath. The two specimens give the following measurements. Station . . . . : . . ‘ : - 319 317 ae ; . ay fap ate : : é : a Young Length of carapax including rostrum and posterior spine 35.2 mm. 13.1 mm. Length of carapax from base of rostrum to tip of pos- terior spine . ‘ A : . , é sae 8.4 Length of rostral horns : oy terha” 8.5 5.1 Breadth of carapax, including ieee prince. : : - 27.0 10.5 ~ f excluding “ oy . : 20.3 5.1 Bowen of branchial spine. . ©. 1. ~~. Uw! lw 4B 3.0 « —s cheliped =—sti«wj . . 7 : ° ‘ 37 8 “ first ambulatory leg ‘Ae eT 16 “second > Reg ane 43 13 Since the above was written several specimens of this species have been taken off Martha’s Vineyard by the United States Fish Commission. All these speci- mens are intermediate in size between those above described, and show that they are really, as supposed, stages of growth of a single species. Hyas coarctatus Leacn. One young specimen, Station 301, N. Lat. 41° 26’ 55”, W. Lon. 66° 3’, 71 fath. 4 BULLETIN OF THE Euprognatha rastellifera Stimpson. Srimpson, Bull. Mus. Comp. Zoél., II. p. 123, 1870. A. M.-Epwarps, Crust. Région Mexicaine, p. 183, Pl. XX XIII. fig. 2, 1878 ; Bull. Mus. Comp. Zoél., VIII. p. 7, 1880. Situ, Proc. National Mus., Washington, III..p. 415, 1881. Station. N. Lat. W. Long. Fathoms. Specimens, 335 38° 22! 25!" 73° 33! 40 89 Ld 345 40° 10! 15” yi er ee Na vil 70¢9. 346 - 40° 25! 35” 71° 1030" aid 19. This is apparently by far the most abundant of all the Brachyura along our whole eastern coast south of Cape Cod in the belt from 50 to 200 fath. depth. In the U. S. Fish Commission dredgings off Martha’s Vineyard, many thou- sands of specimens were often taken at a single haul of the trawl. CANCROIDA. Cancer irroratus Say. Cancer trroratus Say, Jour. Acad. Nat. Sci. Philadelphia, I. p. 59 (¢ only, ? being C. borealis), Pl. IV. fig. 2, 1817. Stimpson, Ann. Lyceum Nat. Hist. New York, VII. p. 50 (4), 1859. Saira, Trans. Conn. Acad., V. p. 38, 1879. KINGSLEY, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci., 1879, p. 391, 1880. Platycarcinus trroratus M.-Epwarbs, Hist. Nat. Crust., I. p. 414, 1834. DrKay, Nat. Hist. New York, Crust., p. 6 (in part), Pl. Il. fig. 2, 1844, Cancer Sayi GOULD, Invertebrata Massachusetts, 1st ed., p. 823, 1841. Platycurcinus Sayi DEKAY, op. cit., p. 7, 1844. Cancer borealis PACKARD, Memoirs Boston Soc, Nat. Hist., I. p. 803, 1867. Station. N. Lat. W. Long. Fathoms, Specimens. 314 32° 24’ 0” 78° 44 0” 142 29. 327 34° 0! 30” 76° 10' 30" 178 64,29. 333 35° 45! 25” 74° 50’ 30” 65 He: The occurrence of this abundant shallow-water and littoral northern species in deep water south of Cape Hatteras is very interesting. As a littoral species it is apparently not abundant south of Cape Hatteras, and on the New England coast fully grown individuals are certainly rare below twenty fathoms. The alcoholic specimens from deep water are lighter in color than similar specimens from shallow water, but this may be partially due to the fact that they are entirely devoid of all algoid growths which are common on shallow-water individuals ; and the edges of the carapax appear more acutely dentated, which is easily explained by the fact that they are not subjected to the abrading in- fluence of sand and gravel as the shallow-water specimens are. The following measurements show no appreciable difference from shallow-water specimens in the proportions of the carapax. MUSEUM OF COMPARATIVE ZOOLOGY. 5 Station. Sex. Length of Carapax. Breadth of Carapax. 333 a 25.0 mm. 38.7 mm. = 1.55 Igth. 327 = 36.3 56.0 1.54 se ‘3 37.2 59.0 1.59 oe #6 37.2 59.1 1.59 ce “ 40.5 64.8 1.60 oe oe 41.0 64.8 1.58 ys « 59.7 94.0 1.59 % Q 39.0 61.5 1.58 cs Ks 39.1 62.0 1.56 Cancer borealis Stimpson. Cancer irroratus Say, Jour. Acad. Nat. Sci. Philadelphia, I. p. 57, 1817 (? only, d being C. trroratus). GouLp, Invertebrata Massachusetts, Ist ed., p. 322, 1841 Stimpson, Invertebrata Grand Manan, p. 59, 1853 (feste Stimpson). Platycarcinus irroratus DEKay, Nat. Hist. New York, Crust., p. 6 (but not the fig.), 1844. Cancer borealis Stimpson, Ann. Lyceum Nat. Hist. New York, VII., p. 54 (4), 1859. SmiTH, Inverteb. Vineyard Sd., Report U. S. Fish Com., I. pp. 546 (252), 745 (451), 1874; Trans. Conn. Acad., V. p. 39, Pl. VIII. 1879 ; Proc. National Mus., Washington, III. p. 417, 1881. KINGSLEY, Proc, Acad. Nat. Sci. Philadelphia, 1878, p. 317 (2). Station. N. Lat. W. Long. Fathoms. Specimens. 314 32° 24’ 0” 78° 44’ 0” 142 14,39, 3 young. 321 32° 43! 25" 7° 20 30” 233 62,49. 327 34° 0! 30” 76° 10’ 30” 178 3 g,19, 8 young. Fifteen of the specimens give the following measurements. Station. Sex. Length of Carapax. Breadth of Carapax. 314 Young. 15.2 mm. 21.5 mm. = 1.41 Igth. a cor, 16.7 24.3 1.45 321 .°] 22.3 33.2 1.48 Ee - 25.3 38.0 1.50 327 Ke 47.0 73.0 1.55 314 . 49.3 76.0 1.54 321 a 32.5 49.0 1.51 * si 38.0 59.5 1.56 314 . 46.0 72.0 1.56 327 a 47.0 74.5 1.59 321 Bs 47.6 75.5 1.59 327 " 63.0 101.2 1.60 # S 76.0 120.0 1.58 314, “ 78.0 123.0 1.58 «i “ 80.0 129.0 1.61 6 BULLETIN OF THE This species has also been taken in considerable abundance, in 50 to 200 fathoms, off Martha’s Vineyard, by the U. S. Fish Commission. The remarks under the last species in regard to coloration, acuteness of the dentation of the edge of the carapax, etc., apply equally well to this species. The fact that this species and C. irroratus as well are regular inhabitants of the deep water off our southern coast is sufficient to account for their occasional occurrence in shallow water at the Bermudas, and even in the West Indies. Cancer Bellianus Johnson (Proc. Zodl. Soc. London, 1861, p. 240, PL. XXVIII.) from Madeira, is much like this species, but apparently distinct from it. Geryon quinquedens Situ. Trans, Conn. Acad., V. p. 35, Pl. IX. figs. 1-1 0, 2, 1879; Proc. National Mus, Washington, III. p. 417, 1881. Station. N. Lat. W. Long. Fathoms. Specimens. 325 33° 35’ 20" OO" 647 1¢g 332 35° 45! 30” 74° 48’ 0” 263 2g 334 38° 20/ 30” 73° 26 40” 395 2¢ 337 38° 20’ 8” 73° 23! 20" 740 Fragments only. 343 39° 45’ 40” 70° 55’ 0” 732 39 with eggs. 309 40° 11’ 40” 68° 22’ 0” 304 12,19 re 312 39° 50’ 45” 70° 11’ 0” 466 LR These specimens and others recently obtained by the U. S. Fish Commission show that this species grows to be one of the largest of the Brachyura. The very large individuals differ considerably from the specimens originally de- scribed. In all the large specimens the teeth of the antero-lateral margin of the carapax become reduced to angular tubercles, and in some of the larger ones the fourth tooth becomes entirely obsolete. Thus in specimens No. 2, 3, 5, 7,and 8 of the table of measurements given below, the fourth tooth is distinct; in No. 9, distinct, but very obtuse ; in No. 4, distinct, but the right side of the carapax deformed by some injury ; in No. 1, nearly obsolete ; while in Nos. 6 and 10 it is entirely obsolete. Ten specimens give the following measurements : — No. Station. Sex. Length of Carapax. Breadth including spines. Breadth excluding spines. 1 mz ¢ 410mm, 51.6 mm.=—1.26 lgth. 45 mm. =1.10 lgth. 2 309 ce 54.0 65.5 1.21 61 1.13 3 Bot = 81.0 97.0 1.20 89 1.10 4 $f 7 94.0 113.0 1.20 104 1.11 5 on 116.0 136.5 1.18 128 1.10 6 Pf a 130.0 152.5 1.17 144 Lit a 309 Q 47.5 61.0 1.28 55 1.16 8 343 82.5 99.5 1.21 92 1.12 9 Fe Be 84.0 100.0 1.19 91 1.18 10 oy = 92.0 107.5 1.17 101 1.10 MUSEUM OF COMPARATIVE ZOOLOGY. Z In four of the above specimens the greatest expanse of the ambulatory legs, which is at next to the last pair, is as follows. No. 5,540 mm.; No. 6,625 mm. (24.6 inches) ; No. 8, 380 mm. ; No. 10,417 mm. The chele are almost ex- actly alike on the two sides, and in the largest male and largest female give the following measurements : — Ricut CHELA. Lert CHELA. Length. Height. Length of Dactylus. Length. Height. Length of Dactylus. No. 6 114 mm, 42 62 112 38 62 EO 68 25 39 68 23 38 OXYSTOMATA. CALAPPIDZ. Acanthocarpus Alexandri Stimpson. Stimpson, Bull. Mus. Comp. Zodl., II. p. 153, 1870. A. M.-Epwarps, Ibid., VIII. p. 19, Pl. I. fig. 2, 1880. Smirag, Proc. National. Mus., Washington, III. p. 418, 1881. Station 345, N.Lat. 40° 10’ 15”, W. Long. 71° 4’ 30”, 71 fathoms. A single male recently moulted and very soft, the carapax about 36.0 mm. long and 36.1 broad. It has also been taken at several stations off Martha’s Vineyard by the U. S. Fish Commission in 1880 and 1881, and in living specimens from these stations the dorsal surface of the carapax and chelipeds was pale reddish orange, deepest in color upon the elevations of the carapax and upon the bases of the carpal spines of the chelipeds ; while the carapax beneath, the sternum, abdomen, and the under surfaces of the chelipeds and ambulatory legs are white, very slightly tinged with reddish. DORIPPIDA. Cyclodorippe nitida A. M-Epwarps. Bull. Mus. Comp. Zoél., VIII. p. 24, 1880. Plate II. Figs. 1-1". Station 319, N. Lat. 32° 25’, W. Long. 77° 42’ 30”, 262 fath. One speci- men, which gives the following measurements : — Station . P . . . : 3 é . 319 Sex m 3 - é P é d i G ‘ ‘ 2 Length of carapax to middle of front eufly erin, 4 oy Clam: : *« including frontal teeth . : ‘ ‘ . 6.4 Breadth between tips of lateral teeth ‘ ‘ : er . 69 Greatest breadth back of lateral teeth é . : : : 6.9 Length ofcheliped . . . ; 8 ony : ald alan, eee 8 BULLETIN OF THE Length of chela ; ; : : : E : : ; . 5.0mm. Breadth of “ s s : . . i . 4 F 5 7 Length of its dactylus . é ; : : Ss : - 22:8 “ first ambulatory leg. : : : : : ‘ 9.0 i dactylus . : : : : . . : - 2.0 «second: ambulatory lez. 0 5. oP) te a dactylus . : : é : ° : : . - 3.2 ae telson . 3 S : s y é . 3 25 Breadth of “ ; : : A : F i r 5 . 48 ANOMURA. LITHODIDEA. Lithodes Agassizii, sp. nov. Plate I. This species is allied to L. maia and L. antarctica in having no scale and only a single spine at the base of the antenna, and in the general form and armament of the carapax and appendages, but differs from them both con- spicuously in the rostrum, which is rather short and tridentate, with the lateral spines nearly as long as the rostral spine itself. The spines upon the carapax and appendages are more numerous and much more acute than in L. maia, and the marginal spines of the carapax are not very much larger than the dorsal. There are only two adults, both females, in the collection, and these differ remarkably from each other, and from three very young specimens, in the number and length of the spines upon the carapax and legs. In the larger specimen the carapax, excluding the rostrum and spines, is about nine tenths as broad as long, with a conspicuous sinus in the middle of the posterior margin. The rostrum is very short, with an acute central spine scarcely as long as the eye-stalks and with a somewhat shorter lateral spine arising either side its base and directed upward and outward. The gastric region is swollen and very high, separated from the cardiac by a very deep depression, and armed with a pair of small spines just back of the lateral spines of the rostrum, and back of these on the highest part of the region with two widely separated pairs of much larger spines, while either side there is a small spine opposite the large hepatic spine, between which and the obtusely spiniform external angle of the orbit there are two spinigerous angular promi- nences in the antero-lateral margin. There is a distinct notch in the antero- lateral margin at the cervical suture, but back of this the margin is regularly arcuate to the middle of the posterior margin, and is armed with about thirteen stout spines, of which the larger are about as large as the hepatic spines. The branchial region is considerably convex, and armed, in addition to those upon the margin, with about ten large spines, between which there are a consider- a MUSEUM OF COMPARATIVE ZOOLOGY. 9 able number of low obtuse spines or tubercles. The cardiac region is separated from the branchial each side by a deep sulcus, is: prominent and armed with two pairs of large spines, and back of these with a single one in the middle line. The eyes, antennule, antennze, and the exposed parts of the oral appendages are very nearly asin L. maia, The chelipeds are nearly equal in length, but the right is much stouter than the left, are armed with comparatively few and small spines, and the digits of the chele are about two thirds of the entire length of the chela, slender, tapering, and strongly curved. The ambulatory legs are very long, those of the third pair being nearly three times as long as the breadth of the carapax excluding spines. The ischial, meral, and carpal segments are armed with only a very few scattered and very small spines, the meral segments in the first and second pairs are almost entirely unarmed ex- cept a few small spines or teeth along the upper edges, but the propodi, which are slender and fully as long as the corresponding meri, are armed along the edges with more numerous and very sharp but small spines. The dactyli are about half to considerably more than half the length of the corresponding pro- podi, slightly curved, acute, and, except near the tips, armed with small and acute spines. The plates of the second somite of the abdomen are armed with numerous spines projecting backward and upward, and of which those upon the middle plate are longer than those upon the lateral. The plates of the succeeding somites of the abdomen are very unequally developed, the plates of the left hand side of the third, fourth, and fifth somites being greatly developed at the expense of the corresponding plates of the opposite side, so that the outer edge of the left side of the fifth segment lies beneath the bases of the cheliped and first ambulatory leg of the right side, and the small semicircular telson is beneath or a very little in front of the base of the second ambulatory leg of the right side. In the smaller of the adult specimens (PI. I. fig. 1) the carapax, excluding rostrum and spines, is proportionally narrower than in the larger specimen, being about eight tenths as broad as long, and the spines upon the carapax, abdomen, and appendages are much longer and more numerous, the additional spines appearing between the large ones corresponding to the spines, or in place of the tubercles, on the larger specimen. The rostral spine and the spines at its base are absolutely more than twice as long as in the larger speci- men and more slender, and about the same proportion holds for all the principal spines of the carapax. The external angle of the orbit projects in a spine but little shorter than the eye-stalk, and back of it there are two nearly as large spines on the antero-lateral margin in place of the two angular prominences of the larger specimen. The large hepatic spine and the thirteen large marginal spines back of the cervical suture are most of them but little smaller than the rostral spine, are directed more upward than outward, and there are nearly as many more additional smaller spines alternating with the larger. There is a conspicuous additional spine in the middle of the gastric region, and numerous additional small spines on other parts of the carapax. 10 BULLETIN OF THE The chelipeds and ambulatory legs have about the same proportions as in the larger specimen, but are armed with very numerous acute spines, many of which are of large size. The spines upon the second somite of the abdomen are more numerous, and the larger ones much longer and more slender than in the larger specimen. The small specimens are all immature, with the carapax excluding the rostrum and spines less than 13 mm. in length, and differ so much from the adults that they might readily be mistaken for a distinct species. These small specimens differ considerably in size, but are all essentially alike. The smallest and most perfect one is from the U. S. Fish Commission dredgings off Martha’s Vineyard. In this specimen (Pl. I. figs. 2, 2*) the carapax excluding the rostrum and spines is only 12.6 mm. in length and scarcely more than seven tenths as broad as long, but all three of ‘the rostral spines and several spines of the carapax proper are more than half as long as the carapax. The spines are much fewer in number than in either of the adult specimens, very slender and acute, and those at the base of the rostrum are just about as large as the rostrum itself. The gastric region is proportionally very much larger than in the adults, but is high and separated from the cardiac region by a deep sulcus, as in them, and is armed with six slender spines, — two pairs on the highest part of the region, of which the anterior pair are almost as long as the rostrum, but the posterior considerably shorter, and a still smaller lateral spine each side. There are two pairs of slender spines on the anterior part of the cardiac region, the anterior a little longer and the posterior a little shorter than the posterior gastric spines. The single hepatic spine each side is nearly as long as the rostrum. The external angle of the orbit projects forward in a long and slen- der spine, back of which are two smaller spines on the antero-lateral margin. There are about twelve slender spines on the lateral and posterior margin back of the cervical suture each side, but they are all small compared with the other spines of the carapax and about half of them are inconspicuous, and above these on either branchial region there are six much larger spines, of which two near the middle of the region are as long as the posterior gastric, but the others considerably shorter. The eye-stalks and eyes are small and proportionally but little larger than in the adult, but there are two or three sharp spines projecting in front over the eye in place of some inconspicuous tubercles in the adults. The anten- nul, antenne, and the exposed parts of the oral appendages, are nearly as in the adults. The chelipeds are nearly as unequal as in the adults, and are armed with very much longer and more slender spines, several of those upon the distal part of the merus and upon the carpus being longer than the carpus itself. The ambulatory legs have about the same proportions as in the adults, but the spines with which they are armed are fully as long as those upon the chelipeds, the longer ones, as in the chelipeds, being upon the distal parts of the meri and upon the carpi. The abdomen is symmetrical. The second somite is made up of three calci- MUSEUM OF COMPARATIVE ZOOLOGY. 11 fied and spiny plates, nearly as in the adult female. The third, fourth, and fifth somites are soft, scarcely at all calcified, and show no distinct division into somites. The sixth is small and sunken for its whole length in the proximal somites, while the seventh is still smaller and rounded at the ex- tremity. Four of the five specimens seen give the following measurements : — Station . A - - ° é 3 . . 1029 305 329 326 Sex . . . . Young. Young. 9 2 Length of cares including ‘rostram. and posterior spines , : . 17.5 254+ 115 139 Length of carapax axdlitding meters ani ponteron spines ‘ ‘ 9.1 126 90 123 Breadth of carapax Berecen ae es ees spines 13.5 18+ 57 64 bi - ¢ “« branchial spines, 13.0 18+ 87 117 Greatest breadth of carapax excluding spines. GS 9:00" Th (110 Length of rostrum F : - ” (pM 2 ee ¥ | 8 = spines at base of ieee : : . V4) 16 16 7 s anterior gastric spines. : : ; 7.0 10.5 12 5 = “cardiac : : : : - 63° 80° 10 5 a right cheliped : : : : 6.0 10 IS) 7k . “ chela ; : : : : a iG.bo Gb: 6." “SG Breadth of ““ “ : A : ; ; tS 3.6 (18° §25 Length of dactylus of right wee ‘ ; 3 SE 50 ‘SS a4 $ left cheliped : : : : - 15.0 20.0 126 167 “a “ chela : : - : : - SO 66°" 50°” 62 Breadth of = , : : : 1b ES 14 19 Length of dactylus of left hala " : 3 ee ON SO eee . first ambulatory leg. : P : 18.5 30.0 220 270 i second“ x rina pete) gb sak tae 8 . third =“ . - . '', 19:5 32.0260" 320 Greatest expanse of ambulatory legs : : . 43.0 65.0 560 720 Station. N. Lat. W. Long. Fathoms. 305 41° 33! 15” 65° 51’ 25” 810 326 33° 42! 15!” 76° 0! 50” 464 329 34° 39’ 40” 75° 14’ 40” 603 Also taken by the U. S. Fish Commission, off Martha’s Vineyard, in 1881, Stations 1028 and 1029, 410 and 458 fathoms; one young specimen in each case. 12 BULLETIN OF THE PAGURIDEA. PAGURIDZ. Eupagurus KréGyeri Sriupson. Lupagurus Kréyert Stimpson, Ann, Lyceum Nat. Hist. New York, VII. p. 89 (43), 1859. Smiru, Trans. Conn. Acad., III. p. 28, 1874; Ibid., V. p. 48; Proc. National Mus., Washington, IIL. p. 428, 1881. Eupagurus pubescens Kroyer, in Gaimard, Voyages en Scandinavie, Pl. II. fig. 1, 1849 (non Kroyer, Naturh. Tidssk., II. p. 251, 1839). Station. N. Lat. W. Long. Fathoms. Specimens. 303 41° 34’ 30” 65° 54’ 30” 306 6 306 41° 32’ 50” 65° 55’ 0” 524 ASP od 311 39° 59’ 30” 70° 12’ QO” 143 2 in Epizoanthus. Nearly all the specimens I have seen from deep water off the Southern coast of New England are small, and the great majority of them were inhabiting carcincecia overgrown by or coniposed of Epizoanthus Americanus Verrill. Eupagurus politus, sp. nov. Plate II. Fig. 5. The carapax is not suddenly narrowed at the bases of the antenne, where the breadth is equal to the length in front of the cervical suture, and not ros- trated, the median lobe of the front being broadly rounded and not projecting as far forward as the external angles of the orbital sinuses, which are acute and each usually armed with a short spine. The eye-stalks, including the eyes, are nearly four fifths as long as the breadth of the carapax in front, stout, and expanded at the very large black eyes, which are terminal, not oblique, compressed vertically, and broader than half the length of the stalks. The ophthalmic scales are small, narrow, and spiniform at the tips. The peduncle of the antenna is about as long as the breadth of the carapax in front, and the ultimate segment about a third longer than the penultimate. The upper flagellum is much longer than the ultimate segment of the pe- duncle, while the lower is only about half as long as the upper, slender, and composed of ten to twelve segments. The peduncle of the antenna reaches slightly beyond the eye. The acicle is slender, slightly curved, and reaches to the tip of the peduncle, and inside its base there is a minute tooth, while outside there is a straight spine toothed or spined along its inner edge, acute at the tip and half as long as the acicle itself. The flagellum is nearly naked, and about three times as long as the carapax. — MUSEUM OF COMPARATIVE ZOOLOGY. 13 The exposed parts of the oral appendages are very nearly as in EL. bernhardus. The chelipeds are longer, much narrower, and more nearly equal in size than in £. bernhardus, and, as in that species, are almost entirely naked, but beset with numerous tubercles and low spines. The right cheliped is about as long as the body from the front of the carapax to the tip of the abdomen. The merus and carpus are subequal in length, while the chela is about once and a half as long as the carpus. The carpus and chela are rounded above and armed with numerous tubercles, which are smaller and more crowded on the chela than on the carpus, but the surface between the tubercles is smooth and polished. The dorsal surface of the carpus is limited along the inner edge by a sharp angle armed with a double line of tubercles, while the outer edge is rounded. The chela is very little wider than the carpus, and is narrowed from near the base to the tips of the digits, and both edges are rounded. The digits are rather slender, about half as long as the entire chela, slightly gaping, with acute and strongly incurved chitinous tips, and the prehensile edges armed with a very few obtuse tuberculiform teeth. The left chela is much more slender than the right, but reaches to or a little by the base of its dactylus. The carpus is slender, higher than broad, only slightly expanded distally, and with the narrow dorsal surface flattened and margined either side with a single line of spiniform tubercles. The chela is about a third longer than the carpus, slender, about two and a half times as long as broad, and the dactylus about two thirds the entire length. The dorsal and outer surface is tuberculose, and a low obtuse ridge extends from near the middle of the base along the pro- podal digit, which tapers from the base to the tip, while the dactylus is smooth except for a few fascicles of sete, more slender than the propodal digit, and tapered only near the tip. The chitinous tips of the digits are slender, acute, and strongly incurved, and the prehensile edges are sharp, and armed with a closely set series of slender spines or sete. The ambulatory legs reach considerably beyond the right cheliped, and the second pair reach to the tips of the first pair. In both pairs the meri and pro- podi are approximately equal in length and longer than the carpi, while the dactyli are about once and a half as long as the propodi, slender, strongly curved, and distally strongly twisted. The two posterior pairs of thoracic legs and the abdominal appendages are very nearly as in E. bernhardus. In life the general color of the exposed parts is pale orange, the tips of the chelze and of the ambulatory legs white, the eyes black. The eggs are very large, and few in number as compared with the ordinary species of the genus, being 1.0 to 1.1 mm. in diameter in alcoholic specimens, while in EZ. bernhardus they are only 0.45 to 0.50 mm. in diameter. Three specimens give the following measurements : — Station . : : : ; 5 . 306 309 309 Sex . ; s é é Length from front of carapax to tip of abdomen 25.0 mm. 40.0 mm. 50.0mm. “of carapax along median line 2 ao 16.0 21.0 14 BULLETIN OF THE Breadth of carapax in front | : : : . 55mm. 8.6mm. 11.0mm. Length of eye-stalks ; hah 8 per Hie Ae 6.2 7.8 Greatest diameter ofeye . : : : 27 3.5 4.1 Length of right cheliped : ° ; . 380.0 40.0 56.0 “i carpus ; : ; 3 iS 11.3 14.5 i chela. Y : : : oh GB 16.0 22.7 Breadth of chela ‘ ; ; : : . 58 8.3 11.0 Length of dactylus . . : - : sv PER 9.1 11.9 ss left cheliped : - - : . 25.0 37.0 48.0 S carpus. : : / . : 6.1 10.0 12.0 es) seliela:) ; 4 : : : » 9.2 13.5 17.5 Breadth of chela. : é : ! cH See 5.8 7.5 Length of dactylus. : F : : . 58 8.8 11.2 ‘“¢ first ambulatory leg, right side 36.0 67.0 “ propodus : Tee hte : te 14.5 fe dactylus . ‘ ; ‘ 11.5 22.0 “ second ambulatory leg, right side 38.0 54.0 73.0 “© propodus. . : . UR!) Bie 12.0 16.0 dactylus . : F : : . 13.0 17.0 23.0 Station. N. Lat. W. Long. Fathoms. Specimens. 309 40° 11’ 40” 68° 22’ 0” 304 3 310 39° 59’ 16” 70° 18’ 30” 260 2 336 38° 21’ 50” 73° 32’ 0” 197 5 It has also been taken, and in great abundance, by the U.S. Fish Commis- sion, off Martha’s Vineyard and off the Capes of the Delaware, in 65 to 365 fathoms, and is the species which I have referred to, in Proc. National Mus., Washington, III. p. 428, 1881, as “ Eunagurus, sp.” CATAPAGURUS A. M.-Epwarps. Catapagurus A. M.-Epwarps, Bull. Mus. Comp. Zo0l., VIII. p. 46, 1880 (Dec. 29), Hemipagurus Sirn, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., 5th ser., VII. p. 143, Feb. 1881; Proc. National Mus., Washington, III. p. 422, 1881. T have no doubt that my genus is synonymous with that of Milne-Edwards as indicated above, but I am quite unable to tell from the description alone whether one of my species is synonymous with the single species, C. Sharreri, described by Milne-Edwards. C. Sharreri agrees more nearly in size with H. socialis than H. gracilis, but will very likely prove to be distinct from either, and until this can be determined satisfactorily, it seems best to refer both my species to Catapagurus. The genus differs from Spiropagurus Stimpson in the form and position of the sexual appendage (formed by the permanent extrusion of a portion of the —— MUSEUM OF COMPARATIVE ZOOLOGY. 15 vas deferens) of the last thoracic somite of the male, which arises from the right coxa, and is curved in one plane round the right side of the abdomen ; while in Spiropagurus the appendage arises from the left coxa, and is spirally curved. The carapax is short and broad, and the anterior margin is obtuse, and does not wholly cover the ophthalmic somite between the eyes. The portion in front of the cervical suture is indurated, but all the rest of the carapax is very soft and membranaceous, without any distinct induration along the cardiaco- branchial suture. The ophthalmic scales are well developed. The eye-stalks are short and the cornea expanded. The antennule, antenne, and oral ap- pendages are similar to those in Hupagurus ; the exopods of all the maxillipeds are, however, proportionally much longer than in that genus. There are eleven pairs of phyllobranchie, arranged as in Eupagurus bernhardus, but the two anterior pairs connected with the external maxillipeds are very small, and composed of a few flattened papilla. The chelipeds are slender and unequal. The first and second pairs of ambulatory legs are long, and have slender, com- pressed, and ciliated or setigerous dactyli; the third pair are only imperfectly subcheliform. In the male, the second, third, and fourth somites of the abdomen bear small appendages upon the left side, as in most of the allied genera, but the fifth somite is destitute of an appendage ; in the female, the appendages of the second, third, and fourth somites are biramous and ovigerous, and there is usually a rudimentary uniramous appendage upon the fifth somite, as in the allied genera.* The uropods are very nearly or quite symmetrical, the rami of the right appendage being very nearly or quite as large as that of the left. The telson is bilobed at the extremity. As might be expected, the unsymmetrical development of the external sexual appendages of the males of the two species here described corresponds to a like unsymmetrical development of the internal sexual organs, and the following incomplete observations, made on ordinary alcoholic specimens in which the abdominal viscera are not sufficiently well preserved for a full anatomical or histological investigation, appear of sufficient importance to notice here, espe- cially as nothing appears to be known of the internal structure of either species of Spiropagurus. The right testis and vas deferens are much larger than the left. The lower part of the right vas deferens, in all the adults examined, is much more dilated than the left, and is filled (as is also the external part of the duct) with very large spermatophores of peculiar form. The left vas deferens is slender, much as in Hupagurus bernhardus, terminates in a small opening in the left coxa of the last thoracic somite, as in ordinary Paguroids, and contains spermatophores somewhat similar in form and size to those of Eupagurus bernhardus. In alco- * In many of the best preserved and most perfect females of C. socialis examined I can find no trace whatever of this appendage of the fifth somite, while in others it is very easily seen. 16 BULLETIN OF THE holic specimens of C. socialis the spermatophores from the left vas deferens are approximately 0.16 mm. long and 0.035 mm. broad, with a slender neck about a third of the entire length, and a very thin and delicate lamella for a base. The spermatophores from the right vas deferens are over 2 mm. in total length ; the body itself is oval, approximately 0.40 mm. long and a third as broad ; at one end it terminates in a very long and slender process, two or three times as long as the body ; at the other end there is a similar but slightly stouter process, a little longer than the body, and expanding at its tip into a broad and very delicate lamella, approximately 0.35 mm. long by 0.20 mm. broad. Catapagurus socialis. Hemipagurus socialis Situ, Proc. National Mus., Washington, III. p. 423, 1881. Male.— The part of the carapax in front of the cervical suture is about a fifth broader than long, with the sides nearly parallel ; the front margin sinu- ous, curving slightly forward in the middle and each side between the eye-stalks and the peduncles of the antenne, the middle lobe thus formed being scarcely more prominent than the lateral lobes, each of which is armed with a minute spine, projecting forward just inside of the peduncle of the antenna ; between these spines the edge of the front is upturned in a sharp marginal carina, which terminates each side in the spines themselves. The dorsal surface of this part of the carapax is convex in both directions, the protogastric lobes are protuber- ant and well marked, and nearly the whole surface is roughened and more or less tuberculose, with transverse scabrous elevations, which give rise to numer- ous hairs. The branchial regions are slightly swollen, so that the breadth of the carapax posteriorly is greater than in front. All the portions back of the cervical suture are smooth and membranaceous. The eye-stalks are about half as long as the carapax in front of the cervical suture, flattened and expanded distally, where they are about three fourths as broad as long. The eye itself is black, and the cornea extends round either side so as to be crescent-shaped as seen from above. The ophthalmic scales are less than half as long as the eye-stalks, narrow, triangular, and acute. The first and second segments of the peduncle of the antennula are subequal in length, and the ultimate segment nearly once and a half as long as the penul- timate, and almost as long as the eye-stalks. The superior or major flagel- lum is nearly as long as the ultimate segment of the peduncle; the thick, ciliated basal portion consists of about fourteen segments, and the slender terminal portion, which is nearly once and a half as long as the basal, of about five very slender and subequal segments. The minor flagellum is about two thirds as long as the major, and composed of about eight segments. The peduncle of the antenna reaches by the eye nearly the length of the last seg- ment, which is about as long as the greatest diameter of the eye. The acicle is slender, acute, and slightly longer than the last segment of the peduncle. The flagellum reaches beyond the tips of the ambulatory legs. MUSEUM OF COMPARATIVE ZOOLOGY. TT The chelipeds are slender and very nearly equal in length, but the right is very much stouter than the left. In the right cheliped the merus and carpus are subequal in length, together nearly twice as long as the carapax, and both are rough and obscurely spinous, the spines being most conspicuous on the edges of the upper surface of the carpus, which is fully three times as long as broad, flattened above, and angular, but not distinctly carinated along either side. The chela is not far from twice as long as the carpus, nearly three times as long as broad, compressed vertically, evenly rounded, smooth and nearly naked above, but clothed with long, soft hair beneath; the digits are longi- tudinal, not gaping, and the dactylus is about two thirds as long as the basal portion of the propodus, and its prehensile edge is armed with a broad tooth near the middle. In the left cheliped the merus and carpus are similar to those of the right, but much more slender and a little longer ; the carpus is about six times as long as broad, and the edges of the upper surface are rather more sharply angular than in the right ; the chela is shorter than the right, but very slender, smooth, and nearly naked; the digits are similar, longitudinal, slightly longer than the basal portion of the chela, compressed, slightly curved downward toward the tips, but the prehensile edges straight and very minutely serrate. : The ambulatory legs are very nearly equal in length, and slightly overreach the chelipeds ; the merus is about as long as the left chela, and roughened with small spines on the upper and under edges; the propodus is shorter than the merus, compressed, smooth, and ciliated along the edges; the dactylus is a little longer in the second than in the first pair, but in both shorter than the propodus, very strongly compressed, very slightly twisted, about ten times as long as broad, and thickly ciliated along both edges, except for a short distance along the lower edge near the tip. The female is smaller than the male, and has proportionally shorter am- bulatory legs, and chelipeds very much shorter and much more alike. The right chela is only about a third longer than the carpus, little more than a third as broad as long, and the digits are slender and nearly as long as the basal portion. The left cheliped is proportionally stouter than in the male, and thus approximates to the right ; the chela itself is scarcely more than a third longer than the carpus. The ambulatory legs overreach the chelipeds by nearly or quite the full length of the dactyli, but all the segments have very nearly the same relative proportions as in the male. The eggs are few in number and very large, being about a millimeter in diameter in alcoholic specimens. In young males the chelipeds and ambulatory legs are similar to those of the female. Two specimens from Station 314 give the following measurements :— Sex . : ‘ ; : , ; ; . ae. 3 ? Length from front of carapax to tip of abdomen. . 180mm. 15.0 mm. * of eye-stalks : ‘ ; . 28 2.5 VOL. X. — NO. 1, 2 18 BULLETIN OF THE Greatest diameter of eye ; ‘ é d : . 2.0mm. 1.6 mm. Length of right cheliped : : ; . 30.0 15.0 chela;,. . ; ‘ . : ‘ . o> Add 5.2 Breadth of propodus_ . ‘ : ; é ‘ 3 4.4 19 Length of left cheliped . : ; : : d . 26.0 14.5 ch chela . : 5 } ‘ : é ; 9.5 5.0 Breadth of propodus , : : : : RO 1.2 Length of first ambulatory leg, right side. ; . 82.0 19.5 The carcincecium is very rarely a naked gastropod shell; in most of the specimens seen it is either built up by a colony of Epizoanthus Americanus, or is made up in a somewhat similar way by the single polyp of Adamsia sociabilis Verrill, the base secreted by the Adamsia being expanded on either side and united below so as to enclose the crab in a broadly conical cavity, with only a slight spiral curvature. The nuclei about which these polypean carcinecia are formed are of- various origins ; the majority of the Adamsia carcineecia appear to have been built upon fragments of pteropod shells, in some cases upon bits of worm-tubes, in one case upon the entire shell of a Cadulus, the ereater part of the shell being left protruding from the base of the polyp. In the carcinecia formed by Epizoanthus the nucleus seems usually to have been absorbed, so that nothing is left distinguishable from the colony of polyps itself. In some cases the Adamsia has completely overgrown a small Epizoan- thus carcincecium, so that when the Adamsia is removed a perfect Epizoanthus carcincecium is found beneath asa nucleus. The carcinecium of this species, and of C. gracilis as well, does not cover the animal to the same extent as is usual in the species of Eupagurus, the anterior part of the carapax being appar- ently constantly exposed, and its induration fitting the animal for such expos- ure. The Epizoanthus carcinecia are, however, very often disproportionately large for the crabs inhabiting them, having grown out either side until they are several times broader than long. In spite of these often enormous carci- neecia, both species of the genus probably swim about by means of the ciliated dactyli of the ambulatory legs, as Spiropagurus spiriger has been observed to do by Stimpson (Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Philadelphia, 1858, p. 248 (86), 1859). Station. N. Lat. W. Long. Fathoms. Specimens. 311 39° 59’ 30” ae” Of 143 6 313 32° 31’ 50” 78° 45’ 0” 75 2 314 32°24’ 0” 78° 44’ 0” 142 1000 315 32° 18’ 20” 78° 43’ 0” 225 + 316 SP Ts 78° 37’ 30” 229 1 327 34° 0! 30” 76° 10’ 30” 178 8 344 40° 1’ 0” 70° 58’ 0” 129 40-4 345 40° 10’ 15” 71° 4 30” 71 5 This species was taken in great abundance, in 51 to 250 fathoms, off Martha’s Vineyard, by the U. 8. Fish Commission, in 1880 and 1881. - MUSEUM OF COMPARATIVE ZOOLOGY. 19 Catapagurus gracilis. Hemipagurus gracilis SmitH, Proc. National Mus., Washington, III. p. 426, 1881. This is a smaller and more slender species than the last, and is readily dis- tinguished from it by the smooth carapax, the longer and more slender eye- stalks, the long and acicular ophthalmic scales, and by the narrow dactyli of the ambulatory legs being longer than the corresponding propodi. Male. — The carapax in front of the cervical suture is flat, smooth, nearly naked, and scarcely at all areolated. The anterior margin is rather more strongly sinuous than in C. socialis, and the lateral lobes are slightly angular and each is tipped with a minute spine, as in that species, but the marginal carina between these spines is much less distinct. The eye-stalks are more than half as long as the carapax in front of the cervical suture, flattened and expanded distally, but only about half as broad as long. The eyes themselves are as in C. soctalis. The ophthalmic scales are more than half as long as the eye-stalks, and are acicular and regularly acute. The ultimate segment of the peduncle of the antennula is as long as the eye- stalk and nearly twice as long as the penultimate segment. The major flagel- lum is as long as the ultimate segment of the peduncle, the basal portion of about eight segments, the terminal portion three times as long and of about five subequal and very slender segments. The minor flagellum is about half as long as the major, and composed of about six segments. The antenne are ver¥ much as in C. socialis. The chelipeds are nearly equal in length and similar to those of C. socialis, but in the right cheliped the inner edge of the upper surface of the carpus is angular, and armed with a regular series of twelve to eighteen small spines, while the outer edge is rounded and unarmed ; and the prehensile edge of the dactylus is armed with two irregular and indistinct teeth, corresponding with two irregular emarginations in the edge of the digital portion of the propodus. In the left cheliped the outer edge of the upper surface of the carpus is slightly rounded and scarcely at all spinulous, while the inner edge is armed as in the right cheliped. The left chela differs from that of C. socialis, in having the digital portion of the propodus considerably stouter than the dactylus, particu- larly toward the base. The ambulatory legs are proportionally as long as in C. socialis, but more slender ; in both pairs the dactylus is longer than the propodus, curved slightly near the tip, about sixteen times as long as broad, sparsely ciliated along the upper edge, and very slightly setigerous along the lower. The female differs from the male as in C. socialis, but to a very much less extent, the chelipeds and ambulatory legs being only a little shorter than in the male, and the right cheliped only a little less stout and a little more like the left than in the male, The eggs are few and nearly as large as in C. socialis. The carcineecia are similar to those of the last species. 20 BULLETIN OF THE Station. N. Lat. W. Long. Fathoms. Specimens. 344 40° 1’ oO 70° 58’ 0” 129 1 345, 40° 10’ 15” 71° 4’ 30” 71 3. Also taken by the U. S. Fish Commission, in 51 to 155 fathoms, off Martha’s Vineyard, in 1880 and 1881. Two specimens from Fish Commission Station 874, 85 fathoms, give the following measurements : — nex" . ; : : A ; 4 eee, ; : g g Length, from front of carapax to tip of abdomen ‘ 12.0mm. 11.2 mm. Length of eye-stalk . ; f : : ; ae 1.5 Greatest diameter ofeye . : ‘ : : : i 0.9 Length of right cheliped j : : , . 15.2 11.2 He chela : ‘ ; ; : : 3 6.0 4.4 Breadth of chela . : : 3 : : : . 24 1.8 Length of lef chelived 5. 5, --. ve... +. 3s ee 10.0 . chela . , . : : ; ; =. EO 3.6 Breadth of chela : : 2 : ; 1.1 1.0 Length of first ambulatory leg, rightside . . . 16.1 12.8 PARAPAGURIDA. The genus Parapagurus differs so widely from all other Paguridea in pos- sessing trichobranchie instead of phyllobranchie, that it ought, undoubtedly, to be separated as a distinct family on this character alone. Parapagurus pilosimanus Smiru.* Trans. Conn. Acad., V. p. 51, 1879 ; Proc. National Mus., Washington, III. p. 428, 1881. Plate Il. Figs. 4-4", Station. N. Lat. W. Long. Fathoms. Specimens. 306 41° 32’ 50” 65° 55’ 0" 524 1 young. 309 40° 11’ 40” €8° 22’ 0” 304 + 322 33° 107 0” 76° 32’ 15” 362 22 This species has also been taken, and in considerable abundance, by the U. S. Fish Commission, in deep water off Martha’s Vineyard. At Station * A, Milne-Edwards ina recent report on the explorations of the ‘* Travailleur,” in the Comptes-Rendus of the Academy of Sciences, Paris, Dec. 1881 (Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., 5th ser., 1X. p. 42, 1882), states that his Lupaguwrus Jacobii from the “ Blake” dredgings (Bull. Mus. Comp. Zoél., VIII. p. 42, 1880) is identical with this species, of which specimens were sent to him last June. ee —_— -— - MUSEUM OF COMPARATIVE ZOOLOGY. 21 947, 312 fathoms, three hundred and ninety-three specimens, nearly all adults and many of them very large, were taken at one haul of the trawl. The carcineecia of all the specimens seen are formed by colonies of Epizoan- thus paguriphilus Verrill, which at first invest spiral shells which are finally absorbed by the basal coenenchyma of the growing polyps. GALATHEIDA:, Galacantha rostrata A. M.-Epwarps. Bull. Mus. Comp. Zool., VIII. p. 52, 1880. Plate IX. Figs. 2, 2% Station 340, N. Lat. 39° 25’ 30”, W. Long. 70° 58’ 40”, 1394 fathoms ; and Station 341, N. Lat. 39° 38’ 20’, W. Long. 70° 56’, 1241 fathoms ; two males, which give the following measurements : — Station . ‘ : : ; : : - . 341 340 Sex : : : : Fe a Length from tip of, Sota a tip of etter : - 7.0mm. 62.0 mm. “« of carapax to bases of rostral spines. : 34.5 28.8 Greatest breadth excluding spines. : : . 27.0 23.2 = s imolidine BS Ge : , 31.5 26.7 Length of rostrum above its lateral ouhes : oh a 8.0 if gastric spine . , : ‘ 7.7 7.8 Greatest breadth of abdomen, third seaiie ; . 24.2 24.0 “diameter of eye ; ‘ : : : 3.0 2.4 Length of cheliped . F . : : : . 53.5 44.0 Bel eric emi BT AL als re Capes Cy 16.7 e dactylus. : : ; : ‘ » 1&0 10.3 «first ambulatory leg ; .' C50 53.0 “« -posteriorles |. : : : : . 39.0 31.0 MUNIDOPSIS Wauiteaves. Munidopsis WHITEAVES, Amer. Jour. Sci., 3d ser., VII. p. 212, 1874. Galathodes A. M.-Epwarps, Bull. Mus. Comp. Zoél., VIII. p. 53, 1880. Munidopsis curvirostra Wuiteaves. Amer, Jour. Sci., 3d. ser., VIT. p. 212, 1874; Report on further Deep-sea Dredging Operations in the Gulf of St. Lawrence [in 1878], p. 17, 1874. Plate VIII. Figs. 2, 3, 3°. Station 325, N. Lat. 33° 35’ 20”, W. Long. 76°, 647 fathoms, one small male, which gives the following measurements :— 22 BULLETIN OF THE Length from tip of rostrum to tip oftelson . . . . . 160mm. “ of carapax ’ dae : : ; : , ; 10.4 Greatest breadth of carapax . ; ' ‘ : : : Saree Diameter of eye . : ; : : é : : , : 0.8 Length of cheliped . : : ; : : ; 2 : . 15.0 enela::., f : . ; : i : ; : 5.9 I have compared this specimen with the original specimens from the Gulf of St. Lawrence described by Whiteaves, and find no differences of any impor- tance whatever. The species is perhaps identical with some one of the ten species of Gulathodes described by Milne-Edwards, but with which, if with any, it seems impossible to determine from the descriptions alone. Munida, sp. indet. Munida Caribea ? SmiTH, Proc. National Mus., Washington, III. p. 428, 1881. Plate X. Fig. 1. Station. N. Lat. , W. Long. Fathoins. Specimens. 3ll 39° 59’ 30” TO? 120" 143 1 314 32° 24’ 0” 78° 44’ 0” 142 504 315 32° 18’ 20/ 78° 43/ 0” 225 1 333 35° 45/ 25” 74° 50' 30” 65 100+ 335 38° 22! 25” 73° 33! 40” 89 31 336 38° 21’ 50” 73° 32’ 0” 197 6 344 40° 1’ 0” 70° 58’ 0” 129 £ Also taken in great abundance in the U. S. Fish Commission dredgings off Martha’s Vineyard, in 1880 and 1881, in 65 to 200 fathoms. This species will probably prove identical with one of the eleven species enumerated by A. Milne-Edwards in his report on the “ Blake” crustacea from the West Indies, but with which one it is not possible to tell from the deserip- tions alone. Before the publication of Milne-Edwards’s report I referred this species doubtfully, as indicated above, to Munida Caribea of Stimpson, de- scribed from a single very small specimen, but it is probably not the species referred to the Caribea by Milne-Edwards, It is now impossible to tell with certainty to which of the numerous Caribbean species Stimpson’s really belongs, but it is perhaps best to restrict it to the one called Caribea by Milne-Edwards, whatever that may be, although he gives no description whatever. MUSEUM OF COMPARATIVE ZOOLOGY. oa MACRURA. ERYONTIDZ. Pentacheles sculptus. Plates III. and IV. Polycheles sculptus SmitH, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., London, 5th ser.,V. p. 269, April, 1880; Proc. National Mus., Washington, II., 1879, p. 345, Pl. VII., 1880. Pentacheles spinosus A. M.-Epwarps, Bull. Mus. Comp. Zo6l., VIII. p. 66, De- cember, 1880. Station. N. Lat. W. Long. Fathoms. Specimens. 325 33° 35! 20” 167 70 07 647 1 young, 44 mm. long. 326 33° 24’ 15” 76 O50" 464 1g,29 329 34° 39/ 40” 75° 14’ 40” 603 2 é This species was first described from a single imperfect specimen taken by a Gloucester fisherman, off the coast of Nova Scotia, N. Lat. 43° 10’, W. Long. 61° 20’, in 250 fathoms, so that the specimens recorded above, and a large female with eggs, taken, Nov. 16, 1880, off the mouth of Chesapeake Bay, N. Lat. 37° 24’, W. Long. 74° 17’, 300 fathoms, Station 898, by Lieut. Tanner, on the U. 8. Fish Commission Steamer “ Fish-Hawk,” afford an opportunity for a more complete description than that originally given. The sides of the carapax are nearly parallel posteriorly, but arecuately con- vergent anteriorly, and the greatest breadth is just in front of the cervical suture, and is about three fourths of the length along the median line. As seen from above, the anterior margin is concave in outline, so that the acute and spiniform lateral angles are much in advance of the rostrum, which is armed with two spines close together and projecting obliquely upward and forward. About a third of the space between the median line and the lateral angle each side is occupied by a very deep orbital sinus nearly paralle) with the lateral margin, considerably deeper than broad, somewhat narrowed and evenly rounded posteriorly, and completely filled by the large ophthalmic lobe. On the inner side of this sinus the frontal margin projects in a small spiniform tooth, but outside the margin is unarmed and curves regularly to the lateral angle. Just behind the orbital sinus there is a smooth and evenly curved depression in the surface of the carapax exposing a small area on the posterior part of the ophthalmic lobe, more fully described beyond. The cervical suture divides the dorsal surface of the carapax into two pretty nearly equal portions, and is deep and conspicuous, but is indicated in the lateral margin, each side, by a slight emargination only, which is scarcely deeper than the emargination between the anterior and posterior lobes of the hepatic region. The lateral margin is armed, on the anterior lobe of the hepatic region, with (including the anterior angle) six, or rarely only five, small and slender spiniform teeth di- 24 BULLETIN OF THE rected forward, and on the posterior lobe with three more. The lateral margin, behind the cervical suture, is armed with six to eight similar teeth, which become successively more remote posteriorly. There is a slight median carina extending the whole length of the carapax, and armed, behind the two rostral spines, first with a single small spine directed forward, then with two side by side and very close together, then with one, then with two on the posterior edge of the cervical suture, then with two more, and finally with two some- what larger and more widely separated spines projecting forward from the anterior edge of the broad and prominently raised posterior margin. In front of the cervical suture there is an irregular longitudinal dorso-lateral line of five minute spines each side, and back of these a single spine each side on the pos- terior edge of the cervical suture. Extending from the posterior margin nearly to the cervical suture, there is a sharp sublateral carina parallel to the lateral margin, about a third of the way from it to the median carina, and armed with five or six small spines. The ventral regions of the carapax (Pl. IV. fig. 1) are inflected each side at a very acute angle with the dorsal surface, and, the sternum being narrow, the ventral regions are very broad. The ventral region each side is divided longi- tudinally into three approximately equal parts by two prominent carine ; the outer carina (marking the pleurotergal suture?) extends from the anterior margin at the base of the antenna, ina slightly sinuous line, toward the postero- lateral margin of the carapax; the anterior half is very prominent, and armed with small spines directed outward, while the posterior half is much less con- spicuous, unarmed, and disappears entirely before reaching the posterior angle of the carapax. The inner carina extends along the branchial region from near the base of the first leg quite to the postero-lateral angle of the carapax ; the extreme anterior portion is not prominent, but from opposite the third leg posteriorly it is very prominent, acute, and armed with ten to fifteen sharp spines. The outer of the three longitudinal regions thus marked out is divided transversely by the cervical suture, and the anterior portion (subhepatic region) is divided transversely into an anterior and a posterior lobe by a groove nearly or quite as conspicuous as the cervical. In the frontal margin of this anterior lobe, and near its inner side, there is a deep sinus corresponding to the orbital sinus of the dorsal surface, but not quite as wide, and open nearly to the dorsal surface, except where it is crossed by a protuberance from the ventral portion of the ophthalmic lobe. On the upper surface of the carapax, the orbital sinus, each side, is com- pletely filled by the dorsal part of the ophthalmic lobe, of which the anterior margin is slightly concave in outline and continuous with the anterior margin of the carapax, but has a small tubercle near the middle, The dorsal surface of the lobe is smooth, calcareous, and opaque, and on a level with the adjacent surface of the carapax except posteriorly, where a small oval area of the ex- tremity of the lobe is exposed by a depression in the carapax, This oval area is thin, semitranslucent, and not calcareous, and has every appearance of being a true corneal area, although I am unable to detect any evidence of facets. The MUSEUM OF COMPARATIVE ZOOLOGY. 25 earapax along the margins of the sinus is in close contact with the ophthalmic lobe. From the lower portion of each ophthalmic lobe there is an elongated cylindrical and somewhat conical, but obtuse and pointed protuberance, of which the base rests in a transverse groove in the base of the antenna, while the terminal portion extends well across the open ventral side of the orbital sinus. Upon the obtuse extremity of this protuberance there is a nearly circular area similar to the cornea-like area at the posterior extremity of the dorsal part of the lobe. The peduncles of the antennule are very stout, being stouter even than the peduncles of the antenne. The basal portion of the proximal segment is longer than the two distal segments, is armed on the distal portion of the outer margin with two spiniform teeth, and the inner side is broadly expanded and prolonged into an acute scalelike appendage upturned and densely ciliated along the inner margin, and extending considerably beyond the distal segment and nearly as far as the tip of the antennal scale, The second and third segments are subcylindrical, and, as seen from above, are each about as broad as long, the second being somewhat larger than the third. The inner or major flagellum is about as long as the carapax. The minor flagellum is about as long as the peduncle of the antenna, about half as thick as the base of the major flagellum, of nearly uniform thickness for three fourths its length, then tapers rapidly to a very slender tip, and is thickly ciliated along the inner margin distally. The first three segments of the peduncle of the antenna are very short, the three together being scarcely longer than the fifth segment. The first segment is loosely articulated with the sternum of the antennal segment, so as to be freely movable upon it ; it is very short upon the outside, but expands some- what on the inner side, which terminates distally in a thm tubular process arising from the oral side of the segment and directed upward to a level with the dorsal side, so that, in the ordinary position of the appendages, its orifice is closed by contact with the first segment of the peduncle of the antennula. This tubular process readily admits a large bristle, which can be pushed through it round into the cavity of the segment itself. It undoubtedly con- tains the canal of the green gland. The second segment is small, closely united with the third, and bears upon its outer side a slender scale, which reaches nearly to the tip of the peduncle, is about five times as long as broad, and thickly ciliated along both edges. The third segment, as seen from below, is almost wholly internal to the second, and is armed on the distal part of the inner margin with a small spiniform tubercle. The fourth and fifth segments are subcylindrical, the fourth is slightly longer than the fifth, and both are ciliated each side. The flagellum is about as thick at base and nearly as Jong as the major flagellum of the antennula. The buccal opening is nearly square. The branchiostergites extend forward quite over the sternum of the antennary somite, and their anterior extremities are applied to the basal segments of the antenne, which, however, are freely movable upon the antennary somite. The epistome is short, not extending at all in front of the bases of the antenna, is nearly on a level with the dorsal 26 BULLETIN OF THE wall of the efferent passages from the branchial chambers and on a plane above the bases of the antenne, so that the efferent passages terminate in the space between the upturned edges of the squamiform processes of the inner sides of the basal segments of the antennule and just beneath the short two-spined rostrum. In the middle of the slightly raised and regularly arcuate posterior edge of the epistome there is a slight elevation with a tuft of hairs. The anterior part of the endostome is on a plane somewhat above the plane of the epistome, but the space below is filled by the soft and fleshy labrum which projects considerably below the raised posterior edge of the epistome. The mandibles (Pl. IV. fig. 2) are wholly without molar areas and with crowns expanded into very broad and thin lamelle serrated along the cut- ting edges with about fourteen acutely triangular teeth, of which one at the anterior angle and one in the middle are much larger and more prominent than the others. The palpus (fig. 2%) is short, but composed of three segments, of which the proximal is very small ; the second is fully as long as the terminal, and expanded distally, and the terminal about three and a half times as long as broad, and densely setose along the anterior edge and ventral side. The lobes of the metastome (fig. 2) are very narrow and widely separated. The two lobes of the first maxilla (fig. 3) are very much as described and figured by Willemoes-Suhn in Willemoesia leptodactyla, the two lobes being very slender and strongly incurved, and the anterior the larger and with a slight elevation covered with a dense tuft of hairs on the outside near the base. The second maxilla (fig. 4) has two small and slender protognathal lobes, of which the anterior is very much the larger. The scaphognath is very large, and with the posterior portion very broad and evenly rounded in outline pos- teriorly, while the anterior portion is much narrower, and reaches forward nearly to the base of the antenna. The endognath is apparently represented by a short and truncate lobe at the base of the anterior lobe of the protognath. The first maxillipeds (Pl. IV. figs. 5, 5*, 5°) are greatly elongated and peculiarly modified. The exopodal lamella (f, fig. 5") is long and very broad, projects farther back into the branchial passage than the scaphognath, and terminates anteriorly in a small triangular lobe (g) ; while the exopod reaches forward considerably in front of the epistome, where its terminal lobes are somewhat upturned and help to enclose the efferent branchial passage. The proximal lobe of the protopod (a, figs. 5, 5*) is triangular and densely seti- gerous along the edges, while the distal lobe (a’) is elongated, and bears the endopod and the peculiarly modified exopod, which lie together, and at nearly a right angle with the protopod. The endopod (8, figs. 5, 5°) is slender, somewhat triquetral, reaches nearly to the bases of the terminal lobes of the exopod, is densely hairy along the edges, is divided near the middle by an im- perfect articulation, and lies above and close along the inner edge of the exopod. The exopod (c, figs. 5, 5°) is lamellar, very broad, concave dorsally, divided by several sutures, as shown in the figure, curved inward almost to the mesial line, and encloses the broad efferent passage ventrally and anteriorly. The terminal portion of the exopod is divided into two lobes (d, ¢, figs. 5, 5°), which MUSEUM OF COMPARATIVE ZOOLOGY. a7 are stiff and more calcareous than the rest of the appendage. The outer and anterior of these lobes (d) is the larger, and is alone exposed as seen from below in the natural position of the appendages, while the inner (¢) is somewhat triangular, with a narrow base of attachment, and is curved round above the other lobe, and serves to prolong the dorsal wall of the efferent passage, or, perhaps, as a valve for closing its orifice. The second maxillipeds (fig. 6) are apparently wholly without exopodal or epipodal branches, and are so short that they reach but little beyond the ischia of the third pair. The ischium and merus are very short, together little more than half as long as the carpus, and both are setigerous along the inner edge, while the ischium has in addition a series of dentiform tubercles. The carpus is about two thirds of the whole length, nearly twice as long as broad, compressed vertically, and much broader in the middle than at either end, and setigerous, but not dentate or tuberculous along the inner edge. The propodus is less than half as long and less than half as wide as the carpus, while the dactylus is still smaller, tapered distally, and terminated in a slender curved and spiniform tip, and both propodus and dactylus are thickly armed with sete and smali spines. The external maxillipeds (fig. 7) are long and slender, reach, when extended, nearly to the bases of the peduncles of the antennulz, and are well clothed with hairs and sete, but unarmed either with teeth or spines. There is a very small and rudimentary appendage (a), apparently representing the epipod, upon the outer side of the protopod. The ischium is a little longer than the merus and carpus combined, and a very little stouter than the merus. The merus is about two thirds as long as the ischium, while the three distal seg- ments are subequal in length and together a little longer than the merus, the carpus and propodus tapering slightly distally, while the dactylus is slightly curved and tapers regularly to an acute tip. The great chelipeds are smooth and naked throughout, except the prehensile edges of the digits of the chele, and differ somewhat in size in different indi- viduals, varying in length from about two and a half to nearly three times the length of the carapax, but the differences are apparently entirely independent of sex. The coxa is very stout and broad, far stouter than any of the succeeding segments, and much broader than the coxe of the other legs. The basis is completely anchylosed with the ischium, which is expanded distally but at the same time strongly compressed vertically, strongly curved upward so as to fit the side of the carapax when turned out at right angles to it, and reaches, in this position, a little above the edge of the carapax, or, when turned forward, to the base or beyond the middle of the antennal scales. The merus is two thirds to four fifths as long as the carapax, compressed like the merus, but con- siderably expanded proximally, contracted in the middle and distally to near the tip where it is again expanded and thickened at the articulation with the carpus ; the posterior edge is armed with an acute spine at the distal extremity, and with either one or two similar ones on the proximal half, while the an- terior edge, except near the base, is armed with a scattered series of minute 28 BULLETIN OF THE spines. The carpus is more than half as long as the merus, compressed and very slender to near the distal end where it is expanded and thickened for the articulation of the chela and armed above with a single acute spine and below with one or two small teeth, and along the whole length of the dorsal edge there is a distinct but narrow sulcus. The chela (Pl IV. fig. 8) is about as long as the merus, and the digits themselves considerably longer than the basal portion, which is about as broad as but much thicker than the proximal part of the merus, though still strongly compressed ; the dorsal edge is evenly rounded, and projects in a small tooth and an acute spine above the articu- lation of the dactylus ; the inferior edge projects slightly proximally and then retreats at the base of the propodal digit, and except near the proximal end is occupied with a shallow sulcus, the edges of which are armed with several minute spines directed distally. Both digits are compressed, very slender, and regulafly tapered to acute and very strongly curved extremities ; the dorsal edge of the dactylus is flattened, but scarcely sulcated, and the inferior edge of the propodal digit is flattened and slightly sulcated near the base, but rounded distally ; the prehensile edges of both digits are armed throughout with a close- set series of very short and very stiff sete. The legs of the second pair are slender, densely ciliated along the edges, and reach to the tips of the peduncles of the antennz. The basis is anchylosed with the rather short ischium. The merus is considerably longer than the ischio- basis and reaches to the edge of the carapax. The carpus is a little shorter than the merus. The basal part of the chela (fig. 9) is a very little longer than the carpus, and is flattened and somewhat expanded distally, where it is a third as broad as long; the propodal digit is very slender, nearly as long as the basal portion of the chela, nearly straight to the slender, acute, and chiti- nous tip, which is strongly curved, and the prehensile edge is thin and armed as in the first pair. The dactylus is almost exactly of the same form as the pro- podal digit, and its prehensile edge is armed in the same way, but the cilia upon the outer edge are much longer than on the corrosponding part of the propodus. The third and fourth pairs of legs are successively a very little shorter than the second, and have very nearly the same form. From the coxal to the meral segment they are very nearly as stout as in the second pair, but the three distal segments are much more slender. The basal part of the chela (fig. 10) is sub- cylindrical and only very slightly expanded and flattened distally, while the propodal digit and the dactylus are nearly equal in length, very slender and weak, straight throughout, without incurved or chitinous tips, and densely ciliated along the prehensile edges. The fifth pair of legs (figs. 11 and 12) are considerably shorter and more slender than the fourth, and all the segments except the propodus and dactylus have very nearly the same relative proportions as in that pair. The basal por- tion of the propodus is alike in the two sexes, a little longer than the carpus, subcylindrical and slightly tapered distally. The digits differ in the sexes, In the male (fig. 11) the propodal digit is about as long as the proximal MUSEUM OF COMPARATIVE ZOOLOGY. 29 thickness of the propodus, or a little longer, slender, and tapers to a rounded _ tip, while the dactylus is nearly or fully twice as long, considerably stouter, straight, and nearly cylindrical. In the female (fig. 12) the propodal digit is scarcely as long as in the male, is more slender, and tapers to an acute and incurved tip, which is somewhat flattened and excavated on the anterior and inner side, leaving an edge on the posterior side ; the dactylus reaches very nearly to the tip of the propodal digit, and is like it in form, but a little more sharply incurved at tip. The branchie resemble the branchie of the Astacide, being slender, very soft, and composed of slender filaments, which are not closely crowded together. There are no branchie connected with the first and second maxillipeds, but above the base of the third maxilliped and between the lamellar epipod of the first maxilliped and the coxa of the first leg there is a slight lamellar ele- vation bearing a few filaments which are apparently branchial and may repre- sent a very rudimentary epipodal branchia. The legs of the first four pairs bear each a well-developed podobranchia and a small epipodal plate, lying just at the edge of the carapax but not projecting into the branchial chamber, and above the bases of each of these legs there are two arthrobranchie and one pleurobranchia. There is also a pleurobranchia above the base of the fifth leg, so that there are in all sixteen well-developed branchise, — four podobranchie, eight arthrobranchie, and four pleurobranchiz each side, as indicated in the following formula : — Somites. Vile, Vill ie. x XI XIL XML XIV. “ Total. Epipods, 0 0 1 Ly L 1 7 0 (5) Podobranchiz, 0 0 7 1 1 1 1 0 4 Arthrobranchie, 0 0 0 2 2 2 2 0 8 Pleurobranchie, 0 0 0 0 1 1 1 1 4 16-46) As seen from above, the sides of the abdomen are nearly straight, and form, with the telson, a regular acute triangle. The first five somites are carinated dorsally, and the carina projects forward from each somite in an acute tooth, but the carina and tooth are small and low on the first somite, increase rapidly to the fourth, while on the fifth they are scarcely as prominent as on the fourth, and on the sixth the carina is inconspicuous and there is no tooth, but the top of the carina is traversed by a narrow longitudinal suleus. On the first somite there are, in addition, two slender spines each side projecting forward above the articulations with the carapax. The dorsal surface of the abdomen, either side of the median carina, is smooth and scarcely at all sculptured ; but along the lateral margin, where the pleura bend abruptly and nearly perpendicularly downward, there is a series of deep longitudinal sulci, except upon the narrow first somite, which is unsculptured, and upon the sixth, where the sulcus is replaced by a simple carina. Of the pleura themselves, the first is nearly obso- lete, the second is broader than deep, projecting back over the third with a broadly rounded margin, and forward in a prominent but rounded angle, and 30 BULLETIN OF THE has a central circular depressed area ; the succeeding pleura decrease regularly in size posteriorly, scarcely overlap when the abdomen is extended, are convex in outline posteriorly but straight or slightly concave anteriorly, and the third, fourth, and fifth are ornamented with a median curved carina extending two thirds of the length, but not well marked upon the fifth. The telson is pretty regularly triangular, about twice as long as broad, is convex and slightly grooved longitudinally above, and terminates in an acutely rounded tip unarmed with spines. The lamelle of the uropods scarcely reach the tip of the telson: the outer is nearly as broad as long, regularly rounded in outline except for a short distance on the outer edge near the tip, where the margin is more or less conspicuously truncated, but varying considerably in different individuals, and stiffened by two slightly diverging ribs in addition to the thickening of the outer margin ; the inner lamella is stiffened by a single median rib, is nearly twice as long as broad, the lateral margins are approxi- mately straight and parallel, and the tip is regularly rounded in outline. In the male the first pair of abdominal appendages (Pl. IV. fig. 14) are much longer than the protopods of the second pair, reach slightly beyond the bases of the fourth thoracic legs, and have an imperfect articulation at about a third of the way from the base to the tip; the basal portion is somewhat triquetral, while the terminal expands into a smooth, naked, and thin lanceolate lamella slightly coneave posteriorly. The second pair reach slightly farther forward than the first, and the protopod and lamelle are about equal in length. The lamelle are narrow, lanceolate, and thickly ciliated along the edges; the inner is about as long as the outer, and bears the two styliform processes usually characteristic of males in the Macrura. These styliform processes are a little less than a third as long as the lamella itself, and arise together at about a third of the way from the base to the tip of the lamella ; the inner, like that upon the three succeeding pairs of appendages, arises from the slightly thickened inner edge of the lamella, is ridged, of nearly equal width to the rounded tip, and nearly naked except a line of cilia along the posterior margin. The outer process arises just in front of the inner, and its base is at a right angle to that of the outer ; it is more slender than the outer, tapers distally, and is ciliated on both edges and on the anterior surface. The three succeeding pairs of appendages are similar to the second pair, but the fourth and fifth pairs are successively a little shorter, and, as usual among Macrura, they all want the outer of the two styliform processes of the inner margin of the inner lamella. In the female the first pair of abdominal appendages (Pl. IV. fig. 13) are about as long as in the male ; the basal portion, or protopod, is scarcely more than half as long as the terminal lamella, is narrow, compressed, turned inward toward the mesial line, and clothed thickly along the outer and the distal part of the inner edge with long ovigerous hairs ; the terminal lamella is multi- articulate, like the lamella of succeeding appendages, but a little narrower than they, and is clothed with numerous ovigerous hairs. The four succeeding pairs of appendages are very nearly like the three last pairs in the male, but the styliform process of the inner lamella is a little larger and more compressed. MUSEUM OF COMPARATIVE ZOOLOGY. 31 The only specimen carrying eggs is the one above referred to as taken off the mouth of Chesapeake Bay. In this specimen the eggs are in an early stage of development, are nearly spherical and .65 to .70 mm. in diameter, and are carried in a mass behind the first pair of abdominal appendages, and between the appendages of the second and third pairs, the mass being principally sup- ported by the first pair, very slightly by the third, and not at all by the fourth and fifth. Five specimens give the following measurements in millimeters : — Station . . ; : . . 326 898 326 329 326 Sex. ! , : . 2 2 2 3 3 Length from front of carapax to tip of telson . 60.0 124.0 126.0 83.0 107.0 Length of carapax along meee ling 26.0 538.2 655.2 360 45.3. Breadth of carapax between spines of anterior margin. 12.9 25.5 27.3 16.5 23.0 Greatest breadth (in front of cerv ‘cal suture) . : . . 19.8 40.5 41.3 26.7 35.0 Length of first pair ef lege iti : 67.0 140.0 161.0 100.0 125.0 < merus ’ : , . 21.5 42.0 50.0 31.7 39.0 eh etn tile ae Ae LADS | 26.0 16 880" 07.8. 20 We chela j ; : . 21.0 - 46.0 49.0 30.0 38.5 sas dactylus 3 : : 12.6 27.0 29.0 18.0 22.0 « second pair of legs. ), 22:3... -500.., B10. 32.0. - 415 s§ merus . ; : ; 6.1 13.3 13.2 8.5 11.0 13 carpus ; ; é Aut poet 9.3 9.4 5.2 6.6 ¢ propodus ; : , 4a 17.9 18.5 11.1 14.5 “« dactylus —. 4 : Ter 8.5 8.8 5.2 7.0 “ fifth pairofless . . 12.5 320 3825 19.0 280 “« propodus . . ; “iene 10.7 10.5 5.4 7.4 fe dactylus P : : 0.9 2.0 2.1 1.4 1.8 ee abdomen . ; . 384.0 70.0 71.0 47.0 62.0 Greatest breadth at second somite . 140 345 350 210 30.0 bs “f sixth somite Wace 17.3 18.0 11.1 15.0 Length of telson. . ; : 11.0 23.0 23.0 14.8 20.0 Breadth of telson. , : VO 12.2 12.2 7.9 10.5 * In the second, third, and fourth columns the measurements of the first pair of legs are taken from the right leg; in the first and last columns, from the left. In the specimen of which the measurements are given in the fourth column, both legs of the first pair are present and the left one is a little shorter than the right and gives the following measurements : length, 158 mm. ; merus, 47 ; carpus, 31 ; chela, 48 ; dactylus, 28. 32 BULLETIN OF THE CRANGONIDAs. Ceraphilus Agassizii, sp. nov. Plate VII. Figs. 4-5°. The carapax is short and broad, and in the female rounded and swollen above and somewhat convex longitudinally. The rostrum (), in figs. 4* and 5) ds hid- den from above by the anterior spine (a) of the dorsal carina, and is slender, spiniform, and scarcely if at all more prominent than the slender spine forming the outer angle of the orbit each side, and very much less prominent than the slender and acute antero-lateral angles (d), which are slightly divergent and reach a little by the bases of the antennal scales in the female, while they are much more divergent and much longer in the male, so that the distance be- tween their tips is considerably greater than the greatest breadth of the middle portion of the carapax. A narrow dorsal carina extends the whole length of the carapax, and is armed with two laterally compressed and spiniform teeth directed forward, and of which the anterior is much the larger, projects im- mediately above the rostrum, and reaches considerably beyond its tip, while the posterior one is smaller and arises just in front of the cardiac region. There is occasionally a very minute additional tooth in the dorsal carina about midway between these two. On the gastric region either side of the dorsal carina there is a large spine directed forward ; below this is a stout hepatic spine from the upper side of which a prominent carinal ridge extends to near the posterior border, while from its lower edge a similar ridge extends downward and back- ward a short distance to the branchial region, where it meets a much less dis- tinct carina extending from the antero-lateral angle nearly to the posterior border. There is also a well-marked carina extending backward from the orbital spine (c, figs. 4*, 5, 5*) along either side of the gastric region and fol- lowing a distinct suture terminating anteriorly just outside the orbital spine. The lateral margin of the carapax is strongly incurved, and projects inward in a prominent rounded lobe below the base of the first thoracic leg. All the spines of the carapax are proportionally longer in the male than in the female. The eyes are small and black, and scarcely reach beyond the tip of the rostrum. : The first segment of the peduncle of the antennula is more than twice as long as the second, and the lateral process from its base is very long, and reaches as far forward as the segment itself, which is armed with a tuberculiform prominence at the outer edye of the distal extremity and with a much smaller one on the inner edge ; the second segment is short and has the outer distal afgle con- siderably produced ; the ultimate segment is much broader than long. The flagella are subequal in length and in the female about as long as the peduncle, but in the male about twice as long as the peduncle and the outer longer and very much stouter than the inner or than the outer flagellum of the female. MUSEUM OF COMPARATIVE ZOOLOGY. 33 The antennal scale is about as long as the sixth segment of the abdomen and about twice and a half as long as broad, and the ultimate segment of the pe- duncle reaches very nearly to the tip of the scale. The external maxillipeds are much more slender than in C. boreas and reach by the tips of the antennal scales about half the length of the ultimate segment, which is no broader than the penultimate but fully twice as long and about six times as long as broad ; the antepenultimate segment is longer than the ultimate. The thoracic legs are nearly as in C. boreas, but are all rather more slender and less hairy. In the first pair the carpal spines are smaller and the chelz are nearly naked and less swollen than in C. boreas. The second pair are nearly as long as the first : the carpus and merus are subequal in length, and each is a little longer than the ischium ; the chela is very slender, about half as long as the carpus, with the digits scarcely a third as long as the basal por- tion of the chela. The third pair are about as long as the second, the carpus a little longer than the merus, the propodus two thirds as long as the carpus, and the very slender dactylus but little less than half as long asthe propodus. The fourth pair do not quite reach the tips of the third, and the fifth reach slightly by the carpi of the fourth. The abdomen is broad, slightly depressed and rounded above anteriorly, and tapers rapidly to the sixth somite, which is only a little longer than the fifth. The five anterior somites are armed with a median dorsal carina which is con- spicuous and flattened above on the fourth and fifth. The epimeron of the first somite is broadly expanded anteriorly and projects in an obtuse tooth below ; the second is broad and evenly rounded in front and behind, and has a slight tooth below, but the inferior edges of the remaining epimera are straight and unarmed. The sixth somite, excluding spines, is about a fourth longer than the fifth, is armed above with four prominent and approximately equidistant carine, and the posterior edge projects in a large tooth either side of the base of the telson and in an acute angle at the lateral margin. The carine and the teeth on the edges of the epimera are more prominent in the male than in the female. The lamella of the uropods are much shorter than the telson : the outer are from a little more than twice to about three times as long as broad; the inner are about as long as the outer, and three to four times as long as broad. The telson is about once and two thirds as long as the sixth somite of the abdomen, flattened and broadly channelled above, tapers regularly to an acute point unarmed with spines but furnished with two pairs of plumose sete aris- ing from the under side, and the margins are ciliated beneath. In the male there is a very long median spine on the sternum of each of the four anterior somites of the abdomen, but no similar spines in the female. The surface of the carapax and abdomen is sparsely clothed with minute pu- bescence, which is very easily removed with the coating of soft mud with which all the specimens are covered. The number and arrangement of the branchiz is the same as in C. boreas, and as indicated by the following formula : — VoL. X.— NO. 1. 3 34 BULLETIN OF THE Somites. VIL VIII. IX. X. XI. RE UE XIV. =‘ Total. Epipods, 1 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 (2) Podobranchiz, 0 0) 0 (0) 0 0 0 0 0 Arthrobranchiz, 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 Pleurobranchiz, 0 0 0 1 1 1 1 1 5 5+(2) Five specimens give the following measurements in millimeters : — Station . ; . : : : . 3817 332 326 326 329 RR Rar eS ro tery We 3 $ 9. gttm Length from tip of rostrum to tip of telson 42.0 49.0 51.0 70.0 72.0 Length of carapax including rostrum . -. 112, "125" 147, 1p eee Greatest breadth of carapax anteriorly . 11 94 “V1.4 Thee Breadth between tips of antero-lateralspines 10.3 11.8 11.0 140 148 Length of anterior dorsal spine : : 3.5 4.5 3.5 3.7 3.6 “ antennal scale. . ; (oe 60 64 81 82 “ sixth somite of abdomen exclud- ing spines . : . - 5.3 5.7 63 82 83 a telson : - - : 4 10.2 10.3 13.6 14.0 Station. N. Lat. W. Long. Fathoms. Specimens. 317 31° 57’ 0” 78° 18 35” 333 2g 326 33° 42’ 15” 76° Of 50” 464 12,22 329 34° 39’ 40” 75° 14’ 40” 603 19 332 35° 45’ 30” 74° 48’ 0” 263 13,49 A young specimen was taken in the U.S. Fish Commission dredgings off Block Island, in 1880, Station 891, N. Lat. 39° 46’, W. Long. 71° 10’, 500 fath. Pontophilus Norvegicus M. Sars. Crangon Norvegicus M. Sars, Nyt Magazin Naturv., Christiania, XI. p. 248, 1861. Gors, Ofversigt Vetenskaps-Akad. Forhandlingar, Stockholm, 1863, p. 173 (13). Pontophilus Norvegicus M. Sars, Christiania Videnskabs-Selskabs Forhandlinger, 1861, p. 183; Nyt Magazin Naturv., Christiania, XII. p. 290 (38), 1863 ; XV. p. 242 (2), Pl. I. figs. 1-25, Pl. II. figs. 17-37, 1868. G. O. Sars, Nyt Magazin Naturv., Christiania, XV. p. 95 (14), 1866; Chris- tiania Videnskabs-Selskabs Forhandlinger, 1871, p. 261 (18), 1872; Archiv. Mathem. Naturvidensk., Kristiania, II. p. 340, 1877. Merzcerr, Jahresber. Comm. wissensch. Untersuchung deutschen Meere, 1872-73, Nordsee, p. 291, 1875. S. I. Smrru, Trans. Conn. Acad., New Haven, V. p..61, 1879 ; Proc. National Mus., Washington, III. p. 435, 1881. 1? Hippolyte costata LeucKart, Wirbelloser Thiere mit Fauna norddeutsch. Meeres, p. 159, 1847. Station. N. Lat. W. Long. Fathoms, Specimens. 306 41° 32’ 50” 65° 55’ 0” 524 5 309 40° 11’ 40/ 68° 22’ 0” 304 7 - MUSEUM OF COMPARATIVE ZOOLOGY. 35 Pontophilus brevirostris Smiru. Proc. National Mus., Washington, III1. ‘:p. 435, 1881. Plate VII. Figs. 1-1". Station. N. Lat. W. Long. Fathoms. Specimens. 314 32° 24’ 0! 78° 44’ 0 142 15 315 32° 18/ 20” 78° 43/ 0! 225 2 321 32° 43/ 25” 77° 20/ 30” 233 1 + «327 34° 0! 30” 76° 10/ 30” 178 25 333 35° 45! 25” 74° 50’ 30” 65 2 344 49°. 1! oO” 70° 58’ O/ 129 6 345 40° 10/ 15” 71°. 4 20" fa 20 This species is very closely allied to P. spinosus and P. Norvegicus, but is readily distinguished from them by the very short rostrum, which is triden- tate, with the median tooth scarcely broader and very little longer than the lateral, about reaching to the cornea of the inner side of the eye and not pro- jecting beyond the line of the spiniform outer angles of the orbits. The pro- portions of the body are more like spinosus than Norvegicus, but the carination and armature of the carapax are more like Norvegicus, while the sculpture of the distal somites of the abdomen is more like spinosus. The dorsal carina of the carapax is armed with three spines, and frequently a smaller fourth one in front of the others and just back of the base of the rostrum ; the subdorsal carina is armed with two spines, as in Norvegicus, and often with a rudiment of a third behind these ; the Jateral carina does not extend back of the middle of the carapax, and is armed with a single spine, as in Norvegicus. There are no distinct carine on the first four somites of the abdomen, but the fifth somite is flattened above and has subdorsal carinz slightly diverging posteriorly, and below these, each side, another carina, nearly parallel with the subdorsal ; and the sixth somite is flattened above and subdorsally carinated, as in spznosus, though the carine are not quite as con- spicuous on either somite as in that species. The eyes, antennulz, and antenne are very nearly as in P. spinosus. The external maxillipeds reach a little beyond the tips of the chelipeds, the penulti- mate segment reaches nearly to the tip of the antennal scale, and the ultimate segment is a little less than twice as long as the penultimate, while in P. Nor- vegicus it is about once and a half as long, and in P. spinosus much more than twice as long, as the penultimate segment. The thoracic legs differ scarcely at all from those of P. spinosus. The lamelle of the uropods are very nearly as in P. spinosus. The inner lamella reaches nearly or quite to the tip of the telson, is lanceolate, and six or seven times as long as broad ; the outer lamella is about a tenth shorter than the inner, and about four times as long as broad. The telson is once and a fourth to once and two fifths as long as the sixth somite of the abdomen, is very narrow, slightly acuminate, and has a very narrow and acutely triangular tip, 36 BULLETIN OF THE armed with only two very long, slender, and plumose sete, which arise near together from the under side. It appears to be a much smaller species than either Norvegicus or spinosus, the largest males being scarcely 25 mm. in length and the largest females about 36 mm. This species was taken in great abundance, in 51 to 155 fathoms, off Block Island, in 1880 and 1881, by the U.S. Fish Commission. The specimen figured is from the Fish Commission collection, Station 873, 100 fathoms. Pontophilus gracilis, sp. nov. Plate VII. Figs. 2 - 3°. This species is very much more slender and has much larger eyes than any other species of the genus known to me. It is represented in the collection by a single specimen, which is possibly immature, but, judging from the structure ’ of the appendages of the first and second somites of the abdomen, is a female. The carapax is nearly twice as long, along the dorsal line, as broad, slightly carinated, and so thin that the branchie are readily seen through it. The rostrum is about two sevenths as long as the rest of the carapax along the dorsal line, very slender, and the lateral teeth scarcely a third of the way from the base to the tip. The dorsal carina is not distinct except where it rises into two acute teeth directed forward, one on the gastric region and one on the anterior part of the cardiac. There is a slight lateral carina in the middle portion of the carapax, terminating anteriorly in a spine like those in the dorsal carina, A little farther down upon the carapax and a little in front of the anterior spine of the dorsal carina there is a small hepatic spine, making in all six spines exclusive of those of the anterior margin. The orbit is very broad and its outer border extends far forward and terminates in a slender spine, while the similarly slender spine of the antero-lateral angle extends still farther for- ward nearly or quite to a line with the tip of the rostrum. The eyes are very large and reach to about the tip of the rostrum ; the cornea is oblique, somewhat compressed vertically, and its greatest breadth considerably more than the breadth of the antennal scale. The peduncle of the antennula scarcely reaches the middle of the antennal scale, and the lateral process from the base of the first segment reaches to the distal extremity of the segment itself ; the outer flagellum is slender and reaches to the tip of the antennal scale ; the inner is about a third longer, but scarcely stouter, than the outer. The antennal scale is about three fourths as long as the carapax exclusive of the rostrum, about four times as long as broad, only very slightly narrowed distally, and the tip evenly rounded. The distal segment of the peduncle is a little more than half as long as the scale, and the flagellum is slender and about twice as long as the carapax exclusive of the rostrum, The first and second maxillipeds are nearly as in P. Norvegicus. The ex- ternal maxillipeds reach by the tips of the antennal scales by fully half the MUSEUM OF COMPARATIVE ZOOLOGY. 37 length of the distal segment, which is a little longer than the penultimate, but only a little more than two thirds as long as the antepenultimate, while the two distal segments together are about as long as the antennal scale, The anterior thoracic legs are very slender, reach a little beyond the tips of the antennal scales, and the chela itself is smooth, naked, strongly compressed distally, a little shorter than the antennal scale, about as long as the diameter of the carapax, and, excluding the very prominent distal spine of the inner margin, about a fourth as wide as long. The second legs are very small, as in the other species of the genus, slender, and scarcely reach the middle of the meri of the anterior pair. The third are very slender, about twice as long as the carapax, reach by the tips of the antennal scales the full length of the propodi and dactyli, which taken together are very nearly as long as the carpi, the dactyli being very slender and acute and about half as long as the propodi. The fourth and fifth legs are about as long as the first pair, and sparsely clothed with long hairs except upon the dactyli, which are strongly compressed vertically, about two thirds as long, and toward the base as broad, as the propodi. The abdomen to the tip of the telson is about three times as long as, and slightly narrower than, the carapax. The sixth somite is more than a fifth of the entire length, compressed laterally so that the breadth is less than a fourth while the height is fully two fifths of the length, and flattened or obscurely channelled longitudinally in the middle of its length above. The telson is about as long as the sixth somite, very slender, flattened but scarcely channelled above, and the narrow tip armed with four very slender spines of which the median are twice as long as the lateral. The inner lamella of the uropod is as long as the sixth somite, projects considerably by the tip of the telson, is lanceolate, and more than five times as long as broad. The outer lamella is considerally shorter and slightly broader than the inner. The inner lamella of the appendage of the first abdominal somite (Pl. VII. fig. 2°) is about as long as the protopod, linear, and the margins not ciliated ; the outer lamella is narrow-ovate, considerably longer than the inner, and of the usual structure. The inner lamella of the appendage of the second somite (fig. 2°) is a little shorter and much narrower than the outer, and has a single stylet two fifths as long as itself arising from the inner margin near the base. Length from tip of rostrum to tip of telson. . : ; - 30.0mm. Length of carapax including rostrum. . . : ‘ . 7.8 Length of rostrum : : : ‘ : . : . Some g Greatest breadth of carapax oie cs Se eee . 4.1 Length of antennal scale tec - ita? ee ee ee Breadth of antennal scale. ‘ : ; ° . . : 1.1 Greatest diameter of eye ‘ “ ‘ : : . : sae Length of sixth somite of abdomen ‘ . . , . 4.9 Length of telson. ‘ : ‘ ' . : , ; 5; aoe Station 315, N. Lat. 32° 18’ 20”, W. Long. 78° 43’ ; 225 fathoms. 38 BULLETIN OF THE Since the above description was written a specimen of this species has been taken in 458 fathoms, by the U.S. Fish Commission, Station 1029, off Mar- tha’s Vineyard. This specimen, an adult male 28 mm. long, agrees perfectly with the female except in the usual sexual characters, and proves beyond question that the specimens are adult, though the female is probably not fully grown. The eyes in the male are fully as large as in the female. The inner flagellum of the antennula reaches nearly half its length by the antennal scale, while the outer is only a little shorter than the inner, but very stout, fusiform, with the diameter at the thickest point equalling nearly half the breadth of the antennal scale. The inner lamella in the first pair of abdominal appendages (Pl. VII. fig. 3) is only half as long and less than half as broad as the outer, and almost entirely naked. In the second pair (fig. 3") the inner lamella is nearly as long as the outer, but only about two thirds as broad, lanceolate in outline, furnished with plumose marginal sete like the outer, and bears the two stylets characteristic of the male at about a fourth of the way from the base to the tip of the inner margin. The marginal or major stylet is like the single stylet of the female and of the succeeding appendages of the male, about two fifths as long as the lamella itself, very narrow, and almost entirely naked except the usual hooklike sete near the tip, while the minor stylet is a little stouter than the other, but only about a fourth as long as the lamella, and naked except a few minute hairs near the tip. Sabinea princeps, sp. nov. Plate VIII. Figs. 1-1°. Carapax with seven carinz as in the other species of the genus, but with an acute rostrum as long as the antennal scales or longer, and armed above with ‘a spine either side near the base and below with a single spine. The dorsal carina is very high, sharp, slightly arched longitudinally, and armed, from a little back of the orbit to the posterior margin, with seven or eight somewhat irregular teeth directed forward. Th2 rostrum varies very much in length, in the male being often only a little shorter than the length of the carapax from the orbit to the middle of the posterior margin, but in large females often only half as long ; dorsally it is flattened and the margins slightly carinated, but beneath the edge is angular ; the basal portion is nearly horizontal, but the terminal portion is upturned and acute ; below the margin is armed with a slender spiniform tooth directed forward from the point where the terminal portion is upturned, and above with a similar tooth arising from the dorsal margin over either eye and directed outward and upward. The three caring each side of the carapax have about the same position as in the other species of the genus. The subdorsal is continuous almost to the orbit, and is armed with six or seven spiniform teeth directed forward. The next carina below is broadly interrupted on the anterior region, but back of this is armed with five or six teeth like those of the subdorsal carina, and in front, at the outer margin MUSEUM OF COMPARATIVE ZOOLOGY. 39 of the orbit, with a prominent slender and acute spine. The lower lateral carina is very prominent anteriorly and is armed with nine to twelve spiniform teeth, of which the three or four most anterior increase in size very rapidly, the anterior one forming a great and somewhat laterally expanded spine nearly or quite half as long as the rostrum, and reaching nearly to, or in the male often considerably beyond, the middle of the antennal scale. The eyes are black, very large, pyriform, and including the peduncles much. longer than the greatest diameter, which is about two thirds the breadth of the antennal scale. The peduncle of the antennula reaches to about the middle of the antennal scale ; the flagella are subequal in length, in the female a little longer than the antennal scale, but in the male much longer and the outer very much stouter than in the female, and considerably thickened vertically. The antennal scale is about a third as long as the carapax including the ros- trum, and is itself of nearly the same form as in the allied species, but there is a prominent and acute spine near its base upon the outer edge of the second segment. The distal segment of the peduncle is very long, reaching nearly to the tip of the antennal scale, and the flagellum in the male is about as long as the abdomen, but considerably shorter in the female. The external maxillipeds are slender, reach considerably beyond the tips of the antennal scales, and the proportions of the segments and of the exopods are almost exactly the same as in the other species of the genus. The anterior legs reach to the tips of the antennal scales : the outer distal margin of the merus is prolonged into a slender spine, and there is a similar one upon each of the two outer distal angles of the carpus; the chela is about as long as the merus, very stout, somewhat swollen, and nearly cylindrical at base, but compressed and expanded on the inner side distally, the prehensile edge nearly transverse, slightly arcuate, and armed with a very large spini- form tooth at the inner margin. The rudimentary second legs are small, very slender, and reach to the distal end of the ischia of the first : the ischium and merus are subequal in length and each much longer than the three distal segments, of which the carpus and propodus are subequal, while the dactylus is very small, only a little longer than the diameter of the propodus. The third legs reach slightly beyond the first, and the dactylus is very slender and acute, but only about one sixth as long as the propodus. The fourth and fifth are nearly equal in length, and the fourth reach to the tips of the third : the dactyli are about half as long as the propodi, very slender, with the upper surfaces densely ciliated. The carine of the abdomen have the same arrangement as in S. Sarsii, but are much more conspicuous, and each of the epimera of the first two somites projects below into an acuminate spine, while the epimera of the third, fourth, and fifth somites are each armed with two similar spines. The dorsal carina upon the posterior half of the second somite is double, or rather V-shaped with the apex directed forward, The dorsal carina upon the third and fourth somites is very conspicuous, and upon each is prolonged in a tooth at the 40 BULLETIN OF THE posterior margin, the tooth upon the fourth being prominent and horizontal and occasionally having a secondary tooth above its base. The two dorsal carinz of the filth somite are high and sharp, and each armed with a sharp tooth near the middle and with a similar one projecting over the posterior margin. The sixth somite is about once and a half as long as the fifth, its dorsal carine are very high and sharp and each armed with five to seven acute teeth of which the posterior project over the margin as in the fifth somite ; the posterior margin is in addition armed with two spines each side, one at the inferior angle and another above the base of the telson. The outer lamella of the uropod is a little longer than the sixth somite, about twice and a half as long as broad, and obtusely rounded at the tip; the inner is longer than the outer, ovate-lanceolate, and not quite a third as broad as long. The telson is about once and a half as long as the sixth somite, tapers regu- larly throughout, and is ornamented above with two carine converging to the tip, which is acute, unarmed, and naked. All the exposed surfaces of the carapax and abdomen except the spines and carinz, and a considerable part of the surface of the appendages, are clothed with a very short and dense pubescence, which readily brushes off with the soft mud with which most of the specimens are covered. Six specimens give the following measurements in millimeters : — Station . . ° : . 326 326 337 326 326 312 Sex. ° . ' : a gf gf °) ce) Length from tip of rostrum to tip of telson : , . 56.0 65.0 89.0 98.0 77.0 125.0 Length of carapax including ros- trum a - 5 aL.O 23.2 33.5 35.0 28.5 49.5 Length of rostrum : ’ 9.2 96 155 135 120 210 Length of antennal scale . oih ba S2r 1:5. . tae 9.2 15.0 The eggs are very large, being, even in alcoholic specimens, about 2.5 and 3.0 mm. in least and greatest diameter, while in S. septemcarinata they are about 1.0 by 1.4 mm. in alcoholic specimens, The number and arrangement of the branchiz are the same as in S. septem- carinata, and may be indicated by the following formula :— Somites. VII. VIII. IX. Xx. aE XII. XIII. XIV. Total. Epipods, 1 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 (2) Podobranchiz, 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0) 0 Arthrobranchie, 0 0 2 0 0 0 0 0 2 Pleurobranchiz, 0 0 0 1 1 1 l 1 5 +O) Station. N. Lat. W. Long. Fathoms. Specimens. 312 39° 50’ 45” VOR 8T% 10" 466 19 326 33° 42! 15” 76° 0/50” 464 108,99, 3 young. 337 38° 20 8” 73° 23’ 20” 740 1g MUSEUM OF COMPARATIVE ZOOLOGY. 41 Also obtained in the U.S. Fish Commission dredgings off Block Island in 1880, Station 892, N. Lat. 39° 46’, W. Long. 71° 5’, 487 fathoms ; and Station 893, N. Lat. 39° 52’ 20’, W. Long. 70° 58’, 372 fathoms. The long and spined rostrum and the long spines and teeth of the carapax and abdomen give this gigantic species a very different aspect from the other species of the genus ; but the oral appendages, the number and arrangement of the branchie, and other structural details, agree perfectly with S. septemcarinata, the type species of the genus. The present species is, however, much more closely allied to S. Sarsit Smith (Trans. Conn. Acad., V. p. 59, PL. II. figs. 6-8, 1879) than to septemcarinata ; the elongated and acute rostrum, the prominent dentation of the carapax and abdomen, and the structure of the telson in Sarsii show a marked approach toward the princeps, although the two species are very _ different in general appearance. Sabinea hystrix (Paracrangon hystrix A. Milne-Edwards, Ann. Sci. Nat., 6° série, XI. No. 4, p. 6, 1881), from 730 fath., near Guadaloupe, is very closely allied and probably identical with this species, which, though externally some- what like Paracrangon echinatus Dana, differs essentially in several structural features in which, as pointed out above, it agrees with the typical species of Sabinea. In Paracrangon echinatus, not only are the second pair of legs com- pletely obsolete, but there are no arthrobranchizx, the branchial formula being the same as for Ceraphilus boreas and Agassizii. RHACHOCARIN A, subfam. nov. Anterior thoracic legs stout, non-chelate ; second pair slender, chelate, and with multiarticulate carpi; coxe of the external maxillipeds articulated with the adjacent edge of the carapax. These characters sufficiently distinguish this subfamily from all other Cran- gonide. The broad, ovate antennal scales with both margins ciliated are prob- ably also characteristic of the subfamily, which, as far as known to me, contains but one genus. RHACHOCARIS,* gen. nov. Plates V. and VI. The carapax is subcylindrical, carinated longitudinally, rostrated, with prominent antero-lateral and antennal spines, and the margins of the branchi- ostegites are strongly incurved opposite the bases of the second pair of legs and are connected each side with the cox of the external maxillipeds by two processes from the coxa interlocking between their converging tips a projection in the margin of the carapax so as to form therewith an articulation admitting slight motion. The eyes are large and pyriform, with the cornea expanded and very large. The antennule are very nearly as in Crangon. The antennal scale is broad, * ‘Pdxis and xapls. 42 BULLETIN OF THE ® ovate, the entire margin ciliated, and with the tooth of the outer margin small and far back from the tip. The other parts of the antenna are nearly as in Crangon. The oral appendages are very similar to those of Crangon and the closely allied genera, and the labrum, metastoma, mandibles, maxille, and second pair of maxillipeds are very nearly as in Crangon vulgaris. In the first maxilliped the proximal lobe of the endopod projects inward much more prom- inently and the distal lobe is longer than in Crangon. There are two arthro- branchie at the base of the external maxilliped, as in Sabinea, and the stout endopod is composed of three segments as in Crangonine, but the two distal segments are very short and the terminal one acute and spined. The legs of the first pair are symmetrical and about as large as the external maxillipeds ; the propodus is short and tapers distally, and the dactylus is small, slender, and capable of flexion against the inner side of the propodus, The legs of the second pair are elongated, slender throughout, and, in all the speci- mens examined, slightly unsymmetrical in length; the carpi are long and muiltarticulate ; and the chele small. The last three pairs of legs are slender and nearly alike. The number and arrangement of the branchiz differ from all the Crangonidee known to me. In R. sculpta, the second species here described, there are epipods on the bases of the first and second maxillipeds and two arthro- — branchie at the base of each external maxilliped, one arthrobranchia for each of the thoracic legs except the last pair, and a pleurobranchia for each side of the last five thoracie somites, — making two epipods, six arthrobranchie, and five pleurobranchiz each side, as indicated in the following formula : — Somites. VII. VIII. IX. xX. p.a 8 Sgr. Senn, XIV, Total. Epipods, 1 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 (2) Podobranchie, 0 0 0 ) 0 0 0 0 0 Arthrobranchie, 0 (0) 2 1 1 1 1 0 6 Pleurobranchie, 0 0 0 1 1 1 l 1 5 11+() The abdomen is sculptured and spined to correspond with the carapax, and the exoskeleton is throughout very thick and massive. In the three species here described, the hinges at the last three articulations of the abdominal somites — that is, at the articulation of the fifth with the fourth, the sixth with the fifth, and of the telson with the sixth — present a peculiar modification by which the hinge is very much strengthened and is at the same time apparently made capable of being clamped or locked so as to hold the terminal somites firmly extended. In addition to the ordinary hinge, at each of these articulations, there is a process arising from the anterior somite just below the hinge and curved backward and upward concentrically with the hinge, and this process fits accurately and is slightly overlapped along its edges by a similarly curved groove in the posterior somite. When the abdomen is completely flexed the ends of these curved processes project dorsally consider- _— MUSEUM OF COMPARATIVE ZOOLOGY. 43 ably beyond the grooves, but when the abdomen is fully extended the pro- cesses are withdrawn so as to expose the dorsal part of the groove, and in this position in the contracted alcoholic specimens the somites are firmly clamped, apparently by the pressure of the ends of the processes upon the concave pos- terior walls of the grooves, and held rigidly extended, so that it is very difficult to flex the somites, unless the tip of the abdomen is pulled backward with con- siderable force, when the processes slide easily through the grooves and the somites are readily flexed. It is probable that in life, while the extensor muscles of the abdomen are relaxed, the processes move easily through the grooves ; but when the extensor muscles are strongly contracted the hinges are clamped as in the alcoholic specimens, so that the animal can voluntarily hold the telson and the spiny terminal somites of the abdomen rigidly extended as a means of self-defence. In all three of the species, when the abdomen is fully flexed, the tip of the telson is brought directly below and very near to the mouth. A. Milne-Edwards, in the paper already referred to, which has been pub- lished since the part of this report relating to the Crangonide was ready for the printer, has described three new species belonging to a new genus, Glypho- crangon, which is apparently very closely allied to the genus here described and possibly identical with it. In Milne-Edwards’s genus the telson is de- scribed as consolidated with the sixth somite of the abdomen.* It is scarcely to be supposed that Milne-Edwards could mistake the peculiar articulation of the telson with the sixth somite of the abdomen, which is described above and which is equally characteristic of the articulation of the sixth somite with the fifth and of the fifth with the fourth, for actual consolidation, or overlook the remarkable character of the articulation of the external maxillipeds with the carapax ; and as neither of the species here described and figured agrees fully with the description of either of the species of Glyphocrangon in the spines of the carapax and abdomen, I am forced to the conclusion that Milne- Edwards’s genus is different from mine, though possessed of quite as remark- able characters, Rhachocaris Agassizii, sp. nov. Plate V. Fig. 2. Plate VI. Fig. 2. Female. — The carapax has eight conspicuous longitudinal carine which are interrupted by a very deep cervical and a broad and deep gastro-orbital sulcus, but, aside from the carina, sulci, and spines, is nearly cylindrical The rostrum is about two thirds as long as the rest of the carapax along the dorsal line, flat- * In characterizing the genus he says, ‘‘ Le septitme article abdominal est *\ , + ey ” . . ° y ae presque entiérement soudé au sixitme”; and in the description of @. spinicauda, the first species, ‘* Le septiime article est immobile sur le précédent, il est triangulaire, bicarené en dessus, trés pointu, et au lieu d’avoir la méme direction que les autres articles, il se reléve et son extrémité est dirigée en haut.” 44 | BULLETIN OF THE tened above, triangular but with the edge flattened and distally slightly grooved below, and tapers regularly to an acute and gently upturned tip ; above there is a narrow but distinct median carina extending the whole length, and the margins are carinated and each armed just above the front of the eye with a prominent and acute spine directed forward and upward ; below the rostrum is unarmed. Just back of the base of the rostrum there is a pair of spines like those upon the rostrum, but slightly larger and with the bases elongated and laterally compressed. From these teeth two parallel dorsal carine extend to the posterior margin, but each one is broken into ten or eleven elongated teeth turned slightly forward, truncated above, and all except the first and last with flattened and conspicuously punctate tops. The space between these carine is concave with a deep transverse depression at the cervical suture, but smooth except a few small tubercles along the carine and one on the median line in front. The frontal margin is transverse and nearly straight, but the lateral angle is armed with three very large and acute spines : a very slender antennal spine directed upward and forward from just above the base of the antenna ; directly below this a somewhat larger one (the lateral angle itself) slightly compressed laterally and curved downward and then directed forward below the antennal scale ; and, arising outside and a little back of these, a very broad, dentiform, vertically compressed spine directed outward and forward, terminating in an acute tip as fer forward as the tip of the antennal spine, and apparently representing the anterior part of the lower of the three lateral caring, but separated from it by the broad and very deep depression of the cervical suture. The broad triangular space between this carinal tooth and the gastric region is depressed and smooth. The posterior part of the middle lateral carina is prominent and terminates at the cervical suture in a long tooth directed forward ; posteriorly it extends to the posterior margin and has the edge thick, flattened and punctate. The upper of the lateral carine is not evident in front of the cervical suture, is less conspicuous than the dorsal, and is obscurely divided into about four truncated teeth flattened and punctate above. On the gastric region in front of this carina there is an irregular group of elongated tubercles extending to the gastro-orbital suture, but with this exception the sides of the gastric region are unarmed, as are the remaining spaces between the carine of the dorsal part of the carapax, except a few very small tubercles either side of the cardiac region, and a few still smaller ones below the upper lateral carina and near the posterior margin. The lower of the lateral caring is broad, punctate along its edge, and extends from near the base of the spine of the antero-lateral angle almost to the posterior margin, with a broad and deep interruption at the cervical suture. On the branchial region below this carina there are about three irregular elongated and punctate ridges, and near the posterior margin there are a few small tubercles, but with these exceptions the branchial regions are unarmed. There is, however, a narrow but well-marked carina the whole length of the lateral margin. The eyestalks are slender and very small in proportion to the eyes them- selves, which are approximately spherical, slightly compressed vertically, and MUSEUM OF COMPARATIVE ZOOLOGY. 45 with the horizontal diameter about three fourths as great as the breadth of the antennal scale and only a little less than the length of the eye to the base of the stalk. In the alcoholic specimen, the pigment is deep purplish and is probably not black in life. The peduncle of the antennula reaches to the tip of the antennal scale and nearly to the tip of the rostrum, and is clothed along the sides and below with very fine hairs, but is nearly naked above ; the first segment is a little longer than the second and third together, the second nearly as long as the last, which is less than twice as long as broad, The flagella are both nearly naked : the outer is about as long as the peduncle, the proximal two thirds of its length vertically compressed and broad, but the terminal portion suddenly contracted ; the inner is a little longer than the outer, very slender and regularly tapered. The antennal scale is regularly ovate, with the greatest breadth about two thirds of the way from the tip to the base, where it is very much contracted at the articulation ; both margins are thickly ciliated, and the tooth of the outer margin is represented by an obscure angular projection at less than a third of the way from the base to the tip. The narrowness of the articulation permits great lateral motion in the scale, so that it may be turned outward at nearly a right angle to the body. The segments of the peduncle are without spines or tubercles ; the last segment is about as long as the breadth of the scale and reaches three fourths of the way from its base to its tip, and the inner edge is compressed and ciliated. The flagellum is a little longer than the carapax in- cluding the rostrum, slender, compressed vertically, and almost naked. The tips of the external maxillipeds reach to about the tips of the antennal scales. The proximal of the three segments of the endopod is about as long as the antennal scale and five or six times as long as broad ; the second segment is about two fifths as long as, and slightly broader than, the first, vertically compressed, thickly ciliated along the inner edge, and armed beneath with a single movably articulated spine near the distal end, and with two or three similar spines along each edge; the last segment is a little longer than the second, flat and smooth above, tapers from the base to a slender curved and acute tip, and the under surface and lateral margins are armed with thirteen or fourteen movably articulated spines among which there are a few fascicles of setee. The exopod is very slender, the basal portion slightly longer than the flagelliform portion, and the whole considerably shorter than the proximal seg- ment of the endopod. The legs of the first pair are just about as long as and scarcely stouter than the external maxillipeds, and reach a little beyond the bases of their dactyli, or nearly to the tips of the peduncles of the antenne : the ischium is about as long as the propodus, the inner and outer margins nearly parallel, the outer articulating with the merus, while the inner is thin, nearly straight, closely ap- proximated, and armed with a few sete, and each projects forward beyond the articulation with the merus in a narrow dentiform prominence ; the merus is as long as the three distal segments together, about a fourth as long as broad, slightly compressed vertically and with a few sete along the inner edge, but 46 BULLETIN OF THE otherwise unarmed ; the carpus is short, about as broad as long, and unarmed, and is so articulated with the merus as to be capable of flexion backward and beneath it ; the propodus is slightly more than half as long as the merus, rounded, slightly swollen, tapers to a very narrow distal extremity, and is smooth and unarmed except upon the upper and inner side where it is furnished with three longitudinal series of fascicles of soft sete ; the dactylus is about half as long as the propodus, very slender, curved and acute, smooth and naked, and capable of nearly complete flexion on the setigerous side of the propodus. The manner in which the distal segments of these limbs are articulated brings the setigerous sides of the propodi and the points of the dactyli in direct opposition to the spinous sides of the two distal segments of each of the external maxillipeds, and these two pairs of appendages are probably used together as prehensile organs. The legs of the second pair are unarmed and naked, very slender, the distal portion but little stouter than the proximal part of the flagellum of the antenna, and a little unsymmetrical, the left being slightly stouter than the right and reaching nearly to the tip of the rostrum, while the right reaches a little be- yond : the coxa is short and nearly cylindrical ; the ischium is a little longer than the propodus in the first pair, much broader than the coxa, very much compressed vertically and the inner edge slightly expanded proximally, so that the breadth is about a fourth of the length ; the merus is about a fourth longer than the ischium, the right a little longer than the left, little more than half as broad as the ischium, nearly uniform in breadth, and compressed verti- cally but much less so than the ischium ; the carpus is more than twice as long as the merus and more slender, strongly compressed, very slightly tapering at the distal end, composed of thirty-one segments on the right side and twenty-three on the left, and the most distal segment in each about as long as the three next taken together ; the left chela is slightly larger than the right, but neither is larger than the distal segment of the carpus, the digits are both short, the pre- hensile edge of the propodal one considerably oblique and shorter than the dactylus, which is itself scarcely longer than the breadth of the propodus. The legs of the third pair are nearly naked, slender, and reach to the tip of the rostrum: the merus is about twice as long as the ischium, and these two segments taken together are longer than the three distal segments and are of nearly uniform diameter throughout and very slightly compressed ; the carpus is a little shorter and more slender than the ischium ; the propodus is nearly twice as long as the carpus, cylindrical, and slightly tapered distally ; the dac- tylus is narrower than the distal end of the propodus, nearly a fourth as long as the propodus, nearly straight, a little compressed vertically, and tapered from the base to the tip. The fourth and fifth pairs of legs are alike and very similar to the third pair, but are slightly stouter throughout, the propodus is furnished with a dense fascicle of sete outside the base of the dactylus, and the dactylus itself is considerably longer than in the third pair, strongly compressed vertically, concave above and convex below, and lanceolate, being broader in the middle than the distal end of the propodus, but narrowed toward the base and tapered to an acute tip. MUSEUM OF COMPARATIVE ZOOLOGY. 47 The sternum is flat, triangular, and wholly unarmed. The abdomen is about once and a half as long as the carapax including the rostrum, is narrower than the carapax, and as seen from above tapers regularly from the base to the tip of the telson. There is a sharp medio-dorsal carina from the base to the telson, but interrupted on all the somites but the first ; a single lateral carina each side is indistinctly indicated on the first two or three somites ; and the dorsal surface generally is studded with prominent tubercles, many of which are elongated and all the larger ones with flattened and punc- tate tops. Upon the first somite, the median carina is thin and very high and projects forward in an acute tooth ; either side, in line with the upper lateral carina of the carapax, there is a very prominent acute and spiniform tooth directed obliquely forward. On the second and third somites, the dorsal carina is divided into two nearly equal parts by a smooth and very conspicuous sulcus, which passes slightly backward either side across the whole dorsum of the segment and down parallel with and near to the posterior margin of the epim- eron ; the anterior part of the carina on the second somite is nearly as high as on the first and projects slightly forward, but the posterior part on the second and both parts on the third are much lower and do not project in front or be- hind. On the fourth somite, the carina is divided into two unequal parts by a less conspicuous sulcus, the anterior part being like that upon the third somite, while the posterior part is twice as long, thickened and flat above anteriorly, but posteriorly higher, more acute, and projecting slightly over the fifth somite. On the fifth somite the carina is unequally divided by a similar suleus, but the anterior portion is more prominent than on the fourth, and the posterior part is very prominent, its anterior half being formed of two longitudinally elon- gated tubercles slightly diverging posteriorly, and between and back of them a single very high sharp and triangular tooth. The carina upon the sixth somite is broken anteriorly by a small notch, and posteriorly rises in an acute edge and projects far back over the base of the telson in an acute tooth. The epimeron of the first somite is narrow, does not project below the margin of the carapax, is rounded below and almost wholly covered by the anterior expansion of the epimeron of the second somite when the abdomen is fully flexed. The epimeron of the second somite projects much below the epimeron of the first, the anterior margin is nearly as convex in outline as the posterior, the inferior margin projects in the middle in a very long, slender, and outeurved spine, in a much smaller spine at the posterior angle, and in a small tooth anteriorly ; on the outer surface a sulcus, like and nearly parallel with the sulcus of the porterior border, passes from near the anterior hinge to the base of the large spine of the inferior margin, but between and outside of the sulci the surface is sparsely tuberculous. The epimera of the third, fourth, and fifth somites have a smooth depressed area along the anterior margin, and are each armed below with two slender acute and out-curved spines, of which the anterior one on each epimeron is about as long as the large spine of the second epimeron, while the posterior spines increase in length from the second to the fifth somite, that upon the fifth epimeron being longer than the anterior spine of the same 48 BULLETIN OF THE epimeron and directed backward as well as outward ; the middle portion of the outer surface of each of these epimera is raised and sparsely tuberculous, and there is also a line of small tubercles between the sulcus and the posterior margin on the third, but on the following epimera the transverse sulcus of the dorsum does not extend down the epimera. Most of the tubercles on the side of the sixth somite are arranged in two longitudinal lines, an irregular but prominent one between the two hinges and a less prominent one below. The lateral angles of the sixth somite project downward, outward, and backward in a very large and acute spine outside the base of the uropod. The telson is a little longer than the rostrum, slightly expanded toward the base, but the distal two-thirds is narrow, and terminates in a slender spiniform and slightly upturned tip unarmed with spines or sete. On the dorsal side there is a sharp median tooth beneath the projecting carinal tooth of the sixth somite ; either side there is a sharp carina extending from the base nearly to the tip, leaving, except at the base, a smooth and deep groove between them ; the lateral edges are strongly carinate, leaving a smooth groove either side, and a wide and shallow groove the full width of the under surface. The lamellz of the uropods are about three fourths as long as the telson : the inner lamella is obtusely lanceolate and nearly four times as long as broad ; the outer is much broader, the tip ovately rounded, and the very prominent lateral tooth about a fourth of the way from the tip to the base. The inner lamella of the appendage of the first abdominal somite is very short, about a third as long as the outer, obtuse, and about half as broad as long. The sterna of all the abdominal somites are unarmed. The eggs are very large, being, in alcohol, about 2.6 and 3 mm. in least and greatest diameter, and are proportionally few in number, there being not far from one hundred carried by the specimen examined. The single specimen seen, a female, gives the following measurements : — Length from tip of rostrum to tip oftelson . . «. «. . 111.0mm, Length of carapax, including rostrun . ‘ ‘ ‘ : ‘ 46.0 Length of rostrum . ; : . . . 18.0 Breadth of carapax in front, inking moines ‘ ‘ é : 30.0 fé F at cervical suture. F ; . «/ 170 is & at middle, including opines ’ ‘ , ‘ 21.0 Diameter ofeye . : ‘ ; ‘ . . , ‘ . 50 Length of antennal scale. . : : ‘ ‘ : . 13.1 Breadth of antennal scale e : ; . ; ; , ae Length of external maxillipeds . : : ; e : . 27.4 é first pair of legs ; ; . . : : ‘ - 27.2 6 carpus ‘ : : . : : ‘ . ; 2.3 - - propodus . . : “ : . : : : «- 68 nf dactylus : : : : ; : : : : 3.4 second pairoflegs . . . right, 42.0 mm. ; left, 39.0 MUSEUM OF COMPARATIVE ZOOLOGY, 49 Length of merus . ‘ E : , right, 8.4mm. ; left, 8.7mm. oe carpus . ‘ . . > . “. 19.9 6 Vib rt chela . : : : - E a, St dee eee ee | “ third pair oflegs ; g 6 . . 41.0 “ fifth pair of legs . ; $ > ‘ B slew ? 46.0 e telson. " . . “ , > . ‘* » 20.0 Station 326, N. Lat. 33° 42’ 15”, W. Long. 76° 0’ 50”, 464 fathoms. Rhachocaris sculpta, sp. nov. Plate V. Fig. 3. Plate VI. Figs. 3-34, Female. — This species, though closely resembling the last in structure and general appearance, differs very conspicuously in the ornamentation of the .carapax and abdomen, and in the form of the dactyli of the fourth and fifth pairs of thoracic legs. It is distinguished from R. Agassizii at a glance by having the dorsal and upper lateral carine of the carapax only obscurely indi- cated by lines of acute tubercles and the spaces between the carine tubercu- lous, by having two short spines each side in place of the great lateral spine of the antennal region and a small bidentate tooth in place of the sharp branchial spine of &. Agassizii, and in having three instead of two lateral spines on the epimeron of the fifth somite of the abdomen. The postero-lateral angle of the carapax is more prominent and angular than in FR. Agassizii, but in other respects the form is very nearly the same. The lateral carine on the posterior part of the rostrum are not so high, and the two teeth at the base of the rostrum are even smaller than the rostral teeth and are nearly erect. All the carinze of the carapax are much less prominent, so that the carapax is more regularly rounded. The space between the two dorsal carine is scarcely at all depressed, the transverse sulcus at the cervical suture is not as deep, and there are two lines of small spiniform tubercles extending the whole length of the space, and the dorsal carine themselves are represented by two similar lines of larger spiniform tubercles with about twelve tubercles in each line, and with an obscure line of minute tubercles just outside of them. Below the dorsal carina and just back of the eye either side, at the extreme anterior end of the lateral lobe of the gastric region, there is a very large verti- cally compressed and acute tooth or spine connected with the lateral carina of the rostrum by a low but conspicuous ridge, just back of the base of this tooth there are one or two small spines, and on the rest of the triangular lateral lobe of the gastric region between these and the cervical suture there are approxi- mately twelve spines or tubercles, of which those in the middle of the lobe are larger than the others. Of the three spines of the antennal region, the antennal itself is longer than in R. Agassizii, much stouter, considerably expanded at the base and directed strongly outward as well as forward and upward ; the spine of the antero-lateral margin is stouter and directed more outward ; while back of and between these spines there are two relatively small acute teeth directed VOL. X. —No. 1. 4 50 BULLETIN OF THE forward, one behind the other, and of which the anterior is considerably the larger, and in the space between these teeth and the gastric region there are two or three irregular lines of minute acute tubercles. Back of the cervical suture, the upper lateral carina is high, conspicuous, and marked by a line of about six acute teeth directed slightly forward, and the depression between these and the lateral carina is armed with minute spiniform tubercles obscurely arranged in longitudinal lines. The middle lateral carina is distinct, armed in front with a small bidentate tooth and back of this by a very few small and irregular teeth. The lower lateral carina is distinct, with the edge slightly crenulated but not dentate. Below the carina of the antennal region there is a longitudinal rugose ridge, and below and back of this a similar ridge on the lower part of the branchial region. The surface of the branchial region between the carine is roughened by many minute tubercles, the inferior margin is bor- dered by a conspicuous carina as in the last species, and just above this at the postero-lateral angle there is a conspicuous elongated tubercle. The eyes are a little larger than in the last species, but do not differ in other respects. The peduncles of the antennule are clothed with coarser hairs than in the last species, and the distal segments are hairy above as well as on the sides, but in other respects they do not differ. The antennal scale is a little broader than in the last species and the tooth of the outer margin is more prominent and nearly half-way from the base to the tip, but the peduncle and flagellum do not differ. The distal segment of the external maxilliped is no longer than the penultimate, and the spines upon these two segments are a little more slender and the whole appendage a little shorter than in R. Agas- sizit. The legs of the first pair are a little shorter as a whole, and the propodi and dactyli are relatively shorter. The legs of the second pair are exactly as in R. Agassizii except that they are shorter and have fewer segments in the carpi, the right leg scarcely reaching the tip of the peduncle of the antenna, the left a little shorter, while the right carpus has twenty-three segments and the left twenty. The legs of the third pair are stouter than in R. Agassizii and only reach to tips of the antennal scales, but the relative lengths of the segments are about the same. The fourth and fifth pairs are proportionally short and stout, and the dactyli very different from those of R. Agassizii. These are alike in both pairs, about a fifth as long as the propodi, shorter than in the third pair, not at all compressed but nearly cylindrical, even slightly swollen distally, and very abruptly contracted into a bifid tip, the inner tooth of which is the longer, more acute, and curved. The form and sculpture of the abdomen is very similar to that of the last species, but the dorsal carina on the first somite is interrupted posteriorly and on the second is not so high ; the teeth of the lateral carine on the first somite are not quite as acute ; the tubercles over the surface generally are more irreg- ularly arranged, and none of them are much elongated ; the marginal spines of the epimera are shorter and less curved, but the anterior tooth on the second epimeron is much larger though obtuse ; the fifth is armed with three spiniform teeth, a median tooth, and two smaller nearly equal lateral teeth; and the LL MUSEUM OF COMPARATIVE ZOOLOGY, 51 lateral spine of the sixth somite is smaller and not directed so much backward. There are no differences of importance in the form of the telson, uropods, or other abdominal appendages. The eggs are slightly larger than in R. Agassizii, and of about the same number. The specimen above described gives the following measurements : — Length from tip of rostrum to tip of telson . . . . - 108.0mm. Length of carapax, including rostrum , . : , ‘ ‘ 44.0 Length of rostrum . i 3 Gaby : » 18.5 Brendth of carapax in front, idle diivied at eh es . 19.3 “ § at cervical suture. : : . ‘ . 15.4 S, «« at middle, including spines. é wine % 21.5 Length of antennal scale . : : ° : ‘ : d b 1. Breadth of antennal scale. ; : : : . , : 6.8 Diameter of eye } . é ‘ : : ° d , <9 Dength of external maxillipeds 0 et 88 “ first pair oflegs : ° t ‘ - 22.2 «« second pairoflegs . . ; ° sights 29.0 ; left, 27.5 “ merus. ° ; : é . eee, B.D WK YES Mant)! searpus ; : ° : : ‘ BE IAT A Sethe “« chela . : : . : ° a ee Seed pmirofilegs se) eget)! BOUL eT gir Hen GLO “fifth pair oflegs d : ’ : ’ ‘ - 27.5 * telson . é : : : ‘ ‘ . : ‘ 18.5 Station 339, N. Lat. 38° 16’ 45”, W. Long. 73° 10’ 30”, 1186 fathoms. Rhachocaris longirostris, sp. nov. Plate V. Fig. 1. Plate VI. Fig. 1. Female. — This species agrees with R. Agassizii in having the dactyli of the fourth and fifth pairs of thoracic legs slender, but in the sculpturing of the carapax and abdomen it is more like R. sculpta, though the tubercles are fewer in number and are all obtuse ; it differs very conspicuously from both these species in having a much longer rostrum, longer telson, much shorter antennal scales, and the eyes on shorter peduncles, and, in the alcoholic specimen, devoid of colored pigment. The rostrum is slightly longer than the rest of the carapax along the dorsal line; the basal two-thirds is horizontal, but the tip strongly upturned ; the upper side is flat and the horizontal portion of uniform breadth, but the tip regularly tapered and acute ; there is a slight median carina the whole length ; there are lateral spines and the corresponding pair of spines at the base of the “HZ BULLETIN OF THE rostrum as in R. sculpta, though a little less prominent; and between the lat- eral spines and the curved tip the surface is irregularly corrugated. The inferior edge of the rostrum is grooved, the groove being broadest at the begin- ning of the curved portion, and toward the tip there is in addition a slight median carina, The carine of the carapax have nearly the same arrangement as in R. sculpta. The tubercles of the indistinct dorsal carine are all very low, obtuse, and punctate, and the space between the carine unarmed except by a few small tubercles in front. On the lateral lobes of the gastrie region the tubercles are all low and obtuse, the anterior being no more prominent than the others, The antennal spine is nearly as in R. sculpta, but the spine of the anterior angle is shorter and stouter than in that species, and directed straight forward as in R. Agassizii, The lateral carina of the antennal region is con- tinuous and terminates anteriorly in a distinct tooth back of which the edge is obtuse and punctate. Back of the cervical suture, the upper lateral carina is prominent, but the tubercles with which it is surmounted, though more promi- nent than the others on the carapax, are all obtuse and punctate. The middle lateral carina is continuous, broad, and punctate, and the lower carina is very low but well marked by being punctate. The inferior margin of the carapax is carinated as in the other species. The eyestalks are very short so as to be almost entirely concealed, and the eyes themselves relatively about as broad as in the other species, but somewhat flattened anteriorly so that they appear much less prominent, and in the alco- holic specimen are perfectly white. The peduncles of the antennule reach only to about the middle of the ros- trum and the flagella fall short of its tip, but the proportions of both peduncles and flagella are very nearly as in the other species. The antennal scales scarcely reach to the tips of the peduncles of the antennula, are ovate, about three fifths as broad as long, broadest distally, and have a very indistinct tooth about the middle of the outer margin which is only obscurely ciliated back of the tooth. The external maxillipeds and the first pair of thoracic legs are slightly shorter, reaching scarcely to the tips of the antennal scales, but otherwise as in R. sculpta. The thoracic legs of the second pair are similar to those of R. sculpta, but the right reaches a little beyond the tip of the antennal scale and its carpus has about twenty-one segments ; the left is a little shorter than the right and its carpus has about eighteen segments. The third legs are nearly as in the other species, reach a little beyond the tips of the antennal scales, and their dactyli are about a third as long as the propodi and very slender. The fourth and fifth pairs of legs are but very little if at all stouter than the third, the fascicles of sete at the tips of the propodi are nearly as long as the propodi themselves, and the propodi are slightly shorter than in the third pair, strongly compressed as in R. Agassizit, but slender and not expanded at all in the middle. The sculpturing of the abdomen resembles that of R. sculpta, but the dorsal carina is less prominent and more obtuse, and the tubercles are fewer in num- MUSEUM OF COMPARATIVE ZOOLOGY. 53 ber, obtuse, and punctate. The marginal spines of the epimera of the second to the fifth somite are all short, dentiform, and the posterior spine of the fifth epimeron is merely represented by an obtuse angle. The lateral spines of the sixth somite are about as prominent and fully as stout as in R. sculpta. The telson is longer than the carapax along the median line, exclusive of the rostrum, and has nearly the same form and sculpturing as in R. sculpta, though the tip is slightly more upturned. The outer lamella of the uropod is only about two thirds as long as the telson, fully a third as broad as long, with the lateral spine farther from the tip than in the other species and the margin between the spine and the tip obliquely truncated rather than rounded. The inner lamella is narrow and considerably longer than the outer. The specimen on which the above description is based is not carrying eggs, and the genital orifices at the bases of the third pair of thoracic legs are not easily discoverable ; but the appendages of the first and second somites of the abdomen are like those of R. sculpta, and leave no doubt in regard to the sex. Length from tip of rostrum to tip of telson. : STEM ie . 54.0mm. “of carapax including rostrum . aft tier ot abe | yo 23.0 « — of rostrum : ° - : . wat, . - 12.3 Breadth of carapax in front, including spines : - at 8.7 - + at cervical suture. : : 4 . <,, "te “3 inmiddle. : : err ; é 8.5 Length of antennal scale : : é . “ a ° . 49 Breadth of antennal scale. ° : ° a : ’ : 3.0 Diameter ofeye . ‘ . : : . : . ‘ « SS Length oftelson . . . . BY pee eee ee) ae ° 11.0 Station 330, N. Lat. 31° 41’, W. Long. 74° 35’, 1047 fathoms. From Station 315, N. Lat. 32° 18’ 20”, W. Long. 78° 43’, 252 fathoms, there is a single small and imperfect specimen, evidently the young of this species. This specimen is about 25 mm. long and differs from the one above described in having the carine of the carapax a little sharper; the lateral carina of the antennal region interrupted in the middle ; the marginal teeth of the abdom- inal epimera smaller in proportion and the posterior tooth of the fifth epimeron wholly wanting, leaving it bidentate like the third and fourth ; and the right and left carpi in the second pair of thoracic legs of about eighteen and fifteen segments respectively, 54 BULLETIN OF THE PALASMONID&A., ALPHHIN 4i. Hippolyte Liljeborgii Danretssen. Hippolyte Liljeborgii DANIELSSEN, Nyt Magazin Naturv., Christiania, XI. p. 5, 1861. Merzcer, Jahresber. Comm. wissensch. Untersuchung deutschen Meere, 1872-73, Nordsee, p. 290, 1865 (Lilljeborgi). DANIELSSEN and Borck, Nyt Magazin Naturv., Christiania, XIX. p. 196, PL, figs. 15-20, 1872. Hippolyte secwrifrons NorMAn, Trans. Tyneside Naturalists’ Field Club, V. p. 267, 1863 (teste Danielssen and Boeck, Metzger). Smiru, Trans. Conn. Acad., V. p. 69, Pl. X. fig. 3, 1879 ; Proc. National Mus., Washington, III. p. 437, 1881. Station. N. Lat. W. Long. Fathoms. Specimens, 303 41° 34’ 30” 65° 54! 30/ 306 89 306 41° 32’ 50” 65° 55’ 0” 524 29 309 40° 11’ 40” 68° 22/ 0” 304 22 This species appears to be abundant in deep water off the whole New Eng- land coast. It has also been taken off the Capes of the Delaware by Capt. Z. L. Tanner, of the U. 8. Fish Commission Steamer “ Fish-Hawk,” Sta- tion 1045, N. L. 38° 35’, W. Long. 78° 13’, 312 fathoms, and at neighboring stations. Hippolyte Phippsii Krirer. Hippolyte Phippsii Kroyer, Naturh. Tidssk., III. p. 575, 1841 (¢). Hippolyte turgida Kroyer, Ibid., p. 575, 1841 (¢). Hippolyte vibrans Stimpson, Ann. Lyceum Nat. Hist. New York, X. p. 125 (gs, var.). Hippolyte Ochotensis BRANDT, Middendorff’s Sibirische Reise, II. p. 120, Pl. V. fig. 17, 1849 (¢). Station 302, N. Lat. 41° 30’, W. Long. 66° 3’, 73 fathoms ; one male. Hippolyte polaris Ross. Alpheus polaris SABINE, Suppl. to Appendix of Parry’s First Voyage, p. cexxxviii. Pl. II. figs. 5-8, 1824. Hippolyte polaris J. C. Ross, in John Ross, Appendix to Second Voyage, p. lxxxv., 1835 (9). Hippolyte borealis J. C. Ross, in John Ross, op. cit., p. Lxxxiv. Pl. B, fig. 3, 1835 (¢). Station 303, N. Lat. 41° 34’ 30”, W. Long. 65° 54’ 30”, 306 fathoms ; one male. ———— a MUSEUM OF COMPARATIVE ZOOLOGY. 55 Caridion Gordoni Goés. Hippolyte Gordoni Batt, Nat. Hist. Review, V., Proc., p. 51, figs., 1858. [No spe- cific name is given in the article, though the species is said to be named after its discoverer, the Rev. G. Gordon, but Hippolyte Gordoni is given in the ‘« Index to the Proceedings,” p. iv. ] Doryphorus Gordoni NormMan, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., 3d Series, VIII. p. 277, Pl. XIII. figs. 6, 7, 1861. [The generic name preoccupied. ] Caridion Gordoni Goiis, Ofversigt Vetenskaps-Akad. Forhandlingar, Stockholm, 1863, p. 170 (10). Station 311, N. Lat. 39° 59’ 30”, W. Long. 70° 12’, 143 fathoms, sand ; two specimens, male and female. Bythocaris, sp. indet. A few specimens from Station 314, N. Lat. 32° 24’, W. Long. 78° 44’, 142 fathoms ; and Station 327, N. Lat. 34° 0’ 30”, W. Lon. 76° 10’ 30”, 178 fathoms. The species is the same as the one I have referred to as taken off Block Island by the U. S. Fish Commission (Proc. National Mus., Washington, III. p. 437, 1881). It is apparently closely allied to B. Puyert G. O. Sars (Archiv Mathem. Naturvid. Kristiania, II. p. 340, 1877, Hippolyte Payeri Heller), but the specimens are all much smaller thon the one described by Heller, none of them being over 30 mm. in length, and probably belong to a distinct species. Anchistia tenella, sp. nov. Plate IX. Figs. 1-1, This species is represented by a single specimen, an egg-carrying female. The integument is very thin and soft, so that it is difficult to make out accu- rately the proportions of the carapax, which is apparently slightly compressed laterally. The rostrum is slender, falls slightly short of the tips of the anten- nal scales, is fully three fourths as long as the rest of the carapax along the dorsal line ; the dorsal crest extends back a short distance upon the carapax, is directed slightly downward through its whole length, and is armed with nine teeth, crowded posteriorly but more widely separated anteriorly, and of which three are back of the orbit and the small anterior one near the acute tip ; the lower edge is armed with three teeth. The anterior margin projects in an acute angle below the orbit, and there are well-developed antennal and hepatic spines. Just back of the dorsal crest there is a slight notch in the dorsum with a distinct but short transverse sulcus turned forward either side. The eyes are small, black, and fall considerably short of the middle of the rostrum. The peduncle of the antennula (Pl. IX. fig. 1") reaches to the tip of 56 BULLETIN OF THE the rostrum : the first segment is squamiform, about once and two thirds as long as the two distal segments together, about three sevenths as broad as long, and the outer margin is armed with an acute tooth near the middle and pro- jects distally in a similar tooth half as long as the second segment ; the second and third segments are subequal in length, the second less than half as wide as the first but with a slight carina-like expansion on the outer side, while the third is still narrower and nearly cylindrical. The onter flagellum is divided for nearly half the length of the outer portion, which is as Jong as the peduncle, rather stout and somewhat hairy, while the inner ramus is more slender, nearly naked, and extends more than half the length of the whole flagellum beyond the tip of the outer ramus. The inner flagellum is very slender and apparently a little shorter than the outer, but is imperfect at the tip. The antennal scale (Fig. 1°) is about as long as the rostrum, more than a third as broad as long, only very slightly narrowed distally, and the broad obliquely truncated and rounded tip extends considerably beyond the large and acute spine in which the outer margin terminates. The terminal segment of the peduncle is slender and about two fifths as long as the scale. The flagellum is nearly as long as the whole body of the animal. The external maxillipeds reach to the middle of the antennal scales and are very slender ; the first of the three segments of the endopod reaches to the front edge of the carapax, and the second and third are successively a little shorter. The exopod is slender and reaches a little by the first segment of the endopod. The two pairs of chelate legs are unsymmetrical, the legs of the left side being larger than those of the right. This is very likely accidental, however, for the right antennal scale is short and misshapen, evidently reproduced after injury, and the right chelate legs have very likely been reproduced also, although they are as well formed as the left ones. The left leg of the first pair is about as long as the carapax including the rostrum ; the merus and carpus slender and subequal in length ; the chela nearly as long as the carpus, and slender, six or seven times as long as broad and with slender and slightly curved digits nearly half the whole length. The right leg is slightly smaller than the left, but the proportion of the parts the same. The left leg of the second pair is once and a half as long as that of the first pair ; the ischium and merus are subequal in length, the latter reaching as far forward as the tip of the rostrum ; the carpus is a little more than half as long as the merus, and shorter than in the first pair ; the chela is nearly as long as the carpus and merus together, slender, though slightly swollen in the middle, and with slender digits about two fifths the whole length. The right leg is about a fourth shorter than the left, and slender in proportion. The third and fourth pairs of legs are alike, slender, about a third longer than the carapax including the rostrum, the carpi about two thirds as long as the meri, the propodi considerably longer than the carpi, and the dactyli slender, slightly curved, acute, and only a sixth or seventh as long as the propodi. The epimeron of the first somite of the abdomen is very broad, but little narrower than that of the second, and extends far forward by the posterior edge MUSEUM OF COMPARATIVE ZOOLOGY. 57 of the carapax ; the second epimeron is orbicular, broader than high and nearly as broad as the whole height of the somite ; the third epimeron is broad and rounded posteriorly ; the fourth epimeron is prolonged backward nearly the full length of the fifth somite and is evenly rounded posteriorly ; the fifth is rounded and projects very slightly posteriorly. The sixth somite is nearly twice as long as the fifth, and about half as high as long. The telson is nearly a third longer than the sixth somite, thin and lamellar, tapers regularly to a rounded tip unsymmetrically armed with five spines and perhaps not quite perfect, and above is evenly rounded and armed with two pairs of aculei. The lamellz of the uropods reach a little by the tip of the telson : the inner is nar- rowly ovate and nearly four times as long as broad ; the outer is less than three times as long as broad, and broadly rounded at the tip, which projects much beyond the tooth in which the thickened outer margin terminates. The eggs, which are well advanced toward maturity, are approximately 0.60 and 0.45 mm. in greater and less diameter in the alcoholic specimen. All the oral appendages agree very closely with those of Palemonetes varians (Leach sp.) and the number and arrangenient of the branchiz are apparently the same as in that species, though I am not certain that there is more than one arthrobranchia at the base of the external maxilliped. [Palemonetes varians and Leander natator have the same branchial formula as Palemon squilla.] The single specimen is from Station 316, N. Lat. 32 7’, W. Long. 78° 37’ 30”, 229 fathoms, bottum of pebbles, and gives the following measurements : — Sex : Syd ; - : : : P ~ : ‘ 4 Length from tip of rostrum to tip of telson : ; : : . 25.0mm. “of carapax including rostrum, - F = d : 9.3 “ of rostrum. z ° : : ; . “ ; . 38 “ of antennal scale ; : 2 - , : : - 3.7 Breadth of “ Pints . : : : - ‘ ; Cn Length of first pair of legs. ; ; : ; right, 8.9 ; left, 9.5 se chela : : : 2 d : all Soils oF Gg “second pair of legs : : ‘ F Srbi.te 1%. 250 ischium , ! F ; ; § kak Oe ST +. merus : , t , : ’ Miki, (4. BS + carpus . Y 2 ‘ : : ‘ Pt dee WA 8 apis Cmeleele YER RPS A Ford ori ge fin B64 90 Ls dactylus . ; ‘ ! ‘ ‘ d Or Rei Ras «third pair of legs R : ; ; . Lt fai eS a propodus . . ; : = . ‘ . ‘ 3.6 “© sdactylus : i ‘ ; : : . ° a 0.5 “« sixth somite of abdomen . ; ‘ . ‘ . . 3.0 Height of “ Ul ake ‘ ’ : ‘ J : 1.5 Length of telson : . : . ‘ . . . ‘ . 43 58 BULLETIN OF THE PANDALIN ZA. Pandalus propinquus G. O. Sars. G. O. Sars, Vidensk.-Selsk. Forhandl. Christiania, 1869, p. 148 (4); Ibid., 1871, p. 259 (16). Smiru, Proc. National Mus., Washington, III. p. 487, 1881. Station. N. Lat. W. Long. Fathoms. Specimens. 306 41° 32’ 50” 65° 55’ 0” 524 2 309 40 11’ 40” 68° 22’ 0” 304 12 This species is not uncommon in deep water off the New England coast, and is found at least as far south as off the Capes of the Delaware, where it has been taken in abundance by Capt. Z. L. Tanner, of the U. 8. Fish Commission steamer “ Fish-Hawk,” Station 1045, N. Lat. 38° 35/, W. Long. 73° 13’, 312 fathoms. Pandalus leptocerus Sars. Proc. National Mus., Washington, III. p. 437, 1881. Station. N. Lat. W. Long. Fathoms. Specimens. 301 41° 26’ 55’ 66° 3’ 0” 71 2 302 41°30’ 0” bee 0 «(0 73 7 303 41° 34 30” 65° 54’ 30” 306 25 304 41° 35’ 0” 65° 57’ 30” 139 1 311 39° 59’ 30” 107.12", OF 143 14 344 AO? 16 OFF 70° 58’ Q” 129 346 40° 25! 35” 71°. 10' 20" 44 1 This species almost entirely replaces P. Montagui south of Cape Cod, and appears to be everywhere exceedingly abundant in from 30 to 200 fathoms, but below 300 fathoms it seems to give place to P. propinquus. In size and general appearance it is much like P. Montagui but more slender and readily distinguished from it, and from P. propinquus and borealis as well, by the minutely roughened surface and the presence of exopods upon the ex- ternal maxillipeds. The rostrum is from about once and a third to nearly twice as long as the rest of the carapax, and curved very slightly upward, but usually not as much so as in P. Montagui. Above, it is armed with eleven to thirteen teeth, of which one is near the tip, as in P. Montagut, and usually only two back of the orbit on the carapax proper, while a considerable space back of the terminal spine is unarmed, though this space is usually shorter than in P. Montagut. Beneath, there are six to eight teeth, as in P, Montagui. The entire surface of the carapax and abdomen is slightly roughened with short and irregular, trans- — pall MUSEUM OF COMPARATIVE ZOOLOGY. 59 verse punctate ridges, which give rise to very short bristle-like hairs, while in P. Montagui, propinquus, and borealis the surface is naked and very smooth. The carapax is considerably more slender than in P. Montagui, and the pos- terior tooth of the dorsal carina is farther forward, being much in front of the middle. The abdomen is more slender than in P. Montayui ; but, except for the greater slenderness, there is scarcely any difference in the form or propor- tions of the somites, or the form and armature of the telson and uropods. There are slender exopods, about a third as long as the ischia, at the bases of the external maxillipeds, but the endopods themselves are as in P. Montagui ; the merus reaches to the base of the flagellum of the antenna, and the tip falls considerably short of the tip of the antennal scale. The legs of the first pair are nearly asin P. Montagu. The right chelate leg of the second pair is shorter and stouter than in P. Montagui, and scarcely reaches the tip of the corresponding leg of the first pair ; the ischium is about a fourth the entire length ; the merus is only a little shorter than the ischium ; the carpus increases in thickness distally, is a little longer than the ischium, not more than about once and a half as long as the merus, and usually composed of only five segments, the proximal half being wholly unsegmented or annu- lated, then three subequal and very distinct segments, about as broad as long, and these followed by the terminal segment, which is about as long as the three next preceding ; the chela is about half as long as the carpus, and a little stouter than its distal end. The left chelate leg is a little shorter and stouter than in P. Montagui, but has about the same number of segments in the merus and carpus, and does not differ in other respects. The third, fourth, and fifth pairs of legs differ from those of P. Montagwi in being a little more slender, and in having much longer, much more slender, and nearly cylindrical dactyli, which are wholly unarmed, except a few small spinules beneath near the base. The branchial formula is the same as in P. Montagut. Pandalus tenuipes Smirn. Proc. National Mus., Washington, III. p. 441, 1881. Plate XIII. Fig. 12. Station 314, N. Lat. 32° 24’, W. Long. 78° 44’, 142 fathoms ; one male and one young specimen, both imperfect. This species is smaller but has a proportionally thicker body than P. Mon- tagui, and the surface of the carapax and abdomen is very minutely roughened, somewhat as in P. leptocerus, but the punctate ridges are much less conspicuous and much more thickly crowded than in that species. The carapax, including the rostrum, is about two fifths of the entire length, and the carapax proper is nearly as long as the rostrum, slightly swollen in the middle, somewhat contracted in front, as seen from above, and with the rostral carina extending back to about the middle, and armed, at about a third of the 60 BULLETIN OF THE way from the orbit to the posterior margin, with two to four slender spines crowded close together, rapidly decreasing in size posteriorly and movably artic- ulated with the carapax ; but between these teeth and the posterior teeth of the rostrum the carina is wholly unarmed. The rostrum is curved upward a little more than in P. Montagut, is not expanded below, and is armed the whole length above with eight to ten teeth, which are usually more widely separated distally, though in some specimens the terminal two or three are crowded together near the tip ; beneath there are six to ten small teeth. The eyes are black and as broad as long, but shorter than in P. Montagu. The peduncle of the antennula reaches to near the middle of the antennal scale, and the two distal segments are subequal in length and each about as broad as long. The antennular flagella are subequal in length and much longer than the carapax, including the rostrum ; the proximal half of the outer flagellum is very much thickened, the terminal portion very slender, as is the inner flagel- lum throughout. The antennal scale is approximately four fifths as long as the rostrum, and of very nearly the same form as in P. Montagui. The oral ap- pendages differ from those of P. Montagui in the following particulars : the proximal segment of the mandibular palpus is dilated, though not quite as conspicuously as in P. Montagui ; the posterior lobe of the scaphognath of the second maxilla is very short, broad, obtusely rounded at the extremity, and projects very little back of the base of the endognath, while in P. Montagut, and the allied species it is very much prolonged and acutely triangular pos- teriorly ; in the second maxilliped the dactylus is about as long as broad, and articulated with the oblique distal end of the propodus (PI. XIII. fig. 12), while in P. Montagui and its allies the dactylus is a narrow plate, articulated by one edge to the distal part of the mesial edge of the propodus. The external mavxillipeds are very slender, reach to about the tip of the rostrum, and have well-developed exopods, fully half as long as the ischium ; the ischium is a little longer than the rest of the endopod, which is composed, as in P. Mon- tagui, of only two distinct segments beyond the ischium, and in this case these two segments are subequal in length. The legs of the first pair are very slender, and reach to the tips of the external maxillipeds. The second (chelate) legs are exactly alike, and reach to or con- siderably by the tips of the antennal scales. The ischium is a little longer than the merus; the carpus is a little less than twice as long as the merus, slightly shorter than the antennal scale, and composed of about fifteen segments, of which the proximal are separated by indistinct, but the four or five distal by conspicuous articulations, while the ultimate is about twice as long as broad, and the next three or four, each, only about half as long as broad. The chela is slender, only a very little stouter than the distal end of the carpus, nearly a third as long as the carpus, and about half as long as the merus, and the digits are alike, about as long as the basal portion, slightly gaping, and with a very few long, setiform hairs. The third, fourth, and fifth pairs of legs are exceedingly slender, sparsely armed with minute spinules and slender sete ; and the dactyli are very long and slender, slightly and regularly bent, and EE a | MUSEUM OF COMPARATIVE ZOOLOGY. 61 flattened a little vertically (or in the direction of the plane of the curvature), and wholly unarmed ; those of the filth pair reach beyond the tip of the ros- trum, and the fourth and third pairs are successively a little longer ; the dac- tylus in the fifth pair isa third or a little more than a third as long as the propodus, in the fourth pair a little longer than in the fifth, and in the third pair not far from half as long as the propodus. The abdomen is evenly rounded and uot at all compressed above, and less geniculated at the third segment than in P. Montagui. The sixth segment is about once and two thirds as long as the fifth. The telson is about once and a half as long as the sixth segment, and terminates in an acutely triangular tip, armed each side with two long spines, of which the proximal is very much the longer, and at the extreme tip with a few long, plumose seta. The branchial formula is the same as in P. Montugui. Pandalus acanthonotus, sp. nov. - Plate XIII. Figs. 10, 11. This species, of which there is but one specimen in the collection, is closely allied to P. tenuipes, but is at once distinguished from it by the deeper and nearly horizontal rostrum with the lorsal teeth forming a continuous series with the spines on the dorsal crest of the carapax ; and by the much longer sixth somite of the abdomen, which is more than twice as long as the filth somite, and longer even than the telson. Female. — The carapax including the rostrum is only about a third of the entire length, somewhat contracted in front as seen from above, and with the rostral carina extending back to about the middle, but not sharp except in front, where it is armed with five slender spines movably articulated with the carapax and closely crowded together. The rostrum is considerably shorter than the cara- pax proper, nearly horizontal, expanded below, tapers to an acute tip, is armed above with seven teeth, of which the anterior is very minute and a little way from the tip while posteriorly the teeth become slender and at last spiniform, almost like the spines of the carapax, with which they form a continuous series ; below, the edge is armed with six teeth, of which the anterior one is minute and situated a little back of the tip. The eyes are large, pyriform, and black, and, as well as the antennule and antennae, are nearly as in P. tenwipes. The oral appendages are all very nearly as in P. tenuipes; the propodus in the second maxilliped (Pl. XLII. fig. 11) is, however, a little larger proportion- ally, and the very narrow dactylus articulated along nearly half the length of the mesial edge of the propodus very much as in P. Montagui, while in P. tenwipes the dactylus is about half as long as broad and articulated with the oblique distal end of the propodus. The external maxillipeds reach a little by the tips of the antennal scales, are almost exactly as in P. tenuipes, and, as in that species, have well developed exopods half as long as the ischia. The oral 62 BULLETIN OF THE appendages do not differ very much from those of P. carinatus figured on Plates X. and XI.: the first maxille and second maxillipeds are almost exactly as in P, carinatus; the distal segment of the mandibular palpus is broader and more obtuse at the tip, but in other respects the mandibles do not differ ; the second maxille differ only in having the posterior division of the distal lobe of the protognath proportionally a little smaller; the first maxillipeds are similar to those of P. carinatus, but the lamellar portion of the exopod is a little broader and more abruptly narrowed into a more slender flagelliform portion ; the external maxillipeds are more slender than in P. carinatus, and the two distal segments are subequal in length. The legs of the first pair reach to the tips of the external maxillipeds and are as in P. tenwipes. The second (chelate) legs are very nearly alike, but the left is a little longer than the right and reaches to about the tip of the antennal scale ; both are about equally slender; the carpi are more than a third of the entire length, segmented throughout but more conspicuously distally, and com- posed of about twenty segments, of which the most distal one is considerably longer than broad, but all the others shorter than this and approximately equal in length ; the chele are alike, scarcely stouter than the carpus and only a little more than twice as long as its distal segment. The third, fourth, and fifth pairs of legs are nearly as in P. tenuipes: those of the posterior pair reach consider- ably by the tip of the rostrum, and the fourth and third are successively a little longer ; the meri are sparsely armed with small spines, but the distal segments unarmed excepting a few sete or hairs; the dactylus in the third pair is about a third as long as the propodus, and in the fourth pair about a fourth as long as the propodus. The abdomen is rounded above, but is rather strongly geniculated and slightly compressed at the third somite. The sixth somite is more than twice as long as the fifth, longer even than the antennal scale or rostrum, and strongly compressed. The telson is much shorter than the sixth somite, slender, and terminates, as in P. tenuipes, in a triangular tip armed each side with two long and slender spines of which the proximal is much the longer. The surface of the carapax and abdomen is minutely roughened, as in P. tenuipes, by thickly crowded irregular transverse punctate ridges. The branchial formula is apparently just as in P. tenuipes, P. Montagui, etc., and as in the following species, P. carinatus. MEASUREMENTS. Station . : . “ : ° : : : . . - 321 Sex “ : : ; 5 : 3 : - A F 2 Length from tip of rostrum to tip of telson. : : ‘ . 42.0 mm. “ of carapax including rostrum . : : : : . 142 “ of rostrum . ‘ : ; ‘ : ; ; : . 63 Breadth of carapax . . : : ; : : : : 4.9 Length of antennal scale ° . : ; : : ‘ - 56 MUSEUM OF COMPARATIVE ZOOLOGY. 63 Breadth of antennal scale, . } : . ° : : 1.3mm. Length of right chelate leg : : - ‘ ° ° pay. F FES 6 carpus . 5 ; . ° ° . : - 4.2 af chela ‘ ) ‘ ; ; d - ° ‘ wie e left chelate leg 4 ; : ° . ° gat PAB id carpus , : ‘ . . . ° . . . 5.4 cE chela . é ; . ‘ - : - - , 1.0. Mg third leg . Poe tue ; ; : : : ; . 19:0 #6 fifth leg : ; ’ , F i ? ; 11S Kc fifth somite of abdomen ., ; ‘ . : 3 sah 6s sixth somite of abdomen ’ F 5 ; : ; 7.0 Height of “ ae - : ‘ : ; : : es Length of telson . : ’ : : é ; : : : 5.2 Station 321, N. Lat. 32° 43’ 25”, W. Long. 77° 20’ 30”, 233 fathoms, Pandalus carinatus, sp. nov. Plate X. Figs. 2-2". Plate XI. Figs. 1-3. Female. — The surface of the carapax and abdomen is microscopically punc- tate for the insertion of very minute hairs. The carapax including the rostrum is about as long as the entire abdomen, but the carapax proper much shorter than the rostrum and armed with a high dorsal crest nearly the whole length and with four sharp and very conspicuous longitudinal carine each side. The rostruin is very slender, nearly horizontal toward the base and slightly upturned from a little back of the middle, and armed above, from near the slender and acute tip, with thirteen conspicuous teeth in front of the orbit and four more on the anterior half of the carapax, and beneath from near the tip to the front of the eye with nine similar teeth. The uppermost of the four lateral carine is in a line straight back from the middle of the orbit, but is interrupted by a slight depression and terminates in a small tooth just back of the middle, and is not conspicuous on the anterior half of the carapax; the second and third carine are continuous the whole length of the carapax, nearly parallel and slightly curved, the upper terminating anteriorly in a conspicuous antennal spine just over the base of the antenna, the lower in a similar but laterally more prominent spine below the base of the antenna; the lowest carina is a marginal carina of the inferior edge of the carapax, which is more strongly incurved than in the typical species of Pandalus. The eyes are rather small for the genus, pyriform, and black. The first seg- ment of the peduncle of the antennula is broad, squamiform, excavated for the reception of the eye, and furnished externally with a large lamellar process terminating anteriorly in an acute angle in front of the eye. The second and third segments are very short, taken together being scarcely longer than their diameter, The outer flagellum is a little more than twice as long as the peduncle, the basal half considerably thickened and hairy, but the terminal 64 BULLETIN OF THE portion exceedingly slender. The inner flagellum is considerably longer than the outer, reaches nearly to the tip of the rostrum, and is slender throughout. The antennal scale is about three fourths as long as the carapax excluding the rostrum, and near the base about a fourth as broad as long, but tapers distally to an acute tip. The second segment of the peduncle of the anteuna is armed with a triangular tooth above the base of the scale and with a long spine below. The flagellum is slender, and considerably longer than the carapax including the rostrum. The mandibles (Pl. XI. fig. 1) are nearly as in P. Montagui, though the proximal segment of the palpus is much less dilated, and all the segments are only sparsely armed with sete ; the mandibles are in fact more nearly as in P. tenuipes. The first maxille (Fig. 2) are essentially as in P. Montagui. The lobes of the protognath and the endognath of the second maxilla (Fig. 3) are nearly as in P. Montagui, but the scapognath is very different ; its posterior lobe is short, broad, and evenly rounded, much as in P. fenuipes, while the anterior lobe is much longer than the posterior, fully as broad, and with a broad and truncated extremity ; both extremities of the scaphognath are margined with very long plumose setze, while those upon the edges between are short. The first and second maxillipeds (Pl. X. figs. 2*, 2) do not differ essentially from those of P. Montagui. The external maxillipeds have well-developed exopods about two thirds as long as the ischium, which is more than half the entire length of the endopod ; the terminal segment of the endopod is considerably longer than the penultimate, and tapers to an acute point. The legs of the first pair are more slender than the external maxillipeds, and do not quite reach to their tips. The right chelate leg (Pl. X. fig. 2°) reaches a little by the base of the antennal scale, and is rather stouter than usual in the genus ; the merus and carpus are subequal in length, and the carpus is rather obscurely divided into about eight segments, of which the proximal and distal are much longer than the others; the chela is very little shorter than the carpus and much stouter, and somewhat swollen so that it is between a third and a fourth as broad as long ; the digits are rather stout, slightly curved, and more than a third of the entire length. The three last pairs of legs are slender, subequal in length, reach to about the tips of the first pair, are armed with numerous sete and slender spines, and the dactyli are slender, very slightly curved, and about a third as long as the propodi. The first, second, fifth, and sixth somites of the abdomen are evenly rounded above, but the third and fourth are armed with a sharp dorsal carina, most conspicuous on the third somite, and in both somites projecting backward over the succeeding somite in a prominent horizontal and acute tooth. The first epimeron projects downward even below the second, which is orbicular and about as broad as high ; the third and fourth epimera project backward in evenly rounded lobes, but the fifth in an acute angle. The telson is about as long as the §fth and sixth somites together, narrow, armed with four pairs of dorsal aculei, and the triangular tip (Pl. X. fig. 2‘) F ha MUSEUM OF COMPARATIVE ZOOLOGY. 65 with three pairs of spines, of which the terminal are small and slender, the next very long, and the anterior short and stout. The lamelle of the uropods are about as long as the telson: the inner is lanceolate and between four and five times as long as broad; the outer is between three and four times as long as broad, with the tip broad, somewhat obliquely rounded, and projecting con- siderably beyond the acute tooth in which the outer margin terminates, and just inside the base of which there is a spine much longer than the tooth itself. The outer lamella of the appendage of the first somite of the abdomen is a little longer than the protopod, about a sixth as broad as long, and margined with multiarticulate plumose sete as usual, while the inner lamella is a little less than half as long as the outer, expanded externally near the base, where the breadth is equal to about a fourth the length, but tapering and slender distally, and margined with plumose sete like the outer. The inner lamella of the appendage of the second somite is a little longer than the outer lamella of the appendage of the first somite, between six and seven times as long as broad, and bears, a little way from the base, the usual stylet, which is about a fifth as long as the lamella itself. The single specimen is from Station 327, N. Lat. 34° 0’ 30”, W. Lon. 76° 10’ 30”, 178 fathoms, and gives the following measurements : — sex, : ; : ‘ : ; ‘ : . : . 2 Length from tip of rostrum to tip of telson ; ; d : . 48.0mm. “of carapax including rostrum. , 5 : : . 24.0 “ of rostrum . ; : i : ; : - : . 15.2 Breadth of carapax - : : : ; : : : é 5.2 Length of antennal scale . : ‘ : : . ‘ : - Wl Breadth of “ “ : ; , 2 ; ; ; ; 1.8 Length of right chelate leg : ‘ : : : ; : ¢ 2 a carpus . 5 : : = : . : : . 2.2 Ne chela 5 , : J ; ‘ : : ‘ ‘i Lo “left chelate leg ; ’ : : ‘ : alt 183 = carpus ‘ : : ‘ : : : : ‘ a Se) mr helreta, ) . F ; : , : ; . é 1.2 “ sixth somite of abdomen . i , e : , . 43 Height of “ mtg ‘ ; ; ‘ . : 2.2 Length of telson ees ; é , . : ee The genus Pandalus, as at present recognized, apparently contains species representing several genera, and this species is probably not strictly congenerie with P. Montagu, the type species. The carinated carapax gives the species avery different aspect from the typical Pandali, but the appendages through- out, excepting the scaphognath of the second maxilla, are very nearly as in P. Montagwi, and the number and arrangement of the branchiwe are the same as in that species, P. propinquus, borealis, leptocerus, and tenwipes, or as indicated in the following formula. VoL, x.— No. 1. 5 66 BULLETIN OF THE Somites. VEL. Vint. Ix. x, xI. XII. P.O Ee Total. Epipods, 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 0 (7) Podobranchiz, 0) 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 Arthrobranchiz, 0 @) 2 i 1 1 1 0 6 Pleurobranchiz, 0 0 0 1 1 1 1 1 5 12-+(7) This species will evidently fall in Milne-Edwards’s genus Heterocarpus (Ann. Sci. Nat., 6™ series, XI. No. 4, p. 8, 1881), of which the description has been published since the above was written, and it appears to be closely allied to, but distinct from, his H. ensifer, from 218 fathoms near Barbadoes. Milne-Edwards has however misapprehended the affinities of the genus, of which he says: “ Les crustacés du genre Heterocarpus offrent certaines analogies avec les Oplo- phorus et, par d’autres caracteres, ils se rapprochent des Lysmates, des Hip- polytes et des autres crustacés de la méme famille.” The genus is very near Pandalus, certainly far nearer than to Oplophorus (of which, however, I have never examined specimens), or any other described genus. //eterocarpus should be placed with the two or three genera into which the genus Pandalus as it now stands must sooner or later be divided, and the species which I have here described should then stand as Heterocarpus carinatus. EPHYRIN &. MIERSIA Krvestey. Ephyra Rovx (nom. preoc.). As far as I know, the only described species properly referred to this genus are M. pelagica and punctulata (Risso sp.), both apparently unknown to modern carcinologists, and M. Heckelii (Ephyra Heckelii Von Martens), all from the Mediterranean. Ephyra compressa De Haan, placed in Miersia by Kingsley, had already been referred to Atyephyra by Von Martens (Archiv fur Naturgesch., XXXIV., 1868, p. 51, Pl. I. fig. 4* to 4°), and is certainly not closely allied to the species here described nor to M. Heckelit. A new genus, Meningodora, described beyond, and Hymenodora G. O. Sars, are in most characters closely allied to Miersia, and are here referred to the same subfamily, which has little affinity with the Atyide, but is in many re- spects much like Pandalus, and has, perhaps, still closer affinity with Oplophorus or some of its allies, Eumiersia, a new genus described beyond, is in some respects intermediate between the genera just mentioned and Pandalus, and is only provisionally placed in this subfamily. MUSEUM OF COMPARATIVE ZOOLOGY. 67 Miersia Agassizii, sp. nov. Plate XI. Figs. 5-%. Plate XII. Figs. 1-4. Male. — The carapax is nearly as broad as high, but is a little compressed above so as to make the dorsum somewhat obtusely angular, though rounded and not at all carinate even anteriorly. The rostrum is imperfect in all the specimens seen, but in the most perfect specimen it was evidently much longer than the carapax proper ; it is very slender, slightly upturned toward the tip, and back of the tip of the antennal scale is armed with seyen teeth above and four beneath. The anterior margin projects in an acute, but scarcely spiniform, angle above the base of the antenna, and opposite the base in an acute and laterally prominent branchiostegial spine, below which the branchiostergite is rather suddenly incurved in the anterior part of the carapax. The surface of the carapax and abdomen is naked and smooth to the unaided eye, but is micro- scopically punctate. The eyestalks are very short, and terminated by small hemispherical black eyes. The peduncle of the antennula is short, much less than half as long as the antennal scale : the first segment is fully as long as the second and third taken together, is deeply excavated above for the reception of the eye, and its outer edge is armed distally with a small tooth ; the second and third seg- ments are broader than long and subcylindrical. The outer or major flagel- lum is nearly twice as long as the antennal scale, with the proximal portion for about half the length of the antennal scale compressed vertically, broadly expanded, and thickly clothed beneath with fine hairs, but the distal portion is very slender and somewhat compressed vertically. The antennal scale is about three fourths as long as the carapax excluding the rostrum, and near the base about a fourth as broad as long, but narrowed regularly to a very slender tip. The second segment of the peduncle is armed with an acute dentiform spine below, and a triangular tooth above the base of the scale. The distal segment of the peduncle reaches only about a third of the way from the base to the tip of the antennal scale. The flagellum is wanting in all the specimens examined. The labrum is fieshy, prominent as seen in front, and the inferior edge is thickened and slightly indurated and applied to the concave dorsal surfaces of the mandibles. The lobes of the metastome are very broad distally and some- what truncated. The mandibles (Pl. XII. figs. 1, 1*) are expanded into thin, dorsally concave and strongly dentate ventral processes, above and closel y connected with which are small and narrow molar areas. The opposing edges of the ventral processes differ somewhat on the two sides: on the right side, as shown in the figures, the mesial edge is slightly convex as seen from above or below, and armed with about eight acutely triangular teeth, beyond which there are several small teeth on the anterior edge ; on the left side the mesial edge as seen from above or below is straight or slightly concave, terminates anteriorly in a sharp angle beyond which there are no teeth on the anterior edge, and the 68 BULLETIN OF THE teeth on the anterior part of the mesial edge are very small, though back of these small teeth there are about as many and as large teeth as on the mesial edge of the right mandible. The protognathal lobes of the first maxilla (Pl. XII. fig. 2) are approximately equal in size, broad at the ends, and armed as usual with slender spines upon the distal, and numerous set upon the prox- imal lobe. The endognath is small, obtusely pointed, and armed with a very few marginal sete and with two slender spines upon a small fold on the ven- tral side near the tip. The protognathal lobes of the second maxilla (Pl. XII. fig. 3) are very unequal, the proximal lobe is broad but very short, while the distal is long and deeply divided into two narrow and obtuse lobes. The endognath is unsegmented, short, and narrowed to a slender tip. The sca- phognath projects anteriorly slightly beyond the endognath, and both ends are broad and evenly rounded. The protopod of the first maxilliped (Pl. XII. fig. 4) projects very little anteriorly, and is obscurely divided into a very small proximal and a large distal lobe. The endopod is well developed, and composed of three segments, of which the proximal is very short, broader than long, the second nearly three times as long as broad, the terminal a little smaller than the second and lanceolately pointed, and all the segments margined with sete. The exopod is a very large lamelliform lobe longer than the endopod, about a third as broad as long, expanded and broadly rounded in outline distally, and edged with plumose sete which gradually increase in size distally along the margin. The epipod is small, branchial, with the anterior and posterior parts nearly equal. The ischium in the second maxilliped (Pl. XT. fig. 5*) is much shorter than broad ; the merus between two and three times as long as broad ; the carpus a little narrower than the merus and about as long as broad ; the pro- podus bent back upon the merus as in most Palemonide, a little longer than the merus, nearly half as broad as long, and obliquely truncated along the mesial edge for the articulation of the dactylus, which is more than twice as broad as long and armed with sete and slender spines as is the mesial and anterior edge of the dactylus. The exopod is nearly as long as the endopod, slender, and multiarticulate and flagelliform for more than half its length. The epipod is broad at base, somewhat triangular, and bears a large phillo- branchia. ‘The endopod of the external maxilliped reaches a little beyond the middle of the antennal scale, and is slender and composed of three segments, of which the proximal is the longest, reaches as far forward as the antero-lateral angle of the carapax, and is strongly curved and dorsally compressed in the middle opposite the mouth ; the middle and the distal segments are straight, the middle about half as long, and the distal nearly as long, as the proximal ; all the segments are more or less setigerous. The exopod is slender, multi- articulate, flagelliform, and about as long as the proximal segment of the endo- pod. The epipod is narrow, lamellar, nearly as long as the middle segment of the endopod, and lies between the branchie of the ninth and tenth somites. All the thoracic legs are furnished with exopods like those of the external maxillipeds, and the first, second, and third pairs are furnished also with epi- MUSEUM OF COMPARATIVE ZOOLOGY. 69 pods like those of the external maxillipeds. The first and second pairs of legs are slender, do not reach the tips of the external maxillipeds, and are very nearly alike, but the carpus and chela are a little longer and more slender in the second than in the first pair. In both pairs the merus is a little longer than the ischium, and reaches to or a little by the antero-lateral angle of the carapax. In the first pair the carpus is scarcely more than half as long and about as stout as the merus, and the chela is somewhat longer and a little stouter than the carpus, and with slender slightly compressed and nearly straight digits about a third of the whole length. In the second pair the carpus is scarcely as stout as the merus and about two thirds as long, and the chela is scarcely stouter than the carpus, but considerably longer. The third and fourth pairs of legs are nearly alike and reach by the tips of the external maxillipeds, the lower edges of the meri are spinulose, the propodi considerably longer than the carpi, and the dactyli are slender, nearly straight, unarmed, and nearly a third as long as the propodi. The posterior legs are slightly shorter than the third and fourth, and like them except the distal extremity, which is peculiarly modified. The propodus is slender, about as long as in the third and fourth pairs, is furnished with a few very long plumose sete near the middle, is thickly armed distally along the lower edge with serrately armed and simple sete, and so densely clothed at the tip with long sete as to very nearly hide the dactylus, which is very short, curved at the tip, and armed with several slender spines. The abdomen is large relatively to the cephalo-thorax, strongly compressed, and dorsally carinated except upon the first somite, the carina being most con- spicuous on the third somite, where it projects posteriorly in a very long and slender tooth. There is a similar but much smaller tooth on the three suc- ceeding somites, though in two of the three specimens examined it is nearly or quite obsolete on the fourth somite. The epimera of the four anterior somites are broad and very deep, the height of the abdomen at these somites being as great as or greater than that of the carapax. The first epimeron is as deep as the second, and its anterior edge is slightly concave in outline and projects a little below ; the second is about as broad as high, and approximately orbicu- lar ; the third and fourth project posteriorly in broadly rounded lobes ; the fifth projects posteriorly in an angular lobe obtusely rounded at the tip. The sixth somite is nearly twice as long as the fifth, and about twice as long as high. The telson is considerably longer than the sixth somite, very slender toward the tip, rounded and slightly suleated above, and armed with four or five pairs of stout dorsal aculei on the distal half. The outer lamella of the uropod scarcely reaches the tip of the telson, is about four times as long as broad, tapers very slightly except near the tip, which is ovate and projects nearly the width of the lamella beyond the angle in which the thickened outer margin ends ; the inner lamella is obtusely lanceolate, and considerably shorter and a little narrower than the outer. The outer ramus of the appendage of the first somite of the abdomen is long and slender, and like that of the succeeding appendages, but the inner ramus is 70 BULLETIN OF THE developed into a broad oval lamella about a third as long as the outer ramus, with both margins setigerous and the inner thickened and bearing a slender stylet armed as usual with minute hooks. The inner ramus of the appendage of the second somite bears the two stylets usually characteristic of the male. A small and imperfect female specimen appears not to differ from the males as above described except in the usual sexual characters. The inner ramus of the first abdominal appendage is a very small lamella nearly four times as long as broad and furnished with very long and slender sete. The surface of the carapax and abdomen is very nearly naked, but is rough- ened by minute granular projections. The number and structure of the branchia seem to be essentially the same as in the typical species of Pandalus, but there is apparently no epipod at the base of the fourth leg, so that the branchial formula is as follows : — Somites. WiLL FVELE, ~ ok 5. XI. KIL “X0E XIV.))e20ee Epipods, 1 1 1 1 1 1 0 0 (6) Podobranchiz, 0 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 Arthrobranchiz, 0 0 2 1 1 1 1 ) 6 Pleurobranchiz, 0 0 tv) l 1 1 1 1 5 12-+(6) The most perfect of the three specimens in the collection affords the follow- ing measurements : — Station . , ; ; : ‘ ° ; ° . - 330 ex, > g Length from tip of rostrum to tip of telson. : ; ; . 80+ mm. “of carapax excluding rostrum . . : : . - 160 ee OL TOSLEUIN. . : : . ‘ . A : - 16+ “ of antennal scale > : : A : ° - -* Breadth of “ sain? ; : 7 ‘ z . : "Re Length of sixth somite of abdomen : . ‘ ° : o 162 Height “g ~ - : ~ : : “ A . 5.0 Length of telson . 5 : : s : ; ° : . 130 Station. N. Lat. W. Long. Fathoms. Specimens. 305 41° 93! bY 65° 51’ 25” 810 Lae 323 3 Et i 0 76° 12’ 30” 457 19. 330 SLO Al O 74° 35’ 0” 1047 1 de Miersia gracilis, sp. nov. Plate XI. Figs. 4-4". Young male, — The carapax is slightly compressed, and including the rostrum only a little shorter than the abdomen ; the dorsum is rounded posteriorly, but carinated in front of the middle, and rises anteriorly into a high and sharp crest MUSEUM OF COMPARATIVE ZOOLOGY. 71 which extends to the base of the rostrum ; and the anterior margin is armed as in M. Agassizit.. The rostrum is considerably longer than the carapax proper, very slender, directed slightly downward for a short distance from the base, and is then nearly horizontal to the very slender and acute tip; is armed above for its whole length with fourteen teeth, of which the four or five pos- terior are nearer together than the others, and the two posterior very small and back of the orbit on the carapax proper; and is armed below with nine teeth from in front of the eye to the tip. The eyes are very much larger than in M. Agassizii, pyriform, and black. The antennule are very nearly as in M. Agassizii, but the thickened proximal part of the outer or major flagellum is relatively a little shorter. The anten- nal scale is about half as long as the rostrum, about three fourths as long as the carapax excluding the rostrum, and of nearly the same form as in D/. Agassiz. The labrum and metastome are nearly as in M. Agassizii. The mandibles differ from those of M. Agassizii in the molar areas being very small, nearly obsolete, and not distinctly separated from the ventral process, which is armed with teeth more uniform in size and not becoming rudimentary anteriorly. The terminal segment of the mandibular palpus is slightly shorter than in M. Agassizii, but in other respects the palpus does not differ. The distal lobe of the protognath of the first maxilla is very broad at the prehensile edge, and the lobe is much larger than the proximal lobe ; the endopod is more slender than in M. Agassizii, is armed with one in place of two spines on the fold near the distal extremity, and is without marginal sete. The divisions of the distal lobe of the protognath of the second maxilla are much broader distally, pre- senting much longer prehensile edges, and the scaphognath is narrower than in M. Agassizii. The protopod of the first maxilliped is as in M. Agassizii, but the exopod and endopod (P1. XII. fig. 10) differ conspicuously. The endopod is more slender and the distal segment is very much shorter, while the lamel- liform exopod has the inner angle of the distal extremity prolonged and indis- tinctly segmented, thus approximating to the early stages, in which it is doubtless flagelliform. The second maxilliped is as in M. Agassizii, except the terminal portion of the endopod (Pl. XI. fig. 4") which differs in the same way as that of Pandalus tenuipes differs from that of P. acanthonotus (Pl. XIIT. figs. 11, 12), but to a greater extent, the dactylus being narrow, longer than broad, and transversely articulated with the propodus. The external maxillipeds and chelate legs are almost exactly as in M. Agas- sizit. The third and fourth pairs of legs are alike, and differ from those of M. Agassizii in having shorter carpi scarcely half as long as the meri, propodi about twice as long as the carpi, and dactyli only a very little shorter than the propodi, slender, slightly curved, and armed with a few minute spines. The posterior legs are scarcely three fourths as long as the fourth, but the segments have nearly the same relative proportions except the dactylus (Pl. XT. fig. 4*), which is about a third as long as the propodus, obtuse at the tip, and armed along the lower edge and at the tip with serrate sete, of which the terminal . i2 BULLETIN OF THE ones are much the longer, while the proximal are like those upon the propodus, which is armed with serrate sete somewhat as in M. Agassizit. The abdomen is a little more slender than in M. Agassizii, and the third, fourth, and fifth somites are more conspicuously toothed, but none of the somites are distinctly carinated except the third, which is strongly carinate, or erested, and projects over the fourth somite in a very strong tooth, and the fourth and fifth, which are anteriorly rounded abové, and have a short carina- like elevation at the base of the tooth. All the epimera are somewhat smaller than in M. Agassiziz, but similar in form to those of that species except that the fifth has a distinct tooth in the postero-dorsal edge. The sixth somite is fully twice as long as the fifth, twice as long as high, and strongly compressed laterally. The telson is a little longer than the sixth somite, about as long as the antennal scale, slender, and tapers to a long and slender tip armed either side with six to eight spines, besides five or six pairs of dorsal aculei above the tip. The lamellz of the uropods are almost exactly as in M. Agassizii. The inner ramus of the appendage of the first somite of the abdomen (Pl. XI. fig. 4°) is a little more than a third as long as the slender normal outer ramus, fully three times as long as broad, ciliated along the outer edge, the inner edge straight, and projecting slightly distally, where it is armed with the usual hooklike spines for holding together the appendages of the two sides of the animal. The inner ramus of the appendage of the second somite bears the usual two stylets (Pl. XI. fig. 4°), but the secondary stylet, specially character- istic of the male, is rudimentary, only about a fifth as long as the other, is terminated with a single long seta, and undoubtedly indicates that the speci- men is immature. The surface of the carapax and abdomen is naked, but thickly and conspicu- ously punctated. The branchial formula is apparently the same as in M. Agassizit. The single specimen is from Station 328, N. Lat. 34° 28’ 25”, W. Long. 75° 22' 50”, 1632 fath., and gives the following measurements : — Sex : ‘ : ‘ 4 a ; . . ° . ‘ d Length from tip of rostrum to tip of telson. ‘ . - . 44.0mm, “of carapax including rostrum . . ‘ os» legen “ ofrostrum . , . : . ; . ° . . 12.0 “ of antennal scale ‘ . . , ee ° 6.0 Breadth of “ AY ice ‘ . . ° ° . “ - 16 Length of sixth somite of abdomen . : steak bred 5.5 Height of “ ° ° ‘ ; , ° oe . Length oftelson . «. -« re : . . 6.0 This species is perhaps not congeneric, or consubgeneric, with M. Agassizit, but it seems best to refer them both to the present genus until their relations to the typical Mediterranean species of Miersia can be better determined. The form and dentition of the rostrum of Miersia gracilis appear to be much MUSEUM OF COMPARATIVE ZOOLOGY. 73 like Acanthephyra debilis A. Milne-Edwards (Ann. Sci. Nat., 6™ series, XI. No. 4, p. 13, 1881), and it is possible that the species may be identical, —or, on the other hand, that they may belong to very different genera. Milne-Edwards says: “Le genre Acanthephyra semble rattacher les Pencus, les Kegulus, les Oplophorus et les Ephyra,” but gives no characters which enable me to tell how the genus differs from Miersia (Ephyra), though the species of Miersia appear to be very little known, as I have already remarked, and Milne-Edwards may have had opportunities of examining typical specimens, to which, however, he does not allude. Miersia Agassizii is evidently very distinct from any of the species of Acanthephyra described by Milne-Edwards. MENINGODORA,* gen. nov. Integument throughout very thin and membranaceous. Body compressed laterally and the carapax dorsally carinate anteriorly, with a short triangular rostrum, a well-developed branchiostegial spine as in Miersia, and with an antennal and hepatic sulcus, above which there is a carina which is continued back along the dorsal limit of the branchial region, —a form of areolation strongly recalling the Peneide. Antennal scales broad and foliaceous, but all the other articular appendages essentially as in Miersia. The branchie (phyl- lobranchie) have the same structure and arrangement as in Miersia, except that there is apparently but one arthrobranchia at the base of the external maxilliped, making in all eleven branchiz and six epipods each side. Although differing very conspicuously in general appearance from the species of Miersia here described, this genus is very closely allied to them, as a com- parison of the figures of the appendages will show, but it is sufficiently dis- tinguished by the characters above given. Its relation to Hymenodora ¢ is more obscure, though perhaps equally close. In Hymenodora the body is not com- pressed, and according to Buchholz’s figure the epimera of the second somite of the abdomen do not overlap the epimera of the first segment, but are of the same form as the succeeding epimera, and this seems to be confirmed by the clause in Sars’s generic diagnosis, “epimeris eqvaliter rotundatis.”” More- over, the endopod of the first maxilliped, according to Sars, is not segmented (“parte terminali (propria) angusta, inarticulata”). On the other hand, the number of the branchie is apparently the same, though Sars’s statement (“ branchie utrinqve 6, antica et postica simplex, cetere bipartite ; preterea adsunt branchie supplementarie, indivise, laminacew, basi maxillipedum 1% et 2" paris affixe ”) does not make this perfectly clear, * Miveyé, a membrane ; Sopa, skin. + Hymenodora glacialis G. O. Sars, Archiv Mathem. Naturvid., Kristiania, IT. p. 341, 1877 (Pasiphaé glacialis Buchholz, Zweite deutsche Nordpolfahrt, II. p. 279, Pl. I. fig. 2, 1874). 74 BULLETIN OF THE Meningodora mollis, sp. nov. Plate XI. Figs. 8-9. Plate XII. Figs. 5-9. Female. —The carapax including the rostrum is about two thirds as long as the abdomen to the tip of the telson, about half as high as long, and con- siderably compressed; the dorsal carina is high and very sharp in front, gradually diminishes posteriorly, scarcely reaches the posterior margin, and anteriorly extends to the tip of the acutely triangular rostrum, which is about half as long as the antennal scale and only about a seventh as long as the cara- pax. On the dorsal carina just back of the base of the rostrum there are five or six very indistinct rudimentary teeth scarcely perceptible to the naked eye and too minute to be indicated in the figure. The anterior margin projects in a triangular lobe abovesthe base of the antenna, and is armed below with an acute and laterally prominent branchiostegial spine very much as in Miersia Agassizit. From just back of the eye a distinct gastro-antennal and gastro- hepatic carina extends backward and downward and divides, the upper branch continuing back in a gastro- and cardiaco-branchial carina, and the lower turn- ing down in front of the branchial region and limiting a wide antennal and hepatic sulcus behind. The inferior and posterior edges are broadly and evenly curved. The eyestalks (Pl. XI. fig. 8*) scarcely reach the tip of the rostrum, are nearly cylindrical, slightly swollen near the base and tapered distally, with a papilla-like tubercle just back of the cornea on the inner side and very small terminal black eyes no thicker than the adjacent stalk. The first segment of the peduncle of the antennula is about as long as the eye and rather longer than the other two taken together, flattened and some- what excavated above and with a rather broad lateral lobe terminating in a tooth nearly as far forward as the extremity of the body of the segment itself ; the second and third segments are subcylindrical and approximately equal, but the third projects below in a process for the articulation of the lower flagellum far beyond the base of the upper flagellum. The proximal part of the upper flagellum is much stouter than the lower, somewhat compressed, not conspic- uously swollen at the base, and hairy along the lower edge. The lower flagel- lum is very slender, cylindrical, and nearly naked. The antennal scale is rather more than twice as long as the eye, nearly half as broad as long, very thin, foliaceous, slightly narrowed distally, and obliquely truncated at the tip, which extends a little beyond the small tooth in which the slightly curved outer margin terminates. There are no acute teeth or spines on the second segment of the peduncle at the base of the scale. The oral appendages are all very nearly as in Miersia Agassizii, the differ- ences being no greater in fact than might be expected between species belong- ing to the same genus. The labrum is nearly the same, but the lobes of the metastome are much narrower. The mandibles (Pl. XII. figs. 5, 5*) are much the same, but the mesial edge of the ventral process is short and armed with MUSEUM OF COMPARATIVE ZOOLOGY, 75 only five or six teeth, while the anterior edge is entirely unarmed ; the molar area is considerably larger, and is rounded above instead of angular ; the palpus is a very little larger and the second segment proportionally a little longer. The proximal lobe of the protognath of the first maxilla (Pl. XII. fig. 6) is more angular anteriorly and its mesial edge a little longer, and the endognath has but a single spine on the fold near the tip. The protognath and endognath of the second maxilla (Pl. XII. fig. 7) are almost exactly the same, but the scaphognath is larger, more prolonged and ovate in outline at the tip, and the posterior portion projects inward less prominently. The endopod of the first maxilliped (Pl. XII. fig. 8) is much stouter and the two distal seg- ments much more nearly equal in length, and the exopod is more expanded anteriorly and more prolonged at the outer than at the inner edge. The endo- pod of the second maxilliped (Pl. XI. fig. 9) is a very little stouter proximally and has a rather shorter carpus, but differs very slightly ; the exopod is a very little longer ; and the epipod is narrower at base, more ovate in outline, and bears a branchia composed of only a few pairs of lamelle. The endopods of the external maxillipeds reach considerably beyond the tips of the antennal scales, and are composed of three segments each, as in Miersia Agassizii, but are considerably stouter than in that species ; the proximal seg- ment is distally stouter than any part of the other segments and nearly as long as the other two together; the middle segment is scarcely more than a fourth as long as the proximal, and the distal is triquetral, tapers to an acute point, and is nearly naked but armed with a few minute spines near the tip. The exo- pod is multiarticulate, flagelliform, as in Miersia Agassizii, and about as long as the proximal segment of the endopod. The epipod is nearly as in Miersia. All the thoracic legs are furnished with exopods like the external maxillipeds, and the first, second, and third pairs are furnished also with epipods as in the external maxillipeds. The legs of the first pair are not stouter than the external maxillipeds and fall considerably short of their tips: the merus is compressed and nearly as long as the proximal segment of the endopod of the external maxilliped ; the carpus is scarcely half as long as the merus, subcylindrical, and slightly enlarged distally ; the chela is about twice as long as the carpus, very slightly swollen proximally, and the digits nearly a third the whole length, strongly curved at the tips, and the propodal one considerably stouter at base than the dactylus. The legs of the second pair are very slender, and reach a little by the tips of the external maxillipeds : the ischium and merus are strongly compressed, and the latter is longer than in the first pair and reaches to the distal extremity of the proximal segment of the endopod of the external maxilliped; the carpus is slender, cylindrical, and about half as long as the merus ; the chela is slightly longer than the carpus, scarcely as long as in the first pair, cylindrical, scarcely as stout as the carpus, not at all swollen, and with very slender and slightly compressed digits about two sevenths the entire length. The third and fourth pairs of legs are nearly alike: the ischia and meri are compressed, and nearly as in the second pair, but a little longer ; the carpi are a little shorter and broader than in the second pair; the propodi and 76 BULLETIN OF THE dactyli are wanting on both sides. The ischium, merus, and carpus in the posterior legs are nearly as in the third and fourth pairs, but the merus is a little shorter and narrower, while the terminal portion (Pl. XI. fig. 6) is very nearly as in Miersia Agassizii : the propodus is longer than the merus, nearly three times as long as the carpus, slender, nearly cylindrical, and is armed near the middle with several very long and slender sete, toward the distal end with numerous short serrate sete, and about the base of the dactylus with numerous long serrate, plumose and simple sete ; the dactylus is very short and stout, scarcely as long as the diameter of the propodus, strongly curved at the tip and armed along the lower side with several spines, The abdomen is considerably compressed, and has a sharp, but not very high, dorsal carina on the third, fourth, fifth, and sixth somites, and is prolonged pos- teriorly into a small tooth on the fourth and fifth somites. The outlines of the epimera are very nearly as in Miersia Agassizii, but the posterior margins of the third, fourth, and fifth are perhaps a little fuller and more broadly rounded. The sixth somite is scarcely once and a half as long as the fifth, and about twice as long as high. The telson is nearly twice as long as the sixth somite, very slender distally, the dorsum is without aculei but with a broad sulcus within the broadest part of which there is a median longitudinal elevation, and the tip is armed with a pair of lateral and a pair of very slender median spines. The outer lamella of the uropod reaches slightly by the tip of the telson, is about three times as long as broad, and with the tip rather broad and extend- ing a little by the tooth in which the outer margin terminates, and within which there is a small spine. The inner lamella is a little shorter than the outer, about four times as long as broad, and lanceolate at tip. The outer ramus of the appendage of the first somite is longer than the pro- topod and like that of the succeeding pairs, while the inner is a minute lamella about twice as long as broad. The inner rami of the four succeeding pairs of appendages are each furnished with the usual stylet for attaching together the two appendages of each pair. There is but a single specimen in the collection, a female, wanting the left leg of the second pair and the terminal portions of both legs of the third and fourth pairs, from Station 328, N. Lat. 34° 28’ 25”, W. Long. 75° 22’ 50”, 1632 fathoms. This specimen gives the following measurements ; — Sex . A . : : 3 : ‘ ; ‘ , “ ot Length from tip of rostrum to tip of telson . » «© «. « 75.0mm, “of carapax including rostrum ww . iow «? ER « of rostrum . : : : . ° . . . ° 4.5 “* ofantennal scale . ‘ ; e : . . . « 95 Breadth “ * : : ° ° ° . ° . 4.5 Length of sixth somite of abdomen . ° . . ° . - 80 Height s “ . . : , : ‘ 4.0 Length of telson ; ; , . ; fel chy . . - 15.5 eee ae MUSEUM OF COMPARATIVE ZOOLOGY. 77 EUMIERSIA, gen. nov. Resembles Pandalus in the external form of the carapax and abdomen, and agrees with it essentially in the structure of the oral appendages, and the two species known to me have the same number and arrangement of branchie and epipods as in the typical species of Pandalus; but the genus is more like Miersia in the structure of the thoracic legs, which, however, are greatly more elongated than in the species of that genus here described, and have only very small epipods at the bases of the fourth pair and none at all upon the fifth. The mandibles, though essentially as in Pandalus, are stouter and have larger molar processes, while the ventral processes are very thin, more expanded, and with broader serrate tips, thus approaching somewhat to the structure in Miersia. The mandibular palpi are much stouter than in the typical species of Pandalus, and have broad terminal segments. Eumiersia ensifera, sp. nov. Plate XIII. Figs. 1-9. The carapax is as broad as high, with the cervical suture indicated by a distinct sulcus from the dorsum to the upper part of the hepatic region either side, where the sulcus terminates in a small but deep depression, and with a very short and inconspicuous gastro-antennal sulcus; the anterior margin is armed with a small antennal and a distinct pterygostomian spine, though the latter is wanting on one side in two of the specimens seen ; back of the cervical suture the dorsum is very broad and evenly rounded, but there is usually a very small dentiform tubercle in the middle line on the posterior part of the cardiac region ; the rostrum in the smaller specimens is often not more than half as long as the carapax proper, but in the larger specimens much longer and in one specimen nearly as long as the carapax, nearly straight and horizontal, or curved considerably upward as in the specimen figured, narrow, with a strong ridge either side, tapering to a more or less acute tip, and with the dorsal carina extending back upon the carapax nearly to the cervical suture and armed with twenty-five to thirty spines directed forward, movably articu- lated with the carapax, thickly crowded posteriorly but more and more remote anteriorly, and of which six to eight are crowded upon the carapax in about half the space between the orbit and the cervical suture ; beneath, the rostrum is ciliated and in most of the specimens entirely unarmed, but in two or three cases there are one or two teeth near the tip. The eyestalks are short and terminated by small hemispherical black eyes very nearly as in Miersia Agassizii. The peduncle of the antennula is about half as long as the antennal scale : the first segment is about as long as the two others taken together, excavated above for the reception of the eye, which, how- ever, does not reach by a considerable distance the extremity of the segment, with a prominent lateral process terminating in an acute spine, and the body 78 BULLETIN OF THE of the segment itself produced in a spiniform process outside the articulation with the second segment ; the second and third segments are subequal in length and nearly cylindrical. The flagella are imperfect in all the specimens seen, but both were very long and slender: the upper or major flagellum is slightly compressed near the base but not suddenly expanded, and was at least as long as the carapax and apparently very much longer ; the inferior flagellum was a little smaller at the base than the superior, cylindrical, and apparently about as long as the superior. The antennal scale is thick and strong, seven or eight tenths as long as the carapax excluding the rostrum, about a fourth as broad as long, only slightly narrowed toward the tip, which is truncated and does not extend beyond the strong tooth in which the thickened outer margin terminates ; the second segment is armed with a small spiniform tooth below the articulation of the scale ; the third segment projects scarcely beyond the second ; the fourth and fifth are very short, and the fifth does not project more than its diameter in front of the second. The flagellum is wanting in all the specimens seen. The labrum is very large, the ventral surface flattened, broader than long, and approximately rectangular, the antero-lateral angles being expanded below so as to reach nearly as far forward as the middle portion, which projects in a tuberculiform lobe a little above the plane of the ventral surface. The lobes of the metastome are broad and rather fleshy, as in Pandalus. The molar process of the mandible (Pl. XIII. figs. 2, 2") is stout, the mesial surface some- what convex, and broken by several semicircular and concentric ridges, of which the one nearest the base of the ventral process is armed with a closely-set series of sete. The ventral process is thin, distally broad and somewhat concave above, and armed with about eight rather slender teeth. The palpus is a little longer than the ventral process, the first and second segments subequal in length, and the third longer and much broader than the second, lamellar, and armed with numerous sete. The proximal lobe of the protognath of the first maxilla (Fig. 3) is large, somewhat triangular, with the mesial edge two or three times as long as that of the narrow distal lobe ; the endognath is much shorter than the distal lobe of the protognath and truncated at the extremity, which is armed with a stout seta either side and a third one just below the tip. The second maxilla (Fig. 4) is very nearly as in the typical species of Pandalus : the proximal lobe of the protognath is very much shorter than the distal, and its small anterior division is more conspicuous than in the typical species of Pandalus, while the two divisions of the distal lobe are nearly equal in size ; the endognath is scarcely half as long as the distal lobe of the protognath ; the anterior portion of the scaphognath is a little longer than the posterior, which, as in the typical species of Pandalus, is narrowed to an acute point, and the mesial edge furnished with exceedingly long sete, many times longer than those upon the outer edge. The distal lobe of the protopod of the first maxilliped (Fig. 5) is somewhat triangular in outline ; the two proximal of the three segments of the endopod are subequal in length, while the distal segment is very short, but little longer MUSEUM OF COMPARATIVE ZOOLOGY. 79 than broad; the lamellar portion of the exopod reaches slightly beyond the endopod, and the flagelliform is a little longer than the lamellar portion. The ischium and merus in the second maxilliped (Fig. 6) are subequal in length ; the propodus is about as long as the ischium and merus taken together, and about half as broad as long ; the dactylus is articulated obliquely along the distal end of the propodus, and is five or six times as broad as long ; the flagel- liform exopod is slender, nearly twice as long as the endopod, and multiarticu- late for half its length ; the epipod bears a well-developed branchia composed of two series of numerous lamella. The endopods of the external maxillipeds reach nearly to the tips of the antennal scales : the proximal segment is nearly as long as the two distal, vertically compressed, with a knifelike mesial edge ; the middle segment is very slender, cylindrical, and nearly naked ; the distal segment is about two thirds as long as the middle, somewhat triquetral, very slightly expanded near the middle, tapered to a point distally, and armed with numerous short sete. The exopod is very slender and about three fourths as long as the proximal segment of the endopod. The epipod is rudimentary, scarcely longer than the breadth of the protopod, in a transverse sulcus on the outer side of which it lies. The first four pairs of thoracic legs have exopods and epipods like the ex- ternal maxillipeds, but the exopods diminish in size very rapidly posteriorly, and are minute upon the fourth pair. The legs of the first pair (Fig. 7) are about as long as the carapax including the rostrum and reach to or a little by the tips of the antennal scales : the ischium is slightly Jonger than the merus, and both are very slender and armed with a fewsmall spines; the carpus is very much more slender than the merus, and about twice or considerably more than twice as long, slightly enlarged at the distal extremity, and entirely naked and unarmed ; the chela in the larger specimens seen is a fourth or fifth as long as the carpus, considerably stouter, slightly flattened, and the digits about a third of the entire length, slightly curved, and rather sparsely clothed with slender sete. The second (Fig. 8) are similar to the first, but very much longer and more slender: the chela is just about as long as in the first pair, but not quite as stout, while the ischium, merus, and carpus are very much longer than in the first pair. The third, fourth, and fifth pairs of legs are more or less broken in all the specimens seen, but are very long and slender, and are all apparently longer than the second pair. The only one of these legs which is complete belongs to a female 108 mm. long, and is apparently one of the pos- terior pair, but is, unfortunately, detached. This leg (Fig. 9) is nearly twice as long as the first pair in the same specimen, and much more slender than the second even; the ischium and merus make a little more than half the entire length ; the carpus is much longer than the merus, exceedingly slender, some- what enlarged at the distal extremity, and entirely naked ; the propodus is fully as stout as the adjacent part of the carpus, scarcely more than a tenth as long, and armed with a few short sete on the dorsal side, a fascicle of longer sete beneath, and a circle of very long ones about the base of the dactylus, which is slightly longer than the carpus, slender, and very slightly curved. 80 BULLETIN OF THE The first and second somites of the abdomen are broadly rounded above and not at all compressed, but the succeeding somites are considerably compressed, particularly near the dorsum, which is not really carinated on any of the somites, however, though the third somite is prolonged in a very prominent tooth over the fourth. The first epimeron is broad and evenly rounded below, the second much longer than high and elliptical, the third and fourth with the posterior edges rounded, but the fifth produced posteriorly in an acute point. The sixth somite is about twice as long as the fifth, less than half as high as long, and very strongly compressed. The telson is about as long as the sixth somite, narrow distally, rounded above, and armed with five to ten pairs of dorsal aculei and two pairs of long spines at the tip. The outer lamella of the uropod reaches to about the tip of the telson, is nearly four times as long as broad, with the rounded tip extend- ing much beyond the tooth in which the stout outer margin terminates and just within which there is a spine as in most species of Pandalus. The inner lamella is considerably shorter and much narrower than the outer, and lance- olate in outline. In the female, the inner ramus of the appendage of the first somite of the abdomen is lamellar, about two thirds as long as the outer, four times as long as broad, and tapered toan acute point. In the male, this ramus is lamelliform, but shorter and very much broader, being ovate and about twice as long as broad, In the male the sexual appendage at the side of the stylet of the inner ramus of the appendage of the second somite is as long as the stylet, and ex- panded distally into a broad lamelliform and obtusely rounded tip. The surface of the carapax and abdomen is naked, but thickly punctate. All the specimens are imperfect and many of them fragmentary, and the accompanying measurements are consequently very incomplete. Station. N. Lat. W. Long. Fathoms. Specimens. 305 41° 33/ 15” 65° 51’ 25” 810 29 young. 308 41° 24’ 45” 65° 35/ 30” 1242 39 330 31° 41’ 0” 74° 35’ 0” 1047 2g young. 339 38° 16’ 45” 73° 10/ 30” 1186 2 # small. 340 39° 25! 30” 70° 58’ 40” 1394 29 341 39° 38’ 20” 70° 56’ 0” 1241 2g The following measurements are in millimeters : — Station . ‘ ‘ . ; : 330 339 308 340 340 Sex . ’ : ‘ ' & & se] Q g Length from tip of rostrum to tip of telson 44.0 108.0 122.0 125.0 “ of carapax including rostrum . 15.1 25.5 420 480 651.0 Breadth of carapax . ° : : » 48 7.5 110 #130 13.5 Length of rostrum ‘ . ‘ : 4.8 9.5 17.0 213 233 “ of antennal scale, . : . 6&8 113 162 190 6 Breadth “ “ ‘ ‘ : 1.5 3.0 4.4 4.7 5.0 a MUSEUM OF COMPARATIVE ZOOLOGY. 81 Station - * : 4 ; ° . 330 339 308 340 340 Sex : ; j : ; é ; & o e 2 2 Length of first leg . ’ : ; . 16.0 26.0 40.0 eepapiacHa NG ce eh leey Gh el Bo) 6.0, 90 “ merus : , , . oe 5.8 7.8 i carpus. ; . . : 6.5 0.6.. 170 & chela : ° j F of 25 3.1 4.1 ‘¢ dactylus . 5 : t : 0.9 La 1.4 i. second leg - : : . 25.0 ischium , : ; : : 6.0 merus : ‘ : ; “16:0 : carpus. ; , : 5 9.0 be chela d ; : : 25 - dactylus ‘ ; : - 0.8 ee fifth (?) leg . ; : : : 77.0 e ischium : , > : 18.0 ¥ merus 5 : ; 2 : 23.0 f o4).Sarpus:) < : 4 : A 28.0 % propodus . : : : - 3.0 - dactylus 3 - : d 3.3 se sixth somite of abdomen . rn LEOF V0" aL 7-2 Height of “ e : . 2.7 7.0 7.3 7.5 Length of telson : ‘ 2 ' Ge 15.0 18.0 17.8 PEN AIDA. ? BENTHESICYMOUS Bart. A single mutilated male specimen is referred very doubtfully to this genus, recently and only very imperfectly characterized by Bate. This specimen wants the larger part of the external maxillipeds, of the flagella of the antenne and an- tennule, and of the three last pairs of thoracic legs, but the branchial formula is the same as given by Bate for his genus, and as far as the diagnosis goes the specimen agrees with it. There is nothing in the branchial formule given by Bate in regard to the seventh somite (the first maxillipedal), but in the specimen before me there is an epipod and a single arthrobranchia at the base of the first maxilliped. The eighth somite bears two arthrobranchia, a podobranchia, and an epipod ; the ninth to the twelfth inclusive bear each a pleurobranchia, two arthrobranchie, a podobranchia, and an epipod ; the thirteenth bears a pleurobranchia, two arthrobranchie, and an epipod ; and the fourteenth bears a pleurobranchia only: making in all twenty-four branchie and seven epi- pods, and of the true branchie six are pleuro-, thirteen arthro-, and eight podo- branchie. The species here described has no exopods at the bases of the thoracic legs, and the maxille and first and second maxillipeds are much less VOL, X.— No. 1. 6 82 BULLETIN OF THE like Peneus than like Stenopus hispidus as figured by Boas ; and the species is not so closely allied to Peneus as might be inferred from the description of Benthesicymus and its place in Bate’s arrangement. Benthesicymus Bartletti, sp. nov. Plate XIV. Figs. 1-7. Male. — The carapax is only slightly compressed laterally, and its surface, as well as that of the abdomen, is naked and polished, but is very conspicuously and peculiarly areolated. There is only one spine each side, a prominent and acute branchiostegial, and from this a sharp carina extends back parallel with the inferior margin to near the middle of the carapax, where it is interrupted by a well-marked sulcus which, beginning as the antennal, turns slightly downward, runs back above and contiguous to the carina just described, and then turns down and nearly reaches the inferior margin ; back of this carina a somewhat similar but much less conspicuous cardiaco-branchial carina accom- panied by a slight sulcus extends to near the posterior margin of the carapax ; there is a slight gastro-frontal sulcus at the base of the rostrum; a very deep and conspicuous transverse gastric sulcus, which slightly notches the dorsum at about the middle of the carapax, extends in an even curve downward and for- ward, as the gastro-hepatic, and joins the hepatic sulcus a little way back of the branchiostegial spine ; and back of this sulcus there is a distinct but much less conspicuous cervical, extending from very near the middle line, at about a third of the way from the transverse gastric suleus to the posterior margin, down- ward to the cardiaco-branchial suture. In front of the transverse gastric suleus there is a sharp dorsal carina which rises into a lamellar crest and terminates in a short and laterally compressed rostrum armed above with two sharp teeth of which the posterior is slightly back of the orbit and the anterior apparently about half-way between it and the tip, which is slightly broken but appears to have terminated in an acute point about two thirds of the way from the base to the tip of the eyestalk. Both edges of the rostrum are ciliated. Back of the gastric sulcus the dorsum is broad and evenly rounded transversely. The eyestalks (Pl. XLV. figs. 1, 1") are less than half as long as the antennal scales, slender, strongly compressed vertically, with a small obtuse dentiform prominence at the middle of the inner side, and just in front of and outside of this a small spot of black pigment showing faintly on the upper but conspicu- ously on the lower side. The eyes themselves are scarcely wider than the stalks, but are less compressed vertically, though still much broader than high, dis- tinctly faceted, and dark brown in the alcoholic specimen, The peduncles of the antennule (Figs. 1, 1*) are more than half as long as the antennal scales, and essentially as in the species of Penwus. The first seg- ment is considerably longer than the two others taken together, is expanded laterally and deeply excavated above to fit the eye, and the outer margin is armed with an acute tooth opposite the extremity of the eye and another at the MUSEUM OF COMPARATIVE ZOOLOGY. 83 distal end ; the second and third segments are subequal in length, and the ter- minal is considerably prolonged beneath at the origin of the lower flagellum 5 the inner and distal margins of the first segment, and nearly the whole exposed surface of the second and third, are thickly clothed with hair. The proximal part of the lower flagellum is about as stout as the flagellum of the antenna, nearly cylindrical, and naked ; while the upper is considerably stouter and ciliated along the inner side. The segments of the peduncles of the antenne are all smooth, nearly naked, and externally unarmed, but the second segment bears, on the upper and inner edge, a slender spine curved forward and outward above the base of the scale, and there is a papilla-like prominence just above the opening of the green gland at the distal extremity of the first segment; the consolidated fourth and fifth segment is about as long as the three others taken together, is sub- cylindrical, and the distal segment prolonged in a.thin triangular process inside the origin of the flagellum ; the scale (Fig. 1") is about two thirds as long as the carapax, and about three times as long as broad, the greatest breadth beimg near the base, but the margins only slightly converging distally except near the tip, which is obliquely rounded and extends considerably beyond the acute spine in which the very slightly arcuate outer margin terminates. The proximal part of the flagellum is very slender, naked, and slightly compressed vertically. The labrum projects far below the epistome and is broadly caudate as seen in front, but this form is perhaps a result of contraction due to preservation in alcohol. The lobes of the metastome are narrow at the base, but expand into very broad and obtuse tips. The mandibles (Fig. 2) are almost exactly alike, and nearly as in Peneus. They are somewhat contracted at the crowns, which are small, with the oppos- ing surfaces somewhat semicircular in outline and each divided longitudinally by a narrow and shallow depression into two portions, of which the ventral is obtusely triangular and obscurely bidentate, while the dorsal portion is long and narrow antenorly, but expanded at the posterior angle into a small and somewhat oval molar area with a raised and obscurely dentate margin. The mandibular palpus is composed of two lamellar segments, of which the proximal is considerably the longer and broader, while the distal is narrowly ovate with the tip rounded ; both segments are margined with soft hairs and plumose sete. The proximal lobe of the protognath of the first maxilla (Fig. 3) is small and ovate, the distal lobe obliquely truncated and armed as in the allied genera, The endognath is narrow, curved, unsegmented, and shorter than the distal lobe of the protognath. The four lobes of the protognath of the second maxilla (Fig. 4) increase sue- cessively in size distally, the distal being twice as wide as the next. The endognath is much shorter than the distal lobe of the protognath, and tapers regularly to the tip. The anterior part of the scaphognath is much longer than the posterior and projects beyond the protognath, while the posterior part is short, broadly expanded, and strongly incurved at the extremity. The protopod of the first maxilliped (Fig 5) projects anteriorly in a straight 84 BULLETIN OF THE lobe twice and a half as long as broad and rounded at the tip. The endopod is composed of three very distinct segments: a narrow basal one reaching a little by the protopod and with a slight expansion of the inner edge armed with slender spines, while the rest of the inner margin and the distal part of the outer are clothed with hairs ; a second segment about half as long as the first, but expanded in the middle so as to be somewhat elliptical and nearly half as broad as long, with very long plumose sete on the outer edge and smaller and more numerous ones on the inner ; and a small terminal segment about a third as long as the second, half as broad as long, and edged with small sete or hairs. The exopod is longer even than the endopod, the proximal two-thirds or three- fourths of its length wider than the first segment of the endopod, but the distal portion rather suddenly narrowed, multiarticulate, and flagelliform, The lamel- liform branchial epipod is as large as the endopod and the anterior portion a little smaller than the posterior. The endopod of the second maxilliped (Fig. 6) is approximately uniform in breadth throughout, except the dactylus : the ischium is broader than long ; the merus is about as long as the three distal segments taken together, and about three and a half times as long as broad ; the carpus and propodus are subequal in length and each a little longer than wide ; the dactylus is a little shorter than the propodus, only half as wide as long, and narrowed to a some- what triangular tip, which is armed with one or more curved spines; the edges of all the segments are more or less hairy or setigerous. The exopod is slender, regularly tapered, considerably longer than the endopod, and its distal half multiarticulate, flagelliform, and furnished with long plumose sete, while the proximal part is unsegmented and furnished with short hairs or sete. The epipod is short, nearly orbicular, and bears a short and dense dendro- branchia. The endopod of the external maxillipeds is unfortunately wanting. The exopod is like that of the second except that it is a little smaller; the epipod is about as long as in the second, but narrow, ovate, and bears a dendrobranchia nearly as long as itself. The first thoracic legs are slender and reach scarcely by the bases of the antennal scales ; the merus is slightly longer than the ischium, and both these segments are strongly compressed vertically and ciliated along the inner edges ; the carpus is slightly compressed, about as wide as the merus, and ciliated like it ; the chela is scarcely as long as the carpus, and no stonter, and the digits are about as long as the basal portion, slender, very slightly curved at the tips, and the prehensile edges ciliated. The second legs are much like the ‘first, but a little more slender and con- siderably longer, reaching to the tips of the peduncles of the antenne ; the merus and carpus are subequal in length, and the chela is considerably shorter than the carpus. The most of the endopods of the third, fourth, and fifth pairs of legs are wanting except a detached portion of, apparently, one of the fourth pair. This fragment is longer than the carapax and consists of a slender ischium and a ee MUSEUM OF COMPARATIVE ZOOLOGY. 85 merus, the latter twice as long as the former, a still more slender carpus nearly as long as the merus, and a portion of an exceedingly slender and filiform propodus. The abdomen (Pl. XIV. fig. 1) to the tip of the telson is nearly twice as long as the carapax, anteriorly about as broad as high, but much compressed posteriorly, so that the sixth somite is fully twice as high as broad. The dorsum is evenly rounded on the first four somites, but there is a narrow and sharp carina on the fifth and sixth, which rises abruptly into a crest on the anterior part of the fifth. The posterior prolongations of the first and second epimera are broadly rounded ; those of the third and fourth less broad and more angular, but still obtuse and rounded at the posterior angle ; while the fifth is acutely angular, but with the tip itself obtuse. The sixth somite is twice as long as the fifth, and more than half as high as long. The telson wants the tip, but is apparently shorter than the sixth somite ; it is narrowly triangular, thickened and transversely very strongly convex above at base, but not carinated, and posteriorly flattened above. The lamellze of the uropods are thin and lanceolate in outline. The inner is only a little shorter than the sixth somite, less than a third as broad as long, and stiffened in the middle by two slender riblike thickenings, separated, on the dorsal surface, by a narrow sulcus. The outer is fully once and a half as long as the inner, scarcely a fourth as broad as long, and the narrow tip is pro- longed far beyond the sharp spine in which the thickened outer margin termi- nates, and from this spine a slender riblike thickening, with a narrow sulens along its inner edge on the dorsal surface, runs nearly parallel with the outer edge to the base of the lamella. The abdominal appendages of the first pair are as large as those of the second, about as long as the uropods, and the distal multiarticulate portion is nearly twice as long as the protopod, slender and subcylindrical. The peculiar male appendage (petasma of Bate) is a thin, squarish plate (Pl. XIV. fig. 7) attached by a constricted base, below which there is a small oblong process («) standing out at nearly right angles to the plane of the rest of the plate. The plate itself, which is apparently carried in a nearly horizontal position in front of the protopod to which it is attached, is obliquely divided vertically or longi- tudinally by imperfect articulations into three parts, of which the middle one is much the largest and projects at the inner inferior angle in a large ovately pointed process, while the inner or distal of the three parts is narrow and has the lower or posterior part of its free edge armed with minute hooked spines for the attachment of the appendages of the opposite sides of the animal. The outer rami of the second to the fifth pairs of abdominal appendages are similar to the single rami of the first pair, but are all considerably compressed distally. The inner ramus in the second pair is very much more slender and considerably shorter than the outer, and is furnished on the anterior side at base with two small and obtusely terminated, hard, lamelliform processes. The inner rami of the third, fourth, and fifth pairs of appendages are as in the first pair except that they are without the lamelliform process at base. 86 BULLETIN OF THE Length of carapax including rostrum . : « ‘ . . 24.8-+ mm. Ke rostrum . ‘ : : : : : r 3.5+ = antennal scale ;: 5 : : : - 2 « 18 Breadth of “ 4 Saaee : , ; : F : p 5.2 Length of abdomen ; ‘ : " . ; : - 53.0 a: sixth somite. : é * : 3 3 . 124 Height of RK d ; : : : ; : : 2 05 Length of telson : : : : : 10+ “inner lamella of uropod : : ‘ ; : . 11.0 Breadth of “ 42 be ; : : F J d 3.2 Length of outer $ a 5 3 : : t . 17.0 Breadth of “ $6 aphinah : ; ‘ . : : 4.0 Station 343, N. Lat. 39° 45’ 40”, W. Long. 70° 55’, 732 fathoms ; one male. AMALOPEN AUS, gen. nov. Like the last species in general appearance, but readily distinguished from it by the second maxillipeds, in which the meri expand into broad opercular plates, and in having no podobranchie on any of the thoracic legs. The integ- ument of the whole animal is membranaceous, and very soft and thin. The carapax, eyes, antennule, antenna, mandibles, and maxille are nearly as in the species last described. The endopod of the first maxilliped is divided into three segments as in that species, but the terminal segment is larger than the penultimate, and the exopod is broad and lamelliform throughout. The merus of the second maxilliped is expanded in a thin lamelliform plate along the inside and beyond the articulation of the carpus, so that when the three distal segments are flexed they are concealed beneath it. In the external maxillipeds the ischium is longer than the merus, and both these segments are very much broader than the slender carpus and propodus, or than the short flattened and pointed dactylus. The first three pairs of thoracic legs are approximately equal and their chele are slender and subequal in size, but in the first pair the ischium and merus are compressed and considerably expanded. The fourth and fifth pairs of legs are about as long as the third, and very slender. There are no exopods at the bases of any of the thoracic legs. The branchie are arranged as in the last species except that there are no podobranchie at the bases of any of the thoracic legs, so that there are only twenty branchie and seven epipods on each side, as indicated in the following table. Somites, VIL VIII. Ix. xX. x XIX. StL” Save Total r ; Epipods, 1 l 1 1 1 1 1 0 (7) Podobranchia, 0 1 0 i) 0 0 0 0 1 Arthrobranchie, 1 2 2 2 2 2 2 0 13 Pleurobranchia, 0 0 1 1 1 1 1 1 6 MUSEUM OF COMPARATIVE ZOOLOGY. 87 Amalopenzus elegans, sp. nov. Plate XIV. Figs. 8-14. Plate XV. Figs. 1-5. The carapax is not at all compressed laterally, but about as broad as high, exceedingly thin and membranaceous, and its surface naked and polished. The branchiostegial spine is very minute and the carina which extends back from it is less conspicuous than the sharp gastro-antennal and gastro-bepatic carina which is continuous posteriorly with a distinct cardiaco-branchial one ; be- tween the gastro-antennal and the branchiostegial carine there is a wide anten- nal and hepatic sulcus, which posteriorly turns down in front of the branchial region ; there is a slight gastro-frontal and a very conspicuous transverse gastric and gastro-hepatic sulcus, as in the last species, while the cervical itself is equally deep and conspicuous, notches the dorsum like the gastric and only a very little way back of it, is directed downward and backward and then in a regular curve forward round the hepatic region to join the hepatic sulcus. A sharp dorsal carina extends the whole length of the carapax, but is most conspicuous in front of the gastric sulcus, rises in front into a sharp lamellar crest armed with a single sharp tooth over the posterior margin of the orbit, and projects forward in a short but acute and laterally compressed rostrum, which scarcely reaches the middle of the eyestalks. The eyes and eyestalks are very nearly as in the last species, but the denti- form prominence is very much more prominent and conspicuous ; the color of the eye and position of the pigment spot are the same, though the latter is more conspicuous above than below, The ultimate segment of the peduncle of the antennula is much longer than the penultimate, and these two taken together are nearly as long as the first segment, but in other respects the peduncle is as in the last species. In the male the flagella are proximally subequal in diameter, but the superior is ex- panded somewhat along the inner side for a short distance from the base. The antennal scale (Pl. XIV. fig. 12) is much less than half as long as the carapax, nearly three times as long as the greatest breadth, which is near the base, from where the margins arcuately converge to a narrow but obtusely rounded tip, which is scarcely in advance of the small terminal spine of the outer margin. The rest of the antennal peduncle is nearly as in the last species, and is armed with a curved spine above the base of the scale in the same way, but the terminal segment is shorter to correspond with the shorter scale. The flagellum is nearly naked, very slender, and at least much longer than the rest of the animal. The labrum, metastome, and crowns of the mandibles are nearly as in the last species, but the labrum is full and rounded below. The mandibular palpi (Pl. XIV. fig. 9) are very large, and reach nearly to the middle of the antennal scales : the proximal segment is more than half as broad as long, nearly twice as long as the distal segment, with the distal part of the mesial edge straight and the outer edge curved and directed inward distally so as to narrow the 88 BULLETIN OF THE segment very much at the articulation of the terminal segment, which is about twice and a half as long as broad, and ovate with the tip rounded. The first maxilla is as in the last species except that the endognath (Pl. XIV. fig. 10) is expanded somewhat a little way from the base. The proximal of the four lobes of the protognath of the second maxilla (Pl. XIV. fig. 11) is larger than the next, while the three others increase suc- cessively in size distally, though the distal is not more than a third broader than the one next it. The endognath is nearly as long as the distal lobe of the protognath, broadly expanded near the middle, where it is more than a third as broad as long and has a rounded prominence edged with slender sete on the inner margin, but suddenly contracted to a very slender tip armed distally with four long sete on the inner edge and with two or three stouter and curved setee on the outer edge just below these. The scaphognath is nearly as in the last species except that the posterior part is a little narrower and not so strongly incurved. The protopod and the branchial epipod of the first maxilliped (Pl. XV. fig. 3) are nearly as in the last species, but the endopod and exopod are very different. The proximal segment of the endopod does not reach the tip of the protopod, though it is between three and four times as long as broad, the inner edge is armed distally with three or four slender spines and the rest of the way with long sete or hairs; the second segment is a little narrower than the first, between a third and a half as-long, about twice as long as broad, and margined with hairs ; the terminal segment is considerably wider than the second seg- ment, and about once anda half as long, approximately elliptical, and margined all round with long sete or hairs. The exopod isa little longer than the endo- pod, unsegmented, lamellar, very thin and of neatly uniform breadth through- out, rounded at the tip, and with both edges setigerous, the sete upon the outer edge being long and plumose. The ischium of the second maxilliped (Pl. XV. fig. 4) is very short ; the merus is considerably longer than the carpus and propodus combined, half as broad as long, and projects distally in a thin and broadly rounded lobe beyond the articulation of the carpus; the carpus is as long as the breadth of the merus, less than half as broad as long, and somewhat narrowed proximally ; the propodus is a little shorter than the carpus, but as broad, and is slightly produced at the inner distal angle ; the dactylus is about two thirds as long as the propodus, nearly half as broad as long, obtusely pointed, and armed with a strong curved spine at the tip. The exopod is slender, reaches about to the extremity of the carpus, and is distinctly multiarticulate from near the base to the tip. The epipod is small, ovate, and bears a relatively large dendro- branchia. The external maxillipeds (Pl. XV. fig. 5) reach nearly to the tips of the anten- nal scales and are longer than either the first or second pair of legs : the ischium is about a third of the entire length of the endopod, fully a third as broad as long, and very slightly narrowed proximally ; the merus is as broad and about two thirds as long as the ischium, and narrowed distally to the breadth of the MUSEUM OF COMPARATIVE ZOOLOGY. 89 carpus ; the carpus is slightly shorter than the merus, and only about a third as wide ; the propodus is very nearly as long as the carpus, but a little nar- rower; the dactylus itself is a little broader than the propodus, but less than half as long, broadest at the middle and with the tip triangnlar and armed with a slender spine not much shorter than the segment itself; both edges of the dactylus, the extremity and inner edge of the propodus, and the inner edge of the carpus, are armed with exceedingly long and slender setiform spines, and the inner sides of the proximal segments are, as usual, armed with sete. The exopod is slender, reaches a little beyond the ischium, and is dis- tinctly multiarticulate to near the base. The epipod is narrow, and not longer than the breadth of the ischium. The first and second pairs of legs (Pl. XV. figs. 1, 2) are very nearly equal in length, the first pair reaching about to the extremities of the peduncles of the antenne, and the second pair scarcely falling short of the same point. In both pairs the corresponding segments are of very nearly equal lengths, except the carpi which are a very little longer in the second pair, but the ischia, meri, and carpi are narrower in the second than in the first : the ischium is about two thirds as long as the merus, half as broad as long in the first pair, and searcely more than a third as broad as long in the second ; the merus is nearly a third of the entire length of the endopod, slightly narrowed distally, and in the first pair more than a third as broad as long, but in the second pair scarcely more than a fifth as broad as long ; the carpus in the first pair is about two ‘thirds as long and half as wide as the merus, while in the second pair it is abso- lutely a little narrower than in the first ; the chele are very nearly alike in both pairs, about as long and broad as the carpus in the second pair, with the fingers slender, curved at the tips, and scarcely more than two thirds as long as the basal portion ; the edges of the chelex are furnished with fascicles of short seta, the tips of the fingers densely clothed with much longer sete and hairs, the inner edges of the other segments thickly clothed with plumose hairs and long sete, and the outer edges sparsely clothed with short hairs, except on the carpus in the second pair where the outer edge is thickly hairy. The legs of the third pair are considerably longer and much more slender than those of the second, beyond which they reach by the length of their chele ; the ischium is about as long as in the second pair, but narrower; the merus is twice as long as the carpus, very slender, and of nearly equal diameter throughout ; the carpus is a little shorter and scarcely stouter than the merus, and very slightly thickened distally ; the chela is very near the same size as in the first and second pairs, but the fingers are apparently a little longer in proportion. The third and fourth pairs of legs are nearly alike, a little longer than the third pair and very slender, the fifth being a little more slender than the fourth, and both sparsely armed with long setiform spines, except upon the dactyli, which are nearly naked, long, very slightly curved, and acute. The abdomen to the tip of the telson is about twice as long as the carapax, anteriorly about as broad as the carapax and with the dorsum broadly rounded, but much compressed posteriorly, so that the sixth somite is twice as high as 90 - BULLETIN OF THE broad. None of the anterior somites are dorsally carinated or toothed, but the sixth, which is nearly twice as long as the fifth and half as high as long, has a thin dorsal carina nearly the whole length. The epimera of all somites are rather small, and the posterior angle is more or less rounded in all. The telson is about two thirds as long as the sixth somite, narrowly triangular, thickened at base, with a longitudinal sulcus the whole length above and with a shorter one either side near the base, and with the tip truncated, narrow, and armed with a spine either side and a series of long plumose hairs between. The inner lamella of the uropod is a little longer than the sixth somite, lanceolate, and about six times as long as broad. The outer lamella is about a fifth longer than the inner, scarcely wider proportionally, and with the ovate tip prolonged far beyond the sharp spine in which the outer margin terminates. In both sexes the protopods of the appendages of the first to the fifth somite are stout and all nearly alike, the outer rami are all very long and slender, and the inner rami of the four posterior pairs are shorter and more slender than the outer. The peculiar sexual appendage of the first pair of appendages in the male is carried as in the last species, and, as in that species, consists of a thin, squarish plate (Pl. XIV. figs. 13, 14) divided by imperfect articulations into three parts and attached by a constricted base, below which there is a small, broad, oval process (a) ; but the middle of the three parts is as large as the two others combined, inferiorly projects beyond the other parts, and at either side there is an obtuse tooth, above the outer of which there is an obtuse Jobe in the margin and then a deep and narrow notch separating the middle from the inner or distal part, while above the notch on the anterior side there is an oblong process (b) which may be turned either in over the distal part of the plate or out over the middle part ; the distal part is thin, membranous, curls easily over upon the middle part, and is armed along the free edge with minute hooked spines as in the last species. There are two small, lamelliform plates at the base of the inner ramus in the second pair of appendages of the male, as in the last species. All the specimens are more or less imperfect, and most of them in very bad condition on account of the softness of the integument and the exceeding fragility of the appendages, so that it is nearly impossible to present a general figure of the whole animal or give accurate measurements. Three specimens, however, give the following approximate measurements in millimeters : — Station wee ee a 893 Sex. , y 7 : i : : ; é 5 é ° 2 Length of carapax including rostrum . . . . 9.7 13.5 12.5 “ , anieapalpenle |) 3: \jcis iit tel ne 6.4 6.8 Breadth of . ‘ ‘ Wis . : 2.5 2.7 Length of abdomen . ° . . : : - 20.0 27.0 27.0 . sixth somite of abdomen ‘ : . - 5.0 6.2 6.7 Height of “ « se Fee ae 3.5 3.2 Length of telaon’ «4 4) 10 = Ai ie 5.0 MUSEUM OF COMPARATIVE ZOOLOGY. 91 Station. N. Lat. W. Long. Fathoms. Specimens. 323 33° 19’ 0” 76° 12’ 30” 457 29, fragmentary. 324 33° 27’ 20! 75° 53! 30” 1386 1g 325 33° 35! 20" AF Oc OF 647 19, fragmentary. 328 34° 28! 25” 75° 22' 50” 1632 29,1 fragmentary. 330 31° 41’ 0” 74° 35’ 0” 1047 28 343 39° 45! 40! 70° 55’ 0” 732 Fragments only. From Station 325, there is the crushed and fragmentary cephalothoracic portion of another specimen, apparently of this species, but having two teeth on the crest of the rostrum, the second tooth being about half-way between the one above the posterior margin of the orbit and the tip of the rostrum. This species has also been taken by the U. S. Fish Commission at the fol- lowing stations off Block Island, in 1880 and 1881 : — Station. N. Lat. W. Long. Fathoms. Specimens. 893 39° 52’: 20" 70° 58’ 0” 372 19 935 39° 45’ 0” 69° 44’ 45” 770 Fy 952 39° 55’ 0” 70° 28’ 0” 388 1g Among these were the only specimens which had either of the fourth and fifth pairs of legs, the telson, or the uropodal lamelle perfect. The specimens in alcohol retain for a considerable time bright purple mark- ings about the oral appendages, and give out a peculiar, bright red, oil-like fluid, after the manner of the species of Sergestes and some of the deep-water Schizopoda. Hymenopeneus debilis, gen. et sp. nov. Plate XV. Figs. 6-11. Plate XVI. Figs. 1-3. The whole integument is membranaceous and exceedingly thin and soft. The carapax is smooth, naked, slightly compressed laterally, and dorsally cari- nated the whole length but not conspicuously on the posterior part ; there are four large and acute lateral spines either side, — an antennal, an hepatic, one a little way back of the antennal, and another (branchiostegial ?) below and in front of the hepatic and near the lower edge of the carapax ; the gastro-hepatic sulcus is conspicuous and deep, and continues upward to the dorsal line con- siderably back of the middle of the carapax and terminates below in front of the hepatic spine in a depression from which a narrow sulcus extends backward and divides, sending a short branch downward in front of the branchial region and a long one back to become the cardiaco-branchial. The rostrum is nearly straight, a little less than half as long as the rest of the carapax along the dorsum, compressed but not high, terminates in an acute point, is armed above with six or seven teeth besides three more widely separated and nearly equidistant ones upon the anterior half of the carapax proper, and near the tip below with a closely set series of hairs. 92 BULLETIN OF THE The eyes are large, reniform, and black, as in the typical species of Peneus. , The peduncle of the antennula is much longer than the rostrum: the first segment is more than half the entire length, excavated above for the reception of the eye, but the lamelliform appendage is small, narrow, and concealed between the eyestalks ; the second segment is about half as long as the first, and somewhat triquetral ; the body of the ultimate segment is not quite half as long as the second, but is prolonged in a narrow process beneath the bases of the flagella ; the upper flagellum is slender, cylindrical and longer than the carapax and rostrum ; the proximal portion of the lower flagellum is slender and cylindrical, like the upper, but the terminal portion is wanting in all the specimens seen. The antennal scale is about half as long as the carapax including the rostrum, nearly four times as long as broad, and contracted distally to a rather narrow but evenly rounded tip, which projects scarcely beyond the terminal spine of the outer margin. The second segment of the peduncle of the antenna is armed with a slender spine just outside the articulation of the scale, and the con- solidated fourth and fifth segments reach nearly to the middle of the scale and are subcylindrical. The flagellum is slender, cylindrical, and three or more times as long as the rest of the animal. The labrum, metastome, and crowns of the mandibles are nearly as in Peneus. The mandibular palpi (Pl. XVI. fig. 1) are very much as in the Amalopeneus just described, and reach to about the middle of the antennal scales: the proximal segment is about half as broad as long and once and two thirds as long as the distal segment, which is three times as long as broad, and ovate with the tip obtuse. The proximal lobe of the first maxilla (Pl. XVI. fig. 2) is large, broadly rounded at the extremity, and armed with very long setiform spines and sete ; the distal lobe is broad and truncated at the extremity, and armed with slender spines and sete rather shorter than on the proximal lobe ; the endognath is shorter than the distal lobe of the protognath, has a slight expansion margined with hairs on the outer edge near the base, and tapers to an obtuse tip (Fig. 2") armed on the inner edge with three very long and distally plumose seta, and on the anterior surface with very delicate hairs. The second maxilla (Pl. XVI. fig. 3) is very much as in many species of Peneus. The three proximal lobes of the protognath are subequal and narrow, and the distal lobe about twice as wide as they, but still rather narrow and ovate. The endognath is much shorter than the distal lobe of the protognath, and termi- nates in a narrow thickened fold (Fig. 3°) on the posterior side armed along either edge and on the anterior side with a longitudinal series of slender spines or ~ spiniform sete, of which the distal one on the inner edge, the anterior series, and the distal ones of the outer series are very long. The anterior lobe of the scaphognath is long and very narrow, and projects considerably beyond the protognath, while the posterior lobe is large, broad, and curved strongly inward and anteriorly as in the allied genera. MUSEUM OF COMPARATIVE ZOOLOGY. 93 The first maxillipeds (Pl. XV. fig. 7) resemble those of the typical species of Peneus. The distal lobe of the protopod is large, rounded in outline distally and about two and a half times as long as broad. The endopod is composed of three segments : the proximal segment is a little more than half the whole length, broad at base but narrow distally and with the inner margin abruptly contracted near the middle, leaving an angular projection which is armed with long sete, while beyond this projection it is narrowed to near the extremity and is regularly curved inward round, and extends considerably beyond, the end of the protopod ; the two distal segments are nearly straight, approximately equal in length, very narrow, and with a regular series of slender plumose sete along either edge, those on the outer edge being much the larger. The exopod reaches to about the base of the distal segment of the endopod, is nar- row, twelve to fifteen times as long as broad, but lamellar, and edged with a regular series of long plumose sete. The epipod is small, but with a distinct anterior lobe, has a few hairs or sete along the edges, and is apparently not branchial. The endopod in the second maxilliped (Pl. XV. fig. 8) is large and stout : the ischium as usual is shorter than broad; the merus is as long as the entire protognath of the first maxilliped, and about a fourth as broad as long ; the three distal segments are subequal in length and together about as long as the merus, the propodus about as wide as the merus, but the carpus and dactylus a little narrower ; the dactylus is obtusely rounded and armed with a few strong spines distally, and both margins of the three distal segments and the inner margins of the proximal are clothed as usual with stout sete and hairs. The exopod is very small, slender, nearly cylindrical, about as long as the merus, and the distal half multiarticulate, flagelliform, and furnished with small plumose sete. The lamellar epipod is narrow-ovate, not bilobed distally, and bears a rather small dendrobranchia, The external maxillipeds (Pl. XV. fig. 9) are very long and slender, though as thick as any of the legs, longer than the carapax and rostrum, and reach beyond the tips of the antennal scales fully the length of their dactyli: the ischium, merus, and carpus are approximately equal in length and subequal in diameter ; the propodus and dactylus taper slightly and regularly ; the pro- podus is fully two thirds and the dactylus half as long as the carpus ; all the segments are thickly armed along the inner side with fascicles of exceedingly long and slender spines or stout sete, and the three distal are similarly armed, but with shorter spines and sete, on the other sides. The exopod is rudi- mentary and exceedingly minute, being very slender and much shorter than the diameter of the merus. The epipod is well developed, lanceolate, and undivided at the tip. All the thoracic legs have very minute exopods, and all except the fifth pair have narrow and undivided epipods like the external maxillipeds. The first legs (Pl. XV. fig. 10) are about as long as the carapax excluding the rostrum, reach to the middle of the antennal scales, are slightly compressed, and stouter than the succeeding pairs; the merus is about twice as long as the ischium and 94 BULLETIN OF THE seven or eight times as iong as broad ; the carpus is.a third or fourth shorter than the ischium, but as broad ; the chela is slightly stouter than the carpus and only a little shorter, and has slightly curved digits about two thirds of the whole length ; the lower edges of the ischium, merus, and carpus are armed with fascicles of long spines and sete as in the external maxillipeds, the upper edges of these segments and both edges of the chela are armed with much smaller spines or sete, and in addition there is a small area densely covered with very short sete or hairs near the distal end of the lower edge of the carpus, and a similar area in a corresponding position at the proximal end of the chela, The second legs are a half longer and much more slender than the first, nearly cylindrical, reach to the tips of the antennal scales, and are almost entirely naked. The third legs (Pl. XV. fig. 11) are like the second, but longer, reaching to the tips of the external maxillipeds. The chele of the second and third pairs are about as long as those of the first, but more slender, with proportionally shorter, straight and weak digits, and naked except for a few very minute hairs near the tips of the digits. The fourth and fifth pairs of legs are exceedingly long and slender, and appar- rently very nearly alike, but the distal segments are wanting in all the speci- mens seen ; the meri, however, reach to about the tips of the antennal scales in both pairs, but in the fifth pair a little farther than in the fourth ; and the parts which are preserved are almost entirely unarmed. The branchiz appear to be less densely branched than in the typical species of Peneus, and there are two arthrobranchie at the base of the penultimate leg each side instead of one, making nineteen brancbie on each side arranged as indicated in the following table. Somites. VIE VILE IX. X. XI. XI“ XI. = SIV. Tome Epipods, 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 0 (7) Podobranchiz, 0 i 0) 0 0 0 0 0 1 Arthrobranchie, 2 2 2 2 2 2 Oo 12 Pleurobranchia, 0 0 1 1 l 1 1 1 6 19-++(7) The abdomen to the tip of the telson is slightly more than once and a half as long as the carapax including the rostrum, anteriorly nearly as broad as the carapax, but strongly compressed back of the third somite so that the sixth somite, which is nearly a fourth of the entire length of the abdomen and nearly twice as long as high, is nearly twice as high as broad. The three anterior somites are evenly rounded above, but the three posterior are sharply carinated, and on the fifth and sixth somites the carina terminates at the posterior margin in a small tooth. The epimera of all the somites are rather small, and have the posterior angles more or less rounded. The telson is not quite perfect at the tip in any of the specimens, but is nearly three fourths as long as the sixth somite, narrowly triangular, thickened at base, has shallow dorsal and lateral sulci nearly the whole length, and the lower edge each side is armed near the tip with a slender spine. . MUSEUM OF COMPARATIVE ZOOLOGY. 95 The inner lamella of the uropod is slightly longer than the sixth somite, lanceolate, and about four times as long as broad. The outer lamella is just about as long and wide as the antennal scale, but is broader at the tip. There are only three specimens in the collection, all apparently females, and all more or less imperfect. The largest specimen, from Station 323, gives the following measurements, which, on account of the soft condition of the speci- men, are more or less approximate. Length from tip of rostrum to tip of telson. 2 in at . 42.0mm. Length of carapax including rostrum. sake ‘ ° 16.3 rostrum . : : : . : , - : - 5.5 a antennal scale. : : : ; : : : 8.0 «external maxilliped . : : ? ; : : . 19.0 « first pair of legs . : : : . : : : 12.0 « second pair of legs . ° : : : ‘ : . 18.0 “ third pair of legs . : : . : : , ; 22.0 « sixth somite of abdomen . : : : : A Pah Height of “ - « E : : : 3 - 3.3 Length of inner lamella of uropod . : ° , ; - a 3 Breadth ns Ng rs : : : : : ; 1.6 Length of outer lamella of uropod . : 3 - ; aie eee Breadth “ “e es ; é : a, : - 2.0 Possibly none of the specimens are fully grown, but all have apparently attained the characters of the adult. The smallest specimen, less than 30 mm, in length, does not differ, except in size, from the largest. Station. N. Lat. _ W. Long. Fathoms. 317 31° 57’ 0” 78° 18 35” 333 323 33° 19’ 0” 76° 12! 30” 457 326 33° 42! 15” 76° 0! 50” 464 F The genus Peneus, even after the subdivisions recently made by Bate, in- eludes species differing widely in the structure of the articular appendages and in the arrangement of the branchia, but the genus here proposed appears to differ from all these species in the small and narrow terminal segment of the mandibular palpus, the rudimentary character of the exopods of the external maxillipeds and legs, the number and arrangement of the branchiw, and the membranaceous character of the integument. From the typical species of Peneus it differs moreover in the short and unsegmented endognath of the first maxilla and in the sulcation and armament of the carapax. The species here described is possibly closely allied to, or even congenerie with, Haliporus Bate, which, however, is so imperfectly characterized, and the four species referred to it so briefly described, that it is impossible to determine its affinities with any certainty. , 96 BULLETIN OF THE SERGESTIDA. Sergestes arcticus Kroyer. Oversigt Vidensk. Selsk. Forhandl. Kjébenhaven, 1855, p. (6) ; Monograph. Sergestes, Vidensk. Selsk. Skr., V., Naturvidensk. mathem. Afh., 1V. pp. 240, 276, Pl. Ill. figs. 7a-7g, Pl. V. fig. 16, 1856. SmitH, Proc. National Mus., Washington, III. p. 445, 1881. Plate XVI. Fig. 4. Station. LN. Lat. W. Long. Fathoms. Specimens. B04? AIP Sp? 65° 57’ 30” 139 Fragments only. 309 40° 11 40” 68° 22’ 0” 304 19 396 33° 49715" 76°00”. “464 gee 337 38° 20’ 8” 73° 23/ 20" 740 19, 55 mm. in length. In this species there is an epipod and a well-developed podobranchia at the base of the second maxilliped, and above its base a simple lamella in place of a pleurobranchia, a large anterior pleurobranchia with a simple lamella back of it on each of the three succeeding somites, a large anterior and a small posterior pleurobranchia on the antepenultimate somite, and on the penultimate somite two small branchiz, of which the posterior is very much the smaller, while the last somite is without branchiz; or, indicating the simple pleurolamelle by accents, the branchial formula* may be indicated as follows : — Somites. Vil. VIIl. EX x. XI. ALL. XE eve Total. Epipods, 1 1 Onis 0 0 0 0 (2) Podobranchiaz, 0 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 Arthrobranchie, 0 Cr. we 0 on -a 0 0 Pleurobranchiz, 0 0’ | liege: fg af 2 2 0 7 8+(2) * Boas (Studier over Decapodernes Stegtskabsforhold, Vidensk. Selsk. Skr., VI., Natuvidensk. mathem. Afh., I., 1880), for S. Frisii Kroyer, gives an epipod and aru- dimentary arthrobranchia for the eighth somite and a single pleurobranchia for each of the succeeding somites including the last. Bate (Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., 5th ser., VIII. p. 193, 1881), gives, for the genus Sergestes, a ‘* mastibranchia” (epipod) and one pleurobranchia for the eighth somite, a single pleurobranchia for the ninth, a pleuro- branchia and pleurolamella each for the tenth, eleventh, and twelfth, two pleuro- branchi for the thirteenth, and nothing for the last ; but under S. Aréyeri he says, ‘‘This species has two well-developed pleurobranchie attached to the penultimate somite of the pereion, two to the antepenultimate, one plume and a leaflike plate to* the next three somites, and one plume and a rudimentary mastibranchial plate to the first pair of gnathopoda” (second maxillipeds). This last statement of Bate would apparently indicate an arrangement of the branchiw much like that which I have given above, or even nearer to that of S. robustus described beyond, but it is very unlike the arrangement indicated by his formula for the genus. MUSEUM OF COMPARATIVE ZOOLOGY. 97 The structure of the branchix themselves, in this and in the two following species as well, is very different from that in Peneus, or any of the Penwidz described in this paper. The branchie are pinnate in form, and each pinna is a complete phyllobranchia ; that is, they are compound phyllobranchie, while those of Pencus are compound trichobranchie. The structure is more like that in Sicyonia (judging by Bate’s description of the branchie of that genus) than that in Peneus. The first pair of thoracic legs are subchelate, and the dactyli of the external maxillipeds and the propodi of the first, second, and third pairs of legs are multiarticulate, as in the next species, the articulations being more conspicuous than in that species. These structural characters of the thoracic legs are, how- ever, undoubtedly characteristic of all the species of the genus. {Sergestes robustus, sp. nov. Plate XVI. Figs. 5-8". Male. —The carapax is strongly compressed, the breadth being considerably more than the height at the base of the antenn, but much less than the greatest height posteriorly, which is rather more than twice that at the base of the an- tenne. The dorsum is broadly rounded to the base of the rostrum, which rises rather abruptly:from the dorsum, is very thin, acutely triangular, and extends a little forward of the truncated middle lobe of the ophthalmic somite. The eyestalks to the tips of the eyes are about two fifths as long as the antennal scales, and the diameter of the eye itself about half the length. The peduncle of the antennula is about a fifth longer than the antennal scale, the first segment scarcely half as long as the antennal scale, and the second and third successively a little shorter ; all the segments are very stout, the diameter in the second and third being equal to more than half the length. The proximal seg- ment of the upper or major flagellum is scarcely more than a fourth as long as the distal segment of the peduncle, and scarcely longer than the proximal seg- ment of the lower flagellum, which is modified as in the allied species. The antennal scale (Fig. 7) is about half as long as the earapax along the dorsal line, about a third as broad as long, and much broader at the tip than in the allied species, The oral appendages do not differ essentially from the oral appendages of P. Fristi and arcticus as figured by Kroyer. The external maxillipeds reach by the tips of the antennal scales fully the length of their dactyli, and are about as stout as the third pair of legs : all five segments of the endopod are approximately equal in length though the dactylus is slightly shorter than the others, and all are armed with very slender spines ; the dactylus is slender and multiarticulate, being composed of about five segments, and tipped with two or three spines. The legs of the first pair fall a little short of the tips of the antennal scales : the merus is about twice as long as the carpus and about as long as the propodus, which is very slender, com- VOL, X.— NO. 1. 7 98 BULLETIN OF THE posed of about ten segments, and armed, like the ischium, merus, and carpus, with exceedingly long, and for the most part simple, setiform spines, and at the proximal extremity with a tuft of serrate sete corresponding to a similar tuft on the distal extremity of the propodus ; the dactylus is very minute, but perfectly distinct, and armed with an exccedingly long and slender spiniform seta, while the tip of the propodus is armed with a very much shorter spine. The legs of the second pair reach to about the tips of the external maxillipeds: the merus is a little longer than in the first pair ; the carpus twice as long as in the first pair and only a little shorter than the merus; the propodus is longer than the merus, composed of about twelve segments, and armed very nearly as in the first pair, except that the tuft of sete at the proximal extremity, with the cor- responding one on the carpus, is wholly wanting, while the digits of the well- developed chela (Fig. 6) are considerably longer than the diameter of the pro- podus at their base, slender, nearly straight, and armed at the tips with a dense brush of sete, most of which are serrate. The legs of the third pair are almost exactly like those of the second, except that they are considerably longer, reach- ing by the second pair by about half the length of their dactyli. The legs of the fourth pair reach nearly to the tips of the carpi of the third pair and are very much stouter, and the endopods are composed of only four segments each, the dactylus, apparently, being wanting : the ischium, carpus, and propodus (or the proximal and the two distal segments) are subequal in length, while the merus (or antepenultimate segment) is about once and a half as long as each of the others : the merus is about six times as long as broad, and, like the ischium, densely ciliated along both edges, but the cilia on the lower edge are several times longer than those upon the upper, which are not as long as the breadth of the segment ; the carpus is slightly broader than the merus, being more than a fourth as broad as long, ciliated like the merus along the lower edge, but the upper edge naked ; the propodus (or ultimate segment) is a little less than a fifth as broad as long, ovate at the tip, and has the lower edge ciliated and the upper naked like the carpus. The legs of the fifth pair are a little more than half as long as those of the fourth, and their endopods are composed of the same number of segments: the ischium and carpus are subequal in length, the merus a little longer, and propodus a little shorter, and all the segments are ciliated along both edges, though the cilia upon the lower edge are much longer than those upon the upper ; the merus is about a fourth as broad as long, and considerably broader than the ischium or carpus ; the carpus is less than a fourth as broad as long, and slightly tapered distally ; the propodus is a little less than a fifth as broad as long, and regularly tapered from near the base to the acute tip. The abdomen, excluding the telson, is nearly twice as long as the carapax ~ along the dorsal line, is considerably compressed, though anteriorly about as broad as the carapax, and, like the carapax, rounded above, but with a shallow median sulcus on each of the first four somites, inconspicuous on the first and second, but distinct on the third and fourth. [There are similar sulci on the abdomen of S. arcticus, and they are possibly, though apparently not, due to MUSEUM OF COMPARATIVE ZOOLOGY. 99 contraction from preservation in strong alcohol.] The epimera of the first three somites are large and project backward in an angle, while the epimera of the fourth and fifth somites project backward quite as far, but have the outline more rounded. The sixth somite is about as long as the antennal scale, considerably more than half as high as long, and strongly compressed. The telson is considerably shorter than the sixth somite, flattened and slightly sulcated above, with a deep lateral groove each side, acutely angular at the tip, and ciliated along the edges. The inner lamella of the uropod is a little longer than the telson, about three and a half times as long as broad, and lance- olate at the tip. The outer lamella is between a third anda fourth longer than the inner, less than a fourth as broad as long, the outer margin terminating in a strong tooth about two thirds of the way from the base to the tip, and the tip narrow, but rounded. The peculiar sexual appendages (petasma, Fig. 8) of the first somite of the abdomen have essentially the same structure as in S. arcticus, but are much more complicated than would be inferred from the figures for that species given by Kroyer. The appendages of the two sides are usually hooked together along the middle line (h), but are really entirely distinct. Each is attached by a ° narrow process (a) to the protopod of the abdominal appendage, and is divided by more or less distinct sutures into three portions. The outer portion, that next the protopod, projects above the point of attachment in a narrow process, and below the point of attachment in a broad lamellar lateral expansion, and below this in a long, flat, chitinous stylet (6) terminating in a sharp hook below a rounded sinus in the extremity. The middle portion projects below and alongside of, but far beyond, the hooked stylet ()), in a complicated appendage divided distally into three membranaceous and hook-bearing processes (¢, f, 7) and bearing two slender and unarmed stylets (c, d) ; and each of the membra- naceous processes is armed, along one edge with a series of peculiar chitinous hooks retracted within invaginated papille (Fig. 8°), and at the tip with a larger and somewhat differently shaped but similarly retracted hook (Fig. 5°). The lateral hooks themselves are semi-mushroom-shaped, like those which serve to hook together the inner rami of the abdominal appendages in many crus- taceans, and very much like those along the mesial edge (i) of this same appendage, but larger. The terminal hooks are more properly hook-shaped, as shown in the figure, but are broad at the tips. The invagination of the mem- brane around the hooks is possibly due to contraction in the alcoholic speci- mens, but the hooks are similarly retracted in all the specimens of S. arcticus which I have examined, their bases appear to be connected with strong mus- cular fibres, and I think there is little doubt that the hooks are capable of being retracted in life. The mesial portion of appendages is thin, lamellar, longitudinally folded, and armed along the mesial edge with great numbers of semi-mushroom-shaped hooks which serve to attach together the appendages of the two sides. The branchie are the same in number and have the same arrangement as in S. arcticus, but the posterior branchia on the twelfth (antepenultimate) somite 100 BULLETIN OF THE is nearly as large as the anterior, which is the largest of the series, and the branchiz of the penultimate segment are very nearly alike, and not very much smaller than the pair next in front of them. I have seen only four specimens, all males, and but one of these is in the “Blake ” collection ; this one from Station 328, N. Lat. 34° 28’ 25”, W. Long. 75° 22’ 50”, 1632 fathoms. The other specimens are from the collections made by the U. S. Fish Commission off Martha’s Vineyard: Stations 893 and 952, 372 and 388 fathoms. Two specimens give the following measurements : — Station . . E on hs : ‘ } . 893 328 Sex . : vu, . ° : : : : & a Length from tip of rostrum to tip oftelson . . . 580mm. 65.0mm. “ of carapax along dorsal line : . Paes 19.5 “ of rostrum . . : : : . : 5) pao 1.3 Height of carapax anteriorly < ° . . 2 4.0 4.5 - “posteriorly . : : ‘ +) One 9.5 Breadth of carapax : 5 : peg 2 . 5.6 6.3 Length of eyestalk andeye . : : : : . 3.5 3.9 Diameter of eye . ° : 4 : ° : : 1.7 1.9 Length of antennal scale : ee Tae : . oN 9.2 Breadth of antennal scale. : : : 2 2.9 1.3 Length of sixth somite of abdomen . : . os Oe 10.0 telson . ° : j é : . . 7.5 8.0 mr inner lamella of uropod . : : - 8.0 8.3 i outer a os ° ° ; «, 116 12.0 This is the species which I have referred to as “ Sergestes sp.” in Proc. National Mus., Washington, III. p. 445, 1881. Sergestes, sp. indet. There are specimens of a third species of Sergestes from Station 328, N. Lat. 34° 28/ 25’, W. Long. 75° 22’55”, 1632 fathoms, and fragments of apparently the same species from Station 325, N. Lat. 33° 35’ 20”, W. Long. 76°, 647 fathoms. These specimens are all in bad condition and want a large part of the appendages, but they are interesting on account of the modification of the branchial formula. The branchie are all much smaller than in S. robustus, the posterior pleurobranchia of the twelfth (antepenultimate) somite is replaced by a simple lamella like that upon the somite next in front, and the two branchie of the penultimate somite are very small, as in S. arcticus, The~ species is apparently even larger than S. robustus, and much like it in general appearance, but the rostrum is much smaller and apparently obtuse, and the eyes are very small, scarcely larger than eyestalks, The specimens are all females. MUSEUM OF COMPARATIVE ZOOLOGY. 101 EXPLANATION OF THE PLATES. All the figures on Plates I., III., and V.; Figs. 1 to 4°, 5, Plate II. ; Fig. 1, Plate ovesatigs, 1, 2,8, Plate VI. ; Figs. 1, 1% 1°, 2,.2%, 4 4, 5, 6%, Plate VIL; Figs. 1, 1*, 1°, 2, Plate VIIL ; Figs. 1, 2, 2%, Plate IX.; Figs. 1, 2, Plate X. ; Figs. 4, 5, 8, Plate XI. ; Fig. 1, Plate XIII. ; and Fig. 5, Plate XVI., were drawn by J. H. Emerton. All the other figures were drawn by the author. ibs 2, 4°, 44, PLATE I. Lithodes Agassizxi. Dorsal view of female from Station 329, half natural size. Dorsal view of a young specimen taken off Martha's Vineyard by the U. S. Fish Commission, Station 1029, enlarged two diameters. . Lateral view of the carapax of the same specimen, enlarged two diameters. PLATE II. Cyclodorippe nitida A. Milne-Edwards. Dorsal view of female, enlarged two diameters. Front view of same specimen, enlarged four diameters. Ventral view of same specimen, the distal portions of the legs omitted, en- larged four diameters. Amathia Agassizii. Dorsal view of the carapax of the male from Station 319, natural size. Dorsal view of a young specimen from Station 317, enlarged two diameters. Purapagurus pilosimanus Smith. Lateral view of the left side of the origi- nally described male specimen, taken on a trawl line, off Nova Scotia, half natural size. . Dorsal view of the chelipeds of the same specimen, half natural size. . Dorsal view of the carapax and anterior appendages of the same specimen, natural size. Appendage of the right side of the first somite-of the abdomen of the same specimen, seen from behind, enlarged four diameters. Appendage of the right side of the second somite of the abdomen of the same specimen, seen from behind, enlarged four diameters. ELupagurus politus. Lateral view of left side of male, dredged by the U. S, Fish Commission off Martha’s Vineyard, Station 922, natural size. Fig. Fig. “ “ “ce BULLETIN OF THE PLATE III. 1. Pentacheles sculptus Smith. Dorsal view of female, from Station 326, 2*. 4, natural size. PLATE IV. Pentacheles sculptus Smith. Ventral view of the cephalo-thorax of the specimen figured on the last plate, the distal portions of the appendages omitted, natural size ; a, tubular process containing the canal of the green gland ; 2, process of the ophthalmic lobe. Mandible and lobe of metastome of the right side, as seen in place from below, from the male from Station 326, enlarged about two diameters. Palpus of the same mandible, seen from below, enlarged about two diameters. First maxilla of the right side of the same specimen, seen from below, en- larged about two diameters. Second maxilla of the right side of the same specimen, seen from below, enlarged about two diameters. 5. Diagrammatic outline of the anterior portion of the first maxilliped of the 5. 5. “J right side of the same specimen, as seen in place from below, enlarged about two diameters ; a, proximal, and a’, distal lobe of the protopod ; b, base of endopod, the terminal portion being entirely hidden by the ex- opod ; ¢, basal portion of the exopod ; d, e, terminal lobes of the exopod. The same maxilliped removed from the animal, slightly compressed and seen from a little one side and below, enlarged about two diameters ; a, a’, B, c, d, same as in last figure; f, g, epipodal lamella. Terminal portion of the same maxilliped, seen from above under slight pressure, enlarged about two diameters ; lettering the same as in figures 5, 5*. Second maxilliped of the right side of the same specimen, enlarged about two diameters. External maxilliped of the right side of the same specimen, enlarged two diameters ; a, rudimentary epipod. Chela of the right great cheliped of the female figured on Plate IIL, natural size. Chela of the right leg of the second pair of the male from Station 326, en- larged about two diameters. Rudimentary chela of the right leg of the third pair of the same specimen, enlarged about two diameters. Rudimentary chela of the right leg of the fifth pair of the same specimen, enlarged about two diameters. Rudimentary chela of the right leg of the fifth pair of the female from Station 898, U. S. Fish Commission, enlarged about two diameters. Appendage of the left side of the first somite of the abdomen of the female figured on Plate III., enlarged about two diameters. Appendage of the left side of the first somite of the male from Station 326, enlarged about two diameters, _—— tt Fig. 1. ec ee MUSEUM OF COMPARATIVE ZOOLOGY. 103 PLATE V. Rhachocaris longirostra. Lateral view of female from Station 330, enlarged two diameters, Rhachocaris Agassizii. Lateral view of female from Station 326, natural size. Rhachocaris sculpta. Lateral view of female from Station 339, natural size. PLATE VI. Rhachocaris longirostra. Dorsal view of carapax and anterior appendages of the specimen figured on Plate V., enlarged two diameters. Rhachocaris Agassizii. Dorsal view of the specimen figured on Plate V., natural size. Rhachocaris sculpta. Dorsal view of the specimen figured on Plate V., natural size. . First maxilla of the right side of the same specimen enlarged six diameters. . Second maxilla of the right side of the same specimen, enlarged four diameters. . First maxilliped of the right side of the same specimen, enlarged six diameters. Second maxilliped of the right side of the same specimen, enlarged four diameters. PLATE VII. Pontophilus brevirostris Smith. Dorsal view of adult female, enlarged two diameters. Lateral view of the carapax of the same specimen, enlarged two diameters. . Dorsal view of rostrum of the same specimen, enlarged eight diameters. Pontophilus gracilis. Dorsal view of female, enlarged two diameters. Lateral view of the carapax of the same specimen, enlarged two diameters. Appendage of the left side of the first somite of the abdomen of the same specimen, enlarged eight diameters. Appendage of the left side of the second somite of the abdomen of the same specimen, enlarged eight diameters. Appendage of the left side of the first somite of the abdomen of a male taken off Martha’s Vineyard by the U. S. Fish Commission, Station 1029, en- larged eight diameters. . Appendage of the left side of the second somite of the abdomen of the same specimen, enlarged eight diameters. Ceraphilus Agassizii. Dorsal view of female from Station 326, natural size. Lateral view of the carapax of the same specimen, natural size ; a, anterior gastric spine ; }, rostrum ; ¢, orbital spine ; d, antero-lateral angle. Lateral view of carapax and abdomen of a male from Station 317, enlarged two diameters ; a, b, c, d, the same as in fig. 4°. Dorsal view of carapax of the same specimen, enlarged two diameters ; a, c, d, the same as in fig. 4% 104 se 2. oe Fig. 1. BULLETIN OF THE PLATE VIII. Sabinea princeps. Lateral view of female, natural size. Dorsal view of carapax and anterior appendages of the same specimen, natu- ral size. . Dorsal view of the terminal portion of the abdomen of the same specimen, natural size. Munidopsis curvirostra Whiteaves. Dorsal view of male from Station 325, enlarged four diameters. Appendage of the right side of the first somite of the abdomen of a male, from 220 fathoms, Gulf of St. Lawrence, enlarged eight diameters. . Appendage of the right side of the second somite of the same specimen, enlarged eight diameters, PLATE IX. Anchistia tenella. Lateral view of female, enlarged four diameters. Dorsal outline view of right eye and peduncle of antennula of the same specimen, enlarged eight diameters. . Outline of left antennal scale of the same specimen, enlarged eight diameters. Galacantha rostrata A. Milne-Edwards. Dorsal view of male from Sta- tion 341, natural size. . Lateral view of carapax of the same specimen, natural size. PLATE X. Munida sp. indet. Dorsal view of a large male, taken by the U. S. Fish Commission off Martha’s Vineyard, Station 877, natural size. Pandalus carinatus. Lateral view of female, enlarged two diameters, First maxilliped of the right side of the same specimen, seen from beneath, enlarged twelve diameters. . Second maxilliped of the right side of the same specimen, enlarged twelve diameters. Distal portion of right chelate leg of the same specimen, enlarged twelve diameters. ’ Lamelle of the appendage of the left side of the first somite of the abdomen of the same specimen, seen from behind, enlarged twelve diameters ; the marginal sete and the distal portion of the outer lamella omitted. . Outline of tip of outer lamella of right uropod of the same specimen, enlarged four diameters. . Tip of telson of same specimen, seen from above, enlarged twenty-four diameters, PLATE XI. Pandalus carinatus. Right mandible of the specimen figured on Plate X., seen from in front, enlarged twelve diameters. Right first maxilla of the same specimen, seen from beneath, enlarged twelve diameters. Fig. oc “ce “e ‘é SP 4, 4°, 4°, 4°, MUSEUM OF COMPARATIVE ZOOLOGY. 105 Right second maxilla of the same specimen, seen from beneath, enlarged twelve diameters. Miersia gracilis. Lateral view of young male, enlarged two diameters. Distal extremity of the posterior leg of the left side of the same specimen, enlarged eight diameters. Rami of the appendage of the right side of the first somite of the abdomen of the same specimen, seen from behind, enlarged eight diameters ; the marginal set of the outer ramus omitted. Portion of the base of the inner lamella of the appendage of the right side of the second somite of the abdomen of the same specimen, seen from behind and showing the small secondary stylet characteristic of the male, enlarged twenty-four diameters. Distal part of the second maxilliped of the right side of the same specimen, seen from below, enlarged eight diameters. Miersia Agassizii. Lateral view of male from Station 330, natural size. Second maxilliped of the left side of the same specimen, seen from below, enlarged eight diameters. ; Distal extremity of the posterior leg of the right side of a male from Station 305, enlarged twelve diameters. Inner lamella of the appendage of the left side of the same specimen, seen from in front, enlarged eight diameters. Meningodora mollis. Lateral view of female, natural size. The lateral carine of the carapax are indicated by simple lines. . Outline of the right eye of the same specimen, seen from above, enlarged two diameters. Second maxilliped of the right side of the same specimen, seen from below, enlarged eight diameters. PLATE XII. Miersia Agassizii. Distal portion of the left mandible of the specimen figured on Plate XI. fig. 5, seen from beneath. . The same mandible seen from above. First maxilla of the left side of the same specimen, seen from beneath. Second maxilla of the left side of the same specimen, seen from beneath. First maxilliped of the left side of the same specimen, seen from beneath. Meningodora mollis, Distal portion of the right mandible of the specimen figured on Plate XI. fig. 8, seen from beneath. . The same mandible seen from above. First maxilla of the right side of the same specimen, seen from beneath. Second maxilla of the right side of the same specimen, seen from beneath. First maxilliped of the right side of the same specimen, seen from beneath. Distal extremity of posterior leg of the same specimen, enlarged twenty-four diameters. “ Miersia gracilis. Endopod and exopod of the second maxilliped of the right side of the specimen figured on Plate XI. fig. 4. All the figures, except Fig. 9, are enlarged eight diameters. 106 Fig. 1. “se “cc ce 2. 2, 3. IT 12. BULLETIN OF THE PLATE XIII. Eumiersia ensifera. Lateral view of female from Station 340, natural size. Mandible of the left side of another female of about the same size and from the same station, seen from beneath, enlarged four diameters, The same mandible seen from behind, enlarged four diameters. First maxilla of the left side of the same specimen, seen from beneath, enlarged four diameters. Second maxilla of the left side of the same specimen, seen from beneath, enlarged four diameters. First maxilliped of the left side of the same specimen, seen from beneath, enlarged four diameters. Second maxilliped of the left side of the same specimen, seen from beneath, enlarged four diameters. Distal extremity of right chelate leg of the first pair of a male 44 mm, long from Station 330, enlarged about eight diameters. Distal extremity of right chelate leg of the second pair of the same speci- men, enlarged eight diameters. Distal extremity of left leg of the fifth (2) pair of a female 108 mm. long from Station 308, enlarged four diameters. Pandalus acanthonotus. Carapax and anterior appendages of the female from Station 321, enlarged four diameters. Propodus and dactylus of the second maxilliped of the right side of the same specimen, seen from beneath, enlarged twelve diameters Pandalus tenuipes Smith. Same part of second maxilliped of a specimen from 115 fathoms, off Martha’s Vineyard (U. S. Fish Commission, Sta- tion 871), enlarged twelve diameters. PLATE XIV. Benthesicymus Bartlettii. Diagrammatic sketch of the left side of the male, with most of the appendages omitted, natural size. 1*, Similar dorsal view of the anterior part of the carapax and the anterior 2. appendages of the same specimen, natural size. Distal part of the mandible of the left side of the same specimen, seen from beneath, enlarged six diameters. First maxilla of the left side of the same specimen, seen from beneath, enlarged six diameters. Second maxilla of the left side of the same specimen, seen from beneath, enlarged six diameters. First maxilliped of the left side of the same specimen, seen from beneath, enlarged four diameters. Second maxilliped of the left side of the same specimen, seen from beneath, enlarged four diameters. Appendage (petasma) of the protopod of the appendage of the left side of the first somite of the abdomen, seen from in front, enlarged twelve diameters ; a, process standing out, in its natural position, at nearly “ee 6é “ec 14. MUSEUM OF COMPARATIVE ZOOLOGY. 107 right angles to the rest of the plate, but here represented as compressed nearly to the plane of the plate. Amalopenceus elegans. Diagrammatic sketch of the left side of the carapax and anterior appendages of a female from Station 328, enlarged about two diameters. Mandibular palpus of the left side of the same specimen, seen from beneath, enlarged eight diameters. Endognath of the first maxilla of the left side of the same specimen, seen from beneath, enlarged eight diameters. Second maxilla of the left side of the same specimen, seen from beneath, enlarged eight diameters. Outline of the antennal scale of the left side of the same specimen, seen from above, enlarged nearly four diameters. Appendage (petasma) of the protopod of the appendage of the left side of the first somite of a male from Station 324, seen from in front, enlarged twelve diameters ; a, process below the base; 0, process between the middle and inner or distal parts of the plate, and which turns readily either in or out. Same appendage from a specimen from Station 330, seen in the same position, enlarged twelve diameters ; a, 0, as in Fig. 13. PLATE XV. Amalopeneus elegans. First chelate leg of the right side of the female figured on Plate XIV. fig. 8, enlarged about eight diameters. Second chelate leg of the left side of the same specimen, enlarged about eight diameters. First maxilliped of the left side of the same specimen, seen from beneath, enlarged eight diameters. Second maxilliped of the left side of the same specimen, seen from beneath, enlarged eight diameters. External maxilliped of the left side of the same specimen, enlarged four diameters. . Distal extremity of the same maxilliped, enlarged twenty-four diameters. Hymenopenceus debilis. Diagrammatic sketch of the left side of the cara- pax and anterior appendages of a female from Station 323, enlarged about two diameters. First maxilliped of the left side of a female from Station 326, seen from beneath, enlarged eight diameters. Second maxilliped of the left side of the same specimen, seen from beneath, enlarged eight diameters. External maxilliped of the left side of the same specimen, enlarged four diameters. First chelate leg of the right side of the same specimen, enlarged four diameters. Distal part of the third chelate leg of the right side of the same specimen, enlarged four diameters. 108 “cc “ec ce 8*, cl BULLETIN OF THE MUSEUM OF COMPARATIVE ZOOLOGY. PLATE XVI. Hymenopenceus debilis. Mandibular palpus of the left side of the female from Station 326, seen from beneath, enlarged eight diameters. First maxilla of the left side of the same specimen, seen from beneath, enlarged eight diameters. . Tip of endopod of the same maxilla, enlarged twenty-four diameters. Second maxilla of the left side of the same specimen, seen from beneath, enlarged eight diameters. . Tip of the endopod of the same maxilla, enlarged seventy-two diameters. Sergestes arcticus Kroyer. Antennal scale of the right side of a male from off Martha’s Vineyard, U. S, Fish Commission, Station 1030, enlarged four diameters. Sergestes vobustus. Lateral view of male from off Martha’s Vineyard, U. 8. Fish Commission, Station 893, enlarged two diameters. Distal extremity of chela of the second leg of the left side of another male from the same station, enlarged twenty-four diameters. Antennal scale of the right side of the same specimen, enlarged four diameters. Appendage (petasma) of the protopod of the appendage of the right side of the first somite of the same specimen, seen from in front, enlarged eight diameters ; a, point of attachment to the protopod ; 6, hooked stylet ; c, d, unarmed stylets; e¢, f, g, terminal processes armed with invaginated hooks ; h, mesial line where the appendages of the two sides are hooked together. Invaginated hook at the tip of process f, enlarged one hundred diameters. Invaginated hook from the side of the same process, enlarged one hundred diameters. New Haven, Conn., June, 1882. 'S1.Smith.’Blake” Crustacea. JH.Emerton, from nature 5 LITHODES AGASSIZIL. Emerton and Smith from nature CYCLODORIPPE, AMATHIA , PARAPAGURUS, EUPAGURUS 4 Crustacea. an S.1.Smith-’ Blake” JH.Emerton,from nature PENTACHELES SCULPTUS eee ‘al u 1.Smith? Blake” a - = nature Emerton and Smith from PENTACHELES SCULPTUS JH.Emerton,from nature RHACHOCARIS LONGIROSTRA , AGASSIZII ano SCULPTA . 7 o.1.Smith; Blake” Crustacea. Emerton and Smith from nature RHACHOCARIS LONGIROSTRA, AGASSIZIT ano SCULPTA PLATE VI S.1.Smith, Blake” Crustacea. PLATE VII. Emerton and Smith from nat ure, PONTOPHILUS BREVIROSTRIS. P GRACILIS. CERAPHILUS AGASSIZIL. yistyou Atyk DT) TTA SP 7. DICT aC SUSE ee a S$.1. Smith? Blake” Crustacea. PLATE VIil. aa PT vain roo y Se Yj YYW ty = ica | co se S wwe << r = st <= | ley ae =, Soe | Ro | by WL, \ Lp iA ‘iy S.LSmith,? Blake” Crustacea. SS 1.Smith, from nature S.1.Smith,’Blake” Crustacea. PLATE XVI. Emerton and Smith from nature. HYMENOPENALUS DEBILIS. SERGESTES ROBUSTUS. i a ai ; ‘ No. 2. — Bibliography to accompany “ Selections from Embryological Monographs” compiled by ALEXANDER AGASSIZ, WALTER Faxon, and EK. L. Mark. IL. + ECHINODERMATA. By ALEXANDER AGASSIZ. Ir will greatly facilitate the study of the history of the development of Echino- derms by recalling here that in 1836, Thompson (J. V.) first called attention to the remarkable development of Comatula ; that next came in 1844 the observations of Sars (M.) on the direct development of Echinaster, and in 1846 of Asteracanthion. This was followed in 1848 by the confirmation of these observations by Desor and Agassiz (L.) In 1847 Dufossé traced many of the stages of development of Echinus esculentus. From 1846 to 1855 Johannes Miiller published his memoirs on the devel- opment of the different orders of Echinoderms. They have formed the basis of all the subsequent publications on the same subject. The more important of these in their chronological order are those of Allman, Carpenter, Thomson (C. W.), and Goette on the Embryology of the Comatule ; of Krohn, Agassiz (A.), and Metschnikoff on the Embryology of the Sea-urchins ; of Koren and Danielssen, Baur, Metschnikoff, and Selenka on the Holothurians ; of Schultze, Agassiz (A.), Metschnikoff, and Apostoli- des on the Ophiurans ; and of Van Beneden, Agassiz (A.), and Metschnikoff on the Starfishes. While the memoirs of Miiller, Agassiz (A.), Metschnikoff, and others treated of Tornaria as a Starfish larva, the subsequent publications of Metschnikoff and of Agassiz (A.) proved that Tornaria was the larva of Balanoglossus. The litera- ture of this part of the subject is, therefore, repeated here ; it will also appear in that of the Vermes, to accompany the illustrations of Balanoglossus. It is taken for granted that no special record is necessary of the older Jahresberichte of Leuckart, of Keferstein, of the Zodlogical Record, and of the recent Berichte of Hoffmann and Schwalbe and of Carus ; and that such observations as are found in the notices and reviews of special memoirs must be sought for in the chapters on Echinodermata of these volumes. [*] before a title denotes that I have not seen the work. CambBriner, July 1, 1882. Agassiz, Alexander. On the Embryology of Asteracanthion berylinus Ag. and a Species allied to A. rubens M. T. Asteracanthion pallidus Ag. Proc. Amer. Acad. Arts § Sei., VI. pp. 106-114. 18 figs. 1868. Also separate. 1863. 8 pp. + I. Crustacea, by Walter Faxon. See Bull. Mus. Comp. Zéol., IX. No. 6, p. 197, March, 1882. VOL. X. — NO, 2. 1 110 ‘BULLETIN OF THE Agassiz, Alexander (continued). ’ Embryology of the Starfish. Published in December, 1864, advance Pt. L., Vol. V. Contrib. Nat. Hist. of U.S. of Lu. Acassiz. 63 + 7 pp., 8 pl. (Development of Asteracanthion berylinus and A. pallidus.) See also Pt. I. Mem. Museum Comp. Zoology at Harvard College, V.No. . 1, 1877, where the same is found. Abstr. of this Memoir by A. Agassiz in Aan. Sci. Nat., 1865, IIL. pp. 367-377. Embryology of Echinoderms. Mem. Amer. Acad. Arts § Sci., 1X. pp. 1-30. 1864. 38 cuts. (Development of Toxopneustes Drébachiensis, Ophiopholis bellis, Amphiura squamata, Cuvieria Fabricii.) Notes on the Embryology of Starfishes (Tornaria). Ann. Lyceum Nat. Hist., VIII. pp. 240-246, Pl. II. New York, 1866. Preliminary Report; Echini, and Starfishes, dredged in Deep Water between Cuba and Florida Reef. Bull. Mus. Comp. Zool. 1., No. 9, pp. 253-808. 1869. Also abstr. transl. by TroscHEL, Arch. f. Naturg., I. 1870, pp. 127- 149. (On the young stages of Echini, II. p. 279.) Note on Lovéy’s article on Leskia mirabilis Gray. dan. Lyceum Nat. Hist., IX. pp. 242-245. New York, 1869. See also Lovén’s and LtrKEn’s articles on Leskia. Revision of the Echini. J/lust. Cat. Mus. Comp. Zool., Harvard College, No. 7. Cambridge (U.S.), 1872-74. xii + 762 pp., 94 pl., 69 cuts. Reviewed by P. De Lortot. Arch. Sct. Phys. et Nat., L. pp. 401- 411. 1874. Also reviewed by EpMonp Perrier in Revue des Cours Scien- tifiques for 1874. (Part IV. Structure and Embryology of the Echini. 69 cuts. Also young stages in Parts II. and III. passem.) The History of Balanoglossus and Tornaria. (Separate in 1872.) Mem. Amer. Acad. Arts § Sci., 1X. pp. 421-436, Pl. L-IV. 1873. Zodlogical Results of the “Hassler” Expedition. 1. Echini, Crinoids, and Corals, by AexanpER Agassiz and L. F. De Pourraris. I/lust. Cat. Mus. Comp. Zoil., No.8. Bchini, by A. Acassiz. 1-23 pp., 4 pl. Cam- bridge, Feb. 1874. (Young Celopleurus, young Hemiaster Philippii.) Embryology of the Ctenophore. Mem. Amer. Acad., X. pp. 857-398. 5 pl. 187 4. (See systematic position and affinities of Echinoderms and Ctenophorie, pp. 379, and following.) CLT MUSEUM OF COMPARATIVE ZOOLOGY. LTE Agassiz, Alexander (continued). Sur la Fertilisation artificielle de deux Espéces d’Etoiles de Mer. Arch. Zodl. Expér. et Génér., II. p. xlvi. 1874. (Asteracanthion pallidus and A. berylinus.) On Viviparous Echini from the Kerguelen Islands. Proc. Amer. Acad. Arts & Sci., XII. pp. 231-236, 6 cuts. 1876. Also Journ. de Zool., V. pp. 277-278. 1876. (Young H emiaster. ) North American Starfishes. Mem. Museum Comp. Zoology at Harvard College, V. No.1. 1877. iv+ 136 pp. 20 pl. (Part I. pp. 8-83, Pl. I.-VIII. See above, Embryology of the Starfish, orig. pub. in 1864.) Paleontological and Embryological Development. Proc. Amer. Assoc. Adv. Sct. Boston, XXIX. pp. 889-414. 1880. Also dan. Mag. Nat. Hist. (5), VI. pp. 348-372. 1880. Also Transl. by P. Dz Lortot. Etude sur le Développement Paléontolo- gique et Embryologique. Arch. Sct. Phys. et Nat., V. pp. 516-558. 1881. Also same, Die paliontologische Entwickelung der See-Igel im Ver- gleich zu ihrer individuellen Entwickelung, abstract transl. by E. Krause. Kosmos, X. pp. 214-217. 1881. Also Nature, XXII. No. 566, pp. 424-431, Sept. 2, 1880, and Amer. Journ. Sci. § Arts [3], XX. pp. 294-302, 375-389. 1880. Report on the Echinoidea, dredged by H. M.S. “Challenger,” during 1873-76. London, 1881. 321 pp., 64 pl. Rep. Voy. “ Challenger,” Zool., L1I. Pt. 1X. (Young stages of Echini, passim ; Cidaris, Celopleurus, Echinothurie, Paleotro- pus, Spatagocystis, Cystechinus, Urechinus, Pourtalesia, Aérope, Brissus; vivipa- rous Goniocidarisand Hemiaster.) Agassiz, Alexander and Elizabeth C. Seaside Studies in Natural History. Marine Animals of Massachusetts Bay. Radiates. Boston, 1865 and 1871, 153 pp., 185 figs. (Chapter on Embryology of Echinoderms, p- 143.) Agassiz, Alexander. See (p. 130) Pourtalés, L. F. de. Drawing of Young Holopus from Bahia Honda, Cuba, by A. Acassiz. PI. IT. Bull. Mus. Comp. Zobl., V. p. 213. 1878-79. Agassiz, Louis. Observations on the Growth and Bilateral Symmetry of Echinodermata. Philos. Mag. [3], V. pp. 369-373. 1834. Observations sur les Progrés récens de |’ Histoire Naturelle des Echinodermes. 21 pp. In Monographies d’Echinodermes. 24¢ Livraison. Neufehatel, 1841. Also Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., 1X. pp. 189-197, 296-302. 1842. (Notice of Embryological works, p. 12.) Te ‘BULLETIN OF THE Agassiz, Louis (continued). , Twelve Lectures on Comparative Embryology, delivered before the Lowell Institute in Boston, December and January, 1848-49. Boston, 1849. 104 pp. (Originally published in the Boston Traveller.) Lectures II. and III. On Development of Echinoderms; p. 12. Trav- eller, of Dec. 22, 1848. Die Entwickelung eines Seesternes, Echinaster. (From Daily Evening Trav- eller, Boston, Dec. 22, 1848.) Archiv f. Anat. Phys. und Wiss, Med. 1851. pp. 122-124. (See also (p. 116) DEsor.) Allman, George James. On a Pre-Brachial Stage in the Development of Comatula, and its importance in relation to certain Aberrant Forms of Extinct Crinoids. (Read Feb. 16, 1863.) vans. Roy. Soc. Edinburgh, XXII. pp. 241-252, Pl. XII. 1864. Anderson, John. On an apparently New Form of Holothuria. daz. Mag. Nat. Hist., March, 1862, 1X. pp. 189-191, Pl. XI. (Young Holothuria.) Ankun, H. J. van. Mededeelingen omtrent de Vergroeiing van de Generatie-organen bij Echinus en eenige verwante Geslachten. Tijdschr. Nederl. Dierk. Vereen. \. pp. 176-187, Pl. IX. 1874. Abstr.: Niederl. Arch. Zool., TII., Pt. 11. p. 279. 1877. Sur la Soudure des Organes Génitaux des Oursins Réguliers. Arch. Néerl., XI. pp. 97-116, Pl. IX., X. 1876. Apostolides, Nicolas Christo. le Thése. Anatomie et Développement des Ophiures. Archives de Zool. Expér. et Génér., X., P\. VIL-XII. 1881. (Theses présentées & la Faculté des Sciences de Paris, 1881. Paris, No. d’Ordre 471. 104 pp., 6 pl.) Baer, K. E. v. Neue Untersuchungen ueber die Entwickelung der Thiere. Froriep’s Neue Notizen, XXXIX. p. 38. (Ei des Seeigel.) Bull. Physic-Math. Acad. de St. Pétershourg, V. p. 234. (Pluteus of Echini.) Balfour, Francis M. A Treatise on Comparative Embryology. Vol. I. xi + 492 + Xxii. Pp.» 975 figs. London, 1880, Vol. Il. xi. + 655 ++ xxii. pp., 429 cuts. London, 1881, (Chapter XX., p. 453. Echinodermata.) MUSEUM OF COMPARATIVE ZOOLOGY. 113 Balfour, Francis M. (continued). Also German transl. by Dr. B. Verrer: Handbuch der vergleichenden Embryologie. I. Jena, 1880. Essays on Embryology. I. On the Structure and Homologies of the Germinal Layers of the Embryo. Quart. Journ. Micr. Sci., XX. pp. 247-273, 17 cuts. 1880. II. Larval Forms: their Nature, Origin, and Affinities. Quart. Journ. Mier. Sci., XX. pp. 381-407. 21 cuts. 1880. Bastian, H. Charlton. On the Anatomy and Physiology of the Nematoids, Parasitic and Free ; with Observations on their Zodlogical Position and Affinities to the Echinoderms. Phil. Trans. Roy. Soc. London, CUVI. pp. 545-638, Pl. XXIT-XXVILL. 1866. Barrois, J. Embryogénie de I’ Asteriscus verruculatus. Journ. de V Anat. et de la Physiol., XV: pp. 1-8, Pl. 1., IL.' “1879. Baur, Albert. Beitrige zur Naturgeschichte d. Synapta digitata. Drei Abhandlungen. Dres- den, 1864. 51; 60; 119 pp., 8 pl. (Zweite Abhandlung, Metamorphose und Entwickelung der Synapta digitata.) Bell, F. Jeffrey. Note on the Number of Anal Plates in Echinocidaris. Proc. Zool. Soc. Lon- don, pp. 436, 437. 1879. Exhibition of an Immature Echinoid. Proc. Zool. Soc. London, pp. 356-358, 1880, (Paleolampas, the immature form of an Echinolampas.) Observations on the Characters of the Echinoidea. Part III. On Some Genera and Species of the Temnopleuride, Proc. Zéol. Soc. London, June 1, 1880. pp. 422-440, Pl. XLT. (Describes the young forms of several species.) On the Apparent Retention of a Sur-Anal Plate by a Young Echinometra. Journ. Linn. Soc, London, Zoodl., XV. pp. 318-320. 1881. Abstr. Journ. Roy. Mic. Soc. [2], I. p. 896. 1881. Also Zool. Anzeig., No. 99, p. 896. See also p. 119, GEGENBAUR, CARL. Beneden, P. J. van. Sur deux Larves d’Echinodermes de la Céte d’Ostende. Bull. Acad. Roy. Belgique, XVII. pp. 508-515, 1 pl. 1850. L’Institut Journ. Gén. Soe. Trav. Sci., XVIII, p. 276. 1850. (Bipinnaria and Ophiuran larve.) 114 BULLETIN OF THE Beneden, P. J. Van (continued). Ueber Zwei Larven von Echinodermen. Jroriep’s Tagsh. Fortschr. Nat. u. Heilk., 1. p. 257. 1850. Same as above. Bergh, R. S. Bidrag til Opfattelsen af K]fvning og Kimbladdannelse hos Echiniderne. 1279. Vidensk. Meddel. naturh. Foren. Kjobenhavn, pp. 255-264. 1879-80. (p. 7, fig. of Gastrula of Psammechinus miliaris.) Billings, E. Note on Leskia mirabilis Gray, by 8. Lovin, communicated by C. F. Liit- KEN. Can. Nat. Geol. (x. s.), III. pp. 442-445. 5 figs. 1868. (For reply, see p. 125, LUrkEn, ‘‘ Hyponome Sarsi.”’ Note on Hyponome Sarsi, described by S. Lovin, by C. F. Litxen. Can. Nat. Geol. (nN. s.), 1V. p. 270. 1869. Notes on the Structure of the Crinoidea, Cystidea, and Blastoidea. Amer. Journ. Sci. (2), XLVII. p. 3853, XLVILL. pp. 69-83, XLIX. pp. 51-58, L. pp. 225-240. 1869-70. Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. (4), V. pp. 251-266, 409-416; [4], VII. pp. 142-158. 1870-71. Can. Nat. Geol. (2), IV. pp. 277-2938, 426-433; [2], V. pp. 180-198. 1869-70. (Refers to young stages of Echinoderms for comparisons.) Bronn, H. G. Klassen und Ordnungen des Thier-Reichs, Strahlenthiere, II. (Actinozoa.) Leipzig u. Heidelberg, 1860. 434 pp., 49 pl. and cuts. (Chapters on the development of the different orders of Echinoderms.) Brooks, W. K. Handbook of Invertebrate Zodlogy for Laboratories and Seaside Work. Bos- ton, 1882. viii. 4- 392 pp., 202 figs. XIV. pp. 99-139. The Embryology and Metamorphosis of Echinoderms, — Figs. 43-77. development of Arbacia, by W. K. Brooxs, H. Garman, and B. P. Conroy. — Figs 78-83. Brachiolaria and Young Starfish by E. B. Witson. Busch, Wilhelm. Beobachtungen ueber Anatomie und Entwickelung einiger Wirbellosen See- thiere. 143 pp., 17 pl. Berlin, 1851. p. 76. Echinodermen Entwickelung. (Stages of Echinaster, Asteracanthion, Comatula, Echinocidaris, Pl. XII., XIII. XIV.) Carpenter, P. Herbert. On Some Points in the Anatomy of Pentacrinus and Rhizocrinus. 1877. Journ. Anat. §& Physiol, X11. pp. 85-53. 1878. — SRO MUSEUM OF COMPARATIVE ZOOLOGY. 115 Carpenter, P. Herbert (continued). On the Apical and Oral Systems of the Echinodermata, Pt. 1. Quart. Journ. Mier. Sci., XVIII. pp. 351-383; Pt. Il. (same), XIX. pp. 176-206, cuts. 1878, 1879. (Embryonic stages fully discussed.) Some Disputed Points in Echinoderm Morphology. Quart. Journ. Mier. Sci., XX. pp. 322-330. 1880. (Homologies of embryonic stages, passim.) Feather Stars, Recent and Fossil. Pop. Sci. Rev. (x. s.), IV. Pl. V., VL. pp. 193-214. 1880. (Account of development of Antedon, after CARPENTER, THOMSON, and others. Cuts.) Carpenter, William B. Researches on the Structure, Physiology, and Development of Antedon (Coma- tula Liam.) rosaceus. Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. [3], XVI. pp. 200-202. 1865. Abstr. Proc. Roy. Soc. London, XIV. pp. 376-378. 1865. Researches on the Structure, Physiology, and Development of Antedon (Coma- tula Lk.) rosaceus. Pt. I. Philos. Trans. Roy. Soc. London, CLVI. (1866), pp. 671-756, Pl. XXXI.-XLITI. (Development of the skeleton, p. 726, Pl. XX XIX.-XLII.) On the Structure, Physiology, and Development of Antedon (Comatula Lamk.) rosaceus. Proc. Roy. Soc. London, No. 166, 1876, pl. 8, 9, pp. 211-231. Supplement to above, No. 169, Proc. Roy. Soc. London, XXIV. pp. 451-455. 1876. Carus, J. Victor. Icones Zootomice. Erste Haelfte. Die wirbellossen Thiere. Leipzig, 1857. 23 pl. Echinodermata I., Pl. V. fig. 14. (Young Comatula, after THompson.) Zoologischer Jahresbericht fiir 1879, 1880. Herausgegeben von der Zoologi- schen Station zu Neapel. (Echinodermata,by Dr. Hus. Lupwtc.) Claparéde, A. René Edouard. Beobachtungen ueber Anatomie und Entwickelungsgeschichte Wirbelloser Thiere an der Kiiste von Normandie angestellt. Leipzig, 1863. viii + 120 pp., 18 pl. (Ueber eine neue Echinodermen Larve, p. 7, Pl. L., figs. 11, 12.) Claus, Carl. Grundziige der Zoologie. Dritte Auflage. Marburg u. Leipzig, 1876. xii + 1254 pp. (Echinodermata: Metamorphose, pp. 265-277.) ae a 116 BULLETIN OF THE Claus, Carl (continued). Grundziige der Zoologie. 4¢ Auflage. I. Pt. 2. Echinodermata, pp. 305-374. Marburg, 1879. Colton, B. P. See (p. 118) Garman, H., and Colton, B. P., also (p. 114) Brooks, W. K. Dalyell, Sir John G. Report Brit. Ass., 1840. Froriep’s Notizen, XVI. No. 331, pp. 1-5. 1840. (Young Holothuriz.) ‘Powers of the Creator. I. pp. 91-100. London, 1851. Danielssen, D.C. See (p. 121) Koren and Danielssen, and (p. 131) Sars, Koren, and Danielssen. Dareste, C. Analyse des Observations de J. Mituer sur le Développement des Echino- dermes. I. Du Développement des Echinides. Azz. Sci. Nat. [3], XVIL. pp. 349-376, Pl. XIII. 1852. Analyse des Observations de J. Mistzer sur le Développement des Echino- dermes. II. Développement des Astéries. Ann. Sci. Nat. (3), XTX. pp. 244-989, Pl. VIII. 1853. Analyse des Observations de J. Mitiur sur le Développement des Ophiures. III. Développement des Ophiures. Azza. Sci. Nat. [3], XX. pp. 121-150, PLIV. 1853. Analyse des Observations de J. MixieR sur le Développement des Echino- dermes. IV. Du Développement des Holothuries. Anz. Sci. Nat. [3], XX. pp. 247-280, Pl. XVI. 1853. Mémoire sur le Plan Général du Développement des Echinodermes, par J. Mitier. Aza. Sei. Nat. (4), I. pp. 1538-175, 1 pl. 1854. Delle Chiaje, Stephano. Memoria su la Storia e Notomia degli Animali senza Vertebre del Regno di Napoli. Napoli, 1823-29. (Young Holothuria, Pl. CX VLI., figs. 16-18.) Derbés, Alph. Observations sur le Mécanisme et les Phénoménes qui accompagnent la Forma- tion de ’Embryon chez l’Oursin Comestible. Azz. Sei. Nat. [3], VIII. pp. 80-98, Pl. V. 1847. Desor, E. [On the Development of the Embryo of the Starfish.] Proc. Boston Soc. Nat. Hist., IL. p. 14. 1848-51. Ueber die Entwickelung der Asterien. Arch. f Anat. Physiol. u. Wiss. Med., pp. 79-83, Pl. IL. figs. 1-12. 1849. (Echinaster. ) Se —_— 0 eo OV3V_—V_ OO MUSEUM OF COMPARATIVE ZOOLOGY. 117 Donitz, W. Ueber den typischen Bau der Echinodermen. Arch. f. Anat. Physiol. u. Wiss. Med., pp. 406-413, Pl. XI. B. 1866. Diiben, M. W., and Koren, J. Zoologiske Bidrag — Om Holothuriernas Hudskelett. Kongl. Vetensk. Akad. Handl. for 1844, pp. 211-328, Pl. IV-XI. Stockholm, 1846. (Figure young Holothuriz on Pl. XI.) Dufossé, le Dr. Observations sur le Développement des Oursins. C. R., Acad. Sci., Paris, 1847, p. 15. dan. Sci. Nat. (3), VII. pp. 44-52. 1847. (Echinus esculentus. ) Nouvelle Note sur le Développement des Oursins. Comptes Rendus, Acad. Sci., Paris, XXV. p. 311. 1847. LD’ Institut, No. 712, p. 175. 1847. Dujardin, F., et Hupé, H. Histoire Naturelle des Zoophytes Echinodermes. [Suites a Burron.] Paris, 1862. 625 pp. 10 pl. (See general chapters on the different orders; Pl. I. and Pl. VI. contain original figures on the development of Comatula, also other Echinoderm larvze copied from THompson and MULLER.) Edwards, Henri Milne. Observations sur les Sexes des Oursins. Comptes Rendus, Acad. Sci., Paris, Ro. 780; 1830. Legons sur la Physiologie et Anatomie Comparée de l’Homme et des Ani- maux. chinodermes, VIII. pp. 304-320. Paris, 1863. — Reproduction des Zoophytes, IX. p. 895. 1870. Fol, Hermann. Sur les Phénoménes Intimes de la Fécondation. Comptes Rendus, Acad. Sci., Paris, LXXXIV. pp. 268-271. 1877. (On the Pronuclei of the Sea-urchin and Asterias.) Sur le Premier Développement d’une Etoile de Mer. Comptes Rendus, Acad. Sci., Paris, UXXXIV. pp. 357-360. 1877. (On the amphiaster of Asterias glacialis, and the disappearance of the germina- tive vesicle and dot.) On the First Development of a Starfish. Ann, Mag. Nat. Hist. [4], XX. pp- 154-156. 1877. Transl. from C. R. Feb. 19, 1877, p. 357. (Amphiaster of Asterias glacialis.) Sur Quelques Fécondations Anormales chez l’Etoile de Mer. Comptes Rendus, Acad. Sci., Paris, LXXXIV. pp. 659-661. 1877. On Some Abnormal Feeundations in Starfishes. Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. { 4), XX. pp. 158-160. 1877. Transl. from C. R. April 2, 1877, p. 659. (Phenomena of abnormal segmentation.) a ee oe 118 BULLETIN: OF THE Fol, Hermann (continued). Note sur la Fécondation de Etoile de Mer et de ?Oursin. Comptes Rendus, Acad. Sci., Paris, UXXXV. pp. 233-236. 1877. $ Encore un Mot sur la Fécondation des Echinodermes. Comptes Rendus, Acad. Sci., Paris, LXXXYV. pp. 625-628. 1877. Sur la Fécondation et le Premier Développement de uf. Act Soc. Helvét. Sci. Nat., 60° Sess., pp. 165-172. 1877. (Oursins, Astéries.) Réponse a quelques Objections formulées contre mes Idées sur la Pénétration du Zoosperme. Arch. Zool. Expér. et Génér., V1. pp. 180-192. 1877. Sur le Commencement de lHénogénie chez Divers Animaux. Archiv. des Sei. Phys. et Nat. de Genéve. Avril 15, 1876. Arch. Zool. Expér., V1. pp. 145-169. 1877. Also Arch. Sci. Nat. LVI. pp. 439-472; LX. pp. 321-326. 1877. Sopra i Fenomeni Intimi della Fecondazione degli Echinodermi. Trans. R. Acad. Lincei, Rome (3), 1. 1877. Recherches sur la Fécondation et le Commencement de l’Hénogénie chez Di- vers Animaux. Mém. Soc. Phys. d’ Hist. Nat. Genéve, XXVL. pp. 89-897, PLI-VI. 1878-79. (Asterias glacialis, Toxopneustes lividus.) Forbes, Edward. A History of British Starfishes and Other Animals of the Class Echinoder- mata. xx + 267 pp. Figs. London, 1841. (Development of Comatula, p. 11.) Fewkes, J. W. On the Development of the Pluteus of Arbacia. Mem. Peabody Acad. Sti., I., No.6. pp. 1-10, Pl. I. Salem, 1882. Galeb, O. De l’@uf dans la Strie Animale. 106 pp. Paris, 1878. (Echinodermes, p. 28.) Garman H., and Colton, B. P. See also (p. 114) Brooks, W. K. Some Notes on the Development of Arbacia punctulata Lam. Studies Biol. Lab. Johns Hopkins Univ. II. Pl. XVIL, XVIII. pp. 247-255. Balti- more, 1882. (Late stages of Pluteus and young Sea-urchin.) Gegenbaur, Carl. See also (p. 122) Krohn. Strahlthiere p. 329 in Bericht iiber einige im Herbste 1852 in Messina ange- stellte vergleichend-anatomische Untersuchungen, von C. GEGENBAUR, A. Kouurxer, u. H. Mitier. Zeitschr. f. Wiss. Zool., IV. pp. 299-370. 1853. (III. Strahlthiere : Larve of Echinoderms, p. 329.) MUSEUM OF COMPARATIVE ZOOLOGY. 119 Gegenbaur, Carl (continued). Grundziige der Vergleichenden Anatomie. 2 Auflage. 892 pp., 391 fig. Leipzig, 1870. (Vierter Abschnitt. p. 303. Echinodermen, allgemeine Uebersicht.) (See also English and French translations of the above, by Brun and ScHNEIDER.) Elements of Comparative Anatomy. (Translated by F. Jerrrey Betx; the translation revised, and a Preface written by E. R. Lanxester). London, 1878. xxvi + 645 pp., 356 figs. (Echinoderma, pp. 192-227, figs. 94-116.) Giard, A. Note sur les Premiers Phénoménes du Développement de l’Oursin. Comptes Lendus, Acad. Sct., Paris, LXXXIV. pp. 720-722. 1877. Ana. Mag. Nat. Hist. (4), XIX. pp. 434-436. 1877. (Echinus miliaris.) Sur la Fécondation des Echinodermes. Comptes Rendus, Acad. Sci., Paris, LXXXYV. pp. 408-410. Aout 13, 1877. (On artificial fecundation, normal and pathological segmentation. ) Sur une Fonction Nouvelle des Glandes Génitales des Oursins. Comptes Rendus, Acad. Sci., Paris, LXXXV. pp. 858-859. 1877. (During a part of the year, the genital organs act also as organs of secretion.) *Particularités de Reproduction de certains Echinodermes en Rapport avec PEthologie de ces Animaux. Bull. Sei. Nord [2), 1. pp. 296-304. 1878, (Asterina gibbosa ; hermaphroditisme chez certaines Ophiures. Teste, Zool., Anz. II. No. 18, p.1. 1879.) Goette, Alexander. Vergleichende Entwicklungsgeschichte der Comatula mediterranea. Arch. Mikr. Anat., XII. pp. 583-648, Pl. XXV.-XXVIIL. 1876. Bemerkungen zur Entwickelungsgeschichte der Echinodermen. Zool. Anzeig., III. pp. 324-326. 1880. (Bipinnaria, Auricularia.) Gosse, Philip Henry. Tenby : a Seaside Holiday. London, 1856. xx + 400 pp., 24 pl. (Chapter XXX., young Sea-urchins, p. 282; Pl. XVI.-XVIIL; larva of a Spa- tangoid, Pl. XVI., XVII; pluteus of Echinus miliaris, Pl. XVII.) Greeff, Richard. Ueber den Bau der Echinodermen. Erste Mittheil. No 8. November. 1871. 2te Mittheil. No. 6. July, 1872. 3te Mittheil. No. 11. December, 1872. Sitzungsh. Gesellsch. Bejird. gesammt. Naturw. Marburg, pp. 1-9, 93-108, 158-172. 1871-72 120 BULLETIN OF THE Greeff, Richard (continued). Ueber den Bau der Echinodermen. Vierte Mittheilung. Sitzungsb. der Gesell. Beférd. der gesammt. Naturw. zu Marburg, Jan. 1876, No. 1, pp. 16-37, cuts. (IIL. p. 34. Ueber die Entwickelung des Asteracanthion rubens vom Ei bis zur Bipinnaria und Brachiolaria.) Ueber den Bau und die Entwickelung der Echinodermen. Sitzungsh. Gesellsch. Beford. gesammt. Naturw. Marburg, pp. 47-54, 83-95, 4 cuts. 1876. (5% Mittheil. 1. Parthenogenesis bei den Seesternen. 2. Ueber das Verschwin- den des Keimbliischens und Keimflecks im Ei des Asteracanthion rubens. 3. Ueber das Herz der Crinoideen; tig. of young Comatula.) Ueber Echiuren und Echinodermen. Arch. f. Naturgesch., XUVL., 1. pp. 88-101. 1880. (II. p. 94, Ueber den Bau und die Entwickelung der Echinodermen, sechste Mitth. Entwickelung v. Asterias.) Grube, E. Ueber einen lebendig gebarenden Seeigel (Anochanus sinensis). Monatsh. k. Akad. Wissensch. Berlit., pp. 178-180. 1868. Transl. in Aun. Mag. Nat. Hist. (4), 11. pp. 168-170. 1868. Haeckel, Ernst. Generelle Morphologie der Organismen. I. xxiv -++ 574 pp., 2 pl.; IL. clx+ 462 pp., 8 pl. Berlin, 1866. II. Finftes Buch, Erster Theil d. allgemeinen Entwickelungsgeschichte der Organismen. Ueber die Individualitat des Thierkérpers. Jenaische Zeitschr. Naturw., X11, pp. 1-20. 1878. Die Kometenform der Seesterne und der Generationswechsel der Echinoder- men. Zeitschr. f. wissensch. Zool., XXX. Suppl., Pl. XX. pp. 424-455. 1878. : Abstr. Arch. Zool. Erpér. et Génér., VI. pp. xxxili-xxxvil. 1877. Kosmos, IIL. pp. 358-362. 1878. Sitzungsb. Jenaische Gesellsch. Med. Naturw., pp- Vi., Vil. Jena, 1879. Biologische Studien. Zweites Heft. Mit 14 Tafeln. Studien zur Gastrea Theorie. Jenaische Zeitschr., VIL. pp. 1-55, Pl. 1. 1874. IX. pp. 402- 508, Pl. XIX.-XXV. 1875. (Also separate.) Jena, 1877. 270 pp. (Pl. 1 f. 6, Gastrula of Asterias; PI. II. fig. 33, Starfish Archigastrula.) Hatschek, B. Ueber Entwickelungsgeschichte von Teredo. Mesodermbildung bei Toxopneus- tes, p. 30. Arbeit. Zool. Inst. Univ. Wien, III. pp. 1-44, 3 pl. 1880. o Hensen, Victor. Ueber eine Brachiolaria des Kieler Hafens. Arch. f. Naturgesch., pp. 242- 246, Nachtrag, pp. 363, 364. 1863. MUSEUM OF COMPARATIVE ZOOLOGY. uu Se Hertwig, Oscar. Beitrige zur Kenntniss der Bildung, Befruchtung und Theilung des thierischen Eies. Morphol. Jahrb., I. pp. 347-434, Pl. X.=XIII. 1875. Abstr. Arch. Zool. Expér. et Génér., V. pp. xxi-xxvi. 1876. ( Toxopneustes lividus.) Weitere Beitrage zur Kenntniss der Bildung, Befruchtung und Theilung des thierischen Eies. Morphol. Jahrb., U1. pp. 271-279; IV. pp. 156-175, 177-213, Pl. VL-VIII. 1877, 1878. Also Arch. Zool. Expér. et Génér., VI. pp. 171-179, 1877 ; VIL. pp. i-vi. 1878. (Eientwickelungen von Asteracanthion. ) Nouvelles Contributions A la Connaissance de la Fécondation et du Fractionne- ment de l’@uf des Animaux. Traduit par Hermann Fou. Archiv. Zool. Expér. et Génér., VI. p.171. 1877. (Asteracanthion. ) Hoffmann, Fr., u. Schwalbe, G. Jahresberichte ueber die Fortschritte der Anatomie u. Physiologie. 1872- 1880. (Entwickelungsgeschichte. ) Huxley, Thomas H. See (p. 128) Miiller, Johannes. Report upon the Researches of Mitier into the Anatomy and Development of the Echinoderms. Aza. Mag. Nat. Hist. (2), VILL. pp. 1-19, 1 pl. 1851. See Medical Times and Gazette for 1856 and 1857. A Manual of the Anatomy of Invertebrated Animals, London, 1877 ; . and a German translation, by Dr. J. W. Sprncet. (Chapter IX. p. 543, ‘‘ The Echinodermata,”’ treats of the development of each order. No original figs. See also The Elements of Comparative Anatomy, p. 42. London, 864.) Keferstein, W. | Berichte ueber die Fortschritte in der Generationslehre in den Jahren 1858- 1867. Aus Henie u. Prerrrer, Archiv. f. Rationelle Medicin. KOlliker, A. See (p. 118) Gegenbaur. Koren, J., and Danielssen, D. C. Zoologiske Bidrag. Bemaerkninger til Bipinnaria asterigera. Nyt. Mag. Naturv. Christiania, V. pp. 253-272. 1848. Observations sur la Bipinnaria asterigera. Ann. Sci. Nat., {3}, VII. pp. 347- 352. Pl. VII. fig. 7-9. 1847. Also Isis. 1848, pp. 205-208. figs. ) Transl. from Nyt. Mag. f. Nat., p. 264. Christiania, 1848. } Observations sur le Développement des Holothuries. In Sars, M., Korey, J., Danretssey, D.C. Fauna Littoralis Norvegiw. 24 Livraison. 101 pp., | 12 pl. Bergen, 1856. ; (pp- 46-54, Holothuria tremula, Pl. VIL, VIII. figs. 28-32.) PLT. o>}, 122 BULLETIN OF THE Koren, J., and Danielssen, D. C. (continued). Observations sur le Développement des Astéries, pp. 55-59. In Fauna Littoralis Norvegie. ([24eLiv. Bergen, 1856. See (p. 131) Sars, Koren, and DantetsseEn. ] (Pteraster militaris M. & T., Pl. VIII. figs. 1-8.) Observations on the Development of the Starfishes. Anz. Mag. Nat. Hist., XX. pp. 182-136. 1857. Transl. from Fauna Lit., Pt. I. p. 55, by W. 8. Datas. Fauna Littoralis Norvegie. Part 34. 163 pp. 16 pl. Bergen, 1877. Edited by Korey and DantetsseEn. (Young Stichopus natans, p. 58, Pl. VII.) Kowalevsky, A. Beitrage zur Entwickelungsgeschichte der Holothurien. Wém. Acad. Impér. Sct. St. Pétersbourg [7], XI. No.6. 8 pp., 1 pl. 1867. (Development of Psolinus brevis.) Krohn, August. Beitrag zur Entwickelungsgeschichte der Seeigellarven. 35 pp.,2 pl. Heidel- berg, 1849. (Early stages of the Pluteus of Hchinus lividus Lam., raised by artificial fecun- dation.) Beobachtungen aus der Entwickelungsgeschichte der Holothurien und Seeigel. Arch. f. Anat. Physiol. u. wissensch. Med., pp. 344-352, Pl. XIV. figs. 2-5. 1851. Ueber die Entwickelung einer lebendig gebarenden Ophiure. Arch. f. Anat. Physiol. u. wissensch. Med., pp. 338-348, Pl. XIV. fig. 1. 1851. ( Ophiolepis squamata.) Ueber einige niedere Thiere. Arch. f. Anat. Physiol. u. wissensch. Med., pp. 137-141. 1853. (Pluteus of Echinus brevispinosus, p. 139.) Ueber die Larve von Spatangus purpureus. Arch. f. Anat. Physiol. u. wis- sensch. Med., pp. 255-259, Pl. VII. 1853. Ueber die Entwickelung der Seesterne und Holothurien. Arch. f. Anat. Physiol. u. wissensch. Med., pp. 317-821, Pl. VII. fig. 7. 1853. Ueber die Larve des Echinus brevispinosus. Arch f. Anat. Physiol. u. wissensch. Med., pp. 361-364, Pl. XT. 1858. (Two figs., by GEGENBAUR.) Beobachtungen iiber Echinodermenlarven. Arch. /. Anat. Physiol. u. wissensch. Med., pp. 208-213, Pl. X. figs. 1, 2. 1854. ( Tornaria.) Ueber einen neuen Entwickelungsmodus der Ophiuren. Arch. f. Anat. Physiol. u. wissensch. Med., pp. 869-375, Pl. XIV. B. 1857. MUSEUM OF COMPARATIVE ZOOLOGY. . 123 Lacaze-Duthiers, Henri de. Note sur une Station d’une Encrine vivante (Pentacrinus Europeus) sur les Cotes de France. Comptes Rendus, Acad. Sci., Paris, LX1X. pp. 1253- 1256. 1869. Note sur une Nouvelle Forme du Proembryon des Echinodermes (Stellérides, Asteriscus verruculatus M. et Tr.). Comptes Rendus, LXX VILL. pp. 24-30. 1874. Arch. Zool. Lxpér., U1. pp. 18-23. 1874. Abstr. Revue Mag. Zool., Paris (3), U1. pp. iii. 1874. Lankester, E. R. See also (p. 119) Gegenbaur, Carl. On the Primitive Cell-Layer of the Embryo as the Basis of Genealogical Classification of Animals, and on the Origin of Vascular and Lymph Sys- tems. dan. Mag. Nat. Hist. [4), XI. pp. 321-338, 7 cuts. 1873. Leuckart, Rudolph. Bericht tiber die wissenschaftlichen Leistungen in der Naturgeschichte der niederen Thiere wahrend der Jahre 1848-75. Arch. f. Naturgesch., 1854—- 61, 1863, 1864, 1866, 1868, 1870, 1872, 1875. Ueber die Morphologie und die Verwandtschaftsverhaltnisse der wirbellosen Thiere. 180 pp. Braunschweig, 1848. (Echinodermata, p. 31.) Article “ Zeugung,” R. Wacner, Handworterbuch der Physiologie, TV. p. 707. 1858. Loriol, P. de. Crinoides. Terrain Jurassique. Paléont. frangaise. XI. 48 pp.,12pl. Paris, 1882. Je Sér. Animaux Invertébrés. (Copies of figures of voung Comatule.) Lovén, S. Om Leskia mirabilis Gray. Ofvers k. Svensk. Vetensk. Akad. Forhandl., pp. 43\- 440. 1867. See also (p. 125) Lirxen on Leskia mirabilis Gray. (Homologies of Crinoids and young of Comatule and other Echinoderms dis- cussed. ) Note on Hyponome Sarsi, a recent Cystidean. Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. [4, IV. pp. 159, 160. 1869. Can. Nat. Geol. (2), IV. pp. 265-267. 1869. Transl. from Forhandl. Skand. Naturf. Christiania, X. p. liv. 1868. Om Echinodeernas byggnad. Ofversh. k. Svens. Vetensk. Akad. Férhandl., pp. 1-47, Pl. XIX. 1871. Transl. in Archiv. f- Naturgeschichte, XXX1X. 1873, I. p.16. Ann. Mag. . Nat. Hist. [4], X. 1872, pp. 285, 376, 427. See also Comptes Rendus de ? Académie des Sciences, UXXV. p. 803. 1878. (Development of test of Toxopneustes drdbachiensis. Also in ‘ Etudes sur les Echi- noidées.’’) 124 ; BULLETIN OF THE Lovén, S. (continued). Etudes sur les Echinoidées. K. Svensk. Vetensk. Akad. Handl. Stockholm, XI. Pt. Il. pp. 1-91, A-H, 53 pl. 1874. Separate. 1875. Abstr.: Journ. Zool., V. pp. 102-105. 1876. (Development, passim ; Toxopneustes drdbachiensis, Pl. XVIL, XXI.; young anal systems, ellita, Echinarachnius, Asterias glacialis. ) Lubbock, Sir John. On the Origin and Metamorphoses of Insects. Nature Series. xvi + 108 pp. 6 pl., 59 cuts. London, 1874. (Metamorphoses of Echinodermata, pp. 54-61.) Ludwig, Hubert. See also (p. 115) Carus. Ueber die Eibildung im Thierreiche. A;beiten aus dem zool.-zoot. Inst. Wiirz- burg, 1. pp. 287-510, Pl. XITI-XV. 1874. (Von der Eibildung bei den Echinodermen, p. 293. Amphidetus cordatus, Solas- ter papposus, Astropecten aurantiacus. ) Beitrage zur Anatomie der Crinoideen. Zeitschr. f. wissensch. Zool., XXVIII. pp. 255-353, Pl. XIL-XIX. 1877. Morphol. Studien an Echin., pp. 1-99. 1877-79. Zur Anatomie des Rhizocrinus lofotensis M. Sars. Zeitschr.f. wissensch. Zool., XXIX. pp. 47-76, Pl. V., VI. 1877. Morphol. Studien an Echin., pp.101- 130. 1877-79. Beitrage zur Anatomie der Asteriden. Zeitschr. f. wissensch. Zool., XXX. pp. 99-162, Pl. V-VIII. 2 cuts. 1878. Morphol. Studien an Echin., pp. 150-212. 1877-79. Beitrage zur Anatomie der Ophiuren. Zeitschr. f. wissensch. Zool., XXXI. pp. 346-394, Pl. XXIV.-XXVII. leut. 1878. Morphol. Studien an Echin., pp. 241-289. 1877-79. Ueber die Genitalorgane der Asterina gibhosa. Zeitschr. f. wissensch. Zool., XXXI. pp. 395-400, Pl. XXVIII. 1878. Morphol. Studien an Echin., pp- 290-295. 1877-79. Die Bursae der Ophiuriden und deren Homologon bei den Pentremiten. Nach. k. Gesellsch. Wissensch. Gottingen, pp. 215-220. 1878. Morphologische Studien an Echinodermen. I. Band, Abhandlungs L-IX. iv + 300 pp., 23 pl.,5 cuts. Leipzig, 1877-79. See also Band IT. Ent- _ wick. d. Ophiur. Skelet. Collected from Vols. XXVIII., XXIX., XXX., and XXX1., Zetétschr. J. wissensch. Zool. (Contains anatomy of the genital organs, and remarks on the development of the different orders of Echinoderms. ) Ueber d. primaren Steinkanal d. Crinoiden nebst vergleichende-anatomischen Bemerkungen ii. d. Echinodermen iiberhaupt. (Separate, 34 pp.) Zeif- schr, f. wissensch, Zool., XXXIV. pp. 310-332, Pl. XIL., XII. 1880. il MUSEUM OF COMPARATIVE ZOOLOGY. 125 Ludwig, Hubert (continued). Die Bildung der Hihiille bei Axztedon rosacea. Zool. Anzeig., I11., No. 65; pp. 470-471, 3 cuts. 1880. Ueber eine lebendiggebirende Chirodota. Zool. Anzeig., III. p. 492. 1880. Ueber eine Lebendiggebarende Synaptide und zwei andere neue Holothurien arten der Brasilianischen Kiiste. Arch. Biol. (publiées par E. Van Bene- DEN et Cu. Van Bampexr), II. pp. 41-58, Pl. III. 1881. Abstr. Journ. Roy. Micr. Soc. [2), I. pp. 606, 607. 1882. Zur Entwickelungsgeschichte des Ophiurenskelettes. Zeitschr. f. Wiss. Zool., XXXVI. pp. 181-200, Pl. X., XI. 18812. Ludwig Morphol. Studien, IT. pp. 91-110. Liitken, Chr. F. Bidrag til Kundskab om Echiniderne. Vidensk Meddel. f. d. naturh. Forening i Kjob., pp. 69-208, 368-371, Pl. I., IL. Kjobenhavn, 1863. Also sepa- rate, 1864. (Young Mellita, Clypeaster, Encope, P1. II.) On Leskia mirabilis Gray, by 8. Lovin. Geol. Mag., V. pp. 179-184. 1868. See (p. 123) Lovin’s article on “ Leskia.” Endnu et Par Ord om de gamle Sdliliers “‘ Snabel” og Mund, with French Ré- sumé. Vidensk. Med. fra d. naturh. Forening i Kjobenhavn for 1869, No. 9-13. pp. 160-188. Cuts. See also (p. 114) Bruutrves, E., and (p. 123) Lovey. Hyponome Sarsi: a recent Australian Echinoderm, closely allied to the Paleo- zoic Cystidea, described by Prof. Lovin ; with some Remarks on the Mouth and Anus in the Crinoidea and Cystidea. Can. Nat. Geol. (2), IV. pp. 267- 270. 1869. See also (p. 114) Brutrnes and (p. 123) Loven. Ophiuridarum novarum vel minus cognitarum descriptiones nonnullae. Overs. /. Dansk. Vidensk. Selsk. Forhandl., pp. 74-158, Pl. 1., 11. 1872. Abstract, | transl. by W. S. Dauas in Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. [4], X11. pp. 323-337, 391-399. 1878. Om Selvdeling hos Echinodermer og andre Straaldyr. Overs. &. Dansk. Vidensk. Selsk. Forhandl., pp. 108-158. Cuts. 1872. (French résumé.) Résumé du Mémoire intitulé: Description de quelques Ophiurides nouveaux ou peu connus avee quelques Remarques sur la Division spontanée chez les Rayonnés.... Ophiurid. nov... . descr. nonnullae. Overs. &. Dansk. Selsk. Forhandl., pp. 25-55, 1872. Lyman, Theodore. Ophiuride and Astrophytide. I//ust. Cat. Mus. Comp. Zool., No, 1. Cam- bridge, 1865, (Young Amphiura squamata Sars, pp. 121-123.) 126 BULLETIN OF THE Lyman, Theodore (continued). Ophiuride and Astrophytide, Old and New. (1874.) Bull. Mus. Comp. Zool., III. pp. 221-272. 1871-76. (Young Ophiuride, passim.) Zoological Results of the “ Hassler” Expedition. II. Ophiuride and Astro- phytide. Jd/ust. Cat. Mus. Comp. Zool., No. 8. Cambridge, 1875. (Young of Ophiacantha marsupialis, sp. noy., pp. 13-14, Pl. I. fig. 9.) Ophiuride and Astrophytide of the “Challenger” Expedition. Pt. II. Bull. Mus. Comp. Zoil., V1. No. 2. Cambridge, 1879. (Young of Astrophyton Agassizii, Euryale asperum, p. 60, Pl. XIX. figs. 494, 495, 500, 501.) The Voyage of H. M. 8. “Challenger.” Zodlogy— Ophiuridea. Vol. V. Part IV. 378 pp., Pl. I-XLVIII. London and Edinburgh, 1882. (Young Ophiuridz, passim, Plates XXVIII. fig. 10; XXXVI. fig. 1-16; XL. figs. 11, 12; XLIV. fig. 16; XLV., XLVI., XLVI. figs. 2-5.) Marion, A. F. Reproductions hybrides d’Echinodermes. Journ. Zool., II. pp. 304-307. 1873. Comptes Rendus, Acad. Sci., Paris, LXXVI. pp. 963-966. 1878. (Spherechinus brevispinosus and Toaxopneustes lividus.) Martens, E. von. Selbsttheilung bei Seesternen. Naturforscher, No. 11, pp. 108, 104. 1879. Meissner, G. Ueber die Befruchtung des Hies von Eehinus esculentus. 1855. Verhandl. d. Naturf. Gesellsch. Basel, I. pp. 874, 375. 1854-87. Metschnikoff, Elias. Ueber eine Larve v. Balanoglossus. Archiv. f. Anat. u. Physiol. 1866, p. 592, Pl. XVII. B. Also Berichte der Versamml. Deutscher Naturf. u. Aertzte in Hanover, 1865. Entwickelungsgeschichtliche Beitrige. Jé/. Biol. St. Pétersbourg, V1. pp. 709-732. 1866-68. I. Metamorphose der Auricularia. Mél. Biol. St. Pétersbourg, V1. pp. 709- 711. 1866-68. | II. Entwickelung von Ophiolepis squamata. Mél. Biol. St. Pétersbourg, V1. pp. 711-712. 1866-68. III. Metamorphose der Ophiuren. Mél. Biol. St. Pélersbourg, V1. pp. 712- 713. 1866-68. IV. Metamorphose der Seeigel. Ié/. Biol. St. Pétersbourg, V1. pp. 718-715. 1866-68. Studien iiber die Entwickelung der Echinodermen und Nemertinen. M/ém. Acad. Impér. Sci. St. Pétersbourg [7], XIV. No. 8, pp. 1-78, 12 pl. 1869. (Metamorphosis of Auricularia, Embryology of Amphiura squamata, Ophiurida, Echinoidea, Bipinnaria.) MUSEUM OF COMPARATIVE ZOOLOGY. 127 Metschnikoff, Elias (continued). Untersuchungen iiber die Metamorphose einiger Seethiere. I. Ueber Tornaria. 1869. Zeitschr. f. wissensch. Zool., XX. pp. 131-144, Pl. XU. 1870. Ueber die systematische Stellung von Balanoglossus. Zool. Auzeig., LV. pp. 139-148, 153-157. 1881. Miiller, Fritz. Letter to Kererstern in Jahresberichte ueber die Fortschritte in der Genera- tionslehre fir 1867, p. 203, in Henze u. Prerrrer’s Archiv. f, Rationelle Medicin. (Heart of Tornaria.) Miiller, Johannes. Bericht iiber einige neue Thierformen der Nordsee. Archiv. f. Anat. Physiol. u. wissensch. Med., pp. 101-110, Pl. V., VI. 1846. (Pluteus, p. 108, Pl. VI. figs. 2, 3.) Ueber die Larvenszustiinde und die Metamorphose der Ophiuren und Seeigel. Monatsh. Akad. Wissensch. Berlin, pp. 294-310. 1846. Also transl. by GrirritH in dan. Mag. Nat. Hist., XIX. pp. 433-445. 1847. Bemerkungen iiber die Metamorphose der Seeigel. Arch. f. Anat. Physiol. u. wissensch. Med., pp. 118-131. 1848. Ueber die Bipinnarien und die Metamorphose der Asterien. Arch. f. Anat. Physiol. u. wissensch. Med., pp. 84-112. 1849. Ueber die Larven und die Metamorphose der Holothurien. Arch. f. Anat. Physiol, u, wissensch. Med., pp. 364-399. 1849. Fortsetzung der Untersuchungen ueber die Metamorphose der Echinodermen. Arch. f. Anat. Physiol. u. wissensch. Med., pp. 452-478. 1850. (p. 453 Holuthurien, p. 459 Seeigel, p. 469 Asterien. Abstract of 4* Abhandl.) Ueber die Ophiurenlarven des Adriatischen Meeres. Arch. f. Anat. Physiol. u. wissensch. Med., pp. 1-20. 1851. Abstract of MULiER’s 5te Abhandlung. (1. Larve u. Metamorphose der Ophiolepis squamata, 2. Ophiothrix fragilis, 8. Ophiolepis ciliata.) Bemerkungen tiber einige Echinodermenlarven. — } { Ps ; eee a3 ectts nt ~t Be Fe ect.spe eo" end,ts end. sp: orb. pl 4 Fig.5 K.J.Nolan, & P Riemann, del. . to Sctt -i*end.t STS P merrrsneee tice wanes ONG, SP Fig. + t.so nt tr.lam.- ' cre qend.t me | fr spt | \ 1.p. Sp r.sph Pp p vj orb. sph opT , Fig. 6 KJ. Nolan, del Fe H. Allen. on Ethmoid Bone. Fig. 4 FE J.Nolan, del Pee on Ethmoid Bone. wtend.t itendt ectt ‘end t E..J.Nolan, del. jAtendt a"*end.t +"endt Fig. 4,75 i*endt 4" end + i 3 end.t. 2”? end t. Sd ES a ‘wee eS 7 "2%*endt Fig. 3. 4 i* end.t ~ ittendt 2*fendt i 4 —- 2° end.t J RN i ee BK.Jd. Nolan, del. H. Allen on Ethmoid Bone. Plate Vil. 2°end t i*end.t end.ti i 2°?end t. : aréendt aendt Las Seu = Fie.2. %4 ect.t end.t... ne. 4 " te. S. Vz, (tend.t. a°*end.t J iStend.t : 2ntend.t 3"*endt Fig.6. 31 is. 5.05/A, E.J.Nolam, del. = —————— No. 4. — Reports on the Results of Dredging under the Supervision of ALEXANDER AGASSIZ, in the Gulf of Mexico (1877-78), and in the Caribbean Sea (1878-79), by the U. S. Coast Survey Steamer « Blake,’ Lizut.-COMMANDER C. D. SicsBeg, U. 8. N., and Com- MANDER J. R. BARTLETT, U. 8. N., Commanding. (Published by permission of J. E. Hrtcarp, Supt. U. S. Coast and Geodetic Survey. ) XVIII. The Stalked Crinoids of the Caribbean Sea. By P. HerBert CARPENTER. Owr1na to the lamented death of the late Sir Wyville Thomson, it has become my duty to complete the Repert upon the Stalked Crinoids of the “Challenger” Expedition, which had been commenced by him. It had been arranged between Sir Wyville and Mr. Agassiz that the descriptions of the species obtained by the ‘‘ Blake” in the Caribbean Sea should be incorporated in the “Challenger” report, which would thus assume the character of a Monograph of nearly all the known species of the group.* - For this purpose nearly thirty plates were drawn at Edinburgh, under Sir Wyville’s superintendence, but, except for a few pencil notes upon one or two of them, he has unfortunately left no manuscript behind him of any kind. It has therefore become my duty to make good this defi- ciency ; but as the other calls upon my time leave me only a limited amount of leisure, I fear that some months must yet elapse before the publication of the final report. The “Blake” dredgings have shown that the bathymetrical range of the Stalked Crinoids is not always so great as has been often supposed. So far as my information goes, they have only been obtained fourteen times at depths exceeding 650 fathoms, their lowest limit being the cel- ebrated deep dredging of the “Porcupine,” in 1869, where Bathycrinus * Ilycrinus carpentert of the Norwegian North Atlantic Expedition (Nyt Mag. for Naturvid., Bd. XXIII., 1877) is undoubtedly a Bathycrinus, though I do not think it is identical with B. gracilis of the first ‘‘ Porcupine” Expedition (1869). The ‘ Vega” - dredged some Stalked Crinoids off the Siberian coast, and also a large Metacrinus in the North Pacific, but no descriptions of them have yet been published. VOL. X.— NO. 4. 168 BULLETIN OF THE taining the genus Cainocrinus Forbes, which has recently been resusci- tated by De Loriol.* The distinguished Swiss paleontologist describes the basals of Cainocrinus as in contact with one another all round the calyx, so as to form a complete ring, while those of Pentacrinus are small and not contiguous externally, as shown in Miller’s figure of P. caput- medusce (asteria Linn.).f So far as the fossil species are concerned this. certainly does appear to be a constant difference, but it is by no means so in the recent ones and in Metacrinus. The unique specimen of P. maclearanus ¢ has a closed basal ring, and so have all the examples of P. wyville-thomsoni that I have seen, though one or more of the basals occasionally fail to meet their fellows. But in P. narestanus there ap- pears to be no constancy whatever in this respect. Some individuals of this species have a closed basal ring. But in others the basals are comparatively small and the radials are prolonged slightly downwards over the upper stem-joints. A few exhibit both conditions, some of the basals meeting their fellows, while the rest are separated by the down- ward projecting radials. The same variation, though in a less degree, occurs in P. miilleri. But it is in P. decorus that the most remarkable variation occurs in the size of the basals. They are sometimes smaller than those of P. asteria, and scarcely more conspicuous than the inter- radial ridges on the stem beneath them; or they may be large trian- gular knobs standing out prominently from the general plane of the calyx, and meeting one another laterally by their extended lower angles ; or they may present any intermediate condition between these two. The following brief descriptions of the Caribbean species of Penta- crinus are not to be considered as complete specific diagnoses. These will appear, together with the synonymy, in my final report. P. asteria Liv. sp. Stem robust, reaching 6 or 7 mm. in diameter, with 13-21 (usually 15-18) internodal joints. Cirrus-sockets widely oval, and occupy nearly the whole heighé of the nodal joint. The hypozygal joints rarely modified, and then very slightly so. Cirri reaching 70 mm. in length and composed of 50 stout joints. Lowest limit of the interarticular pores from the ninth to the twelfth node. The two outer radials united by syzygy- The ray-divisions somewhat irregular. Pri- mary arms of 2-6 (distichal) joints; secondary arms of 4-10 (palmar) joints, * Monographie des Crinoides fossiles de la Suisse, (Geneva, 1877-79,) p. 111. t A Natural History of the Crinoidea, (Bristol, 1821,) p. 51, Pl. Il. fig. 9. t The Atlantic, Vol. II. p. 124, fig. 31. MUSEUM OF COMPARATIVE ZOOLOGY. . 169 usually 6-8. Tertiary arms of 6-14 joints, and occasionally another division after 8 or 10 joints more. The first two joints after each axillary united by syzygy, With a pinnule on the epizygal. No other syzygies on the arms, The joints of the large pinnules on the arm-bases have their distal edge raised into a strongly marked keel, which projects forwards over the base of the next joint. This feature recurs on all the pinnules of the arms, though it is less distinct in their middle and outer portions. Remarks. — The above description is based on the examination which I have made of the following examples of the type :—(a.) Miller’s original specimen from Nevis, now in the geological department of the British Museum. (b.) One dry specimen and another in spirit, both in the zodlogical department of the same Museum. (c.) One dry specimen in the Hunterian Collection of the Royal College of Surgeons. (d.) Two dry specimens obtained by Dr. Carpenter and Sir Wyville Thomson from Mr. Damon of Weymouth. I have not seen either of the individuals described by Guettard * (Marti- nique) and Ellis t (Barbados) ; but judging from the figures given by these authors I have little doubt that they belong to the type which is now generally known as P. asteria. The specimen from Guadeloupe in the Museum of the Geological Society of London, which is mentioned by both Miller and Miller f as a Pt caput-meduse, is really referable to Oersted’s type P. miilleri, which is so well described in Liitken’s classical memoir.§ If the sixth example mentioned by Miiller|| be the one formerly belonging to the Natural History Society at Copenhagen, and bought in 1846 by the University Museum, it is also a P. miillert. The peculiar features of the pinnules of P. asteria afford an excellent specific distinction. They are well shown in Miller's figure, which represents a pin- nule some little way out on the arms. In the lowest pinnules the tubercular projection at the distal end of each joint is very marked indeed; and it is recognizable, though of course less distinctly so, all along the arms ; so that arm fragments of this species can be readily identified, which is more than can be said for most of the Pentacrinide. The stem also, like the arms, has a definite character of its own, which has not always been correctly described. The nodal joint, i.e. that which is pierced by the canals lodging the cirrus-vessels, is united by syzygy to the joint below it, just as in P. miillert and in all the Pentacrinide ; but this lower or hypozygal joint is not grooved externally for the reception of the thick basal * Mém. de l’Acad. Roy. des Sci. Paris, 1755 (published 1761), pp. 228-247, Pl. Viil. 1X, + Phil. Trans., 1762, Vol. LII. Part I. pp. 857-362, Tab, XIII. t Abhandl. d. Berlin, Akad., 1848, p. 185. § Om Vestindiens Pentacriner, med nogle Bemaerkninger om Pentacriner og Soli- lier i Almindelighed. Videnskab. Meddel. fra den naturhist. Foren. i Kjobenhavn, 1864, Nr. 18-16, pp. 195-245, Tab. IV., V. || Loc, cit. WT Loc. cit., p. 51, Pl. II. fig. 5. 170 BULLETIN OF THE portions of the cirri, as is markedly the case in P. decorus, and less so in P. miil- leri and in most species of the genus. It has therefore often been said that the nodal joints of P. asteria are simple and low, while those of P. miilleri are double and thick. This is not strictly true. The nodal joints are always single and united by syzygy to those next below them, though the line of junction is frequently almost obliterated. The hypozygals may be modified to receive the cirrus-bases, as in P. miilleri and P. decorus, or they may not differ in external appearance from the other internodal joints, as in P. asteria and P. wyville- thomsoni. In this last species, however, the joint above the node is slightly excavated to receive the wide basal portions of the cirri, and this character is still more marked in the genus Metacrinus. P. miilleri Orrst. Stem generally robust, reaching 6 mm. in diameter, with 4-10 (usually 6-9) internodal joints. The cirrus-sockets, which do not reach the upper edges of the nodal joints, are variable in shape. Some are oval, and encroach but little on the hypozygal, while others are more circular and extend well down on to it. Cirri reaching 50 mm. in length and composed of about 40 stout joints. Lowest limit of the interarticular pores from the fourth to the eighth node. The two outer radials united by syzygy. There are usually 6 or 8 arms on each ray in the following order, 2, 1 ; 1, 2, or 2, 1, 1; 1, 1, 2, the axillaries being limited to the outer arm of each successive pair. Primary arms of 2 (distichal) joints, which are united by syzygy. Secondary arms of 2-7 (palmar) joints, usually 3. The two following divisions are usually of 3 joints each, but may have 5 or 6. The first two joints after the palmar and subsequent axillaries are united by syzygy with a pinnule on the epizygal. No other syzygies on the arms. The lower joints of the pinnules are somewhat prismatic, and the following ones laterally compressed, with sharp dorsal edges. Examples of this type were dredged by the “ Blake” at the following stations * ; — 1877-78. Off Havana. 175 fathoms. 1878-79. No. 193. Off Martinique. 169 fathoms. No. 291. Off Barbados. 200 fathoms. Remarks.— A dry example of this species was obtained by Sir Wyville Thom- son from Mr. Damon, and a spirit one was brought home from Barbados by Sir Rawson Rawson. Its stem is readily distinguished from that of P. asteria by the shortness of the internodes and the modification of the hypozygal joints, which, however, is far less marked than in P. decorus. The basals generally * The complete list of localities for the different Crinoids dredged by the ‘‘ Blake” will doubtless be drawn up by Mr. Agassiz and his assistants. I cannot, of course, do more than record the localities of the selected specimens which have been sent to Europe for study. MUSEUM OF COMPARATIVE ZOOLOGY. . “See form a complete ring ; while the branching of the arms is much more regular than in P. asteria, and there are fewer joints between the successive axillaries, P. decorus Wrv. Tuomson. Stem slender, rarely exceeding 4 mm. in diameter, with 7-16 (usually 11 or 12) internodal joints. The nodal joints are generally somewhat enlarged, with circular cirrus-sockets which do not nearly reach their upper edge, but extend well down on to the hypozygal joints. Slender cirri composed of 25-35 joints, and reaching 28 mm. in length. Lowest limit of the interarticular pores from the ninth to the eleventh node. The two outer radials united by a ligamentous articulation. Ray-divisions rather irregular, Primary arms of 2-7 (distichal) joints, of which the first two are united by a ligamentous articulation, the second bearing a pinnule, while the last two often form asyzygy. Secondary arms of 1-9 (palmar) joints, which are very variable in their character. The second free brachial is usually a syzy- gial joint. The next syzygy from the eighth to the thirtieth brachial, after which an interval of 5-11 joints between successive syzygies. A pinnule on the first joint after the last axillary. Pinnule joints laterally compressed, those at the base of the lower pinnules being rather broad, but the following ones are elongated. Examples of this type were dredged by the “ Blake” at the following sta- tions : — 1877-78. Off Havana. 175 and 177 fathoms; very abundant. 1878-79. Nos. 155 and 156. Off Montserrat. 88 fathoms. No. 269. Off St. Vincent. 124 fathoms. Remarks.— The distinctness of this species from P. asteria was first recognized by Mr. Damon of Weymouth, who procured an example of it from the seas of the outer Antilles. Its occurrence was recorded by the late Sir Wyville Thom- son in a popular article on “Sea Lilies,’ which was published in the “ Intel- lectual Observer” for August, 1864, but no formal description of it has since appeared. At that time Sir Wyville seems to have been unacquainted with the description of P. miéilleri by Oersted, published six years previously, for he spoke of P. asteria and P. decorus as “the only two known living species” of Stalked Crinoids. But in the following year * he referred to P. miilleri as well, Liitken’s memoir having appeared in the interval ; so that he evidently regarded P. decorus and P. miillert as separate species. Later on (1872), however, he seems to have come to the conclusion that his P. decorus was identical with Oersted’s species. For, having previously said that P. asteria and P. decorus were the only two known living species of the genus, he made nearly the same statement t+ concerning P. asteria and P. miilleri. He likewise repeated most * Phil. Trans., Vol. CLV. p. 542. t On the Crinoids of the “ Porcupine ” Deep-Sea Dredging Expedition, Proc. Roy. Soc. Edinb., Vol. VII. pp. 765-767 ; and “The Depths of the Sea,” pp. 434-442. See also ‘* The Atlantic,” Vol. II. p. 126. 172 BULLETIN OF THE of his original description of P. decorus as a diagnosis of P. miilleri, with a ref- erence under the latter name to the specimen which he had before him when describing P. decorus. He stated that the two outer radials of P. asteria are united by syzygy, and further added that “ the arrangement of the joints and the, syzygies in the cup is the same in P. miilleri as in P. asteria, only the syzygy between the second radial and the radial axillary is not so complete.” This description obviously refers to a ligamentous articulation as distinguished from a true syzygy on the one hand, and from a muscular joint on the other ; and it is by no means in accordance with Liitken’s very positive statements * as to the presence of a syzygy between the two outer radials of P. miillert. Neither does Sir Wyville’s description of the nodes as occurring about every twelfth joint agree with Liitken’s diagnosis, which only records 4-10 internodal joints in P. miillert. As a matter of fact there are 11 or 12 internodal joints in P. decorus, and there is no syzygy at all between the two outer radials, but only a ligamen- tous articulation such as occurs in the majority of the Neocrinoidea, and has often been wrongly spoken of as a syzygy, though clearly distinguished from it by Miiller. Had Sir Wyville lived to work out the “ Blake” collection more fully than he was able to do before his health gave way, I cannot but think that he would have returned to his original views as to the distinctness of his P. decorus from Oersted’s P. miilleri. The two species have really no sort of resemblance to one another, differing in all the characters of the stem, the cirri, the calyx, and the arms. Curiously enough, P. decorus appears to be the most common species of the genus in the Caribbean Sea. One of the “ Blake” specimens is remarkable for the total absence of cirri along the whole of one face of the stem ; while at one of the nodes two more cirri are missing, so that there are only two present instead of the usual five. P. blakei n. sp. Stem slender, not reaching 4 mm. in diameter with 5-7 internodal joints. Nodal joints not enlarged. The small circular cirrus-sockets do not nearly reach their upper edges, and extend but slightly downwards on to the hy- pozygals. ; Slender cirri composed of 25 joints and barely 20 mm. long. Lowest limit of the interarticular pores from the sixth to the tenth node, The two outer radials united by a ligamentous articulation. Usually only 4 arms on each ray. Primary divisions of 1-4 (distichal) joints, of which the first two are united by a ligamentous articulation. If 4 distichals are present, the second bears a pinnule and the two outer ones form a syzygy. The first free brachial bears a pinnule, and the second is usually a syzygial joint, while other syzygies occur on the arms at very irregular intervals. The proximal face Loe. cit., pp. 201, 202. | 4 MUSEUM OF COMPARATIVE ZOOLOGY. 173 of the epizygal forms a sharp angle which projects backwards into the retreat- ing distal face of the hypozygal. Examples of this species were dredged by the “ Blake” at the following stations : — 1878-79. No. 157. Off Montserrat. 120 fathoms. No, 281. Off Barbados. 200 fathoms. Remarks, — This species is at once distinguished from P. decorus by the short- ness of the internodes of the stem and the absence of any enlargement at the nodes, The calyx is closely similar to that of the variety of P. decorus with small basals, but the arm-bases have a totally different appearance from those of that type, owing to the peculiar nature of the syzygy in the second brachials and in the subsequent syzygial joints. 'The two apposed faces are not plane as is usually the case, but the hypozygal has its distal face sharply incised, while the proximal face of the epizygal is in two planes, which make a sharp angle with one another and project backwards into the hypozygal. This peculiarity is best seen in a side view of the arm, unless the joints are separated by boiling with potash or soda, The only other species of Pentacrinus in which it occurs is the ten-armed P. naresianus from the Western Pacific. In both cases it may be traced in all the syzygies of the ams, so that small fragments of them are easily recognizable. Both the recent species of Rhizocrinus occur in the Caribbean Sea. R. lofotensis was dredged in the Florida Straits by the late Mr. Pourtaleés, a few months before the publication of M. Sars’s well-known description of it; and A. rawsoni, first found by the “ Hassler” off Barbados, was subsequently obtained by the “ Blake” in 1877-78 and 1878-79. So far as my information goes, the distribution of these two species is as follows : — R. lofotensis. Bibb. 1868. Off the Samboes. 237 fathoms. Off Sand Key. 248 and 306 fathoms. 1869. Off Cojima near Havana, 450 fathoms ; and several times at lesser depths. Blake. 1877-78. No. 29. Lat. 24° 36’ N., Long. 84° 5’W. 955 fathoms. No. 43. Lat, 24° 8’N., Long. 82°51’ W. 339 fathoms, No. 44. Lat, 25° 33’ N., Long. 84° 35’ W. 539 fathoms. No. 56. Off Havana. Lat 22° 9’ N., Long. 82° 21’ 30” W. 175 fathoms, R. rawsoni. Hassler. 1872. Off Sandy Bay, Barbados. 100 fathoms, Blake. 1877-78. No. 32. Lat. 23° 32/ N., Long. 88° 5’ W. 95 fathoms. Off Havana, 175 fathoms, 174 BULLETIN OF THE Mr. Agassiz mentions in his dredging letters that he obtained a number of specimens of Fhzzocrinus among the Windward Islands in 1878-79, and a few specimens in 1880 on the line from Cape Hatteras to St. George’s Shoal; but not haying seen any of them, I can say nothing as to the species which they represent. In 1869 two examples of this genus were obtained by the “ Porcu- pine ” off Cape Clear, in 862 fathoms (No. 42), and were referred at the time to &. lofotensis. On comparing them, however, with some speci- mens of 2. rawsont from off Havana, I find that they really belong to this type, as I had always suspected since reading Pourtaleés’s description of it.* &. rawsont was also dredged by the “Challenger” in 900 fath- oms among the Azores. It is readily distinguished from 2. lofotensis by its more robust appearance and elongated g¢alyx, which is nearly always constricted at the basiradial suture, instead of widening gradually up- wards, as does that of 2. lofotensis. The first radials are much shorter relatively to their width than in &. lofotensis, and the epizygal of the syzygial first brachial is not markedly narrower than the hypozygal as in the latter species. The greater part of the cup is formed by the elongated basals. In the Norwegian variety of 2. lofotensis these fuse so very completely that no sutures are usually visible on the exterior of the calyx. This led Sars t and Ludwig { to suggest that the basals of the young Rhizocrinus undergo metamorphosis into a “rosette,” as in most Comatule, though this view is not supported by the observations of Pourtalés § and myself;|| and the fact that the so-called “ enlarged upper stem-joint” of 2. lofotensis really consists of the anchylosed basals as originally stated by Mr. Pourtalés ¥ for the Caribbean variety is now generally recognized.** The difference in the relative proportions of the two species’ is seen in the following table, which also shows the sizes of the stem-joints in the examples of 2. rawsont that were dredged by the “Blake,” ‘‘Challenger,” and ‘“ Porcupine” respectively, and in Sars’s largest specimens of /. lofotensis. * Zodlogical Results of the ‘‘ Hassler ” Expedition, Ill. Cat. Mus. Comp. Zodl., No. VIII. pp. 27-31. + Mémoires pour servir & Ja Connaissance des Crinoides Vivants, p. 12. t Morphologische Studien an Echinodermen, Band I. pp. 120-122. § Loc. cit., p. 29. || On some Points in the Anatomy of Pentacrinus and Rhizocrinus. Journ. Anat. and Phys., Vol. XII. pp. 48-53. ‘| Contributions to the Fauna of the Gulf Stream at great Depths. Bull. Mus. Comp. Zo6l., Vol. I. No. 7, pp. 128-130. ** Zittel’s Handbuch der Palaeontologie. Palaeozologie, Band I. p, 393. ®% MUSEUM OF COMPARATIVE ZOOLOGY. 75 Base. Length Stem-Joints. Expedition. Depth. Height. Width. of Stem. No. Length. Width. : fath. mm. mm, mm. mm. mm. Blake ~ 175 5.5 2.50 180 68 3.50 2.25 Challenger 900 5.0 2.00 150 53 3.00 2.00 Porcupine 862 3.0 1.75 50 30° 2.25 1.25 G. O. Sars 300 2.0 1.50 70 67 1.50 0.50 R. lofotensis (maximum.) N. B. — Pourtalés described his largest specimen of R. lofotensis as having a stem nearly 130 mm. long and composed of 59 joints, the length of which averages three times their diameter. The stem-joints of 2. rawsoni are relatively shorter and thicker than those of 2. lofotensis, in which the length is three times the width. In absolute size, as well as in the proportions of the basals and of the stem- points, the “ Porcupine” examples of this type are the ones which approach 2. lofotensis most nearly. They are smaller than those from the Azores, which are themselves smaller than the Caribbean specimens, a fact which is doubtless due to variations of temperature. The differ- ence in size between the largest specimens of 7. lofotensis found by Sars and Pourtalés respectively is likewise probably the result of the differ- ence between the temperature of the Gulf Stream in the Florida Straits and that of the Northeast Atlantic. It is noteworthy that an elongated calyx resembling that of 2. rawsoni is chiefly found in those individuals of R. lofotensis which have the arms best developed ;* so that this spe- cies probably represents a further stage in the degradation of the Apio- crinite type than is reached by FR. rawsoni. The occurrence of the latter form in the Eastern Atlantic is of extreme interest, owing to its remarkable resemblance to Bourgueticrinus londinensis. This type was named by Forbes from some isolated stem-joints in the London clay ; but a well-preserved calyx has since been discovered, which is now pre- served in the Natural History Museum at South Kensington. Several species closely allied to B. londinensis, which occur in the Ter- tiary deposits of France and Italy, are referred by Zittel + and other palzontologists to the genus Conocrinus D’Orbigny ; e. g. C. pyriformis Miinst. sp., C’. thorenti D’Arch. sp., C. cornutus Schafh. sp., C. suesst * Sars, Crinoides Vivants, p. 4. t Palaeontologie, p. 8392. See also Meneghini, “I Crinoidi Terziarii,” Atti d. Soc. Tose., Vol.II. pp. 11-17. Schluter, ‘‘ Ueber einige Astylide Crinorden,” Zeitsch. d. deutsch geol. Gesellsch., 1878, pp. 52-55. De Loriol, ‘Crinoides fossiles de la Suisse,” p. 190 ; and Paléontologie Frangaise, ‘‘ Terrain Jurassique,” Tom. XI. (1882), p. 65. 176 BULLETIN OF THE Munier-Chalmas sp., and C. seguenzat Menegh. That they are conge- neric with Forbes’s species and with Rhizocrinus I have not the smallest doubt ; and the question therefore arises whether Conocrinus D’Orbigny is to take precedence over Rhizocrinus Sars. On this subject Prof. Zittel remarks, ‘“‘ Nach den Regeln der Priori- tit gebiihrt dem Namen Conocrinus D’Orb. die Prioritit, wenn gleich die Gattungsdiagnose D'Orbigny’s unvollstindig und theilwise unrich- tig ist.” The type on which D’Orbigny founded Conocrinus was the Bourgueti- crinus thorenti of D’Archiac, but his definition of it was so incomplete and so incorrect that, even supposing Sars had not defined Lhizocrinus as elaborately as he did, I should not admit Conocrinus as a valid genus until it had been re-defined. Liitken * remarked, in 1864, that its dis- tinctness from Bourgueticrinus was still a matter of uncertainty. D’Or- bigny t+ spoke of it as “Genre voisin des Bourgueticrinus, mais sans pieces basales comme les Lugeniacrinus” ; and again, “C’est un Bour- gueticrinus ayant la tige comprimée, mais avec une seule série de pitces basales.” If he considered it as near Bourgueticrinus and as resembling Eugeniacrinus, why did he omit it altogether from the tabular scheme of the Apiocrinide, which appears on page 2 of his “ Histoire Naturelle des Crinoides Vivans et Fossiles,” and contains the names of both those genera? It would seem from his reference to the absence of any tertiary species of Bourgueticrinus on page 96 that he included them all in Conocrinus, which would belong to a different family altogether. This shows how he had misunderstood its real character and affinities, and as a matter of fact his description of it as having no basals is entirely incorrect. They are visible enough in D’Archiac’s figures of B. thorenti (the type-species of Conocrinus), and in other closely allied species. Lastly, the remark that Conocrinus is a Bourgueticrinus with a com- pressed stem, is worthless as a generic description, when the latter genus itself is described as having a round or compressed stem. The differences between the two types are of an entirely different char- acter from those mentioned by D’Orbigny, which would be absolutely unintelligible in the absence of figures or of original specimens. I feel it only right, therefore, to ignore Conocrinus altogether, and to adopt Sars’s well-known genus Phizocrinus. The differences between Apiocrinus and Millericrinus on the one hand, and Bourgueticrinus and Rhizocrinus on the other, have led Mons. de * Loc. cit., p. 212. t Prodrome de Paléontologie Stratigraphique Universelle, 1850, Tom. II. p 332. MUSEUM OF COMPARATIVE ZOOLOGY. 177 Loriol * to establish a new family Bourgueticrinide, which comprises the two genera just mentioned, together with Bathycrinus and Mesverinus, a genus recently proposed by myself. De Loriol also includes in it L/yeri- nus of Danielssen and Koren ; but this genus is certainly identical with Bathycrinus, which was founded by Sir Wyville Thomson ¢ on an imma- ture specimen dredged by the “ Porcupine” in 2435 fathoms, two hun- dred miles south of Cape Clear. His description { of the larger species, B. aldrichianus, from the Southern Sea, seems not to have reached the Norwegian naturalists before the publication of their genus J/ycrinus, which was founded on much more developed individuals than that dredged by the ‘ Porcupine.” Of the four genera included in De Loriol’s new family, Bourgueticrinus and Rhizocrinus are the two most closely allied. The differences between them are greater than was supposed by Sars, owing to his mistake about the basals of the latter type, and may be summarized as follows : — Bourgueticrinus. Lower stem-joints not longer than wide ; while one or two at the top of the stem are much longer tnan those below, and help to form the “summit.” Basals usually wider than high. Rhizocrinus. Lower stem-joints usually much elongated, two or three times as long as wide. Those just below the calyx are the shortest, often being mere disks. Basals usually much longer than wide, occupying the greater part of the length of the calyx, which expands somewhat from below upwards. The last type to be mentioned is the remarkable genus Holopus, about which much information will be found in a communication § by Sir Wyville Thomson to the Royal Society of Edinburgh, in 1877. Since the publication of this paper Sir Wyville made a horizontal section of the cup about two thirds of its height from the base. I was never fortunate enough to learn his own views on the subject, but the appearance of the section leads me to believe that the lower part of the cup is formed by basal plates which project inwards and upwards above the level of the outer edges of the radials, just as in Pentacrinus. || * Paléont. Frang., Joc. cit., p. 63. t The Depths of the Sea, pp. 450-454, fig. 73; and Proc. Roy. Soc. Edinb., Vol. VII. pp. 772, 778. t ‘‘ Notice of new Living Crinoids belonging to the Apiocrinide,” Journ. Linn. Soe, Zoblogy, Vol. XIII. pp. 48-51. § “On the Structure and Relations of the Genus Holopus,” Proc. Roy. Soc. Edinb., Vol. IX. p. 409. | Schliiter (Zoc. cit., p. 51) is inclined to believe that basals are present in Cya- thidiwm spileccense. Like Sir Wyville Thomson, I am unable to differentiate Cya- thidium from Holopus. VOL. X.—No. 4. 12 178 BULLETIN OF THE Sir Wyville left it an open question whether the articular facets on the upper edge of the calyx-tube belong to the first or to the second radials. I believe myself that they are of the former nature, partly on account of their great resemblance to those of certain fossil species, and partly because the axillaries appear to me to be syzygial or double joints. ’ Sir Wyville has pointed out that the cup exhibits a very marked di- vision into bivium and trivium ; for “one side of the border is much thicker and considerably higher than the other side, and the three arms articulated to it are much larger than those articulated to the oppo- site side.” In fact, the three facets of the trivium are themselves unequal, the centre one being both longer and wider than the other two, which are themselves longer and a little wider than the two facets of the bivium. This want of symmetry in the calyx is very remarkable, as it is precisely similar to that described by De Loriol * in Lugentacrinus mayalis, from the Leptena bed (Middle to Upper Lias) of Calvados in Normandy. The calyx of this species, formed by the five contiguous radials, tapers away downwards to a truncated extremity, which De Loriol supposes to have rested on the top stem-joint, basals being appar- ently absent. But although Lugeniacrinus mayalis probably had a short stem, it is certainly very closely allied to Holopus. The calyx as well as the second and third radials are covered with scattered granules of variable size, just as in Holopus. The two outer radials were united by a muscular joint ; but in a closely allied species, H. deslongchampsi, which is more symmet- rical and less coarsely granular than £. mayalis, they are united by syzygy, just as I believe to be the case in Holopus. Together with the calyces and separate radials of these two species, the Leptena bed con- tains a large number of isolated arm joints,t some of which are extraor- dinarily like those forming the lower part of a Holopus arm. One reason why I suspect the axillaries of Holopus to be syzygial joints is as follows. In one individual the axillaries on the two rays of the bivium are distinctly in two parts, though the sutural lines do not extend right across them. On the three axillaries of the trivium, how- ever, no sutural lines are visible at all; though they are just traceable in another specimen, and are fairly distinct in a young one 8 mm. high. The condition of the very young individual which was obtained by the “Blake” at Station 22, and was figured in Volume V. No. 9 of the * Paléontologie Frangaise. Terrain Jurassique, Tom. XI. p. 78, Pl. VIII. figs. 1-5. t Loc. cit., Pl. XI. MUSEUM OF COMPARATIVE ZOOLOGY. 179 “ Bulletins,” seems to point to the same conclusion ; for the lower ring of pentagonal (or rather hexagonal) plates must surely be the second radials, and the triangular ones above them the axillaries. A fragment of a living Holopus was dredged by the “ Blake” in 120 fathoms, off Montserrat (No. 157). It was preserved in spirit and sent over to Sir Wyville Thomson, who asked me to cut some sections of the arms for him. ‘The condition of the dried individuals hitherto known had led him to suspect “that the tissues are very imperfectly differenti- ated, almost protoplasmic. When an arm is put into boiling water it falls to pieces at once, the joints simply coming asunder, and showing no trace of muscular or other organic connection except the axial cords of the joints, which sometimes keep two joints hanging in connection for a little.” The spirit specimen, however, told a different tale altogether, and the sections which I have made from it show that the soft parts of Holopus differ but little from those of any ordinary Crinoid. The arm-joints are articulated by means of muscles and ligaments in the usual way. The two large arm-canals, the coeliac and the subtentacular, are separated by a smaller genital canal containing the genital cord. This has exactly the same structure as that of any common Antedon, and the ovaries which it bears at intervals are much more like those of Antedon eschrichti in their histological structure than are those of many Comatule. The ambulacral groove is quite narrow in proportion to the breadth of the arm, and the ovaries extend but a very little way into the pinnules. The branches which leave the axial cords of the arms to supply the pinnules take a somewhat singular course. For they are thrown into loops in a dorsoventral direction, which are small at first, immediately beneath the arm-canals, but become much more marked at the bases of the pinnules, within which the cords still retain an undulating course. Above the water-vessel is the usual darkly colored ambulacral epithe- lium, which is doubtless separated from the water-vessel by the ambu- lacral nerve and bloodvessel, though I have not been able to see them clearly. There are no large and imbricated reniform plates at the sides of the ambulacra, such as occur in Rhizocrinus, Bathycrinus, and Hyo- crinus. But the tentacles are unusually large, and taper rapidly from a broad base ; while the lower thick part of the shaft of each tentacle is protected by a well-developed calcareous reticulation, above which are groups of more or less closely united spicules. Eton Coiuecr, September, 1882. 180 BULLETIN OF THE List of Additional Stations of Stalked Crinoids collected by the “ Blake.” Prepared by J. WALTER FEWKES. RHIZOCRINUS. R. lofotensis Sars. * Blake, 1877-78. No. 35. Lat. 23°54’ 46” N.t Fes 88° 58’ W. 804 fath. “ 1878-79. No. 238. Off Grenadines . . . - ss = “ “ No; 248: “Grenada “2-2 2" 0X) a ee ee “ «6 No, 259, Grenada 2 6. ) 4) GS) Le & “ No. 274. Barbados... . 209. - 1880. No. 306. Lat. 41°32’ 50’ N. ions 65°55" W. 524 “ U.S. Fish Com. 1882. No.1124. S.S.E. Off Nantucket . . 640 “ R. rawsoni Pourratés. Blake, 1878-79. No. 155. Montserrat. . .. . . . . . 88 fathoms, a a No. 166. Guadeloupe... . » .: «5 + cs << No. 177. ““Domrics” > Sos. Vis Ge ee a a Wo.\911.': Martiniqne’ So 8) 2 Sa +: te No: 273; ‘Barbados “25.9%! 3c). Rs 6 £ No,'277.. (Barbados: a! .s0d jotvend a 43 a No..290.,. Barbadog'| is cs) ss +! iefersiie prea ee & - No; 296... Barbados. .«...6..% ie: lena» we eee 4 + No, 297. -Barbados «.....«/) ey #5.» sce) pee Capt. E. Cole. Saba Bank. . +» & » » » 5 9» PENTACRINUS. P. asteria Linn. * Blake, 1878-79. No, 157. Montserrat . .. .. . . » 120 fathoms. Dr. Schramm, Guadeloupe... .. . . + Depth? * The identifications on labels in bottle with specimens, marked in this list with an asterisk, are in Mr. Pourtalés’s handwriting. t In list of Stations, Bull. Mus. Comp. Zoél., VI. 1, p. 9, Lat. reads 28° 52’. t Verrill, American Journal, November, 1882. ——————————— <<< Ul lle MUSEUM OF COMPARATIVE ZOOLOGY. 181 P. miilleri Oxrrsren. Blake, 1878-79. No. 100. Off Morro Light . . . . 250-400 fathoms. a e No. 101. Off Morro Light . . . . . 175-200 “ “ a NGM ion Onbeetrabes | GS ge 6 UN 5g fee oe LO ih ee MO. uvhs | Guadeloupe: 6. 6 a sen tan 's oo LO. ae a ING: SUG. at UCI Sees ap ete a el a LO a (se No22eo.. St; Vincent: 3... Se od Sw BE mets ae No. 274. Barbados .. . 1800 - bs No. 280, St. Charles Tmetithonse (Barbados) 22h. = as ce No. 283. Barbados .... ciate ne ines “ ce Prce2UD. -.DAROSAOS! (Fh Os seo ek Lik ee oe AO m u No. 296. Barbados . . hee nen Aer mee ag * V. Santiago de Cuba (Bartlett) <4 ol Se P. decorus Wrvitte THomson. Blake, 1877-78. No.21. BahiaHoyda(Cuba) .. . . . 287 fathoms, W. Stimpson. Cuba. Blake, 1877-78. Off Havana (Sigsbee) . . . 150-200 * " No. 56 or 57. Lat. 22° 9’ 15” N., Long. 82° 21’ W. (Sigsbee) . . be Mri cies Us ese ane “1878-79. No. 100. Off Mowe Haat és oy so 2500 7S ‘Capt. E. Cole. S. side of Porto [css er ee mee YC. Blake, 1878-79. No. 101. Off Morro Light, Havana . . 175-250 “ be a No. 156. Plymouth, Montserrat. .... 8 & a" No. 157. Montserrat . . Sheep. e « No. 233, Milligan’s Key, St. Tanests Cay nee ee i is Wo; 296.~ (Barbados: Gia wove es BO " ee No. 298. Barbados . .. - ae 8 Gov. Rawson (ident. by Mr. Pourtalés as P. matllre) Barbados: Depth ? Blake, 1880. Kingston (Bartlett) . . . . . . 100fathoms. P. blakei P. H. Carrenrer. Blake, 1878-79. No. 209. Martinique. . . . . . . . . 189 fathoms. se Hn Noreen, ‘Barbados... 4 . s+ « . « «180 * No. 5. — Reports on the Results of Dredging under the Supervision of ALEXANDER AGASSIZ, on the East Coast of the United States, during the Summer of 1880, by the U. S. Coast Survey Steamer “ Blake,’ COMMANDER J. R. Bartuert, U. 8. N., Commanding. (Published by permission of CARLILE P. PAtTrerson and J. E. HILGARD, Superin- tendents U. 8. Coast and Geodetic Survey.) . XIX. Report on the Fishes. By G. Brown Goove and Tarteton H. Bean. THE specimens discussed in the following preliminary report were obtained by Mr. Agassiz in the dredge and trawl, during the summer of 1880, off the eastern coast of the United States between George’s Bank and a line eastward from the vicinity of Charleston, South Carolina, between north latitude 31° 57! to 41° 35’, and west longitude 65° 35/ to 78° 18/, at depths varying from 44 to 1632 fathoms. Many of the same species were obtained by the United States Fish Commission in the deep waters off Newport and Wood’s Holl, in 1880, 1881, and 1882, as well as by various Gloucester fishermen collecting on the fishing banks for the National Museum. Drawings have been prepared to accompany the following descrip- tions, mainly from material collected by Mr. Agassiz. These are not published in connection with this preliminary report, but are retained for the illustration of a monograph of the deep-sea fishes of the Western Atlantic, which is now in an advanced state of preparation. Allusion is frequently made in the following pages to the mutilated condition of the specimens sent to us for examination. It seems only fair to ourselves to call attention to the unsatisfactory state of the ma- terial investigated, since in some instances our most studious efforts have resulted in only partially complete descriptions. At the same time, it should be said that specimens of fishes brought up from such great depths are rarely perfect after they have been separated from the mass of mud and hard-shelled invertebrates which are usually found in VoL. X.— NO. 5. 184 . BULLETIN OF THE the same localities, and that the tanks containing these collections were, for want of space, packed in a part of the ship close to the boiler-room, where, much to their detriment for descriptive purposes, they were par- tially cooked. | The Selachians collected by the ‘“‘ Blake” were described by Mr. Samuel Garman in the Bulletin of the Museum of Comparative Zodlogy, Vol. VIII. No. 11. A list of the stations referred to below is given in the same serial, Vol. VIII. No. 4. LIST OF SPECIES COLLECTED AT STATIONS 302-346. Pleuronectide. 1. Aphoristia nebulosa, new species. 2. Notosema dilecta, new species and genus. 3. Monolene sessilicauda, GOODE. 4. Citharichthys arctifrons, GooDE. 5. Glyptocephalus cynoglossus (LINN.), GILL. Macruride. 6. Macrurus Bairdii, GoopE & Bray. 7. Macrurus carminatus, GooDE. Macrurus asper, new species. Coryphenoides rupestris, MULLER. 10. Coryphzenoides carapinus, new species. 11. Chalinura simula, new species and genus. Brotulide. 12, Barathrodemus manatinus, new species and genus. 13. Dicrolene introniger, new species and genus. Gadide. 14. Phycis chuss (WALB.), GILL. 15. Phycis tenuis (Mircu.), DeKay. 16. Phycis regius (Wa.LB.), Jor. & GILB. 17. Phycis Chesteri, Goopr & BEAN. 18. Lemonema barbatula, new species. 19. Haloporphyrus viola, Goopr & Bran. 20. Onos cimbrius (Linn.), Goopr & Bran. 21. Merlucius bilinearis (Mircn.), Gr. 22. 23. 24, 25. 26. 27. 34, 36. 37. 38. MUSEUM OF COMPARATIVE ZOOLOGY. 185 Lycodide. Lycodes Verrillii, Goopr & Bran. Lycodes paxilloides, new species. Lycodonus mirabilis, new species and new genus. Melanostigma gelatinosum, GiNrHER. Triglide. Prionotus alatus, new species. Agonide. Peristedium miniatum, Goopz. Cottide. Icelus uncinatus (Rurnu.), Kroyer. Cottunculus microps, CoLLert. Cottunculus torvus, new species, GOODE. a Scorpeenide. Setarches parmatus, Goopr. Sebastoplus dactylopterus (Dz La RocHe), GILL. Carangide. Caranx amblyrhynchus ? Berycideze. Poromitra capito, new species and genus, Synodontide. Bathysaurus Agassizii, new species, Alepocephalide. Alepocephalus Agassizii, new species. Halosauride. Halosaurus macrochir, GUNTHER. Stomiatide, Stomias ferox, Reinwarpv. 186 39. 40. 43. 45. 46. 47. 48. 49. 51. ao to BULLETIN OF THE Sternoptychide. Sternoptyx diaphana, HERMANN. Argyropelecus hemigymnus, Cocco. Cyclothone lusca, new species and genus. Scopelide. Scopelus Miilleri (GMELIN), CoLLETY. Microstomidee. Hyphalonedrus chalybeius, GooDE. Saccopharyngide. Saccopharyn= flagellum, MircHILL. Synaphobranchide. Synaphobranchus pinnatus (GRonow), GUNTHER. Murenesocide. Nettastoma procerum, new species. Nemichthyide. Nemichthys scolopaceus, RICHARDSON. Leptocephalide. Leptocephalus sp. (Perhaps larva of Synaphobranchus.) Raiide. Raia plutonia, GARMAN (new to this collection). Raia ornata, GARMAN (new to this collection). Scylliide. Scyllium retiferum, Garman (new to this collection), Myxinide. Myxine glutinosa, LInnu. MUSEUM OF COMPARATIVE ZOOLOGY. 187 LIST OF STATIONS AT WHICH FISHES WERE TAKEN, With an Enumeration of the Species identified from each Station, and the Length of the Individuals. STATION 302. 1 Phycis sp. Unidentifiable. Young. 61 mm. SraTIon 303. 25 Macrurus Bairdii. Young and old. 55-221 mm. 4 Phycis Chestert. 155-315 mm, 1 Haloporphyrus viola. 332 mm. 1 Icelus uncinatus. 50 mm. 1 Scopelus Miillert. 56-4- mm. 12 Synaphobranchus pinnatus. Spawning. 221-393 mm. 1 Nemichthys scolopaceus. 590 mm. 2 empty eggs of Raia sp. ' SraTion 304. 1 fish, perfectly unidentifiable, — mutilated. STATION 305. 6 Coryphenoides carapinus. 1 Haloporphyrus viola. 450 mm. Sration 306. 12 Macrurus Bairdii. 121-310 mm. 1 Coryphenoides rupestris. 804 mm. 13 Haloporphyrus viola. 116-375 mm. 3 Cottunculus torvus. 62-211 mm. 1 Stomias ferox. 125 mm. 1 Nemichthys scolopaceus. 395 mm. 1 Myxine glutinosa. 465 mm. Sratron 308. 5 Macrurus asper. 178-350 mm. 4 Coryphenoides carapinus. 210, 230, 268, and 280 mm. 1 Chalinura simula. 481 mm. 5 Haloporphyrus viola, 253-372 mm. 1 Halosaurus macrochir. 680 mm. 183 13 1 2 2 1 2 a) 12 18 oe &® CO BULLETIN OF THE Station 309. Macrurus Baird. 55-283 mm. Macrurus asper. 235 mm. Lycodes pacxilloides. 210-227 mm. Lycodes Verrillit. 98-135 mm. Phycis tenuis. 620 mm. Merlucius bilinearis. Scopelus Miillert. 40 mm. Stomias feroz. 140 mm Synaphobranchus pinnatus. 278-440 mm. Nemichthys scolopaceus. 530 mm. Myzxine glutinosa. 412 mm. StTaTIon 310. Cottunculus microps. ‘75-108 mm. Station 311. Citharichthys arctifrons. 149 mm. Phycis chuss. 390 mm. Merlucius bilinearis. 505 mm. Sebastoplus dactylopterus. 45 mm. STaTION 312. Macrurus Bairdii. 240-340 mm. Haloporphyrus viola, 225-280 mm. Lycodes paxilloides. 247 mm. Synaphobranchus pumnatus. 455—480 mm. Sration 313. Citharichthys arctifrons. 18-48 mm. Notosema dilecta. 92-114 mm. Prionotus alatus. 137 mm. Raia sp. Merlucius bilinearis. Young. 17-25 mm. Sravrion 314. Citharichthys arctifrons. Young. 46-57 mm. Monolene sessilicauda. 114-147 mm. Phycis regius. 288 mm. Peristedium miniatum. 68-82. Raia ornata. (Lengths not given hy Garman.) MUSEUM OF COMPARATIVE ZOOLOGY. STATION 315. 2 Lemonema barbatula. 88-180 mm. 2 Argyropelecus hemigymnus. 15-22 mm. 1 larval eel (Leptocephalus). 175 mm. STATION 316. 1 Aphoristia nebulosa, 85 mm. 1 Sternoptyx diaphanus. 19 mm. 2 Macrurus Baird. 65-77 mm. 3 Lemonema barbatula, 81-88 mm. 1 Hyphalonedrus chalybeius. 122 mm. 5 Rava plutonia, (Size not given.) StTaTIon 317. 1 Macrurus Bairdii. 185 mm. 1 Chalinura simula. Young. 25 mm, 1 Raia plutonia. SraTion 321. 6 Macrurus carminatus. Fragments. 3 Phycis regius. 221-258 mm. 3 Lemonema barbatula, 75-120 mm. 1 Merlucius bilinearis. 270 mm. 1 Hyphalonedrus chalybeius. 70 mm. 1 Raia plutonia. STATION 323. 37 Cyclothone lusca. 50-64 mm. 1 Sternoptyx diaphana, 30 mm. StTaTion 324. 20 Cyclothone lusca. 50-57 mm. 1 Caranz amblyrhynchus? 33 mm. Sration 325. 2 Macrurus Bairdii. 300-356 mm. 2 Chalinura simula. Young ?? 7 Dicrolene introniger. 166-272 mm. 2 Barathrodemus manatinus. 150 mm. 1 Haloporphyrus viola. 295 mm. 5 Halosaurus macrochir. 255-465 mm. 2 Nettastoma procerum. 440-700 mm. 12 Synaphobranchus pinnatus. 360-475 mm. 189 190 BULLETIN OF THE ’ Station 326. 21 Macrurus Bairdii. 152-280 mm. 1 Macrurus carminatus. 230mm. Fragmentary. 4 Dicrolene introniger. 135-250 mm, 1 Cottunculus torvus. 96 mm. 6 Synaphobranchus pinnatus. 375-545 mm. SraTion 327. 1 Onos combrius. Young. 72 mm. 2 Setarches parmatus. 51-52 mm. 1 Peristediwm minatum. 65 mm. 5 Hyphalonedrus chalybeius. 52-58 mm, 1 Myzxine glutinosa. 282 mm. STATION 328. 13 Cyclothone lusca. 49-59 mm. 1 Poromitra capito. StraTIon 329. 1 Glyptocephalus cynoglossus. Fragments. 1 Macrurus Bairdii, 130 mm. 2 Lycodes Verrillii. 90-162 mm. 3 Scopelus Milleri. 52-64 mm. 4 Synaphobranchus-pinnatus. 300-388 mm. SrTaTIon 330. 5 Cyclothone lusca. 17-55 mm. 1 Nemichthys scolopaceus. 520 mm. Station 331. 1 Saccopharynax flagellum. Fragmentary. STATION 332. 2 Glyptocephalus cynoglossus. Young. 103 mm. 1 Macrurus sp. Unidentifiable, from mutilation, 1 Macrurus Bairdu. 92 mm. 6 Lycodes Verrillii. 118-147 mm. STATION 333. 5 Phycis regius. 168-225 mm. STATION 334. 4 Macrurus Bairdit. 127-348 mm. 1 Glyptocephalus cynoglossus. 282 mm. 1 Melanostigma gelatinosum. 103 mm. 3 Scopelus Miilleri. 38-52 mm. MUSEUM OF COMPARATIVE ZOOLOGY. STATION 335. 6 Citharichthys arctifrons. Young. 79-103 mm. 1 Scylliwm retiferum. 311 mm. STATION 336. 3 Citharichthys arctifrons. Young. 75-89. 7 Phycts Chesteri. 209-286 mm. 2 Macrurus Baird. 127-152 mm. STATION 337. 1 Macrurus Baird. 239 mm, 1 Haloporphyrus viola. 300 mm. 1 Lycodonus mirabilis. 112+ mm. 2 Synaphobranchus pinnatus. 367-374 mm. 1 Nemichthys scolopaceus. 510 mm. 1 Nettastoma procerum. 190-+- mm. STATION 338. 1 Coryphenoides carapinus, 225 mm. Alepocephalus Agassiz. 274 mm. Halosaurus macrochir. a STATION 341. 1 Coryphenoides carapinus. Unfit to measure. 1 Bathysaurus Agassizii. 610 mm. STATION 343. 1 Glyptocephalus cynoglossus. 260 mm. 13 Macrurus Bairdit. 245-361 min. . 2 Coryphenoides carapinus. 196mm. One not measured, 1 Cottunculus torvus. 407 mm. Station 344. 8 Merlucius bilinearis. Young. 25-94 mm. STATION 346. 3 Phycis chuss. 340-400 mm. 191 192 BULLETIN OF THE PLEURONECTIDA. 1. Aphoristia nebulosa, new species. The extreme length of the type is 85 millimeters. The body is rather slen- derer than in other species of the genus ; its greatest height (18 mm.) is con- tained 42 times in the extreme length. The scales are small, rough, about 120 in a longitudinal series ; about 50 in a transverse series. Jaws and snout scaleless. The length of the head (15 mm.) is contained 53 times in total length. The length of the snout (3 mm.) is } that of the head. The eyes are small and close together, being separated by only a single row of scales; the upper eye is very slightly in advance of the lower. The tubular nostril is directly in front of the lower eye, and a little nearer to it than to the tip of snout. The length of the eye (2 mm.) is contained 7} times in length of head. The angle of the mouth is about in a vertical through the anterior margin of the lower pupil. Teeth feeble, very slender, and rather closely placed, ap- parently equally developed on the two sides. The dorsal fin begins at a point slightly behind the eyes ; it is connate with the caudal, and contains 119 rays to the middle of the base of the caudal ; the rays about the middle of the fin are the longest, their height being a little more than one third that of the body. The distance of the anal from the snout (20 mm.) is contained 4} times in extreme length ; the longest rays are about the middle of the fin, their length (6 mm.) equalling twice that of the snout. The anal is connate with the cau- dal, and contains 107 rays, counting to the middle of the base of the latter fin. The median caudal rays are longest, their length (6 mm.) equalling twice that of the snout. Pectorals none. The distance of the ventral from the snout (15 mm.) is contained 5 times in extreme length. The ventral is separated from the anal by an interspace twice as long as the eye. The number of ventral rays is five, the longest of them being one third as long as the head. The vent is near the origin of the anal. Color grayish, everywhere mottled with brown. The median keel on the scales dark and prominent. = Radial formula: D. 119; A. 107; V.5; P. none. Station. N. Lat. W. Long. Fathoms. Specimens, 316 32° 7 78° 37’ 30” 229 1 NOTOSEMA, new genus. Four specimens of a new genus and species, belonging to the Flounder fam- ily, were dredged by the Blake at Station 313, off Charleston, 8. C., at a depth of seventy-five fathoms. In general appearance and size this species resembles Paralichthys quadro- MUSEUM OF COMPARATIVE ZOOLOGY. 193 cellatus (Gill), Jordan and Gilbert. On account of its elongated ventral fin, the triangular elongation of the anterior rays of the dorsal, and the highly ctenoid character of the scales upon the colored side of the body, it seems necessary to establish for it a new genus. A genus of pleuronectoid fishes, with elliptical body and pedunculate caudal fin. Mouth moderate in size, and beneath the central axis of the body. Eyes large upon left side, close together, the upper one nearly encroaching upon the profile, the lower slightly in advance of the upper. Teeth in single series in the jaws, about equally developed upon each side, much largest in front ; absent on vomer and palatines. Pectoral fins somewhat unequal, that upon the blind side about three fourths as large as its mate. The dorsal fin com- mences slightly behind the anterior margin of the upper eye, and the first eight rays are separated into a distinct subdivision of the fin, several of them being much prolonged. Caudal fin pedunculate, rounded posteriorly. Sinistral ventral much elon- gated. Scales small, ctenoid on colored side of body. Lateral line prominent, strongly arched over the pectoral, alike on both sides. Gill-rakers moderately numerous, rather stout, subtriangular, pectinate posteriorly. Pseudobranchiz well developed. Vertebre 35. 2. Notosema dilecta, new species. Diagnosis of Species. — Extreme length of specimen described 0.122 mm. The height of the body is contained twice in its total length, without caudal, and is equal to twice the distance of the origin of the ventral from the snout. The height of the caudal peduncle is one ninth of the standard body length. The length of the head is two sevenths of the standard length, and three times the diameter of the eye. Width of interorbital area almost imperceptible. Mandible reaching to middle of pupil of lower eye, its length equal to half that of the head. Upper jaw contained twice and one half in length of head. The dorsal fin, beginning almost over the anterior margin of the eye, is com- posed of about 68 rays, the longest of which are the second and third, which are contained twice in the greatest height of the body, and which are almost twice as long as the length of the base of the triangular division of the fin to which they belong. The anal fin is made up of 54-56 simple rays, of which the posterior ones are largest, as they are also in the main portion of the dorsal. It begins close to the vent, at a distance from the snout equal to the length of the elongated sinistral ventral. The caudal is pedunculate, its middle rays somewhate elongate, giving it a wedge-shaped outline. The pectoral of the colored side is subtriangular, its length contained five and one half times in the standard length. The ventrals are composed of six rays, that upon the colored side much pro- duced in its anterior portion, its length more than three times that of its mate. VOL. X. — NO. 5. 13 194 BULLETIN OF THE Color on the left side purplish brown, speckled with dark brown, and with three large ocellated subcircular spots, nearly as large as the eye, with white centre, dark iris, narrow light margin, and a brown encircling outline. They are arranged in the form of an isosceles triangle, the spot marking the apex being upon the lateral line, near the base of the caudal peduncle, the others distant from the lateral line, on either side, a space equal to their own diam- eters, the lower one nearly reached by the tip of the elongate ventral. On the blind side white. Fins blotched with dark brown. Radial formula: D. 69; A. 56; P. 11; V. 6; B. 7. Lateral line 48 (in straight portion). Station N. Lat. W. Long. Fathoms. Specimens. 313 32° 31’ 50” 78 45! 75 4 3. Monolene sessilicauda, Gooner. Monolene sessilicauda, GoopE, Proc. U. S. National Museum, III. 1880, pp. 338, 472. (Nov. 23.) Three specimens of this species were obtained from Station 314, lat. 32° 24’ N., long. 78° 44’ W., at a depth of 142 fathoms. The species has also been found only by the U.S. Fish Commission off Newport, R. L., in 115 to 150 fathoms. Station. N. Lat. W. Long. Fathoms. Specimens. 314 32° 78° 44! 142 3 4. Citharichthys arctifrons, Goopr. Citharichthys arctifrons, GOODE, op. cit., pp. 341, 472. (Nov. 23.) Eight young individuals, the longest measuring two inches, were dredged at Station 313, off Charleston, S. C., in 75 fathoms ; also, three specimens, badly mutilated, from Station 336, lat. 38° 21’ N., long. 73° 32’ W., in 197 fathoms, and another large one at Station 311, lat. 39° 59/ 30”, long. 70° 12’ W., in 143 fathoms. Other small ones were from Station 314. The peculiar elongated snout, similar to that of Macrurus, is attributable to age. The species has also been taken by the U. 8. Fish Commission off Newport in 83-155 fathoms. Station. N. Lat. W. Long. Fathoms. Specimens. 311 39° 59’ 30” TOS Le. 143 1 313 32° 31’ 50” 78° 45’ 75 ? 8 juv. 314 32° 24! 78° 44’ 142 2 335 88° 22). GB! 73° 33! 40” 89 6 336 38° 21' 50” 73° 32! 197 3 (bad) MUSEUM OF COMPARATIVE ZOOLOGY. 195 5. Glyptocephalus cynoglossus (Lrxy.), GiLt. Pleuronectes cynoglossus, Linnzxus, Syst. Nat., ed. X., I., 1758, p. 269. Glyptocephalus cynoglossus, G1L, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., 1873, p. 161. Goopx and Bean, Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., I., 1878, p. 21 (with extensive synonymy). GooDE, op. cit., p. 475. A single specimen ofthe Pole Flounder was obtained from Station 343, Lat. 39° 45’ 20” N., Long. 70° 55’ W., in 732 fathoms. The occurrence of this species at such immense depths is noteworthy, since the Fish Commission in the same year obtained it at a depth of 120 fathoms, in almost the same latitude, and within one minute of the same longitude (Station 876). Station. 343 334 332 329 N. Lat. 39° 45’ 40” 38° 20/ 30” 35° 45’ 30” 34° 39' 40” W. Long. 70° 73° 74° 75° 55! 26’ 40” 48! 14’ 40" MACRURIDZ. Fathoms. Specimens. 732 1 395 1 263 2 juv. 603‘ Frag. of 1 6. Macrurus Bairdii, Gooner & Bray. Macrurus Bairdii, Goopr & Bran, Amer. Jour. Sci. and Arts, XIV., 1877, pp. 471-473 (Massachusetts Bay). Goong, Proc. U. 8. Nat. Mus., III., 1880, p. 475. Cat. Fish. Essex Co. and Mass. Bay, 1879, p. 7. Numerous specimens were obtained from the following stations : — Station, 303 306 309 312 316 317 325 326 329 332 334 336 337 343 N. Lat. 41° 34’ 30” 41° 32’ 50” 40° 11’ 40” 39° 50’ 45” 32° 7 31° 57’ 33° 35’ 20” 33° 42’ 15” 34° 39’ 40” 35° 45’ 30” 38° 20’ 30” 38° 21’ 50” 38° 20’ 8” 39° 45’ 40” W. Long. 65° 65° 68° 70° 78° 78° 76° 76° 75° 74° 73° 73° 73° 70° 54! 55! 22’ i 37 18’ 0’ 14’ 48’ 26’ 32’ 23! 55’ 30” 380” 35” 50! , 40” 40” 20” Fathoms. Specimens, 306 25 524 12 304 13 466 12 229 2 juv. 333 1 647 2 464 21 603 1 263 1 juv. 395 4 197 2 740 1 732 13 196 BULLETIN OF THE 7. Macrurus carminatus, Gooner. Macrurus carminatus, GoovE, Proc. U.S. Nat. Mus., IIL, 1880, pp. 346, 475 (Noy. 23). The Fish Commission obtained individuals in 1880 in the same region, at depths of 115, 155, 225, and 372 fathoms. Station. N. Lat. W. Long. Fathoms. Specimens. 321 32° 43! 25” 77° 20’ 30” 233 Fragments of 6 326 33° 42’ 15” 76° O' 50” 464 1 very bad ‘ 8. Macrurus asper, new species. The relations of this species appear to be with M. Bairdii, from which it differs in (1.) its longer snout, (2.) the location of the vent, which is much farther back, and (3.) the absence of keels upon any of its scales, The length of the specimen described is 322 millimeters. The body is much stouter than in M/. Bairdi, its greatest height being contained 6} times in its length. The scales are small, strong, the free portions covered with vitreous spines arranged in about seven rows ; there is no specialization of the central row, as in M. Bardi, though the median spine at the margin of the scale projects most strongly. The number of scales in the lateral line is about the same, there being about 150 ; there are 7 above and 18 below the line. Length of head contained 52 times in total length. Width of interorbital area a little greater than horizontal diameter of orbit and length of operculum, and contained 44 times in the length of the head. Length of snout about equal to width of interorbital space and about one half the postorbital portion of the head. Snout triangular, depressed, its tip in the axis of the body, and nearly on a level with,the lower margin of the eye ; its lower surface forming an angle with the body axis, about equal to that formed with same by its upper profile. The superior ridge is pronounced anteriorly, but ends in advance of the con- cavity in the interorbital space. The lateral ridges are prominent, and continue posteriorly to the eye, with strong angular projections in front of the nostrils. No ridges continued from supraorbital region. Nostrils rather close to the eye. Barbel shorter than the eye. Tip of lower jaw under anterior nostril, cleft of mouth under posterior margin of orbit. Teeth in the jaws in a very narrow villiform band, the outer series slightly larger : those in lower jaw apparently in single series, moderate. Distance of first dorsal from snout equal to nearly four times the length of its base, its distance from the anterior margin of the orbit equal to the length of the head. First spine minute ; second spine nearly two thirds the length of the head, and when laid down is far from reaching to the origi of the second dorsal. When the fin is erect, its superior margin is nearly at right angles to the plane of the back, and slightly convex. The distance between the two | MUSEUM OF COMPARATIVE ZOOLOGY. 197 dorsals is twice the length of the base of the first, the second beginning in the perpendicular from the fifth ray of the anal. The anal is about three times as high as the second dorsal. The vent is under the 30th scale of the lateral line directly in advance of the anal, and at a distance from the ventral considerably greater than the length of that fin, in this respect differing widely from M. Bairdw. Distance of pectoral from snout slightly more than the length of the head. Its length is less than that of the dorsal spine, and slightly more than half its distance from the snout. Its insertion (upper axil) is in the middle line of the body. Insertion of ventral under that of pectoral, and slightly in advance of that of dorsal. Its first ray is not greatly prolonged, and is about half as long as the distance of the fin from the snout. Radial formula: 1st D. II, 8-9; 2d D. 105; A.110; P.20; V.10. Scales, 7-150-18. Color dark reddish brown, the spines upon the scales with a metallic lustre. Station, N. Lat. W. Long. Fathoms. Specimens. 308 41° 24! 95” 65°35" 30” 1242 5 309 40° 11’ 40” 68° 22/ 304 1 9. Coryphzenoides rupestris, Gunyervs. Coryphenoides rupestris, GuNNERUS, Thjemske. Selsk. Skr. 3, 1765, p. 50. Coxzert, Norges Fiske, p. 131. A specimen was taken at station 306. The species has been sent to the National Museum by Gloucester fishermen. Station. N. Lat. W. Long. Fathoms. Specimen. 306 41° 32! 50” 65° 55’ 524 1 10. Corypheenoides carapinus, new species. Several specimens were obtained from various stations of the “Blake.” Most of these had their tails broken off, and all of them were completely de- nuded of scales, — a natural consequence of their passage in the nets from the ocean depths. By a happy chance, two scales were found attached to the base of the dorsal fin of one of the larger individuals, thus enabling us to determine the general character of the covering of the body. The description of this species is necessarily meagre. Diagnosis. — Scales 22 to 24 in a transverse series; (the position of the lateral line cannot be determined, but there appear to be four above it;) the scales are oval, membranous, without armature, and rather large. The first ray of the dorsal is very short ; the second, compressed anteriorly and serrated, with slender teeth closely appressed and bent upwards. Its length is equal to the length of the head, and is greater than the height of the body. This fin 198 BULLETIN OF THE is seated upon a lump-like elevation of the back, and its base is as long as the snout. The second dorsal begins over the tenth to twelfth anal ray, and at a dis- tance from the end of the first dorsal equal to the length of the head without the snout. The vent is located not far behind the vertical from the end of the first dorsal. The snout is acute, projecting beyond the mouth, its tip at a distance from the mouth equal to or greater than the diameter of the eye. The bones of the head are very soft and flexible, and its surface is very irregular, there being a very prominent subocular ridge, a prominent ridge extending from the tip of the snout to the middle of the interorbital space, and a curved ridge extend- ing from the upper anterior margin of the orbit, over the cavity containing the nostrils, to a prominent point, at the side of, and slightly posterior to tip of the snout. The barbel is two thirds as long as the eye. The eye is con- tained in the head four times, and the length of the head in the total length six times. Radial formula : D. II, 8, 100; A. 117; V. 10. The upper jaw extends to the vertical through the posterior margin of the pupil ; its length equals half that of the head without the snout. The man- dible extends behind the vertical through the posterior margin of the orbit ; its length is contained three times in the distance from the tip of the snout to the origin of the first dorsal. The interorbital space is almost twice the diameter of the eye, and is equal to the length of the upper jaw. The preoperculum is crenulate. Station. N. Lat. W. Long. Fathoms. Specimens. 308 41° 24!’ 45” 65° 35’ 30” 1242 2 308 “ “ “ 2 341 oo 36 20" 10°06 1241 1 Unknown. 6 338 —- 38° 18’ 40” Wo LS oO! 922 1 342 39° 43’ 70° 55! 26 1002 2 CHALINURA, new genus. Scales cycloid, fluted longitudinally with slightly radiating strie. Snout long, broad, truncate, not much produced. Mouth lateral, subterminal, very large. Head without prominent ridges save the subocular ones, and those upon the snout. The suborbital ridge is not joined to the angle of the pre- operculum. Teeth in the upper jaw in a villiform band, with those in the outer series much enlarged ; those in lower jaw uniserial, large. No teeth on vomer or palatines. Pseudobranchie present, but small. Gill-rakers spiny, depress- ible, stout, in double series on the anterior arch. Branchiostegal membrane apparently free from the isthmus. Ventrals below the pectorals. Barbel present. Lt. -> MUSEUM OF COMPARATIVE ZOOLOGY. 199 11. Chalinura simula, new species. A single specimen, 458 millimeters in length, was obtained at Station 308. In some respects it resembles the description of Coryphenoides affinis, Giinther, obtained by H. M. 8. “Challenger” at a depth of 1900 fathoms, east of the mouth of the Rio Plata. The most salient characters are (1.) the very large mouth, (2.) the long obtuse snout, and (3.) the very elongate first ventral ray. The body is shaped much as in Coryphenoides, but is rather stout, its greatest height being contained 62 times in its total length. The back is somewhat gibbous in profile, the dorsal outline rising quite rapidly from the interorbital region to the origin of the first dorsal, whence it descends almost in a straight line to the end of the tail. The scales are rather small, cycloid, without armature, but with indications, particularly on the head, of radiating strie. The number of scales in the lateral line is about 150, about eight rows between the origin of the dorsal and the lateral line, and 17 to 19 between that line and the origin of the anal. The length of the head is contained about 54 times in the total length of the body. The width of the interorbital area is a little greater than the long diameter of the orbit, which is equal to that of the snout. The postorbital portion of the head is about three times as long as the diameter of the eye. The length of the operculum is equal to half that of the upper jaw. The pre- operculum is emarginate on its posterior limb. The orbit is nearly round, its diameter contained five times in the length of the head. The snout is broad, obtuse, scarcely projecting beyond the mouth ; its width nearly as great at the tip as that of the interorbital space or as its own length. The median ridge is very prominent, gibbous in outline when observed laterally ; the lateral ridges start out almost at a right angle with the median ridge, and are not continued upon the sides of the head. The suborbitals prominent, forming broad subocular ridges. No supraorbital ridges. Nostrils in front of the mid- dle of the eye, and nearer to its anterior margin than to the tip of the snout. Barbel longer than the diameter of the eye. Teeth in the upper jaw in a broad villiform band, with the outer series very much enlarged. The lower jaw with the teeth in a single series. Distance of first dorsal from snout 44 times the length of its base, its distance from the anterior margin of the orbit about equal to the length of the head. First spine very short, second rather stout and with a simple serration ante- riorly, the serre closely appressed to the spine (the spines all broken at their tips). The second dorsal begins at a distance from the first about equal to the length of the upper jaw. The anal is high, its average rays being about three times as long as those in the dorsal. It is inserted slightly behind the perpendicular from the last ray of the first dorsal. The pectoral is inserted over the base of the ventral (its “ 200 BULLETIN OF THE rays are mutilated). The ventral is inserted almost under the pectoral, but very slightly in advance ; its distance from the snout is less than the length of its longest ray, which is prolonged in a filament which extends to the base of the 18th ray of the anal fin. Radial formula : D, I, IX, 113 ; A. 118; P. 20; V.9; B. VI. Station. N. Lat. W. Long. Fathoms. Specimens, 308 41° 24! 45” 65° 35! 30” 1242 1 317 31° 57’ 78° 18! 35” 333 1 juv. appar- [ently of this species. Length of adult, 481 millimeters; of young, about 25 millimeters. Station. N. Lat. W. Long. Fathoms. Specimens, 325 23° 35’ 20” 76° 647 2 juv., and very (rotten, probably belonging to the above species. BROTULIDZ. BARATHRODEMUS, new genus. Diagnosis. — Body brotuliform, much compressed; head considerably com- pressed with mouth moderate (in the type species extending to the vertical through the middle of the eye). Eye moderate. Head spineless, except a short flattened spine at the upper angle of the operculum. Snout long, projecting far beyond the tip of the upper jaw, its extremity much swollen. Jaws nearly equal in front. Teeth minute in villiform bands on jaws, vomer, and pala- tines. Barbel none. Anterior pair of nostrils open and situated at the outer angles of the dilated snout, circular, each surrounded with a cluster of mucous tubes. Posterior nostrils over anterior upper margin of orbit. Gill openings wide, membranes not united. Gills four, with a slit behind the fourth : gill laminz moderate in length. Gill rakers also moderate: not numerous. Pseudobranchie absent : a small, separate caudal fin considerably prolonged. Dorsal and anal fins long. Branchiostegals, eight. Body and head covered with small, thin scales, those on the body scarcely imbricated. Lateral line absent (?). Ventrals reduced each to a single bifid ray, close together, far in front of the pectorals. 12. Barathrodemus manatinus, new species. Two specimens of this species of Barathrodemus, six and a quarter inches in length, were obtained at Station 325, lat. 33° 35’ 20”, long. 76°, at a depth of 647 fathoms. Description. — Body much compressed. Dorsal and anal outline approach- ing at an equal angle the horizontal axis. The height of the body is contained 74 times in its total length without caudal, and 8} times with caudal included, Scales small; about 175 rows between the branchial opening and the tail; and er ‘ ' . f A : MUSEUM OF COMPARATIVE ZOOLOGY. 201 about 34 rows, counting upward and forward obliquely from the origin of the anal to the dorsal line. Lateral line apparently absent. Head considerably compressed, with rounded upper surface, its length con- tained about six times in total body length ; its width contained 24 times in its length ; its greatest height equal to two thirds its length. Snout slightly longer than the horizontal diameter of the eye, and projecting beyond the tip of the upper jaw a distance equal to the vertical diameter of the eye ; much dilated and swollen, the anterior pair of nostrils being situated at the most salient angles ; the snout in general form resembling that of a manatee, whence the specific name. Mouth moderate ; its cleft extending to the vertical from the centre of the orbit. Length of the upper jaw equal to twice the horizontal diameter of the eye, and contained 24 times in the length of the head. The posterior portion of the maxilla is considerably expanded. The maxilla is largely included within a skinny sheath. When the mouth is closed, the lower jaw is entirely included within the upper. Maxilla toothless. omer and palatine bands of teeth more than twice as broad as the bands in the intermaxillaries and on the mandible. Eye elliptical in form. Its vertical diameter two thirds of its horizontal, the latter being equal to the distance from the tip of the snout to the posterior nostril, and contained 54 times in the length of the head. The distance of the eye from the dorsal outline is equal to half its horizontal diameter, and to one fifth of the height of the head in a perpendicular through the centre of the eye. Interorbital space rounded : its width equal to the horizontal diameter of the eye. Dorsal fin inserted in the vertical above the insertion of the pectoral, at a dis- tance from the end of the snout equal to that of the insertion of the pectoral. Anal inserted under the 21st to 23d dorsal ray, and at a distance from the snout about equal to one third the body length. The height of the dorsal and anal fins is about equal to half the height of the body at the insertion of the anal. Their bases extend almost to the insertion of the caudal. The caudal is composed of nine rays, the five medial ones almost equal in length, though the tip of the tail is slightly rounded, about equal to the height of the body midway between the branchial opening and the base of the tail. ‘The ventrals are inserted almost under the middle of the operculum; in length about equal to half the length of the head. The pectorals are inserted under the origin of the dorsal, and at a distance behind the branchial opening equal to two thirds the vertical diameter of the eye. Their length is equal to the greatest height of the body, Color, grayish brown. Abdominal region black. Radial formula: D. 106; A. 86; C.2+5+2; P. 18-20; V.}. L. lat., ca. 175. Station. N. Lat. W. Long. Fathoms. Specimens. 325 33° 35’ 20" 76° 647 g 202 BULLETIN OF THE DICROLENE, new genus. Diagnosis. — Body brotuliform, moderately compressed ; head somewhat compressed, with mouth large (in the type species extending nearly to the posterior margin of the eye). The tip of the maxillary much dilated. Eye large, placed close to the dorsal profile. Head with supraorbital spines: sey- eral strong spines on the preopercuium, and one long spine at the upper angle of the operculum. Snout short, not projecting beyond the upper jaw. Jaws nearly equal in front. Teeth in narrow villiform bands in the jaws on the head of the vomer, and on the palatines. Barbel none. Gill openings wide : membranes not united. Gills four: gill lamine of moderate length. Gill rakers rather long, not numerous. Pseudobranchie absent. A small, separate caudal fin, much prolonged. Dorsal and anal fins long: rays of the pectoral fin arranged in two groups: several of the lower rays being separate and much pro- duced. Ventral fins close together, far in front of the pectorals, Each ventral composed of a single bifid ray. Branchiostegals seven. Body and head covered with small scales. Lateral line close to the base of the dorsal fin, apparently becoming obsolete on the posterior third of the body. Stomach siphonal. Pyloric ceca few, rudimentary. Intestine shorter than body. 18. Dicrolene introniger, new species. Several specimens of a species of Dicrolene were obtained from Stations 325 and 326. Body moderately compressed, its dorsal and anal outlines approaching at an equal angle the horizontal axis, and tapering to a narrow point, which forms the base of the caudal fin. Scales small, about 110 rows between the branchial opening and the tail, and about 27 transverse rows counting upward and forward obliquely from the origin of the anal. The lateral line rudimentary, running near the base of the dorsal fin at a distance from it less than the diameter of the eye, and apparently becoming obsolete on the posterior third of the body. Body height one sixth of standard length. Head somewhat compressed, with flattish upper surface, which is encroached upon by the upper margins of the orbit. At the posterior upper margin of each orbit is a strong spine pointing backward and upward ; a long sharp spine at the upper angle of the operculum, its exposed portion as long as half the diameter of the eye. Preoperculum, on its lower posterior border, with three equidistant spines much weaker than that of the operculum. Large muciferous cavities in the bones of the head : a row of large cavities extending backward from the upper angle of the orbit, and continuous with those on the lateral line. Mouth large : its cleft considerably longer than half the length of the head, and the maxillary extending behind the vertical from the posterior margin of the orbit. The posterior portion of the maxillary much expanded, its width at the end equal to three fourths the diameter of the eye. Upon its a a ee MUSEUM OF COMPARATIVE ZOOLOGY. 203 expanded tip are scales. Eye large, one fourth as long as head, and as wide as the interorbital space. Length of head one fifth standard length. Dorsal fin inserted at a distance from the snout equal to two ninths the length of the body. y Anal inserted under the vertical from the 25th or 26th dorsal ray. The height of the dorsal and anal fins is about equal to the diameter of the eye. Their bases extend almost to the insertion of the caudal. The caudal is composed of six or seven rays: its length equal to half the dis- tance from the snout to the insertion of the dorsal. The ventrals inserted almost under, but slightly posterior to, the posterior limb of the preoperculum, in length about equalling the upper jaw. Pectorals inserted close to the branchial aperture ; the eight lower rays being free and much prolonged, the longest and most anterior being nearly one third as long as the body, and more than three times as long as the contiguous pos- terior ray of the normally-constructed portion of the fin, which is, however, about equal to the last of the free rays. The free portion of the pectoral being longer, and composed of fewer rays, than the normal portion, the fish has the appearance of bearing two pectoral fins of the same general shape, the lower of which is the longer. The length of the normal portion of the fin is contained about four times in the length of the body. Radial formula : D. 100; A. about 85 ; C. 6 or 7; V.4; P.19-+ 7 or8. L. lat. 110-120. Station, N. Lat. ; W. Long. Fathoms. Specimens, 326 33° 42! 15” 76°, 0 50" ¢ 464 4 325 33° 35’ 20" 76° 647 7 GADIDA. 14. Phycis chuss (Waxs.), Gri. Blennius chuss, WatBaum, Artedi, 1792, p. 186. Phycis chuss, Girt, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., 1862, p. 237. This species occurred at the following stations. Station. N. Lat. W. Long. Fathoms, Specimens. 3l1 39° 59’ 30” 702 12/ 143 1 346 40° 25’ 35” 71° 10’ 30” 44 3 15. Phycis tenuis (Miren.), Dexay. Gadus tenuis, Mircuttt, Trans. Lit. & Phil. Soc. N. Y., 1814, p. 372. Phycis tenuis, DeEKay, Zodl. New York, Fishes, 1842, p. 293. Taken in the following locality. Station. N. Lat. W. Long. Fathoms. Specimen. 309 40° 11’ 40” 68° 22’ 304 l 204 BULLETIN OF THE 16. Phycis regius (Waxs.), Jorpan & GriLBeRt. Blennius regius, Watpaum, Artedi, 1792, p. 186. Urophycis regius, Gitu, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., 1863, p. 240. Phycis regius, JORDAN & GILBERT, Proc. U.S. Nat. Mus., I., 1878, p. 871. Goopr & Bean, Cat. Fish. Essex Co. and Mass. Bay, 1879, p. 8; Bran, Proc. U.S. Nat. Mus., III. p. 70; Goons, ibid., p. 476 (with synonymy). Specimens of this beautiful Hake were obtained at depths of 142 and 233 fathoms. Prof, Agassiz and the officers of the “ Blake” had their attention forcibly attracted to a singular power of emitting electric shocks possessed by this fish. This peculiarity has never been noticed in this species save in deep water. The attention of observers is called to this interesting point. Station. N. Lat. W. Long. Fathoms. Specimens. 333 35° 45! 25” 74° 50/ 30” 65 : 5 314 32° 24! 78° 44! 142 1 321 32° 43’ 25” 77° 20’ 30” 233 3 17. Phycis Chesteri, Goopr & Bran. Phycis Chesteri, Goopr & Bray, Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., I., 1878, p. 256; Cat. Fish. Essex Co. and Mass. Bay, 1879, p. 8; Goons, Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., III. p. 476. Numerous specimens of this fish were taken at various depths. These collec- tions confirm the view expressed after a study of the collections made by the Fish Commission in the same year ; namely, that Phycis Chestert and Macrurus Bairdii appear to be the most abundant fishes in the continental slope from 140 to 500 fathoms, occurring in immense numbers and breeding copiously. Following is a list of the stations. Station. N. Lat. W. Long. Fathoms. Specimens. Unknown. 5 336 38° 21’ 50” 73° 32! 197 £ 303 41° 34’ 30” 65° 54’ 30” 306 +t LAMONEMA, GiNTHER. Lemonema, GintuER, Cat. Fish. Brit. Mus., IV., p. 856, 1862. 18. Lemonema barbatula, new species. Head contained in body (without caudal) 43 times ; height of body 4} times Diameter of orbit in length of head three times, upper jaw a little more than twice. Barbel half as long as the diameter of the eye. Vent situated under the sixth or seventh ray of second dorsal. Distance of first dorsal from snout a. ae MUSEUM OF COMPARATIVE ZOOLOGY. 205 equal to one fourth standard length of body. The base of the first dorsal is half as long as the middle caudal rays ; that of the second, slightly more than three times the length of the head. The first dorsal is composed of five rays, the first of which is elongate, three times as long as the middle caudal rays : it extends to the base of the twenty-fourth ray of the second dorsal. Anal fin inserted at a distance from the tip of the snout equal to twice the length of the head, its distance from the insertion of the ventrals being equal to the length of the head. The length of the ventrals is equal to that of the pectorals, their tips not extending to the vent. Scales small, very thin, deciduous, crowded anteriorly. Lateral line not well defined on the posterior part of the body. Radial formula: B. VII; D. 5-63; A.59; P.19; V. 2. Scales 13-140-31. Color similar to that of the various species of Phycis ; the dorsal and anal fins have narrow black margins. The length of the first dorsal ray is very variable in individuals, being shorter in younger specimens. This species differs from LZ. Yarrellit by its much smaller scales, and from L. robustum by the greater number of rays in the dorsal and anal fins, and its much shorter ventrals. Specimens of this species were obtained at the following stations of the steamer “ Blake.” Station. N. Lat. W. Long. Fathoms, Specimens. 321 32° 43! 25" 77° 20/ 30” 233 land part of 1 315 32° 19" 20! 78° 43 225 2 316 32° 7 78° 37’ 30” 229 3 A single specimen was also obtained by the Fish Commission steamer “ Fish Hawk ” in Lat. 38° 35’ N., Long. 73° 13’ W., at a depth of 312 fathoms, Oct. 10, 1881 (U. S. Nat. Mus., No. 29,046). MEASUREMENTS. Millimeters, Extreme length . : : é 178 Length to base of middle caudal rays. ; eo 160 Body. Greatest height . : ; : , ‘ 286 Length of longest ray. , ‘ ‘ , d 56 218 BULLETIN OF THE ; Pectoral. Distance from snout . 3 : J . 144 Length . , ‘ ; : : : : ; 105 Length of prolonged ray . : ; . ‘ - 132 Ventral. Distance from snout i é : 5 : 175 Length ; : : ; : . ‘ a nee Branchiostegals. . : F ; : . . X (%) Dorsal : : A : : F : : . . eg Anal vst : 8 5 J . $ ; , : 11 Caudal. é : : ‘ : : é 2 «$49 Pectoral . L - ‘ ‘ 4 3 - : 3 15 Ventral «. : : ‘ 5 ‘ E “ : F 8 Number of scales in lateral line . : - . . 78 Number of transverse rows above lateral line. ; oa ig Number of transverse rows below lateral line . i : 8 ALEPOCEPHALIDA. 86. Alepocephalus Agassizii, new species. A single specimen of Alepocephalus was obtained at Station 338, in 922 fath- oms, Lat. 38° 18’ 40” N., Long. 73° 18’ 10” W. This is the fourth species of the genus which has, to date, come up for de- scription : the first, A. rostratus, having been described by Risso from the Mediterranean in 1820; the second, A. niger, from north of Australia, at a depth of 1,400 fathoms, obtained by H. M. 8. “Challenger,” and described by Giinther in 1878 ; the third, A. Bairdii, from the Grand Banks of New- foundland, at a depth of 200 fathoms, described by us in 1879. The former American species having been named in honor of the Director of the U.S. National Museum, we propose to dedicate the one now under consideration to the Curator of the Museum of Comparative Zodlogy, under the name Alepo- cephalus Agassizit. Diagnosis. — Body slightly less elongate than in A. Bairdit, its height being contained very slightly more than five times in its length to origin of middle caudal rays, somewhat compressed, its width being about half its height. The least height of the tail is contained twelve times in the length of the body. Scales apparently ovate-lanceolate, parchment-like, smaller than in A. Bairdii: the specimen is almost denuded of scales, and their arrangement in the drawing has been in part made out from their impressions upon the skin. There are ninety scales in the lateral line, ten between lateral line and origin of dorsal, eleven between same and origin of anal, The base of the dorsal is squamose, the anal slightly so, but probably less than in A. Bairdii, Head somewhat compressed, snout conically elongate, the lower jaw slightly produced. Its length is contained three times in the length of the body (in A. Bairdii, 44), slightly exceeding twice the length of the lower jaw, and four times the least height of the tail (in A. Bairdii, less than three), Width MUSEUM OF COMPARATIVE ZOOLOGY. 219 of head slightly less than length of operculum, and 9} times in length of body (12 in A. Bairdii). Length of snout half that of mandible, which is one sixth of total length (} in A. Bairdii). Diameter of orbit in total length of body 10} times (18 in A. Bairdii), 34 in head (about 44 in A. Bairdiz). The insertion of the dorsal is immediately above the vent ; the distance of its origin from the base of middle caudal rays equal to one third of distance from same to anterior margin of orbit, and at a distance from the snout much greater than two thirds the total length of body (about equal in A. Bairdii). The length of its base is equal to one eighth of total length. The origin of the anal is under the second ray of the dorsal ; its length of base is slightly more than one seventh of the body length, and is equal to the height of the body at the vent. The ends of the dorsal, anal, and caudal rays are broken off in the specimen before us. Distance of pectoral from snout, equal to } of the body length (slightly more than 1 in A. Bairdii) and 44 times least height of tail (3 in A. Bairdii). Its length equal to the diameter of orbit and contained 10} times in total length (10 in A. Bairdii), The origin of the pectoral is close behind the end of the opercular flap, while in A. Bairdii it is separated therefrom by four rows of scales, Distance of ventral from snout considerably less than twice the length of the head. Its length, probably, about one sixth that of the head. Radial formula: D. 15; A.17; C.19; P.11; V.1, 5? L. lat. 90. Dentition as in A. Bairdit. Color dark, head and fins nearly black. Station. N. Lat. - W. Long. Fathoms. Specimen. 338 38° 18’ 40” 73° 18’ 10” 922 1 HALOSAURIDA. 37. Halosaurus macrochir, Ginruer. Halosaurus macrochir, GiintHeR, Ann. and Mag. Nat. Hist., 5th Ser., II., 1878, p. 251. H. macrochir was described by Dr. Giinther from specimens obtained by H. M.S. “ Challenger,” in the Atlantic, at a depth of 1090 fathoms, and mid- way between the Cape of Good Hope and Kerguelen’s Land, at a depth of 1375 fathoms, Specimens were obtained by the “ Blake” at the following stations :— Station. N. Lat. W. Long. Fathoms. Specimens. 308 41° 24’ 25” 65° 35’ 30” 1242 1 325 33° 35’ 20/ 76° 647 5 220 BULLETIN OF THE STOMIATIDA. 38. Stomias ferox, Rernmarpr. Stomias feror, REINHARDT, Vid. Selsk. Nat. og Math., Afhandl. X. p. lxxviii. A single specimen was obtained at each of the two following stations : — Station. N. Lat. W. Long. Fathoms. Specimens. 309 40° 11’ 40” 68° 22’ 304 1 306 41° 32’ 50” 65° 55/ 524 1 STERNOPTYCHIDA. 389. Sternoptyx diaphana, Hermann. Sternoptyx diaphana, HERMANN, Naturforscher, XVI. p. 781, p. 8, Taf. I. figs. 1 and 2; XVIL. p. 249 (“Copied by Watgaum, Artedi, III., Vol. I. figs. 1 and 2, and by ScHNEIDER, p. 494, Pl. XXXV.”). Cuvier, Regne Animal, 2d ed., Pl. XII. fig. 1. Cuvier & VALENCIENNES, Hist. Nat. Poiss., XXII. p. 415. Gin- THER, Cat. Fish. Brit. Mus., V. p. 387 (no specimens). Specimens were caught at the stations mentioned below. Station. N. Lat. W. Long. Fathoms. Specimens. 323 33° 19’ 76° 12’ 30” 457 1 316 a 78° 37/ 30” 229 1 40. Argyropelecus hemigymnus, Cocco. Argyropelecus hemigymnus, Cocco, Giorn. Sc. Sic. 1829, fase. 77, p. 146. Bowna- PARTE, Faun. Ital. Pesce. Cuv. & VAL., Hist. Nat. Poiss., XXII. p. 398. GinrTueER, Cat. Fish. Brit. Mus., V. p. 385. Sternoptyx hemigymnus, VALENCIENNES, in Cuvier, Regne Animal, Ill. Poiss., Pl. 103, fig. 3. Sternoptyx mediterranea, Cocco, Giorni il Faro, 1838, IV. p. 7, fig. 2. Bonaparte, Faun. Ital. Pesc., Fig. This species was obtained at Station 315, at a depth of 225 fathoms. It was also obtained by the steamer “ Fish Hawk,” August 18, 1882, at Station 1112 (Lat. 39° 56’ N., Long. 70° 35’ W., 245 fathoms), and was seen by Dr. Bean on the same vessel in 1880. Station. N. Lat. W. Long. Fathoms, Specimens. 315 32° 18’ 40” 78° 43! 225 2 MUSEUM OF COMPARATIVE ZOOLOGY. 221 CYCLOTHONE, new genus. Numerous small specimens, in very bad condition, were received, belonging to an undescribed genus of the family Sternoptychide, or of some closely related family not yet defined. Diagnosis. — Body long, somewhat compressed, apparently naked, covered with dark pigment-cells, there being no scales. A series of luminous spots along the lower sides of the body. Head conical, cleft of mouth very wide, oblique, the lower jaw strongly projecting. The maxilla is long and slender, anteriorly curved strongly upward, its outline sickle-shaped, closely connected with the short intermaxillary. Maxillary and intermaxillary with a single series of rather large acicular teeth, about every fourth one in the maxilla longer than the average. Lower jaw with teeth apparently uniform in size, raking forward, and with a few canines in front. A small patch of minute teeth upon the head of the vomer. Palate smooth. Eye moderate, inconspicuous, apparently covered with opaque membrane, causing a dull appearance. Gill opening very wide, the branchiostegal membrane free from the isthmus. Gill rakers long and slender, moderately numerous, more than twice as numerous below as above the angle. : Pseudobranchize absent (branchiostegals not clearly made out, apparently seven, eight, or nine). No air-bladder. All the fins well developed : the anal large : dorsal and anal fins entirely on the posterior half of the body : no adipose dorsal : caudal forked. 41. Cyclothone lusca, new species. Body elongate, its greatest height contained 7% times in its length to base of middle caudal rays, its width being less than two thirds of its height. Its height at the ventrals is contained 8} times in standard length : the least height of tail is half that of the body at the ventrals. Head length contained 4% times in body length, its width about one third of its length. The intermaxillary is very short, extending to vertical from posterior limb of anterior nostril. The maxillary is very strongly curved downward, and has a short knob at its anterior extremity, not visible without dissection. The maxillary extends backward to a distance from the tip of the snout equal to the length of the head without the snout. The peculiar ar- rangement of the teeth is described above in the generic diagnosis. Most of those in the maxillary are inclined strongly forward. The long lower jaw, with the exception of the projecting tip, is included within the upper jaw: its length is equal to the distance from the anterior nostril to the end of the head. Eye circular, close to the profile, the interorbital area being very narrow. Its length is equal to that of the snout, and contained seven times in the length of the head. Dorsal fin inserted at a distance from the tip of the snout equal to three 223 BULLETIN OF THE times the length of the lower jaw, its base being as long as the head ; the first ray is minute, and about two thirds as long as the eye ; the second ray is about two thirds the length of the base of the fin, and the subsequent rays rapidly and uniformly decrease in length to the last, which is about twice as long as the first. All the rays except the first are bifid. The anal fin is inserted under the second ray of the dorsal : its base is half as long again as that of the dorsal, and nearly one third as long as the body of the fish ; its outline resembles that of the dorsal, though slightly emarginate, its longest ray a little longer than the longest of the dorsal, and half as long as the base of the fin. All the rays except the first are bifid. Caudal forked, its middle rays less than half as long as the outer rays, equal in length to least height of caudal peduncle. Pectoral inserted under the tip of the opercular flap, its length equal to the greatest height of the body. Ventral inserted at a distance from the snout equal to twice the length of the head, its length slightly exceeding that of the pectoral, and contained seven times in the standard body length. Radial formula: B. VII to IX; D. I, 11; A. I, 16; C.17; P.10; V.5. Color blackish brown, the luminous pores inconspicuous. Specimens were obtained at the following stations. Station. N. Lat. W. Long. Fathoms. Specimens. 330 31° 41’ 74° 35! 1047 5 323 33° 19’ 76° 12’ 30” 457 37 328 34° 28' 25” 75° 22' 50” 1632 13 324 " BSe .B7.207 75° 53! 30” 1386 20 SCOPELIDA. 42. Scopelus Miilleri (Gmet.), Cotierr. Salmo Miilleri, GmEtn’s Linneus, Systema Natura, I., 1788, p. 1378. Scopelus glacialis, Rernuarpt, Oversigt Kgl. D. Vid. Selsk. Nat. Math. Aph. VI. p. ex., Copenhagen, 1837. Scopelus Miilleri, Coutett, Norges Fiske Tillaegsh. til. Forh. Vid. Selsk., Christiania, 1874, p. 152. Norske Nordhavs-Expedition, 1876-1878, Fiske, 1880, p. 158. ° This species, known hitherto only from the coast of Greenland and the northern shores of Norway, has been frequently taken during the past two years, by the U. S. Fish Commission, off the southern shores of New England, and was also obtained by the “ Blake” at the stations mentioned below. The following specimens, all in bad condition, were obtained. Station. N. Lat. W. Long. Fathoms. Specimens 303 41° 34’ 30” 65° 54’ 30! 306 1 334 38° 20’ 30” 73° 26’ 40” 395 3 309 40° 11’ 40” 68° 22! 304 1 329 34° 39’ 40” 75° 14’ 40” 603 3 SS Se ee eee ee _ —_—> ce MUSEUM OF COMPARATIVE ZOOLOGY. 22 MICROSTOMIDA. 43. Hyphalonedrus chalybeius, Goong. Hyphalonedrus chalybeius, GoopE, Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., III. pp. 484, 485, Feb. 16, 1881. This species was found at the following stations. Station. N. Lat. W. Long. Fathoms. Specimens. 321 32° 437 26" Tr Bo 0” 233 1 316 32° 7 78° 37’ 30” 229 1 327 34° Of 30” 76° 10’ 30” 178 5 bad SACCOPHARYNGIDA. 44. Saccopharynx flagellum, Mircui ct. Saccopharynx flagellum, Mircu1t1, Ann. Lyc. New York, I., 1824, p. 82. A single badly mutilated example was secured. Station. N. Lat. : W. Long. Fathoms. Specimen. 331 35° 44’ 40” 74° 40’ 20” 898 1 SYNAPHOBRANCHIDA. 45. Synaphobranchus pinnatus (Gronow), Grur. Murena pinnata, Gronow, Syst. ed. Gray, p. 19 ( fide Giinther). Synaphobranchus pinnatus, GUNTHER, Cat. Fish. Brit. Mus., VIII. p. 23. Numerous specimens were obtained, as will be seen by referring to the fol- lowing list. Station. N. Lat. W. Long. Fathoms, Specimens. 309 38° 18’ 40! 73> Le 10” 3804 35 Unknown. 4 303 41° 34! 30’ 65° 54’ 30/ 306 12 312 39° 50’ 45” 707 1! 466 8 325 3827 oD 207